Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of Modern Painters, Volume 1
(of 5)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: Modern Painters, Volume 1 (of 5)
Author: John Ruskin
Release date: September 4, 2009 [eBook #29907]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29907
Credits: Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Marius Borror and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODERN
PAINTERS, VOLUME 1 (OF 5) ***
Transcriber's A few typographical errors have been corrected. They
note: appear in the text like this, and the explanation will
appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the
marked passage. Sections in Greek will yield a
(of 5)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: Modern Painters, Volume 1 (of 5)
Author: John Ruskin
Release date: September 4, 2009 [eBook #29907]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29907
Credits: Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Marius Borror and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODERN
PAINTERS, VOLUME 1 (OF 5) ***
Transcriber's A few typographical errors have been corrected. They
note: appear in the text like this, and the explanation will
appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the
marked passage. Sections in Greek will yield a
Page 4
transliteration when the pointer is moved over them,
and words using diacritic characters in the Latin
Extended Additional block, which may not display in
some fonts or browsers, will display an unaccented
version. Original page numbers are displayed in the
margin as: [Page xxx].
Library Edition
THE COMPLETE WORKS
OF
and words using diacritic characters in the Latin
Extended Additional block, which may not display in
some fonts or browsers, will display an unaccented
version. Original page numbers are displayed in the
margin as: [Page xxx].
Library Edition
THE COMPLETE WORKS
OF
Page 5
JOHN RUSKIN
POETRY OF ARCHITECTURE
SEVEN LAMPS
MODERN PAINTERS
Volume I
NATIONAL LIBRARY
ASSOCIATION
NEW
CHICAGO
YORK
POETRY OF ARCHITECTURE
SEVEN LAMPS
MODERN PAINTERS
Volume I
NATIONAL LIBRARY
ASSOCIATION
NEW
CHICAGO
YORK
Page 6
THE COMPLETE WORKS
OF
JOHN RUSKIN
VOLUME II
MODERN PAINTERS
VOLUME I
MODERN PAINTERS.
BY
A GRADUATE OF OXFORD.
VOL. I.
PART I—II.
OF
JOHN RUSKIN
VOLUME II
MODERN PAINTERS
VOLUME I
MODERN PAINTERS.
BY
A GRADUATE OF OXFORD.
VOL. I.
PART I—II.
Page 7
TO
THE LANDSCAPE ARTISTS OF ENGLAND
This Work
IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED
BY THEIR SINCERE ADMIRER,
THE AUTHOR
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.
The work now laid before the public originated in indignation at the
shallow and false criticism of the periodicals of the day on the works of the
great living artist to whom it principally refers. It was intended to be a short
pamphlet, reprobating the matter and style of those critiques, and pointing
out their perilous tendency, as guides of public feeling. But, as point after
point presented itself for demonstration, I found myself compelled to
amplify what was at first a letter to the Editor of a Review, into something
very like a treatise on art, to which I was obliged to give the more
consistency and completeness, because it advocated opinions which, to the
ordinary connoisseur, will sound heretical. I now scarcely know whether I
THE LANDSCAPE ARTISTS OF ENGLAND
This Work
IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED
BY THEIR SINCERE ADMIRER,
THE AUTHOR
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.
The work now laid before the public originated in indignation at the
shallow and false criticism of the periodicals of the day on the works of the
great living artist to whom it principally refers. It was intended to be a short
pamphlet, reprobating the matter and style of those critiques, and pointing
out their perilous tendency, as guides of public feeling. But, as point after
point presented itself for demonstration, I found myself compelled to
amplify what was at first a letter to the Editor of a Review, into something
very like a treatise on art, to which I was obliged to give the more
consistency and completeness, because it advocated opinions which, to the
ordinary connoisseur, will sound heretical. I now scarcely know whether I
Page 8
should announce it is an Essay on Landscape Painting, and apologize for its
frequent reference to the works of a particular master; or, announcing it as a
critique on particular works, apologize for its lengthy discussion of general
principles. But of whatever character the work may be considered, the
motives which led me to undertake it must not be mistaken. No zeal for the
reputation of any individual, no personal feeling of any kind, has the
slightest weight or influence with me. The reputation of the great artist to
whose works I have chiefly referred, is established on too legitimate
grounds among all whose admiration is honorable, to be in any way
affected by the ignorant sarcasms of pretension and affectation. But when
public taste seems plunging deeper and deeper into degradation day by day,
and when the press universally exerts such power as it possesses to direct
the feeling of the nation more completely to all that is theatrical, affected,
and false in art; while it vents its ribald buffooneries on the most exalted
truth, and the highest ideal of landscape, that this or any other age has ever
witnessed, it becomes the imperative duty of all who have any perception or
knowledge of what is really great in art, and any desire for its advancement
in England, to come fearlessly forward, regardless of such individual
interests as are likely to be injured by the knowledge of what is good and
right, to declare and demonstrate, wherever they exist, the essence and the
authority of the Beautiful and the True.
Whatever may seem invidious or partial in the execution of my task is
dependent not so much on the tenor of the work, as on its incompleteness. I
have not entered into systematic criticism of all the painters of the present
day; but I have illustrated each particular excellence and truth of art by the
works in which it exists in the highest degree, resting satisfied that if it be
once rightly felt and enjoyed in these, it will be discovered and appreciated
wherever it exists in others. And although I have never suppressed any
conviction of the superiority of one artist over another, which I believed to
be grounded on truth, and necessary to the understanding of truth, I have
been cautious never to undermine positive rank, while I disputed relative
rank. My uniform desire and aim have been, not that the present favorite
should be admired less, but that the neglected master should be admired
more. And I know that an increased perception and sense of truth and
beauty, though it may interfere with our estimate of the comparative rank of
frequent reference to the works of a particular master; or, announcing it as a
critique on particular works, apologize for its lengthy discussion of general
principles. But of whatever character the work may be considered, the
motives which led me to undertake it must not be mistaken. No zeal for the
reputation of any individual, no personal feeling of any kind, has the
slightest weight or influence with me. The reputation of the great artist to
whose works I have chiefly referred, is established on too legitimate
grounds among all whose admiration is honorable, to be in any way
affected by the ignorant sarcasms of pretension and affectation. But when
public taste seems plunging deeper and deeper into degradation day by day,
and when the press universally exerts such power as it possesses to direct
the feeling of the nation more completely to all that is theatrical, affected,
and false in art; while it vents its ribald buffooneries on the most exalted
truth, and the highest ideal of landscape, that this or any other age has ever
witnessed, it becomes the imperative duty of all who have any perception or
knowledge of what is really great in art, and any desire for its advancement
in England, to come fearlessly forward, regardless of such individual
interests as are likely to be injured by the knowledge of what is good and
right, to declare and demonstrate, wherever they exist, the essence and the
authority of the Beautiful and the True.
Whatever may seem invidious or partial in the execution of my task is
dependent not so much on the tenor of the work, as on its incompleteness. I
have not entered into systematic criticism of all the painters of the present
day; but I have illustrated each particular excellence and truth of art by the
works in which it exists in the highest degree, resting satisfied that if it be
once rightly felt and enjoyed in these, it will be discovered and appreciated
wherever it exists in others. And although I have never suppressed any
conviction of the superiority of one artist over another, which I believed to
be grounded on truth, and necessary to the understanding of truth, I have
been cautious never to undermine positive rank, while I disputed relative
rank. My uniform desire and aim have been, not that the present favorite
should be admired less, but that the neglected master should be admired
more. And I know that an increased perception and sense of truth and
beauty, though it may interfere with our estimate of the comparative rank of
Page 9
painters, will invariably tend to increase our admiration of all who are really
great; and he who now places Stanfield and Callcott above Turner, will
admire Stanfield and Callcott more than he does now, when he has learned
to place Turner far above them both.
In three instances only have I spoken in direct depreciation of the works
of living artists, and these are all cases in which the reputation is so firm
and extended, as to suffer little injury from the opinion of an individual, and
where the blame has been warranted and deserved by the desecration of the
highest powers.
Of the old masters I have spoken with far greater freedom; but let it be
remembered that only a portion of the work is now presented to the public,
and it must not be supposed, because in that particular portion, and with
reference to particular excellencies, I have spoken in constant depreciation,
that I have no feeling of other excellencies of which cognizance can only be
taken in future parts of the work. Let me not be understood to mean more
than I have said, nor be made responsible for conclusions when I have only
stated facts. I have said that the old masters did not give the truth of Nature;
if the reader chooses, thence, to infer that they were not masters at all, it is
his conclusion, not mine.
Whatever I have asserted throughout the work, I have endeavored to
ground altogether on demonstrations which must stand or fall by their own
strength, and which ought to involve no more reference to authority or
character than a demonstration in Euclid. Yet it is proper for the public to
know, that the writer is no mere theorist, but has been devoted from his
youth to the laborious study of practical art.
Whatever has been generally affirmed of the old schools of landscape-
painting is founded on familiar acquaintance with every important work of
art, from Antwerp to Naples. But it would be useless, where close and
immediate comparison with works in our own Academy is desirable, to
refer to the details of pictures at Rome or Munich; and it would be
impossible to speak at once with just feeling, as regarded the possessor, and
just freedom, as regarded the public, of pictures in private galleries.
Whatever particular references have been made for illustration, have been
great; and he who now places Stanfield and Callcott above Turner, will
admire Stanfield and Callcott more than he does now, when he has learned
to place Turner far above them both.
In three instances only have I spoken in direct depreciation of the works
of living artists, and these are all cases in which the reputation is so firm
and extended, as to suffer little injury from the opinion of an individual, and
where the blame has been warranted and deserved by the desecration of the
highest powers.
Of the old masters I have spoken with far greater freedom; but let it be
remembered that only a portion of the work is now presented to the public,
and it must not be supposed, because in that particular portion, and with
reference to particular excellencies, I have spoken in constant depreciation,
that I have no feeling of other excellencies of which cognizance can only be
taken in future parts of the work. Let me not be understood to mean more
than I have said, nor be made responsible for conclusions when I have only
stated facts. I have said that the old masters did not give the truth of Nature;
if the reader chooses, thence, to infer that they were not masters at all, it is
his conclusion, not mine.
Whatever I have asserted throughout the work, I have endeavored to
ground altogether on demonstrations which must stand or fall by their own
strength, and which ought to involve no more reference to authority or
character than a demonstration in Euclid. Yet it is proper for the public to
know, that the writer is no mere theorist, but has been devoted from his
youth to the laborious study of practical art.
Whatever has been generally affirmed of the old schools of landscape-
painting is founded on familiar acquaintance with every important work of
art, from Antwerp to Naples. But it would be useless, where close and
immediate comparison with works in our own Academy is desirable, to
refer to the details of pictures at Rome or Munich; and it would be
impossible to speak at once with just feeling, as regarded the possessor, and
just freedom, as regarded the public, of pictures in private galleries.
Whatever particular references have been made for illustration, have been
Page 10
therefore confined, as far as was in my power, to works in the National and
Dulwich Galleries.
Finally, I have to apologize for the imperfection of a work which I could
have wished not to have executed, but with years of reflection and revisal. It
is owing to my sense of the necessity of such revisal, that only a portion of
the work is now presented to the public; but that portion is both complete in
itself, and is more peculiarly directed against the crying evil which called
for instant remedy. Whether I ever completely fulfil my intention, will
partly depend upon the spirit in which the present volume is received. If it
be attributed to an invidious spirit, or a desire for the advancement of
individual interests, I could hope to effect little good by farther effort. If, on
the contrary, its real feeling and intention be understood, I shall shrink from
no labor in the execution of a task which may tend, however feebly, to the
advancement of the cause of real art in England, and to the honor of those
great living Masters whom we now neglect or malign, to pour our flattery
into the ear of Death, and exalt, with vain acclamation, the names of those
who neither demand our praise, nor regard our gratitude.
The Author.
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
It is allowed by the most able writers on naval and military tactics, that
although the attack by successive divisions absolutely requires in the
attacking party such an inherent superiority in quality of force, and such
consciousness of that superiority, as may enable his front columns, or his
leading ships, to support themselves for a considerable period against
overwhelming numbers; it yet insures, if maintained with constancy, the
most total ruin of the opposing force. Convinced of the truth, and therefore
assured of the ultimate prevalence and victory of the principles which I
have advocated, and equally confident that the strength of the cause must
give weight to the strokes of even the weakest of its defenders, I permitted
Dulwich Galleries.
Finally, I have to apologize for the imperfection of a work which I could
have wished not to have executed, but with years of reflection and revisal. It
is owing to my sense of the necessity of such revisal, that only a portion of
the work is now presented to the public; but that portion is both complete in
itself, and is more peculiarly directed against the crying evil which called
for instant remedy. Whether I ever completely fulfil my intention, will
partly depend upon the spirit in which the present volume is received. If it
be attributed to an invidious spirit, or a desire for the advancement of
individual interests, I could hope to effect little good by farther effort. If, on
the contrary, its real feeling and intention be understood, I shall shrink from
no labor in the execution of a task which may tend, however feebly, to the
advancement of the cause of real art in England, and to the honor of those
great living Masters whom we now neglect or malign, to pour our flattery
into the ear of Death, and exalt, with vain acclamation, the names of those
who neither demand our praise, nor regard our gratitude.
The Author.
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
It is allowed by the most able writers on naval and military tactics, that
although the attack by successive divisions absolutely requires in the
attacking party such an inherent superiority in quality of force, and such
consciousness of that superiority, as may enable his front columns, or his
leading ships, to support themselves for a considerable period against
overwhelming numbers; it yet insures, if maintained with constancy, the
most total ruin of the opposing force. Convinced of the truth, and therefore
assured of the ultimate prevalence and victory of the principles which I
have advocated, and equally confident that the strength of the cause must
give weight to the strokes of even the weakest of its defenders, I permitted
Page 11
myself to yield to a somewhat hasty and hot-headed desire of being, at
whatever risk, in the thick of the fire, and began the contest with a part, and
that the weakest and least considerable part, of the forces at my disposal.
And I now find the volume thus boldly laid before the public in a position
much resembling that of the Royal Sovereign at Trafalgar, receiving,
unsupported, the broadsides of half the enemy's fleet, while unforeseen
circumstances have hitherto prevented, and must yet for a time prevent, my
heavier ships of the line from taking any part in the action. I watched the
first moments of the struggle with some anxiety for the solitary vessel,—an
anxiety which I have now ceased to feel,—for the flag of truth waves
brightly through the smoke of the battle, and my antagonists, wholly intent
on the destruction of the leading ship, have lost their position, and exposed
themselves in defenceless disorder to the attack of the following columns.
If, however, I have had no reason to regret my hasty advance, as far as
regards the ultimate issue of the struggle, I have yet found it to occasion
much misconception of the character, and some diminution of the influence,
of the present essay. For though the work has been received as only in
sanguine moments I had ventured to hope, though I have had the pleasure
of knowing that in many instances its principles have carried with them a
strength of conviction amounting to a demonstration of their truth, and that,
even where it has had no other influence, it has excited interest, suggested
inquiry, and prompted to a just and frank comparison of Art with Nature;
yet this effect would have been greater still, had not the work been
supposed, as it seems to have been by many readers, a completed treatise,
containing a systematized statement of the whole of my views on the
subject of modern art. Considered as such, it surprises me that the book
should have received the slightest attention. For what respect could be due
to a writer who pretended to criticise and classify the works of the great
painters of landscape, without developing, or even alluding to, one single
principle of the beautiful or sublime? So far from being a completed essay,
it is little more than the introduction to the mass of evidence and illustration
which I have yet to bring forward; it treats of nothing but the initiatory steps
of art, states nothing but the elementary rules of criticism, touches only on
merits attainable by accuracy of eye and fidelity of hand, and leaves for
future consideration every one of the eclectic qualities of pictures, all of
whatever risk, in the thick of the fire, and began the contest with a part, and
that the weakest and least considerable part, of the forces at my disposal.
And I now find the volume thus boldly laid before the public in a position
much resembling that of the Royal Sovereign at Trafalgar, receiving,
unsupported, the broadsides of half the enemy's fleet, while unforeseen
circumstances have hitherto prevented, and must yet for a time prevent, my
heavier ships of the line from taking any part in the action. I watched the
first moments of the struggle with some anxiety for the solitary vessel,—an
anxiety which I have now ceased to feel,—for the flag of truth waves
brightly through the smoke of the battle, and my antagonists, wholly intent
on the destruction of the leading ship, have lost their position, and exposed
themselves in defenceless disorder to the attack of the following columns.
If, however, I have had no reason to regret my hasty advance, as far as
regards the ultimate issue of the struggle, I have yet found it to occasion
much misconception of the character, and some diminution of the influence,
of the present essay. For though the work has been received as only in
sanguine moments I had ventured to hope, though I have had the pleasure
of knowing that in many instances its principles have carried with them a
strength of conviction amounting to a demonstration of their truth, and that,
even where it has had no other influence, it has excited interest, suggested
inquiry, and prompted to a just and frank comparison of Art with Nature;
yet this effect would have been greater still, had not the work been
supposed, as it seems to have been by many readers, a completed treatise,
containing a systematized statement of the whole of my views on the
subject of modern art. Considered as such, it surprises me that the book
should have received the slightest attention. For what respect could be due
to a writer who pretended to criticise and classify the works of the great
painters of landscape, without developing, or even alluding to, one single
principle of the beautiful or sublime? So far from being a completed essay,
it is little more than the introduction to the mass of evidence and illustration
which I have yet to bring forward; it treats of nothing but the initiatory steps
of art, states nothing but the elementary rules of criticism, touches only on
merits attainable by accuracy of eye and fidelity of hand, and leaves for
future consideration every one of the eclectic qualities of pictures, all of
Page 12
good that is prompted by feeling, and of great that is guided by judgment;
and its function and scope should the less have been mistaken, because I
have not only most carefully arranged the subject in its commencement, but
have given frequent references throughout to the essays by which it is
intended to be succeeded, in which I shall endeavor to point out the
signification and the value of those phenomena of external nature which I
have been hitherto compelled to describe without reference either to their
inherent beauty, or to the lessons which may be derived from them.
Yet, to prevent such misconception in future, I may perhaps be excused
for occupying the reader's time with a fuller statement of the feelings with
which the work was undertaken, of its general plan, and of the conclusions
and positions which I hope to be able finally to deduce and maintain.
Nothing, perhaps, bears on the face of it more appearance of folly,
ignorance, and impertinence, than any attempt to diminish the honor of
those to whom the assent of many generations has assigned a throne; for the
truly great of later times have, almost without exception, fostered in others
the veneration of departed power which they felt themselves, satisfied in all
humility to take their seat at the feet of those whose honor is brightened by
the hoariness of time, and to wait for the period when the lustre of many
departed days may accumulate on their own heads, in the radiance which
culminates as it recedes. The envious and incompetent have usually been
the leaders of attack, content if, like the foulness of the earth, they may
attract to themselves notice by their noisomeness, or, like its insects, exalt
themselves by virulence into visibility. While, however, the envy of the
vicious, and the insolence of the ignorant, are occasionally shown in their
nakedness by futile efforts to degrade the dead, it is worthy of consideration
whether they may not more frequently escape detection in successful efforts
to degrade the living,—whether the very same malice may not be gratified,
the very same incompetence demonstrated in the unjust lowering of present
greatness, and the unjust exaltation of a perished power, as, if exerted and
manifested in a less safe direction, would have classed the critic with Nero
and Caligula, with Zoilus and Perrault. Be it remembered, that the spirit of
detraction is detected only when unsuccessful, and receives least
punishment where it effects the greatest injury; and it cannot but be felt that
and its function and scope should the less have been mistaken, because I
have not only most carefully arranged the subject in its commencement, but
have given frequent references throughout to the essays by which it is
intended to be succeeded, in which I shall endeavor to point out the
signification and the value of those phenomena of external nature which I
have been hitherto compelled to describe without reference either to their
inherent beauty, or to the lessons which may be derived from them.
Yet, to prevent such misconception in future, I may perhaps be excused
for occupying the reader's time with a fuller statement of the feelings with
which the work was undertaken, of its general plan, and of the conclusions
and positions which I hope to be able finally to deduce and maintain.
Nothing, perhaps, bears on the face of it more appearance of folly,
ignorance, and impertinence, than any attempt to diminish the honor of
those to whom the assent of many generations has assigned a throne; for the
truly great of later times have, almost without exception, fostered in others
the veneration of departed power which they felt themselves, satisfied in all
humility to take their seat at the feet of those whose honor is brightened by
the hoariness of time, and to wait for the period when the lustre of many
departed days may accumulate on their own heads, in the radiance which
culminates as it recedes. The envious and incompetent have usually been
the leaders of attack, content if, like the foulness of the earth, they may
attract to themselves notice by their noisomeness, or, like its insects, exalt
themselves by virulence into visibility. While, however, the envy of the
vicious, and the insolence of the ignorant, are occasionally shown in their
nakedness by futile efforts to degrade the dead, it is worthy of consideration
whether they may not more frequently escape detection in successful efforts
to degrade the living,—whether the very same malice may not be gratified,
the very same incompetence demonstrated in the unjust lowering of present
greatness, and the unjust exaltation of a perished power, as, if exerted and
manifested in a less safe direction, would have classed the critic with Nero
and Caligula, with Zoilus and Perrault. Be it remembered, that the spirit of
detraction is detected only when unsuccessful, and receives least
punishment where it effects the greatest injury; and it cannot but be felt that
Page 13
there is as much danger that the rising of new stars should be concealed by
the mists which are unseen, as that those throned in heaven should be
darkened by the clouds which are visible.
There is, I fear, so much malice in the hearts of most men, that they are
chiefly jealous of that praise which can give the greatest pleasure, and are
then most liberal of eulogium when it can no longer be enjoyed. They
grudge not the whiteness of the sepulchre, because by no honor they can
bestow upon it can the senseless corpse be rendered an object of envy; but
they are niggardly of the reputation which contributes to happiness, or
advances to fortune. They are glad to obtain credit for generosity and
humility by exalting those who are beyond the reach of praise, and thus to
escape the more painful necessity of doing homage to a living rival. They
are rejoiced to set up a standard of imaginary excellence, which may enable
them, by insisting on the inferiority of a contemporary work to the things
that have been, to withdraw the attention from its superiority to the things
that are. The same undercurrent of jealousy operates in our reception of
animadversion. Men have commonly more pleasure in the criticism which
hurts than in that which is innocuous, and are more tolerant of the severity
which breaks hearts and ruins fortunes, than of that which falls impotently
on the grave.
And thus well says the good and deep-minded Richard Hooker: "To the
best and wisest, while they live, the world is continually a froward opposite;
and a curious observer of their defects and imperfections, their virtues
afterwards it as much admireth. And for this cause, many times that which
deserveth admiration would hardly be able to find favor, if they which
propose it were not content to profess themselves therein scholars and
followers of the ancient. For the world will not endure to hear that we are
wiser than any have been which went before."—Book v. ch. vii. 3. He
therefore who would maintain the cause of contemporary excellence against
that of elder time, must have almost every class of men arrayed against him.
The generous, because they would not find matter of accusation against
established dignities; the envious, because they like not the sound of a
living man's praise; the wise, because they prefer the opinion of centuries to
that of days; and the foolish, because they are incapable of forming an
the mists which are unseen, as that those throned in heaven should be
darkened by the clouds which are visible.
There is, I fear, so much malice in the hearts of most men, that they are
chiefly jealous of that praise which can give the greatest pleasure, and are
then most liberal of eulogium when it can no longer be enjoyed. They
grudge not the whiteness of the sepulchre, because by no honor they can
bestow upon it can the senseless corpse be rendered an object of envy; but
they are niggardly of the reputation which contributes to happiness, or
advances to fortune. They are glad to obtain credit for generosity and
humility by exalting those who are beyond the reach of praise, and thus to
escape the more painful necessity of doing homage to a living rival. They
are rejoiced to set up a standard of imaginary excellence, which may enable
them, by insisting on the inferiority of a contemporary work to the things
that have been, to withdraw the attention from its superiority to the things
that are. The same undercurrent of jealousy operates in our reception of
animadversion. Men have commonly more pleasure in the criticism which
hurts than in that which is innocuous, and are more tolerant of the severity
which breaks hearts and ruins fortunes, than of that which falls impotently
on the grave.
And thus well says the good and deep-minded Richard Hooker: "To the
best and wisest, while they live, the world is continually a froward opposite;
and a curious observer of their defects and imperfections, their virtues
afterwards it as much admireth. And for this cause, many times that which
deserveth admiration would hardly be able to find favor, if they which
propose it were not content to profess themselves therein scholars and
followers of the ancient. For the world will not endure to hear that we are
wiser than any have been which went before."—Book v. ch. vii. 3. He
therefore who would maintain the cause of contemporary excellence against
that of elder time, must have almost every class of men arrayed against him.
The generous, because they would not find matter of accusation against
established dignities; the envious, because they like not the sound of a
living man's praise; the wise, because they prefer the opinion of centuries to
that of days; and the foolish, because they are incapable of forming an
Page 14
opinion of their own. Obloquy so universal is not lightly to be risked, and
the few who make an effort to stem the torrent, as it is made commonly in
favor of their own works, deserve the contempt which is their only reward.
Nor is this to be regretted, in its influence on the progress and preservation
of things technical and communicable. Respect for the ancients is the
salvation of art, though it sometimes blinds us to its ends. It increases the
power of the painter, though it diminishes his liberty; and if it be sometimes
an incumbrance to the essays of invention, it is oftener a protection from the
consequences of audacity. The whole system and discipline of art, the
collected results of the experience of ages, might, but for the fixed authority
of antiquity, be swept away by the rage of fashion, or lost in the glare of
novelty; and the knowledge which it had taken centuries to accumulate, the
principles which mighty minds had arrived at only in dying, might be
overthrown by the frenzy of a faction, and abandoned in the insolence of an
hour.
Neither, in its general application, is the persuasion of the superiority of
former works less just than useful. The greater number of them are, and
must be, immeasurably nobler than any of the results of present effort,
because that which is best of the productions of four thousand years must
necessarily be in its accumulation, beyond all rivalry from the works of any
given generation; but it should always be remembered that it is improbable
that many, and impossible that all, of such works, though the greatest yet
produced, should approach abstract perfection; that there is certainly
something left for us to carry farther, or complete; that any given generation
has just the same chance of producing some individual mind of first-rate
calibre, as any of its predecessors; and that if such a mind should arise, the
chances are, that with the assistance of experience and example, it would, in
its particular and chosen path, do greater things than had been before done.
We must therefore be cautious not to lose sight of the real use of what has
been left us by antiquity, nor to take that for a model of perfection which is,
in many cases, only a guide to it. The picture which is looked to for an
interpretation of nature is invaluable, but the picture which is taken as a
substitute for nature, had better be burned; and the young artist, while he
should shrink with horror from the iconoclast who would tear from him
the few who make an effort to stem the torrent, as it is made commonly in
favor of their own works, deserve the contempt which is their only reward.
Nor is this to be regretted, in its influence on the progress and preservation
of things technical and communicable. Respect for the ancients is the
salvation of art, though it sometimes blinds us to its ends. It increases the
power of the painter, though it diminishes his liberty; and if it be sometimes
an incumbrance to the essays of invention, it is oftener a protection from the
consequences of audacity. The whole system and discipline of art, the
collected results of the experience of ages, might, but for the fixed authority
of antiquity, be swept away by the rage of fashion, or lost in the glare of
novelty; and the knowledge which it had taken centuries to accumulate, the
principles which mighty minds had arrived at only in dying, might be
overthrown by the frenzy of a faction, and abandoned in the insolence of an
hour.
Neither, in its general application, is the persuasion of the superiority of
former works less just than useful. The greater number of them are, and
must be, immeasurably nobler than any of the results of present effort,
because that which is best of the productions of four thousand years must
necessarily be in its accumulation, beyond all rivalry from the works of any
given generation; but it should always be remembered that it is improbable
that many, and impossible that all, of such works, though the greatest yet
produced, should approach abstract perfection; that there is certainly
something left for us to carry farther, or complete; that any given generation
has just the same chance of producing some individual mind of first-rate
calibre, as any of its predecessors; and that if such a mind should arise, the
chances are, that with the assistance of experience and example, it would, in
its particular and chosen path, do greater things than had been before done.
We must therefore be cautious not to lose sight of the real use of what has
been left us by antiquity, nor to take that for a model of perfection which is,
in many cases, only a guide to it. The picture which is looked to for an
interpretation of nature is invaluable, but the picture which is taken as a
substitute for nature, had better be burned; and the young artist, while he
should shrink with horror from the iconoclast who would tear from him
Page 15
every landmark and light which has been bequeathed him by the ancients,
and leave him in a liberated childhood, may be equally certain of being
betrayed by those who would give him the power and the knowledge of past
time, and then fetter his strength from all advance, and bend his eyes
backward on a beaten path—who would thrust canvas between him and the
sky, and tradition between him and God.
And such conventional teaching is the more to be dreaded, because all
that is highest in art, all that is creative and imaginative, is formed and
created by every great master for himself, and cannot be repeated or
imitated by others. We judge of the excellence of a rising writer, not so
much by the resemblance of his works to what has been done before, as by
their difference from it; and while we advise him, in his first trials of
strength, to set certain models before him with respect to inferior points,—
one for versification, another for arrangement, another for treatment,—we
yet admit not his greatness until he has broken away from all his models,
and struck forth versification, arrangement, and treatment of his own.
Three points, therefore, I would especially insist upon as necessary to be
kept in mind in all criticism of modern art. First, that there are few, very
few of even the best productions of antiquity, which are not visibly and
palpably imperfect in some kind or way, and conceivably improvable by
farther study; that every nation, perhaps every generation, has in all
probability some peculiar gift, some particular character of mind, enabling
it to do something different from, or something in some sort better than
what has been before done; and that therefore, unless art be a trick, or a
manufacture, of which the secrets are lost, the greatest minds of existing
nations, if exerted with the same industry, passion, and honest aim as those
of past time, have a chance in their particular walk of doing something as
great, or, taking the advantage of former example into account, even greater
and better. It is difficult to conceive by what laws of logic some of the
reviewers of the following Essay have construed its first sentence into a
denial of this principle,—a denial such as their own conventional and
shallow criticism of modern works invariably implies. I have said that
"nothing has been for centuries consecrated by public admiration without
possessing in a high degree some species of sterling excellence." Does it
and leave him in a liberated childhood, may be equally certain of being
betrayed by those who would give him the power and the knowledge of past
time, and then fetter his strength from all advance, and bend his eyes
backward on a beaten path—who would thrust canvas between him and the
sky, and tradition between him and God.
And such conventional teaching is the more to be dreaded, because all
that is highest in art, all that is creative and imaginative, is formed and
created by every great master for himself, and cannot be repeated or
imitated by others. We judge of the excellence of a rising writer, not so
much by the resemblance of his works to what has been done before, as by
their difference from it; and while we advise him, in his first trials of
strength, to set certain models before him with respect to inferior points,—
one for versification, another for arrangement, another for treatment,—we
yet admit not his greatness until he has broken away from all his models,
and struck forth versification, arrangement, and treatment of his own.
Three points, therefore, I would especially insist upon as necessary to be
kept in mind in all criticism of modern art. First, that there are few, very
few of even the best productions of antiquity, which are not visibly and
palpably imperfect in some kind or way, and conceivably improvable by
farther study; that every nation, perhaps every generation, has in all
probability some peculiar gift, some particular character of mind, enabling
it to do something different from, or something in some sort better than
what has been before done; and that therefore, unless art be a trick, or a
manufacture, of which the secrets are lost, the greatest minds of existing
nations, if exerted with the same industry, passion, and honest aim as those
of past time, have a chance in their particular walk of doing something as
great, or, taking the advantage of former example into account, even greater
and better. It is difficult to conceive by what laws of logic some of the
reviewers of the following Essay have construed its first sentence into a
denial of this principle,—a denial such as their own conventional and
shallow criticism of modern works invariably implies. I have said that
"nothing has been for centuries consecrated by public admiration without
possessing in a high degree some species of sterling excellence." Does it
Page 16
thence follow that it possesses in the highest degree every species of
sterling excellence? "Yet thus," says the sapient reviewer, "he admits the
fact against which he mainly argues,—namely, the superiority of these time-
honored productions." As if the possession of an abstract excellence of
some kind necessarily implied the possession of an incomparable
excellence of every kind! There are few works of man so perfect as to admit
of no conception of their being excelled,[A]—there are thousands which
have been for centuries, and will be for centuries more, consecrated by
public admiration, which are yet imperfect in many respects, and have been
excelled, and may be excelled again. Do my opponents mean to assert that
nothing good can ever be bettered, and that what is best of past time is
necessarily best of all time? Perugino, I suppose, possessed some species of
sterling excellence, but Perugino was excelled by Raffaelle; and so Claude
possesses some species of sterling excellence, but it follows not that he may
not be excelled by Turner.
The second point on which I would insist is that if a mind were to arise of
such power as to be capable of equalling or excelling some of the greatest
works of past ages, the productions of such a mind would, in all probability,
be totally different in manner and matter from all former productions; for
the more powerful the intellect, the less will its works resemble those of
other men, whether predecessors or contemporaries. Instead of reasoning,
therefore, as we commonly do, in matters of art, that because such and such
a work does not resemble that which has hitherto been a canon, therefore it
must be inferior and wrong in principle; let us rather admit that there is in
its very dissimilarity an increased chance of its being itself a new, and
perhaps, a higher canon. If any production of modern art can be shown to
have the authority of nature on its side, and to be based on eternal truths, it
is all so much more in its favor, so much farther proof of its power, that it is
totally different from all that have been before seen.[B]
The third point on which I would insist, is that if such a mind were to
arise, it would necessarily divide the world of criticism into two factions;
the one, necessarily the largest and loudest, composed of men incapable of
judging except by precedent, ignorant of general truth, and acquainted only
with such particular truths as may have been illustrated or pointed out to
sterling excellence? "Yet thus," says the sapient reviewer, "he admits the
fact against which he mainly argues,—namely, the superiority of these time-
honored productions." As if the possession of an abstract excellence of
some kind necessarily implied the possession of an incomparable
excellence of every kind! There are few works of man so perfect as to admit
of no conception of their being excelled,[A]—there are thousands which
have been for centuries, and will be for centuries more, consecrated by
public admiration, which are yet imperfect in many respects, and have been
excelled, and may be excelled again. Do my opponents mean to assert that
nothing good can ever be bettered, and that what is best of past time is
necessarily best of all time? Perugino, I suppose, possessed some species of
sterling excellence, but Perugino was excelled by Raffaelle; and so Claude
possesses some species of sterling excellence, but it follows not that he may
not be excelled by Turner.
The second point on which I would insist is that if a mind were to arise of
such power as to be capable of equalling or excelling some of the greatest
works of past ages, the productions of such a mind would, in all probability,
be totally different in manner and matter from all former productions; for
the more powerful the intellect, the less will its works resemble those of
other men, whether predecessors or contemporaries. Instead of reasoning,
therefore, as we commonly do, in matters of art, that because such and such
a work does not resemble that which has hitherto been a canon, therefore it
must be inferior and wrong in principle; let us rather admit that there is in
its very dissimilarity an increased chance of its being itself a new, and
perhaps, a higher canon. If any production of modern art can be shown to
have the authority of nature on its side, and to be based on eternal truths, it
is all so much more in its favor, so much farther proof of its power, that it is
totally different from all that have been before seen.[B]
The third point on which I would insist, is that if such a mind were to
arise, it would necessarily divide the world of criticism into two factions;
the one, necessarily the largest and loudest, composed of men incapable of
judging except by precedent, ignorant of general truth, and acquainted only
with such particular truths as may have been illustrated or pointed out to
Page 17
them by former works, which class would of course be violent in
vituperation, and increase in animosity as the master departed farther from
their particular and preconceived canons of right,—thus wounding their
vanity by impugning their judgment; the other, necessarily narrow of
number, composed of men of general knowledge and unbiassed habits of
thought, who would recognize in the work of the daring innovator a record
and illustration of facts before unseized, who would justly and candidly
estimate the value of the truths so rendered, and would increase in fervor of
admiration as the master strode farther and deeper, and more daringly into
dominions before unsearched or unknown; yet diminishing in multitude as
they increased in enthusiasm: for by how much their leader became more
impatient in his step—more impetuous in his success—more exalted in his
research, by so much must the number capable of following him become
narrower, until at last, supposing him never to pause in his advance, he
might be left in the very culminating moment of his consummate
achievement, with but a faithful few by his side, his former disciples fallen
away, his former enemies doubled in numbers and virulence, and the
evidence of his supremacy only to be wrought out by the devotion of men's
lives to the earnest study of the new truths he had discovered and recorded.
Such a mind has arisen in our days. It has gone on from strength to
strength, laying open fields of conquest peculiar to itself. It has occasioned
such schism in the schools of criticism as was beforehand to be expected,
and it is now at the zenith of its power, and, consequently, in the last phase
of declining popularity.
This I know, and can prove. No man, says Southey, was ever yet
convinced of any momentous truth without feeling in himself the power, as
well as the desire of communicating it. In asserting and demonstrating the
supremacy of this great master, I shall both do immediate service to the
cause of right art, and shall be able to illustrate many principles of
landscape painting which are of general application, and have hitherto been
unacknowledged.
For anything like immediate effect on the public mind, I do not hope.
"We mistake men's diseases," says Richard Baxter, "when we think there
needeth nothing to cure them of their errors but the evidence of truth. Alas!
vituperation, and increase in animosity as the master departed farther from
their particular and preconceived canons of right,—thus wounding their
vanity by impugning their judgment; the other, necessarily narrow of
number, composed of men of general knowledge and unbiassed habits of
thought, who would recognize in the work of the daring innovator a record
and illustration of facts before unseized, who would justly and candidly
estimate the value of the truths so rendered, and would increase in fervor of
admiration as the master strode farther and deeper, and more daringly into
dominions before unsearched or unknown; yet diminishing in multitude as
they increased in enthusiasm: for by how much their leader became more
impatient in his step—more impetuous in his success—more exalted in his
research, by so much must the number capable of following him become
narrower, until at last, supposing him never to pause in his advance, he
might be left in the very culminating moment of his consummate
achievement, with but a faithful few by his side, his former disciples fallen
away, his former enemies doubled in numbers and virulence, and the
evidence of his supremacy only to be wrought out by the devotion of men's
lives to the earnest study of the new truths he had discovered and recorded.
Such a mind has arisen in our days. It has gone on from strength to
strength, laying open fields of conquest peculiar to itself. It has occasioned
such schism in the schools of criticism as was beforehand to be expected,
and it is now at the zenith of its power, and, consequently, in the last phase
of declining popularity.
This I know, and can prove. No man, says Southey, was ever yet
convinced of any momentous truth without feeling in himself the power, as
well as the desire of communicating it. In asserting and demonstrating the
supremacy of this great master, I shall both do immediate service to the
cause of right art, and shall be able to illustrate many principles of
landscape painting which are of general application, and have hitherto been
unacknowledged.
For anything like immediate effect on the public mind, I do not hope.
"We mistake men's diseases," says Richard Baxter, "when we think there
needeth nothing to cure them of their errors but the evidence of truth. Alas!
Page 18
there are many distempers of mind to be removed before they receive that
evidence." Nevertheless, when it is fully laid before them, my duty will be
done. Conviction will follow in due time. I do not consider myself as in any
way addressing, or having to do with, the ordinary critics of the press. Their
writings are not the guide, but the expression, of public opinion. A writer
for a newspaper naturally and necessarily endeavors to meet, as nearly as he
can, the feelings of the majority of his readers; his bread depends on his
doing so. Precluded by the nature of his occupations from gaining any
knowledge of art, he is sure that he can gain credit for it by expressing the
opinions of his readers. He mocks the picture which the public pass, and
bespatters with praise the canvas which a crowd concealed from him.
Writers like the present critic of Blackwood's Magazine[C] deserve more
respect—the respect due to honest, hopeless, helpless imbecility. There is
something exalted in the innocence of their feeblemindedness: one cannot
suspect them of partiality, for it implies feeling; nor of prejudice, for it
implies some previous acquaintance with their subject. I do not know that
even in this age of charlatanry, I could point to a more barefaced instance of
imposture on the simplicity of the public, than the insertion of these pieces
of criticism in a respectable periodical. We are not insulted with opinions on
music from persons ignorant of its notes; nor with treatises on philology by
persons unacquainted with the alphabet; but here is page after page of
criticism, which one may read from end to end, looking for something
which the writer knows, and finding nothing. Not his own language, for he
has to look in his dictionary, by his own confession, for a word[D] occurring
in one of the most important chapters of his Bible; not the commonest
traditions of the schools, for he does not know why Poussin was called
"learned;"[E] not the most simple canons of art, for he prefers Lee to
Gainsborough;[F] not the most ordinary facts of nature, for we find him
puzzled by the epithet "silver," as applied to the orange blossom,—
evidently never having seen anything silvery about an orange in his life,
except a spoon. Nay, he leaves us not to conjecture his calibre from internal
evidence; he candidly tells us (Oct. 1842) that he has been studying trees
only for the last week, and bases his critical remarks chiefly on his practical
experience of birch. More disinterested than our friend Sancho, he would
disenchant the public from the magic of Turner by virtue of his own
evidence." Nevertheless, when it is fully laid before them, my duty will be
done. Conviction will follow in due time. I do not consider myself as in any
way addressing, or having to do with, the ordinary critics of the press. Their
writings are not the guide, but the expression, of public opinion. A writer
for a newspaper naturally and necessarily endeavors to meet, as nearly as he
can, the feelings of the majority of his readers; his bread depends on his
doing so. Precluded by the nature of his occupations from gaining any
knowledge of art, he is sure that he can gain credit for it by expressing the
opinions of his readers. He mocks the picture which the public pass, and
bespatters with praise the canvas which a crowd concealed from him.
Writers like the present critic of Blackwood's Magazine[C] deserve more
respect—the respect due to honest, hopeless, helpless imbecility. There is
something exalted in the innocence of their feeblemindedness: one cannot
suspect them of partiality, for it implies feeling; nor of prejudice, for it
implies some previous acquaintance with their subject. I do not know that
even in this age of charlatanry, I could point to a more barefaced instance of
imposture on the simplicity of the public, than the insertion of these pieces
of criticism in a respectable periodical. We are not insulted with opinions on
music from persons ignorant of its notes; nor with treatises on philology by
persons unacquainted with the alphabet; but here is page after page of
criticism, which one may read from end to end, looking for something
which the writer knows, and finding nothing. Not his own language, for he
has to look in his dictionary, by his own confession, for a word[D] occurring
in one of the most important chapters of his Bible; not the commonest
traditions of the schools, for he does not know why Poussin was called
"learned;"[E] not the most simple canons of art, for he prefers Lee to
Gainsborough;[F] not the most ordinary facts of nature, for we find him
puzzled by the epithet "silver," as applied to the orange blossom,—
evidently never having seen anything silvery about an orange in his life,
except a spoon. Nay, he leaves us not to conjecture his calibre from internal
evidence; he candidly tells us (Oct. 1842) that he has been studying trees
only for the last week, and bases his critical remarks chiefly on his practical
experience of birch. More disinterested than our friend Sancho, he would
disenchant the public from the magic of Turner by virtue of his own
Page 19
flagellation; Xanthias-like, he would rob his master of immortality by his
own powers of endurance. What is Christopher North about? Does he
receive his critiques from Eaton or Harrow—based on the experience of a
week's birds'-nesting and its consequences? How low must art and its
interests sink, when the public mind is inadequate to the detection of this
effrontery of incapacity! In all kindness to Maga, we warn her, that, though
the nature of this work precludes us from devoting space to the exposure,
there may come a time when the public shall be themselves able to
distinguish ribaldry from reasoning, and may require some better and higher
qualifications in their critics of art, than the experience of a school-boy, and
the capacities of a buffoon.
It is not, however, merely to vindicate the reputation of those whom
writers like these defame, which would but be to anticipate by a few years
the natural and inevitable reaction of the public mind, that I am devoting
years of labor to the development of the principles on which the great
productions of recent art are based. I have a higher end in view—one which
may, I think, justify me, not only in the sacrifice of my own time, but in
calling on my readers to follow me through an investigation far more
laborious than could be adequately rewarded by mere insight into the merits
of a particular master, or the spirit of a particular age.
It is a question which, in spite of the claims of Painting to be called the
Sister of Poetry, appears to me to admit of considerable doubt, whether art
has ever, except in its earliest and rudest stages, possessed anything like
efficient moral influence on mankind. Better the state of Rome when
"magnorum artificum frangebat pocula miles, ut phaleris gauderet equus,"
than when her walls flashed with the marble and the gold, "nec cessabat
luxuria id agere, ut quam plurimum incendiis perdat." Better the state of
religion in Italy, before Giotto had broken on one barbarism of the
Byzantine schools, than when the painter of the Last Judgment, and the
sculptor of the Perseus, sat revelling side by side. It appears to me that a
rude symbol is oftener more efficient than a refined one in touching the
heart, and that as pictures rise in rank as works of art, they are regarded
with less devotion and more curiosity.
own powers of endurance. What is Christopher North about? Does he
receive his critiques from Eaton or Harrow—based on the experience of a
week's birds'-nesting and its consequences? How low must art and its
interests sink, when the public mind is inadequate to the detection of this
effrontery of incapacity! In all kindness to Maga, we warn her, that, though
the nature of this work precludes us from devoting space to the exposure,
there may come a time when the public shall be themselves able to
distinguish ribaldry from reasoning, and may require some better and higher
qualifications in their critics of art, than the experience of a school-boy, and
the capacities of a buffoon.
It is not, however, merely to vindicate the reputation of those whom
writers like these defame, which would but be to anticipate by a few years
the natural and inevitable reaction of the public mind, that I am devoting
years of labor to the development of the principles on which the great
productions of recent art are based. I have a higher end in view—one which
may, I think, justify me, not only in the sacrifice of my own time, but in
calling on my readers to follow me through an investigation far more
laborious than could be adequately rewarded by mere insight into the merits
of a particular master, or the spirit of a particular age.
It is a question which, in spite of the claims of Painting to be called the
Sister of Poetry, appears to me to admit of considerable doubt, whether art
has ever, except in its earliest and rudest stages, possessed anything like
efficient moral influence on mankind. Better the state of Rome when
"magnorum artificum frangebat pocula miles, ut phaleris gauderet equus,"
than when her walls flashed with the marble and the gold, "nec cessabat
luxuria id agere, ut quam plurimum incendiis perdat." Better the state of
religion in Italy, before Giotto had broken on one barbarism of the
Byzantine schools, than when the painter of the Last Judgment, and the
sculptor of the Perseus, sat revelling side by side. It appears to me that a
rude symbol is oftener more efficient than a refined one in touching the
heart, and that as pictures rise in rank as works of art, they are regarded
with less devotion and more curiosity.
Page 20
But, however this may be, and whatever influence we may be disposed to
admit in the great works of sacred art, no doubt can, I think, be reasonably
entertained as to the utter inutility of all that has been hitherto accomplished
by the painters of landscape. No moral end has been answered, no
permanent good effected, by any of their works. They may have amused the
intellect, or exercised the ingenuity, but they never have spoken to the heart.
Landscape art has never taught us one deep or holy lesson; it has not
recorded that which is fleeting, nor penetrated that which was hidden, nor
interpreted that which was obscure; it has never made us feel the wonder,
nor the power, nor the glory, of the universe; it has not prompted to
devotion, nor touched with awe; its power to move and exalt the heart has
been fatally abused, and perished in the abusing. That which ought to have
been a witness to the omnipotence of God, has become an exhibition of the
dexterity of man, and that which should have lifted our thoughts to the
throne of the Deity, has encumbered them with the inventions of his
creatures.
If we stand for a little time before any of the more celebrated works of
landscape, listening to the comments of the passers-by, we shall hear
numberless expressions relating to the skill of the artist, but very few
relating to the perfection of nature. Hundreds will be voluble in admiration,
for one who will be silent in delight. Multitudes will laud the composition,
and depart with the praise of Claude on their lips,—not one will feel as if it
were no composition, and depart with the praise of God in his heart.
These are the signs of a debased, mistaken, and false school of painting.
The skill of the artist, and the perfection of his art, are never proved until
both are forgotten. The artist has done nothing till he has concealed himself,
—the art is imperfect which is visible,—the feelings are but feebly touched,
if they permit us to reason on the methods of their excitement. In the
reading of a great poem, in the hearing of a noble oration, it is the subject of
the writer, and not his skill,—his passion, not his power, on which our
minds are fixed. We see as he sees, but we see not him. We become part of
him, feel with him, judge, behold with him; but we think of him as little as
of ourselves. Do we think of Æschylus while we wait on the silence of
Cassandra,[G] or of Shakspeare, while we listen to the wailing of Lear? Not
admit in the great works of sacred art, no doubt can, I think, be reasonably
entertained as to the utter inutility of all that has been hitherto accomplished
by the painters of landscape. No moral end has been answered, no
permanent good effected, by any of their works. They may have amused the
intellect, or exercised the ingenuity, but they never have spoken to the heart.
Landscape art has never taught us one deep or holy lesson; it has not
recorded that which is fleeting, nor penetrated that which was hidden, nor
interpreted that which was obscure; it has never made us feel the wonder,
nor the power, nor the glory, of the universe; it has not prompted to
devotion, nor touched with awe; its power to move and exalt the heart has
been fatally abused, and perished in the abusing. That which ought to have
been a witness to the omnipotence of God, has become an exhibition of the
dexterity of man, and that which should have lifted our thoughts to the
throne of the Deity, has encumbered them with the inventions of his
creatures.
If we stand for a little time before any of the more celebrated works of
landscape, listening to the comments of the passers-by, we shall hear
numberless expressions relating to the skill of the artist, but very few
relating to the perfection of nature. Hundreds will be voluble in admiration,
for one who will be silent in delight. Multitudes will laud the composition,
and depart with the praise of Claude on their lips,—not one will feel as if it
were no composition, and depart with the praise of God in his heart.
These are the signs of a debased, mistaken, and false school of painting.
The skill of the artist, and the perfection of his art, are never proved until
both are forgotten. The artist has done nothing till he has concealed himself,
—the art is imperfect which is visible,—the feelings are but feebly touched,
if they permit us to reason on the methods of their excitement. In the
reading of a great poem, in the hearing of a noble oration, it is the subject of
the writer, and not his skill,—his passion, not his power, on which our
minds are fixed. We see as he sees, but we see not him. We become part of
him, feel with him, judge, behold with him; but we think of him as little as
of ourselves. Do we think of Æschylus while we wait on the silence of
Cassandra,[G] or of Shakspeare, while we listen to the wailing of Lear? Not
Page 21
so. The power of the masters is shown by their self-annihilation. It is
commensurate with the degree in which they themselves appear not in their
work. The harp of the minstrel is untruly touched, if his own glory is all that
it records. Every great writer may be at once known by his guiding the mind
far from himself, to the beauty which is not of his creation, and the
knowledge which is past his finding out.
And must it ever be otherwise with painting, for otherwise it has ever
been. Her subjects have been regarded as mere themes on which the artist's
power is to be displayed; and that power, be it of imitation, composition,
idealization, or of whatever other kind, is the chief object of the spectator's
observation. It is man and his fancies, man and his trickeries, man and his
inventions,—poor, paltry, weak, self-sighted man,—which the connoisseur
forever seeks and worships. Among potsherds and dunghills, among
drunken boors and withered beldames, through every scene of debauchery
and degradation, we follow the erring artist, not to receive one wholesome
lesson, not to be touched with pity, nor moved with indignation, but to
watch the dexterity of the pencil, and gloat over the glittering of the hue.
I speak not only of the works of the Flemish School—I wage no war with
their admirers; they may be left in peace to count the spiculæ of haystacks
and the hairs of donkeys—it is also of works of real mind that I speak,—
works in which there are evidences of genius and workings of power,—
works which have been held up as containing all of the beautiful that art can
reach or man conceive. And I assert with sorrow, that all hitherto done in
landscape, by those commonly conceived its masters, has never prompted
one holy thought in the minds of nations. It has begun and ended in
exhibiting the dexterities of individuals, and conventionalities of systems.
Filling the world with the honor of Claude and Salvator, it has never once
tended to the honor of God.
Does the reader start in reading these last words, as if they were those of
wild enthusiasm,—as if I were lowering the dignity of religion by
supposing that its cause could be advanced by such means? His surprise
proves my position. It does sound like wild, like absurd enthusiasm, to
expect any definite moral agency in the painters of landscape; but ought it
so to sound? Are the gorgeousness of the visible hue, the glory of the
commensurate with the degree in which they themselves appear not in their
work. The harp of the minstrel is untruly touched, if his own glory is all that
it records. Every great writer may be at once known by his guiding the mind
far from himself, to the beauty which is not of his creation, and the
knowledge which is past his finding out.
And must it ever be otherwise with painting, for otherwise it has ever
been. Her subjects have been regarded as mere themes on which the artist's
power is to be displayed; and that power, be it of imitation, composition,
idealization, or of whatever other kind, is the chief object of the spectator's
observation. It is man and his fancies, man and his trickeries, man and his
inventions,—poor, paltry, weak, self-sighted man,—which the connoisseur
forever seeks and worships. Among potsherds and dunghills, among
drunken boors and withered beldames, through every scene of debauchery
and degradation, we follow the erring artist, not to receive one wholesome
lesson, not to be touched with pity, nor moved with indignation, but to
watch the dexterity of the pencil, and gloat over the glittering of the hue.
I speak not only of the works of the Flemish School—I wage no war with
their admirers; they may be left in peace to count the spiculæ of haystacks
and the hairs of donkeys—it is also of works of real mind that I speak,—
works in which there are evidences of genius and workings of power,—
works which have been held up as containing all of the beautiful that art can
reach or man conceive. And I assert with sorrow, that all hitherto done in
landscape, by those commonly conceived its masters, has never prompted
one holy thought in the minds of nations. It has begun and ended in
exhibiting the dexterities of individuals, and conventionalities of systems.
Filling the world with the honor of Claude and Salvator, it has never once
tended to the honor of God.
Does the reader start in reading these last words, as if they were those of
wild enthusiasm,—as if I were lowering the dignity of religion by
supposing that its cause could be advanced by such means? His surprise
proves my position. It does sound like wild, like absurd enthusiasm, to
expect any definite moral agency in the painters of landscape; but ought it
so to sound? Are the gorgeousness of the visible hue, the glory of the
Page 22
realized form, instruments in the artist's hand so ineffective, that they can
answer no nobler purpose than the amusement of curiosity, or the
engagement of idleness? Must it not be owing to gross neglect or
misapplication of the means at his command, that while words and tones
(means of representing nature surely less powerful than lines and colors)
can kindle and purify the very inmost souls of men, the painter can only
hope to entertain by his efforts at expression, and must remain forever
brooding over his incommunicable thoughts?
The cause of the evil lies, I believe, deep-seated in the system of ancient
landscape art; it consists, in a word, in the painter's taking upon him to
modify God's works at his pleasure, casting the shadow of himself on all he
sees, constituting himself arbiter where it is honor to be a disciple, and
exhibiting his ingenuity by the attainment of combinations whose highest
praise is that they are impossible. We shall not pass through a single gallery
of old art, without hearing this topic of praise confidently advanced. The
sense of artificialness, the absence of all appearance of reality, the
clumsiness of combination by which the meddling of man is made evident,
and the feebleness of his hand branded on the inorganization of his
monstrous creature, is advanced as a proof of inventive power, as an
evidence of abstracted conception;—nay, the violation of specific form, the
utter abandonment of all organic and individual character of object,
(numberless examples of which from the works of the old masters are given
in the following pages,) is constantly held up by the unthinking critic as the
foundation of the grand or historical style, and the first step to the
attainment of a pure ideal. Now, there is but one grand style, in the
treatment of all subjects whatsoever, and that style is based on the perfect
knowledge, and consists in the simple, unencumbered rendering, of the
specific characters of the given object, be it man, beast, or flower. Every
change, caricature, or abandonment of such specific character, is as
destructive of grandeur as it is of truth, of beauty as of propriety. Every
alteration of the features of nature has its origin either in powerless
indolence or blind audacity, in the folly which forgets, or the insolence
which desecrates, works which it is the pride of angels to know, and their
privilege to love.
answer no nobler purpose than the amusement of curiosity, or the
engagement of idleness? Must it not be owing to gross neglect or
misapplication of the means at his command, that while words and tones
(means of representing nature surely less powerful than lines and colors)
can kindle and purify the very inmost souls of men, the painter can only
hope to entertain by his efforts at expression, and must remain forever
brooding over his incommunicable thoughts?
The cause of the evil lies, I believe, deep-seated in the system of ancient
landscape art; it consists, in a word, in the painter's taking upon him to
modify God's works at his pleasure, casting the shadow of himself on all he
sees, constituting himself arbiter where it is honor to be a disciple, and
exhibiting his ingenuity by the attainment of combinations whose highest
praise is that they are impossible. We shall not pass through a single gallery
of old art, without hearing this topic of praise confidently advanced. The
sense of artificialness, the absence of all appearance of reality, the
clumsiness of combination by which the meddling of man is made evident,
and the feebleness of his hand branded on the inorganization of his
monstrous creature, is advanced as a proof of inventive power, as an
evidence of abstracted conception;—nay, the violation of specific form, the
utter abandonment of all organic and individual character of object,
(numberless examples of which from the works of the old masters are given
in the following pages,) is constantly held up by the unthinking critic as the
foundation of the grand or historical style, and the first step to the
attainment of a pure ideal. Now, there is but one grand style, in the
treatment of all subjects whatsoever, and that style is based on the perfect
knowledge, and consists in the simple, unencumbered rendering, of the
specific characters of the given object, be it man, beast, or flower. Every
change, caricature, or abandonment of such specific character, is as
destructive of grandeur as it is of truth, of beauty as of propriety. Every
alteration of the features of nature has its origin either in powerless
indolence or blind audacity, in the folly which forgets, or the insolence
which desecrates, works which it is the pride of angels to know, and their
privilege to love.
Page 23
We sometimes hear such infringement of universal laws justified on the
plea, that the frequent introduction of mythological abstractions into ancient
landscape requires an imaginary character of form in the material objects
with which they are associated. Something of this kind is hinted in
Reynolds's 14th Discourse; but nothing can be more false than such
reasoning. If there be any truth or beauty in the original conception of the
spiritual being so introduced, there must be a true and real connection
between that abstract idea[H] and the features of nature as she was and is.
The woods and waters which were peopled by the Greek with typical life
were not different from those which now wave and murmur by the ruins of
his shrines. With their visible and actual forms was his imagination filled,
and the beauty of its incarnate creatures can only be understood among the
pure realities which originally modelled their conception. If divinity be
stamped upon the features, or apparent in the form of the spiritual creature,
the mind will not be shocked by its appearing to ride upon the whirlwind,
and trample on the storm; but if mortality, no violation of the characters of
the earth will forge one single link to bind it to the heaven.
Is there then no such thing as elevated ideal character of landscape?
Undoubtedly; and Sir Joshua, with the great master of this character, Nicolo
Poussin, present to his thoughts, ought to have arrived at more true
conclusions respecting its essence than, as we shall presently see, are
deducible from his works. The true ideal of landscape is precisely the same
as that of the human form; it is the expression of the specific—not the
individual, but the specific—characters of every object, in their perfection;
there is an ideal form of every herb, flower, and tree: it is that form to which
every individual of the species has a tendency to arrive, freed from the
influence of accident or disease. Every landscape painter should know the
specific characters of every object he has to represent, rock, flower, or
cloud; and in his highest ideal works, all their distinctions will be perfectly
expressed, broadly or delicately, slightly or completely, according to the
nature of the subject, and the degree of attention which is to be drawn to the
particular object by the part it plays in the composition. Where the sublime
is aimed at, such distinctions will be indicated with severe simplicity, as the
muscular markings in a colossal statue; where beauty is the object, they
must be expressed with the utmost refinement of which the hand is capable.
plea, that the frequent introduction of mythological abstractions into ancient
landscape requires an imaginary character of form in the material objects
with which they are associated. Something of this kind is hinted in
Reynolds's 14th Discourse; but nothing can be more false than such
reasoning. If there be any truth or beauty in the original conception of the
spiritual being so introduced, there must be a true and real connection
between that abstract idea[H] and the features of nature as she was and is.
The woods and waters which were peopled by the Greek with typical life
were not different from those which now wave and murmur by the ruins of
his shrines. With their visible and actual forms was his imagination filled,
and the beauty of its incarnate creatures can only be understood among the
pure realities which originally modelled their conception. If divinity be
stamped upon the features, or apparent in the form of the spiritual creature,
the mind will not be shocked by its appearing to ride upon the whirlwind,
and trample on the storm; but if mortality, no violation of the characters of
the earth will forge one single link to bind it to the heaven.
Is there then no such thing as elevated ideal character of landscape?
Undoubtedly; and Sir Joshua, with the great master of this character, Nicolo
Poussin, present to his thoughts, ought to have arrived at more true
conclusions respecting its essence than, as we shall presently see, are
deducible from his works. The true ideal of landscape is precisely the same
as that of the human form; it is the expression of the specific—not the
individual, but the specific—characters of every object, in their perfection;
there is an ideal form of every herb, flower, and tree: it is that form to which
every individual of the species has a tendency to arrive, freed from the
influence of accident or disease. Every landscape painter should know the
specific characters of every object he has to represent, rock, flower, or
cloud; and in his highest ideal works, all their distinctions will be perfectly
expressed, broadly or delicately, slightly or completely, according to the
nature of the subject, and the degree of attention which is to be drawn to the
particular object by the part it plays in the composition. Where the sublime
is aimed at, such distinctions will be indicated with severe simplicity, as the
muscular markings in a colossal statue; where beauty is the object, they
must be expressed with the utmost refinement of which the hand is capable.
Page 24
This may sound like a contradiction of principles advanced by the highest
authorities; but it is only a contradiction of a particular and most mistaken
application of them. Much evil has been done to art by the remarks of
historical painters on landscape. Accustomed themselves to treat their
backgrounds slightly and boldly, and feeling (though, as I shall presently
show, only in consequence of their own deficient powers) that any approach
to completeness of detail therein, injures their picture by interfering with its
principal subject, they naturally lose sight of the peculiar and intrinsic
beauties of things which to them are injurious, unless subordinate. Hence
the frequent advice given by Reynolds and others, to neglect specific form
in landscape, and treat its materials in large masses, aiming only at general
truths,—the flexibility of foliage, but not its kind; the rigidity of rock, but
not its mineral character. In the passage more especially bearing on this
subject (in the eleventh lecture of Sir J. Reynolds), we are told that "the
landscape painter works not for the virtuoso or the naturalist, but for the
general observer of life and nature." This is true, in precisely the same sense
that the sculptor does not work for the anatomist, but for the common
observer of life and nature. Yet the sculptor is not, for this reason, permitted
to be wanting either in knowledge or expression of anatomical detail; and
the more refined that expression can be rendered, the more perfect is his
work. That which, to the anatomist, is the end,—is, to the sculptor, the
means. The former desires details, for their own sake; the latter, that by
means of them, he may kindle his work with life, and stamp it with beauty.
And so in landscape;—botanical or geological details are not to be given as
matter of curiosity or subject of search, but as the ultimate elements of
every species of expression and order of loveliness.
In his observations on the foreground of the St. Pietro Martire, Sir Joshua
advances, as matter of praise, that the plants are discriminated "just as much
as was necessary for variety, and no more." Had this foreground been
occupied by a group of animals, we should have been surprised to be told
that the lion, the serpent, and the dove, or whatever other creatures might
have been introduced, were distinguished from each other just as much as
was necessary for variety, and no more. Yet is it to be supposed that the
distinctions of the vegetable world are less complete, less essential, or less
divine in origin, than those of the animal? If the distinctive forms of animal
authorities; but it is only a contradiction of a particular and most mistaken
application of them. Much evil has been done to art by the remarks of
historical painters on landscape. Accustomed themselves to treat their
backgrounds slightly and boldly, and feeling (though, as I shall presently
show, only in consequence of their own deficient powers) that any approach
to completeness of detail therein, injures their picture by interfering with its
principal subject, they naturally lose sight of the peculiar and intrinsic
beauties of things which to them are injurious, unless subordinate. Hence
the frequent advice given by Reynolds and others, to neglect specific form
in landscape, and treat its materials in large masses, aiming only at general
truths,—the flexibility of foliage, but not its kind; the rigidity of rock, but
not its mineral character. In the passage more especially bearing on this
subject (in the eleventh lecture of Sir J. Reynolds), we are told that "the
landscape painter works not for the virtuoso or the naturalist, but for the
general observer of life and nature." This is true, in precisely the same sense
that the sculptor does not work for the anatomist, but for the common
observer of life and nature. Yet the sculptor is not, for this reason, permitted
to be wanting either in knowledge or expression of anatomical detail; and
the more refined that expression can be rendered, the more perfect is his
work. That which, to the anatomist, is the end,—is, to the sculptor, the
means. The former desires details, for their own sake; the latter, that by
means of them, he may kindle his work with life, and stamp it with beauty.
And so in landscape;—botanical or geological details are not to be given as
matter of curiosity or subject of search, but as the ultimate elements of
every species of expression and order of loveliness.
In his observations on the foreground of the St. Pietro Martire, Sir Joshua
advances, as matter of praise, that the plants are discriminated "just as much
as was necessary for variety, and no more." Had this foreground been
occupied by a group of animals, we should have been surprised to be told
that the lion, the serpent, and the dove, or whatever other creatures might
have been introduced, were distinguished from each other just as much as
was necessary for variety, and no more. Yet is it to be supposed that the
distinctions of the vegetable world are less complete, less essential, or less
divine in origin, than those of the animal? If the distinctive forms of animal
Page 25
life are meant for our reverent observance, is it likely that those of
vegetable life are made merely to be swept away? The latter are indeed less
obvious and less obtrusive; for which very reason there is less excuse for
omitting them, because there is less danger of their disturbing the attention
or engaging the fancy.
But Sir Joshua is as inaccurate in fact, as false in principle. He himself
furnishes a most singular instance of the very error of which he accuses
Vaseni,—the seeing what he expects; or, rather, in the present case, not
seeing what he does not expect. The great masters of Italy, almost without
exception, and Titian perhaps more than any, (for he had the highest
knowledge of landscape,) are in the constant habit of rendering every detail
of their foregrounds with the most laborious botanical fidelity: witness the
"Bacchus and Ariadne," in which the foreground is occupied by the
common blue iris, the aquilegia, and the wild rose; every stamen of which
latter is given, while the blossoms and leaves of the columbine (a difficult
flower to draw) have been studied with the most exquisite accuracy. The
foregrounds of Raffaelle's two cartoons,—"The Miraculous Draught of
Fishes" and "The Charge to Peter,"—are covered with plants of the
common sea colewort, (crambe maritima,) of which the sinuated leaves and
clustered blossoms would have exhausted the patience of any other artist;
but have appeared worthy of prolonged and thoughtful labor to the great
mind of Raffaelle.
It appears then, not only from natural principles, but from the highest of
all authority, that thorough knowledge of the lowest details is necessary and
full expression of them right, even in the highest class of historical painting;
that it will not take away from, nor interfere with, the interest of the figures;
but, rightly managed, must add to and elucidate it; and, if further proof be
wanting, I would desire the reader to compare the background of Sir
Joshua's "Holy Family," in the National Gallery, with that of Nicolo
Poussin's "Nursing of Jupiter," in the Dulwich Gallery. The first, owing to
the utter neglect of all botanical detail, has lost every atom of ideal
character, and reminds us of nothing but an English fashionable flower
garden;—the formal pedestal adding considerably to the effect. Poussin's, in
which every vine leaf is drawn with consummate skill and untiring
vegetable life are made merely to be swept away? The latter are indeed less
obvious and less obtrusive; for which very reason there is less excuse for
omitting them, because there is less danger of their disturbing the attention
or engaging the fancy.
But Sir Joshua is as inaccurate in fact, as false in principle. He himself
furnishes a most singular instance of the very error of which he accuses
Vaseni,—the seeing what he expects; or, rather, in the present case, not
seeing what he does not expect. The great masters of Italy, almost without
exception, and Titian perhaps more than any, (for he had the highest
knowledge of landscape,) are in the constant habit of rendering every detail
of their foregrounds with the most laborious botanical fidelity: witness the
"Bacchus and Ariadne," in which the foreground is occupied by the
common blue iris, the aquilegia, and the wild rose; every stamen of which
latter is given, while the blossoms and leaves of the columbine (a difficult
flower to draw) have been studied with the most exquisite accuracy. The
foregrounds of Raffaelle's two cartoons,—"The Miraculous Draught of
Fishes" and "The Charge to Peter,"—are covered with plants of the
common sea colewort, (crambe maritima,) of which the sinuated leaves and
clustered blossoms would have exhausted the patience of any other artist;
but have appeared worthy of prolonged and thoughtful labor to the great
mind of Raffaelle.
It appears then, not only from natural principles, but from the highest of
all authority, that thorough knowledge of the lowest details is necessary and
full expression of them right, even in the highest class of historical painting;
that it will not take away from, nor interfere with, the interest of the figures;
but, rightly managed, must add to and elucidate it; and, if further proof be
wanting, I would desire the reader to compare the background of Sir
Joshua's "Holy Family," in the National Gallery, with that of Nicolo
Poussin's "Nursing of Jupiter," in the Dulwich Gallery. The first, owing to
the utter neglect of all botanical detail, has lost every atom of ideal
character, and reminds us of nothing but an English fashionable flower
garden;—the formal pedestal adding considerably to the effect. Poussin's, in
which every vine leaf is drawn with consummate skill and untiring
Page 26
diligence, produces not only a tree group of the most perfect grace and
beauty, but one which, in its pure and simple truth, belongs to every age of
nature, and adapts itself to the history of all time. If, then, such entire
rendering of specific character be necessary to the historical painter, in
cases where these lower details are entirely subordinate to his human
subject, how much more must it be necessary in landscape, where they
themselves constitute the subject, and where the undivided attention is to be
drawn to them.
There is a singular sense in which the child may peculiarly be said to be
father of the man. In many arts and attainments, the first and last stages of
progress—the infancy and the consummation—have many features in
common; while the intermediate stages are wholly unlike either, and are
farthest from the right. Thus it is in the progress of a painter's handling. We
see the perfect child,—the absolute beginner, using of necessity a broken,
imperfect, inadequate line, which, as he advances, becomes gradually firm,
severe, and decided. Yet before he becomes a perfect artist, this severity and
decision will again be exchanged for a light and careless stroke, which in
many points will far more resemble that of his childhood than of his middle
age—differing from it only by the consummate effect wrought out by the
apparently inadequate means. So it is in many matters of opinion. Our first
and last coincide, though on different grounds; it is the middle stage which
is farthest from the truth. Childhood often holds a truth with its feeble
fingers, which the grasp of manhood cannot retain,—which it is the pride of
utmost age to recover.
Perhaps this is in no instance more remarkable than in the opinion we
form upon the subject of detail in works of art. Infants in judgment, we look
for specific character, and complete finish—we delight in the faithful
plumage of the well-known bird—in the finely drawn leafage of the
discriminated flower. As we advance in judgment, we scorn such detail
altogether; we look for impetuosity of execution, and breadth of effect. But,
perfected in judgment, we return in a great measure to our early feelings,
and thank Raffaelle for the shells upon his sacred beach, and for the delicate
stamens of the herbage beside his inspired St. Catherine.[I]
beauty, but one which, in its pure and simple truth, belongs to every age of
nature, and adapts itself to the history of all time. If, then, such entire
rendering of specific character be necessary to the historical painter, in
cases where these lower details are entirely subordinate to his human
subject, how much more must it be necessary in landscape, where they
themselves constitute the subject, and where the undivided attention is to be
drawn to them.
There is a singular sense in which the child may peculiarly be said to be
father of the man. In many arts and attainments, the first and last stages of
progress—the infancy and the consummation—have many features in
common; while the intermediate stages are wholly unlike either, and are
farthest from the right. Thus it is in the progress of a painter's handling. We
see the perfect child,—the absolute beginner, using of necessity a broken,
imperfect, inadequate line, which, as he advances, becomes gradually firm,
severe, and decided. Yet before he becomes a perfect artist, this severity and
decision will again be exchanged for a light and careless stroke, which in
many points will far more resemble that of his childhood than of his middle
age—differing from it only by the consummate effect wrought out by the
apparently inadequate means. So it is in many matters of opinion. Our first
and last coincide, though on different grounds; it is the middle stage which
is farthest from the truth. Childhood often holds a truth with its feeble
fingers, which the grasp of manhood cannot retain,—which it is the pride of
utmost age to recover.
Perhaps this is in no instance more remarkable than in the opinion we
form upon the subject of detail in works of art. Infants in judgment, we look
for specific character, and complete finish—we delight in the faithful
plumage of the well-known bird—in the finely drawn leafage of the
discriminated flower. As we advance in judgment, we scorn such detail
altogether; we look for impetuosity of execution, and breadth of effect. But,
perfected in judgment, we return in a great measure to our early feelings,
and thank Raffaelle for the shells upon his sacred beach, and for the delicate
stamens of the herbage beside his inspired St. Catherine.[I]
Page 27
Of those who take interest in art, nay, even of artists themselves, there are
an hundred in the middle stage of judgment, for one who is in the last; and
this not because they are destitute of the power to discover, or the
sensibility to enjoy the truth, but because the truth bears so much semblance
of error—the last stage of the journey to the first,—that every feeling which
guides to it is checked in its origin. The rapid and powerful artist
necessarily looks with such contempt on those who seek minutiæ of detail
rather than grandeur of impression, that it is almost impossible for him to
conceive of the great last step in art, by which both become compatible. He
has so often to dash the delicacy out of the pupil's work, and to blot the
details from his encumbered canvas; so frequently to lament the loss of
breadth and unity, and so seldom to reprehend the imperfection of minutiæ,
that he necessarily looks upon complete parts as the very sign of error,
weakness, and ignorance. Thus, frequently to the latest period of his life, he
separates, like Sir Joshua, as chief enemies, the details and the whole,
which an artist cannot be great unless he reconciles; and because details
alone, and unreferred to a final purpose, are the sign of a tyro's work, he
loses sight of the remoter truth, that details perfect in unity, and,
contributing to a final purpose, are the sign of the production of a
consummate master.
It is not, therefore, detail sought for its own sake,—not the calculable
bricks of the Dutch house-painters, nor the numbered hairs and mapped
wrinkles of Denner, which constitute great art,—they are the lowest and
most contemptible art; but it is detail referred to a great end,—sought for
the sake of the inestimable beauty which exists in the slightest and least of
God's works, and treated in a manly, broad, and impressive manner. There
may be as much greatness of mind, as much nobility of manner in a master's
treatment of the smallest features, as in his management of the most vast;
and this greatness of manner chiefly consists in seizing the specific
character of the object, together with all the great qualities of beauty which
it has in common with higher orders of existence,[J] while he utterly rejects
the meaner beauties which are accidentally peculiar to the object, and yet
not specifically characteristic of it. I cannot give a better instance than the
painting of the flowers in Titian's picture above mentioned. While every
stamen of the rose is given, because this was necessary to mark the flower,
an hundred in the middle stage of judgment, for one who is in the last; and
this not because they are destitute of the power to discover, or the
sensibility to enjoy the truth, but because the truth bears so much semblance
of error—the last stage of the journey to the first,—that every feeling which
guides to it is checked in its origin. The rapid and powerful artist
necessarily looks with such contempt on those who seek minutiæ of detail
rather than grandeur of impression, that it is almost impossible for him to
conceive of the great last step in art, by which both become compatible. He
has so often to dash the delicacy out of the pupil's work, and to blot the
details from his encumbered canvas; so frequently to lament the loss of
breadth and unity, and so seldom to reprehend the imperfection of minutiæ,
that he necessarily looks upon complete parts as the very sign of error,
weakness, and ignorance. Thus, frequently to the latest period of his life, he
separates, like Sir Joshua, as chief enemies, the details and the whole,
which an artist cannot be great unless he reconciles; and because details
alone, and unreferred to a final purpose, are the sign of a tyro's work, he
loses sight of the remoter truth, that details perfect in unity, and,
contributing to a final purpose, are the sign of the production of a
consummate master.
It is not, therefore, detail sought for its own sake,—not the calculable
bricks of the Dutch house-painters, nor the numbered hairs and mapped
wrinkles of Denner, which constitute great art,—they are the lowest and
most contemptible art; but it is detail referred to a great end,—sought for
the sake of the inestimable beauty which exists in the slightest and least of
God's works, and treated in a manly, broad, and impressive manner. There
may be as much greatness of mind, as much nobility of manner in a master's
treatment of the smallest features, as in his management of the most vast;
and this greatness of manner chiefly consists in seizing the specific
character of the object, together with all the great qualities of beauty which
it has in common with higher orders of existence,[J] while he utterly rejects
the meaner beauties which are accidentally peculiar to the object, and yet
not specifically characteristic of it. I cannot give a better instance than the
painting of the flowers in Titian's picture above mentioned. While every
stamen of the rose is given, because this was necessary to mark the flower,
Page 28
and while the curves and large characters of the leaves are rendered with
exquisite fidelity, there is no vestige of particular texture, of moss, bloom,
moisture, or any other accident—no dew-drops, nor flies, nor trickeries of
any kind; nothing beyond the simple forms and hues of the flowers,—even
those hues themselves being simplified and broadly rendered. The varieties
of aquilegia have, in reality, a grayish and uncertain tone of color; and, I
believe, never attain the intense purity of blue with which Titian has gifted
his flower. But the master does not aim at the particular color of individual
blossoms; he seizes the type of all, and gives it with the utmost purity and
simplicity of which color is capable.
These laws being observed, it will not only be in the power, it will be the
duty,—the imperative duty,—of the landscape painter, to descend to the
lowest details with undiminished attention. Every herb and flower of the
field has its specific, distinct, and perfect beauty; it has its peculiar
habitation, expression, and function. The highest art is that which seizes this
specific character, which develops and illustrates it, which assigns to it its
proper position in the landscape, and which, by means of it, enhances and
enforces the great impression which the picture is intended to convey. Nor
is it of herbs and flowers alone that such scientific representation is
required. Every class of rock, every kind of earth, every form of cloud, must
be studied with equal industry, and rendered with equal precision. And thus
we find ourselves unavoidably led to a conclusion directly opposed to that
constantly enunciated dogma of the parrot-critic, that the features of nature
must be "generalized,"—a dogma whose inherent and broad absurdity
would long ago have been detected, if it had not contained in its convenient
falsehood an apology for indolence, and a disguise for incapacity.
Generalized! As if it were possible to generalize things generically
different. Of such common cant of criticism I extract a characteristic
passage from one of the reviews of this work, that in this year's Athenæum
for February 10th: "He (the author) would have geological landscape
painters, dendrologic, meteorologic, and doubtless entomologic,
ichthyologic, every kind of physiologic painter united in the same person;
yet, alas, for true poetic art among all these learned Thebans! No; landscape
painting must not be reduced to mere portraiture of inanimate substances,
Denner-like portraiture of the earth's face. * * * * *
exquisite fidelity, there is no vestige of particular texture, of moss, bloom,
moisture, or any other accident—no dew-drops, nor flies, nor trickeries of
any kind; nothing beyond the simple forms and hues of the flowers,—even
those hues themselves being simplified and broadly rendered. The varieties
of aquilegia have, in reality, a grayish and uncertain tone of color; and, I
believe, never attain the intense purity of blue with which Titian has gifted
his flower. But the master does not aim at the particular color of individual
blossoms; he seizes the type of all, and gives it with the utmost purity and
simplicity of which color is capable.
These laws being observed, it will not only be in the power, it will be the
duty,—the imperative duty,—of the landscape painter, to descend to the
lowest details with undiminished attention. Every herb and flower of the
field has its specific, distinct, and perfect beauty; it has its peculiar
habitation, expression, and function. The highest art is that which seizes this
specific character, which develops and illustrates it, which assigns to it its
proper position in the landscape, and which, by means of it, enhances and
enforces the great impression which the picture is intended to convey. Nor
is it of herbs and flowers alone that such scientific representation is
required. Every class of rock, every kind of earth, every form of cloud, must
be studied with equal industry, and rendered with equal precision. And thus
we find ourselves unavoidably led to a conclusion directly opposed to that
constantly enunciated dogma of the parrot-critic, that the features of nature
must be "generalized,"—a dogma whose inherent and broad absurdity
would long ago have been detected, if it had not contained in its convenient
falsehood an apology for indolence, and a disguise for incapacity.
Generalized! As if it were possible to generalize things generically
different. Of such common cant of criticism I extract a characteristic
passage from one of the reviews of this work, that in this year's Athenæum
for February 10th: "He (the author) would have geological landscape
painters, dendrologic, meteorologic, and doubtless entomologic,
ichthyologic, every kind of physiologic painter united in the same person;
yet, alas, for true poetic art among all these learned Thebans! No; landscape
painting must not be reduced to mere portraiture of inanimate substances,
Denner-like portraiture of the earth's face. * * * * *
Page 29
Ancient landscapists took a broader, deeper, higher view of their art; they
neglected particular traits, and gave only general features. Thus they
attained mass and force, harmonious union and simple effect, the elements
of grandeur and beauty."
To all such criticism as this (and I notice it only because it expresses the
feelings into which many sensible and thoughtful minds have been
fashioned by infection) the answer is simple and straightforward. It is just
as impossible to generalize granite and slate, as it is to generalize a man and
a cow. An animal must be either one animal or another animal; it cannot be
a general animal, or it is no animal; and so a rock must be either one rock or
another rock; it cannot be a general rock, or it is no rock. If there were a
creature in the foreground of a picture, of which he could not decide
whether it were a pony or a pig, the Athenæum critic would perhaps affirm
it to be a generalization of pony and pig, and consequently a high example
of "harmonious union and simple effect." But I should call it simple bad
drawing. And so when there are things in the foreground of Salvator of
which I cannot pronounce whether they be granite or slate, or tufa, I affirm
that there is in them neither harmonious union nor simple effect, but simple
monstrosity. There is no grandeur, no beauty of any sort or kind; nothing
but destruction, disorganization, and ruin, to be obtained by the violation of
natural distinctions. The elements of brutes can only mix in corruption, the
elements of inorganic nature only in annihilation. We may, if we choose, put
together centaur monsters; but they must still be half man, half horse; they
cannot be both man and horse, nor either man or horse. And so, if landscape
painters choose, they may give us rocks which shall be half granite and half
slate; but they cannot give us rocks which shall be either granite or slate,
nor which shall be both granite and slate. Every attempt to produce that
which shall be any rock, ends in the production of that which is no rock.
It is true that the distinctions of rocks and plants and clouds are less
conspicuous, and less constantly subjects of observation than those of the
animal creation; but the difficulty of observing them proves not the merit of
overlooking them. It only accounts for the singular fact, that the world has
never yet seen anything like a perfect school of landscape. For just as the
highest historical painting is based on perfect knowledge of the workings of
neglected particular traits, and gave only general features. Thus they
attained mass and force, harmonious union and simple effect, the elements
of grandeur and beauty."
To all such criticism as this (and I notice it only because it expresses the
feelings into which many sensible and thoughtful minds have been
fashioned by infection) the answer is simple and straightforward. It is just
as impossible to generalize granite and slate, as it is to generalize a man and
a cow. An animal must be either one animal or another animal; it cannot be
a general animal, or it is no animal; and so a rock must be either one rock or
another rock; it cannot be a general rock, or it is no rock. If there were a
creature in the foreground of a picture, of which he could not decide
whether it were a pony or a pig, the Athenæum critic would perhaps affirm
it to be a generalization of pony and pig, and consequently a high example
of "harmonious union and simple effect." But I should call it simple bad
drawing. And so when there are things in the foreground of Salvator of
which I cannot pronounce whether they be granite or slate, or tufa, I affirm
that there is in them neither harmonious union nor simple effect, but simple
monstrosity. There is no grandeur, no beauty of any sort or kind; nothing
but destruction, disorganization, and ruin, to be obtained by the violation of
natural distinctions. The elements of brutes can only mix in corruption, the
elements of inorganic nature only in annihilation. We may, if we choose, put
together centaur monsters; but they must still be half man, half horse; they
cannot be both man and horse, nor either man or horse. And so, if landscape
painters choose, they may give us rocks which shall be half granite and half
slate; but they cannot give us rocks which shall be either granite or slate,
nor which shall be both granite and slate. Every attempt to produce that
which shall be any rock, ends in the production of that which is no rock.
It is true that the distinctions of rocks and plants and clouds are less
conspicuous, and less constantly subjects of observation than those of the
animal creation; but the difficulty of observing them proves not the merit of
overlooking them. It only accounts for the singular fact, that the world has
never yet seen anything like a perfect school of landscape. For just as the
highest historical painting is based on perfect knowledge of the workings of
Page 30
the human form, and human mind, so must the highest landscape painting
be based on perfect cognizance of the form, functions, and system of every
organic or definitely structured existence which it has to represent. This
proposition is self-evident to every thinking mind; and every principle
which appears to contradict it is either misstated or misunderstood. For
instance, the Athenæum critic calls the right statement of generic difference
"Denner-like portraiture." If he can find anything like Denner in what I
have advanced as the utmost perfection of landscape art—the recent works
of Turner—he is welcome to his discovery and his theory. No; Denner-like
portraiture would be the endeavor to paint the separate crystals of quartz
and felspar in the granite, and the separate flakes of mica in the mica slate,
—an attempt just as far removed from what I assert to be great art, (the bold
rendering of the generic characters of form in both rocks,) as modern
sculpture of lace and button-holes is from the Elgin marbles. Martin has
attempted this Denner-like portraiture of sea-foam with the assistance of an
acre of canvas—with what success, I believe the critics of his last year's
Canute had, for once, sense enough to decide.
Again, it does not follow that because such accurate knowledge is
necessary to the painter that it should constitute the painter, nor that such
knowledge is valuable in itself, and without reference to high ends. Every
kind of knowledge may be sought from ignoble motives, and for ignoble
ends; and in those who so possess it, it is ignoble knowledge; while the very
same knowledge is in another mind an attainment of the highest dignity, and
conveying the greatest blessing. This is the difference between the mere
botanist's knowledge of plants, and the great poet's or painter's knowledge
of them. The one notes their distinctions for the sake of swelling his
herbarium, the other, that he may render them vehicles of expression and
emotion. The one counts the stamens, and affixes a name, and is content;
the other observes every character of the plant's color and form; considering
each of its attributes as an element of expression, he seizes on its lines of
grace or energy, rigidity or repose; notes the feebleness or the vigor, the
serenity or tremulousness of its hues; observes its local habits, its love or
fear of peculiar places, its nourishment or destruction by particular
influences; he associates it in his mind with all the features of the situations
it inhabits, and the ministering agencies necessary to its support.
be based on perfect cognizance of the form, functions, and system of every
organic or definitely structured existence which it has to represent. This
proposition is self-evident to every thinking mind; and every principle
which appears to contradict it is either misstated or misunderstood. For
instance, the Athenæum critic calls the right statement of generic difference
"Denner-like portraiture." If he can find anything like Denner in what I
have advanced as the utmost perfection of landscape art—the recent works
of Turner—he is welcome to his discovery and his theory. No; Denner-like
portraiture would be the endeavor to paint the separate crystals of quartz
and felspar in the granite, and the separate flakes of mica in the mica slate,
—an attempt just as far removed from what I assert to be great art, (the bold
rendering of the generic characters of form in both rocks,) as modern
sculpture of lace and button-holes is from the Elgin marbles. Martin has
attempted this Denner-like portraiture of sea-foam with the assistance of an
acre of canvas—with what success, I believe the critics of his last year's
Canute had, for once, sense enough to decide.
Again, it does not follow that because such accurate knowledge is
necessary to the painter that it should constitute the painter, nor that such
knowledge is valuable in itself, and without reference to high ends. Every
kind of knowledge may be sought from ignoble motives, and for ignoble
ends; and in those who so possess it, it is ignoble knowledge; while the very
same knowledge is in another mind an attainment of the highest dignity, and
conveying the greatest blessing. This is the difference between the mere
botanist's knowledge of plants, and the great poet's or painter's knowledge
of them. The one notes their distinctions for the sake of swelling his
herbarium, the other, that he may render them vehicles of expression and
emotion. The one counts the stamens, and affixes a name, and is content;
the other observes every character of the plant's color and form; considering
each of its attributes as an element of expression, he seizes on its lines of
grace or energy, rigidity or repose; notes the feebleness or the vigor, the
serenity or tremulousness of its hues; observes its local habits, its love or
fear of peculiar places, its nourishment or destruction by particular
influences; he associates it in his mind with all the features of the situations
it inhabits, and the ministering agencies necessary to its support.
Page 31
Thenceforward the flower is to him a living creature, with histories written
on its leaves, and passions breathing in its motion. Its occurrence in his
picture is no mere point of color, no meaningless spark of light. It is a voice
rising from the earth,—a new chord of the mind's music,—a necessary note
in the harmony of his picture, contributing alike to its tenderness and its
dignity, nor less to its loveliness than its truth.
The particularization of flowers by Shakspeare and Shelley affords us the
most frequent examples of the exalted use of these inferior details. It is true
that the painter has not the same power of expressing the thoughts with
which his symbols are connected; he is dependent in some degree on the
knowledge and feeling of the spectator; but, by the destruction of such
details, his foreground is not rendered more intelligible to the ignorant,
although it ceases to have interest for the informed. It is no excuse for
illegible writing that there are persons who could not have read it had it
been plain.
I repeat then, generalization, as the word is commonly understood, is the
act of a vulgar, incapable, and unthinking mind. To see in all mountains
nothing but similar heaps of earth; in all rocks, nothing but similar
concretions of solid matter; in all trees, nothing but similar accumulations
of leaves, is no sign of high feeling or extended thought. The more we
know, and the more we feel, the more we separate; we separate to obtain a
more perfect unity. Stones, in the thoughts of the peasant, lie as they do on
his field, one is like another, and there is no connection between any of
them. The geologist distinguishes, and in distinguishing connects them.
Each becomes different from its fellow, but in differing from, assumes a
relation to its fellow; they are no more each the repetition of the other,—
they are parts of a system, and each implies and is connected with the
existence of the rest. That generalization then is right, true, and noble,
which is based on the knowledge of the distinctions and observance of the
relations of individual kinds. That generalization is wrong, false, and
contemptible, which is based on ignorance of the one, and disturbance of
the other. It is indeed no generalization, but confusion and chaos; it is the
generalization of a defeated army into indistinguishable impotence—the
generalization of the elements of a dead carcass into dust.
on its leaves, and passions breathing in its motion. Its occurrence in his
picture is no mere point of color, no meaningless spark of light. It is a voice
rising from the earth,—a new chord of the mind's music,—a necessary note
in the harmony of his picture, contributing alike to its tenderness and its
dignity, nor less to its loveliness than its truth.
The particularization of flowers by Shakspeare and Shelley affords us the
most frequent examples of the exalted use of these inferior details. It is true
that the painter has not the same power of expressing the thoughts with
which his symbols are connected; he is dependent in some degree on the
knowledge and feeling of the spectator; but, by the destruction of such
details, his foreground is not rendered more intelligible to the ignorant,
although it ceases to have interest for the informed. It is no excuse for
illegible writing that there are persons who could not have read it had it
been plain.
I repeat then, generalization, as the word is commonly understood, is the
act of a vulgar, incapable, and unthinking mind. To see in all mountains
nothing but similar heaps of earth; in all rocks, nothing but similar
concretions of solid matter; in all trees, nothing but similar accumulations
of leaves, is no sign of high feeling or extended thought. The more we
know, and the more we feel, the more we separate; we separate to obtain a
more perfect unity. Stones, in the thoughts of the peasant, lie as they do on
his field, one is like another, and there is no connection between any of
them. The geologist distinguishes, and in distinguishing connects them.
Each becomes different from its fellow, but in differing from, assumes a
relation to its fellow; they are no more each the repetition of the other,—
they are parts of a system, and each implies and is connected with the
existence of the rest. That generalization then is right, true, and noble,
which is based on the knowledge of the distinctions and observance of the
relations of individual kinds. That generalization is wrong, false, and
contemptible, which is based on ignorance of the one, and disturbance of
the other. It is indeed no generalization, but confusion and chaos; it is the
generalization of a defeated army into indistinguishable impotence—the
generalization of the elements of a dead carcass into dust.
Page 32
Let us, then, without farther notice of the dogmata of the schools of art,
follow forth those conclusions to which we are led by observance of the
laws of nature.
I have just said that every class of rock, earth and cloud, must be known
by the painter, with geologic and meteorologic accuracy.[K] Nor is this
merely for the sake of obtaining the character of these minor features
themselves, but more especially for the sake of reaching that simple,
earnest, and consistent character which is visible in the whole effect of
every natural landscape. Every geological formation has features entirely
peculiar to itself; definite lines of fracture, giving rise to fixed resultant
forms of rock and earth; peculiar vegetable products, among which still
farther distinctions are wrought out by variations of climate and elevation.
From such modifying circumstances arise the infinite varieties of the orders
of landscape, of which each one shows perfect harmony among its several
features, and possesses an ideal beauty of its own; a beauty not
distinguished merely by such peculiarities as are wrought on the human
form by change of climate, but by generic differences the most marked and
essential; so that its classes cannot be generalized or amalgamated by any
expedients whatsoever. The level marshes and rich meadows of the tertiary,
the rounded swells and short pastures of the chalk, the square-built cliffs
and cloven dells of the lower limestone, the soaring peaks and ridgy
precipices of the primaries, having nothing in common among them—
nothing which is not distinctive and incommunicable. Their very
atmospheres are different—their clouds are different—their humors of
storm and sunshine are different—their flowers, animals and forests are
different. By each order of landscape—and its orders, I repeat, are infinite
in number, corresponding not only to the several species of rock, but to the
particular circumstances of the rocks' deposition or after treatment, and to
the incalculable varieties of climate, aspect, and human interference:—by
each order of landscape, I say, peculiar lessons are intended to be taught,
and distinct pleasures to be conveyed; and it is as utterly futile to talk of
generalizing their impressions into an ideal landscape, as to talk of
amalgamating all nourishment into one ideal food, gathering all music into
one ideal movement, or confounding all thought into one ideal idea.
follow forth those conclusions to which we are led by observance of the
laws of nature.
I have just said that every class of rock, earth and cloud, must be known
by the painter, with geologic and meteorologic accuracy.[K] Nor is this
merely for the sake of obtaining the character of these minor features
themselves, but more especially for the sake of reaching that simple,
earnest, and consistent character which is visible in the whole effect of
every natural landscape. Every geological formation has features entirely
peculiar to itself; definite lines of fracture, giving rise to fixed resultant
forms of rock and earth; peculiar vegetable products, among which still
farther distinctions are wrought out by variations of climate and elevation.
From such modifying circumstances arise the infinite varieties of the orders
of landscape, of which each one shows perfect harmony among its several
features, and possesses an ideal beauty of its own; a beauty not
distinguished merely by such peculiarities as are wrought on the human
form by change of climate, but by generic differences the most marked and
essential; so that its classes cannot be generalized or amalgamated by any
expedients whatsoever. The level marshes and rich meadows of the tertiary,
the rounded swells and short pastures of the chalk, the square-built cliffs
and cloven dells of the lower limestone, the soaring peaks and ridgy
precipices of the primaries, having nothing in common among them—
nothing which is not distinctive and incommunicable. Their very
atmospheres are different—their clouds are different—their humors of
storm and sunshine are different—their flowers, animals and forests are
different. By each order of landscape—and its orders, I repeat, are infinite
in number, corresponding not only to the several species of rock, but to the
particular circumstances of the rocks' deposition or after treatment, and to
the incalculable varieties of climate, aspect, and human interference:—by
each order of landscape, I say, peculiar lessons are intended to be taught,
and distinct pleasures to be conveyed; and it is as utterly futile to talk of
generalizing their impressions into an ideal landscape, as to talk of
amalgamating all nourishment into one ideal food, gathering all music into
one ideal movement, or confounding all thought into one ideal idea.
Page 33
There is, however, such a thing as composition of different orders of
landscape, though there can be no generalization of them. Nature herself
perpetually brings together elements of various expression. Her barren
rocks stoop through wooded promontories to the plain; and the wreaths of
the vine show through their green shadows the wan light of unperishing
snow.
The painter, therefore, has the choice of either working out the isolated
character of some one distinct class of scene, or of bringing together a
multitude of different elements, which may adorn each other by contrast.
I believe that the simple and uncombined landscape, if wrought out with
due attention to the ideal beauty of the features it includes, will always be
the most powerful in its appeal to the heart. Contrast increases the splendor
of beauty, but it disturbs its influence; it adds to its attractiveness, but
diminishes its power. On this subject I shall have much to say hereafter; at
present I merely wish to suggest the possibility, that the single-minded
painter, who is working out on broad and simple principles, a piece of
unbroken, harmonious landscape character, may be reaching an end in art
quite as high as the more ambitious student who is always "within five
minutes' walk of everywhere," making the ends of the earth contribute to
his pictorial guazzetto;[L] and the certainty, that unless the composition of
the latter be regulated by severe judgment, and its members connected by
natural links, it must become more contemptible in its motley, than an
honest study of roadside weeds.
Let me, at the risk of tediously repeating what is universally known, refer
to the common principles of historical composition, in order that I may
show their application to that of landscape. The merest tyro in art knows
that every figure which is unnecessary to his picture, is an encumbrance to
it, and that every figure which does not sympathize with the action,
interrupts it. He that gathereth not with me, scattereth,—is, or ought to be,
the ruling principle of his plan: and the power and grandeur of his result
will be exactly proportioned to the unity of feeling manifested in its several
parts, and to the propriety and simplicity of the relations in which they
stand to each other.
landscape, though there can be no generalization of them. Nature herself
perpetually brings together elements of various expression. Her barren
rocks stoop through wooded promontories to the plain; and the wreaths of
the vine show through their green shadows the wan light of unperishing
snow.
The painter, therefore, has the choice of either working out the isolated
character of some one distinct class of scene, or of bringing together a
multitude of different elements, which may adorn each other by contrast.
I believe that the simple and uncombined landscape, if wrought out with
due attention to the ideal beauty of the features it includes, will always be
the most powerful in its appeal to the heart. Contrast increases the splendor
of beauty, but it disturbs its influence; it adds to its attractiveness, but
diminishes its power. On this subject I shall have much to say hereafter; at
present I merely wish to suggest the possibility, that the single-minded
painter, who is working out on broad and simple principles, a piece of
unbroken, harmonious landscape character, may be reaching an end in art
quite as high as the more ambitious student who is always "within five
minutes' walk of everywhere," making the ends of the earth contribute to
his pictorial guazzetto;[L] and the certainty, that unless the composition of
the latter be regulated by severe judgment, and its members connected by
natural links, it must become more contemptible in its motley, than an
honest study of roadside weeds.
Let me, at the risk of tediously repeating what is universally known, refer
to the common principles of historical composition, in order that I may
show their application to that of landscape. The merest tyro in art knows
that every figure which is unnecessary to his picture, is an encumbrance to
it, and that every figure which does not sympathize with the action,
interrupts it. He that gathereth not with me, scattereth,—is, or ought to be,
the ruling principle of his plan: and the power and grandeur of his result
will be exactly proportioned to the unity of feeling manifested in its several
parts, and to the propriety and simplicity of the relations in which they
stand to each other.
Page 34
All this is equally applicable to the materials of inanimate nature.
Impressiveness is destroyed by a multitude of contradictory facts, and the
accumulation, which is not harmonious, is discordant. He who endeavors to
unite simplicity with magnificence, to guide from solitude to festivity, and
to contrast melancholy with mirth, must end by the production of confused
inanity. There is a peculiar spirit; possessed by every kind of scene; and
although a point of contrast may sometimes enhance and exhibit this
particular feeling more intensely, it must be only a point, not an equalized
opposition. Every introduction of new and different feeling weakens the
force of what has already been impressed, and the mingling of all emotions
must conclude in apathy, as the mingling of all colors in white.
Let us test by these simple rules one of the "ideal" landscape
compositions of Claude, that known to the Italians as "Il Mulino."
The foreground is a piece of very lovely and perfect forest scenery, with a
dance of peasants by a brookside; quite enough subject to form, in the
hands of a master, an impressive and complete picture. On the other side of
the brook, however, we have a piece of pastoral life, a man with some bulls
and goats tumbling headforemost into the water, owing to some sudden
paralytic affection of all their legs. Even this group is one too many; the
shepherd had no business to drive his flock so near the dancers, and the
dancers will certainly frighten the cattle. But when we look farther into the
picture, our feelings receive a sudden and violent shock, by the unexpected
appearance, amidst things pastoral and musical, of the military: a number of
Roman soldiers riding in on hobby-horses, with a leader on foot, apparently
encouraging them to make an immediate and decisive charge on the
musicians. Beyond the soldiers is a circular temple, in exceedingly bad
repair, and close beside it, built against its very walls, a neat water-mill in
full work. By the mill flows a large river, with a weir all across it. The weir
has not been made for the mill, (for that receives its water from the hills by
a trough carried over the temple,) but it is particularly ugly and monotonous
in its line of fall, and the water below forms a dead-looking pond, on which
some people are fishing in punts. The banks of this river resemble in
contour the later geological formations around London, constituted chiefly
of broken pots and oyster-shells. At an inconvenient distance from the
Impressiveness is destroyed by a multitude of contradictory facts, and the
accumulation, which is not harmonious, is discordant. He who endeavors to
unite simplicity with magnificence, to guide from solitude to festivity, and
to contrast melancholy with mirth, must end by the production of confused
inanity. There is a peculiar spirit; possessed by every kind of scene; and
although a point of contrast may sometimes enhance and exhibit this
particular feeling more intensely, it must be only a point, not an equalized
opposition. Every introduction of new and different feeling weakens the
force of what has already been impressed, and the mingling of all emotions
must conclude in apathy, as the mingling of all colors in white.
Let us test by these simple rules one of the "ideal" landscape
compositions of Claude, that known to the Italians as "Il Mulino."
The foreground is a piece of very lovely and perfect forest scenery, with a
dance of peasants by a brookside; quite enough subject to form, in the
hands of a master, an impressive and complete picture. On the other side of
the brook, however, we have a piece of pastoral life, a man with some bulls
and goats tumbling headforemost into the water, owing to some sudden
paralytic affection of all their legs. Even this group is one too many; the
shepherd had no business to drive his flock so near the dancers, and the
dancers will certainly frighten the cattle. But when we look farther into the
picture, our feelings receive a sudden and violent shock, by the unexpected
appearance, amidst things pastoral and musical, of the military: a number of
Roman soldiers riding in on hobby-horses, with a leader on foot, apparently
encouraging them to make an immediate and decisive charge on the
musicians. Beyond the soldiers is a circular temple, in exceedingly bad
repair, and close beside it, built against its very walls, a neat water-mill in
full work. By the mill flows a large river, with a weir all across it. The weir
has not been made for the mill, (for that receives its water from the hills by
a trough carried over the temple,) but it is particularly ugly and monotonous
in its line of fall, and the water below forms a dead-looking pond, on which
some people are fishing in punts. The banks of this river resemble in
contour the later geological formations around London, constituted chiefly
of broken pots and oyster-shells. At an inconvenient distance from the
Page 35
water-side stands a city, composed of twenty-five round towers and a
pyramid. Beyond the city is a handsome bridge; beyond the bridge, part of
the Campagna, with fragments of aqueducts; beyond the Campagna, the
chain of the Alps; on the left, the cascades of Tivoli.
This is, I believe, a fair example of what is commonly called an "ideal
landscape," i.e., a group of the artist's studies from nature, individually
spoiled, selected with such opposition of character as may insure their
neutralizing each other's effect, and united with sufficient unnaturalness and
violence of association to insure their producing a general sensation of the
impossible. Let us analyze the separate subjects a little in this ideal work of
Claude's.
Perhaps there is no more impressive scene on earth than the solitary
extent of the Campagna of Rome under evening light. Let the reader
imagine himself for a moment withdrawn from the sounds and motion of
the living world, and sent forth alone into this wild and wasted plain. The
earth yields and crumbles beneath his foot, tread he never so lightly, for its
substance is white, hollow, and carious, like the dusty wreck of the bones of
men.[M] The long knotted grass waves and tosses feebly in the evening
wind, and the shadows of its motion shake feverishly along the banks of
ruin that lift themselves to the sunlight. Hillocks of mouldering earth heave
around him, as if the dead beneath were struggling in their sleep; scattered
blocks of black stone, four-square, remnants of mighty edifices, not one left
upon another, lie upon them to keep them down. A dull purple, poisonous
haze stretches level along the desert, veiling its spectral wrecks of massy
ruins, on whose rents the red light rests like dying fire on defiled altars. The
blue ridge of the Alban mount lifts itself against a solemn space of green,
clear, quiet sky. Watch-towers of dark clouds stand steadfastly along the
promontories, of the Apennines. From the plain to the mountains, the
shattered aqueducts, pier beyond pier, melt into the darkness, like shadowy
and countless troops of funeral mourners, passing from a nation's grave.
Let us, with Claude, make a few "ideal" alterations in this landscape.
First, we will reduce the multitudinous precipices of the Apennines to four
sugar-loaves. Secondly, we will remove the Alban mount, and put a large
dust-heap in its stead. Next, we will knock down the greater part of the
pyramid. Beyond the city is a handsome bridge; beyond the bridge, part of
the Campagna, with fragments of aqueducts; beyond the Campagna, the
chain of the Alps; on the left, the cascades of Tivoli.
This is, I believe, a fair example of what is commonly called an "ideal
landscape," i.e., a group of the artist's studies from nature, individually
spoiled, selected with such opposition of character as may insure their
neutralizing each other's effect, and united with sufficient unnaturalness and
violence of association to insure their producing a general sensation of the
impossible. Let us analyze the separate subjects a little in this ideal work of
Claude's.
Perhaps there is no more impressive scene on earth than the solitary
extent of the Campagna of Rome under evening light. Let the reader
imagine himself for a moment withdrawn from the sounds and motion of
the living world, and sent forth alone into this wild and wasted plain. The
earth yields and crumbles beneath his foot, tread he never so lightly, for its
substance is white, hollow, and carious, like the dusty wreck of the bones of
men.[M] The long knotted grass waves and tosses feebly in the evening
wind, and the shadows of its motion shake feverishly along the banks of
ruin that lift themselves to the sunlight. Hillocks of mouldering earth heave
around him, as if the dead beneath were struggling in their sleep; scattered
blocks of black stone, four-square, remnants of mighty edifices, not one left
upon another, lie upon them to keep them down. A dull purple, poisonous
haze stretches level along the desert, veiling its spectral wrecks of massy
ruins, on whose rents the red light rests like dying fire on defiled altars. The
blue ridge of the Alban mount lifts itself against a solemn space of green,
clear, quiet sky. Watch-towers of dark clouds stand steadfastly along the
promontories, of the Apennines. From the plain to the mountains, the
shattered aqueducts, pier beyond pier, melt into the darkness, like shadowy
and countless troops of funeral mourners, passing from a nation's grave.
Let us, with Claude, make a few "ideal" alterations in this landscape.
First, we will reduce the multitudinous precipices of the Apennines to four
sugar-loaves. Secondly, we will remove the Alban mount, and put a large
dust-heap in its stead. Next, we will knock down the greater part of the
Page 36
aqueducts, and leave only an arch or two, that their infinity of length may
no longer be painful from its monotony. For the purple mist and declining
sun, we will substitute a bright blue sky, with round white clouds. Finally,
we will get rid of the unpleasant ruins in the foreground; we will plant some
handsome trees therein, we will send for some fiddlers, and get up a dance,
and a picnic party.
It will be found, throughout the picture, that the same species of
improvement is made on the materials which Claude had ready to his hand.
The descending slopes of the city of Rome, towards the pyramid of Caius
Cestius, supply not only lines of the most exquisite variety and beauty, but
matter for contemplation and reflection in every fragment of their buildings.
This passage has been idealized by Claude into a set of similar round
towers, respecting which no idea can be formed but that they are
uninhabitable, and to which no interest can be attached, beyond the
difficulty of conjecturing what they could have been built for. The ruins of
the temple are rendered unimpressive by the juxtaposition of the water-mill,
and inexplicable by the introduction of the Roman soldiers. The glide of the
muddy streams of the melancholy Tiber and Anio through the Campagna, is
impressive in itself, but altogether ceases to be so, when we disturb their
stillness of motion by a weir, adorn their neglected flow with a handsome
bridge, and cover their solitary surface with punts, nets, and fishermen.
It cannot, I think, be expected, that landscapes like this should have any
effect on the human heart, except to harden or to degrade it; to lead it from
the love of what is simple, earnest and pure, to what is as sophisticated and
corrupt in arrangement, as erring and imperfect in detail. So long as such
works are held up for imitation, landscape painting must be a manufacture,
its productions must be toys, and its patrons must be children.
My purpose then, in the present work, is to demonstrate the utter
falseness both of the facts and principles; the imperfection of material, and
error of arrangement, on which works such as these are based; and to insist
on the necessity, as well as the dignity, of an earnest, faithful, loving, study
of nature as she is, rejecting with abhorrence all that man has done to alter
and modify her. And the praise which, in this first portion of the work, is
given to many English artists, would be justifiable on this ground only, that
no longer be painful from its monotony. For the purple mist and declining
sun, we will substitute a bright blue sky, with round white clouds. Finally,
we will get rid of the unpleasant ruins in the foreground; we will plant some
handsome trees therein, we will send for some fiddlers, and get up a dance,
and a picnic party.
It will be found, throughout the picture, that the same species of
improvement is made on the materials which Claude had ready to his hand.
The descending slopes of the city of Rome, towards the pyramid of Caius
Cestius, supply not only lines of the most exquisite variety and beauty, but
matter for contemplation and reflection in every fragment of their buildings.
This passage has been idealized by Claude into a set of similar round
towers, respecting which no idea can be formed but that they are
uninhabitable, and to which no interest can be attached, beyond the
difficulty of conjecturing what they could have been built for. The ruins of
the temple are rendered unimpressive by the juxtaposition of the water-mill,
and inexplicable by the introduction of the Roman soldiers. The glide of the
muddy streams of the melancholy Tiber and Anio through the Campagna, is
impressive in itself, but altogether ceases to be so, when we disturb their
stillness of motion by a weir, adorn their neglected flow with a handsome
bridge, and cover their solitary surface with punts, nets, and fishermen.
It cannot, I think, be expected, that landscapes like this should have any
effect on the human heart, except to harden or to degrade it; to lead it from
the love of what is simple, earnest and pure, to what is as sophisticated and
corrupt in arrangement, as erring and imperfect in detail. So long as such
works are held up for imitation, landscape painting must be a manufacture,
its productions must be toys, and its patrons must be children.
My purpose then, in the present work, is to demonstrate the utter
falseness both of the facts and principles; the imperfection of material, and
error of arrangement, on which works such as these are based; and to insist
on the necessity, as well as the dignity, of an earnest, faithful, loving, study
of nature as she is, rejecting with abhorrence all that man has done to alter
and modify her. And the praise which, in this first portion of the work, is
given to many English artists, would be justifiable on this ground only, that
Page 37
although frequently with little power and desultory effort, they have yet, in
an honest and good heart, received the word of God from clouds, and
leaves, and waves, and kept it,[N] and endeavored in humility to render to
the world that purity of impression which can alone render the result of art
an instrument of good, or its labor deserving of gratitude.
If, however, I shall have frequent occasion to insist on the necessity of
this heartfelt love of, and unqualified submission to, the teaching of nature,
it will be no less incumbent upon me to reprobate the careless rendering of
casual impression, and the mechanical copyism of unimportant subject,
which are too frequently visible in our modern school.[O] Their lightness
and desultoriness of intention, their meaningless multiplication of unstudied
composition, and their want of definiteness and loftiness of aim, bring
discredit on their whole system of study, and encourage in the critic the
unhappy prejudice that the field and the hill-side are less fit places of study
than the gallery and the garret. Not every casual idea caught from the flight
of a shower or the fall of a sunbeam, not every glowing fragment of harvest
light, nor every flickering dream of copsewood coolness, is to be given to
the world as it came, unconsidered, incomplete, and forgotten by the artist
as soon as it has left his easel. That only should be considered a picture, in
which the spirit, (not the materials, observe,) but the animating emotion of
many such studies is concentrated, and exhibited by the aid of long-studied,
painfully-chosen forms; idealized in the right sense of the word, not by
audacious liberty of that faculty of degrading God's works which man calls
his "imagination," but by perfect assertion of entire knowledge of every part
and character and function of the object, and in which the details are
completed to the last line compatible with the dignity and simplicity of the
whole, wrought out with that noblest industry which concentrates profusion
into point, and transforms accumulation into structure; neither must this
labor be bestowed on every subject which appears to afford a capability of
good, but on chosen subjects in which nature has prepared to the artist's
hand the purest sources of the impression he would convey. These may be
humble in their order, but they must be perfect of their kind. There is a
perfection of the hedgerow and cottage, as well as of the forest and the
palace, and more ideality in a great artist's selection and treatment of
roadside weeds and brook-worn pebbles, than in all the struggling
an honest and good heart, received the word of God from clouds, and
leaves, and waves, and kept it,[N] and endeavored in humility to render to
the world that purity of impression which can alone render the result of art
an instrument of good, or its labor deserving of gratitude.
If, however, I shall have frequent occasion to insist on the necessity of
this heartfelt love of, and unqualified submission to, the teaching of nature,
it will be no less incumbent upon me to reprobate the careless rendering of
casual impression, and the mechanical copyism of unimportant subject,
which are too frequently visible in our modern school.[O] Their lightness
and desultoriness of intention, their meaningless multiplication of unstudied
composition, and their want of definiteness and loftiness of aim, bring
discredit on their whole system of study, and encourage in the critic the
unhappy prejudice that the field and the hill-side are less fit places of study
than the gallery and the garret. Not every casual idea caught from the flight
of a shower or the fall of a sunbeam, not every glowing fragment of harvest
light, nor every flickering dream of copsewood coolness, is to be given to
the world as it came, unconsidered, incomplete, and forgotten by the artist
as soon as it has left his easel. That only should be considered a picture, in
which the spirit, (not the materials, observe,) but the animating emotion of
many such studies is concentrated, and exhibited by the aid of long-studied,
painfully-chosen forms; idealized in the right sense of the word, not by
audacious liberty of that faculty of degrading God's works which man calls
his "imagination," but by perfect assertion of entire knowledge of every part
and character and function of the object, and in which the details are
completed to the last line compatible with the dignity and simplicity of the
whole, wrought out with that noblest industry which concentrates profusion
into point, and transforms accumulation into structure; neither must this
labor be bestowed on every subject which appears to afford a capability of
good, but on chosen subjects in which nature has prepared to the artist's
hand the purest sources of the impression he would convey. These may be
humble in their order, but they must be perfect of their kind. There is a
perfection of the hedgerow and cottage, as well as of the forest and the
palace, and more ideality in a great artist's selection and treatment of
roadside weeds and brook-worn pebbles, than in all the struggling
Page 38
caricature of the meaner mind which heaps its foreground with colossal
columns, and heaves impossible mountains into the encumbered sky.
Finally, these chosen subjects must not be in any way repetitions of one
another, but each founded on a new idea, and developing a totally distinct
train of thought; so that the work of the artist's life should form a consistent
series of essays, rising through the scale of creation from the humblest
scenery to the most exalted; each picture being a necessary link in the
chain, based on what preceded, introducing to what is to follow, and all, in
their lovely system, exhibiting and drawing closer the bonds of nature to the
human heart.
Since, then, I shall have to reprobate the absence of study in the moderns
nearly as much as its false direction in the ancients, my task will naturally
divide itself into three portions. In the first, I shall endeavor to investigate
and arrange the facts of nature with scientific accuracy; showing as I
proceed, by what total neglect of the very first base and groundwork of their
art the idealities of some among the old masters are produced. This
foundation once securely laid, I shall proceed, in the second portion of the
work, to analyze and demonstrate the nature of the emotions of the
Beautiful and Sublime; to examine the particular characters of every kind of
scenery, and to bring to light, as far as may be in my power, that faultless,
ceaseless, inconceivable, inexhaustible loveliness, which God has stamped
upon all things, if man will only receive them as He gives them. Finally, I
shall endeavor to trace the operation of all this on the hearts and minds of
men; to exhibit the moral function and end of art, to prove the share which
it ought to have in the thoughts, and influence on the lives of all of us; to
attach to the artist the responsibility of a preacher, and to kindle in the
general mind that regard which such an office must demand.
It must be evident that the first portion of this task, which is all that I
have yet been enabled to offer to the reader, cannot but be the least
interesting and the most laborious, especially because it is necessary that it
should be executed without reference to any principles of beauty or
influences of emotion. It is the hard, straightforward classification of
material things, not the study of thought or passion; and therefore let me not
be accused of the feelings which I choose to repress. The consideration of
columns, and heaves impossible mountains into the encumbered sky.
Finally, these chosen subjects must not be in any way repetitions of one
another, but each founded on a new idea, and developing a totally distinct
train of thought; so that the work of the artist's life should form a consistent
series of essays, rising through the scale of creation from the humblest
scenery to the most exalted; each picture being a necessary link in the
chain, based on what preceded, introducing to what is to follow, and all, in
their lovely system, exhibiting and drawing closer the bonds of nature to the
human heart.
Since, then, I shall have to reprobate the absence of study in the moderns
nearly as much as its false direction in the ancients, my task will naturally
divide itself into three portions. In the first, I shall endeavor to investigate
and arrange the facts of nature with scientific accuracy; showing as I
proceed, by what total neglect of the very first base and groundwork of their
art the idealities of some among the old masters are produced. This
foundation once securely laid, I shall proceed, in the second portion of the
work, to analyze and demonstrate the nature of the emotions of the
Beautiful and Sublime; to examine the particular characters of every kind of
scenery, and to bring to light, as far as may be in my power, that faultless,
ceaseless, inconceivable, inexhaustible loveliness, which God has stamped
upon all things, if man will only receive them as He gives them. Finally, I
shall endeavor to trace the operation of all this on the hearts and minds of
men; to exhibit the moral function and end of art, to prove the share which
it ought to have in the thoughts, and influence on the lives of all of us; to
attach to the artist the responsibility of a preacher, and to kindle in the
general mind that regard which such an office must demand.
It must be evident that the first portion of this task, which is all that I
have yet been enabled to offer to the reader, cannot but be the least
interesting and the most laborious, especially because it is necessary that it
should be executed without reference to any principles of beauty or
influences of emotion. It is the hard, straightforward classification of
material things, not the study of thought or passion; and therefore let me not
be accused of the feelings which I choose to repress. The consideration of
Page 39
the high qualities of art must not be interrupted by the work of the hammer
and the eudiometer.
Again, I would request that the frequent passages of reference to the great
masters of the Italian school may not be looked upon as mere modes of
conventional expression. I think there is enough in the following pages to
prove that I am not likely to be carried away by the celebrity of a name; and
therefore that the devoted love which I profess for the works of the great
historical and sacred painters is sincere and well-grounded. And indeed
every principle of art which I may advocate, I shall be able to illustrate by
reference to the works of men universally allowed to be the masters of
masters; and the public, so long as my teaching leads them to higher
understanding and love of the works of Buonaroti, Leonardo, Raffaelle,
Titian, and Cagliari, may surely concede to me without fear, the right of
striking such blows as I may deem necessary to the establishment of my
principles, at Gasper Poussin, or Vandevelde.
Indeed, I believe there is nearly as much occasion, at the present day, for
advocacy of Michael Angelo against the pettiness of the moderns, as there
is for support of Turner against the conventionalities of the ancients. For,
though the names of the fathers of sacred art are on all our lips, our faith in
them is much like that of the great world in its religion—nominal, but dead.
In vain our lecturers sound the name of Raffaelle in the ears of their pupils,
while their own works are visibly at variance with every principle deducible
from his. In vain is the young student compelled to produce a certain
number of school copies of Michael Angelo, when his bread must depend
on the number of gewgaws he can crowd into his canvas. And I could with
as much zeal exert myself against the modern system of English historical
art, as I have in favor of our school of landscape, but that it is an ungrateful
and painful task to attack the works of living painters, struggling with
adverse circumstances of every kind, and especially with the false taste of a
nation which regards matters of art either with the ticklishness of an infant,
or the stolidity of a Megatherium.
I have been accused, in the execution of this first portion of my work, of
irreverent and scurrile expression towards the works which I have
depreciated. Possibly I may have been in some degree infected by reading
and the eudiometer.
Again, I would request that the frequent passages of reference to the great
masters of the Italian school may not be looked upon as mere modes of
conventional expression. I think there is enough in the following pages to
prove that I am not likely to be carried away by the celebrity of a name; and
therefore that the devoted love which I profess for the works of the great
historical and sacred painters is sincere and well-grounded. And indeed
every principle of art which I may advocate, I shall be able to illustrate by
reference to the works of men universally allowed to be the masters of
masters; and the public, so long as my teaching leads them to higher
understanding and love of the works of Buonaroti, Leonardo, Raffaelle,
Titian, and Cagliari, may surely concede to me without fear, the right of
striking such blows as I may deem necessary to the establishment of my
principles, at Gasper Poussin, or Vandevelde.
Indeed, I believe there is nearly as much occasion, at the present day, for
advocacy of Michael Angelo against the pettiness of the moderns, as there
is for support of Turner against the conventionalities of the ancients. For,
though the names of the fathers of sacred art are on all our lips, our faith in
them is much like that of the great world in its religion—nominal, but dead.
In vain our lecturers sound the name of Raffaelle in the ears of their pupils,
while their own works are visibly at variance with every principle deducible
from his. In vain is the young student compelled to produce a certain
number of school copies of Michael Angelo, when his bread must depend
on the number of gewgaws he can crowd into his canvas. And I could with
as much zeal exert myself against the modern system of English historical
art, as I have in favor of our school of landscape, but that it is an ungrateful
and painful task to attack the works of living painters, struggling with
adverse circumstances of every kind, and especially with the false taste of a
nation which regards matters of art either with the ticklishness of an infant,
or the stolidity of a Megatherium.
I have been accused, in the execution of this first portion of my work, of
irreverent and scurrile expression towards the works which I have
depreciated. Possibly I may have been in some degree infected by reading
Page 40
those criticisms of our periodicals, which consist of nothing else; but I
believe in general that my words will be found to have sufficient truth in
them to excuse their familiarity; and that no other weapons could have been
used to pierce the superstitious prejudice with which the works of certain
painters are shielded from the attacks of reason. My answer is that given
long ago to a similar complaint, uttered under the same circumstances by
the foiled sophist:— (" Ωσ δ᾽ ἔστιν ὂ ἂνθρπος; ὡς ἀπαίδευτός τις, ος
ουιω φαῦλα ὀνόματα ονομἀζειν τολμᾆ ἐν σεμνῷ πράγματι.) Τοιοῦτός
τις, ὦ Ιππἱα ὀυδεν ἂλλο φρονίζων ἢ τὸ αληθές."
It is with more surprise that I have heard myself accused of thoughtless
severity with respect to the works of contemporary painters, for I fully
believe that whenever I attack them, I give myself far more pain than I can
possibly inflict; and, in many instances, I have withheld reprobation which I
considered necessary to the full understanding of my work, in the fear of
grieving or injuring men of whose feelings and circumstances I was
ignorant. Indeed, the apparently false and exaggerated bias of the whole
book in favor of modern art, is in great degree dependent on my
withholding the animadversions which would have given it balance, and
keeping silence where I cannot praise. But I had rather be a year or two
longer in effecting my purposes, than reach them by trampling on men's
hearts and hearths; and I have permitted myself to express unfavorable
opinions only where the popularity and favor of the artist are so great as to
render the opinion of an individual a matter of indifference to him.
And now—but one word more. For many a year we have heard nothing
with respect to the works of Turner but accusations of their want of truth.
To every observation on their power, sublimity, or beauty, there has been
but one reply: They are not like nature. I therefore took my opponents on
their own ground, and demonstrated, by thorough investigation of actual
facts, that Turner is like nature, and paints more of nature than any man
who ever lived. I expected this proposition (the foundation of all my future
efforts) would have been disputed with desperate struggles, and that I
should have had to fight my way to my position inch by inch. Not at all. My
opponents yield me the field at once. One (the writer for the Athenæum) has
no other resource than the assertion, that "he disapproves the natural style in
believe in general that my words will be found to have sufficient truth in
them to excuse their familiarity; and that no other weapons could have been
used to pierce the superstitious prejudice with which the works of certain
painters are shielded from the attacks of reason. My answer is that given
long ago to a similar complaint, uttered under the same circumstances by
the foiled sophist:— (" Ωσ δ᾽ ἔστιν ὂ ἂνθρπος; ὡς ἀπαίδευτός τις, ος
ουιω φαῦλα ὀνόματα ονομἀζειν τολμᾆ ἐν σεμνῷ πράγματι.) Τοιοῦτός
τις, ὦ Ιππἱα ὀυδεν ἂλλο φρονίζων ἢ τὸ αληθές."
It is with more surprise that I have heard myself accused of thoughtless
severity with respect to the works of contemporary painters, for I fully
believe that whenever I attack them, I give myself far more pain than I can
possibly inflict; and, in many instances, I have withheld reprobation which I
considered necessary to the full understanding of my work, in the fear of
grieving or injuring men of whose feelings and circumstances I was
ignorant. Indeed, the apparently false and exaggerated bias of the whole
book in favor of modern art, is in great degree dependent on my
withholding the animadversions which would have given it balance, and
keeping silence where I cannot praise. But I had rather be a year or two
longer in effecting my purposes, than reach them by trampling on men's
hearts and hearths; and I have permitted myself to express unfavorable
opinions only where the popularity and favor of the artist are so great as to
render the opinion of an individual a matter of indifference to him.
And now—but one word more. For many a year we have heard nothing
with respect to the works of Turner but accusations of their want of truth.
To every observation on their power, sublimity, or beauty, there has been
but one reply: They are not like nature. I therefore took my opponents on
their own ground, and demonstrated, by thorough investigation of actual
facts, that Turner is like nature, and paints more of nature than any man
who ever lived. I expected this proposition (the foundation of all my future
efforts) would have been disputed with desperate struggles, and that I
should have had to fight my way to my position inch by inch. Not at all. My
opponents yield me the field at once. One (the writer for the Athenæum) has
no other resource than the assertion, that "he disapproves the natural style in
Page 41
painting. If people want to see nature, let them go and look at herself. Why
should they see her at second-hand on a piece of canvas?" The other,
(Blackwood,) still more utterly discomfited, is reduced to a still more
remarkable line of defence. "It is not," he says, "what things in all respects
really are, but how they are convertible by the mind into what they are not,
that we have to consider." (October, 1843, p. 485.) I leave therefore the
reader to choose whether, with Blackwood and his fellows, he will proceed
to consider how things are convertible by the mind into what they are not,
or whether, with me, he will undergo the harder, but perhaps on the whole
more useful, labor of ascertaining—What they are.
[A] One or two fragments of Greek sculpture, the works of Michael Angelo, considered
with reference to their general conception and power, and the Madonna di St. Sisto, are all
that I should myself put into such a category, not that even these are without defect, but
their defects are such as mortality could never hope to rectify.
[B] This principle is dangerous, but not the less true, and necessary to be kept in mind.
There is scarcely any truth which does not admit of being wrested to purposes of evil, and
we must not deny the desirableness of originality, because men may err in seeking for it, or
because a pretence to it may be made, by presumption, a cloak for its incompetence.
Nevertheless, originality is never to be sought for its own sake—otherwise it will be mere
aberration—it should arise naturally out of hard, independent study of nature; and it should
be remembered that in many things technical, it is impossible to alter without being
inferior, for therein, as says Spencer, "Truth is one, and right is ever one;" but wrongs are
various and multitudinous. "Vice," says Byron, in Marino Faliero, "must have variety; but
Virtue stands like the sun, and all which rolls around drinks life from her aspect."
[C] It is with regret that, in a work of this nature, I take notice of criticisms, which, after
all, are merely intended to amuse the careless reader, and be forgotten as soon as read; but I
do so in compliance with wishes expressed to me since the publication of this work, by
persons who have the interests of art deeply at heart, and who, I find, attach more
importance to the matter than I should have been disposed to do. I have, therefore, marked
two or three passages which may enable the public to judge for themselves of the quality of
these critiques; and this I think a matter of justice to those who might otherwise have been
led astray by them—more than this I cannot consent to do. I should have but a hound's
should they see her at second-hand on a piece of canvas?" The other,
(Blackwood,) still more utterly discomfited, is reduced to a still more
remarkable line of defence. "It is not," he says, "what things in all respects
really are, but how they are convertible by the mind into what they are not,
that we have to consider." (October, 1843, p. 485.) I leave therefore the
reader to choose whether, with Blackwood and his fellows, he will proceed
to consider how things are convertible by the mind into what they are not,
or whether, with me, he will undergo the harder, but perhaps on the whole
more useful, labor of ascertaining—What they are.
[A] One or two fragments of Greek sculpture, the works of Michael Angelo, considered
with reference to their general conception and power, and the Madonna di St. Sisto, are all
that I should myself put into such a category, not that even these are without defect, but
their defects are such as mortality could never hope to rectify.
[B] This principle is dangerous, but not the less true, and necessary to be kept in mind.
There is scarcely any truth which does not admit of being wrested to purposes of evil, and
we must not deny the desirableness of originality, because men may err in seeking for it, or
because a pretence to it may be made, by presumption, a cloak for its incompetence.
Nevertheless, originality is never to be sought for its own sake—otherwise it will be mere
aberration—it should arise naturally out of hard, independent study of nature; and it should
be remembered that in many things technical, it is impossible to alter without being
inferior, for therein, as says Spencer, "Truth is one, and right is ever one;" but wrongs are
various and multitudinous. "Vice," says Byron, in Marino Faliero, "must have variety; but
Virtue stands like the sun, and all which rolls around drinks life from her aspect."
[C] It is with regret that, in a work of this nature, I take notice of criticisms, which, after
all, are merely intended to amuse the careless reader, and be forgotten as soon as read; but I
do so in compliance with wishes expressed to me since the publication of this work, by
persons who have the interests of art deeply at heart, and who, I find, attach more
importance to the matter than I should have been disposed to do. I have, therefore, marked
two or three passages which may enable the public to judge for themselves of the quality of
these critiques; and this I think a matter of justice to those who might otherwise have been
led astray by them—more than this I cannot consent to do. I should have but a hound's
Page 42
office if I had to tear the tabard from every Rouge Sanglier of the arts—with bell and
bauble to back him.
[D] Chrysoprase, (Vide No. for October, 1843, p. 502.)
[E] Every school-boy knows that this epithet was given to Poussin in allusion to the
profound classical knowledge of the painter. The reviewer, however, (September, 1841,)
informs us that the expression refers to his skill in "Composition."
[F] Critique on Royal Academy, 1842. "He" (Mr. Lee) "often reminds us of
Gainsborough's best manner; but he is superior to him always in subject, composition, and
variety."—Shade of Gainsborough!—deep-thoughted, solemn Gainsborough,—forgive us
for re-writing this sentence; we do so to gibbet its perpetrator forever,—and leave him
swinging in the winds of the Fool's Paradise. It is with great pain that I ever speak with
severity of the works of living masters, especially when, like Mr. Lee's, they are well-
intentioned, simple, free from affectation or imitation, and evidently painted with constant
reference to nature. But I believe that these qualities will always secure him that admiration
which he deserves—that there will be many unsophisticated and honest minds always
ready to follow his guidance, and answer his efforts with delight; and therefore, that I need
not fear to point out in him the want of those technical qualities which are more especially
the object of an artist's admiration. Gainsborough's power of color (it is mentioned by Sir
Joshua as his peculiar gift) is capable of taking rank beside that of Rubens; he is the purest
colorist—Sir Joshua himself not excepted—of the whole English school; with him, in fact,
the art of painting did in great part die, and exists not now in Europe. Evidence enough will
be seen in the following pages of my devoted admiration of Turner; but I hesitate not to
say, that in management and quality of single and particular tint, in the purely technical part
of painting, Turner is a child of Gainsborough. Now, Mr. Lee never aims at color; he does
not make it his object in the slightest degree—the spring green of vegetation is all that he
desires; and it would be about as rational to compare his works with studied pieces of
coloring, as the modulation of the Calabrian pipe to the harmony of a full orchestra.
Gainsborough's hand is as light as the sweep of a cloud—as swift as the flash of a
sunbeam; Lee's execution is feeble and spotty. Gainsborough's masses are as broad as the
first division in heaven of light from darkness; Lee's (perhaps necessarily, considering the
effects of flickering sunlight at which he aims) are as fragmentary as his leaves, and as
numerous. Gainsborough's forms are grand, simple, and ideal; Lee's are small, confused,
and unselected. Gainsborough never loses sight of his picture as a whole; Lee is but too apt
to be shackled by its parts. In a word, Gainsborough is an immortal painter; and Lee,
bauble to back him.
[D] Chrysoprase, (Vide No. for October, 1843, p. 502.)
[E] Every school-boy knows that this epithet was given to Poussin in allusion to the
profound classical knowledge of the painter. The reviewer, however, (September, 1841,)
informs us that the expression refers to his skill in "Composition."
[F] Critique on Royal Academy, 1842. "He" (Mr. Lee) "often reminds us of
Gainsborough's best manner; but he is superior to him always in subject, composition, and
variety."—Shade of Gainsborough!—deep-thoughted, solemn Gainsborough,—forgive us
for re-writing this sentence; we do so to gibbet its perpetrator forever,—and leave him
swinging in the winds of the Fool's Paradise. It is with great pain that I ever speak with
severity of the works of living masters, especially when, like Mr. Lee's, they are well-
intentioned, simple, free from affectation or imitation, and evidently painted with constant
reference to nature. But I believe that these qualities will always secure him that admiration
which he deserves—that there will be many unsophisticated and honest minds always
ready to follow his guidance, and answer his efforts with delight; and therefore, that I need
not fear to point out in him the want of those technical qualities which are more especially
the object of an artist's admiration. Gainsborough's power of color (it is mentioned by Sir
Joshua as his peculiar gift) is capable of taking rank beside that of Rubens; he is the purest
colorist—Sir Joshua himself not excepted—of the whole English school; with him, in fact,
the art of painting did in great part die, and exists not now in Europe. Evidence enough will
be seen in the following pages of my devoted admiration of Turner; but I hesitate not to
say, that in management and quality of single and particular tint, in the purely technical part
of painting, Turner is a child of Gainsborough. Now, Mr. Lee never aims at color; he does
not make it his object in the slightest degree—the spring green of vegetation is all that he
desires; and it would be about as rational to compare his works with studied pieces of
coloring, as the modulation of the Calabrian pipe to the harmony of a full orchestra.
Gainsborough's hand is as light as the sweep of a cloud—as swift as the flash of a
sunbeam; Lee's execution is feeble and spotty. Gainsborough's masses are as broad as the
first division in heaven of light from darkness; Lee's (perhaps necessarily, considering the
effects of flickering sunlight at which he aims) are as fragmentary as his leaves, and as
numerous. Gainsborough's forms are grand, simple, and ideal; Lee's are small, confused,
and unselected. Gainsborough never loses sight of his picture as a whole; Lee is but too apt
to be shackled by its parts. In a word, Gainsborough is an immortal painter; and Lee,
Page 43
though on the right road, is yet in the early stages of his art; and the man who could
imagine any resemblance or point of comparison between them, is not only a novice in art,
but has not capacity ever to be anything more. He may be pardoned for not comprehending
Turner, for long preparation and discipline are necessary before the abstract and profound
philosophy of that artist can be met; but Gainsborough's excellence is based on principles
of art long acknowledged, and facts of nature universally apparent; and I insist more
particularly on the reviewer's want of feeling for his works, because it proves a truth of
which the public ought especially to be assured that those who lavish abuse on the great
men of modern times, are equally incapable of perceiving the real excellence of established
canons, are ignorant of the commonest and most acknowledged principia of the art, blind to
the most palpable and comprehensible of its beauties, incapable of distinguishing, if left to
themselves, a master's work from the vilest school copy, and founding their applause of
those great works which they praise, either in pure hypocrisy, or in admiration of their
defects.
[G] There is a fine touch in the Frogs in Aristophanes, alluding probably to this part of
the Agamemnon. "Εγὼ δ᾽ έχαιρον τῆ σιωπῆ καὶ με τοῦτ᾽ ἔτερπεν οὺκ ἠττον ὀι
λαλοῦντες." The same remark might be well applied to the seemingly vacant or
incomprehensible portions of Turner's canvas. In their mysterious, and intense fire, there is
much correspondence between the mind of Æschylus and that of our great painter. They
share at least one thing in common—unpopularity. ῾Ο δημος ἁνεβόα κρίσιν ποιεἰν. ΞΑ.
ὀ τῶν πανοὺργων; ΑΙ. νη Δἰ, οὐράνιον γ᾽ ὁσον. ΞΑ. μετ᾽ Αἰσχύλου ὂ οὐκ ἠσαν
ἑτεροι σύμμαχοι; ΑΙ. ὀλἱγον τὸ χρηρτὁν ἐρτιν.
[H] I do not know any passage in ancient literature in which this connection is more
exquisitely illustrated than in the lines, burlesque though they be, descriptive of the
approach of the chorus in the Clouds of Aristophanes,—a writer, by the way, who, I
believe, knew and felt more of the noble landscape character of his country than any whose
works have come down to us except Homer. The individuality and distinctness of
conception—the visible cloud character which every word of this particular passage brings
out into more dewy and bright existence, are to me as refreshing as the real breathing of
mountain winds. The line "διὰ τῶν κοίλων καὶ τῶν δασέων, πλἁγιαι," could have been
written by none but an ardent lover of hill scenery—one who had watched, hour after hour,
the peculiar oblique, sidelong action of descending clouds, as they form along the hollows
and ravines of the hills. There are no lumpish solidities—no pillowy protuberances here.
All is melting, drifting, evanescent,—full of air, and light, and dew.
imagine any resemblance or point of comparison between them, is not only a novice in art,
but has not capacity ever to be anything more. He may be pardoned for not comprehending
Turner, for long preparation and discipline are necessary before the abstract and profound
philosophy of that artist can be met; but Gainsborough's excellence is based on principles
of art long acknowledged, and facts of nature universally apparent; and I insist more
particularly on the reviewer's want of feeling for his works, because it proves a truth of
which the public ought especially to be assured that those who lavish abuse on the great
men of modern times, are equally incapable of perceiving the real excellence of established
canons, are ignorant of the commonest and most acknowledged principia of the art, blind to
the most palpable and comprehensible of its beauties, incapable of distinguishing, if left to
themselves, a master's work from the vilest school copy, and founding their applause of
those great works which they praise, either in pure hypocrisy, or in admiration of their
defects.
[G] There is a fine touch in the Frogs in Aristophanes, alluding probably to this part of
the Agamemnon. "Εγὼ δ᾽ έχαιρον τῆ σιωπῆ καὶ με τοῦτ᾽ ἔτερπεν οὺκ ἠττον ὀι
λαλοῦντες." The same remark might be well applied to the seemingly vacant or
incomprehensible portions of Turner's canvas. In their mysterious, and intense fire, there is
much correspondence between the mind of Æschylus and that of our great painter. They
share at least one thing in common—unpopularity. ῾Ο δημος ἁνεβόα κρίσιν ποιεἰν. ΞΑ.
ὀ τῶν πανοὺργων; ΑΙ. νη Δἰ, οὐράνιον γ᾽ ὁσον. ΞΑ. μετ᾽ Αἰσχύλου ὂ οὐκ ἠσαν
ἑτεροι σύμμαχοι; ΑΙ. ὀλἱγον τὸ χρηρτὁν ἐρτιν.
[H] I do not know any passage in ancient literature in which this connection is more
exquisitely illustrated than in the lines, burlesque though they be, descriptive of the
approach of the chorus in the Clouds of Aristophanes,—a writer, by the way, who, I
believe, knew and felt more of the noble landscape character of his country than any whose
works have come down to us except Homer. The individuality and distinctness of
conception—the visible cloud character which every word of this particular passage brings
out into more dewy and bright existence, are to me as refreshing as the real breathing of
mountain winds. The line "διὰ τῶν κοίλων καὶ τῶν δασέων, πλἁγιαι," could have been
written by none but an ardent lover of hill scenery—one who had watched, hour after hour,
the peculiar oblique, sidelong action of descending clouds, as they form along the hollows
and ravines of the hills. There are no lumpish solidities—no pillowy protuberances here.
All is melting, drifting, evanescent,—full of air, and light, and dew.
Page 44
[I] Let not this principle be confused with Fuseli's, "love for what is called deception in
painting marks either the infancy or decrepitude of a nation's taste." Realization to the mind
necessitates not deception of the eye.
[J] I shall show, in a future portion of the work, that there are principles of universal
beauty common to all the creatures of God; and that it is by the greater or less share of
these that one form becomes nobler or meaner than another.
[K] Is not this—it may be asked—demanding more from him than life can accomplish?
Not one whit. Nothing more than knowledge of external characteristics is absolutely
required; and even if, which were more desirable, thorough scientific knowledge had to be
attained, the time which our artists spend in multiplying crude sketches, or finishing their
unintelligent embryos of the study, would render them masters of every science that
modern investigations have organized, and familiar with every form that Nature manifests.
Martin, if the time which he must have spent on the abortive bubbles of his Canute had
been passed in working on the seashore, might have learned enough to enable him to
produce, with a few strokes, a picture which would have smote like the sound of the sea,
upon men's hearts forever.
[L]
"A green field is a sight which makes us pardon
The absence of that more sublime construction
Which mixes up vines, olive, precipices,
Glaciers, volcanoes, oranges, and ices."
Don Juan.
[M] The vegetable soil of the Campagna is chiefly formed by decomposed lavas, and
under it lies a bed of white pumice, exactly resembling remnants of bones.
[N] The feelings of Constable with respect to his art might be almost a model for the
young student, were it not that they err a little on the other side, and are perhaps in need of
chastening and guiding from the works of his fellow-men. We should use pictures not as
authorities, but as comments on nature, just as we use divines, not as authorities, but as
comments on the Bible. Constable, in his dread of saint-worship, excommunicates himself
from all benefit of the Church, and deprives himself of much instruction from the Scripture
to which he holds, because he will not accept aid in the reading of it from the learning of
other men. Sir George Beaumont, on the contrary, furnishes, in the anecdotes given of him
painting marks either the infancy or decrepitude of a nation's taste." Realization to the mind
necessitates not deception of the eye.
[J] I shall show, in a future portion of the work, that there are principles of universal
beauty common to all the creatures of God; and that it is by the greater or less share of
these that one form becomes nobler or meaner than another.
[K] Is not this—it may be asked—demanding more from him than life can accomplish?
Not one whit. Nothing more than knowledge of external characteristics is absolutely
required; and even if, which were more desirable, thorough scientific knowledge had to be
attained, the time which our artists spend in multiplying crude sketches, or finishing their
unintelligent embryos of the study, would render them masters of every science that
modern investigations have organized, and familiar with every form that Nature manifests.
Martin, if the time which he must have spent on the abortive bubbles of his Canute had
been passed in working on the seashore, might have learned enough to enable him to
produce, with a few strokes, a picture which would have smote like the sound of the sea,
upon men's hearts forever.
[L]
"A green field is a sight which makes us pardon
The absence of that more sublime construction
Which mixes up vines, olive, precipices,
Glaciers, volcanoes, oranges, and ices."
Don Juan.
[M] The vegetable soil of the Campagna is chiefly formed by decomposed lavas, and
under it lies a bed of white pumice, exactly resembling remnants of bones.
[N] The feelings of Constable with respect to his art might be almost a model for the
young student, were it not that they err a little on the other side, and are perhaps in need of
chastening and guiding from the works of his fellow-men. We should use pictures not as
authorities, but as comments on nature, just as we use divines, not as authorities, but as
comments on the Bible. Constable, in his dread of saint-worship, excommunicates himself
from all benefit of the Church, and deprives himself of much instruction from the Scripture
to which he holds, because he will not accept aid in the reading of it from the learning of
other men. Sir George Beaumont, on the contrary, furnishes, in the anecdotes given of him
Page 45
in Constable's life, a melancholy instance of the degradation into which the human mind
may fall, when it suffers human works to interfere between it and its Master. The
recommending the color of an old Cremona fiddle for the prevailing tone of everything,
and the vapid inquiry of the conventionalist, "Where do you put your brown tree?" show a
prostration of intellect so laughable and lamentable, that they are at once, on all, and to all,
students of the gallery, a satire and a warning. Art so followed is the most servile indolence
in which life can be wasted. There are then two dangerous extremes to be shunned,—
forgetfulness of the Scripture, and scorn of the divine—slavery on the one hand, free-
thinking on the other. The mean is nearly as difficult to determine or keep in art as in
religion, but the great danger is on the side of superstition. He who walks humbly with
Nature will seldom be in danger of losing sight of Art. He will commonly find in all that is
truly great of man's works, something of their original, for which he will regard them with
gratitude, and sometimes follow them with respect; while he who takes Art for his authority
may entirely lose sight of all that it interprets, and sink at once into the sin of an idolater,
and the degradation of a slave.
[O] I should have insisted more on this fault (for it is a fatal one) in the following Essay,
but the cause of it rests rather with the public than with the artist, and in the necessities of
the public as much as in their will. Such pictures as artists themselves would wish to paint,
could not be executed under very high prices; and it must always be easier, in the present
state of society, to find ten purchasers of ten-guinea sketches, than one purchaser for a
hundred-guinea picture. Still, I have been often both surprised and grieved to see that any
effort on the part of our artists to rise above manufacture—any struggle to something like
completed conception—was left by the public to be its own reward. In the water-color
exhibition of last year there was a noble work of David Cox's, ideal in the right sense—a
forest hollow with a few sheep crushing down through its deep fern, and a solemn opening
of evening sky above its dark masses of distance. It was worth all his little bits on the walls
put together. Yet the public picked up all the little bits—blots and splashes, ducks,
chickweed, ears of corn—all that was clever and petite; and the real picture—the full
development of the artist's mind—was left on his hands. How can I, or any one else, with a
conscience, advise him after this to aim at anything more than may be struck out by the
cleverness of a quarter of an hour. Cattermole, I believe, is earthed and shackled in the
same manner. He began his career with finished and studied pictures, which, I believe,
never paid him—he now prostitutes his fine talent to the superficialness of public taste, and
blots his way to emolument and oblivion. There is commonly, however, fault on both sides;
in the artist for exhibiting his dexterity by mountebank tricks of the brush, until chaste
may fall, when it suffers human works to interfere between it and its Master. The
recommending the color of an old Cremona fiddle for the prevailing tone of everything,
and the vapid inquiry of the conventionalist, "Where do you put your brown tree?" show a
prostration of intellect so laughable and lamentable, that they are at once, on all, and to all,
students of the gallery, a satire and a warning. Art so followed is the most servile indolence
in which life can be wasted. There are then two dangerous extremes to be shunned,—
forgetfulness of the Scripture, and scorn of the divine—slavery on the one hand, free-
thinking on the other. The mean is nearly as difficult to determine or keep in art as in
religion, but the great danger is on the side of superstition. He who walks humbly with
Nature will seldom be in danger of losing sight of Art. He will commonly find in all that is
truly great of man's works, something of their original, for which he will regard them with
gratitude, and sometimes follow them with respect; while he who takes Art for his authority
may entirely lose sight of all that it interprets, and sink at once into the sin of an idolater,
and the degradation of a slave.
[O] I should have insisted more on this fault (for it is a fatal one) in the following Essay,
but the cause of it rests rather with the public than with the artist, and in the necessities of
the public as much as in their will. Such pictures as artists themselves would wish to paint,
could not be executed under very high prices; and it must always be easier, in the present
state of society, to find ten purchasers of ten-guinea sketches, than one purchaser for a
hundred-guinea picture. Still, I have been often both surprised and grieved to see that any
effort on the part of our artists to rise above manufacture—any struggle to something like
completed conception—was left by the public to be its own reward. In the water-color
exhibition of last year there was a noble work of David Cox's, ideal in the right sense—a
forest hollow with a few sheep crushing down through its deep fern, and a solemn opening
of evening sky above its dark masses of distance. It was worth all his little bits on the walls
put together. Yet the public picked up all the little bits—blots and splashes, ducks,
chickweed, ears of corn—all that was clever and petite; and the real picture—the full
development of the artist's mind—was left on his hands. How can I, or any one else, with a
conscience, advise him after this to aim at anything more than may be struck out by the
cleverness of a quarter of an hour. Cattermole, I believe, is earthed and shackled in the
same manner. He began his career with finished and studied pictures, which, I believe,
never paid him—he now prostitutes his fine talent to the superficialness of public taste, and
blots his way to emolument and oblivion. There is commonly, however, fault on both sides;
in the artist for exhibiting his dexterity by mountebank tricks of the brush, until chaste
Page 46
finish, requiring ten times the knowledge and labor, appears insipid to the diseased taste
which he has himself formed in his patrons, as the roaring and ranting of a common actor
will oftentimes render apparently vapid the finished touches of perfect nature; and in the
public, for taking less real pains to become acquainted with, and discriminate, the various
powers of a great artist, than they would to estimate the excellence of a cook or develop the
dexterity of a dancer.
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.
It is with much regret, and partly against my own judgment, that I
republish the following chapters in their present form. The particular
circumstances (stated in the first preface) under which they were originally
written, have rendered them so unfit for the position they now hold as
introductory to a serious examination of the general functions of art, that I
should have wished first to complete the succeeding portions of the essay,
and then to write another introduction of more fitting character. But as it
may be long before I am able to do this, and as I believe what I have
already written may still be of some limited and partial service, I have
suffered it to reappear, trusting to the kindness of the reader to look to its
intention rather than its temper, and forgive its inconsideration in its
earnestness.
Thinking it of too little substance to bear mending, wherever I have
found a passage which I thought required modification or explanation, I
have cut it out; what I have left, however imperfect, cannot I think be
dangerously misunderstood: something I have added, not under the idea of
rendering the work in any wise systematic or complete, but to supply gross
omissions, answer inevitable objections, and give some substance to
passages of mere declamation.
Whatever inadequacy or error there may be, throughout, in materials or
modes of demonstration, I have no doubt of the truth and necessity of the
which he has himself formed in his patrons, as the roaring and ranting of a common actor
will oftentimes render apparently vapid the finished touches of perfect nature; and in the
public, for taking less real pains to become acquainted with, and discriminate, the various
powers of a great artist, than they would to estimate the excellence of a cook or develop the
dexterity of a dancer.
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.
It is with much regret, and partly against my own judgment, that I
republish the following chapters in their present form. The particular
circumstances (stated in the first preface) under which they were originally
written, have rendered them so unfit for the position they now hold as
introductory to a serious examination of the general functions of art, that I
should have wished first to complete the succeeding portions of the essay,
and then to write another introduction of more fitting character. But as it
may be long before I am able to do this, and as I believe what I have
already written may still be of some limited and partial service, I have
suffered it to reappear, trusting to the kindness of the reader to look to its
intention rather than its temper, and forgive its inconsideration in its
earnestness.
Thinking it of too little substance to bear mending, wherever I have
found a passage which I thought required modification or explanation, I
have cut it out; what I have left, however imperfect, cannot I think be
dangerously misunderstood: something I have added, not under the idea of
rendering the work in any wise systematic or complete, but to supply gross
omissions, answer inevitable objections, and give some substance to
passages of mere declamation.
Whatever inadequacy or error there may be, throughout, in materials or
modes of demonstration, I have no doubt of the truth and necessity of the
Page 47
main result; and though the reader may, perhaps, find me frequently
hereafter showing other and better grounds for what is here affirmed, yet
the point and bearing of the book, its determined depreciation of Claude,
Salvator, Gaspar, and Canaletto, and its equally determined support of
Turner as the greatest of all landscape painters, and of Turner's recent works
as his finest, are good and right; and if the prevalence throughout of attack
and eulogium be found irksome or offensive, let it be remembered that my
object thus far has not been either the establishment or the teaching of any
principles of art, but the vindication, most necessary to the prosperity of our
present schools, of the uncomprehended rank of their greatest artist, and the
diminution, equally necessary as I think to the prosperity of our schools, of
the unadvised admiration of the landscape of the seventeenth century. For I
believe it to be almost impossible to state in terms sufficiently serious and
severe the depth and extent of the evil which has resulted (and that not in art
alone, but in all other matters with which the contemplative faculties are
concerned) from the works of those elder men. On the continent all
landscape art has been utterly annihilated by them, and with it all sense of
the power of nature. We in England have only done better because our
artists have had strength of mind enough to form a school withdrawn from
their influence.
These points are somewhat farther developed in the general sketch of
ancient and modern landscape, which I have added to the first section of the
second part. Some important additions have also been made to the chapters
on the painting of sea. Throughout the rest of the text, though something is
withdrawn, little is changed; and the reader may rest assured that if I were
now to bestow on this feeble essay the careful revision which it much
needs, but little deserves, it would not be to alter its tendencies, or modify
its conclusions, but to prevent indignation from appearing virulence on the
one side, and enthusiasm partisanship on the other.
PREFACE TO NEW EDITION (1873).
hereafter showing other and better grounds for what is here affirmed, yet
the point and bearing of the book, its determined depreciation of Claude,
Salvator, Gaspar, and Canaletto, and its equally determined support of
Turner as the greatest of all landscape painters, and of Turner's recent works
as his finest, are good and right; and if the prevalence throughout of attack
and eulogium be found irksome or offensive, let it be remembered that my
object thus far has not been either the establishment or the teaching of any
principles of art, but the vindication, most necessary to the prosperity of our
present schools, of the uncomprehended rank of their greatest artist, and the
diminution, equally necessary as I think to the prosperity of our schools, of
the unadvised admiration of the landscape of the seventeenth century. For I
believe it to be almost impossible to state in terms sufficiently serious and
severe the depth and extent of the evil which has resulted (and that not in art
alone, but in all other matters with which the contemplative faculties are
concerned) from the works of those elder men. On the continent all
landscape art has been utterly annihilated by them, and with it all sense of
the power of nature. We in England have only done better because our
artists have had strength of mind enough to form a school withdrawn from
their influence.
These points are somewhat farther developed in the general sketch of
ancient and modern landscape, which I have added to the first section of the
second part. Some important additions have also been made to the chapters
on the painting of sea. Throughout the rest of the text, though something is
withdrawn, little is changed; and the reader may rest assured that if I were
now to bestow on this feeble essay the careful revision which it much
needs, but little deserves, it would not be to alter its tendencies, or modify
its conclusions, but to prevent indignation from appearing virulence on the
one side, and enthusiasm partisanship on the other.
PREFACE TO NEW EDITION (1873).
Page 48
I have been lately so often asked by friends on whose judgment I can
rely, to permit the publication of another edition of "Modern Painters" in its
original form, that I have at last yielded, though with some violence to my
own feelings; for many parts of the first and second volumes are written in
a narrow enthusiasm, and the substance of their metaphysical and religious
speculation is only justifiable on the ground of its absolute honesty. Of the
third, fourth, and fifth volumes I indeed mean eventually to rearrange what
I think of permanent interest, for the complete edition of my works, but
with fewer and less elaborate illustrations: nor have I any serious grounds
for refusing to allow the book once more to appear in the irregular form
which it took as it was written, since of the art-teaching and landscape
description it contains I have little to retrench, and nothing to retract.
This final edition must, however, be limited to a thousand copies, for
some of the more delicate plates are already worn, that of the Mill Stream in
the fifth volume, and of the Loire Side very injuriously; while that of the
Shores of Wharfe had to be retouched by an engraver after the removal of
the mezzotint for reprinting. But Mr. Armytage's, Mr. Cousen's, and Mr.
Cuff's magnificent plates are still in good state, and my own etchings,
though injured, are still good enough to answer their purpose.
SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS.
PART I.
OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
SECTION I.
OF THE NATURE OF THE IDEAS CONVEYABLE BY ART.
rely, to permit the publication of another edition of "Modern Painters" in its
original form, that I have at last yielded, though with some violence to my
own feelings; for many parts of the first and second volumes are written in
a narrow enthusiasm, and the substance of their metaphysical and religious
speculation is only justifiable on the ground of its absolute honesty. Of the
third, fourth, and fifth volumes I indeed mean eventually to rearrange what
I think of permanent interest, for the complete edition of my works, but
with fewer and less elaborate illustrations: nor have I any serious grounds
for refusing to allow the book once more to appear in the irregular form
which it took as it was written, since of the art-teaching and landscape
description it contains I have little to retrench, and nothing to retract.
This final edition must, however, be limited to a thousand copies, for
some of the more delicate plates are already worn, that of the Mill Stream in
the fifth volume, and of the Loire Side very injuriously; while that of the
Shores of Wharfe had to be retouched by an engraver after the removal of
the mezzotint for reprinting. But Mr. Armytage's, Mr. Cousen's, and Mr.
Cuff's magnificent plates are still in good state, and my own etchings,
though injured, are still good enough to answer their purpose.
SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS.
PART I.
OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
SECTION I.
OF THE NATURE OF THE IDEAS CONVEYABLE BY ART.
Page 49
Page 50
Chapter I.—Introductory.
page
Public opinion no criterion of excellence, except
§ 1. 1
after long periods of time.
§ 2. And therefore obstinate when once formed. 4
The author's reasons for opposing it in particular
§ 3. 5
instances.
§ 4. But only on points capable of demonstration. 5
§ 5. The author's partiality to modern works excusable. 6
page
Public opinion no criterion of excellence, except
§ 1. 1
after long periods of time.
§ 2. And therefore obstinate when once formed. 4
The author's reasons for opposing it in particular
§ 3. 5
instances.
§ 4. But only on points capable of demonstration. 5
§ 5. The author's partiality to modern works excusable. 6
Page 51
Chapter II.—Definition of Greatness in Art.
Distinction between the painter's intellectual power
§ 1. 8
and technical knowledge.
§ 2. Painting, as such, is nothing more than language. 8
§ 3. "Painter," a term corresponding to "versifier." 9
§ 4. Example in a painting of E. Landseer's. 9
Difficulty of fixing an exact limit between language
§ 5. 9
and thought.
Distinction between decorative and expressive
§ 6. 10
language.
§ 7. Instance in the Dutch and early Italian schools. 10
Yet there are certain ideas belonging to language
§ 8. 11
itself.
§ 9. The definition. 12
Distinction between the painter's intellectual power
§ 1. 8
and technical knowledge.
§ 2. Painting, as such, is nothing more than language. 8
§ 3. "Painter," a term corresponding to "versifier." 9
§ 4. Example in a painting of E. Landseer's. 9
Difficulty of fixing an exact limit between language
§ 5. 9
and thought.
Distinction between decorative and expressive
§ 6. 10
language.
§ 7. Instance in the Dutch and early Italian schools. 10
Yet there are certain ideas belonging to language
§ 8. 11
itself.
§ 9. The definition. 12
Page 52
Chapter III.—Of Ideas of Power.
§ 1. What classes of ideas are conveyable by art. 13
§ 2. Ideas of power vary much in relative dignity. 13
But are received from whatever has been the subject
§ 3. 14
of power. The meaning of the word "excellence."
What is necessary to the distinguishing of
§ 4. 15
excellence.
The pleasure attendant on conquering difficulties is
§ 5. 16
right.
§ 1. What classes of ideas are conveyable by art. 13
§ 2. Ideas of power vary much in relative dignity. 13
But are received from whatever has been the subject
§ 3. 14
of power. The meaning of the word "excellence."
What is necessary to the distinguishing of
§ 4. 15
excellence.
The pleasure attendant on conquering difficulties is
§ 5. 16
right.
Page 53
Chapter IV.—Of Ideas of Imitation.
False use of the term "imitation" by many writers on
§ 1. 17
art.
§ 2. Real meaning of the term. 18
§ 3. What is requisite to the sense of imitation. 18
The pleasure resulting from imitation the most
§ 4. 19
contemptible that can be derived from art.
§ 5. Imitation is only of contemptible subjects. 19
§ 6. Imitation is contemptible because it is easy. 20
§ 7. Recapitulation. 20
False use of the term "imitation" by many writers on
§ 1. 17
art.
§ 2. Real meaning of the term. 18
§ 3. What is requisite to the sense of imitation. 18
The pleasure resulting from imitation the most
§ 4. 19
contemptible that can be derived from art.
§ 5. Imitation is only of contemptible subjects. 19
§ 6. Imitation is contemptible because it is easy. 20
§ 7. Recapitulation. 20
Page 54
Chapter V.—Of Ideas of Truth.
§ 1. Meaning of the word "truth" as applied to art. 21
§ 2. First difference between truth and imitation. 21
§ 3. Second difference. 21
§ 4. Third difference. 22
§ 5. No accurate truths necessary to imitation. 22
Ideas of truth are inconsistent with ideas of
§ 6. 24
imitation.
§ 1. Meaning of the word "truth" as applied to art. 21
§ 2. First difference between truth and imitation. 21
§ 3. Second difference. 21
§ 4. Third difference. 22
§ 5. No accurate truths necessary to imitation. 22
Ideas of truth are inconsistent with ideas of
§ 6. 24
imitation.
Page 55
Chapter VI.—Of Ideas of Beauty.
§ 1. Definition of the term "beautiful." 26
§ 2. Definition of the term "taste." 26
§ 3. Distinction between taste and judgment. 27
§ 4. How far beauty may become intellectual. 27
§ 5. The high rank and function of ideas of beauty. 28
§ 6. Meaning of the term "ideal beauty." 28
§ 1. Definition of the term "beautiful." 26
§ 2. Definition of the term "taste." 26
§ 3. Distinction between taste and judgment. 27
§ 4. How far beauty may become intellectual. 27
§ 5. The high rank and function of ideas of beauty. 28
§ 6. Meaning of the term "ideal beauty." 28
Page 56
Chapter VII.—Of Ideas of Relation.
§ 1. General meaning of the term. 29
§ 2. ideas are to be comprehended under it. 29
§ 3. The exceeding nobility of these ideas. 30
Why no subdivision of so extensive a class is
§ 4. 31
necessary.
SECTION II.
OF POWER.
§ 1. General meaning of the term. 29
§ 2. ideas are to be comprehended under it. 29
§ 3. The exceeding nobility of these ideas. 30
Why no subdivision of so extensive a class is
§ 4. 31
necessary.
SECTION II.
OF POWER.
Page 57
Chapter I.—General Principles respecting Ideas of Power.
§ 1. No necessity for detailed study of ideas of imitation. 32
§ 2. Nor for separate study of ideas of power. 32
§ 3. Except under one particular form. 33
There are two modes of receiving ideas of power,
§ 4. 33
commonly inconsistent.
§ 5. First reason of the inconsistency. 33
§ 6. Second reason for the inconsistency. 34
The sensation of power ought not to be sought in
§ 7. 34
imperfect art.
§ 8. Instances in pictures of modern artists. 35
Connection between ideas of power and modes of
§ 9. 35
execution.
§ 1. No necessity for detailed study of ideas of imitation. 32
§ 2. Nor for separate study of ideas of power. 32
§ 3. Except under one particular form. 33
There are two modes of receiving ideas of power,
§ 4. 33
commonly inconsistent.
§ 5. First reason of the inconsistency. 33
§ 6. Second reason for the inconsistency. 34
The sensation of power ought not to be sought in
§ 7. 34
imperfect art.
§ 8. Instances in pictures of modern artists. 35
Connection between ideas of power and modes of
§ 9. 35
execution.
Page 58
Chapter II.—Of Ideas of Power, as they are dependent upon Execution.
§ 1. Meaning of the term "execution." 36
§ 2. The first quality of execution is truth. 36
§ 3. The second, simplicity. 36
§ 4. The third, mystery. 37
§ 5. The fourth, inadequacy; and the fifth, decision. 37
§ 6. The sixth, velocity. 37
Strangeness an illegitimate source of pleasure in
§ 7. 37
execution.
Yet even the legitimate sources of pleasure in
§ 8. 38
execution are inconsistent with each other.
And fondness for ideas of power leads to the
§ 9. 39
adoption of the lowest.
§ 10. Therefore perilous. 40
§ 11. Recapitulation. 40
§ 1. Meaning of the term "execution." 36
§ 2. The first quality of execution is truth. 36
§ 3. The second, simplicity. 36
§ 4. The third, mystery. 37
§ 5. The fourth, inadequacy; and the fifth, decision. 37
§ 6. The sixth, velocity. 37
Strangeness an illegitimate source of pleasure in
§ 7. 37
execution.
Yet even the legitimate sources of pleasure in
§ 8. 38
execution are inconsistent with each other.
And fondness for ideas of power leads to the
§ 9. 39
adoption of the lowest.
§ 10. Therefore perilous. 40
§ 11. Recapitulation. 40
Page 59
Chapter III.—Of the Sublime.
Sublimity is the effect upon the mind of anything
§ 1. 41
above it.
Burke's theory of the nature of the sublime incorrect,
§ 2. 41
and why.
§ 3. Danger is sublime, but not the fear of it. 42
§ 4. The highest beauty is sublime. 42
§ 5. And generally whatever elevates the mind. 42
The former division of the subject is therefore
§ 6. 42
sufficient.
PART II.
OF TRUTH.
SECTION I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF TRUTH.
Sublimity is the effect upon the mind of anything
§ 1. 41
above it.
Burke's theory of the nature of the sublime incorrect,
§ 2. 41
and why.
§ 3. Danger is sublime, but not the fear of it. 42
§ 4. The highest beauty is sublime. 42
§ 5. And generally whatever elevates the mind. 42
The former division of the subject is therefore
§ 6. 42
sufficient.
PART II.
OF TRUTH.
SECTION I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF TRUTH.
Page 60
Chapter I.—Of Ideas of Truth in their connection with those of Beauty and
Relation.
The two great ends of landscape painting are the
§ 1. 44
representation of facts and thoughts.
§ 2. They induce a different choice of material subjects. 45
The first mode of selection apt to produce sameness
§ 3. 45
and repetition.
§ 4. The second necessitating variety. 45
§ 5. Yet the first is delightful to all. 46
§ 6. The second only to a few. 46
§ 7. The first necessary to the second. 47
§ 8. The exceeding importance of truth. 48
§ 9. Coldness or want of beauty no sign of truth. 48
How truth may be considered a just criterion of all
§ 10. 48
art.
Relation.
The two great ends of landscape painting are the
§ 1. 44
representation of facts and thoughts.
§ 2. They induce a different choice of material subjects. 45
The first mode of selection apt to produce sameness
§ 3. 45
and repetition.
§ 4. The second necessitating variety. 45
§ 5. Yet the first is delightful to all. 46
§ 6. The second only to a few. 46
§ 7. The first necessary to the second. 47
§ 8. The exceeding importance of truth. 48
§ 9. Coldness or want of beauty no sign of truth. 48
How truth may be considered a just criterion of all
§ 10. 48
art.
Page 61
Chapter II.—That the Truth of Nature is not to be discerned by the
Uneducated Senses.
The common self-deception of men with respect to
§ 1. 50
their power of discerning truth.
§ 2. Men usually see little of what is before their eyes. 51
But more or less in proportion to their natural
§ 3. 52
sensibility to what is beautiful.
§ 4. Connected with a perfect state of moral feeling. 52
§ 5. And of the intellectual powers. 53
§ 6. How sight depends upon previous knowledge. 54
The difficulty increased by the variety of truths in
§ 7. 55
nature.
We recognize objects by their least important
§ 8. 55
attributes. Compare Part I. Sect. I. Chap. 4.
Uneducated Senses.
The common self-deception of men with respect to
§ 1. 50
their power of discerning truth.
§ 2. Men usually see little of what is before their eyes. 51
But more or less in proportion to their natural
§ 3. 52
sensibility to what is beautiful.
§ 4. Connected with a perfect state of moral feeling. 52
§ 5. And of the intellectual powers. 53
§ 6. How sight depends upon previous knowledge. 54
The difficulty increased by the variety of truths in
§ 7. 55
nature.
We recognize objects by their least important
§ 8. 55
attributes. Compare Part I. Sect. I. Chap. 4.
Page 62
Chapter III.—Of the Relative Importance of Truths:—First, that Particular
Truths are more important than General Ones.
Necessity of determining the relative importance of
§ 1. 58
truths.
Misapplication of the aphorism: "General truths are
§ 2. 58
more important than particular ones."
§ 3. Falseness of this maxim, taken without explanation. 59
Generality important in the subject, particularity in
§ 4. 59
the predicate.
The importance of truths of species is not owing to
§ 5. 60
their generality.
§ 6. All truths valuable as they are characteristic. 61
Otherwise truths of species are valuable, because
§ 7. 61
beautiful.
And many truths, valuable if separate, may be
§ 8. 62
objectionable in connection with others.
§ 9. Recapitulation. 63
Truths are more important than General Ones.
Necessity of determining the relative importance of
§ 1. 58
truths.
Misapplication of the aphorism: "General truths are
§ 2. 58
more important than particular ones."
§ 3. Falseness of this maxim, taken without explanation. 59
Generality important in the subject, particularity in
§ 4. 59
the predicate.
The importance of truths of species is not owing to
§ 5. 60
their generality.
§ 6. All truths valuable as they are characteristic. 61
Otherwise truths of species are valuable, because
§ 7. 61
beautiful.
And many truths, valuable if separate, may be
§ 8. 62
objectionable in connection with others.
§ 9. Recapitulation. 63
Page 63
Chapter IV.—Of the Relative Importance of Truths:—Secondly, that Rare
Truths are more important than Frequent Ones.
No accidental violation of nature's principles should
§ 1. 64
be represented.
But the cases in which those principles have been
§ 2. 65
strikingly exemplified.
§ 3. Which are comparatively rare. 65
§ 4. All repetition is blamable. 65
The duty of the painter is the same as that of a
§ 5. 66
preacher.
Truths are more important than Frequent Ones.
No accidental violation of nature's principles should
§ 1. 64
be represented.
But the cases in which those principles have been
§ 2. 65
strikingly exemplified.
§ 3. Which are comparatively rare. 65
§ 4. All repetition is blamable. 65
The duty of the painter is the same as that of a
§ 5. 66
preacher.
Page 64
Chapter V.—Of the Relative Importance of Truths:—Thirdly, that Truths of
Color are the least important of all Truths.
Difference between primary and secondary qualities
§ 1. 67
in bodies.
The first are fully characteristic, the second
§ 2. 67
imperfectly so.
Color is a secondary quality, therefore less important
§ 3. 68
than form.
Color no distinction between objects of the same
§ 4. 68
species.
§ 5. And different in association from what it is alone. 69
It is not certain whether any two people see the same
§ 6. 69
colors in things.
Form, considered as an element of landscape,
§ 7. 69
includes light and shade.
Importance of light and shade in expressing the
§ 8. 70
character of bodies, and unimportance of color.
§ 9. Recapitulation. 71
Color are the least important of all Truths.
Difference between primary and secondary qualities
§ 1. 67
in bodies.
The first are fully characteristic, the second
§ 2. 67
imperfectly so.
Color is a secondary quality, therefore less important
§ 3. 68
than form.
Color no distinction between objects of the same
§ 4. 68
species.
§ 5. And different in association from what it is alone. 69
It is not certain whether any two people see the same
§ 6. 69
colors in things.
Form, considered as an element of landscape,
§ 7. 69
includes light and shade.
Importance of light and shade in expressing the
§ 8. 70
character of bodies, and unimportance of color.
§ 9. Recapitulation. 71
Page 65
Chapter VI.—Recapitulation.
§ 1. The importance of historical truths. 72
Form, as explained by light and shade, the first of all
§ 2. 72
truths. Tone, light, and color, are secondary.
§ 3. And deceptive chiaroscuro the lowest of all. 73
§ 1. The importance of historical truths. 72
Form, as explained by light and shade, the first of all
§ 2. 72
truths. Tone, light, and color, are secondary.
§ 3. And deceptive chiaroscuro the lowest of all. 73
Page 66
Chapter VII.—General Application of the Foregoing Principles.
The different selection of facts consequent on the
§ 1. 74
several aims at imitation or at truth.
§ 2. The old masters, as a body, aim only at imitation. 74
§ 3. What truths they gave. 75
The principles of selection adopted by modern
§ 4. 76
artists.
General feeling of Claude, Salvator, and G.
§ 5. Poussin, contrasted with the freedom and vastness 77
of nature.
§ 6. Inadequacy of the landscape of Titian and Tintoret. 78
Causes of its want of influence on subsequent
§ 7. 79
schools.
The value of inferior works of art, how to be
§ 8. 80
estimated.
Religious landscape of Italy. The admirableness of
§ 9. 81
its completion.
Finish, and the want of it, how right—and how
§ 10. 82
wrong.
The open skies of the religious schools, how
§ 11. valuable. Mountain drawing of Masaccio. 84
Landscape of the Bellinis and Giorgione.
§ 12. Landscape of Titian and Tintoret. 86
§ 13. Schools of Florence, Milan, and Bologna. 88
§ 14. Claude, Salvator, and the Poussins. 89
§ 15. German and Flemish landscape. 90
§ 16. The lower Dutch schools. 92
§ 17. English school, Wilson and Gainsborough. 93
§ 18. Constable, Callcott. 94
§ 19. Peculiar tendency of recent landscape. 95
§ 20. G. Robson, D. Cox. False use of the term "style." 95
The different selection of facts consequent on the
§ 1. 74
several aims at imitation or at truth.
§ 2. The old masters, as a body, aim only at imitation. 74
§ 3. What truths they gave. 75
The principles of selection adopted by modern
§ 4. 76
artists.
General feeling of Claude, Salvator, and G.
§ 5. Poussin, contrasted with the freedom and vastness 77
of nature.
§ 6. Inadequacy of the landscape of Titian and Tintoret. 78
Causes of its want of influence on subsequent
§ 7. 79
schools.
The value of inferior works of art, how to be
§ 8. 80
estimated.
Religious landscape of Italy. The admirableness of
§ 9. 81
its completion.
Finish, and the want of it, how right—and how
§ 10. 82
wrong.
The open skies of the religious schools, how
§ 11. valuable. Mountain drawing of Masaccio. 84
Landscape of the Bellinis and Giorgione.
§ 12. Landscape of Titian and Tintoret. 86
§ 13. Schools of Florence, Milan, and Bologna. 88
§ 14. Claude, Salvator, and the Poussins. 89
§ 15. German and Flemish landscape. 90
§ 16. The lower Dutch schools. 92
§ 17. English school, Wilson and Gainsborough. 93
§ 18. Constable, Callcott. 94
§ 19. Peculiar tendency of recent landscape. 95
§ 20. G. Robson, D. Cox. False use of the term "style." 95
Page 67
§ 21. Copley Fielding. Phenomena of distant color. 97
§ 22. Beauty of mountain foreground. 99
§ 23. De Wint. 101
§ 24. Influence of Engraving. J. D. Harding. 101
Samuel Prout. Early painting of architecture, how
§ 25. 103
deficient.
§ 26. Effects of age upon buildings, how far desirable. 104
Effects of light, how necessary to the
§ 27. 106
understanding of detail.
Architectural painting of Gentile Bellini and Vittor
§ 28. 107
Carpaccio.
§ 29. And of the Venetians generally. 109
Fresco painting of the Venetian exteriors.
§ 30. 110
Canaletto.
Expression of the effects of age on Architecture by
§ 31. 112
S. Prout.
§ 32. His excellent composition and color. 114
Modern architectural painting generally. G.
§ 33. 115
Cattermole.
The evil in an archæological point of view of
§ 34. 117
misapplied invention, in architectural subject.
§ 35. Works of David Roberts: their fidelity and grace. 118
§ 36. Clarkson Stanfield. 121
J. M. W. Turner. Force of national feeling in all
§ 37. 123
great painters.
Influence of this feeling on the choice of
§ 38. 125
Landscape subject.
§ 39. Its peculiar manifestation in Turner. 125
§ 40. The domestic subjects of the Liber Studiorum. 127
Turner's painting of French and Swiss landscape.
§ 41. 129
The latter deficient.
§ 22. Beauty of mountain foreground. 99
§ 23. De Wint. 101
§ 24. Influence of Engraving. J. D. Harding. 101
Samuel Prout. Early painting of architecture, how
§ 25. 103
deficient.
§ 26. Effects of age upon buildings, how far desirable. 104
Effects of light, how necessary to the
§ 27. 106
understanding of detail.
Architectural painting of Gentile Bellini and Vittor
§ 28. 107
Carpaccio.
§ 29. And of the Venetians generally. 109
Fresco painting of the Venetian exteriors.
§ 30. 110
Canaletto.
Expression of the effects of age on Architecture by
§ 31. 112
S. Prout.
§ 32. His excellent composition and color. 114
Modern architectural painting generally. G.
§ 33. 115
Cattermole.
The evil in an archæological point of view of
§ 34. 117
misapplied invention, in architectural subject.
§ 35. Works of David Roberts: their fidelity and grace. 118
§ 36. Clarkson Stanfield. 121
J. M. W. Turner. Force of national feeling in all
§ 37. 123
great painters.
Influence of this feeling on the choice of
§ 38. 125
Landscape subject.
§ 39. Its peculiar manifestation in Turner. 125
§ 40. The domestic subjects of the Liber Studiorum. 127
Turner's painting of French and Swiss landscape.
§ 41. 129
The latter deficient.
Page 68
His rendering of Italian character still less
§ 42. 130
successful. His large compositions how failing.
His views of Italy destroyed by brilliancy and
§ 43. 133
redundant quantity.
Changes introduced by him in the received system
§ 44. 133
of art.
Difficulties of his later manner. Resultant
§ 45. 134
deficiencies.
§ 46. Reflection of his very recent works. 137
§ 47. Difficulty of demonstration in such subjects. 139
SECTION II.
OF GENERAL TRUTHS.
§ 42. 130
successful. His large compositions how failing.
His views of Italy destroyed by brilliancy and
§ 43. 133
redundant quantity.
Changes introduced by him in the received system
§ 44. 133
of art.
Difficulties of his later manner. Resultant
§ 45. 134
deficiencies.
§ 46. Reflection of his very recent works. 137
§ 47. Difficulty of demonstration in such subjects. 139
SECTION II.
OF GENERAL TRUTHS.
Page 69
Chapter I.—Of Truth of Tone.
Meanings of the word "tone:"—First, the right
§ 1. 140
relation of objects in shadow to the principal light.
Secondly, the quality of color by which it is felt to
§ 2. owe part of its brightness to the hue of light upon 140
it.
Difference between tone in its first sense and aerial
§ 3. 141
perspective.
The pictures of the old masters perfect in relation
§ 4. 141
of middle tints to light.
And consequently totally false in relation of
§ 5. 141
middle tints to darkness.
§ 6. General falsehood of such a system. 143
§ 7. The principle of Turner in this respect. 143
§ 8. Comparison of N. Poussin's "Phocion." 144
§ 9. With Turner's "Mercury and Argus." 145
§ 10. And with the "Datur Hora Quieti." 145
§ 11. The second sense of the word "tone." 146
Remarkable difference in this respect between the
§ 12. 146
paintings and drawings of Turner.
§ 13. Not owing to want of power over the material. 146
§ 14. The two distinct qualities of light to be considered. 147
Falsehoods by which Titian attains the appearance
§ 15. 148
of quality in light.
§ 16. Turner will not use such means. 148
§ 17. But gains in essential truth by the sacrifice. 148
§ 18. The second quality of light. 148
The perfection of Cuyp in this respect interfered
§ 19. 150
with by numerous solecisms.
Turner is not so perfect in parts—far more so in
§ 20. 151
the whole.
Meanings of the word "tone:"—First, the right
§ 1. 140
relation of objects in shadow to the principal light.
Secondly, the quality of color by which it is felt to
§ 2. owe part of its brightness to the hue of light upon 140
it.
Difference between tone in its first sense and aerial
§ 3. 141
perspective.
The pictures of the old masters perfect in relation
§ 4. 141
of middle tints to light.
And consequently totally false in relation of
§ 5. 141
middle tints to darkness.
§ 6. General falsehood of such a system. 143
§ 7. The principle of Turner in this respect. 143
§ 8. Comparison of N. Poussin's "Phocion." 144
§ 9. With Turner's "Mercury and Argus." 145
§ 10. And with the "Datur Hora Quieti." 145
§ 11. The second sense of the word "tone." 146
Remarkable difference in this respect between the
§ 12. 146
paintings and drawings of Turner.
§ 13. Not owing to want of power over the material. 146
§ 14. The two distinct qualities of light to be considered. 147
Falsehoods by which Titian attains the appearance
§ 15. 148
of quality in light.
§ 16. Turner will not use such means. 148
§ 17. But gains in essential truth by the sacrifice. 148
§ 18. The second quality of light. 148
The perfection of Cuyp in this respect interfered
§ 19. 150
with by numerous solecisms.
Turner is not so perfect in parts—far more so in
§ 20. 151
the whole.
Page 70
§ 21. The power in Turner of uniting a number of tones. 152
§ 22. Recapitulation. 153
§ 22. Recapitulation. 153
Page 71
Chapter II.—Of Truth of Color.
Observations on the color of G. Poussin's La
§ 1. 155
Riccia.
§ 2. As compared with the actual scene. 155
§ 3. Turner himself is inferior in brilliancy to nature. 157
§ 4. Impossible colors of Salvator, Titian. 157
§ 5. Poussin, and Claude. 158
§ 6. Turner's translation of colors. 160
Notice of effects in which no brilliancy of art can
§ 7. 161
even approach that of reality.
Reasons for the usual incredulity of the observer
§ 8. 162
with respect to their representation.
§ 9. Color of the Napoleon. 163
Necessary discrepancy between the attainable
§ 10. 164
brilliancy of color and light.
This discrepancy less in Turner than in other
§ 11. 165
colorists.
§ 12. Its great extent in a landscape attributed to Rubens. 165
§ 13. Turner scarcely ever uses pure or vivid color. 166
§ 14. The basis of gray, under all his vivid hues. 167
The variety and fulness even of his most simple
§ 15. 168
tones.
Following the infinite and unapproachable variety
§ 16. 168
of nature.
His dislike of purple, and fondness for the
§ 17. opposition of yellow and black. The principles of 169
nature in this respect.
§ 18. His early works are false in color. 170
§ 19. His drawings invariably perfect. 171
The subjection of his system of color to that of
§ 20. 171
chiaroscuro.
Observations on the color of G. Poussin's La
§ 1. 155
Riccia.
§ 2. As compared with the actual scene. 155
§ 3. Turner himself is inferior in brilliancy to nature. 157
§ 4. Impossible colors of Salvator, Titian. 157
§ 5. Poussin, and Claude. 158
§ 6. Turner's translation of colors. 160
Notice of effects in which no brilliancy of art can
§ 7. 161
even approach that of reality.
Reasons for the usual incredulity of the observer
§ 8. 162
with respect to their representation.
§ 9. Color of the Napoleon. 163
Necessary discrepancy between the attainable
§ 10. 164
brilliancy of color and light.
This discrepancy less in Turner than in other
§ 11. 165
colorists.
§ 12. Its great extent in a landscape attributed to Rubens. 165
§ 13. Turner scarcely ever uses pure or vivid color. 166
§ 14. The basis of gray, under all his vivid hues. 167
The variety and fulness even of his most simple
§ 15. 168
tones.
Following the infinite and unapproachable variety
§ 16. 168
of nature.
His dislike of purple, and fondness for the
§ 17. opposition of yellow and black. The principles of 169
nature in this respect.
§ 18. His early works are false in color. 170
§ 19. His drawings invariably perfect. 171
The subjection of his system of color to that of
§ 20. 171
chiaroscuro.
Page 72
Page 73
Chapter III.—Of Truth of Chiaroscuro.
We are not at present to examine particular effects
§ 1. 174
of light.
And therefore the distinctness of shadows is the
§ 2. 175
chief means of expressing vividness of light.
Total absence of such distinctness in the works of
§ 3. 175
the Italian school.
§ 4. And partial absence in the Dutch. 176
§ 5. The perfection of Turner's works in this respect. 177
§ 6. The effect of his shadows upon the light. 178
The distinction holds good between almost all the
§ 7. 179
works of the ancient and modern schools.
Second great principle of chiaroscuro. Both high
§ 8. light and deep shadow are used in equal quantity, 180
and only in points.
Neglect or contradiction of this principle by
§ 9. 180
writers on art.
§ 10. And consequent misguiding of the student. 181
§ 11. The great value of a simple chiaroscuro. 182
The sharp separation of nature's lights from her
§ 12. 182
middle tint.
§ 13. The truth of Turner. 183
We are not at present to examine particular effects
§ 1. 174
of light.
And therefore the distinctness of shadows is the
§ 2. 175
chief means of expressing vividness of light.
Total absence of such distinctness in the works of
§ 3. 175
the Italian school.
§ 4. And partial absence in the Dutch. 176
§ 5. The perfection of Turner's works in this respect. 177
§ 6. The effect of his shadows upon the light. 178
The distinction holds good between almost all the
§ 7. 179
works of the ancient and modern schools.
Second great principle of chiaroscuro. Both high
§ 8. light and deep shadow are used in equal quantity, 180
and only in points.
Neglect or contradiction of this principle by
§ 9. 180
writers on art.
§ 10. And consequent misguiding of the student. 181
§ 11. The great value of a simple chiaroscuro. 182
The sharp separation of nature's lights from her
§ 12. 182
middle tint.
§ 13. The truth of Turner. 183
Page 74
Chapter IV.—Of Truth of Space:—First, as Dependent on the Focus of the
Eye.
Space is more clearly indicated by the drawing of
§ 1. 185
objects than by their hue.
It is impossible to see objects at unequal distances
§ 2. 186
distinctly at one moment.
§ 3. Especially such as are both comparatively near. 186
In painting, therefore, either the foreground or
§ 4. 187
distance must be partially sacrificed.
Which not being done by the old masters, they
§ 5. 187
could not express space.
But modern artists have succeeded in fully carrying
§ 6. 188
out this principle.
§ 7. Especially of Turner. 189
Justification of the want of drawing in Turner's
§ 8. 189
figures.
Eye.
Space is more clearly indicated by the drawing of
§ 1. 185
objects than by their hue.
It is impossible to see objects at unequal distances
§ 2. 186
distinctly at one moment.
§ 3. Especially such as are both comparatively near. 186
In painting, therefore, either the foreground or
§ 4. 187
distance must be partially sacrificed.
Which not being done by the old masters, they
§ 5. 187
could not express space.
But modern artists have succeeded in fully carrying
§ 6. 188
out this principle.
§ 7. Especially of Turner. 189
Justification of the want of drawing in Turner's
§ 8. 189
figures.
Page 75
Chapter V.—Of Truth of Space:—Secondly, as its Appearance is dependent
on the Power of the Eye.
The peculiar indistinctness dependent on the
§ 1. 191
retirement of objects from the eye.
§ 2. Causes confusion, but not annihilation of details. 191
§ 3. Instances in various objects. 192
Two great resultant truths; that nature is never
§ 4. 193
distinct, and never vacant.
Complete violation of both these principles by the
§ 5. 193
old masters. They are either distinct or vacant.
§ 6. Instances from Nicholas Poussin. 194
§ 7. From Claude. 194
§ 8. And G. Poussin. 195
The imperative necessity, in landscape painting, of
§ 9. 196
fulness and finish.
§ 10. Breadth is not vacancy. 197
§ 11. The fulness and mystery of Turner's distances. 198
§ 12. Farther illustrations in architectural drawing. 199
§ 13. In near objects as well as distances. 199
§ 14. Vacancy and falsehood of Canaletto. 200
Still greater fulness and finish in landscape
§ 15. 200
foregrounds.
Space and size are destroyed alike by distinctness
§ 16. 202
and by vacancy.
§ 17. Swift execution best secures perfection of details. 202
Finish is far more necessary in landscape than in
§ 18. 202
historical subjects.
§ 19. Recapitulation of the section. 203
SECTION III.
on the Power of the Eye.
The peculiar indistinctness dependent on the
§ 1. 191
retirement of objects from the eye.
§ 2. Causes confusion, but not annihilation of details. 191
§ 3. Instances in various objects. 192
Two great resultant truths; that nature is never
§ 4. 193
distinct, and never vacant.
Complete violation of both these principles by the
§ 5. 193
old masters. They are either distinct or vacant.
§ 6. Instances from Nicholas Poussin. 194
§ 7. From Claude. 194
§ 8. And G. Poussin. 195
The imperative necessity, in landscape painting, of
§ 9. 196
fulness and finish.
§ 10. Breadth is not vacancy. 197
§ 11. The fulness and mystery of Turner's distances. 198
§ 12. Farther illustrations in architectural drawing. 199
§ 13. In near objects as well as distances. 199
§ 14. Vacancy and falsehood of Canaletto. 200
Still greater fulness and finish in landscape
§ 15. 200
foregrounds.
Space and size are destroyed alike by distinctness
§ 16. 202
and by vacancy.
§ 17. Swift execution best secures perfection of details. 202
Finish is far more necessary in landscape than in
§ 18. 202
historical subjects.
§ 19. Recapitulation of the section. 203
SECTION III.
Page 76
OF TRUTH OF SKIES.
Page 77
Chapter I.—Of the Open Sky.
The peculiar adaptation of the sky to the pleasing
§ 1. 204
and teaching of man.
The carelessness with which its lessons are
§ 2. 205
received.
§ 3. The most essential of these lessons are the gentlest. 205
§ 4. Many of our ideas of sky altogether conventional. 205
§ 5. Nature, and essential qualities of the open blue. 206
§ 6. Its connection with clouds. 207
§ 7. Its exceeding depth. 207
These qualities are especially given by modern
§ 8. 207
masters.
§ 9. And by Claude. 208
Total absence of them in Poussin. Physical errors
§ 10. 208
in his general treatment of open sky.
§ 11. Errors of Cuyp in graduation of color. 209
The exceeding value of the skies of the early
§ 12. Italian and Dutch schools. Their qualities are 210
unattainable in modern times.
Phenomena of visible sunbeams. Their nature and
§ 13. 211
cause.
They are only illuminated mist, and cannot appear
§ 14. when the sky is free from vapor, nor when it is 211
without clouds.
Erroneous tendency in the representation of such
§ 15. 212
phenomena by the old masters.
The ray which appears in the dazzled eye should
§ 16. 213
not be represented.
The practice of Turner. His keen perception of the
§ 17. 213
more delicate phenomena of rays.
The peculiar adaptation of the sky to the pleasing
§ 1. 204
and teaching of man.
The carelessness with which its lessons are
§ 2. 205
received.
§ 3. The most essential of these lessons are the gentlest. 205
§ 4. Many of our ideas of sky altogether conventional. 205
§ 5. Nature, and essential qualities of the open blue. 206
§ 6. Its connection with clouds. 207
§ 7. Its exceeding depth. 207
These qualities are especially given by modern
§ 8. 207
masters.
§ 9. And by Claude. 208
Total absence of them in Poussin. Physical errors
§ 10. 208
in his general treatment of open sky.
§ 11. Errors of Cuyp in graduation of color. 209
The exceeding value of the skies of the early
§ 12. Italian and Dutch schools. Their qualities are 210
unattainable in modern times.
Phenomena of visible sunbeams. Their nature and
§ 13. 211
cause.
They are only illuminated mist, and cannot appear
§ 14. when the sky is free from vapor, nor when it is 211
without clouds.
Erroneous tendency in the representation of such
§ 15. 212
phenomena by the old masters.
The ray which appears in the dazzled eye should
§ 16. 213
not be represented.
The practice of Turner. His keen perception of the
§ 17. 213
more delicate phenomena of rays.
Page 78
The total absence of any evidence of such
§ 18. 213
perception in the works of the old masters.
§ 19. Truth of the skies of modern drawings. 214
Recapitulation. The best skies of the ancients are,
§ 20. in quality, inimitable, but in rendering of various 215
truth, childish.
§ 18. 213
perception in the works of the old masters.
§ 19. Truth of the skies of modern drawings. 214
Recapitulation. The best skies of the ancients are,
§ 20. in quality, inimitable, but in rendering of various 215
truth, childish.
Page 79
Chapter II.—Of Truth of Clouds:—First, of the Region of the Cirrus.
Difficulty of ascertaining wherein the truth of
§ 1. 216
clouds consists.
Variation of their character at different elevations.
§ 2. The three regions to which they may conveniently 216
be considered as belonging.
§ 3. Extent of the upper region. 217
§ 4. The symmetrical arrangement of its clouds. 217
§ 5. Their exceeding delicacy. 218
§ 6. Their number. 218
§ 7. Causes of their peculiarly delicate coloring. 219
§ 8. Their variety of form. 219
Total absence of even the slightest effort at their
§ 9. 220
representation, in ancient landscape.
§ 10. The intense and constant study of them by Turner. 221
§ 11. His vignette, Sunrise on the Sea. 222
§ 12. His use of the cirrus in expressing mist. 223
§ 13. His consistency in every minor feature. 224
§ 14. The color of the upper clouds. 224
§ 15. Recapitulation. 225
Difficulty of ascertaining wherein the truth of
§ 1. 216
clouds consists.
Variation of their character at different elevations.
§ 2. The three regions to which they may conveniently 216
be considered as belonging.
§ 3. Extent of the upper region. 217
§ 4. The symmetrical arrangement of its clouds. 217
§ 5. Their exceeding delicacy. 218
§ 6. Their number. 218
§ 7. Causes of their peculiarly delicate coloring. 219
§ 8. Their variety of form. 219
Total absence of even the slightest effort at their
§ 9. 220
representation, in ancient landscape.
§ 10. The intense and constant study of them by Turner. 221
§ 11. His vignette, Sunrise on the Sea. 222
§ 12. His use of the cirrus in expressing mist. 223
§ 13. His consistency in every minor feature. 224
§ 14. The color of the upper clouds. 224
§ 15. Recapitulation. 225
Page 80
Chapter III.—Of Truth of Clouds:—Secondly, of the Central Cloud
Region.
Extent and typical character of the central cloud
§ 1. 226
region.
Its characteristic clouds, requiring no attention nor
§ 2. thought for their representation, are therefore 226
favorite subjects with the old masters.
§ 3. The clouds of Salvator and Poussin. 227
§ 4. Their essential characters. 227
Their angular forms and general decision of
§ 5. 228
outline.
§ 6. The composition of their minor curves. 229
§ 7. Their characters, as given by S. Rosa. 230
Monotony and falsehood of the clouds of the
§ 8. 230
Italian school generally.
§ 9. Vast size of congregated masses of cloud. 231
Demonstrable by comparison with mountain
§ 10. 231
ranges.
§ 11. And consequent divisions and varieties of feature. 232
§ 12. Not lightly to be omitted. 232
Imperfect conceptions of this size and extent in
§ 13. 233
ancient landscape.
Total want of transparency and evanescence in the
§ 14. 234
clouds of ancient landscape.
§ 15. Farther proof of their deficiency in space. 235
Instance of perfect truth in the sky of Turner's
§ 16. 236
Babylon.
§ 17. And in his Pools of Solomon. 237
§ 18. Truths of outline and character in his Como. 237
§ 19. Association of the cirrostratus with the cumulus. 238
Region.
Extent and typical character of the central cloud
§ 1. 226
region.
Its characteristic clouds, requiring no attention nor
§ 2. thought for their representation, are therefore 226
favorite subjects with the old masters.
§ 3. The clouds of Salvator and Poussin. 227
§ 4. Their essential characters. 227
Their angular forms and general decision of
§ 5. 228
outline.
§ 6. The composition of their minor curves. 229
§ 7. Their characters, as given by S. Rosa. 230
Monotony and falsehood of the clouds of the
§ 8. 230
Italian school generally.
§ 9. Vast size of congregated masses of cloud. 231
Demonstrable by comparison with mountain
§ 10. 231
ranges.
§ 11. And consequent divisions and varieties of feature. 232
§ 12. Not lightly to be omitted. 232
Imperfect conceptions of this size and extent in
§ 13. 233
ancient landscape.
Total want of transparency and evanescence in the
§ 14. 234
clouds of ancient landscape.
§ 15. Farther proof of their deficiency in space. 235
Instance of perfect truth in the sky of Turner's
§ 16. 236
Babylon.
§ 17. And in his Pools of Solomon. 237
§ 18. Truths of outline and character in his Como. 237
§ 19. Association of the cirrostratus with the cumulus. 238
Page 81
The deep-based knowledge of the Alps in Turner's
§ 20. 238
Lake of Geneva.
Farther principles of cloud form exemplified in his
§ 21. 239
Amalfi.
Reasons for insisting on the infinity of Turner's
§ 22. works. Infinity is almost an unerring test of all 239
truth
Instances of the total want of it in the works of
§ 23. 240
Salvator.
And of the universal presence of it in those of
§ 24. Turner. The conclusions which may be arrived at 240
from it.
The multiplication of objects, or increase of their
§ 25. size, will not give the impression of infinity, but is 241
the resource of novices.
Farther instances of infinity in the gray skies of
§ 26. 242
Turner.
§ 27. The excellence of the cloud-drawing of Stanfield. 242
§ 28. The average standing of the English school. 243
§ 20. 238
Lake of Geneva.
Farther principles of cloud form exemplified in his
§ 21. 239
Amalfi.
Reasons for insisting on the infinity of Turner's
§ 22. works. Infinity is almost an unerring test of all 239
truth
Instances of the total want of it in the works of
§ 23. 240
Salvator.
And of the universal presence of it in those of
§ 24. Turner. The conclusions which may be arrived at 240
from it.
The multiplication of objects, or increase of their
§ 25. size, will not give the impression of infinity, but is 241
the resource of novices.
Farther instances of infinity in the gray skies of
§ 26. 242
Turner.
§ 27. The excellence of the cloud-drawing of Stanfield. 242
§ 28. The average standing of the English school. 243
Page 82
Chapter IV.—Of Truth of Clouds:—Thirdly, of the Region of the Rain-
Cloud.
The apparent difference in character between the
§ 1. lower and central clouds is dependent chiefly on 244
proximity.
§ 2. Their marked differences in color. 244
§ 3. And in definiteness of form. 245
§ 4. They are subject to precisely the same great laws. 245
§ 5. Value, to the painter, of the rain-cloud. 246
The old masters have not left a single instance of
§ 6. the painting of the rain-cloud, and very few efforts 247
at it. Gaspar Poussin's storms.
§ 7. The great power of the moderns in this respect. 248
§ 8. Works of Copley Fielding. 248
§ 9. His peculiar truth. 248
§ 10. His weakness, and its probable cause. 249
Impossibility of reasoning on the rain-clouds of
§ 11. 250
Turner from engravings.
His rendering of Fielding's particular moment in
§ 12. 250
the Jumieges.
Illustration of the nature of clouds in the opposed
§ 13. 250
forms of smoke and steam.
§ 14. Moment of retiring rain in the Llanthony. 251
And of commencing, chosen with peculiar
§ 15. 252
meaning for Loch Coriskin.
The drawing of transparent vapor in the Land's
§ 16. 253
End.
§ 17. The individual character of its parts. 253
Deep-studied form of swift rain-cloud in the
§ 18. 254
Coventry.
§ 19. Compared with forms given by Salvator. 254
Cloud.
The apparent difference in character between the
§ 1. lower and central clouds is dependent chiefly on 244
proximity.
§ 2. Their marked differences in color. 244
§ 3. And in definiteness of form. 245
§ 4. They are subject to precisely the same great laws. 245
§ 5. Value, to the painter, of the rain-cloud. 246
The old masters have not left a single instance of
§ 6. the painting of the rain-cloud, and very few efforts 247
at it. Gaspar Poussin's storms.
§ 7. The great power of the moderns in this respect. 248
§ 8. Works of Copley Fielding. 248
§ 9. His peculiar truth. 248
§ 10. His weakness, and its probable cause. 249
Impossibility of reasoning on the rain-clouds of
§ 11. 250
Turner from engravings.
His rendering of Fielding's particular moment in
§ 12. 250
the Jumieges.
Illustration of the nature of clouds in the opposed
§ 13. 250
forms of smoke and steam.
§ 14. Moment of retiring rain in the Llanthony. 251
And of commencing, chosen with peculiar
§ 15. 252
meaning for Loch Coriskin.
The drawing of transparent vapor in the Land's
§ 16. 253
End.
§ 17. The individual character of its parts. 253
Deep-studied form of swift rain-cloud in the
§ 18. 254
Coventry.
§ 19. Compared with forms given by Salvator. 254
Page 83
Entire expression of tempest by minute touches
§ 20. 255
and circumstances in the Coventry.
Especially by contrast with a passage of extreme
§ 21. 255
repose.
The truth of this particular passage. Perfectly pure
§ 22. 256
blue sky only seen after rain, and how seen.
Absence of this effect in the works of the old
§ 23. 256
masters.
Success of our water-color artists in its rendering.
§ 24. 257
Use of it by Turner.
Expression of near rain-cloud in the Gosport, and
§ 25. 257
other works.
Contrasted with Gaspar Poussin's rain-cloud in the
§ 26. 258
Dido and Æneas.
§ 27. Turner's power of rendering mist. 258
His effects of mist so perfect, that if not at once
§ 28. understood, they can no more be explained or 259
reasoned on than nature herself.
§ 29. Various instances. 259
Turner's more violent effects of tempest are never
§ 30. 260
rendered by engravers.
§ 31. General system of landscape engraving. 260
§ 32. The storm in the Stonehenge. 260
General character of such effects as given by
§ 33. 261
Turner. His expression of falling rain.
§ 34. Recapitulation of the section. 261
Sketch of a few of the skies of nature, taken as a
§ 35. whole, compared with the works of Turner and of 262
the old masters. Morning on the plains.
§ 36. Noon with gathering storms. 263
§ 37. Sunset in tempest. Serene midnight. 264
§ 38. And sunrise on the Alps. 264
§ 20. 255
and circumstances in the Coventry.
Especially by contrast with a passage of extreme
§ 21. 255
repose.
The truth of this particular passage. Perfectly pure
§ 22. 256
blue sky only seen after rain, and how seen.
Absence of this effect in the works of the old
§ 23. 256
masters.
Success of our water-color artists in its rendering.
§ 24. 257
Use of it by Turner.
Expression of near rain-cloud in the Gosport, and
§ 25. 257
other works.
Contrasted with Gaspar Poussin's rain-cloud in the
§ 26. 258
Dido and Æneas.
§ 27. Turner's power of rendering mist. 258
His effects of mist so perfect, that if not at once
§ 28. understood, they can no more be explained or 259
reasoned on than nature herself.
§ 29. Various instances. 259
Turner's more violent effects of tempest are never
§ 30. 260
rendered by engravers.
§ 31. General system of landscape engraving. 260
§ 32. The storm in the Stonehenge. 260
General character of such effects as given by
§ 33. 261
Turner. His expression of falling rain.
§ 34. Recapitulation of the section. 261
Sketch of a few of the skies of nature, taken as a
§ 35. whole, compared with the works of Turner and of 262
the old masters. Morning on the plains.
§ 36. Noon with gathering storms. 263
§ 37. Sunset in tempest. Serene midnight. 264
§ 38. And sunrise on the Alps. 264
Page 84
Page 85
Chapter V.—Effects of Light rendered by Modern Art.
Reasons for merely, at present, naming, without
§ 1. examining the particular effects of light rendered 266
by Turner.
Hopes of the author for assistance in the future
§ 2. 266
investigation of them.
SECTION IV.
OF TRUTH OF EARTH.
Reasons for merely, at present, naming, without
§ 1. examining the particular effects of light rendered 266
by Turner.
Hopes of the author for assistance in the future
§ 2. 266
investigation of them.
SECTION IV.
OF TRUTH OF EARTH.
Page 86
Chapter I.—Of General Structure.
First laws of the organization of the earth, and their
§ 1. 270
importance in art.
The slight attention ordinarily paid to them. Their
§ 2. 271
careful study by modern artists.
General structure of the earth. The hills are its
§ 3. 271
action, the plains its rest.
Mountains come out from underneath the plains,
§ 4. 272
and are their support.
Structure of the plains themselves. Their perfect
§ 5. 273
level, when deposited by quiet water.
§ 6. Illustrated by Turner's Marengo. 273
General divisions of formation resulting from this
§ 7. 274
arrangement. Plan of investigation.
First laws of the organization of the earth, and their
§ 1. 270
importance in art.
The slight attention ordinarily paid to them. Their
§ 2. 271
careful study by modern artists.
General structure of the earth. The hills are its
§ 3. 271
action, the plains its rest.
Mountains come out from underneath the plains,
§ 4. 272
and are their support.
Structure of the plains themselves. Their perfect
§ 5. 273
level, when deposited by quiet water.
§ 6. Illustrated by Turner's Marengo. 273
General divisions of formation resulting from this
§ 7. 274
arrangement. Plan of investigation.
Page 87
Chapter II.—Of the Central Mountains.
Similar character of the central peaks in all parts of
§ 1. 275
the world.
Their arrangements in pyramids or wedges,
§ 2. 275
divided by vertical fissures.
Causing groups of rock resembling an artichoke or
§ 3. 276
rose.
The faithful statement of these facts by Turner in
§ 4. 276
his Alps at Daybreak.
§ 5. Vignette of the Andes and others. 277
Necessary distance, and consequent aerial effect
§ 6. 277
on all such mountains.
Total want of any rendering of their phenomena in
§ 7. 278
ancient art.
Character of the representations of Alps in the
§ 8. 278
distances of Claude.
§ 9. Their total want of magnitude and aerial distance. 279
§ 10. And violation of specific form. 280
§ 11. Even in his best works. 280
Farther illustration of the distant character of
§ 12. 281
mountain chains.
§ 13. Their excessive appearance of transparency. 281
Illustrated from the works of Turner and Stanfield.
§ 14. 282
The Borromean Islands of the latter.
§ 15. Turner's Arona. 283
Extreme distance of large objects always
§ 16. 283
characterized by very sharp outline.
§ 17. Want of this decision in Claude. 284
§ 18. The perpetual rendering of it by Turner. 285
§ 19. Effects of snow, how imperfectly studied. 285
§ 20. General principles of its forms on the Alps. 287
Similar character of the central peaks in all parts of
§ 1. 275
the world.
Their arrangements in pyramids or wedges,
§ 2. 275
divided by vertical fissures.
Causing groups of rock resembling an artichoke or
§ 3. 276
rose.
The faithful statement of these facts by Turner in
§ 4. 276
his Alps at Daybreak.
§ 5. Vignette of the Andes and others. 277
Necessary distance, and consequent aerial effect
§ 6. 277
on all such mountains.
Total want of any rendering of their phenomena in
§ 7. 278
ancient art.
Character of the representations of Alps in the
§ 8. 278
distances of Claude.
§ 9. Their total want of magnitude and aerial distance. 279
§ 10. And violation of specific form. 280
§ 11. Even in his best works. 280
Farther illustration of the distant character of
§ 12. 281
mountain chains.
§ 13. Their excessive appearance of transparency. 281
Illustrated from the works of Turner and Stanfield.
§ 14. 282
The Borromean Islands of the latter.
§ 15. Turner's Arona. 283
Extreme distance of large objects always
§ 16. 283
characterized by very sharp outline.
§ 17. Want of this decision in Claude. 284
§ 18. The perpetual rendering of it by Turner. 285
§ 19. Effects of snow, how imperfectly studied. 285
§ 20. General principles of its forms on the Alps. 287
Page 88
Average paintings of Switzerland. Its real spirit has
§ 21. 289
scarcely yet been caught.
§ 21. 289
scarcely yet been caught.
Page 89
Chapter III.—Of the Inferior Mountains.
The inferior mountains are distinguished from the
§ 1. 290
central, by being divided into beds.
§ 2. Farther division of these beds by joints. 290
§ 3. And by lines of lamination. 291
Variety and seeming uncertainty under which these
§ 4. 291
laws are manifested.
The perfect expression of them in Turner's Loch
§ 5. 292
Coriskin.
§ 6. Glencoe and other works. 293
§ 7. Especially the Mount Lebanon. 293
§ 8. Compared with the work of Salvator. 294
§ 9. And of Poussin. 295
§ 10. Effects of external influence on mountain form. 296
§ 11. The gentle convexity caused by aqueous erosion. 297
§ 12. And the effect of the action of torrents. 297
The exceeding simplicity of contour caused by
§ 13. 298
these influences.
§ 14. And multiplicity of feature. 299
§ 15. Both utterly neglected in ancient art. 299
The fidelity of treatment in Turner's Daphne and
§ 16. 300
Leucippus.
§ 17. And in the Avalanche and Inundation. 300
The rarity among secondary hills of steep slopes or
§ 18. 301
high precipices.
And consequent expression of horizontal distance
§ 19. 302
in their ascent.
Full statement of all these facts in various works of
§ 20. 302
Turner.—Caudebec, etc.
§ 21. The use of considering geological truths. 303
The inferior mountains are distinguished from the
§ 1. 290
central, by being divided into beds.
§ 2. Farther division of these beds by joints. 290
§ 3. And by lines of lamination. 291
Variety and seeming uncertainty under which these
§ 4. 291
laws are manifested.
The perfect expression of them in Turner's Loch
§ 5. 292
Coriskin.
§ 6. Glencoe and other works. 293
§ 7. Especially the Mount Lebanon. 293
§ 8. Compared with the work of Salvator. 294
§ 9. And of Poussin. 295
§ 10. Effects of external influence on mountain form. 296
§ 11. The gentle convexity caused by aqueous erosion. 297
§ 12. And the effect of the action of torrents. 297
The exceeding simplicity of contour caused by
§ 13. 298
these influences.
§ 14. And multiplicity of feature. 299
§ 15. Both utterly neglected in ancient art. 299
The fidelity of treatment in Turner's Daphne and
§ 16. 300
Leucippus.
§ 17. And in the Avalanche and Inundation. 300
The rarity among secondary hills of steep slopes or
§ 18. 301
high precipices.
And consequent expression of horizontal distance
§ 19. 302
in their ascent.
Full statement of all these facts in various works of
§ 20. 302
Turner.—Caudebec, etc.
§ 21. The use of considering geological truths. 303
Page 90
Expression of retiring surface by Turner contrasted
§ 22. 304
with the work of Claude.
The same moderation of slope in the contours of
§ 23. 304
his higher hills.
The peculiar difficulty of investigating the more
§ 24. 305
essential truths of hill outline.
Works of other modern artists.—Clarkson
§ 25. 305
Stanfield.
Importance of particular and individual truth in hill
§ 26. 306
drawing.
§ 27. Works of Copley Fielding. His high feeling. 307
§ 28. Works of J. D. Harding and others. 308
§ 22. 304
with the work of Claude.
The same moderation of slope in the contours of
§ 23. 304
his higher hills.
The peculiar difficulty of investigating the more
§ 24. 305
essential truths of hill outline.
Works of other modern artists.—Clarkson
§ 25. 305
Stanfield.
Importance of particular and individual truth in hill
§ 26. 306
drawing.
§ 27. Works of Copley Fielding. His high feeling. 307
§ 28. Works of J. D. Harding and others. 308
Page 91
Chapter IV.—Of the Foreground.
What rocks were the chief components of ancient
§ 1. 309
landscape foreground.
Salvator's limestones. The real characters of the
§ 2. 309
rock. Its fractures, and obtuseness of angles.
Salvator's acute angles caused by the meeting of
§ 3. 310
concave curves.
Peculiar distinctness of light and shade in the rocks
§ 4. 311
of nature.
§ 5. Peculiar confusion of both in the rocks of Salvator. 311
And total want of any expression of hardness or
§ 6. 311
brittleness.
§ 7. Instances in particular pictures. 312
§ 8. Compared with the works of Stanfield. 312
§ 9. Their absolute opposition in every particular. 313
§ 10. The rocks of J. D. Harding. 313
§ 11. Characters of loose earth and soil. 314
§ 12. Its exceeding grace and fulness of feature. 315
§ 13. The ground of Teniers. 315
§ 14. Importance of these minor parts and points. 316
The observance of them is the real distinction
§ 15. 316
between the master and the novice.
§ 16. Ground of Cuyp. 317
§ 17. And of Claude. 317
§ 18. The entire weakness and childishness of the latter. 318
§ 19. Compared with the work of Turner. 318
§ 20. General features of Turner's foreground. 319
Geological structure of his rocks in the Fall of the
§ 21. 319
Tees.
§ 22. Their convex surfaces and fractured edges. 319
What rocks were the chief components of ancient
§ 1. 309
landscape foreground.
Salvator's limestones. The real characters of the
§ 2. 309
rock. Its fractures, and obtuseness of angles.
Salvator's acute angles caused by the meeting of
§ 3. 310
concave curves.
Peculiar distinctness of light and shade in the rocks
§ 4. 311
of nature.
§ 5. Peculiar confusion of both in the rocks of Salvator. 311
And total want of any expression of hardness or
§ 6. 311
brittleness.
§ 7. Instances in particular pictures. 312
§ 8. Compared with the works of Stanfield. 312
§ 9. Their absolute opposition in every particular. 313
§ 10. The rocks of J. D. Harding. 313
§ 11. Characters of loose earth and soil. 314
§ 12. Its exceeding grace and fulness of feature. 315
§ 13. The ground of Teniers. 315
§ 14. Importance of these minor parts and points. 316
The observance of them is the real distinction
§ 15. 316
between the master and the novice.
§ 16. Ground of Cuyp. 317
§ 17. And of Claude. 317
§ 18. The entire weakness and childishness of the latter. 318
§ 19. Compared with the work of Turner. 318
§ 20. General features of Turner's foreground. 319
Geological structure of his rocks in the Fall of the
§ 21. 319
Tees.
§ 22. Their convex surfaces and fractured edges. 319
Page 92
§ 23. And perfect unity. 320
Various parts whose history is told us by the details
§ 24. 321
of the drawing.
Beautiful instance of an exception to general rules
§ 25. 321
in the Llanthony.
Turner's drawing of detached blocks of weathered
§ 26. 322
stone.
§ 27. And of complicated foreground. 323
§ 28. And of loose soil. 323
The unison of all in the ideal foregrounds of the
§ 29. 324
Academy pictures.
§ 30. And the great lesson to be received from all. 324
SECTION V.
OF TRUTH OF WATER.
Various parts whose history is told us by the details
§ 24. 321
of the drawing.
Beautiful instance of an exception to general rules
§ 25. 321
in the Llanthony.
Turner's drawing of detached blocks of weathered
§ 26. 322
stone.
§ 27. And of complicated foreground. 323
§ 28. And of loose soil. 323
The unison of all in the ideal foregrounds of the
§ 29. 324
Academy pictures.
§ 30. And the great lesson to be received from all. 324
SECTION V.
OF TRUTH OF WATER.
Page 93
Chapter I.—Of Water, as Painted by the Ancients.
Sketch of the functions and infinite agency of
§ 1. 325
water.
The ease with which a common representation of it
§ 2. 325
may be given. The impossibility of a faithful one.
§ 3. Difficulty of properly dividing the subject. 326
Inaccuracy of study of water-effect among all
§ 4. 326
painters.
§ 5. Difficulty of treating this part of the subject. 328
General laws which regulate the phenomena of
§ 6. water. First, The imperfection of its reflective 329
surface.
The inherent hue of water modifies dark
§ 7. 330
reflections, and does not affect right ones.
§ 8. Water takes no shadow. 331
§ 9. Modification of dark reflections by shadow. 332
§ 10. Examples on the waters of the Rhone. 333
§ 11. Effect of ripple on distant water. 335
§ 12. Elongation of reflections by moving water. 335
Effect of rippled water on horizontal and inclined
§ 13. 336
images.
§ 14. To what extent reflection is visible from above. 336
§ 15. Deflection of images on agitated water. 337
Necessity of watchfulness as well as of science.
§ 16. 337
Licenses, how taken by great men.
Various licenses or errors in water painting of
§ 17. 339
Claude, Cuyp, Vandevelde.
§ 18. And Canaletto. 341
§ 19. Why unpardonable. 342
§ 20. The Dutch painters of sea. 343
§ 21. Ruysdael, Claude, and Salvator. 344
Sketch of the functions and infinite agency of
§ 1. 325
water.
The ease with which a common representation of it
§ 2. 325
may be given. The impossibility of a faithful one.
§ 3. Difficulty of properly dividing the subject. 326
Inaccuracy of study of water-effect among all
§ 4. 326
painters.
§ 5. Difficulty of treating this part of the subject. 328
General laws which regulate the phenomena of
§ 6. water. First, The imperfection of its reflective 329
surface.
The inherent hue of water modifies dark
§ 7. 330
reflections, and does not affect right ones.
§ 8. Water takes no shadow. 331
§ 9. Modification of dark reflections by shadow. 332
§ 10. Examples on the waters of the Rhone. 333
§ 11. Effect of ripple on distant water. 335
§ 12. Elongation of reflections by moving water. 335
Effect of rippled water on horizontal and inclined
§ 13. 336
images.
§ 14. To what extent reflection is visible from above. 336
§ 15. Deflection of images on agitated water. 337
Necessity of watchfulness as well as of science.
§ 16. 337
Licenses, how taken by great men.
Various licenses or errors in water painting of
§ 17. 339
Claude, Cuyp, Vandevelde.
§ 18. And Canaletto. 341
§ 19. Why unpardonable. 342
§ 20. The Dutch painters of sea. 343
§ 21. Ruysdael, Claude, and Salvator. 344
Page 94
§ 22. Nicolo Poussin. 345
§ 23. Venetians and Florentines. Conclusion. 346
§ 23. Venetians and Florentines. Conclusion. 346
Page 95
chapter II.—Of Water, as Painted by the Moderns.
General power of the moderns in painting quiet
§ 1. 348
water. The lakes of Fielding.
§ 2. The calm rivers of De Wint, J. Holland, &c. 348
§ 3. The character of bright and violent falling water. 349
§ 4. As given by Nesfield. 349
§ 5. The admirable water-drawing of J. D. Harding. 350
§ 6. His color; and painting of sea. 350
The sea of Copley Fielding. Its exceeding grace
§ 7. 351
and rapidity.
§ 8. Its high aim at character. 351
§ 9. But deficiency in the requisite quality of grays. 352
§ 10. Variety of the grays of nature. 352
Works of Stanfield. His perfect knowledge and
§ 11. 353
power.
But want of feeling. General sum of truth
§ 12. 353
presented by modern art.
General power of the moderns in painting quiet
§ 1. 348
water. The lakes of Fielding.
§ 2. The calm rivers of De Wint, J. Holland, &c. 348
§ 3. The character of bright and violent falling water. 349
§ 4. As given by Nesfield. 349
§ 5. The admirable water-drawing of J. D. Harding. 350
§ 6. His color; and painting of sea. 350
The sea of Copley Fielding. Its exceeding grace
§ 7. 351
and rapidity.
§ 8. Its high aim at character. 351
§ 9. But deficiency in the requisite quality of grays. 352
§ 10. Variety of the grays of nature. 352
Works of Stanfield. His perfect knowledge and
§ 11. 353
power.
But want of feeling. General sum of truth
§ 12. 353
presented by modern art.
Page 96
Chapter III.—Of Water, as Painted by Turner.
§ 1. The difficulty of giving surface to smooth water. 355
Is dependent on the structure of the eye, and the
§ 2. 355
focus by which the reflected rays are perceived.
Morbid clearness occasioned in painting of water
§ 3. 356
by distinctness of reflections.
§ 4. How avoided by Turner. 357
§ 5. All reflections on distant water are distinct. 357
§ 6. The error of Vandevelde. 358
Difference in arrangement of parts between the
§ 7. 359
reflected object and its image.
§ 8. Illustrated from the works of Turner. 359
The boldness and judgment shown in the
§ 9. 360
observance of it.
The texture of surface in Turner's painting of calm
§ 10. 361
water.
§ 11. Its united qualities. 361
Relation of various circumstances of past agitation,
§ 12. &c., by the most trifling incidents, as in the 363
Cowes.
§ 13. In scenes on the Loire and Seine. 363
Expression of contrary waves caused by recoil
§ 14. 364
from shore.
§ 15. Various other instances. 364
Turner's painting of distant expanses of water.—
§ 16. 365
Calm, interrupted by ripple.
§ 17. And rippled, crossed by sunshine. 365
§ 18. His drawing of distant rivers. 366
§ 19. And of surface associated with mist. 367
His drawing of falling water, with peculiar
§ 20. 367
expression of weight.
§ 1. The difficulty of giving surface to smooth water. 355
Is dependent on the structure of the eye, and the
§ 2. 355
focus by which the reflected rays are perceived.
Morbid clearness occasioned in painting of water
§ 3. 356
by distinctness of reflections.
§ 4. How avoided by Turner. 357
§ 5. All reflections on distant water are distinct. 357
§ 6. The error of Vandevelde. 358
Difference in arrangement of parts between the
§ 7. 359
reflected object and its image.
§ 8. Illustrated from the works of Turner. 359
The boldness and judgment shown in the
§ 9. 360
observance of it.
The texture of surface in Turner's painting of calm
§ 10. 361
water.
§ 11. Its united qualities. 361
Relation of various circumstances of past agitation,
§ 12. &c., by the most trifling incidents, as in the 363
Cowes.
§ 13. In scenes on the Loire and Seine. 363
Expression of contrary waves caused by recoil
§ 14. 364
from shore.
§ 15. Various other instances. 364
Turner's painting of distant expanses of water.—
§ 16. 365
Calm, interrupted by ripple.
§ 17. And rippled, crossed by sunshine. 365
§ 18. His drawing of distant rivers. 366
§ 19. And of surface associated with mist. 367
His drawing of falling water, with peculiar
§ 20. 367
expression of weight.
Page 97
The abandonment and plunge of great cataracts.
§ 21. 368
How given by him.
Difference in the action of water, when continuous
§ 22. and when interrupted. The interrupted stream fills 369
the hollows of its bed.
But the continuous stream takes the shape of its
§ 23. 370
bed.
§ 24. Its exquisite curved lines. 370
§ 25. Turner's careful choice of the historical truth. 370
His exquisite drawing of the continuous torrent in
§ 26. 371
the Llanthony Abbey.
And of the interrupted torrent in the Mercury and
§ 27. 372
Argus.
§ 28. Various cases. 372
Sea painting. Impossibility of truly representing
§ 29. 373
foam.
§ 30. Character of shore-breakers, also inexpressible. 374
§ 31. Their effect how injured when seen from the shore. 375
§ 32. Turner's expression of heavy rolling sea. 376
§ 33. With peculiar expression of weight. 376
§ 34. Peculiar action of recoiling waves. 377
§ 35. And of the stroke of a breaker on the shore. 377
General character of sea on a rocky coast given by
§ 36. 378
Turner in the Land's End.
§ 37. Open seas of Turner's earlier time. 379
§ 38. Effect of sea after prolonged storm. 380
Turner's noblest work, the painting of the deep
§ 39. 382
open sea in the Slave Ship.
§ 40. Its united excellences and perfection as a whole. 383
SECTION VI.
§ 21. 368
How given by him.
Difference in the action of water, when continuous
§ 22. and when interrupted. The interrupted stream fills 369
the hollows of its bed.
But the continuous stream takes the shape of its
§ 23. 370
bed.
§ 24. Its exquisite curved lines. 370
§ 25. Turner's careful choice of the historical truth. 370
His exquisite drawing of the continuous torrent in
§ 26. 371
the Llanthony Abbey.
And of the interrupted torrent in the Mercury and
§ 27. 372
Argus.
§ 28. Various cases. 372
Sea painting. Impossibility of truly representing
§ 29. 373
foam.
§ 30. Character of shore-breakers, also inexpressible. 374
§ 31. Their effect how injured when seen from the shore. 375
§ 32. Turner's expression of heavy rolling sea. 376
§ 33. With peculiar expression of weight. 376
§ 34. Peculiar action of recoiling waves. 377
§ 35. And of the stroke of a breaker on the shore. 377
General character of sea on a rocky coast given by
§ 36. 378
Turner in the Land's End.
§ 37. Open seas of Turner's earlier time. 379
§ 38. Effect of sea after prolonged storm. 380
Turner's noblest work, the painting of the deep
§ 39. 382
open sea in the Slave Ship.
§ 40. Its united excellences and perfection as a whole. 383
SECTION VI.
Page 98
OF TRUTH OF VEGETATION.—CONCLUSION.
Page 99
Chapter I.—Of Truth of Vegetation.
Frequent occurrence of foliage in the works of the
§ 1. 384
old masters.
Laws common to all forest trees. Their branches
§ 2. 385
do not taper, but only divide.
§ 3. Appearance of tapering caused by frequent buds. 385
§ 4. And care of nature to conceal the parallelism. 386
The degree of tapering which may be represented
§ 5. 386
as continuous.
§ 6. The trees of Gaspar Poussin. 386
§ 7. And of the Italian school generally, defy this law. 387
§ 8. The truth, as it is given by J. D. Harding. 387
Boughs, in consequence of this law, must diminish
§ 9. where they divide. Those of the old masters often 388
do not.
Boughs must multiply as they diminish. Those of
§ 10. 389
the old masters do not.
§ 11. Bough-drawing of Salvator. 390
All these errors especially shown in Claude's
§ 12. sketches, and concentrated in a work of G. 391
Poussin's.
Impossibility of the angles of boughs being taken
§ 13. 392
out of them by wind.
§ 14. Bough-drawing of Titian. 392
§ 15. Bough-drawing of Turner. 394
§ 16. Leafage. Its variety and symmetry. 394
§ 17. Perfect regularity of Poussin. 395
§ 18. Exceeding intricacy of nature's foliage. 396
How contradicted by the tree-patterns of G.
§ 19. 396
Poussin.
§ 20. How followed by Creswick. 397
Frequent occurrence of foliage in the works of the
§ 1. 384
old masters.
Laws common to all forest trees. Their branches
§ 2. 385
do not taper, but only divide.
§ 3. Appearance of tapering caused by frequent buds. 385
§ 4. And care of nature to conceal the parallelism. 386
The degree of tapering which may be represented
§ 5. 386
as continuous.
§ 6. The trees of Gaspar Poussin. 386
§ 7. And of the Italian school generally, defy this law. 387
§ 8. The truth, as it is given by J. D. Harding. 387
Boughs, in consequence of this law, must diminish
§ 9. where they divide. Those of the old masters often 388
do not.
Boughs must multiply as they diminish. Those of
§ 10. 389
the old masters do not.
§ 11. Bough-drawing of Salvator. 390
All these errors especially shown in Claude's
§ 12. sketches, and concentrated in a work of G. 391
Poussin's.
Impossibility of the angles of boughs being taken
§ 13. 392
out of them by wind.
§ 14. Bough-drawing of Titian. 392
§ 15. Bough-drawing of Turner. 394
§ 16. Leafage. Its variety and symmetry. 394
§ 17. Perfect regularity of Poussin. 395
§ 18. Exceeding intricacy of nature's foliage. 396
How contradicted by the tree-patterns of G.
§ 19. 396
Poussin.
§ 20. How followed by Creswick. 397
Page 100
§ 21. Perfect unity in nature's foliage. 398
§ 22. Total want of it in Both and Hobbima. 398
§ 23. How rendered by Turner. 399
The near leafage of Claude. His middle distances
§ 24. 399
are good.
Universal termination of trees in symmetrical
§ 25. 400
curves.
Altogether unobserved by the old masters. Always
§ 26. 401
given by Turner.
§ 27. Foliage painting on the Continent. 401
§ 28. Foliage of J. D. Harding. Its deficiencies. 402
§ 29. His brilliancy of execution too manifest. 403
§ 30. His bough-drawing, and choice of form. 404
Local color, how far expressible in black and
§ 31. 404
white, and with what advantage.
Opposition between great manner and great
§ 32. 406
knowledge.
§ 33. Foliage of Cox, Fielding, and Cattermole. 406
Hunt and Creswick. Green, how to be rendered
§ 34. 407
expressive of light, and offensive if otherwise.
§ 35. Conclusion. Works of J. Linnel and S. Palmer. 407
§ 22. Total want of it in Both and Hobbima. 398
§ 23. How rendered by Turner. 399
The near leafage of Claude. His middle distances
§ 24. 399
are good.
Universal termination of trees in symmetrical
§ 25. 400
curves.
Altogether unobserved by the old masters. Always
§ 26. 401
given by Turner.
§ 27. Foliage painting on the Continent. 401
§ 28. Foliage of J. D. Harding. Its deficiencies. 402
§ 29. His brilliancy of execution too manifest. 403
§ 30. His bough-drawing, and choice of form. 404
Local color, how far expressible in black and
§ 31. 404
white, and with what advantage.
Opposition between great manner and great
§ 32. 406
knowledge.
§ 33. Foliage of Cox, Fielding, and Cattermole. 406
Hunt and Creswick. Green, how to be rendered
§ 34. 407
expressive of light, and offensive if otherwise.
§ 35. Conclusion. Works of J. Linnel and S. Palmer. 407
Page 101
Chapter II.—General remarks respecting the Truth of Turner.
No necessity of entering into discussion of
§ 1. 409
architectural truth.
Extreme difficulty of illustrating or explaining the
§ 2. 410
highest truth.
The positive rank of Turner is in no degree shown
§ 3. 410
in the foregoing pages, but only his relative rank.
§ 4. The exceeding refinement of his truth. 411
There is nothing in his works which can be enjoyed
§ 5. 411
without knowledge.
And nothing which knowledge will not enable us to
§ 6. 412
enjoy.
§ 7. His former rank and progress. 412
Standing of his present works. Their mystery is the
§ 8. 413
consequence of their fulness.
No necessity of entering into discussion of
§ 1. 409
architectural truth.
Extreme difficulty of illustrating or explaining the
§ 2. 410
highest truth.
The positive rank of Turner is in no degree shown
§ 3. 410
in the foregoing pages, but only his relative rank.
§ 4. The exceeding refinement of his truth. 411
There is nothing in his works which can be enjoyed
§ 5. 411
without knowledge.
And nothing which knowledge will not enable us to
§ 6. 412
enjoy.
§ 7. His former rank and progress. 412
Standing of his present works. Their mystery is the
§ 8. 413
consequence of their fulness.
Page 102
Chapter III.—Conclusion.—Modern Art and Modern Criticism.
The entire prominence hitherto given to the works
§ 1. of one artist caused only by our not being able to 414
take cognizance of character.
The feelings of different artists are incapable of
§ 2. 415
full comparison.
But the fidelity and truth of each are capable of
§ 3. 415
real comparison.
Especially because they are equally manifested in
§ 4. 415
the treatment of all subjects.
No man draws one thing well, if he can draw
§ 5. 416
nothing else.
General conclusions to be derived from our past
§ 6. 417
investigation.
§ 7. Truth, a standard of all excellence. 417
§ 8. Modern criticism. Changefulness of public taste. 418
§ 9. Yet associated with a certain degree of judgment. 418
§ 10. Duty of the press. 418
§ 11. Qualifications necessary for discharging it. 418
§ 12. General incapability of modern critics. 419
§ 13. And inconsistency with themselves. 419
§ 14. How the press may really advance the cause of art. 420
Morbid fondness at the present day for unfinished
§ 15. 420
works.
§ 16. By which the public defraud themselves. 421
§ 17. And in pandering to which, artists ruin themselves. 421
§ 18. Necessity of finishing works of art perfectly. 421
§ 19. Sketches not sufficiently encouraged. 422
Brilliancy of execution or efforts at invention not
§ 20. 422
to be tolerated in young artists.
§ 21. The duty and after privileges of all students. 423
The entire prominence hitherto given to the works
§ 1. of one artist caused only by our not being able to 414
take cognizance of character.
The feelings of different artists are incapable of
§ 2. 415
full comparison.
But the fidelity and truth of each are capable of
§ 3. 415
real comparison.
Especially because they are equally manifested in
§ 4. 415
the treatment of all subjects.
No man draws one thing well, if he can draw
§ 5. 416
nothing else.
General conclusions to be derived from our past
§ 6. 417
investigation.
§ 7. Truth, a standard of all excellence. 417
§ 8. Modern criticism. Changefulness of public taste. 418
§ 9. Yet associated with a certain degree of judgment. 418
§ 10. Duty of the press. 418
§ 11. Qualifications necessary for discharging it. 418
§ 12. General incapability of modern critics. 419
§ 13. And inconsistency with themselves. 419
§ 14. How the press may really advance the cause of art. 420
Morbid fondness at the present day for unfinished
§ 15. 420
works.
§ 16. By which the public defraud themselves. 421
§ 17. And in pandering to which, artists ruin themselves. 421
§ 18. Necessity of finishing works of art perfectly. 421
§ 19. Sketches not sufficiently encouraged. 422
Brilliancy of execution or efforts at invention not
§ 20. 422
to be tolerated in young artists.
§ 21. The duty and after privileges of all students. 423
Page 103
Necessity among our greater artists of more
§ 22. 423
singleness of aim.
§ 23. What should be their general aim. 425
Duty of the press with respect to the works of
§ 24. 427
Turner.
§ 22. 423
singleness of aim.
§ 23. What should be their general aim. 425
Duty of the press with respect to the works of
§ 24. 427
Turner.
Page 104
LIST OF PLATES TO VOLUME I.
Page.
Casa Contarini Fasan, Venice 111
From a drawing by Ruskin.
The Dogana, and Santa Maria della Salute,
136
Venice
From a painting by Turner.
Okehampton Castle 258
From a painting by Turner.
Port Ruysdael 377
From a painting by Turner.
Page.
Casa Contarini Fasan, Venice 111
From a drawing by Ruskin.
The Dogana, and Santa Maria della Salute,
136
Venice
From a painting by Turner.
Okehampton Castle 258
From a painting by Turner.
Port Ruysdael 377
From a painting by Turner.
Page 105
MODERN PAINTERS.
Page 106
PART I
OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
SECTION I.
OF THE NATURE OF THE IDEAS CONVEYABLE
BY ART.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
If it be true, and it can scarcely be disputed, that nothing has been for
centuries consecrated by public admiration, without
§ 1. Public opinion
possessing in a high degree some kind of sterling
no criterion of
excellence, except
excellence, it is not because the average intellect and
after long periods
feeling of the majority of the public are competent in any
of time.
way to distinguish what is really excellent, but because all
erroneous opinion is inconsistent, and all ungrounded
opinion transitory; so that while the fancies and feelings which deny
deserved honor and award what is undue have neither root nor strength
sufficient to maintain consistent testimony for a length of time, the opinions
formed on right grounds by those few who are in reality competent judges,
being necessarily stable, communicate themselves gradually from mind to
mind, descending lower as they extend wider, until they leaven the whole
lump, and rule by absolute authority, even where the grounds and reasons
for them cannot be understood. On this gradual victory of what is consistent
over what is vacillating, depends the reputation of all that is highest in art
OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
SECTION I.
OF THE NATURE OF THE IDEAS CONVEYABLE
BY ART.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
If it be true, and it can scarcely be disputed, that nothing has been for
centuries consecrated by public admiration, without
§ 1. Public opinion
possessing in a high degree some kind of sterling
no criterion of
excellence, except
excellence, it is not because the average intellect and
after long periods
feeling of the majority of the public are competent in any
of time.
way to distinguish what is really excellent, but because all
erroneous opinion is inconsistent, and all ungrounded
opinion transitory; so that while the fancies and feelings which deny
deserved honor and award what is undue have neither root nor strength
sufficient to maintain consistent testimony for a length of time, the opinions
formed on right grounds by those few who are in reality competent judges,
being necessarily stable, communicate themselves gradually from mind to
mind, descending lower as they extend wider, until they leaven the whole
lump, and rule by absolute authority, even where the grounds and reasons
for them cannot be understood. On this gradual victory of what is consistent
over what is vacillating, depends the reputation of all that is highest in art
Page 107
and literature. For It is an insult to what is really great in either, to suppose
that it in any way addresses itself to mean or uncultivated faculties. It is a
matter of the simplest demonstration, that no man can be really appreciated
but by his equal or superior. His inferior may over-estimate him in
enthusiasm; or, as is more commonly the case, degrade him, in ignorance;
but he cannot form a grounded and just estimate. Without proving this,
however—which it would take more space to do than I can spare—it is
sufficiently evident that there is no process of amalgamation by which
opinions, wrong individually, can become right merely by their multitude.[1]
If I stand by a picture in the Academy, and hear twenty persons in
succession admiring some paltry piece of mechanism or imitation in the
lining of a cloak, or the satin of a slipper, it is absurd to tell me that they
reprobate collectively what they admire individually: or, if they pass with
apathy by a piece of the most noble conception or most perfect truth,
because it has in it no tricks of the brush nor grimace of expression, it is
absurd to tell me that they collectively respect what they separately scorn,
or that the feelings and knowledge of such judges, by any length of time or
comparison of ideas, could come to any right conclusion with respect to
what is really high in art. The question is not decided by them, but for them;
—decided at first by few: by fewer in proportion as the merits of the work
are of a higher order. From these few the decision is communicated to the
number next below them in rank of mind, and by these again to a wider and
lower circle; each rank being so far cognizant of the superiority of that
above it, as to receive its decision with respect; until, in process of time, the
right and consistent opinion is communicated to all, and held by all as a
matter of faith, the more positively in proportion as the grounds of it are
less perceived.[2]
But when this process has taken place, and the work has become
sanctified by time in the minds of men, it is impossible that any new work
of equal merit can be impartially compared with it, except
§ 2. And therefore
by minds not only educated and generally capable of
obstinate when
appreciating merit, but strong enough to shake off the
once formed.
weight of prejudice and association, which invariably
incline them to the older favorite. It is much easier, says Barry, to repeat the
character recorded of Phidias, than to investigate the merits of Agasias. And
that it in any way addresses itself to mean or uncultivated faculties. It is a
matter of the simplest demonstration, that no man can be really appreciated
but by his equal or superior. His inferior may over-estimate him in
enthusiasm; or, as is more commonly the case, degrade him, in ignorance;
but he cannot form a grounded and just estimate. Without proving this,
however—which it would take more space to do than I can spare—it is
sufficiently evident that there is no process of amalgamation by which
opinions, wrong individually, can become right merely by their multitude.[1]
If I stand by a picture in the Academy, and hear twenty persons in
succession admiring some paltry piece of mechanism or imitation in the
lining of a cloak, or the satin of a slipper, it is absurd to tell me that they
reprobate collectively what they admire individually: or, if they pass with
apathy by a piece of the most noble conception or most perfect truth,
because it has in it no tricks of the brush nor grimace of expression, it is
absurd to tell me that they collectively respect what they separately scorn,
or that the feelings and knowledge of such judges, by any length of time or
comparison of ideas, could come to any right conclusion with respect to
what is really high in art. The question is not decided by them, but for them;
—decided at first by few: by fewer in proportion as the merits of the work
are of a higher order. From these few the decision is communicated to the
number next below them in rank of mind, and by these again to a wider and
lower circle; each rank being so far cognizant of the superiority of that
above it, as to receive its decision with respect; until, in process of time, the
right and consistent opinion is communicated to all, and held by all as a
matter of faith, the more positively in proportion as the grounds of it are
less perceived.[2]
But when this process has taken place, and the work has become
sanctified by time in the minds of men, it is impossible that any new work
of equal merit can be impartially compared with it, except
§ 2. And therefore
by minds not only educated and generally capable of
obstinate when
appreciating merit, but strong enough to shake off the
once formed.
weight of prejudice and association, which invariably
incline them to the older favorite. It is much easier, says Barry, to repeat the
character recorded of Phidias, than to investigate the merits of Agasias. And
Page 108
when, as peculiarly in the case of painting, much knowledge of what is
technical and practical is necessary to a right judgment, so that those alone
are competent to pronounce a true verdict who are themselves the persons
to be judged, and who therefore can give no opinion, centuries may elapse
before fair comparison can be made between two artists of different ages;
while the patriarchal excellence exercises during the interval a tyrannical—
perhaps, even a blighting, influence over the minds, both of the public and
of those to whom, properly understood, it should serve for a guide and
example. In no city of Europe where art is a subject of attention, are its
prospects so hopeless, or its pursuits so resultless, as in Rome; because
there, among all students, the authority of their predecessors in art is
supreme and without appeal, and the mindless copyist studies Raffaelle, but
not what Raffaelle studied. It thus becomes the duty of every one capable of
demonstrating any definite points of superiority in modern art, and who is
in a position in which his doing so will not be ungraceful, to encounter
without hesitation whatever opprobrium may fall upon
§ 3. The author's
him from the necessary prejudice even of the most candid
reasons for
minds, and from the far more virulent opposition of those
opposing it in
who have no hope of maintaining their own reputation for
particular
instances.
discernment but in the support of that kind of consecrated
merit which may be applauded without an inconvenient
necessity for reasons. It is my purpose, therefore, believing that there are
certain points of superiority in modern artists, and especially in one or two
of their number, which have not yet been fully understood, except by those
who are scarcely in a position admitting the declaration of their conviction,
to institute a close comparison between the great works of ancient and
modern landscape art, to raise, as far as possible, the deceptive veil of
imaginary light through which we are accustomed to gaze upon the
patriarchal work, and to show the real relations, whether favorable or
otherwise, subsisting between it and our own. I am fully aware that this is
not to be done lightly or rashly; that it is the part of every one proposing to
undertake such a task strictly to examine, with prolonged doubt and severe
trial, every opinion in any way contrary to the sacred verdict of time, and to
advance nothing which does not, at least in his own conviction, rest on surer
ground than mere feeling or taste. I have accordingly advanced nothing in
the following pages but with accompanying demonstration, which may
technical and practical is necessary to a right judgment, so that those alone
are competent to pronounce a true verdict who are themselves the persons
to be judged, and who therefore can give no opinion, centuries may elapse
before fair comparison can be made between two artists of different ages;
while the patriarchal excellence exercises during the interval a tyrannical—
perhaps, even a blighting, influence over the minds, both of the public and
of those to whom, properly understood, it should serve for a guide and
example. In no city of Europe where art is a subject of attention, are its
prospects so hopeless, or its pursuits so resultless, as in Rome; because
there, among all students, the authority of their predecessors in art is
supreme and without appeal, and the mindless copyist studies Raffaelle, but
not what Raffaelle studied. It thus becomes the duty of every one capable of
demonstrating any definite points of superiority in modern art, and who is
in a position in which his doing so will not be ungraceful, to encounter
without hesitation whatever opprobrium may fall upon
§ 3. The author's
him from the necessary prejudice even of the most candid
reasons for
minds, and from the far more virulent opposition of those
opposing it in
who have no hope of maintaining their own reputation for
particular
instances.
discernment but in the support of that kind of consecrated
merit which may be applauded without an inconvenient
necessity for reasons. It is my purpose, therefore, believing that there are
certain points of superiority in modern artists, and especially in one or two
of their number, which have not yet been fully understood, except by those
who are scarcely in a position admitting the declaration of their conviction,
to institute a close comparison between the great works of ancient and
modern landscape art, to raise, as far as possible, the deceptive veil of
imaginary light through which we are accustomed to gaze upon the
patriarchal work, and to show the real relations, whether favorable or
otherwise, subsisting between it and our own. I am fully aware that this is
not to be done lightly or rashly; that it is the part of every one proposing to
undertake such a task strictly to examine, with prolonged doubt and severe
trial, every opinion in any way contrary to the sacred verdict of time, and to
advance nothing which does not, at least in his own conviction, rest on surer
ground than mere feeling or taste. I have accordingly advanced nothing in
the following pages but with accompanying demonstration, which may
Page 109
indeed be true or false—complete or conditional, but
§ 4. But only on
which can only be met on its own grounds, and can in no
points capable of
way be borne down or affected by mere authority of great
demonstration.
names. Yet even thus I should scarcely have ventured to
speak so decidedly as I have, but for my full conviction that we ought not to
class the historical painters of the fifteenth, and landscape painters of the
seventeenth, centuries, together, under the general title of "old masters," as
if they possessed anything like corresponding rank in their respective walks
of art. I feel assured that the principles on which they worked are totally
opposed, and that the landscape painters have been honored only because
they exhibited in mechanical and technical qualities some semblance of the
manner of the nobler historical painters, whose principles of conception and
composition they entirely reversed. The course of study which has led me
reverently to the feet of Michael Angelo and Da Vinci, has alienated me
gradually from Claude and Gaspar—I cannot at the same time do homage
to power and pettiness—to the truth of consummate science, and the
mannerism of undisciplined imagination. And let it be understood that
whenever hereafter I speak depreciatingly of the old masters as a body, I
refer to none of the historical painters, for whom I entertain a veneration,
which though I hope reasonable in its grounds, is almost superstitious in
degree. Neither, unless he be particularly mentioned, do I intend to include
Nicholas Poussin, whose landscapes have a separate and elevated character,
which renders it necessary to consider them apart from all others. Speaking
generally of the older masters, I refer only to Claude, Gaspar Poussin,
Salvator Rosa, Cuyp, Berghem, Both, Ruysdael, Hobbima, Teniers, (in his
landscapes,) P. Potter, Canaletti, and the various Van somethings, and Back
somethings, more especially and malignantly those who have libelled the
sea.
It will of course be necessary for me in the commencement of the work
to state briefly those principles on which I conceive all right judgment of art
must be founded. These introductory chapters I should wish to be read
carefully, because all criticism must be useless when the terms or grounds
of it are in any degree ambiguous; and the ordinary language of
connoisseurs and critics, granting that they understand it themselves, is
§ 4. But only on
which can only be met on its own grounds, and can in no
points capable of
way be borne down or affected by mere authority of great
demonstration.
names. Yet even thus I should scarcely have ventured to
speak so decidedly as I have, but for my full conviction that we ought not to
class the historical painters of the fifteenth, and landscape painters of the
seventeenth, centuries, together, under the general title of "old masters," as
if they possessed anything like corresponding rank in their respective walks
of art. I feel assured that the principles on which they worked are totally
opposed, and that the landscape painters have been honored only because
they exhibited in mechanical and technical qualities some semblance of the
manner of the nobler historical painters, whose principles of conception and
composition they entirely reversed. The course of study which has led me
reverently to the feet of Michael Angelo and Da Vinci, has alienated me
gradually from Claude and Gaspar—I cannot at the same time do homage
to power and pettiness—to the truth of consummate science, and the
mannerism of undisciplined imagination. And let it be understood that
whenever hereafter I speak depreciatingly of the old masters as a body, I
refer to none of the historical painters, for whom I entertain a veneration,
which though I hope reasonable in its grounds, is almost superstitious in
degree. Neither, unless he be particularly mentioned, do I intend to include
Nicholas Poussin, whose landscapes have a separate and elevated character,
which renders it necessary to consider them apart from all others. Speaking
generally of the older masters, I refer only to Claude, Gaspar Poussin,
Salvator Rosa, Cuyp, Berghem, Both, Ruysdael, Hobbima, Teniers, (in his
landscapes,) P. Potter, Canaletti, and the various Van somethings, and Back
somethings, more especially and malignantly those who have libelled the
sea.
It will of course be necessary for me in the commencement of the work
to state briefly those principles on which I conceive all right judgment of art
must be founded. These introductory chapters I should wish to be read
carefully, because all criticism must be useless when the terms or grounds
of it are in any degree ambiguous; and the ordinary language of
connoisseurs and critics, granting that they understand it themselves, is
Page 110
usually mere jargon to others, from their custom of using technical terms,
by which everything is meant, and nothing is expressed.
And if, in the application of these principles, in spite of
§5. The author's
partiality to
my endeavor to render it impartial, the feeling and
fondness which I have for some works of modern art
modern works
excusable.
escape me sometimes where it should not, let it be
pardoned as little more than a fair counterbalance to that
peculiar veneration with which the work of the older master, associated as it
has ever been in our ears with the expression of whatever is great or perfect,
must be usually regarded by the reader. I do not say that this veneration is
wrong, nor that we should be less attentive to the repeated words of time:
but let us not forget, that if honor be for the dead, gratitude can only be for
the living. He who has once stood beside the grave, to look back upon the
companionship which has been forever closed, feeling how impotent there
are the wild love, or the keen sorrow, to give one instant's pleasure to the
pulseless heart, or atone in the lowest measure to the departed spirit for the
hour of unkindness, will scarcely for the future incur that debt to the heart,
which can only be discharged to the dust. But the lesson which men receive
as individuals, they do not learn as nations. Again and again they have seen
their noblest descend into the grave, and have thought it enough to garland
the tombstone when they had not crowned the brow, and to pay the honor to
the ashes, which they had denied to the spirit. Let it not displease them that
they are bidden, amidst the tumult and the dazzle of their busy life, to listen
for the few voices, and watch for the few lamps, which God has toned and
lighted to charm and to guide them, that they may not learn their sweetness
by their silence, nor their light by their decay.
[1] The opinion of a majority is right only when it is more probable with each individual
that he should be right than that he should be wrong, as in the case of a jury. Where it is
more probable, with respect to each individual, that he should be wrong than right, the
opinion of the minority is the true one. Thus it is in art.
[2] There are, however, a thousand modifying circumstances which render this process
sometimes unnecessary,—sometimes rapid and certain—sometimes impossible. It is
unnecessary in rhetoric and the drama, because the multitude is the only proper judge of
by which everything is meant, and nothing is expressed.
And if, in the application of these principles, in spite of
§5. The author's
partiality to
my endeavor to render it impartial, the feeling and
fondness which I have for some works of modern art
modern works
excusable.
escape me sometimes where it should not, let it be
pardoned as little more than a fair counterbalance to that
peculiar veneration with which the work of the older master, associated as it
has ever been in our ears with the expression of whatever is great or perfect,
must be usually regarded by the reader. I do not say that this veneration is
wrong, nor that we should be less attentive to the repeated words of time:
but let us not forget, that if honor be for the dead, gratitude can only be for
the living. He who has once stood beside the grave, to look back upon the
companionship which has been forever closed, feeling how impotent there
are the wild love, or the keen sorrow, to give one instant's pleasure to the
pulseless heart, or atone in the lowest measure to the departed spirit for the
hour of unkindness, will scarcely for the future incur that debt to the heart,
which can only be discharged to the dust. But the lesson which men receive
as individuals, they do not learn as nations. Again and again they have seen
their noblest descend into the grave, and have thought it enough to garland
the tombstone when they had not crowned the brow, and to pay the honor to
the ashes, which they had denied to the spirit. Let it not displease them that
they are bidden, amidst the tumult and the dazzle of their busy life, to listen
for the few voices, and watch for the few lamps, which God has toned and
lighted to charm and to guide them, that they may not learn their sweetness
by their silence, nor their light by their decay.
[1] The opinion of a majority is right only when it is more probable with each individual
that he should be right than that he should be wrong, as in the case of a jury. Where it is
more probable, with respect to each individual, that he should be wrong than right, the
opinion of the minority is the true one. Thus it is in art.
[2] There are, however, a thousand modifying circumstances which render this process
sometimes unnecessary,—sometimes rapid and certain—sometimes impossible. It is
unnecessary in rhetoric and the drama, because the multitude is the only proper judge of
Page 111
those arts whose end is to move the multitude (though more is necessary to a fine play than
is essentially dramatic, and it is only of the dramatic part that the multitude are cognizant).
It is unnecessary, when, united with the higher qualities of a work, there are appeals to
universal passion, to all the faculties and feelings which are general in man as an animal.
The popularity is then as sudden as it is well grounded,—it is hearty and honest in every
mind, but it is based in every mind on a different species of excellence. Such will often be
the case with the noblest works of literature. Take Don Quixote for example. The lowest
mind would find in it perpetual and brutal amusement in the misfortunes of the knight, and
perpetual pleasure in sympathy with the squire. A mind of average feeling would perceive
the satirical meaning and force of the book, would appreciate its wit, its elegance, and its
truth. But only elevated and peculiar minds discover, in addition to all this, the full moral
beauty of the love and truth which are the constant associates of all that is even most weak
and erring in the character of its hero, and pass over the rude adventure and scurrile jest in
haste—perhaps in pain, to penetrate beneath the rusty corselet, and catch from the
wandering glance the evidence and expression of fortitude, self-devotion, and universal
love. So, again, with the works of Scott and Byron; popularity was as instant as it was
deserved, because there is in them an appeal to those passions which are universal in all
men, as well as an expression of such thoughts as can be received only by the few. But they
are admired by the majority of their advocates for the weakest parts of their works, as a
popular preacher by the majority of his congregation for the worst part of his sermon.
The process is rapid and certain, when, though there may be little to catch the multitude
at once, there is much which they can enjoy when their attention is authoritatively directed
to it. So rests the reputation of Shakspeare. No ordinary mind can comprehend wherein his
undisputed superiority consists, but there is yet quite as much to amuse, thrill, or excite,—
quite as much of what is, in the strict sense of the word, dramatic, in his works as in any
one else's. They were received, therefore, when first written, with average approval, as
works of common merit: but when the high decision was made, and the circle spread, the
public took up the hue and cry conscientiously enough. Let them have daggers, ghosts,
clowns, and kings, and with such real and definite sources of enjoyment, they will take the
additional trouble to learn half a dozen quotations, without understanding them, and admit
the superiority of Shakspeare without further demur. Nothing, perhaps, can more
completely demonstrate the total ignorance of the public of all that is great or valuable in
Shakspeare than their universal admiration of Maclise's Hamlet.
The process is impossible when there is in the work nothing to attract and something to
disgust the vulgar mind. Neither their intrinsic excellence, nor the authority of those who
is essentially dramatic, and it is only of the dramatic part that the multitude are cognizant).
It is unnecessary, when, united with the higher qualities of a work, there are appeals to
universal passion, to all the faculties and feelings which are general in man as an animal.
The popularity is then as sudden as it is well grounded,—it is hearty and honest in every
mind, but it is based in every mind on a different species of excellence. Such will often be
the case with the noblest works of literature. Take Don Quixote for example. The lowest
mind would find in it perpetual and brutal amusement in the misfortunes of the knight, and
perpetual pleasure in sympathy with the squire. A mind of average feeling would perceive
the satirical meaning and force of the book, would appreciate its wit, its elegance, and its
truth. But only elevated and peculiar minds discover, in addition to all this, the full moral
beauty of the love and truth which are the constant associates of all that is even most weak
and erring in the character of its hero, and pass over the rude adventure and scurrile jest in
haste—perhaps in pain, to penetrate beneath the rusty corselet, and catch from the
wandering glance the evidence and expression of fortitude, self-devotion, and universal
love. So, again, with the works of Scott and Byron; popularity was as instant as it was
deserved, because there is in them an appeal to those passions which are universal in all
men, as well as an expression of such thoughts as can be received only by the few. But they
are admired by the majority of their advocates for the weakest parts of their works, as a
popular preacher by the majority of his congregation for the worst part of his sermon.
The process is rapid and certain, when, though there may be little to catch the multitude
at once, there is much which they can enjoy when their attention is authoritatively directed
to it. So rests the reputation of Shakspeare. No ordinary mind can comprehend wherein his
undisputed superiority consists, but there is yet quite as much to amuse, thrill, or excite,—
quite as much of what is, in the strict sense of the word, dramatic, in his works as in any
one else's. They were received, therefore, when first written, with average approval, as
works of common merit: but when the high decision was made, and the circle spread, the
public took up the hue and cry conscientiously enough. Let them have daggers, ghosts,
clowns, and kings, and with such real and definite sources of enjoyment, they will take the
additional trouble to learn half a dozen quotations, without understanding them, and admit
the superiority of Shakspeare without further demur. Nothing, perhaps, can more
completely demonstrate the total ignorance of the public of all that is great or valuable in
Shakspeare than their universal admiration of Maclise's Hamlet.
The process is impossible when there is in the work nothing to attract and something to
disgust the vulgar mind. Neither their intrinsic excellence, nor the authority of those who
Page 112
can judge of it, will ever make the poems of Wordsworth or George Herbert popular, in the
sense in which Scott and Byron are popular, because it is to the vulgar a labor instead of a
pleasure to read them; and there are parts in them which to such judges cannot but be vapid
or ridiculous. Most works of the highest art,—those of Raffaelle, M. Angelo, or Da Vinci,
—stand as Shakspeare does,—that which is commonplace and feeble in their excellence
being taken for its essence by the uneducated, imagination assisting the impression, (for we
readily fancy that we feel, when feeling is a matter of pride or conscience,) and affectation
and pretension increasing the noise of the rapture, if not its degree. Giotto, Orgagna,
Angelico, Perugino, stand, like George Herbert, only with the few. Wilkie becomes
popular, like Scott, because he touches passions which all feel, and expresses truths which
all can recognize.
CHAPTER II.
DEFINITION OF GREATNESS IN ART.
In the 15th Lecture of Sir Joshua Reynolds, incidental notice is taken of
§ 1. Distinction
the distinction between those excellences in the painter
which belong to him as such, and those which belong to
between the
him in common with all men of intellect, the general and
painter's
intellectual power
exalted powers of which art is the evidence and
expression, not the subject. But the distinction is not there
and technical
knowledge.
dwelt upon as it should be, for it is owing to the slight
attention ordinarily paid to it, that criticism is open to
every form of coxcombry, and liable to every phase of error. It is a
distinction on which depend all sound judgment of the rank of the artist,
and all just appreciation of the dignity of art.
§ 2. Painting, as
Painting, or art generally, as such, with all its
technicalities, difficulties, and particular ends, is nothing
such, is nothing
more than
but a noble and expressive language, invaluable as the
vehicle of thought, but by itself nothing. He who has
language.
learned what is commonly considered the whole art of
painting, that is, the art of representing any natural object faithfully, has as
sense in which Scott and Byron are popular, because it is to the vulgar a labor instead of a
pleasure to read them; and there are parts in them which to such judges cannot but be vapid
or ridiculous. Most works of the highest art,—those of Raffaelle, M. Angelo, or Da Vinci,
—stand as Shakspeare does,—that which is commonplace and feeble in their excellence
being taken for its essence by the uneducated, imagination assisting the impression, (for we
readily fancy that we feel, when feeling is a matter of pride or conscience,) and affectation
and pretension increasing the noise of the rapture, if not its degree. Giotto, Orgagna,
Angelico, Perugino, stand, like George Herbert, only with the few. Wilkie becomes
popular, like Scott, because he touches passions which all feel, and expresses truths which
all can recognize.
CHAPTER II.
DEFINITION OF GREATNESS IN ART.
In the 15th Lecture of Sir Joshua Reynolds, incidental notice is taken of
§ 1. Distinction
the distinction between those excellences in the painter
which belong to him as such, and those which belong to
between the
him in common with all men of intellect, the general and
painter's
intellectual power
exalted powers of which art is the evidence and
expression, not the subject. But the distinction is not there
and technical
knowledge.
dwelt upon as it should be, for it is owing to the slight
attention ordinarily paid to it, that criticism is open to
every form of coxcombry, and liable to every phase of error. It is a
distinction on which depend all sound judgment of the rank of the artist,
and all just appreciation of the dignity of art.
§ 2. Painting, as
Painting, or art generally, as such, with all its
technicalities, difficulties, and particular ends, is nothing
such, is nothing
more than
but a noble and expressive language, invaluable as the
vehicle of thought, but by itself nothing. He who has
language.
learned what is commonly considered the whole art of
painting, that is, the art of representing any natural object faithfully, has as
Page 113
yet only learned the language by which his thoughts are to be expressed. He
has done just as much towards being that which we ought to respect as a
great painter, as a man who has learned how to express himself
grammatically and melodiously has towards being a great poet. The
language is, indeed, more difficult of acquirement in the one case than in
the other, and possesses more power of delighting the sense, while it speaks
to the intellect, but it is, nevertheless, nothing more than language, and all
those excellences which are peculiar to the painter as such, are merely what
rhythm, melody, precision and force are in the words of the orator and the
poet, necessary to their greatness, but not the tests of their greatness. It is
not by the mode of representing and saying, but by what is represented and
said, that the respective greatness either of the painter or the writer is to be
finally determined.
Speaking with strict propriety, therefore, we should call
§ 3. "Painter," a
term
a man a great painter only as he excelled in precision and
force in the language of lines, and a great versifier, as he
corresponding to
"versifier."
excelled in precision or force in the language of words. A
great poet would then be a term strictly, and in precisely
the same sense applicable to both, if warranted by the character of the
images or thoughts which each in their respective languages convey.
Take, for instance, one of the most perfect poems or
§ 4. Example in a
pictures (I use the words as synonymous) which modern
painting of E.
times have seen:—the "Old Shepherd's Chief-mourner."
Landseer's.
Here the exquisite execution of the glossy and crisp hair of
the dog, the bright sharp touching of the green bough beside it, the clear
painting of the wood of the coffin and the folds of the blanket, are language
—language clear and expressive in the highest degree. But the close
pressure of the dog's breast against the wood, the convulsive clinging of the
paws, which has dragged the blanket off the trestle, the total powerlessness
of the head laid, close and motionless, upon its folds, the fixed and tearful
fall of the eye in its utter hopelessness, the rigidity of repose which marks
that there has been no motion nor change in the trance of agony since the
last blow was struck on the coffin-lid, the quietness and gloom of the
chamber, the spectacles marking the place where the Bible was last closed,
has done just as much towards being that which we ought to respect as a
great painter, as a man who has learned how to express himself
grammatically and melodiously has towards being a great poet. The
language is, indeed, more difficult of acquirement in the one case than in
the other, and possesses more power of delighting the sense, while it speaks
to the intellect, but it is, nevertheless, nothing more than language, and all
those excellences which are peculiar to the painter as such, are merely what
rhythm, melody, precision and force are in the words of the orator and the
poet, necessary to their greatness, but not the tests of their greatness. It is
not by the mode of representing and saying, but by what is represented and
said, that the respective greatness either of the painter or the writer is to be
finally determined.
Speaking with strict propriety, therefore, we should call
§ 3. "Painter," a
term
a man a great painter only as he excelled in precision and
force in the language of lines, and a great versifier, as he
corresponding to
"versifier."
excelled in precision or force in the language of words. A
great poet would then be a term strictly, and in precisely
the same sense applicable to both, if warranted by the character of the
images or thoughts which each in their respective languages convey.
Take, for instance, one of the most perfect poems or
§ 4. Example in a
pictures (I use the words as synonymous) which modern
painting of E.
times have seen:—the "Old Shepherd's Chief-mourner."
Landseer's.
Here the exquisite execution of the glossy and crisp hair of
the dog, the bright sharp touching of the green bough beside it, the clear
painting of the wood of the coffin and the folds of the blanket, are language
—language clear and expressive in the highest degree. But the close
pressure of the dog's breast against the wood, the convulsive clinging of the
paws, which has dragged the blanket off the trestle, the total powerlessness
of the head laid, close and motionless, upon its folds, the fixed and tearful
fall of the eye in its utter hopelessness, the rigidity of repose which marks
that there has been no motion nor change in the trance of agony since the
last blow was struck on the coffin-lid, the quietness and gloom of the
chamber, the spectacles marking the place where the Bible was last closed,
Page 114
indicating how lonely has been the life—how unwatched the departure of
him who is now laid solitary in his sleep;—these are all thoughts—thoughts
by which the picture is separated at once from hundreds of equal merit, as
far as mere painting goes, by which it ranks as a work of high art, and
stamps its author, not as the neat imitator of the texture of a skin, or the fold
of a drapery, but as the Man of Mind.
It is not, however, always easy, either in painting or
§5. Difficulty of
literature, to determine where the influence of language
fixing an exact
limit between
stops, and where that of thought begins. Many thoughts
are so dependent upon the language in which they are
language and
thought.
clothed, that they would lose half their beauty if otherwise
expressed. But the highest thoughts are those which are
least dependent on language, and the dignity of any composition and praise
to which it is entitled, are in exact proportion to its independency of
language or expression. A composition is indeed usually most perfect, when
to such intrinsic dignity is added all that expression can do to attract and
adorn; but in every case of supreme excellence this all becomes as nothing.
We are more gratified by the simplest lines or words which can suggest the
idea in its own naked beauty, than by the robe or the gem which conceal
while they decorate; we are better pleased to feel by their absence how little
they would bestow, than by their presence how much they can destroy.
There is therefore a distinction to be made between
§ 6. Distinction
between
what is ornamental in language and what is expressive.
That part of it which is necessary to the embodying and
decorative and
expressive
conveying the thought is worthy of respect and attention as
necessary to excellence, though not the test of it. But that
language.
part of it which is decorative has little more to do with the
intrinsic excellence of the picture than the frame or the varnishing of it. And
this caution in distinguishing between the ornamental and the expressive is
peculiarly necessary in painting; for in the language of words it is nearly
impossible for that which is not expressive to be beautiful, except by mere
rhythm or melody, any sacrifice to which is immediately stigmatized as
error. But the beauty of mere language in painting is not only very attractive
and entertaining to the spectator, but requires for its attainment no small
him who is now laid solitary in his sleep;—these are all thoughts—thoughts
by which the picture is separated at once from hundreds of equal merit, as
far as mere painting goes, by which it ranks as a work of high art, and
stamps its author, not as the neat imitator of the texture of a skin, or the fold
of a drapery, but as the Man of Mind.
It is not, however, always easy, either in painting or
§5. Difficulty of
literature, to determine where the influence of language
fixing an exact
limit between
stops, and where that of thought begins. Many thoughts
are so dependent upon the language in which they are
language and
thought.
clothed, that they would lose half their beauty if otherwise
expressed. But the highest thoughts are those which are
least dependent on language, and the dignity of any composition and praise
to which it is entitled, are in exact proportion to its independency of
language or expression. A composition is indeed usually most perfect, when
to such intrinsic dignity is added all that expression can do to attract and
adorn; but in every case of supreme excellence this all becomes as nothing.
We are more gratified by the simplest lines or words which can suggest the
idea in its own naked beauty, than by the robe or the gem which conceal
while they decorate; we are better pleased to feel by their absence how little
they would bestow, than by their presence how much they can destroy.
There is therefore a distinction to be made between
§ 6. Distinction
between
what is ornamental in language and what is expressive.
That part of it which is necessary to the embodying and
decorative and
expressive
conveying the thought is worthy of respect and attention as
necessary to excellence, though not the test of it. But that
language.
part of it which is decorative has little more to do with the
intrinsic excellence of the picture than the frame or the varnishing of it. And
this caution in distinguishing between the ornamental and the expressive is
peculiarly necessary in painting; for in the language of words it is nearly
impossible for that which is not expressive to be beautiful, except by mere
rhythm or melody, any sacrifice to which is immediately stigmatized as
error. But the beauty of mere language in painting is not only very attractive
and entertaining to the spectator, but requires for its attainment no small
Page 115
exertion of mind and devotion of time by the artist. Hence, in art, men have
frequently fancied that they were becoming rhetoricians and poets when
they were only learning to speak melodiously, and the judge has over and
over again advanced to the honor of authors those who were never more
than ornamental writing-masters.
Most pictures of the Dutch school, for instance, and
§ 7. Instance in the
excepting always those of Rubens, Vandyke, and
Dutch and early
Italian schools.
Rembrandt, are ostentatious exhibitions of the artist's
power of speech, the clear and vigorous elocution of
useless and senseless words: while the early efforts of Cimabue and Giotto
are the burning messages of prophecy, delivered by the stammering lips of
infants. It is not by ranking the former as more than mechanics, or the latter
as less than artists, that the taste of the multitude, always awake to the
lowest pleasures which art can bestow, and blunt to the highest, is to be
formed or elevated. It must be the part of the judicious critic carefully to
distinguish what is language, and what is thought, and to rank and praise
pictures chiefly for the latter, considering the former as a totally inferior
excellence, and one which cannot be compared with nor weighed against
thought in any way nor in any degree whatsoever. The picture which has the
nobler and more numerous ideas, however awkwardly expressed, is a
greater and a better picture than that which has the less noble and less
numerous ideas, however beautifully expressed. No weight, nor mass, nor
beauty of execution can outweigh one grain or fragment of thought. Three
penstrokes of Raffaelle are a greater and a better picture than the most
finished work that ever Carlo Dolci polished into inanity. A finished work
of a great artist is only better than its sketch, if the sources of pleasure
belonging to color and realization—valuable in themselves,—are so
employed as to increase the impressiveness of the thought. But if one atom
of thought has vanished, all color, all finish, all execution, all ornament, are
too dearly bought. Nothing but thought can pay for thought, and the instant
that the increasing refinement or finish of the picture begins to be paid for
by the loss of the faintest shadow of an idea, that instant all refinement or
finish is an excrescence, and a deformity.
frequently fancied that they were becoming rhetoricians and poets when
they were only learning to speak melodiously, and the judge has over and
over again advanced to the honor of authors those who were never more
than ornamental writing-masters.
Most pictures of the Dutch school, for instance, and
§ 7. Instance in the
excepting always those of Rubens, Vandyke, and
Dutch and early
Italian schools.
Rembrandt, are ostentatious exhibitions of the artist's
power of speech, the clear and vigorous elocution of
useless and senseless words: while the early efforts of Cimabue and Giotto
are the burning messages of prophecy, delivered by the stammering lips of
infants. It is not by ranking the former as more than mechanics, or the latter
as less than artists, that the taste of the multitude, always awake to the
lowest pleasures which art can bestow, and blunt to the highest, is to be
formed or elevated. It must be the part of the judicious critic carefully to
distinguish what is language, and what is thought, and to rank and praise
pictures chiefly for the latter, considering the former as a totally inferior
excellence, and one which cannot be compared with nor weighed against
thought in any way nor in any degree whatsoever. The picture which has the
nobler and more numerous ideas, however awkwardly expressed, is a
greater and a better picture than that which has the less noble and less
numerous ideas, however beautifully expressed. No weight, nor mass, nor
beauty of execution can outweigh one grain or fragment of thought. Three
penstrokes of Raffaelle are a greater and a better picture than the most
finished work that ever Carlo Dolci polished into inanity. A finished work
of a great artist is only better than its sketch, if the sources of pleasure
belonging to color and realization—valuable in themselves,—are so
employed as to increase the impressiveness of the thought. But if one atom
of thought has vanished, all color, all finish, all execution, all ornament, are
too dearly bought. Nothing but thought can pay for thought, and the instant
that the increasing refinement or finish of the picture begins to be paid for
by the loss of the faintest shadow of an idea, that instant all refinement or
finish is an excrescence, and a deformity.
Page 116
Yet although in all our speculations on art, language is
§ 8. Yet there are
certain ideas
thus to be distinguished from, and held subordinate to, that
which it conveys, we must still remember that there are
belonging to
certain ideas inherent in language itself, and that strictly
language itself.
speaking, every pleasure connected with art has in it some
reference to the intellect. The mere sensual pleasure of the eye, received
from the most brilliant piece of coloring, is as nothing to that which it
receives from a crystal prism, except as it depends on our perception of a
certain meaning and intended arrangement of color, which has been the
subject of intellect. Nay, the term idea, according to Locke's definition of it,
will extend even to the sensual impressions themselves as far as they are
"things which the mind occupies itself about in thinking," that is, not as
they are felt by the eye only, but as they are received by the mind through
§ 9. The definition.
the eye. So that, if I say that the greatest picture is that
which conveys to the mind of the spectator the greatest
number of the greatest ideas, I have a definition which will include as
subjects of comparison every pleasure which art is capable of conveying. If
I were to say, on the contrary, that the best picture was that which most
closely imitated nature, I should assume that art could only please by
imitating nature, and I should cast out of the pale of criticism those parts of
works of art which are not imitative, that is to say, intrinsic beauties of color
and form, and those works of art wholly, which, like the arabesques of
Raffaelle in the Loggias, are not imitative at all. Now I want a definition of
art wide enough to include all its varieties of aim: I do not say therefore that
the art is greatest which gives most pleasure, because perhaps there is some
art whose end is to teach, and not to please. I do not say that the art is
greatest which teaches us most, because perhaps there is some art whose
end is to please, and not to teach. I do not say that the art is greatest which
imitates best, because perhaps there is some art whose end is to create, and
not to imitate. But I say that the art is greatest, which conveys to the mind
of the spectator, by any means whatsoever, the greatest number of the
greatest ideas, and I call an idea great in proportion as it is received by a
higher faculty of the mind, and as it more fully occupies, and in occupying,
exercises and exalts, the faculty by which it is received.
§ 8. Yet there are
certain ideas
thus to be distinguished from, and held subordinate to, that
which it conveys, we must still remember that there are
belonging to
certain ideas inherent in language itself, and that strictly
language itself.
speaking, every pleasure connected with art has in it some
reference to the intellect. The mere sensual pleasure of the eye, received
from the most brilliant piece of coloring, is as nothing to that which it
receives from a crystal prism, except as it depends on our perception of a
certain meaning and intended arrangement of color, which has been the
subject of intellect. Nay, the term idea, according to Locke's definition of it,
will extend even to the sensual impressions themselves as far as they are
"things which the mind occupies itself about in thinking," that is, not as
they are felt by the eye only, but as they are received by the mind through
§ 9. The definition.
the eye. So that, if I say that the greatest picture is that
which conveys to the mind of the spectator the greatest
number of the greatest ideas, I have a definition which will include as
subjects of comparison every pleasure which art is capable of conveying. If
I were to say, on the contrary, that the best picture was that which most
closely imitated nature, I should assume that art could only please by
imitating nature, and I should cast out of the pale of criticism those parts of
works of art which are not imitative, that is to say, intrinsic beauties of color
and form, and those works of art wholly, which, like the arabesques of
Raffaelle in the Loggias, are not imitative at all. Now I want a definition of
art wide enough to include all its varieties of aim: I do not say therefore that
the art is greatest which gives most pleasure, because perhaps there is some
art whose end is to teach, and not to please. I do not say that the art is
greatest which teaches us most, because perhaps there is some art whose
end is to please, and not to teach. I do not say that the art is greatest which
imitates best, because perhaps there is some art whose end is to create, and
not to imitate. But I say that the art is greatest, which conveys to the mind
of the spectator, by any means whatsoever, the greatest number of the
greatest ideas, and I call an idea great in proportion as it is received by a
higher faculty of the mind, and as it more fully occupies, and in occupying,
exercises and exalts, the faculty by which it is received.
Page 117
If this then be the definition of great art, that of a great artist naturally
follows. He is the greatest artist who has embodied, in the sum of his works,
the greatest number of the greatest ideas.
CHAPTER III.
OF IDEAS OF POWER.
The definition of art which I have just given, requires me to determine
what kinds of ideas can be received from works of art, and which of these
are the greatest, before proceeding to any practical application of the test.
I think that all the sources of pleasure, or any other
§ 1. What classes
of ideas are
good, to be derived from works of art, may be referred to
five distinct heads.
conveyable by art.
I. Ideas of Power.—The perception or conception of the mental or
bodily powers by which the work has been produced.
II. Ideas of Imitation.—The perception that the thing produced
resembles something else.
III. Ideas of Truth.—The perception of faithfulness in a statement of
facts by the thing produced.
IV. Ideas of Beauty.—The perception of beauty, either in the thing
produced, or in what it suggests or resembles.
V. Ideas of Relation.—The perception of intellectual relations, in the
thing produced, or in what it suggests or resembles.
I shall briefly distinguish the nature and effects of each of these classes of
ideas.
I. Ideas of Power.—These are the simple perception of
§ 2. Ideas of power
vary much in
the mental or bodily powers exerted in the production of
follows. He is the greatest artist who has embodied, in the sum of his works,
the greatest number of the greatest ideas.
CHAPTER III.
OF IDEAS OF POWER.
The definition of art which I have just given, requires me to determine
what kinds of ideas can be received from works of art, and which of these
are the greatest, before proceeding to any practical application of the test.
I think that all the sources of pleasure, or any other
§ 1. What classes
of ideas are
good, to be derived from works of art, may be referred to
five distinct heads.
conveyable by art.
I. Ideas of Power.—The perception or conception of the mental or
bodily powers by which the work has been produced.
II. Ideas of Imitation.—The perception that the thing produced
resembles something else.
III. Ideas of Truth.—The perception of faithfulness in a statement of
facts by the thing produced.
IV. Ideas of Beauty.—The perception of beauty, either in the thing
produced, or in what it suggests or resembles.
V. Ideas of Relation.—The perception of intellectual relations, in the
thing produced, or in what it suggests or resembles.
I shall briefly distinguish the nature and effects of each of these classes of
ideas.
I. Ideas of Power.—These are the simple perception of
§ 2. Ideas of power
vary much in
the mental or bodily powers exerted in the production of
Page 118
relative dignity. any work of art. According to the dignity and degree of the
power perceived is the dignity of the idea; but the whole
class of ideas is received by the intellect, and they excite the best of the
moral feelings, veneration, and the desire of exertion. As a species,
therefore, they are one of the noblest connected with art; but the differences
in degree of dignity among themselves are infinite, being correspondent
with every order of power,—from that of the fingers to that of the most
exalted intellect. Thus, when we see an Indian's paddle carved from the
handle to the blade, we have a conception of prolonged manual labor, and
are gratified in proportion to the supposed expenditure of time and exertion.
These are, indeed, powers of a low order, yet the pleasure arising from the
conception of them enters very largely indeed into our admiration of all
elaborate ornament, architectural decoration, etc. The delight with which we
look on the fretted front of Rouen Cathedral depends in no small degree on
the simple perception of time employed and labor expended in its
production. But it is a right, that is, an ennobling pleasure, even in this its
lowest phase; and even the pleasure felt by those persons who praise a
drawing for its "finish," or its "work," which is one precisely of the same
kind, would be right, if it did not imply a want of perception of the higher
powers which render work unnecessary. If to the evidence of labor be added
that of strength or dexterity, the sensation of power is yet increased; if to
strength and dexterity be added that of ingenuity and judgment, it is
multiplied tenfold, and so on, through all the subjects of action of body or
mind, we receive the more exalted pleasure from the more exalted power.
So far the nature and effects of ideas of power cannot
§ 3. But are
received from
but be admitted by all. But the circumstance which I wish
especially to insist upon, with respect to them, is one
whatever has been
the subject of
which may not, perhaps, be so readily allowed, namely,
that they are independent of the nature or worthiness of the
power. The
object from which they are received, and that whatever has
meaning of the
been the subject of a great power, whether there be
word "excellence."
intrinsic and apparent worthiness in itself or not, bears
with it the evidence of having been so, and is capable of giving the ideas of
power, and the consequent pleasures, in their full degree. For observe, that a
thing is not properly said to have been the result of a great power, on which
power perceived is the dignity of the idea; but the whole
class of ideas is received by the intellect, and they excite the best of the
moral feelings, veneration, and the desire of exertion. As a species,
therefore, they are one of the noblest connected with art; but the differences
in degree of dignity among themselves are infinite, being correspondent
with every order of power,—from that of the fingers to that of the most
exalted intellect. Thus, when we see an Indian's paddle carved from the
handle to the blade, we have a conception of prolonged manual labor, and
are gratified in proportion to the supposed expenditure of time and exertion.
These are, indeed, powers of a low order, yet the pleasure arising from the
conception of them enters very largely indeed into our admiration of all
elaborate ornament, architectural decoration, etc. The delight with which we
look on the fretted front of Rouen Cathedral depends in no small degree on
the simple perception of time employed and labor expended in its
production. But it is a right, that is, an ennobling pleasure, even in this its
lowest phase; and even the pleasure felt by those persons who praise a
drawing for its "finish," or its "work," which is one precisely of the same
kind, would be right, if it did not imply a want of perception of the higher
powers which render work unnecessary. If to the evidence of labor be added
that of strength or dexterity, the sensation of power is yet increased; if to
strength and dexterity be added that of ingenuity and judgment, it is
multiplied tenfold, and so on, through all the subjects of action of body or
mind, we receive the more exalted pleasure from the more exalted power.
So far the nature and effects of ideas of power cannot
§ 3. But are
received from
but be admitted by all. But the circumstance which I wish
especially to insist upon, with respect to them, is one
whatever has been
the subject of
which may not, perhaps, be so readily allowed, namely,
that they are independent of the nature or worthiness of the
power. The
object from which they are received, and that whatever has
meaning of the
been the subject of a great power, whether there be
word "excellence."
intrinsic and apparent worthiness in itself or not, bears
with it the evidence of having been so, and is capable of giving the ideas of
power, and the consequent pleasures, in their full degree. For observe, that a
thing is not properly said to have been the result of a great power, on which
Page 119
only some part of that power has been expended. A nut may be cracked by a
steam-engine, but it has not, in being so, been the subject of the power of
the engine. And thus it is falsely said of great men, that they waste their
lofty powers on unworthy objects: the object may be dangerous or useless,
but, as far as the phrase has reference to difficulty of performance, it cannot
be unworthy of the power which it brings into exertion, because nothing can
become a subject of action to a greater power which can be accomplished
by a less, any more than bodily strength can be exerted where there is
nothing to resist it.
So then, men may let their great powers lie dormant, while they employ
their mean and petty powers on mean and petty objects; but it is physically
impossible to employ a great power, except on a great object. Consequently,
wherever power of any kind or degree has been exerted, the marks and
evidence of it are stamped upon its results: it is impossible that it should be
lost or wasted, or without record, even in the "estimation of a hair:" and
therefore, whatever has been the subject of a great power bears about with it
the image of that which created it, and is what is commonly called
"excellent." And this is the true meaning of the word excellent, as
distinguished from the terms, "beautiful," "useful," "good," etc.; and we
shall always, in future, use the word excellent, as signifying that the thing to
which it is applied required a great power for its production.[3]
The faculty of perceiving what powers are required for
§ 4. What is
necessary to the
the production of a thing, is the faculty of perceiving
excellence. It is this faculty in which men, even of the
distinguishing of
excellence.
most cultivated taste, must always be wanting, unless they
have added practice to reflection; because none can
estimate the power manifested in victory, unless they have personally
measured the strength to be overcome. Though, therefore, it is possible, by
the cultivation of sensibility and judgment, to become capable of
distinguishing what is beautiful, it is totally impossible, without practice
and knowledge, to distinguish or feel what is excellent. The beauty or the
truth of Titian's flesh-tint may be appreciated by all; but it is only to the
artist, whose multiplied hours of toil have not reached the slightest
resemblance of one of its tones, that its excellence is manifest.
steam-engine, but it has not, in being so, been the subject of the power of
the engine. And thus it is falsely said of great men, that they waste their
lofty powers on unworthy objects: the object may be dangerous or useless,
but, as far as the phrase has reference to difficulty of performance, it cannot
be unworthy of the power which it brings into exertion, because nothing can
become a subject of action to a greater power which can be accomplished
by a less, any more than bodily strength can be exerted where there is
nothing to resist it.
So then, men may let their great powers lie dormant, while they employ
their mean and petty powers on mean and petty objects; but it is physically
impossible to employ a great power, except on a great object. Consequently,
wherever power of any kind or degree has been exerted, the marks and
evidence of it are stamped upon its results: it is impossible that it should be
lost or wasted, or without record, even in the "estimation of a hair:" and
therefore, whatever has been the subject of a great power bears about with it
the image of that which created it, and is what is commonly called
"excellent." And this is the true meaning of the word excellent, as
distinguished from the terms, "beautiful," "useful," "good," etc.; and we
shall always, in future, use the word excellent, as signifying that the thing to
which it is applied required a great power for its production.[3]
The faculty of perceiving what powers are required for
§ 4. What is
necessary to the
the production of a thing, is the faculty of perceiving
excellence. It is this faculty in which men, even of the
distinguishing of
excellence.
most cultivated taste, must always be wanting, unless they
have added practice to reflection; because none can
estimate the power manifested in victory, unless they have personally
measured the strength to be overcome. Though, therefore, it is possible, by
the cultivation of sensibility and judgment, to become capable of
distinguishing what is beautiful, it is totally impossible, without practice
and knowledge, to distinguish or feel what is excellent. The beauty or the
truth of Titian's flesh-tint may be appreciated by all; but it is only to the
artist, whose multiplied hours of toil have not reached the slightest
resemblance of one of its tones, that its excellence is manifest.
Page 120
Wherever, then, difficulty has been overcome, there is
§ 5. The pleasure
excellence: and therefore, in order to prove excellent, we
attendant on
conquering
have only to prove the difficulty of its production: whether
it be useful or beautiful is another question; its excellence
difficulties is right.
depends on its difficulty alone. For is it a false or diseased
taste which looks for the overcoming of difficulties, and has pleasure in it,
even without any view to resultant good. It has been made part of our moral
nature that we should have a pleasure in encountering and conquering
opposition, for the sake of the struggle and the victory, not for the sake of
any after result; and not only our own victory, but the perception of that of
another, is in all cases the source of pure and ennobling pleasure. And if we
often hear it said, and truly said, that an artist has erred by seeking rather to
show his skill in overcoming technical difficulties, than to reach a great end,
be it observed that he is only blamed because he has sought to conquer an
inferior difficulty rather than a great one; for it is much easier to overcome
technical difficulties than to reach a great end. Whenever the visible victory
over difficulties is found painful or in false taste, it is owing to the
preference of an inferior to a great difficulty, or to the false estimate of what
is difficult and what is not. It is far more difficult to be simple than to be
complicated; far more difficult to sacrifice skill and cease exertion in the
proper place, than to expend both indiscriminately. We shall find, in the
course of our investigation, that beauty and difficulty go together; and that
they are only mean and paltry difficulties which it is wrong or contemptible
to wrestle with. Be it remembered then—Power is never wasted. Whatever
power has been employed, produces excellence in proportion to its own
dignity and exertion; and the faculty of perceiving this exertion, and
appreciating this dignity, is the faculty of perceiving excellence.
[3] Of course the word "excellent" is primarily a mere synonym with "surpassing," and
when applied to persons, has the general meaning given by Johnson—"the state of
abounding in any good quality." But when applied to things it has always reference to the
power by which they are produced. We talk of excellent music or poetry, because it is
difficult to compose or write such, but never of excellent flowers, because all flowers being
the result of the same power, must be equally excellent. We distinguish them only as
beautiful or useful, and therefore, as there is no other one word to signify that quality of a
§ 5. The pleasure
excellence: and therefore, in order to prove excellent, we
attendant on
conquering
have only to prove the difficulty of its production: whether
it be useful or beautiful is another question; its excellence
difficulties is right.
depends on its difficulty alone. For is it a false or diseased
taste which looks for the overcoming of difficulties, and has pleasure in it,
even without any view to resultant good. It has been made part of our moral
nature that we should have a pleasure in encountering and conquering
opposition, for the sake of the struggle and the victory, not for the sake of
any after result; and not only our own victory, but the perception of that of
another, is in all cases the source of pure and ennobling pleasure. And if we
often hear it said, and truly said, that an artist has erred by seeking rather to
show his skill in overcoming technical difficulties, than to reach a great end,
be it observed that he is only blamed because he has sought to conquer an
inferior difficulty rather than a great one; for it is much easier to overcome
technical difficulties than to reach a great end. Whenever the visible victory
over difficulties is found painful or in false taste, it is owing to the
preference of an inferior to a great difficulty, or to the false estimate of what
is difficult and what is not. It is far more difficult to be simple than to be
complicated; far more difficult to sacrifice skill and cease exertion in the
proper place, than to expend both indiscriminately. We shall find, in the
course of our investigation, that beauty and difficulty go together; and that
they are only mean and paltry difficulties which it is wrong or contemptible
to wrestle with. Be it remembered then—Power is never wasted. Whatever
power has been employed, produces excellence in proportion to its own
dignity and exertion; and the faculty of perceiving this exertion, and
appreciating this dignity, is the faculty of perceiving excellence.
[3] Of course the word "excellent" is primarily a mere synonym with "surpassing," and
when applied to persons, has the general meaning given by Johnson—"the state of
abounding in any good quality." But when applied to things it has always reference to the
power by which they are produced. We talk of excellent music or poetry, because it is
difficult to compose or write such, but never of excellent flowers, because all flowers being
the result of the same power, must be equally excellent. We distinguish them only as
beautiful or useful, and therefore, as there is no other one word to signify that quality of a
Page 121
thing produced by which it pleases us merely as the result of power, and as the term
"excellent" is more frequently used in this sense than in any other, I choose to limit it at
once to this sense, and I wish it, when I use it in future, to be so understood.
CHAPTER IV.
OF IDEAS OF IMITATION.
Fuseli, in his lectures, and many other persons of equally just and
accurate habits of thought, (among others, S. T. Coleridge,) make a
§ 1. False use of
distinction between imitation and copying, representing
the first as the legitimate function of art—the latter as its
the term
corruption; but as such a distinction is by no means
"imitation" by
many writers of
warranted, or explained by the common meaning of the
words themselves, it is not easy to comprehend exactly in
art.
what sense they are used by those writers. And though,
reasoning from the context, I can understand what ideas those words stand
for in their minds, I cannot allow the terms to be properly used as symbols
of those ideas, which (especially in the case of the word Imitation) are
exceedingly complex, and totally different from what most people would
understand by the term. And by men of less accurate thought, the word is
used still more vaguely or falsely. For instance, Burke (Treatise on the
Sublime, part i. sect. 16) says, "When the object represented in poetry or
painting is such as we could have no desire of seeing in the reality, then we
may be sure that its power in poetry or painting is owing to the power of
imitation." In which case the real pleasure may be in what we have been
just speaking of, the dexterity of the artist's hand; or it may be in a beautiful
or singular arrangement of colors, or a thoughtful chiaroscuro, or in the
pure beauty of certain forms which art forces on our notice, though we
should not have observed them in the reality; and I conceive that none of
these sources of pleasure are in any way expressed or intimated by the term
"imitation."
"excellent" is more frequently used in this sense than in any other, I choose to limit it at
once to this sense, and I wish it, when I use it in future, to be so understood.
CHAPTER IV.
OF IDEAS OF IMITATION.
Fuseli, in his lectures, and many other persons of equally just and
accurate habits of thought, (among others, S. T. Coleridge,) make a
§ 1. False use of
distinction between imitation and copying, representing
the first as the legitimate function of art—the latter as its
the term
corruption; but as such a distinction is by no means
"imitation" by
many writers of
warranted, or explained by the common meaning of the
words themselves, it is not easy to comprehend exactly in
art.
what sense they are used by those writers. And though,
reasoning from the context, I can understand what ideas those words stand
for in their minds, I cannot allow the terms to be properly used as symbols
of those ideas, which (especially in the case of the word Imitation) are
exceedingly complex, and totally different from what most people would
understand by the term. And by men of less accurate thought, the word is
used still more vaguely or falsely. For instance, Burke (Treatise on the
Sublime, part i. sect. 16) says, "When the object represented in poetry or
painting is such as we could have no desire of seeing in the reality, then we
may be sure that its power in poetry or painting is owing to the power of
imitation." In which case the real pleasure may be in what we have been
just speaking of, the dexterity of the artist's hand; or it may be in a beautiful
or singular arrangement of colors, or a thoughtful chiaroscuro, or in the
pure beauty of certain forms which art forces on our notice, though we
should not have observed them in the reality; and I conceive that none of
these sources of pleasure are in any way expressed or intimated by the term
"imitation."
Page 122
But there is one source of pleasure in works of art totally different from
all these, which I conceive to be properly and accurately expressed by the
word "imitation:" one which, though constantly confused in reasoning,
because it is always associated in fact, with other means of pleasure, is
totally separated from them in its nature, and is the real basis of whatever
complicated or various meaning may be afterwards attached to the word in
the minds of men.
I wish to point out this distinct source of pleasure clearly at once, and
only to use the word "imitation" in reference to it.
§ 2. Real meaning
of the term.
Whenever anything looks like what it is not, the
resemblance being so great as nearly to deceive, we feel a
kind of pleasurable surprise, an agreeable excitement of mind, exactly the
same in its nature as that which we receive from juggling. Whenever we
perceive this in something produced by art, that is to say, whenever the
work is seen to resemble something which we know it is not, we receive
what I call an idea of imitation. Why such ideas are pleasing, it would be out
of our present purpose to inquire; we only know that there is no man who
does not feel pleasure in his animal nature from gentle surprise, and that
such surprise can be excited in no more distinct manner than by the
§ 3. What is
evidence that a thing is not what it appears to be.[4] Now
requisite to the
two things are requisite to our complete and more
sense of imitation.
pleasurable perception of this: first, that the resemblance
be so perfect as to amount to a deception; secondly, that
there be some means of proving at the same moment that it is a deception.
The most perfect ideas and pleasures of imitation are, therefore, when one
sense is contradicted by another, both bearing as positive evidence on the
subject as each is capable of alone; as when the eye says a thing is round,
and the finger says it is flat; they are, therefore, never felt in so high a
degree as in painting, where appearance of projection, roughness, hair,
velvet, etc., are given with a smooth surface, or in wax-work, where the
first evidence of the senses is perpetually contradicted by their experience;
but the moment we come to marble, our definition checks us, for a marble
figure does not look like what it is not: it looks like marble, and like the
form of a man, but then it is marble, and it is the form of a man. It does not
look like a man, which it is not, but like the form of a man, which it is.
all these, which I conceive to be properly and accurately expressed by the
word "imitation:" one which, though constantly confused in reasoning,
because it is always associated in fact, with other means of pleasure, is
totally separated from them in its nature, and is the real basis of whatever
complicated or various meaning may be afterwards attached to the word in
the minds of men.
I wish to point out this distinct source of pleasure clearly at once, and
only to use the word "imitation" in reference to it.
§ 2. Real meaning
of the term.
Whenever anything looks like what it is not, the
resemblance being so great as nearly to deceive, we feel a
kind of pleasurable surprise, an agreeable excitement of mind, exactly the
same in its nature as that which we receive from juggling. Whenever we
perceive this in something produced by art, that is to say, whenever the
work is seen to resemble something which we know it is not, we receive
what I call an idea of imitation. Why such ideas are pleasing, it would be out
of our present purpose to inquire; we only know that there is no man who
does not feel pleasure in his animal nature from gentle surprise, and that
such surprise can be excited in no more distinct manner than by the
§ 3. What is
evidence that a thing is not what it appears to be.[4] Now
requisite to the
two things are requisite to our complete and more
sense of imitation.
pleasurable perception of this: first, that the resemblance
be so perfect as to amount to a deception; secondly, that
there be some means of proving at the same moment that it is a deception.
The most perfect ideas and pleasures of imitation are, therefore, when one
sense is contradicted by another, both bearing as positive evidence on the
subject as each is capable of alone; as when the eye says a thing is round,
and the finger says it is flat; they are, therefore, never felt in so high a
degree as in painting, where appearance of projection, roughness, hair,
velvet, etc., are given with a smooth surface, or in wax-work, where the
first evidence of the senses is perpetually contradicted by their experience;
but the moment we come to marble, our definition checks us, for a marble
figure does not look like what it is not: it looks like marble, and like the
form of a man, but then it is marble, and it is the form of a man. It does not
look like a man, which it is not, but like the form of a man, which it is.
Page 123
Form is form, bona fide and actual, whether in marble or in flesh—not an
imitation or resemblance of form, but real form. The chalk outline of the
bough of a tree on paper, is not an imitation; it looks like chalk and paper—
not like wood, and that which it suggests to the mind is not properly said to
be like the form of a bough, it is the form of a bough. Now, then, we see the
limits of an idea of imitation; it extends only to the sensation of trickery and
deception occasioned by a thing's intentionally seeming different from what
it is; and the degree of the pleasure depends on the degree of difference and
the perfection of the resemblance, not on the nature of the thing resembled.
The simple pleasure in the imitation would be precisely of the same degree,
(if the accuracy could be equal,) whether the subject of it were the hero or
his horse. There are other collateral sources of pleasure, which are
necessarily associated with this, but that part of the pleasure which depends
on the imitation is the same in both.
Ideas of imitation, then, act by producing the simple
§ 4. The pleasure
resulting from
pleasure of surprise, and that not of surprise in its higher
sense and function, but of the mean and paltry surprise
imitation the most
contemptible that
which is felt in jugglery. These ideas and pleasures are the
most contemptible which can be received from art; first,
can be derived
because it is necessary to their enjoyment that the mind
from art.
should reject the impression and address of the thing
represented, and fix itself only upon the reflection that it is not what it
seems to be. All high or noble emotion or thought are thus rendered
physically impossible, while the mind exults in what is very like a strictly
sensual pleasure. We may consider tears as a result of agony or of art,
whichever we please, but not of both at the same moment. If we are
surprised by them as an attainment of the one, it is impossible we can be
moved by them as a sign of the other.
Ideas of imitation are contemptible in the second place,
§ 5. Imitation is
only of
because not only do they preclude the spectator from
enjoying inherent beauty in the subject, but they can only
contemptible
subjects.
be received from mean and paltry subjects, because it is
impossible to imitate anything really great. We can "paint
a cat or a fiddle, so that they look as if we could take them up;" but we
imitation or resemblance of form, but real form. The chalk outline of the
bough of a tree on paper, is not an imitation; it looks like chalk and paper—
not like wood, and that which it suggests to the mind is not properly said to
be like the form of a bough, it is the form of a bough. Now, then, we see the
limits of an idea of imitation; it extends only to the sensation of trickery and
deception occasioned by a thing's intentionally seeming different from what
it is; and the degree of the pleasure depends on the degree of difference and
the perfection of the resemblance, not on the nature of the thing resembled.
The simple pleasure in the imitation would be precisely of the same degree,
(if the accuracy could be equal,) whether the subject of it were the hero or
his horse. There are other collateral sources of pleasure, which are
necessarily associated with this, but that part of the pleasure which depends
on the imitation is the same in both.
Ideas of imitation, then, act by producing the simple
§ 4. The pleasure
resulting from
pleasure of surprise, and that not of surprise in its higher
sense and function, but of the mean and paltry surprise
imitation the most
contemptible that
which is felt in jugglery. These ideas and pleasures are the
most contemptible which can be received from art; first,
can be derived
because it is necessary to their enjoyment that the mind
from art.
should reject the impression and address of the thing
represented, and fix itself only upon the reflection that it is not what it
seems to be. All high or noble emotion or thought are thus rendered
physically impossible, while the mind exults in what is very like a strictly
sensual pleasure. We may consider tears as a result of agony or of art,
whichever we please, but not of both at the same moment. If we are
surprised by them as an attainment of the one, it is impossible we can be
moved by them as a sign of the other.
Ideas of imitation are contemptible in the second place,
§ 5. Imitation is
only of
because not only do they preclude the spectator from
enjoying inherent beauty in the subject, but they can only
contemptible
subjects.
be received from mean and paltry subjects, because it is
impossible to imitate anything really great. We can "paint
a cat or a fiddle, so that they look as if we could take them up;" but we
Page 124
cannot imitate the ocean, or the Alps. We can imitate fruit, but not a tree;
flowers, but not a pasture; cut-glass, but not the rainbow. All pictures in
which deceptive powers of imitation are displayed are therefore either of
contemptible subjects, or have the imitation shown in contemptible parts of
them, bits of dress, jewels, furniture, etc.
§ 6. Imitation is
Thirdly, these ideas are contemptible, because no ideas
of power are associated with them; to the ignorant,
contemptible
because it is easy.
imitation, indeed, seems difficult, and its success
praiseworthy, but even they can by no possibility see more
in the artist than they do in a juggler, who arrives at a strange end by means
with which they are unacquainted. To the instructed, the juggler is by far the
more respectable artist of the two, for they know sleight of hand to be an art
of immensely more difficult acquirement, and to imply more ingenuity in
the artist than a power of deceptive imitation in painting, which requires
nothing more for its attainment than a true eye, a steady hand, and moderate
industry—qualities which in no degree separate the imitative artist from a
watch-maker, pin-maker, or any other neat-handed artificer. These remarks
do not apply to the art of the Diorama, or the stage, where the pleasure is
not dependent on the imitation, but is the same which we should receive
from nature herself, only far inferior in degree. It is a noble pleasure; but we
shall see in the course of our investigation, both that it is inferior to that
which we receive when there is no deception at all, and why it is so.
Whenever then in future, I speak of ideas of imitation, I
§ 7.
Recapitulation.
wish to be understood to mean the immediate and present
perception that something produced by art is not what it
seems to be. I prefer saying "that it is not what it seems to be," to saying
"that it seems to be what it is not," because we perceive at once what it
seems to be, and the idea of imitation, and the consequent pleasure, result
from the subsequent perception of its being something else—flat, for
instance, when we thought it was round.
flowers, but not a pasture; cut-glass, but not the rainbow. All pictures in
which deceptive powers of imitation are displayed are therefore either of
contemptible subjects, or have the imitation shown in contemptible parts of
them, bits of dress, jewels, furniture, etc.
§ 6. Imitation is
Thirdly, these ideas are contemptible, because no ideas
of power are associated with them; to the ignorant,
contemptible
because it is easy.
imitation, indeed, seems difficult, and its success
praiseworthy, but even they can by no possibility see more
in the artist than they do in a juggler, who arrives at a strange end by means
with which they are unacquainted. To the instructed, the juggler is by far the
more respectable artist of the two, for they know sleight of hand to be an art
of immensely more difficult acquirement, and to imply more ingenuity in
the artist than a power of deceptive imitation in painting, which requires
nothing more for its attainment than a true eye, a steady hand, and moderate
industry—qualities which in no degree separate the imitative artist from a
watch-maker, pin-maker, or any other neat-handed artificer. These remarks
do not apply to the art of the Diorama, or the stage, where the pleasure is
not dependent on the imitation, but is the same which we should receive
from nature herself, only far inferior in degree. It is a noble pleasure; but we
shall see in the course of our investigation, both that it is inferior to that
which we receive when there is no deception at all, and why it is so.
Whenever then in future, I speak of ideas of imitation, I
§ 7.
Recapitulation.
wish to be understood to mean the immediate and present
perception that something produced by art is not what it
seems to be. I prefer saying "that it is not what it seems to be," to saying
"that it seems to be what it is not," because we perceive at once what it
seems to be, and the idea of imitation, and the consequent pleasure, result
from the subsequent perception of its being something else—flat, for
instance, when we thought it was round.
Page 125
[4] συλλογισμός ἐττιγ, ὀτι τὀυτο ἐκεῖνο.—Arist. Rhet. 1, 11, 23.
CHAPTER V.
OF IDEAS OF TRUTH.
The word truth, as applied to art, signifies the faithful statement, either to
the mind or senses, of any fact of nature.
We receive an idea of truth, then, when we perceive the
§ 1. Meaning of
faithfulness of such a statement.
the word "truth"
as applied to art. The difference between ideas of truth and of imitation
lies chiefly in the following points.
First,—Imitation can only be of something material, but
§ 2. First
truth has reference to statements both of the qualities of
difference between
material things, and of emotions, impressions, and
truth and
thoughts. There is a moral as well as material truth,—a
imitation.
truth of impression as well as of form,—of thought as well
as of matter; and the truth of impression and thought is a thousand times the
more important of the two. Hence, truth is a term of universal application,
but imitation is limited to that narrow field of art which takes cognizance
only of material things.
Secondly,—Truth may be stated by any signs or
§ 3. Second
symbols which have a definite signification in the minds
difference.
of those to whom they are addressed, although such signs
be themselves no image nor likeness of anything. Whatever can excite in
the mind the conception of certain facts, can give ideas of truth, though it be
in no degree the imitation or resemblance of those facts. If there be—we do
not say there is—but if there be in painting anything which operates, as
words do, not by resembling anything, but by being taken as a symbol and
substitute for it, and thus inducing the effect of it, then this channel of
communication can convey uncorrupted truth, though it do not in any
CHAPTER V.
OF IDEAS OF TRUTH.
The word truth, as applied to art, signifies the faithful statement, either to
the mind or senses, of any fact of nature.
We receive an idea of truth, then, when we perceive the
§ 1. Meaning of
faithfulness of such a statement.
the word "truth"
as applied to art. The difference between ideas of truth and of imitation
lies chiefly in the following points.
First,—Imitation can only be of something material, but
§ 2. First
truth has reference to statements both of the qualities of
difference between
material things, and of emotions, impressions, and
truth and
thoughts. There is a moral as well as material truth,—a
imitation.
truth of impression as well as of form,—of thought as well
as of matter; and the truth of impression and thought is a thousand times the
more important of the two. Hence, truth is a term of universal application,
but imitation is limited to that narrow field of art which takes cognizance
only of material things.
Secondly,—Truth may be stated by any signs or
§ 3. Second
symbols which have a definite signification in the minds
difference.
of those to whom they are addressed, although such signs
be themselves no image nor likeness of anything. Whatever can excite in
the mind the conception of certain facts, can give ideas of truth, though it be
in no degree the imitation or resemblance of those facts. If there be—we do
not say there is—but if there be in painting anything which operates, as
words do, not by resembling anything, but by being taken as a symbol and
substitute for it, and thus inducing the effect of it, then this channel of
communication can convey uncorrupted truth, though it do not in any
Page 126
degree resemble the facts whose conception it induces. But ideas of
imitation, of course, require the likeness of the object. They speak to the
perceptive faculties only: truth to the conceptive.
Thirdly,—And in consequence of what is above stated, an idea of truth
exists in the statement of one attribute of anything, but an
§ 4. Third
idea of imitation requires the resemblance of as many
difference.
attributes as we are usually cognizant of in its real
presence. A pencil outline of the bough of a tree on white paper is a
statement of a certain number of facts of form. It does not yet amount to the
imitation of anything. The idea of that form is not given in nature by lines at
all, still less by black lines with a white space between them. But those lines
convey to the mind a distinct impression of a certain number of facts, which
it recognizes as agreeable with its previous impressions of the bough of a
tree; and it receives, therefore, an idea of truth. If, instead of two lines, we
give a dark form with the brush, we convey information of a certain relation
of shade between the bough and sky, recognizable for another idea of truth;
but we have still no imitation, for the white paper is not the least like air,
nor the black shadow like wood. It is not until after a certain number of
ideas of truth have been collected together, that we arrive at an idea of
imitation.
§ 5. No accurate
Hence it might at first sight appear, that an idea of
imitation, inasmuch as several ideas of truth were united in
truths necessary to
it, was nobler than a simple idea of truth. And if it were
imitation.
necessary that the ideas of truth should be perfect, or
should be subjects of contemplation as such, it would be so. But, observe,
we require to produce the effect of imitation only so many and such ideas of
truth as the senses are usually cognizant of. Now the senses are not usually,
nor unless they be especially devoted to the service, cognizant, with
accuracy, of any truths but those of space and projection. It requires long
study and attention before they give certain evidence of even the simplest
truths of form. For instance, the quay on which the figure is sitting, with his
hand at his eyes, in Claude's seaport, No. 14, in the National Gallery, is
egregiously out of perspective. The eye of this artist, with all his study, had
thus not acquired the power of taking cognizance of the apparent form even
imitation, of course, require the likeness of the object. They speak to the
perceptive faculties only: truth to the conceptive.
Thirdly,—And in consequence of what is above stated, an idea of truth
exists in the statement of one attribute of anything, but an
§ 4. Third
idea of imitation requires the resemblance of as many
difference.
attributes as we are usually cognizant of in its real
presence. A pencil outline of the bough of a tree on white paper is a
statement of a certain number of facts of form. It does not yet amount to the
imitation of anything. The idea of that form is not given in nature by lines at
all, still less by black lines with a white space between them. But those lines
convey to the mind a distinct impression of a certain number of facts, which
it recognizes as agreeable with its previous impressions of the bough of a
tree; and it receives, therefore, an idea of truth. If, instead of two lines, we
give a dark form with the brush, we convey information of a certain relation
of shade between the bough and sky, recognizable for another idea of truth;
but we have still no imitation, for the white paper is not the least like air,
nor the black shadow like wood. It is not until after a certain number of
ideas of truth have been collected together, that we arrive at an idea of
imitation.
§ 5. No accurate
Hence it might at first sight appear, that an idea of
imitation, inasmuch as several ideas of truth were united in
truths necessary to
it, was nobler than a simple idea of truth. And if it were
imitation.
necessary that the ideas of truth should be perfect, or
should be subjects of contemplation as such, it would be so. But, observe,
we require to produce the effect of imitation only so many and such ideas of
truth as the senses are usually cognizant of. Now the senses are not usually,
nor unless they be especially devoted to the service, cognizant, with
accuracy, of any truths but those of space and projection. It requires long
study and attention before they give certain evidence of even the simplest
truths of form. For instance, the quay on which the figure is sitting, with his
hand at his eyes, in Claude's seaport, No. 14, in the National Gallery, is
egregiously out of perspective. The eye of this artist, with all his study, had
thus not acquired the power of taking cognizance of the apparent form even
Page 127
of a simple parallelopiped. How much less of the complicated forms of
boughs, leaves, or limbs? Although, therefore, something resembling the
real form is necessary to deception, this something is not to be called a truth
of form; for, strictly speaking, there are no degrees of truth, there are only
degrees of approach to it; and an approach to it, whose feebleness and
imperfection would instantly offend and give pain to a mind really capable
of distinguishing truth, is yet quite sufficient for all the purposes of
deceptive imagination. It is the same with regard to color. If we were to
paint a tree sky-blue, or a dog rose-pink, the discernment of the public
would be keen enough to discover the falsehood; but, so that there be just so
much approach to truth of color as may come up to the common idea of it in
men's minds, that is to say, if the trees be all bright green, and flesh
unbroken buff, and ground unbroken brown, though all the real and refined
truths of color be wholly omitted, or rather defied and contradicted, there is
yet quite enough for all purposes of imitation. The only facts then, which
we are usually and certainly cognizant of, are those of distance and
projection, and if these be tolerably given, with something like truth of form
and color to assist them, the idea of imitation is complete. I would
undertake to paint an arm, with every muscle out of its place, and every
bone of false form and dislocated articulation, and yet to observe certain
coarse and broad resemblances of true outline, which, with careful shading,
would induce deception, and draw down the praise and delight of the
discerning public. The other day at Bruges, while I was endeavoring to set
down in my note-book something of the ineffable expression of the
Madonna in the cathedral, a French amateur came up to me, to inquire if I
had seen the modern French pictures in a neighboring church. I had not, but
felt little inclined to leave my marble for all the canvas that ever suffered
from French brushes. My apathy was attacked with gradually increasing
energy of praise. Rubens never executed—Titian never colored anything
like them. I thought this highly probable, and still sat quiet. The voice
continued at my ear. "Parbleu, Monsieur, Michel Ange n'a rien produit de
plus beau!" "De plus beau?" repeated I, wishing to know what particular
excellences of Michael Angelo were to be intimated by this expression.
"Monsieur, on ne pent plus—c'est un tableau admirable—inconcevable:
Monsieur," said the Frenchman, lifting up his hands to heaven, as he
concentrated in one conclusive and overwhelming proposition the qualities
boughs, leaves, or limbs? Although, therefore, something resembling the
real form is necessary to deception, this something is not to be called a truth
of form; for, strictly speaking, there are no degrees of truth, there are only
degrees of approach to it; and an approach to it, whose feebleness and
imperfection would instantly offend and give pain to a mind really capable
of distinguishing truth, is yet quite sufficient for all the purposes of
deceptive imagination. It is the same with regard to color. If we were to
paint a tree sky-blue, or a dog rose-pink, the discernment of the public
would be keen enough to discover the falsehood; but, so that there be just so
much approach to truth of color as may come up to the common idea of it in
men's minds, that is to say, if the trees be all bright green, and flesh
unbroken buff, and ground unbroken brown, though all the real and refined
truths of color be wholly omitted, or rather defied and contradicted, there is
yet quite enough for all purposes of imitation. The only facts then, which
we are usually and certainly cognizant of, are those of distance and
projection, and if these be tolerably given, with something like truth of form
and color to assist them, the idea of imitation is complete. I would
undertake to paint an arm, with every muscle out of its place, and every
bone of false form and dislocated articulation, and yet to observe certain
coarse and broad resemblances of true outline, which, with careful shading,
would induce deception, and draw down the praise and delight of the
discerning public. The other day at Bruges, while I was endeavoring to set
down in my note-book something of the ineffable expression of the
Madonna in the cathedral, a French amateur came up to me, to inquire if I
had seen the modern French pictures in a neighboring church. I had not, but
felt little inclined to leave my marble for all the canvas that ever suffered
from French brushes. My apathy was attacked with gradually increasing
energy of praise. Rubens never executed—Titian never colored anything
like them. I thought this highly probable, and still sat quiet. The voice
continued at my ear. "Parbleu, Monsieur, Michel Ange n'a rien produit de
plus beau!" "De plus beau?" repeated I, wishing to know what particular
excellences of Michael Angelo were to be intimated by this expression.
"Monsieur, on ne pent plus—c'est un tableau admirable—inconcevable:
Monsieur," said the Frenchman, lifting up his hands to heaven, as he
concentrated in one conclusive and overwhelming proposition the qualities
Page 128
which were to outshine Rubens and overpower Buonaroti—"Monsieur, IL
SORT!"
This gentleman could only perceive two truths—flesh color and
projection. These constituted his notion of the perfection of painting;
because they unite all that is necessary for deception. He was not therefore
cognizant of many ideas of truth, though perfectly cognizant of ideas of
imitation.
§ 6. Ideas of truth
We shall see, in the course of our investigation of ideas
are inconsistent
of truth, that ideas of imitation not only do not imply their
with ideas of
presence, but even are inconsistent with it; and that
imitation.
pictures which imitate so as to deceive, are never true. But
this is not the place for the proof of this; at present we
have only to insist on the last and greatest distinction between ideas of truth
and of imitation—that the mind, in receiving one of the former, dwells upon
its own conception of the fact, or form, or feeling stated, and is occupied
only with the qualities and character of that fact or form, considering it as
real and existing, being all the while totally regardless of the signs or
symbols by which the notion of it has been conveyed. These signs have no
pretence, nor hypocrisy, nor legerdemain about them;—there is nothing to
be found out, or sifted, or surprised in them;—they bear their message
simply and clearly, and it is that message which the mind takes from them
and dwells upon, regardless of the language in which it is delivered. But the
mind, in receiving an idea of imitation, is wholly occupied in finding out
that what has been suggested to it is not what it appears to be: it does not
dwell on the suggestion, but on the perception that it is a false suggestion: it
derives its pleasure, not from the contemplation of a truth, but from the
discovery of a falsehood. So that the moment ideas of truth are grouped
together, so as to give rise to an idea of imitation, they change their very
nature—lose their essence as ideas of truth—and are corrupted and
degraded, so as to share in the treachery of what they have produced.
Hence, finally, ideas of truth are the foundation, and ideas of imitation the
destruction, of all art. We shall be better able to appreciate their relative
dignity after the investigation which we propose of the functions of the
former; but we may as well now express the conclusion to which we shall
SORT!"
This gentleman could only perceive two truths—flesh color and
projection. These constituted his notion of the perfection of painting;
because they unite all that is necessary for deception. He was not therefore
cognizant of many ideas of truth, though perfectly cognizant of ideas of
imitation.
§ 6. Ideas of truth
We shall see, in the course of our investigation of ideas
are inconsistent
of truth, that ideas of imitation not only do not imply their
with ideas of
presence, but even are inconsistent with it; and that
imitation.
pictures which imitate so as to deceive, are never true. But
this is not the place for the proof of this; at present we
have only to insist on the last and greatest distinction between ideas of truth
and of imitation—that the mind, in receiving one of the former, dwells upon
its own conception of the fact, or form, or feeling stated, and is occupied
only with the qualities and character of that fact or form, considering it as
real and existing, being all the while totally regardless of the signs or
symbols by which the notion of it has been conveyed. These signs have no
pretence, nor hypocrisy, nor legerdemain about them;—there is nothing to
be found out, or sifted, or surprised in them;—they bear their message
simply and clearly, and it is that message which the mind takes from them
and dwells upon, regardless of the language in which it is delivered. But the
mind, in receiving an idea of imitation, is wholly occupied in finding out
that what has been suggested to it is not what it appears to be: it does not
dwell on the suggestion, but on the perception that it is a false suggestion: it
derives its pleasure, not from the contemplation of a truth, but from the
discovery of a falsehood. So that the moment ideas of truth are grouped
together, so as to give rise to an idea of imitation, they change their very
nature—lose their essence as ideas of truth—and are corrupted and
degraded, so as to share in the treachery of what they have produced.
Hence, finally, ideas of truth are the foundation, and ideas of imitation the
destruction, of all art. We shall be better able to appreciate their relative
dignity after the investigation which we propose of the functions of the
former; but we may as well now express the conclusion to which we shall
Page 129
then be led—that no picture can be good which deceives by its imitation,
for the very reason that nothing can be beautiful which is not true.
CHAPTER VI.
OF IDEAS OF BEAUTY.
Any material object which can give us pleasure in the simple
contemplation of its outward qualities without any direct and definite
§ 1. Definition of
exertion of the intellect, I call in some way, or in some
the term
degree, beautiful. Why we receive pleasure from some
"beautiful."
forms and colors, and not from others, is no more to be
asked or answered than why we like sugar and dislike
wormwood. The utmost subtilty of investigation will only lead us to
ultimate instincts and principles of human nature, for which no farther
reason can be given than the simple will of the Deity that we should be so
created. We may, indeed, perceive, as far as we are acquainted with His
nature, that we have been so constructed as, when in a healthy and
cultivated state of mind, to derive pleasure from whatever things are
illustrative of that nature; but we do not receive pleasure from them because
they are illustrative of it, nor from any perception that they are illustrative
of it, but instinctively and necessarily, as we derive sensual pleasure from
the scent of a rose. On these primary principles of our nature, education and
accident operate to an unlimited extent; they may be cultivated or checked,
directed or diverted, gifted by right guidance with the most acute and
faultless sense, or subjected by neglect to every phase of error and disease.
He who has followed up these natural laws of aversion and desire,
rendering them more and more authoritative by constant obedience, so as to
derive pleasure always from that which God originally intended should give
him pleasure, and who derives the greatest possible sum of pleasure from
any given object, is a man of taste.
This, then, is the real meaning of this disputed word. Perfect taste is the
faculty of receiving the greatest possible pleasure from those material
for the very reason that nothing can be beautiful which is not true.
CHAPTER VI.
OF IDEAS OF BEAUTY.
Any material object which can give us pleasure in the simple
contemplation of its outward qualities without any direct and definite
§ 1. Definition of
exertion of the intellect, I call in some way, or in some
the term
degree, beautiful. Why we receive pleasure from some
"beautiful."
forms and colors, and not from others, is no more to be
asked or answered than why we like sugar and dislike
wormwood. The utmost subtilty of investigation will only lead us to
ultimate instincts and principles of human nature, for which no farther
reason can be given than the simple will of the Deity that we should be so
created. We may, indeed, perceive, as far as we are acquainted with His
nature, that we have been so constructed as, when in a healthy and
cultivated state of mind, to derive pleasure from whatever things are
illustrative of that nature; but we do not receive pleasure from them because
they are illustrative of it, nor from any perception that they are illustrative
of it, but instinctively and necessarily, as we derive sensual pleasure from
the scent of a rose. On these primary principles of our nature, education and
accident operate to an unlimited extent; they may be cultivated or checked,
directed or diverted, gifted by right guidance with the most acute and
faultless sense, or subjected by neglect to every phase of error and disease.
He who has followed up these natural laws of aversion and desire,
rendering them more and more authoritative by constant obedience, so as to
derive pleasure always from that which God originally intended should give
him pleasure, and who derives the greatest possible sum of pleasure from
any given object, is a man of taste.
This, then, is the real meaning of this disputed word. Perfect taste is the
faculty of receiving the greatest possible pleasure from those material
Page 130
§ 2. Definition of
sources which are attractive to our moral nature in its
the term "taste."
purity and perfection. He who receives little pleasure from
these sources, wants taste; he who receives pleasure from
any other sources, has false or bad taste.
And it is thus that the term "taste" is to be distinguished
§ 3. Distinction
between taste and
from that of "judgment," with which it is constantly
judgment.
confounded. Judgment is a general term, expressing
definite action of the intellect, and applicable to every kind
of subject which can be submitted to it. There may be judgment of
congruity, judgment of truth, judgment of justice, and judgment of difficulty
and excellence. But all these exertions of the intellect are totally distinct
from taste, properly so called, which is the instinctive and instant preferring
of one material object to another without any obvious reason, except that it
is proper to human nature in its perfection so to do.
§ 4. How far
Observe, however, I do not mean by excluding direct
exertion of the intellect from ideas of beauty, to assert that
beauty may
become
beauty has no effect upon nor connection with the
intellectual.
intellect. All our moral feelings are so in-woven with our
intellectual powers, that we cannot affect the one without
in some degree addressing the other; and in all high ideas of beauty, it is
more than probable that much of the pleasure depends on delicate and
untraceable perceptions of fitness, propriety, and relation, which are purely
intellectual, and through which we arrive at our noblest ideas of what is
commonly and rightly called "intellectual beauty." But there is yet no
immediate exertion of the intellect; that is to say, if a person receiving even
the noblest ideas of simple beauty be asked why he likes the object exciting
them, he will not be able to give any distinct reason, nor to trace in his mind
any formed thought, to which he can appeal as a source of pleasure. He will
say that the thing gratifies, fills, hallows, exalts his mind, but he will not be
able to say why, or how. If he can, and if he can show that he perceives in
the object any expression of distinct thought, he has received more than an
idea of beauty—it is an idea of relation.
Ideas of beauty are among the noblest which can be presented to the
human mind, invariably exalting and purifying it according to their degree;
sources which are attractive to our moral nature in its
the term "taste."
purity and perfection. He who receives little pleasure from
these sources, wants taste; he who receives pleasure from
any other sources, has false or bad taste.
And it is thus that the term "taste" is to be distinguished
§ 3. Distinction
between taste and
from that of "judgment," with which it is constantly
judgment.
confounded. Judgment is a general term, expressing
definite action of the intellect, and applicable to every kind
of subject which can be submitted to it. There may be judgment of
congruity, judgment of truth, judgment of justice, and judgment of difficulty
and excellence. But all these exertions of the intellect are totally distinct
from taste, properly so called, which is the instinctive and instant preferring
of one material object to another without any obvious reason, except that it
is proper to human nature in its perfection so to do.
§ 4. How far
Observe, however, I do not mean by excluding direct
exertion of the intellect from ideas of beauty, to assert that
beauty may
become
beauty has no effect upon nor connection with the
intellectual.
intellect. All our moral feelings are so in-woven with our
intellectual powers, that we cannot affect the one without
in some degree addressing the other; and in all high ideas of beauty, it is
more than probable that much of the pleasure depends on delicate and
untraceable perceptions of fitness, propriety, and relation, which are purely
intellectual, and through which we arrive at our noblest ideas of what is
commonly and rightly called "intellectual beauty." But there is yet no
immediate exertion of the intellect; that is to say, if a person receiving even
the noblest ideas of simple beauty be asked why he likes the object exciting
them, he will not be able to give any distinct reason, nor to trace in his mind
any formed thought, to which he can appeal as a source of pleasure. He will
say that the thing gratifies, fills, hallows, exalts his mind, but he will not be
able to say why, or how. If he can, and if he can show that he perceives in
the object any expression of distinct thought, he has received more than an
idea of beauty—it is an idea of relation.
Ideas of beauty are among the noblest which can be presented to the
human mind, invariably exalting and purifying it according to their degree;
Page 131
and it would appear that we are intended by the Deity to be
§ 5. The high rank
constantly under their influence, because there is not one
and function of
ideas of beauty.
single object in nature which is not capable of conveying
them, and which, to the rightly perceiving mind, does not
present an incalculably greater number of beautiful than of deformed parts;
there being in fact scarcely anything, in pure, undiseased nature, like
positive deformity, but only degrees of beauty, or such slight and rare points
of permitted contrast as may render all around them more valuable by their
opposition, spots of blackness in creation, to make its colors felt.
§ 6. Meaning of
But although everything in nature is more or less
beautiful, every species of object has its own kind and
the term "ideal
degree of beauty; some being in their own nature more
beauty."
beautiful than others, and few, if any, individuals
possessing the utmost degree of beauty of which the species is capable. This
utmost degree of specific beauty, necessarily coexistent with the utmost
perfection of the object in other respects, is the ideal of the object.
Ideas of beauty, then, be it remembered, are the subjects of moral, but not
of intellectual perception. By the investigation of them we shall be led to
the knowledge of the ideal subjects of art.
CHAPTER VII.
OF IDEAS OF RELATION.
I use this term rather as one of convenience than as adequately expressive
of the vast class of ideas which I wish to be comprehended
§ 1. General
under it, namely, all those conveyable by art, which are the
meaning of the
subjects of distinct intellectual perception and action, and
term.
which are therefore worthy of the name of thoughts. But as
every thought, or definite exertion of intellect, implies two subjects, and
some connection or relation inferred between them, the term "ideas of
relation" is not incorrect, though it is inexpressive.
§ 5. The high rank
constantly under their influence, because there is not one
and function of
ideas of beauty.
single object in nature which is not capable of conveying
them, and which, to the rightly perceiving mind, does not
present an incalculably greater number of beautiful than of deformed parts;
there being in fact scarcely anything, in pure, undiseased nature, like
positive deformity, but only degrees of beauty, or such slight and rare points
of permitted contrast as may render all around them more valuable by their
opposition, spots of blackness in creation, to make its colors felt.
§ 6. Meaning of
But although everything in nature is more or less
beautiful, every species of object has its own kind and
the term "ideal
degree of beauty; some being in their own nature more
beauty."
beautiful than others, and few, if any, individuals
possessing the utmost degree of beauty of which the species is capable. This
utmost degree of specific beauty, necessarily coexistent with the utmost
perfection of the object in other respects, is the ideal of the object.
Ideas of beauty, then, be it remembered, are the subjects of moral, but not
of intellectual perception. By the investigation of them we shall be led to
the knowledge of the ideal subjects of art.
CHAPTER VII.
OF IDEAS OF RELATION.
I use this term rather as one of convenience than as adequately expressive
of the vast class of ideas which I wish to be comprehended
§ 1. General
under it, namely, all those conveyable by art, which are the
meaning of the
subjects of distinct intellectual perception and action, and
term.
which are therefore worthy of the name of thoughts. But as
every thought, or definite exertion of intellect, implies two subjects, and
some connection or relation inferred between them, the term "ideas of
relation" is not incorrect, though it is inexpressive.
Page 132
§ 2. What ideas
Under this head must be arranged everything productive
are to be
of expression, sentiment, and character, whether in figures
or landscapes, (for there may be as much definite
comprehended
expression and marked carrying out of particular thoughts
under it.
in the treatment of inanimate as of animate nature,)
everything relating to the conception of the subject and to the congruity and
relation of its parts; not as they enhance each other's beauty by known and
constant laws of composition, but as they give each other expression and
meaning, by particular application, requiring distinct thought to discover or
to enjoy: the choice, for instance, of a particular lurid or appalling light, to
illustrate an incident in itself terrible, or of a particular tone of pure color to
prepare the mind for the expression of refined and delicate feeling; and, in a
still higher sense, the invention of such incidents and thoughts as can be
expressed in words as well as on canvas, and are totally independent of any
means of art but such as may serve for the bare suggestion of them. The
principal object in the foreground of Turner's "Building of Carthage" is a
group of children sailing toy boats. The exquisite choice of this incident, as
expressive of the ruling passion, which was to be the source of future
greatness, in preference to the tumult of busy stone-masons or arming
soldiers, is quite as appreciable when it is told as when it is seen,—it has
nothing to do with the technicalities of painting; a scratch of the pen would
have conveyed the idea and spoken to the intellect as much as the elaborate
realizations of color. Such a thought as this is something far above all art; it
is epic poetry of the highest order. Claude, in subjects of the same kind,
commonly introduces people carrying red trunks with iron locks about, and
dwells, with infantine delight, on the lustre of the leather and the ornaments
of the iron. The intellect can have no occupation here; we must look to the
imitation or to nothing. Consequently, Turner rises above Claude in the very
first instant of the conception of his picture, and acquires an intellectual
superiority which no powers of the draughtsman or the artist (supposing
that such existed in his antagonist) could ever wrest from him.
Such are the function and force of ideas of relation.
§ 3. The exceeding
nobility of these
They are what I have asserted in the second chapter of this
section to be the noblest subjects of art. Dependent upon it
ideas.
only for expression, they cause all the rest of its
Under this head must be arranged everything productive
are to be
of expression, sentiment, and character, whether in figures
or landscapes, (for there may be as much definite
comprehended
expression and marked carrying out of particular thoughts
under it.
in the treatment of inanimate as of animate nature,)
everything relating to the conception of the subject and to the congruity and
relation of its parts; not as they enhance each other's beauty by known and
constant laws of composition, but as they give each other expression and
meaning, by particular application, requiring distinct thought to discover or
to enjoy: the choice, for instance, of a particular lurid or appalling light, to
illustrate an incident in itself terrible, or of a particular tone of pure color to
prepare the mind for the expression of refined and delicate feeling; and, in a
still higher sense, the invention of such incidents and thoughts as can be
expressed in words as well as on canvas, and are totally independent of any
means of art but such as may serve for the bare suggestion of them. The
principal object in the foreground of Turner's "Building of Carthage" is a
group of children sailing toy boats. The exquisite choice of this incident, as
expressive of the ruling passion, which was to be the source of future
greatness, in preference to the tumult of busy stone-masons or arming
soldiers, is quite as appreciable when it is told as when it is seen,—it has
nothing to do with the technicalities of painting; a scratch of the pen would
have conveyed the idea and spoken to the intellect as much as the elaborate
realizations of color. Such a thought as this is something far above all art; it
is epic poetry of the highest order. Claude, in subjects of the same kind,
commonly introduces people carrying red trunks with iron locks about, and
dwells, with infantine delight, on the lustre of the leather and the ornaments
of the iron. The intellect can have no occupation here; we must look to the
imitation or to nothing. Consequently, Turner rises above Claude in the very
first instant of the conception of his picture, and acquires an intellectual
superiority which no powers of the draughtsman or the artist (supposing
that such existed in his antagonist) could ever wrest from him.
Such are the function and force of ideas of relation.
§ 3. The exceeding
nobility of these
They are what I have asserted in the second chapter of this
section to be the noblest subjects of art. Dependent upon it
ideas.
only for expression, they cause all the rest of its
Page 133
complicated sources of pleasure to take, in comparison with them, the place
of mere language or decoration; nay, even the noblest ideas of beauty sink
at once beside these into subordination and subjection. It would add little to
the influence of Landseer's picture above instanced, Chap. II., § 4, that the
form of the dog should be conceived with every perfection of curve and
color which its nature was capable of, and that the ideal lines should be
carried out with the science of a Praxiteles; nay, the instant that the beauty
so obtained interfered with the impression of agony and desolation, and
drew the mind away from the feeling of the animal to its outward form, that
instant would the picture become monstrous and degraded. The utmost
glory of the human body is a mean subject of contemplation, compared to
the emotion, exertion and character of that which animates it; the lustre of
the limbs of the Aphrodite is faint beside that of the brow of the Madonna;
and the divine form of the Greek god, except as it is the incarnation and
expression of divine mind, is degraded beside the passion and the prophecy
of the vaults of the Sistine.
Ideas of relation are of course, with respect to art generally, the most
§ 4. Why no
extensive as the most important source of pleasure; and if
subdivision of so
we proposed entering upon the criticism of historical
works, it would be absurd to attempt to do so without
extensive a class is
further subdivision and arrangement. But the old landscape
necessary.
painters got over so much canvas without either exercise
of, or appeal to, the intellect, that we shall be little troubled with the subject
as far as they are concerned; and whatever subdivision we may adopt, as it
will therefore have particular reference to the works of modern artists, will
be better understood when we have obtained some knowledge of them in
less important points.
By the term "ideas of relation," then, I mean in future to express all those
sources of pleasure, which involve and require, at the instant of their
perception, active exertion of the intellectual powers.
SECTION II.
of mere language or decoration; nay, even the noblest ideas of beauty sink
at once beside these into subordination and subjection. It would add little to
the influence of Landseer's picture above instanced, Chap. II., § 4, that the
form of the dog should be conceived with every perfection of curve and
color which its nature was capable of, and that the ideal lines should be
carried out with the science of a Praxiteles; nay, the instant that the beauty
so obtained interfered with the impression of agony and desolation, and
drew the mind away from the feeling of the animal to its outward form, that
instant would the picture become monstrous and degraded. The utmost
glory of the human body is a mean subject of contemplation, compared to
the emotion, exertion and character of that which animates it; the lustre of
the limbs of the Aphrodite is faint beside that of the brow of the Madonna;
and the divine form of the Greek god, except as it is the incarnation and
expression of divine mind, is degraded beside the passion and the prophecy
of the vaults of the Sistine.
Ideas of relation are of course, with respect to art generally, the most
§ 4. Why no
extensive as the most important source of pleasure; and if
subdivision of so
we proposed entering upon the criticism of historical
works, it would be absurd to attempt to do so without
extensive a class is
further subdivision and arrangement. But the old landscape
necessary.
painters got over so much canvas without either exercise
of, or appeal to, the intellect, that we shall be little troubled with the subject
as far as they are concerned; and whatever subdivision we may adopt, as it
will therefore have particular reference to the works of modern artists, will
be better understood when we have obtained some knowledge of them in
less important points.
By the term "ideas of relation," then, I mean in future to express all those
sources of pleasure, which involve and require, at the instant of their
perception, active exertion of the intellectual powers.
SECTION II.
Page 134
OF POWER.
CHAPTER I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF POWER.
We have seen in the last section, what classes of ideas may be conveyed
by art, and we have been able so far to appreciate their relative worth as to
see, that from the list, as it is to be applied to the purposes
§ 1. No necessity
of legitimate criticism, we may at once throw out the ideas
for detailed study
of imitation; first, because, as we have shown, they are
of ideas of
imitation.
unworthy the pursuit of the artist; and secondly, because
they are nothing more than the result of a particular
association of ideas of truth. In examining the truth of art, therefore, we
shall be compelled to take notice of those particular truths, whose
association gives rise to the ideas of imitation. We shall then see more
clearly the meanness of those truths, and we shall find ourselves able to use
them as tests of vice in art, saying of a picture,—"It deceives, therefore it
must be bad."
Ideas of power, in the same way, cannot be completely
§ 2. Nor for
viewed as a separate class; not because they are mean or
separate study of
ideas of power.
unimportant, but because they are almost always
associated with, or dependent upon, some of the higher
ideas of truth, beauty, or relation, rendered with decision or velocity. That
power which delights us in the chalk sketch of a great painter is not one of
the fingers, not like that of the writing-master, mere dexterity of hand. It is
the accuracy and certainty of the knowledge, rendered evident by its rapid
and fearless expression, which is the real source of pleasure; and so upon
each difficulty of art, whether it be to know, or to relate, or to invent, the
sensation of power is attendant, when we see that difficulty totally and
swiftly vanquished. Hence, as we determine what is otherwise desirable in
art, we shall gradually develop the sources of the ideas of power; and if
CHAPTER I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF POWER.
We have seen in the last section, what classes of ideas may be conveyed
by art, and we have been able so far to appreciate their relative worth as to
see, that from the list, as it is to be applied to the purposes
§ 1. No necessity
of legitimate criticism, we may at once throw out the ideas
for detailed study
of imitation; first, because, as we have shown, they are
of ideas of
imitation.
unworthy the pursuit of the artist; and secondly, because
they are nothing more than the result of a particular
association of ideas of truth. In examining the truth of art, therefore, we
shall be compelled to take notice of those particular truths, whose
association gives rise to the ideas of imitation. We shall then see more
clearly the meanness of those truths, and we shall find ourselves able to use
them as tests of vice in art, saying of a picture,—"It deceives, therefore it
must be bad."
Ideas of power, in the same way, cannot be completely
§ 2. Nor for
viewed as a separate class; not because they are mean or
separate study of
ideas of power.
unimportant, but because they are almost always
associated with, or dependent upon, some of the higher
ideas of truth, beauty, or relation, rendered with decision or velocity. That
power which delights us in the chalk sketch of a great painter is not one of
the fingers, not like that of the writing-master, mere dexterity of hand. It is
the accuracy and certainty of the knowledge, rendered evident by its rapid
and fearless expression, which is the real source of pleasure; and so upon
each difficulty of art, whether it be to know, or to relate, or to invent, the
sensation of power is attendant, when we see that difficulty totally and
swiftly vanquished. Hence, as we determine what is otherwise desirable in
art, we shall gradually develop the sources of the ideas of power; and if
Page 135
there be anything difficult which is not otherwise desirable, it must be
afterwards considered separately.
§ 3. Except under
But it will be necessary at present to notice a particular
form of the ideas of power, which is partially independent
one particular
of knowledge of truth, or difficulty, and which is apt to
form.
corrupt the judgment of the critic, and debase the work of
the artist. It is evident that the conception of power which we receive from a
calculation of unseen difficulty, and an estimate of unseen strength, can
never be so impressive as that which we receive from the present sensation
or sight of the one resisting, and the other overwhelming. In the one case
the power is imagined, and in the other felt.
There are thus two modes in which we receive the
§ 4. There are two
modes of receiving
conception of power; one, the most just, when by a perfect
ideas of power,
knowledge of the difficulty to be overcome, and the means
employed, we form a right estimate of the faculties
commonly
exerted; the other, when without possessing such intimate
inconsistent.
and accurate knowledge, we are impressed by a sensation
of power in visible action. If these two modes of receiving the impression
agree in the result, and if the sensation be equal to the estimate, we receive
the utmost possible idea of power. But this is the case perhaps with the
works of only one man out of the whole circle of the fathers of art, of him
to whom we have just referred, Michael Angelo. In others, the estimate and
the sensation are constantly unequal, and often contradictory.
§ 5. First reason of
The first reason of this inconsistency is, that in order to
receive a sensation of power, we must see it in operation.
the inconsistency.
Its victory, therefore, must not be achieved, but achieving,
and therefore imperfect. Thus we receive a greater sensation of power from
the half-hewn limbs of the Twilight to the Day of the Cappella de' Medici,
than even from the divine inebriety of the Bacchus in the gallery—greater
from the life dashed out along the Friezes of the Parthenon, than from the
polished limbs of the Apollo,—greater from the ink sketch of the head of
Raffaelle's St. Catherine, than from the perfection of its realization.
afterwards considered separately.
§ 3. Except under
But it will be necessary at present to notice a particular
form of the ideas of power, which is partially independent
one particular
of knowledge of truth, or difficulty, and which is apt to
form.
corrupt the judgment of the critic, and debase the work of
the artist. It is evident that the conception of power which we receive from a
calculation of unseen difficulty, and an estimate of unseen strength, can
never be so impressive as that which we receive from the present sensation
or sight of the one resisting, and the other overwhelming. In the one case
the power is imagined, and in the other felt.
There are thus two modes in which we receive the
§ 4. There are two
modes of receiving
conception of power; one, the most just, when by a perfect
ideas of power,
knowledge of the difficulty to be overcome, and the means
employed, we form a right estimate of the faculties
commonly
exerted; the other, when without possessing such intimate
inconsistent.
and accurate knowledge, we are impressed by a sensation
of power in visible action. If these two modes of receiving the impression
agree in the result, and if the sensation be equal to the estimate, we receive
the utmost possible idea of power. But this is the case perhaps with the
works of only one man out of the whole circle of the fathers of art, of him
to whom we have just referred, Michael Angelo. In others, the estimate and
the sensation are constantly unequal, and often contradictory.
§ 5. First reason of
The first reason of this inconsistency is, that in order to
receive a sensation of power, we must see it in operation.
the inconsistency.
Its victory, therefore, must not be achieved, but achieving,
and therefore imperfect. Thus we receive a greater sensation of power from
the half-hewn limbs of the Twilight to the Day of the Cappella de' Medici,
than even from the divine inebriety of the Bacchus in the gallery—greater
from the life dashed out along the Friezes of the Parthenon, than from the
polished limbs of the Apollo,—greater from the ink sketch of the head of
Raffaelle's St. Catherine, than from the perfection of its realization.
Page 136
§ 6. Second reason
Another reason of the inconsistency is, that the
for the
sensation of power is in proportion to the apparent
inadequacy of the means to the end; so that the impression
inconsistency.
is much greater from a partial success attained with slight
effort, than from perfect success attained with greater proportional effort.
Now, in all art, every touch or effort does individually less in proportion as
the work approaches perfection. The first five chalk touches bring a head
into existence out of nothing. No five touches in the whole course of the
work will ever do so much as these, and the difference made by each touch
is more and more imperceptible as the work approaches completion.
Consequently, the ratio between the means employed and the effect
produced is constantly decreasing, and therefore the least sensation of
power is received from the most perfect work.
It is thus evident that there are sensations of power
§ 7. The sensation
about imperfect art, so that it be right art as far as it goes,
of power ought not
to be sought in
which must always be wanting in its perfection; and that
there are sources of pleasure in the hasty sketch and rough
imperfect art.
hewn block, which are partially wanting in the tinted
canvas and the polished marble. But it is nevertheless wrong to prefer the
sensation of power to the intellectual perception of it. There is in reality
greater power in the completion than in the commencement; and though it
be not so manifest to the senses, it ought to have higher influence on the
mind; and therefore in praising pictures for the ideas of power they convey,
we must not look to the keenest sensation, but to the highest estimate,
accompanied with as much of the sensation as is compatible with it; and
thus we shall consider those pictures as conveying the highest ideas of
power which attain the most perfect end with the slightest possible means;
not, observe, those in which, though much has been done with little, all has
not been done, but from the picture, in which all has been done, and yet not
a touch thrown away. The quantity of work in the sketch is necessarily less
in proportion to the effect obtained than in the picture; but yet the picture
involves the greater power, if out of all the additional labor bestowed on it,
not a touch has been lost.
Another reason of the inconsistency is, that the
for the
sensation of power is in proportion to the apparent
inadequacy of the means to the end; so that the impression
inconsistency.
is much greater from a partial success attained with slight
effort, than from perfect success attained with greater proportional effort.
Now, in all art, every touch or effort does individually less in proportion as
the work approaches perfection. The first five chalk touches bring a head
into existence out of nothing. No five touches in the whole course of the
work will ever do so much as these, and the difference made by each touch
is more and more imperceptible as the work approaches completion.
Consequently, the ratio between the means employed and the effect
produced is constantly decreasing, and therefore the least sensation of
power is received from the most perfect work.
It is thus evident that there are sensations of power
§ 7. The sensation
about imperfect art, so that it be right art as far as it goes,
of power ought not
to be sought in
which must always be wanting in its perfection; and that
there are sources of pleasure in the hasty sketch and rough
imperfect art.
hewn block, which are partially wanting in the tinted
canvas and the polished marble. But it is nevertheless wrong to prefer the
sensation of power to the intellectual perception of it. There is in reality
greater power in the completion than in the commencement; and though it
be not so manifest to the senses, it ought to have higher influence on the
mind; and therefore in praising pictures for the ideas of power they convey,
we must not look to the keenest sensation, but to the highest estimate,
accompanied with as much of the sensation as is compatible with it; and
thus we shall consider those pictures as conveying the highest ideas of
power which attain the most perfect end with the slightest possible means;
not, observe, those in which, though much has been done with little, all has
not been done, but from the picture, in which all has been done, and yet not
a touch thrown away. The quantity of work in the sketch is necessarily less
in proportion to the effect obtained than in the picture; but yet the picture
involves the greater power, if out of all the additional labor bestowed on it,
not a touch has been lost.
Page 137
§ 8. Instances in
For instance, there are few drawings of the present day
that involve greater sensations of power than those of
pictures of modern
Frederick Tayler. Every dash tells, and the quantity of
artists.
effect obtained is enormous, in proportion to the apparent
means. But the effect obtained is not complete. Brilliant, beautiful, and
right, as a sketch, the work is still far from perfection, as a drawing. On the
contrary, there are few drawings of the present day that bear evidence of
more labor bestowed, or more complicated means employed, than those of
John Lewis. The result does not, at first, so much convey an impression of
inherent power as of prolonged exertion; but the result is complete. Water-
color drawing can be carried no farther; nothing has been left unfinished or
untold. And on examination of the means employed, it is found and felt that
not one touch out of the thousands employed has been thrown away;—that
not one dot nor dash could be spared without loss of effect;—and that the
exertion has been as swift as it has been prolonged—as bold as it has been
persevering. The power involved in such a picture is of the highest order,
and the enduring pleasure following on the estimate of it pure.
But there is still farther ground for caution in pursuing
§ 9. Connection
between ideas of
the sensation of power, connected with the particular
characters and modes of execution. This we shall be better
power and modes
able to understand by briefly reviewing the various
of execution.
excellences which may belong to execution, and give
pleasure in it; though the full determination of what is desirable in it, and
the critical examination of the execution of different artists, must be
deferred, as will be immediately seen, until we are more fully acquainted
with the principles of truth.
CHAPTER II.
OF IDEAS OF POWER, AS THEY ARE DEPENDENT UPON EXECUTION.
By the term "execution," I understand the right mechanical use of the
means of art to produce a given end.
For instance, there are few drawings of the present day
that involve greater sensations of power than those of
pictures of modern
Frederick Tayler. Every dash tells, and the quantity of
artists.
effect obtained is enormous, in proportion to the apparent
means. But the effect obtained is not complete. Brilliant, beautiful, and
right, as a sketch, the work is still far from perfection, as a drawing. On the
contrary, there are few drawings of the present day that bear evidence of
more labor bestowed, or more complicated means employed, than those of
John Lewis. The result does not, at first, so much convey an impression of
inherent power as of prolonged exertion; but the result is complete. Water-
color drawing can be carried no farther; nothing has been left unfinished or
untold. And on examination of the means employed, it is found and felt that
not one touch out of the thousands employed has been thrown away;—that
not one dot nor dash could be spared without loss of effect;—and that the
exertion has been as swift as it has been prolonged—as bold as it has been
persevering. The power involved in such a picture is of the highest order,
and the enduring pleasure following on the estimate of it pure.
But there is still farther ground for caution in pursuing
§ 9. Connection
between ideas of
the sensation of power, connected with the particular
characters and modes of execution. This we shall be better
power and modes
able to understand by briefly reviewing the various
of execution.
excellences which may belong to execution, and give
pleasure in it; though the full determination of what is desirable in it, and
the critical examination of the execution of different artists, must be
deferred, as will be immediately seen, until we are more fully acquainted
with the principles of truth.
CHAPTER II.
OF IDEAS OF POWER, AS THEY ARE DEPENDENT UPON EXECUTION.
By the term "execution," I understand the right mechanical use of the
means of art to produce a given end.
Page 138
§ 1. Meaning of
All qualities of execution, properly so called, are
the term
influenced by, and in a great degree dependent on, a far
higher power than that of mere execution,—knowledge of
"execution."
truth. For exactly in proportion as an artist is certain of his
§ 2. The first
end, will he be swift and simple in his means; and, as he is
quality of
accurate and deep in his knowledge, will he be refined and
execution is truth.
precise in his touch. The first merit of manipulation, then,
is that delicate and ceaseless expression of refined truth
which is carried out to the last touch, and shadow of a touch, and which
makes every hairsbreadth of importance, and every gradation full of
meaning. It is not, properly speaking, execution; but it is the only source of
difference between the execution of a commonplace and of a perfect artist.
The lowest draughtsman, if he have spent the same time in handling the
brush, may be equal to the highest in the other qualities of execution (in
swiftness, simplicity, and decision;) but not in truth. It is in the perfection
and precision of the instantaneous line that the claim to immortality is laid.
And if this truth of truths be present, all the other qualities of execution may
well be spared; and to those artists who wish to excuse their ignorance and
inaccuracy by a species of execution which is a perpetual proclamation,
"qu'ils n'ont demeuré qu'un quart d'heure a le faire," we may reply with the
truthful Alceste, "Monsieur, le temps ne fait rien a l'affaire."
§ 3. The second,
The second quality of execution is simplicity. The more
simplicity.
unpretending, quiet, and retiring the means, the more
impressive their effect. Any ostentation, brilliancy, or
pretension of touch,—any exhibition of power or quickness, merely as such,
above all, any attempt to render lines attractive at the expense of their
meaning, is vice.
§ 4. The third
The third is mystery. Nature is always mysterious and
mystery.
secret in the use of her means; and art is always likest her
when it is most inexplicable. That execution which is the
most incomprehensible, and which therefore defies imitation, (other
qualities being supposed alike,) is the best.
The fourth is inadequacy. The less sufficient the means appear to the end,
the greater (as has been already noticed) will be the sensation of power.
All qualities of execution, properly so called, are
the term
influenced by, and in a great degree dependent on, a far
higher power than that of mere execution,—knowledge of
"execution."
truth. For exactly in proportion as an artist is certain of his
§ 2. The first
end, will he be swift and simple in his means; and, as he is
quality of
accurate and deep in his knowledge, will he be refined and
execution is truth.
precise in his touch. The first merit of manipulation, then,
is that delicate and ceaseless expression of refined truth
which is carried out to the last touch, and shadow of a touch, and which
makes every hairsbreadth of importance, and every gradation full of
meaning. It is not, properly speaking, execution; but it is the only source of
difference between the execution of a commonplace and of a perfect artist.
The lowest draughtsman, if he have spent the same time in handling the
brush, may be equal to the highest in the other qualities of execution (in
swiftness, simplicity, and decision;) but not in truth. It is in the perfection
and precision of the instantaneous line that the claim to immortality is laid.
And if this truth of truths be present, all the other qualities of execution may
well be spared; and to those artists who wish to excuse their ignorance and
inaccuracy by a species of execution which is a perpetual proclamation,
"qu'ils n'ont demeuré qu'un quart d'heure a le faire," we may reply with the
truthful Alceste, "Monsieur, le temps ne fait rien a l'affaire."
§ 3. The second,
The second quality of execution is simplicity. The more
simplicity.
unpretending, quiet, and retiring the means, the more
impressive their effect. Any ostentation, brilliancy, or
pretension of touch,—any exhibition of power or quickness, merely as such,
above all, any attempt to render lines attractive at the expense of their
meaning, is vice.
§ 4. The third
The third is mystery. Nature is always mysterious and
mystery.
secret in the use of her means; and art is always likest her
when it is most inexplicable. That execution which is the
most incomprehensible, and which therefore defies imitation, (other
qualities being supposed alike,) is the best.
The fourth is inadequacy. The less sufficient the means appear to the end,
the greater (as has been already noticed) will be the sensation of power.
Page 139
§ 5. The fourth,
The fifth is decision: the appearance, that is, that
whatever is done, has been done fearlessly and at once;
inadequacy; and
because this gives us the impression that both the fact to
the fifth, decision.
be represented, and the means necessary to its
representation, were perfectly known.
§ 6. The sixth,
The sixth is velocity. Not only is velocity, or the
velocity.
appearance of it, agreeable as decision is, because it gives
ideas of power and knowledge; but of two touches, as
nearly as possible the same in other respects, the quickest will invariably be
the best. Truth being supposed equally present in the shape and direction of
both, there will be more evenness, grace and variety, in the quick one than
in the slow one. It will be more agreeable to the eye as a touch or line, and
will possess more of the qualities of the lines of nature—gradation,
uncertainty, and unity.
§ 7. Strangeness
These six qualities are the only perfectly legitimate
an illegitimate
sources of pleasure in execution; but I might have added a
seventh—strangeness, which in many cases is productive
source of pleasure
of a pleasure not altogether mean or degrading, though
in execution.
scarcely right. Supposing the other higher qualities first
secured, it adds in no small degree to our impression of the artist's
knowledge, if the means used be such as we should never have thought of,
or should have thought adapted to a contrary effect. Let us, for instance,
compare the execution of the bull's head in the left hand lowest corner of
the Adoration of the Magi, in the Museum at Antwerp, with that in
Berghem's landscape, No. 132 in the Dulwich Gallery. Rubens first
scratches horizontally over his canvas a thin grayish brown, transparent and
even, very much the color of light wainscot; the horizontal strokes of the
bristles being left so evident, that the whole might be taken for an imitation
of wood, were it not for its transparency. On this ground the eye, nostril,
and outline of the cheek are given with two or three rude, brown touches,
(about three or four minutes' work in all,) though the head is colossal. The
background is then laid in with thick, solid, warm white, actually projecting
all round the head, leaving it in dark intaglio. Finally, five thin and scratchy
strokes of very cold bluish white are struck for the high light on the
The fifth is decision: the appearance, that is, that
whatever is done, has been done fearlessly and at once;
inadequacy; and
because this gives us the impression that both the fact to
the fifth, decision.
be represented, and the means necessary to its
representation, were perfectly known.
§ 6. The sixth,
The sixth is velocity. Not only is velocity, or the
velocity.
appearance of it, agreeable as decision is, because it gives
ideas of power and knowledge; but of two touches, as
nearly as possible the same in other respects, the quickest will invariably be
the best. Truth being supposed equally present in the shape and direction of
both, there will be more evenness, grace and variety, in the quick one than
in the slow one. It will be more agreeable to the eye as a touch or line, and
will possess more of the qualities of the lines of nature—gradation,
uncertainty, and unity.
§ 7. Strangeness
These six qualities are the only perfectly legitimate
an illegitimate
sources of pleasure in execution; but I might have added a
seventh—strangeness, which in many cases is productive
source of pleasure
of a pleasure not altogether mean or degrading, though
in execution.
scarcely right. Supposing the other higher qualities first
secured, it adds in no small degree to our impression of the artist's
knowledge, if the means used be such as we should never have thought of,
or should have thought adapted to a contrary effect. Let us, for instance,
compare the execution of the bull's head in the left hand lowest corner of
the Adoration of the Magi, in the Museum at Antwerp, with that in
Berghem's landscape, No. 132 in the Dulwich Gallery. Rubens first
scratches horizontally over his canvas a thin grayish brown, transparent and
even, very much the color of light wainscot; the horizontal strokes of the
bristles being left so evident, that the whole might be taken for an imitation
of wood, were it not for its transparency. On this ground the eye, nostril,
and outline of the cheek are given with two or three rude, brown touches,
(about three or four minutes' work in all,) though the head is colossal. The
background is then laid in with thick, solid, warm white, actually projecting
all round the head, leaving it in dark intaglio. Finally, five thin and scratchy
strokes of very cold bluish white are struck for the high light on the
Page 140
forehead and nose, and the head is complete. Seen within a yard of the
canvas, it looks actually transparent—a flimsy, meaningless, distant
shadow; while the background looks solid, projecting and near. From the
right distance, (ten or twelve yards off, whence alone the whole of the
picture can be seen,) it is a complete, rich, substantial, and living realization
of the projecting head of the animal; while the background falls far behind.
Now there is no slight nor mean pleasure in perceiving such a result
attained by means so strange. By Berghem, on the other hand, a dark
background is first laid in with exquisite delicacy and transparency, and on
this the cow's head is actually modelled in luminous white, the separate
locks of hair projecting from the canvas. No surprise, nor much pleasure of
any kind, would be attendant on this execution, even were the result equally
successful; and what little pleasure we had in it, vanishes, when on retiring
from the picture, we find the head shining like a distant lantern, instead of
substantial or near. Yet strangeness is not to be considered as a legitimate
source of pleasure. That means which is most conducive to the end, should
always be the most pleasurable; and that which is most conducive to the
end, can be strange only to the ignorance of the spectator. This kind of
pleasure is illegitimate, therefore, because it implies and requires, in those
who feel it, ignorance of art.
§ 8. Yet even the
The legitimate sources of pleasure in execution are
legitimate sources
therefore truth, simplicity, mystery, inadequacy, decision,
and velocity. But of these, be it observed, some are so far
of pleasure in
inconsistent with others, that they cannot be united in high
execution are
inconsistent with
degrees. Mystery with inadequacy, for instance; since to
each other.
see that the means are inadequate, we must see what they
are. Now the first three are the great qualities of execution,
and the last three are the attractive ones, because on them are chiefly
attendant the ideas of power. By the first three the attention is withdrawn
from the means and fixed on the result: by the last three, withdrawn from
the result and fixed on the means. To see that execution is swift or that it is
decided, we must look away from its creation to observe it in the act of
creating; we must think more of the pallet than of the picture, but simplicity
and mystery compel the mind to leave the means and fix itself on the
conception. Hence the danger of too great fondness for those sensations of
canvas, it looks actually transparent—a flimsy, meaningless, distant
shadow; while the background looks solid, projecting and near. From the
right distance, (ten or twelve yards off, whence alone the whole of the
picture can be seen,) it is a complete, rich, substantial, and living realization
of the projecting head of the animal; while the background falls far behind.
Now there is no slight nor mean pleasure in perceiving such a result
attained by means so strange. By Berghem, on the other hand, a dark
background is first laid in with exquisite delicacy and transparency, and on
this the cow's head is actually modelled in luminous white, the separate
locks of hair projecting from the canvas. No surprise, nor much pleasure of
any kind, would be attendant on this execution, even were the result equally
successful; and what little pleasure we had in it, vanishes, when on retiring
from the picture, we find the head shining like a distant lantern, instead of
substantial or near. Yet strangeness is not to be considered as a legitimate
source of pleasure. That means which is most conducive to the end, should
always be the most pleasurable; and that which is most conducive to the
end, can be strange only to the ignorance of the spectator. This kind of
pleasure is illegitimate, therefore, because it implies and requires, in those
who feel it, ignorance of art.
§ 8. Yet even the
The legitimate sources of pleasure in execution are
legitimate sources
therefore truth, simplicity, mystery, inadequacy, decision,
and velocity. But of these, be it observed, some are so far
of pleasure in
inconsistent with others, that they cannot be united in high
execution are
inconsistent with
degrees. Mystery with inadequacy, for instance; since to
each other.
see that the means are inadequate, we must see what they
are. Now the first three are the great qualities of execution,
and the last three are the attractive ones, because on them are chiefly
attendant the ideas of power. By the first three the attention is withdrawn
from the means and fixed on the result: by the last three, withdrawn from
the result and fixed on the means. To see that execution is swift or that it is
decided, we must look away from its creation to observe it in the act of
creating; we must think more of the pallet than of the picture, but simplicity
and mystery compel the mind to leave the means and fix itself on the
conception. Hence the danger of too great fondness for those sensations of
Page 141
power which are associated with the three last qualities of
§ 9. And fondness
execution; for although it is most desirable that these
for ideas of power
leads to the
should be present as far as they are consistent with the
adoption of the
others, and though their visible absence is always painful
lowest.
and wrong, yet the moment the higher qualities are
sacrificed to them in the least degree, we have a brilliant
vice. Berghem and Salvator Rosa are good instances of vicious execution
dependent on too great fondness for sensations of power, vicious because
intrusive and attractive in itself, instead of being subordinate to its results
and forgotten in them. There is perhaps no greater stumbling-block in the
artist's way, than the tendency to sacrifice truth and simplicity to decision
and velocity,[5] captivating qualities, easy of attainment, and sure to attract
attention and praise, while the delicate degree of truth which is at first
sacrificed to them is so totally unappreciable by the majority of spectators,
so difficult of attainment to the artist, that it is no wonder that efforts so
§ 10. Therefore
arduous and unrewarded should be abandoned. But if the
perilous.
temptation be once yielded to, its consequences are fatal;
there is no pause in the fall. I could name a celebrated
modern artist—once a man of the highest power and promise, who is a
glaring instance of the peril of such a course. Misled by the undue
popularity of his swift execution, he has sacrificed to it, first precision, and
then truth, and her associate, beauty. What was first neglect of nature, has
become contradiction of her; what was once imperfection, is now
falsehood; and all that was meritorious in his manner, is becoming the
worst, because the most attractive of vices; decision without a foundation,
and swiftness without an end.
Such are the principal modes in which the ideas of
§ 11.
power may become a dangerous attraction to the artist—a
Recapitulation.
false test to the critic. But in all cases where they lead us
astray it will be found that the error is caused by our preferring victory over
a small apparent difficulty to victory over a great, but concealed one; and
so that we keep this distinction constantly in view, (whether with reference
to execution or to any other quality of art,) between the sensation and the
intellectual estimate of power, we shall always find the ideas of power a just
and high source of pleasure in every kind and grade of art.
§ 9. And fondness
execution; for although it is most desirable that these
for ideas of power
leads to the
should be present as far as they are consistent with the
adoption of the
others, and though their visible absence is always painful
lowest.
and wrong, yet the moment the higher qualities are
sacrificed to them in the least degree, we have a brilliant
vice. Berghem and Salvator Rosa are good instances of vicious execution
dependent on too great fondness for sensations of power, vicious because
intrusive and attractive in itself, instead of being subordinate to its results
and forgotten in them. There is perhaps no greater stumbling-block in the
artist's way, than the tendency to sacrifice truth and simplicity to decision
and velocity,[5] captivating qualities, easy of attainment, and sure to attract
attention and praise, while the delicate degree of truth which is at first
sacrificed to them is so totally unappreciable by the majority of spectators,
so difficult of attainment to the artist, that it is no wonder that efforts so
§ 10. Therefore
arduous and unrewarded should be abandoned. But if the
perilous.
temptation be once yielded to, its consequences are fatal;
there is no pause in the fall. I could name a celebrated
modern artist—once a man of the highest power and promise, who is a
glaring instance of the peril of such a course. Misled by the undue
popularity of his swift execution, he has sacrificed to it, first precision, and
then truth, and her associate, beauty. What was first neglect of nature, has
become contradiction of her; what was once imperfection, is now
falsehood; and all that was meritorious in his manner, is becoming the
worst, because the most attractive of vices; decision without a foundation,
and swiftness without an end.
Such are the principal modes in which the ideas of
§ 11.
power may become a dangerous attraction to the artist—a
Recapitulation.
false test to the critic. But in all cases where they lead us
astray it will be found that the error is caused by our preferring victory over
a small apparent difficulty to victory over a great, but concealed one; and
so that we keep this distinction constantly in view, (whether with reference
to execution or to any other quality of art,) between the sensation and the
intellectual estimate of power, we shall always find the ideas of power a just
and high source of pleasure in every kind and grade of art.
Page 142
[5] I have here noticed only noble vices, the sacrifices of one excellence to another
legitimate but inferior one. There are, on the other hand, qualities of execution which are
often sought for and praised, though scarcely by the class of persons for whom I am
writing, in which everything is sacrificed to illegitimate and contemptible sources of
pleasure, and these are vice throughout, and have no redeeming quality nor excusing aim.
Such is that which is often thought so desirable in the Drawing-master, under the title of
boldness, meaning that no touch is ever to be made less than the tenth of an inch broad;
such, on the other hand, the softness and smoothness which are the great attraction of Carlo
Dolci, and such the exhibition of particular powers and tricks of the hand and fingers, in
total forgetfulness of any end whatsoever to be attained thereby, which is especially
characteristic of modern engraving. Compare Sect. II. Chap. II. § 21. Note.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE SUBLIME.
It may perhaps be wondered that in the division we have made of our
subject, we have taken no notice of the sublime in art, and that in our
explanation of that division we have not once used the word.
The fact is, that sublimity is not a specific term,—not a
§ 1. Sublimity is
term descriptive of the effect of a particular class of ideas.
the effect upon the
mind of anything
Anything which elevates the mind is sublime, and
above it.
elevation of mind is produced by the contemplation of
greatness of any kind; but chiefly, of course, by the
greatness of the noblest things. Sublimity is, therefore, only another word
for the effect of greatness upon the feelings. Greatness of matter, space,
power, virtue, or beauty, are thus all sublime; and there is perhaps no
desirable quality of a work of art, which in its perfection is not, in some
way or degree, sublime.
§ 2. Burke's theory
I am fully prepared to allow of much ingenuity in
of the nature of
Burke's theory of the sublime, as connected with self-
preservation. There are few things so great as death; and
legitimate but inferior one. There are, on the other hand, qualities of execution which are
often sought for and praised, though scarcely by the class of persons for whom I am
writing, in which everything is sacrificed to illegitimate and contemptible sources of
pleasure, and these are vice throughout, and have no redeeming quality nor excusing aim.
Such is that which is often thought so desirable in the Drawing-master, under the title of
boldness, meaning that no touch is ever to be made less than the tenth of an inch broad;
such, on the other hand, the softness and smoothness which are the great attraction of Carlo
Dolci, and such the exhibition of particular powers and tricks of the hand and fingers, in
total forgetfulness of any end whatsoever to be attained thereby, which is especially
characteristic of modern engraving. Compare Sect. II. Chap. II. § 21. Note.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE SUBLIME.
It may perhaps be wondered that in the division we have made of our
subject, we have taken no notice of the sublime in art, and that in our
explanation of that division we have not once used the word.
The fact is, that sublimity is not a specific term,—not a
§ 1. Sublimity is
term descriptive of the effect of a particular class of ideas.
the effect upon the
mind of anything
Anything which elevates the mind is sublime, and
above it.
elevation of mind is produced by the contemplation of
greatness of any kind; but chiefly, of course, by the
greatness of the noblest things. Sublimity is, therefore, only another word
for the effect of greatness upon the feelings. Greatness of matter, space,
power, virtue, or beauty, are thus all sublime; and there is perhaps no
desirable quality of a work of art, which in its perfection is not, in some
way or degree, sublime.
§ 2. Burke's theory
I am fully prepared to allow of much ingenuity in
of the nature of
Burke's theory of the sublime, as connected with self-
preservation. There are few things so great as death; and
Page 143
the sublime there is perhaps nothing which banishes all littleness of
incorrect, and thought and feeling in an equal degree with its
why. contemplation. Everything, therefore, which in any way
points to it, and, therefore, most dangers and powers over
which we have little control, are in some degree sublime. But it is not the
fear, observe, but the contemplation of death; not the instinctive shudder
and struggle of self-preservation, but the deliberate measurement of the
doom, which are really great or sublime in feeling. It is not while we shrink,
but while we defy, that we receive or convey the highest conceptions of the
fate. There is no sublimity in the agony of terror. Whether do we trace it
most in the cry to the mountains, "fall on us," and to the hills, "cover us," or
in the calmness of the prophecy—"And though after my skin worms
destroy this body, yet in my flesh I shall see God?" A little
§ 3. Danger is
reflection will easily convince any one, that so far from the
sublime, but not
the fear of it.
feelings of self-preservation being necessary to the
sublime, their greatest action is totally destructive of it;
and that there are few feelings less capable of its perception than those of a
coward. But the simple conception or idea of greatness of suffering or
extent of destruction is sublime, whether there be any connection of that
idea with ourselves or not. If we were placed beyond the reach of all peril
or pain, the perception of these agencies in their influence on others would
not be less sublime, not because peril or pain are sublime in their own
§ 4. The highest
nature, but because their contemplation, exciting
beauty is sublime.
compassion or fortitude, elevates the mind, and renders
meanness of thought impossible. Beauty is not so often felt
to be sublime; because, in many kinds of purely material beauty there is
some truth in Burke's assertion, that "littleness" is one of its elements. But
he who has not felt that there may be beauty without littleness, and that
§ 5. And generally
such beauty is a source of the sublime, is yet ignorant of
whatever elevates
the meaning of the ideal in art. I do not mean, in tracing
the mind.
the source of the sublime to greatness, to hamper myself
with any fine-spun theory. I take the widest possible
ground of investigation, that sublimity is found wherever anything elevates
the mind; that is, wherever it contemplates anything above itself, and
perceives it to be so. This is the simple philological signification of the
word derived from sublimis; and will serve us much more easily, and be a
incorrect, and thought and feeling in an equal degree with its
why. contemplation. Everything, therefore, which in any way
points to it, and, therefore, most dangers and powers over
which we have little control, are in some degree sublime. But it is not the
fear, observe, but the contemplation of death; not the instinctive shudder
and struggle of self-preservation, but the deliberate measurement of the
doom, which are really great or sublime in feeling. It is not while we shrink,
but while we defy, that we receive or convey the highest conceptions of the
fate. There is no sublimity in the agony of terror. Whether do we trace it
most in the cry to the mountains, "fall on us," and to the hills, "cover us," or
in the calmness of the prophecy—"And though after my skin worms
destroy this body, yet in my flesh I shall see God?" A little
§ 3. Danger is
reflection will easily convince any one, that so far from the
sublime, but not
the fear of it.
feelings of self-preservation being necessary to the
sublime, their greatest action is totally destructive of it;
and that there are few feelings less capable of its perception than those of a
coward. But the simple conception or idea of greatness of suffering or
extent of destruction is sublime, whether there be any connection of that
idea with ourselves or not. If we were placed beyond the reach of all peril
or pain, the perception of these agencies in their influence on others would
not be less sublime, not because peril or pain are sublime in their own
§ 4. The highest
nature, but because their contemplation, exciting
beauty is sublime.
compassion or fortitude, elevates the mind, and renders
meanness of thought impossible. Beauty is not so often felt
to be sublime; because, in many kinds of purely material beauty there is
some truth in Burke's assertion, that "littleness" is one of its elements. But
he who has not felt that there may be beauty without littleness, and that
§ 5. And generally
such beauty is a source of the sublime, is yet ignorant of
whatever elevates
the meaning of the ideal in art. I do not mean, in tracing
the mind.
the source of the sublime to greatness, to hamper myself
with any fine-spun theory. I take the widest possible
ground of investigation, that sublimity is found wherever anything elevates
the mind; that is, wherever it contemplates anything above itself, and
perceives it to be so. This is the simple philological signification of the
word derived from sublimis; and will serve us much more easily, and be a
Page 144
far clearer and more evident ground of argument, than any mere
metaphysical or more limited definition, while the proof of its justness will
be naturally developed by its application to the different branches of art.
§ 6. The former
As, therefore, the sublime is not distinct from what is
beautiful, nor from other sources of pleasure in art, but is
division of the
only a particular mode and manifestation of them, my
subject is therefore
subject will divide itself into the investigation of ideas of
sufficient.
truth, beauty, and relation; and to each of these classes of
ideas I destine a separate part of the work. The investigation of ideas of
truth will enable us to determine the relative rank of artists as followers and
historians of nature.
That of ideas of beauty will lead us to compare them in their attainment,
first of what is agreeable in technical matters, then in color and
composition, finally and chiefly, in the purity of their conceptions of the
ideal.
And that of ideas of relation will lead us to compare them as originators
of just thought.
metaphysical or more limited definition, while the proof of its justness will
be naturally developed by its application to the different branches of art.
§ 6. The former
As, therefore, the sublime is not distinct from what is
beautiful, nor from other sources of pleasure in art, but is
division of the
only a particular mode and manifestation of them, my
subject is therefore
subject will divide itself into the investigation of ideas of
sufficient.
truth, beauty, and relation; and to each of these classes of
ideas I destine a separate part of the work. The investigation of ideas of
truth will enable us to determine the relative rank of artists as followers and
historians of nature.
That of ideas of beauty will lead us to compare them in their attainment,
first of what is agreeable in technical matters, then in color and
composition, finally and chiefly, in the purity of their conceptions of the
ideal.
And that of ideas of relation will lead us to compare them as originators
of just thought.
Page 145
PART II.
OF TRUTH.
SECTION I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF TRUTH.
CHAPTER I.
OF IDEAS OF TRUTH IN THEIR CONNECTION WITH THOSE OF
BEAUTY AND RELATION.
It cannot but be evident from the above division of the ideas conveyable
§ 1. The two great
by art, that the landscape painter must always have two
ends of landscape
great and distinct ends; the first, to induce in the
painting are the
spectator's mind the faithful conception of any natural
objects whatsoever; the second, to guide the spectator's
representation of
mind to those objects most worthy of its contemplation,
facts and thoughts.
and to inform him of the thoughts and feelings with which
these were regarded by the artist himself.
In attaining the first end, the painter only places the spectator where he
stands himself; he sets him before the landscape and leaves him. The
spectator is alone. He may follow out his own thoughts as he would in the
natural solitude, or he may remain untouched, unreflecting and regardless,
as his disposition may incline him. But he has nothing of thought given to
him, no new ideas, no unknown feelings, forced on his attention or his
heart. The artist is his conveyance, not his companion,—his horse, not his
OF TRUTH.
SECTION I.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES RESPECTING IDEAS OF TRUTH.
CHAPTER I.
OF IDEAS OF TRUTH IN THEIR CONNECTION WITH THOSE OF
BEAUTY AND RELATION.
It cannot but be evident from the above division of the ideas conveyable
§ 1. The two great
by art, that the landscape painter must always have two
ends of landscape
great and distinct ends; the first, to induce in the
painting are the
spectator's mind the faithful conception of any natural
objects whatsoever; the second, to guide the spectator's
representation of
mind to those objects most worthy of its contemplation,
facts and thoughts.
and to inform him of the thoughts and feelings with which
these were regarded by the artist himself.
In attaining the first end, the painter only places the spectator where he
stands himself; he sets him before the landscape and leaves him. The
spectator is alone. He may follow out his own thoughts as he would in the
natural solitude, or he may remain untouched, unreflecting and regardless,
as his disposition may incline him. But he has nothing of thought given to
him, no new ideas, no unknown feelings, forced on his attention or his
heart. The artist is his conveyance, not his companion,—his horse, not his
Page 146
friend. But in attaining the second end, the artist not only places the
spectator, but talks to him; makes him a sharer in his own strong feelings
and quick thoughts; hurries him away in his own enthusiasm; guides him to
all that is beautiful; snatches him from all that is base, and leaves him more
than delighted,—ennobled and instructed, under the sense of having not
only beheld a new scene, but of having held communion with a new mind,
and having been endowed for a time with the keen perception and the
impetuous emotion of a nobler and more penetrating intelligence.
§ 2. They induce a
Each of these different aims of art will necessitate a
different choice of
different system of choice of objects to be represented. The
first does not indeed imply choice at all, but it is usually
material subjects.
united with the selection of such objects as may be
naturally and constantly pleasing to all men, at all times; and this selection,
when perfect and careful, leads to the attainment of the pure ideal. But the
artist aiming at the second end, selects his objects for their meaning and
character, rather than for their beauty; and uses them rather to throw light
upon the particular thought he wishes to convey, than as in themselves
objects of unconnected admiration.
Now, although the first mode of selection, when guided
§ 3. The first mode
of selection apt to
by deep reflection, may rise to the production of works
produce sameness
possessing a noble and ceaseless influence on the human
and repetition.
mind, it is likely to degenerate into, or rather, in nine cases
out of ten, it never goes beyond, a mere appeal to such
parts of our animal nature as are constant and common—shared by all, and
perpetual in all; such, for instance, as the pleasure of the eye in the
opposition of a cold and warm color, or of a massy form with a delicate one.
It also tends to induce constant repetition of the same ideas, and reference
to the same principles; it gives rise to those rules of art which properly
excited Reynolds's indignation when applied to its higher efforts; it is the
source of, and the apology for, that host of technicalities and absurdities
which in all ages have been the curse of art and the crown of the
connoisseur.
But art, in its second and highest aim, is not an appeal to constant animal
feelings, but an expression and awakening of individual thought: it is
spectator, but talks to him; makes him a sharer in his own strong feelings
and quick thoughts; hurries him away in his own enthusiasm; guides him to
all that is beautiful; snatches him from all that is base, and leaves him more
than delighted,—ennobled and instructed, under the sense of having not
only beheld a new scene, but of having held communion with a new mind,
and having been endowed for a time with the keen perception and the
impetuous emotion of a nobler and more penetrating intelligence.
§ 2. They induce a
Each of these different aims of art will necessitate a
different choice of
different system of choice of objects to be represented. The
first does not indeed imply choice at all, but it is usually
material subjects.
united with the selection of such objects as may be
naturally and constantly pleasing to all men, at all times; and this selection,
when perfect and careful, leads to the attainment of the pure ideal. But the
artist aiming at the second end, selects his objects for their meaning and
character, rather than for their beauty; and uses them rather to throw light
upon the particular thought he wishes to convey, than as in themselves
objects of unconnected admiration.
Now, although the first mode of selection, when guided
§ 3. The first mode
of selection apt to
by deep reflection, may rise to the production of works
produce sameness
possessing a noble and ceaseless influence on the human
and repetition.
mind, it is likely to degenerate into, or rather, in nine cases
out of ten, it never goes beyond, a mere appeal to such
parts of our animal nature as are constant and common—shared by all, and
perpetual in all; such, for instance, as the pleasure of the eye in the
opposition of a cold and warm color, or of a massy form with a delicate one.
It also tends to induce constant repetition of the same ideas, and reference
to the same principles; it gives rise to those rules of art which properly
excited Reynolds's indignation when applied to its higher efforts; it is the
source of, and the apology for, that host of technicalities and absurdities
which in all ages have been the curse of art and the crown of the
connoisseur.
But art, in its second and highest aim, is not an appeal to constant animal
feelings, but an expression and awakening of individual thought: it is
Page 147
§ 4. The second
therefore as various and as extended in its efforts as the
necessitating
compass and grasp of the directing mind; and we feel, in
each of its results, that we are looking, not at a specimen
variety.
of a tradesman's wares, of which he is ready to make us a
dozen to match, but at one coruscation of a perpetually active mind, like
which there has not been, and will not be another.
§ 5. Yet the first is
Hence, although there can be no doubt which of these
delightful to all.
branches of art is the highest, it is equally evident that the
first will be the most generally felt and appreciated. For
the simple statement of the truths of nature must in itself be pleasing to
every order of mind; because every truth of nature is more or less beautiful;
and if there be just and right selection of the more important of these truths
—based, as above explained, on feelings and desires common to all
mankind—the facts so selected must, in some degree, be delightful to all,
and their value appreciable by all: more or less, indeed, as their senses and
instinct have been rendered more or less acute and accurate by use and
study; but in some degree by all, and in the same way by
§ 6. The second
all. But the highest art, being based on sensations of
only to a few.
peculiar minds, sensations occurring to them only at
particular times, and to a plurality of mankind perhaps never, and being
expressive of thoughts which could only rise out of a mass of the most
extended knowledge, and of dispositions modified in a thousand ways by
peculiarity of intellect—can only be met and understood by persons having
some sort of sympathy with the high and solitary minds which produced it
—sympathy only to be felt by minds in some degree high and solitary
themselves. He alone can appreciate the art, who could comprehend the
conversation of the painter, and share in his emotion, in moments of his
most fiery passion and most original thought. And whereas the true
meaning and end of his art must thus be sealed to thousands, or
misunderstood by them; so also, as he is sometimes obliged, in working out
his own peculiar end, to set at defiance those constant laws which have
arisen out of our lower and changeless desires, that whose purpose is
unseen, is frequently in its means and parts displeasing.
therefore as various and as extended in its efforts as the
necessitating
compass and grasp of the directing mind; and we feel, in
each of its results, that we are looking, not at a specimen
variety.
of a tradesman's wares, of which he is ready to make us a
dozen to match, but at one coruscation of a perpetually active mind, like
which there has not been, and will not be another.
§ 5. Yet the first is
Hence, although there can be no doubt which of these
delightful to all.
branches of art is the highest, it is equally evident that the
first will be the most generally felt and appreciated. For
the simple statement of the truths of nature must in itself be pleasing to
every order of mind; because every truth of nature is more or less beautiful;
and if there be just and right selection of the more important of these truths
—based, as above explained, on feelings and desires common to all
mankind—the facts so selected must, in some degree, be delightful to all,
and their value appreciable by all: more or less, indeed, as their senses and
instinct have been rendered more or less acute and accurate by use and
study; but in some degree by all, and in the same way by
§ 6. The second
all. But the highest art, being based on sensations of
only to a few.
peculiar minds, sensations occurring to them only at
particular times, and to a plurality of mankind perhaps never, and being
expressive of thoughts which could only rise out of a mass of the most
extended knowledge, and of dispositions modified in a thousand ways by
peculiarity of intellect—can only be met and understood by persons having
some sort of sympathy with the high and solitary minds which produced it
—sympathy only to be felt by minds in some degree high and solitary
themselves. He alone can appreciate the art, who could comprehend the
conversation of the painter, and share in his emotion, in moments of his
most fiery passion and most original thought. And whereas the true
meaning and end of his art must thus be sealed to thousands, or
misunderstood by them; so also, as he is sometimes obliged, in working out
his own peculiar end, to set at defiance those constant laws which have
arisen out of our lower and changeless desires, that whose purpose is
unseen, is frequently in its means and parts displeasing.
Page 148
But this want of extended influence in high art, be it especially observed,
proceeds from no want of truth in the art itself, but from a want of
sympathy in the spectator with those feelings in the artist which prompt him
§ 7. The first
to the utterance of one truth rather than of another. For
necessary to the
(and this is what I wish at present especially to insist upon)
second.
although it is possible to reach what I have stated to be the
first end of art, the representation of facts, without
reaching the second, the representation of thoughts, yet it is altogether
impossible to reach the second without having previously reached the first.
I do not say that a man cannot think, having false basis and material for
thought; but that a false thought is worse than the want of thought, and
therefore is not art. And this is the reason why, though I consider the second
as the real and only important end of all art, I call the representation of facts
the first end; because it is necessary to the other, and must be attained
before it. It is the foundation of all art; like real foundations it may be little
thought of when a brilliant fabric is raised on it; but it must be there: and as
few buildings are beautiful unless every line and column of their mass have
reference to their foundation, and are suggestive of its existence and
strength, so nothing can be beautiful in art which does not in all its parts
suggest and guide to the foundation, even where no undecorated portion of
it is visible; while the noblest edifices of art are built of such pure and fine
crystal that the foundation may all be seen through them; and then many,
while they do not see what is built upon that first story, yet much admire the
solidity of its brickwork; thinking they understand all that is to be
understood of the matter; while others stand beside them, looking not at the
low story, but up into the heaven at that building of crystal in which the
builder's spirit is dwelling. And thus, though we want the thoughts and
feelings of the artist as well as the truth, yet they must be thoughts arising
out of the knowledge of truth, and feelings raising out of the contemplation
of truth. We do not want his mind to be as badly blown glass, that distorts
what we see through it; but like a glass of sweet and strange color, that
gives new tones to what we see through it; and a glass of rare strength and
clearness too, to let us see more than we could ourselves, and bring nature
up to us and near to us. Nothing can atone for the want of truth, not the
most brilliant imagination, the most playful fancy, the most pure feeling,
(supposing that feeling could be pure and false at the same time;) not the
proceeds from no want of truth in the art itself, but from a want of
sympathy in the spectator with those feelings in the artist which prompt him
§ 7. The first
to the utterance of one truth rather than of another. For
necessary to the
(and this is what I wish at present especially to insist upon)
second.
although it is possible to reach what I have stated to be the
first end of art, the representation of facts, without
reaching the second, the representation of thoughts, yet it is altogether
impossible to reach the second without having previously reached the first.
I do not say that a man cannot think, having false basis and material for
thought; but that a false thought is worse than the want of thought, and
therefore is not art. And this is the reason why, though I consider the second
as the real and only important end of all art, I call the representation of facts
the first end; because it is necessary to the other, and must be attained
before it. It is the foundation of all art; like real foundations it may be little
thought of when a brilliant fabric is raised on it; but it must be there: and as
few buildings are beautiful unless every line and column of their mass have
reference to their foundation, and are suggestive of its existence and
strength, so nothing can be beautiful in art which does not in all its parts
suggest and guide to the foundation, even where no undecorated portion of
it is visible; while the noblest edifices of art are built of such pure and fine
crystal that the foundation may all be seen through them; and then many,
while they do not see what is built upon that first story, yet much admire the
solidity of its brickwork; thinking they understand all that is to be
understood of the matter; while others stand beside them, looking not at the
low story, but up into the heaven at that building of crystal in which the
builder's spirit is dwelling. And thus, though we want the thoughts and
feelings of the artist as well as the truth, yet they must be thoughts arising
out of the knowledge of truth, and feelings raising out of the contemplation
of truth. We do not want his mind to be as badly blown glass, that distorts
what we see through it; but like a glass of sweet and strange color, that
gives new tones to what we see through it; and a glass of rare strength and
clearness too, to let us see more than we could ourselves, and bring nature
up to us and near to us. Nothing can atone for the want of truth, not the
most brilliant imagination, the most playful fancy, the most pure feeling,
(supposing that feeling could be pure and false at the same time;) not the
Page 149
most exalted conception, nor the most comprehensive
§ 8. The exceeding
grasp of intellect, can make amends for the want of truth,
importance of
truth.
and that for two reasons; first, because falsehood is in
itself revolting and degrading; and secondly, because
nature is so immeasurably superior to all that the human mind can conceive,
that every departure from her is a fall beneath her, so that there can be no
such thing as an ornamental falsehood. All falsehood must be a blot as well
as a sin, an injury as well as a deception.
We shall, in consequence, find that no artist can be
§ 9. Coldness or
graceful, imaginative, or original, unless he be truthful;
want of beauty no
sign of truth.
and that the pursuit of beauty, instead of leading us away
from truth, increases the desire for it and the necessity of it
tenfold; so that those artists who are really great in imaginative power, will
be found to have based their boldness of conception on a mass of
knowledge far exceeding that possessed by those who pride themselves on
its accumulation without regarding its use. Coldness and want of passion in
a picture, are not signs of the accuracy, but of the paucity of its statements;
true vigor and brilliancy are not signs of audacity, but of knowledge.
§ 10. How truth
Hence it follows that it is in the power of all, with care
may be considered
and time, to form something like a just judgment of the
a just criterion of
relative merits of artists; for although with respect to the
all art.
feeling and passion of pictures, it is often as impossible to
criticise as to appreciate, except to such as are in some
degree equal in powers of mind, and in some respects the same in modes of
mind, with those whose works they judge; yet, with respect to the
representation of facts, it is possible for all, by attention, to form a right
judgment of the respective powers and attainments of every artist. Truth is a
bar of comparison at which they may all be examined, and according to the
rank they take in this examination, will almost invariably be that which, if
capable of appreciating them in every respect, we should be just in
assigning them; so strict is the connection, so constant the relation between
the sum of knowledge and the extent of thought, between accuracy of
perception and vividness of idea.
§ 8. The exceeding
grasp of intellect, can make amends for the want of truth,
importance of
truth.
and that for two reasons; first, because falsehood is in
itself revolting and degrading; and secondly, because
nature is so immeasurably superior to all that the human mind can conceive,
that every departure from her is a fall beneath her, so that there can be no
such thing as an ornamental falsehood. All falsehood must be a blot as well
as a sin, an injury as well as a deception.
We shall, in consequence, find that no artist can be
§ 9. Coldness or
graceful, imaginative, or original, unless he be truthful;
want of beauty no
sign of truth.
and that the pursuit of beauty, instead of leading us away
from truth, increases the desire for it and the necessity of it
tenfold; so that those artists who are really great in imaginative power, will
be found to have based their boldness of conception on a mass of
knowledge far exceeding that possessed by those who pride themselves on
its accumulation without regarding its use. Coldness and want of passion in
a picture, are not signs of the accuracy, but of the paucity of its statements;
true vigor and brilliancy are not signs of audacity, but of knowledge.
§ 10. How truth
Hence it follows that it is in the power of all, with care
may be considered
and time, to form something like a just judgment of the
a just criterion of
relative merits of artists; for although with respect to the
all art.
feeling and passion of pictures, it is often as impossible to
criticise as to appreciate, except to such as are in some
degree equal in powers of mind, and in some respects the same in modes of
mind, with those whose works they judge; yet, with respect to the
representation of facts, it is possible for all, by attention, to form a right
judgment of the respective powers and attainments of every artist. Truth is a
bar of comparison at which they may all be examined, and according to the
rank they take in this examination, will almost invariably be that which, if
capable of appreciating them in every respect, we should be just in
assigning them; so strict is the connection, so constant the relation between
the sum of knowledge and the extent of thought, between accuracy of
perception and vividness of idea.
Page 150
I shall endeavor, therefore, in the present portion of the work, to enter
with care and impartiality into the investigation of the claims of the schools
of ancient and modern landscape to faithfulness in representing nature. I
shall pay no regard whatsoever to what may be thought beautiful, or
sublime, or imaginative. I shall look only for truth; bare, clear, downright
statement of facts; showing in each particular, as far as I am able, what the
truth of nature is, and then seeking for the plain expression of it, and for that
alone. And I shall thus endeavor, totally regardless of fervor of imagination
or brilliancy of effect, or any other of their more captivating qualities, to
examine and to judge the works of the great living painter, who is, I believe,
imagined by the majority of the public to paint more falsehood and less fact
than any other known master. We shall see with what reason.
CHAPTER II.
THAT THE TRUTH OF NATURE IS NOT TO BE DISCERNED BY
THE UNEDUCATED SENSES.
It may be here inquired by the reader, with much appearance of reason,
why I think it necessary to devote a separate portion of the work to the
§ 1. The common
showing of what is truthful in art. "Cannot we," say the
public, "see what nature is with our own eyes, and find out
self-deception of
for ourselves what is like her?" It will be as well to
men with respect
determine this question before we go farther, because if
to their power of
this were possible, there would be little need of criticism
discerning truth.
or teaching with respect to art.
Now I have just said that it is possible for all men, by care and attention,
to form a just judgment of the fidelity of artists to nature. To do this, no
peculiar powers of mind are required, no sympathy with particular feelings,
nothing which every man of ordinary intellect does not in some degree
possess,—powers, namely, of observation and intelligence, which by
cultivation may be brought to a high degree of perfection and acuteness.
But until this cultivation has been bestowed, and until the instrument
with care and impartiality into the investigation of the claims of the schools
of ancient and modern landscape to faithfulness in representing nature. I
shall pay no regard whatsoever to what may be thought beautiful, or
sublime, or imaginative. I shall look only for truth; bare, clear, downright
statement of facts; showing in each particular, as far as I am able, what the
truth of nature is, and then seeking for the plain expression of it, and for that
alone. And I shall thus endeavor, totally regardless of fervor of imagination
or brilliancy of effect, or any other of their more captivating qualities, to
examine and to judge the works of the great living painter, who is, I believe,
imagined by the majority of the public to paint more falsehood and less fact
than any other known master. We shall see with what reason.
CHAPTER II.
THAT THE TRUTH OF NATURE IS NOT TO BE DISCERNED BY
THE UNEDUCATED SENSES.
It may be here inquired by the reader, with much appearance of reason,
why I think it necessary to devote a separate portion of the work to the
§ 1. The common
showing of what is truthful in art. "Cannot we," say the
public, "see what nature is with our own eyes, and find out
self-deception of
for ourselves what is like her?" It will be as well to
men with respect
determine this question before we go farther, because if
to their power of
this were possible, there would be little need of criticism
discerning truth.
or teaching with respect to art.
Now I have just said that it is possible for all men, by care and attention,
to form a just judgment of the fidelity of artists to nature. To do this, no
peculiar powers of mind are required, no sympathy with particular feelings,
nothing which every man of ordinary intellect does not in some degree
possess,—powers, namely, of observation and intelligence, which by
cultivation may be brought to a high degree of perfection and acuteness.
But until this cultivation has been bestowed, and until the instrument
Page 151
thereby perfected has been employed in a consistent series of careful
observation, it is as absurd as it is audacious to pretend to form any
judgment whatsoever respecting the truth of art: and my first business,
before going a step farther, must be to combat the nearly universal error of
belief among the thoughtless and unreflecting, that they know either what
nature is, or what is like her, that they can discover truth by instinct, and
that their minds are such pure Venice glass as to be shocked by all
treachery. I have to prove to them that there are more things in heaven and
earth than are dreamed of in their philosophy, and that the truth of nature is
a part of the truth of God; to him who does not search it out, darkness, as it
is to him who does, infinity.
The first great mistake that people make in the matter, is the supposition
§ 2. Men usually
that they must see a thing if it be before their eyes. They
forget the great truth told them by Locke, Book ii. chap. 9,
see little of what is
before their eyes.v
§ 3:—"This is certain, that whatever alterations are made
in the body, if they reach not the mind, whatever
impressions are made on the outward parts, if they are not taken notice of
within, there is no perception. Fire may burn our bodies, with no other
effect than it does a billet, unless the motion be continued to the brain, and
there the sense of heat or idea of pain be produced in the mind, wherein
consists actual perception. How often may a man observe in himself, that
while his mind is intently employed in the contemplation of some subjects
and curiously surveying some ideas that are there, it takes no notice of
impressions of sounding bodies, made upon the organ of hearing, with the
same attention that uses to be for the producing the ideas of sound! A
sufficient impulse there may be on the organ, but it not reaching the
observation of the mind, there follows no perception, and though the motion
that uses to produce the idea of sound be made in the ear, yet no sound is
heard." And what is here said, which all must feel by their own experience
to be true, is more remarkably and necessarily the case with sight than with
any other of the senses, for this reason, that the ear is not accustomed to
exercise constantly its functions of hearing; it is accustomed to stillness,
and the occurrence of a sound of any kind whatsoever is apt to awake
attention, and be followed with perception, in proportion to the degree of
sound; but the eye, during our waking hours, exercises constantly its
observation, it is as absurd as it is audacious to pretend to form any
judgment whatsoever respecting the truth of art: and my first business,
before going a step farther, must be to combat the nearly universal error of
belief among the thoughtless and unreflecting, that they know either what
nature is, or what is like her, that they can discover truth by instinct, and
that their minds are such pure Venice glass as to be shocked by all
treachery. I have to prove to them that there are more things in heaven and
earth than are dreamed of in their philosophy, and that the truth of nature is
a part of the truth of God; to him who does not search it out, darkness, as it
is to him who does, infinity.
The first great mistake that people make in the matter, is the supposition
§ 2. Men usually
that they must see a thing if it be before their eyes. They
forget the great truth told them by Locke, Book ii. chap. 9,
see little of what is
before their eyes.v
§ 3:—"This is certain, that whatever alterations are made
in the body, if they reach not the mind, whatever
impressions are made on the outward parts, if they are not taken notice of
within, there is no perception. Fire may burn our bodies, with no other
effect than it does a billet, unless the motion be continued to the brain, and
there the sense of heat or idea of pain be produced in the mind, wherein
consists actual perception. How often may a man observe in himself, that
while his mind is intently employed in the contemplation of some subjects
and curiously surveying some ideas that are there, it takes no notice of
impressions of sounding bodies, made upon the organ of hearing, with the
same attention that uses to be for the producing the ideas of sound! A
sufficient impulse there may be on the organ, but it not reaching the
observation of the mind, there follows no perception, and though the motion
that uses to produce the idea of sound be made in the ear, yet no sound is
heard." And what is here said, which all must feel by their own experience
to be true, is more remarkably and necessarily the case with sight than with
any other of the senses, for this reason, that the ear is not accustomed to
exercise constantly its functions of hearing; it is accustomed to stillness,
and the occurrence of a sound of any kind whatsoever is apt to awake
attention, and be followed with perception, in proportion to the degree of
sound; but the eye, during our waking hours, exercises constantly its
Page 152
function of seeing; it is its constant habit; we always, as far as the bodily
organ is concerned, see something, and we always see in the same degree,
so that the occurrence of sight, as such, to the eye, is only the continuance
of its necessary state of action, and awakes no attention whatsoever, except
by the particular nature and quality of the sight. And thus, unless the minds
of men are particularly directed to the impressions of sight, objects pass
perpetually before the eyes without conveying any impression to the brain
at all; and so pass actually unseen, not merely unnoticed, but in the full,
clear sense of the word, unseen. And numbers of men being pre-occupied
with business or care of some description, totally unconnected with the
impressions of sight, such is actually the case with them, they receiving
from nature only the inevitable sensations of blueness, redness, darkness,
light, etc., and except at particular and rare moments, no more whatsoever.
§ 3. But more or
The degree of ignorance of external nature in which
men may thus remain, depends, therefore, partly on the
less in proportion
number and character of the subjects with which their
to their natural
minds may be otherwise occupied, and partly on a natural
sensibility to what
want of sensibility to the power of beauty of form, and the
is beautiful.
other attributes of external objects. I do not think that there
is ever such absolute incapacity in the eye for distinguishing and receiving
pleasure from certain forms and colors, as there is in persons who are
technically said to have no ear, for distinguishing notes, but there is
naturally every degree of bluntness and acuteness, both for perceiving the
truth of form, and for receiving pleasure from it when perceived. And
although I believe even the lowest degree of these faculties can be
expanded almost unlimitedly by cultivation, the pleasure received rewards
not the labor necessary, and the pursuit is abandoned. So that while in those
whose sensations are naturally acute and vivid, the call of external nature is
so strong that it must be obeyed, and is ever heard louder as the approach to
her is nearer,—in those whose sensations are naturally blunt, the call is
overpowered at once by other thoughts, and their faculties
§ 4. Connected
of perception, weak originally, die of disuse. With this
with a perfect state
of moral feeling.
kind of bodily sensibility to color and form is intimately
connected that higher sensibility which we revere as one
of the chief attributes of all noble minds, and as the chief spring of real
organ is concerned, see something, and we always see in the same degree,
so that the occurrence of sight, as such, to the eye, is only the continuance
of its necessary state of action, and awakes no attention whatsoever, except
by the particular nature and quality of the sight. And thus, unless the minds
of men are particularly directed to the impressions of sight, objects pass
perpetually before the eyes without conveying any impression to the brain
at all; and so pass actually unseen, not merely unnoticed, but in the full,
clear sense of the word, unseen. And numbers of men being pre-occupied
with business or care of some description, totally unconnected with the
impressions of sight, such is actually the case with them, they receiving
from nature only the inevitable sensations of blueness, redness, darkness,
light, etc., and except at particular and rare moments, no more whatsoever.
§ 3. But more or
The degree of ignorance of external nature in which
men may thus remain, depends, therefore, partly on the
less in proportion
number and character of the subjects with which their
to their natural
minds may be otherwise occupied, and partly on a natural
sensibility to what
want of sensibility to the power of beauty of form, and the
is beautiful.
other attributes of external objects. I do not think that there
is ever such absolute incapacity in the eye for distinguishing and receiving
pleasure from certain forms and colors, as there is in persons who are
technically said to have no ear, for distinguishing notes, but there is
naturally every degree of bluntness and acuteness, both for perceiving the
truth of form, and for receiving pleasure from it when perceived. And
although I believe even the lowest degree of these faculties can be
expanded almost unlimitedly by cultivation, the pleasure received rewards
not the labor necessary, and the pursuit is abandoned. So that while in those
whose sensations are naturally acute and vivid, the call of external nature is
so strong that it must be obeyed, and is ever heard louder as the approach to
her is nearer,—in those whose sensations are naturally blunt, the call is
overpowered at once by other thoughts, and their faculties
§ 4. Connected
of perception, weak originally, die of disuse. With this
with a perfect state
of moral feeling.
kind of bodily sensibility to color and form is intimately
connected that higher sensibility which we revere as one
of the chief attributes of all noble minds, and as the chief spring of real
Page 153
poetry. I believe this kind of sensibility may be entirely resolved into the
acuteness of bodily sense of which I have been speaking, associated with
love, love I mean in its infinite and holy functions, as it embraces divine
and human and brutal intelligences, and hallows the physical perception of
external objects by association, gratitude, veneration, and other pure
feelings of our moral nature. And although the discovery of truth is in itself
altogether intellectual, and dependent merely on our powers of physical
perception and abstract intellect, wholly independent of our moral nature,
yet these instruments (perception and judgment) are so sharpened and
brightened, and so far more swiftly and effectively used, when they have
the energy and passion of our moral nature to bring them into action—
perception is so quickened by love, and judgment so tempered by
veneration, that, practically, a man of deadened moral sensation is always
dull in his perception of truth, and thousands of the highest and most divine
truths of nature are wholly concealed from him, however constant and
indefatigable may be his intellectual search. Thus, then, the farther we look,
the more we are limited in the number of those to whom we should choose
to appeal as judges of truth, and the more we perceive how great a number
of mankind may be partially incapacitated from either discovering or
feeling it.
Next to sensibility, which is necessary for the perception
§ 5. And of the
intellectual
of facts, come reflection and memory, which are necessary
for the retention of them, and recognition of their
powers.
resemblances. For a man may receive impression after
impression, and that vividly and with delight, and yet, if he take no care to
reason upon those impressions and trace them to their sources, he may
remain totally ignorant of the facts that produced them; nay, may attribute
them to facts with which they have no connection, or may coin causes for
them that have no existence at all. And the more sensibility and imagination
a man possesses, the more likely will he be to fall into error; for then he will
see whatever he expects, and admire and judge with his heart, and not with
his eyes. How many people are misled, by what has been said and sung of
the serenity of Italian skies, to suppose they must be more blue than the
skies of the north, and think that they see them so; whereas, the sky of Italy
is far more dull and gray in color than the skies of the north, and is
acuteness of bodily sense of which I have been speaking, associated with
love, love I mean in its infinite and holy functions, as it embraces divine
and human and brutal intelligences, and hallows the physical perception of
external objects by association, gratitude, veneration, and other pure
feelings of our moral nature. And although the discovery of truth is in itself
altogether intellectual, and dependent merely on our powers of physical
perception and abstract intellect, wholly independent of our moral nature,
yet these instruments (perception and judgment) are so sharpened and
brightened, and so far more swiftly and effectively used, when they have
the energy and passion of our moral nature to bring them into action—
perception is so quickened by love, and judgment so tempered by
veneration, that, practically, a man of deadened moral sensation is always
dull in his perception of truth, and thousands of the highest and most divine
truths of nature are wholly concealed from him, however constant and
indefatigable may be his intellectual search. Thus, then, the farther we look,
the more we are limited in the number of those to whom we should choose
to appeal as judges of truth, and the more we perceive how great a number
of mankind may be partially incapacitated from either discovering or
feeling it.
Next to sensibility, which is necessary for the perception
§ 5. And of the
intellectual
of facts, come reflection and memory, which are necessary
for the retention of them, and recognition of their
powers.
resemblances. For a man may receive impression after
impression, and that vividly and with delight, and yet, if he take no care to
reason upon those impressions and trace them to their sources, he may
remain totally ignorant of the facts that produced them; nay, may attribute
them to facts with which they have no connection, or may coin causes for
them that have no existence at all. And the more sensibility and imagination
a man possesses, the more likely will he be to fall into error; for then he will
see whatever he expects, and admire and judge with his heart, and not with
his eyes. How many people are misled, by what has been said and sung of
the serenity of Italian skies, to suppose they must be more blue than the
skies of the north, and think that they see them so; whereas, the sky of Italy
is far more dull and gray in color than the skies of the north, and is
Page 154
distinguished only by its intense repose of light. And this is confirmed by
Benvenuto Cellini, who, I remember, on his first entering France, is
especially struck with the clearness of the sky, as contrasted with the mist of
Italy. And what is more strange still, when people see in a painting what
they suppose to have been the source of their impressions, they will affirm
it to be truthful, though they feel no such impression resulting from it. Thus,
though day after day they may have been impressed by the tone and warmth
of an Italian sky, yet not having traced the feeling to its source, and
supposing themselves impressed by its blueness, they will affirm a blue sky
in a painting to be truthful, and reject the most faithful rendering of all the
real attributes of Italy as cold or dull. And this influence of
§ 6. How sight
depends upon
the imagination over the senses, is peculiarly observable in
the perpetual disposition of mankind to suppose that they
previous
knowledge.
see what they know, and vice versa in their not seeing what
they do not know. Thus, if a child be asked to draw the
corner of a house, he will lay down something in the form of the letter T. He
has no conception that the two lines of the roof, which he knows to be level,
produce on his eye the impression of a slope. It requires repeated and close
attention before he detects this fact, or can be made to feel that the lines on
his paper are false. And the Chinese, children in all things, suppose a good
perspective drawing to be as false as we feel their plate patterns to be, or
wonder at the strange buildings which come to a point at the end. And all
the early works, whether of nations or of men, show, by their want of shade,
how little the eye, without knowledge, is to be depended upon to discover
truth. The eye of a Red Indian, keen enough to find the trace of his enemy
or his prey, even in the unnatural turn of a trodden leaf, is yet so blunt to the
impressions of shade, that Mr. Catlin mentions his once having been in
great danger from having painted a portrait with the face in half-light,
which the untutored observers imagined and affirmed to be the painting of
half a face. Barry, in his sixth lecture, takes notice of the same want of
actual sight in the early painters of Italy. "The imitations," he says, "of early
art are like those of children—nothing is seen in the spectacle before us,
unless it be previously known and sought for; and numberless observable
differences between the age of ignorance and that of knowledge, show how
much the contraction or extension of our sphere of vision depends upon
other considerations than the mere returns of our natural optics." And the
Benvenuto Cellini, who, I remember, on his first entering France, is
especially struck with the clearness of the sky, as contrasted with the mist of
Italy. And what is more strange still, when people see in a painting what
they suppose to have been the source of their impressions, they will affirm
it to be truthful, though they feel no such impression resulting from it. Thus,
though day after day they may have been impressed by the tone and warmth
of an Italian sky, yet not having traced the feeling to its source, and
supposing themselves impressed by its blueness, they will affirm a blue sky
in a painting to be truthful, and reject the most faithful rendering of all the
real attributes of Italy as cold or dull. And this influence of
§ 6. How sight
depends upon
the imagination over the senses, is peculiarly observable in
the perpetual disposition of mankind to suppose that they
previous
knowledge.
see what they know, and vice versa in their not seeing what
they do not know. Thus, if a child be asked to draw the
corner of a house, he will lay down something in the form of the letter T. He
has no conception that the two lines of the roof, which he knows to be level,
produce on his eye the impression of a slope. It requires repeated and close
attention before he detects this fact, or can be made to feel that the lines on
his paper are false. And the Chinese, children in all things, suppose a good
perspective drawing to be as false as we feel their plate patterns to be, or
wonder at the strange buildings which come to a point at the end. And all
the early works, whether of nations or of men, show, by their want of shade,
how little the eye, without knowledge, is to be depended upon to discover
truth. The eye of a Red Indian, keen enough to find the trace of his enemy
or his prey, even in the unnatural turn of a trodden leaf, is yet so blunt to the
impressions of shade, that Mr. Catlin mentions his once having been in
great danger from having painted a portrait with the face in half-light,
which the untutored observers imagined and affirmed to be the painting of
half a face. Barry, in his sixth lecture, takes notice of the same want of
actual sight in the early painters of Italy. "The imitations," he says, "of early
art are like those of children—nothing is seen in the spectacle before us,
unless it be previously known and sought for; and numberless observable
differences between the age of ignorance and that of knowledge, show how
much the contraction or extension of our sphere of vision depends upon
other considerations than the mere returns of our natural optics." And the
Page 155
deception which takes place so broadly in cases like these, has infinitely
greater influence over our judgment of the more intricate and less tangible
truths of nature. We are constantly supposing that we see what experience
only has shown us, or can show us, to have existence, constantly missing
the sight of what we do not know beforehand to be visible: and painters, to
the last hour of their lives, are apt to fall in some degree into the error of
painting what exists, rather than what they can see. I shall prove the extent
of this error more completely hereafter.
§ 7. The difficulty
Be it also observed, that all these difficulties would lie
in the way, even if the truths of nature were always the
increased by the
variety of truths in
same, constantly repeated and brought before us. But the
truths of nature are one eternal change—one infinite
nature.
variety. There is no bush on the face of the globe exactly
like another bush;—there are no two trees in the forest whose boughs bend
into the same network, nor two leaves on the same tree which could not be
told one from the other, nor two waves in the sea exactly alike. And out of
this mass of various, yet agreeing beauty, it is by long attention only that the
conception of the constant character—the ideal form—hinted at by all, yet
assumed by none, is fixed upon the imagination for its standard of truth.
It is not singular, therefore, nor in any way disgraceful, that the majority
of spectators are totally incapable of appreciating the truth of nature, when
fully set before them; but it is both singular and disgraceful that it is so
difficult to convince them of their own incapability. Ask the connoisseur,
who has scampered over all Europe, the shape of the leaf of an elm, and the
chances are ninety to one that he cannot tell you; and yet he will be voluble
of criticism on every painted landscape from Dresden to Madrid, and
pretend to tell you whether they are like nature or not. Ask an enthusiastic
chatterer in the Sistine Chapel how many ribs he has, and you get no
answer; but it is odds that you do not get out of the door without his
informing you that he considers such and such a figure badly drawn!
A few such interrogations as these might indeed convict,
§ 8. We recognize
objects by their
if not convince the mass of spectators of incapability, were
it not for the universal reply, that they can recognize what
least important
they cannot describe, and feel what is truthful, though they
greater influence over our judgment of the more intricate and less tangible
truths of nature. We are constantly supposing that we see what experience
only has shown us, or can show us, to have existence, constantly missing
the sight of what we do not know beforehand to be visible: and painters, to
the last hour of their lives, are apt to fall in some degree into the error of
painting what exists, rather than what they can see. I shall prove the extent
of this error more completely hereafter.
§ 7. The difficulty
Be it also observed, that all these difficulties would lie
in the way, even if the truths of nature were always the
increased by the
variety of truths in
same, constantly repeated and brought before us. But the
truths of nature are one eternal change—one infinite
nature.
variety. There is no bush on the face of the globe exactly
like another bush;—there are no two trees in the forest whose boughs bend
into the same network, nor two leaves on the same tree which could not be
told one from the other, nor two waves in the sea exactly alike. And out of
this mass of various, yet agreeing beauty, it is by long attention only that the
conception of the constant character—the ideal form—hinted at by all, yet
assumed by none, is fixed upon the imagination for its standard of truth.
It is not singular, therefore, nor in any way disgraceful, that the majority
of spectators are totally incapable of appreciating the truth of nature, when
fully set before them; but it is both singular and disgraceful that it is so
difficult to convince them of their own incapability. Ask the connoisseur,
who has scampered over all Europe, the shape of the leaf of an elm, and the
chances are ninety to one that he cannot tell you; and yet he will be voluble
of criticism on every painted landscape from Dresden to Madrid, and
pretend to tell you whether they are like nature or not. Ask an enthusiastic
chatterer in the Sistine Chapel how many ribs he has, and you get no
answer; but it is odds that you do not get out of the door without his
informing you that he considers such and such a figure badly drawn!
A few such interrogations as these might indeed convict,
§ 8. We recognize
objects by their
if not convince the mass of spectators of incapability, were
it not for the universal reply, that they can recognize what
least important
they cannot describe, and feel what is truthful, though they
Page 156
attributes. do not know what is truth. And this is, to a certain degree,
Compare Part I., true: a man may recognize the portrait of his friend,
Sect. I., Chap. 4. though he cannot, if you ask him apart, tell you the shape
of his nose or the height of his forehead; and every one
could tell nature herself from an imitation; why not then, it will be asked,
what is like her from what is not? For this simple reason, that we constantly
recognize things by their least important attributes, and by help of very few
of those, and if these attributes exist not in the imitation, though there may
be thousands of others far higher and more valuable, yet if those be
wanting, or imperfectly rendered, by which we are accustomed to recognize
the object, we deny the likeness; while if these be given, though all the
great and valuable and important attributes may be wanting, we affirm the
likeness. Recognition is no proof of real and intrinsic resemblance. We
recognize our books by their bindings, though the true and essential
characteristics lie inside. A man is known to his dog by the smell—to his
tailor by the coat—to his friend by the smile: each of these know him, but
how little, or how much, depends on the dignity of the intelligence. That
which is truly and indeed characteristic of the man, is known only to God.
One portrait of a man may possess exact accuracy of feature, and no atom
of expression; it may be, to use the ordinary terms of admiration bestowed
on such portraits by those whom they please, "as like as it can stare."
Everybody, down to his cat, would know this. Another portrait may have
neglected or misrepresented the features, but may have given the flash of
the eye, and the peculiar radiance of the lip, seen on him only in his hours
of highest mental excitement. None but his friends would know this.
Another may have given none of his ordinary expressions, but one which he
wore in the most excited instant of his life, when all his secret passions and
all his highest powers were brought into play at once. None but those who
had then seen him might recognize this as like. But which would be the
most truthful portrait of the man? The first gives the accidents of body—the
sport of climate, and food, and time—which corruption inhabits, and the
worm waits for. The second gives the stamp of the soul upon the flesh; but
it is the soul seen in the emotions which it shares with many—which may
not be characteristic of its essence—the results of habit, and education, and
accident—a gloze, whether purposely worn or unconsciously assumed,
perhaps totally contrary to all that is rooted and real in the mind that it
Compare Part I., true: a man may recognize the portrait of his friend,
Sect. I., Chap. 4. though he cannot, if you ask him apart, tell you the shape
of his nose or the height of his forehead; and every one
could tell nature herself from an imitation; why not then, it will be asked,
what is like her from what is not? For this simple reason, that we constantly
recognize things by their least important attributes, and by help of very few
of those, and if these attributes exist not in the imitation, though there may
be thousands of others far higher and more valuable, yet if those be
wanting, or imperfectly rendered, by which we are accustomed to recognize
the object, we deny the likeness; while if these be given, though all the
great and valuable and important attributes may be wanting, we affirm the
likeness. Recognition is no proof of real and intrinsic resemblance. We
recognize our books by their bindings, though the true and essential
characteristics lie inside. A man is known to his dog by the smell—to his
tailor by the coat—to his friend by the smile: each of these know him, but
how little, or how much, depends on the dignity of the intelligence. That
which is truly and indeed characteristic of the man, is known only to God.
One portrait of a man may possess exact accuracy of feature, and no atom
of expression; it may be, to use the ordinary terms of admiration bestowed
on such portraits by those whom they please, "as like as it can stare."
Everybody, down to his cat, would know this. Another portrait may have
neglected or misrepresented the features, but may have given the flash of
the eye, and the peculiar radiance of the lip, seen on him only in his hours
of highest mental excitement. None but his friends would know this.
Another may have given none of his ordinary expressions, but one which he
wore in the most excited instant of his life, when all his secret passions and
all his highest powers were brought into play at once. None but those who
had then seen him might recognize this as like. But which would be the
most truthful portrait of the man? The first gives the accidents of body—the
sport of climate, and food, and time—which corruption inhabits, and the
worm waits for. The second gives the stamp of the soul upon the flesh; but
it is the soul seen in the emotions which it shares with many—which may
not be characteristic of its essence—the results of habit, and education, and
accident—a gloze, whether purposely worn or unconsciously assumed,
perhaps totally contrary to all that is rooted and real in the mind that it
Page 157
conceals. The third has caught the trace of all that was most hidden and
most mighty, when all hypocrisy, and all habit, and all petty and passing
emotion—the ice, and the bank, and the foam of the immortal river—were
shivered, and broken, and swallowed up in the awakening of its inward
strength; when the call and claim of some divine motive had brought into
visible being those latent forces and feelings which the spirit's own volition
could not summon, nor its consciousness comprehend; which God only
knew, and God only could awaken, the depth and the mystery of its peculiar
and separating attributes. And so it is with external Nature: she has a body
and a soul like man; but her soul is the Deity. It is possible to represent the
body without the spirit; and this shall be like to those whose senses are only
cognizant of body. It is possible to represent the spirit in its ordinary and
inferior manifestations; and this shall be like to those who have not watched
for its moments of power. It is possible to represent the spirit in its secret
and high operations; and this shall be like only to those to whose watching
they have been revealed. All these are truth; but according to the dignity of
the truths he can represent or feel, is the power of the painter,—the justice
of the judge.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—FIRST, THAT
PARTICULAR TRUTHS ARE MORE IMPORTANT THAN GENERAL
ONES.
I have in the last chapter affirmed that we usually recognize objects by
their least essential characteristics. This very naturally excites the inquiry
§ 1. Necessity of
what I consider their important characteristics, and why I
call one truth more important than another. And this
determining the
relative
question must be immediately determined, because it is
evident, that in judging of the truth of painters, we shall
importance of
have to consider not only the accuracy with which
truths.
individual truths are given, but the relative importance of
most mighty, when all hypocrisy, and all habit, and all petty and passing
emotion—the ice, and the bank, and the foam of the immortal river—were
shivered, and broken, and swallowed up in the awakening of its inward
strength; when the call and claim of some divine motive had brought into
visible being those latent forces and feelings which the spirit's own volition
could not summon, nor its consciousness comprehend; which God only
knew, and God only could awaken, the depth and the mystery of its peculiar
and separating attributes. And so it is with external Nature: she has a body
and a soul like man; but her soul is the Deity. It is possible to represent the
body without the spirit; and this shall be like to those whose senses are only
cognizant of body. It is possible to represent the spirit in its ordinary and
inferior manifestations; and this shall be like to those who have not watched
for its moments of power. It is possible to represent the spirit in its secret
and high operations; and this shall be like only to those to whose watching
they have been revealed. All these are truth; but according to the dignity of
the truths he can represent or feel, is the power of the painter,—the justice
of the judge.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—FIRST, THAT
PARTICULAR TRUTHS ARE MORE IMPORTANT THAN GENERAL
ONES.
I have in the last chapter affirmed that we usually recognize objects by
their least essential characteristics. This very naturally excites the inquiry
§ 1. Necessity of
what I consider their important characteristics, and why I
call one truth more important than another. And this
determining the
relative
question must be immediately determined, because it is
evident, that in judging of the truth of painters, we shall
importance of
have to consider not only the accuracy with which
truths.
individual truths are given, but the relative importance of
Page 158
the truths themselves; for as it constantly happens that the powers of art are
unable to render all truths, that artist must be considered the most truthful
who has preserved the most important at the expense of the most trifling.
Now if we are to begin our investigation in Aristotle's
§ 2. Misapplication
way, and look at the φαινόμενα of the subject, we shall
of the aphorism:
immediately stumble over a maxim which is in
"General truths
everybody's mouth, and which, as it is understood in
are more
important than
practice, is true and useful, as it is usually applied in
argument, false and misleading. "General truths are more
particular ones."
important than particular ones." Often, when in
conversation, I have been praising Turner for his perpetual variety, and for
giving so particular and separate a character to each of his compositions,
that the mind of the painter can only be estimated by seeing all that he has
ever done, and that nothing can be prophesied of a picture coming into
existence on his easel, but that it will be totally different in idea from all
that he has ever done before; and when I have opposed this inexhaustible
knowledge or imagination, whichever it may be, to the perpetual repetition
of some half-dozen conceptions by Claude and Poussin, I have been met by
the formidable objection, enunciated with much dignity and self-satisfaction
on the part of my antagonist—"That is not painting general truths, that is
painting particular truths." Now there must be something
§ 3. Falseness of
this maxim taken
wrong in that application of a principle which would make
the variety and abundance which we look for as the
without
explanation.
greatest sign of intellect in the writer, the greatest sign of
error in the painter; and we shall accordingly see, by an
application of it to other matters, that, taken without limitation, the whole
proposition is utterly false. For instance, Mrs. Jameson somewhere
mentions the exclamation of a lady of her acquaintance, more desirous to
fill a pause in conversation than abundant in sources of observation: "What
an excellent book the Bible is!" This was a very general truth indeed, a truth
predicable of the Bible in common with many other books, but it certainly
is neither striking nor important. Had the lady exclaimed—"How evidently
is the Bible a divine revelation!" she would have expressed a particular
truth, one predicable of the Bible only; but certainly far more interesting
and important. Had she, on the contrary, informed us that the Bible was a
unable to render all truths, that artist must be considered the most truthful
who has preserved the most important at the expense of the most trifling.
Now if we are to begin our investigation in Aristotle's
§ 2. Misapplication
way, and look at the φαινόμενα of the subject, we shall
of the aphorism:
immediately stumble over a maxim which is in
"General truths
everybody's mouth, and which, as it is understood in
are more
important than
practice, is true and useful, as it is usually applied in
argument, false and misleading. "General truths are more
particular ones."
important than particular ones." Often, when in
conversation, I have been praising Turner for his perpetual variety, and for
giving so particular and separate a character to each of his compositions,
that the mind of the painter can only be estimated by seeing all that he has
ever done, and that nothing can be prophesied of a picture coming into
existence on his easel, but that it will be totally different in idea from all
that he has ever done before; and when I have opposed this inexhaustible
knowledge or imagination, whichever it may be, to the perpetual repetition
of some half-dozen conceptions by Claude and Poussin, I have been met by
the formidable objection, enunciated with much dignity and self-satisfaction
on the part of my antagonist—"That is not painting general truths, that is
painting particular truths." Now there must be something
§ 3. Falseness of
this maxim taken
wrong in that application of a principle which would make
the variety and abundance which we look for as the
without
explanation.
greatest sign of intellect in the writer, the greatest sign of
error in the painter; and we shall accordingly see, by an
application of it to other matters, that, taken without limitation, the whole
proposition is utterly false. For instance, Mrs. Jameson somewhere
mentions the exclamation of a lady of her acquaintance, more desirous to
fill a pause in conversation than abundant in sources of observation: "What
an excellent book the Bible is!" This was a very general truth indeed, a truth
predicable of the Bible in common with many other books, but it certainly
is neither striking nor important. Had the lady exclaimed—"How evidently
is the Bible a divine revelation!" she would have expressed a particular
truth, one predicable of the Bible only; but certainly far more interesting
and important. Had she, on the contrary, informed us that the Bible was a
Page 159
book, she would have been still more general, and still less entertaining. If I
ask any one who somebody else is, and receive for answer that he is a man,
I get little satisfaction for my pains; but if I am told that he is Sir Isaac
Newton, I immediately thank my neighbor for his
§ 4. Generality
information. The fact is, and the above instances may
important in the
serve at once to prove it if it be not self-evident, that
subject,
particularity in the
generality gives importance to the subject, and limitation
or particularity to the predicate. If I say that such and such
predicate.
a man in China is an opium-eater, I say nothing very
interesting, because my subject (such a man) is particular. If I say that all
men in China are opium-eaters, I say something interesting, because my
subject (all men) is general. If I say that all men in China eat, I say nothing
interesting, because my predicate (eat) is general. If I say that all men in
China eat opium, I say something interesting, because my predicate (eat
opium) is particular.
Now almost everything which (with reference to a given subject) a
painter has to ask himself whether he shall represent or not, is a predicate.
Hence in art, particular truths are usually more important than general ones.
How is it then that anything so plain as this should be contradicted by
one of the most universally received aphorisms respecting art? A little
reflection will show us under what limitations this maxim may be true in
practice.
§ 5. The
It is self-evident that when we are painting or describing
anything, those truths must be the most important which
importance of
are most characteristic of what is to be told or represented.
truths of species is
Now that which is first and most broadly characteristic of
not owing to their
a thing, is that which distinguishes its genus, or which
generality.
makes it what it is. For instance, that which makes drapery
be drapery, is not its being made of silk or worsted or flax, for things are
made of all these which are not drapery, but the ideas peculiar to drapery;
the properties which, when inherent in a thing, make it drapery, are
extension, non-elastic flexibility, unity and comparative thinness.
Everything which has these properties, a waterfall, for instance, if united
and extended, or a net of weeds over a wall, is drapery, as much as silk or
ask any one who somebody else is, and receive for answer that he is a man,
I get little satisfaction for my pains; but if I am told that he is Sir Isaac
Newton, I immediately thank my neighbor for his
§ 4. Generality
information. The fact is, and the above instances may
important in the
serve at once to prove it if it be not self-evident, that
subject,
particularity in the
generality gives importance to the subject, and limitation
or particularity to the predicate. If I say that such and such
predicate.
a man in China is an opium-eater, I say nothing very
interesting, because my subject (such a man) is particular. If I say that all
men in China are opium-eaters, I say something interesting, because my
subject (all men) is general. If I say that all men in China eat, I say nothing
interesting, because my predicate (eat) is general. If I say that all men in
China eat opium, I say something interesting, because my predicate (eat
opium) is particular.
Now almost everything which (with reference to a given subject) a
painter has to ask himself whether he shall represent or not, is a predicate.
Hence in art, particular truths are usually more important than general ones.
How is it then that anything so plain as this should be contradicted by
one of the most universally received aphorisms respecting art? A little
reflection will show us under what limitations this maxim may be true in
practice.
§ 5. The
It is self-evident that when we are painting or describing
anything, those truths must be the most important which
importance of
are most characteristic of what is to be told or represented.
truths of species is
Now that which is first and most broadly characteristic of
not owing to their
a thing, is that which distinguishes its genus, or which
generality.
makes it what it is. For instance, that which makes drapery
be drapery, is not its being made of silk or worsted or flax, for things are
made of all these which are not drapery, but the ideas peculiar to drapery;
the properties which, when inherent in a thing, make it drapery, are
extension, non-elastic flexibility, unity and comparative thinness.
Everything which has these properties, a waterfall, for instance, if united
and extended, or a net of weeds over a wall, is drapery, as much as silk or
Page 160
woollen stuff is. So that these ideas separate drapery in our minds from
everything else; they are peculiarly characteristic of it, and therefore are the
most important group of ideas connected with it; and so with everything
else, that which makes the thing what it is, is the most important idea, or
group of ideas connected with the thing. But as this idea must necessarily
be common to all individuals of the species it belongs to, it is a general idea
with respect to that species; while other ideas, which are not characteristic
of the species, and are therefore in reality general, (as black or white are
terms applicable to more things than drapery,) are yet particular with respect
to that species, being predicable only of certain individuals of it. Hence it is
carelessly and falsely said, that general ideas are more important than
particular ones; carelessly and falsely, I say, because the so-called general
idea is important, not because it is common to all the individuals of that
species, but because it separates that species from everything else. It is the
distinctiveness, not the universality of the truth, which renders it important.
And the so-called particular idea is unimportant, not because it is not
predicable of the whole species, but because it is predicable of things out of
that species. It is not its individuality, but its generality
§ 6. All truths
which renders it unimportant. So, then, truths are
valuable as they
are characteristic.
important just in proportion as they are characteristic, and
are valuable, primarily, as they separate the species from
all other created things secondarily, as they separate the individuals of that
species from one another: thus "silken" or "woollen" are unimportant ideas
with respect to drapery, because they neither separate the species from other
things, nor even the individuals of that species from one another, since,
though not common to the whole of it, they are common to indefinite
numbers of it; but the particular folds into which any piece of drapery may
happen to fall, being different in many particulars from those into which
any other piece of drapery will fall, are expressive not only of the characters
of the species, flexibility, (non-elasticity, etc.,) but of individuality and
definite character in the case immediately observed, and are consequently
most important and necessary ideas. So in a man, to be short-legged or
long-nosed or anything else of accidental quality, does not distinguish him
from other short-legged or long-nosed animals; but the important truths
respecting a man are, first, the marked development of that distinctive
organization which separates him as man from other animals, and secondly,
everything else; they are peculiarly characteristic of it, and therefore are the
most important group of ideas connected with it; and so with everything
else, that which makes the thing what it is, is the most important idea, or
group of ideas connected with the thing. But as this idea must necessarily
be common to all individuals of the species it belongs to, it is a general idea
with respect to that species; while other ideas, which are not characteristic
of the species, and are therefore in reality general, (as black or white are
terms applicable to more things than drapery,) are yet particular with respect
to that species, being predicable only of certain individuals of it. Hence it is
carelessly and falsely said, that general ideas are more important than
particular ones; carelessly and falsely, I say, because the so-called general
idea is important, not because it is common to all the individuals of that
species, but because it separates that species from everything else. It is the
distinctiveness, not the universality of the truth, which renders it important.
And the so-called particular idea is unimportant, not because it is not
predicable of the whole species, but because it is predicable of things out of
that species. It is not its individuality, but its generality
§ 6. All truths
which renders it unimportant. So, then, truths are
valuable as they
are characteristic.
important just in proportion as they are characteristic, and
are valuable, primarily, as they separate the species from
all other created things secondarily, as they separate the individuals of that
species from one another: thus "silken" or "woollen" are unimportant ideas
with respect to drapery, because they neither separate the species from other
things, nor even the individuals of that species from one another, since,
though not common to the whole of it, they are common to indefinite
numbers of it; but the particular folds into which any piece of drapery may
happen to fall, being different in many particulars from those into which
any other piece of drapery will fall, are expressive not only of the characters
of the species, flexibility, (non-elasticity, etc.,) but of individuality and
definite character in the case immediately observed, and are consequently
most important and necessary ideas. So in a man, to be short-legged or
long-nosed or anything else of accidental quality, does not distinguish him
from other short-legged or long-nosed animals; but the important truths
respecting a man are, first, the marked development of that distinctive
organization which separates him as man from other animals, and secondly,
Page 161
that group of qualities which distinguish the individual from all other men,
which make him Paul or Judas, Newton or Shakspeare.
Such are the real sources of importance in truths as far
§ 7. Otherwise
as they are considered with reference merely to their being
truths of species
are valuable
general, or particular; but there are other sources of
importance which give farther weight to the ordinary
because beautiful.
opinion of the greater value of those which are general,
and which render this opinion right in practice; I mean the intrinsic beauty
of the truths themselves, a quality which it is not here the place to
investigate, but which must just be noticed, as invariably adding value to
truths of species rather than to those of individuality. The qualities and
properties which characterize man or any other animal as a species, are the
perfection of his or its form of mind, almost all individual differences
arising from imperfections; hence a truth of species is the more valuable to
art, because it must always be a beauty, while a truth of individuals is
commonly, in some sort or way, a defect.
Again, a truth which may be of great interest, when an
§ 8. And many
object is viewed by itself, may be objectionable when it is
truths, valuable if
separate, may be
viewed in relation to other objects. Thus if we were
painting a piece of drapery as our whole subject, it would
objectionable in
connection with
be proper to give in it every source of entertainment,
which particular truths could supply, to give it varied color
others.
and delicate texture; but if we paint this same piece of
drapery, as part of the dress of a Madonna, all these ideas of richness or
texture become thoroughly contemptible, and unfit to occupy the mind at
the same moment with the idea of the Virgin. The conception of drapery is
then to be suggested by the simplest and slightest means possible, and all
notions of texture and detail are to be rejected with utter reprobation; but
this, observe, is not because they are particular or general or anything else,
with respect to the drapery itself, but because they draw the attention to the
dress instead of the saint, and disturb and degrade the imagination and the
feelings; hence we ought to give the conception of the drapery in the most
unobtrusive way possible, by rendering those essential qualities distinctly,
which are necessary to the very existence of drapery, and not one more.
which make him Paul or Judas, Newton or Shakspeare.
Such are the real sources of importance in truths as far
§ 7. Otherwise
as they are considered with reference merely to their being
truths of species
are valuable
general, or particular; but there are other sources of
importance which give farther weight to the ordinary
because beautiful.
opinion of the greater value of those which are general,
and which render this opinion right in practice; I mean the intrinsic beauty
of the truths themselves, a quality which it is not here the place to
investigate, but which must just be noticed, as invariably adding value to
truths of species rather than to those of individuality. The qualities and
properties which characterize man or any other animal as a species, are the
perfection of his or its form of mind, almost all individual differences
arising from imperfections; hence a truth of species is the more valuable to
art, because it must always be a beauty, while a truth of individuals is
commonly, in some sort or way, a defect.
Again, a truth which may be of great interest, when an
§ 8. And many
object is viewed by itself, may be objectionable when it is
truths, valuable if
separate, may be
viewed in relation to other objects. Thus if we were
painting a piece of drapery as our whole subject, it would
objectionable in
connection with
be proper to give in it every source of entertainment,
which particular truths could supply, to give it varied color
others.
and delicate texture; but if we paint this same piece of
drapery, as part of the dress of a Madonna, all these ideas of richness or
texture become thoroughly contemptible, and unfit to occupy the mind at
the same moment with the idea of the Virgin. The conception of drapery is
then to be suggested by the simplest and slightest means possible, and all
notions of texture and detail are to be rejected with utter reprobation; but
this, observe, is not because they are particular or general or anything else,
with respect to the drapery itself, but because they draw the attention to the
dress instead of the saint, and disturb and degrade the imagination and the
feelings; hence we ought to give the conception of the drapery in the most
unobtrusive way possible, by rendering those essential qualities distinctly,
which are necessary to the very existence of drapery, and not one more.
Page 162
With these last two sources of the importance of truths, we have nothing
to do at present, as they are dependent upon ideas of beauty and relation: I
merely allude to them now, to show that all that is alleged by Sir J.
Reynolds and other scientific writers respecting the kind of truths proper to
be represented by the painter or sculptor is perfectly just and right; while
yet the principle on which they base their selection (that general truths are
more important than particular ones) is altogether false. Canova's Perseus in
the Vatican is entirely spoiled by an unlucky tassel in the folds of the mantle
(which the next admirer of Canova who passes would do well to knock off;)
but it is spoiled not because this is a particular truth, but because it is a
contemptible, unnecessary, and ugly truth. The button which fastens the
vest of the Sistine Daniel is as much a particular truth as this, but it is a
necessary one, and the idea of it is given by the simplest possible means;
hence it is right and beautiful.
Finally, then, it is to be remembered that all truths as far
§ 9.
as their being particular or general affects their value at all,
Recapitulation.
are valuable in proportion as they are particular, and
valueless in proportion as they are general; or to express the proposition in
simpler terms, every truth is valuable in proportion as it is characteristic of
the thing of which it is affirmed.
CHAPTER IV.
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—SECONDLY, THAT
RARE TRUTHS ARE MORE IMPORTANT THAN FREQUENT ONES.
It will be necessary next for us to determine how far frequency or rarity
can affect the importance of truths, and whether the artist
§ 1. No accidental
is to be considered the most truthful who paints what is
violation of
nature's principles
common or what is unusual in nature.
should be Now the whole determination of this question depends
represented. upon whether the unusual fact be a violation of nature's
to do at present, as they are dependent upon ideas of beauty and relation: I
merely allude to them now, to show that all that is alleged by Sir J.
Reynolds and other scientific writers respecting the kind of truths proper to
be represented by the painter or sculptor is perfectly just and right; while
yet the principle on which they base their selection (that general truths are
more important than particular ones) is altogether false. Canova's Perseus in
the Vatican is entirely spoiled by an unlucky tassel in the folds of the mantle
(which the next admirer of Canova who passes would do well to knock off;)
but it is spoiled not because this is a particular truth, but because it is a
contemptible, unnecessary, and ugly truth. The button which fastens the
vest of the Sistine Daniel is as much a particular truth as this, but it is a
necessary one, and the idea of it is given by the simplest possible means;
hence it is right and beautiful.
Finally, then, it is to be remembered that all truths as far
§ 9.
as their being particular or general affects their value at all,
Recapitulation.
are valuable in proportion as they are particular, and
valueless in proportion as they are general; or to express the proposition in
simpler terms, every truth is valuable in proportion as it is characteristic of
the thing of which it is affirmed.
CHAPTER IV.
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—SECONDLY, THAT
RARE TRUTHS ARE MORE IMPORTANT THAN FREQUENT ONES.
It will be necessary next for us to determine how far frequency or rarity
can affect the importance of truths, and whether the artist
§ 1. No accidental
is to be considered the most truthful who paints what is
violation of
nature's principles
common or what is unusual in nature.
should be Now the whole determination of this question depends
represented. upon whether the unusual fact be a violation of nature's
Page 163
general principles, or the application of some of those principles in a
peculiar and striking way. Nature sometimes, though very rarely, violates
her own principles; it is her principle to make everything beautiful, but now
and then, for an instant, she permits what, compared with the rest of her
works, might be called ugly; it is true that even these rare blemishes are
permitted, as I have above said, for a good purpose, (Part I. Sec. I. Chap. 5,)
they are valuable in nature, and used as she uses them, are equally valuable
(as instantaneous discords) in art; but the artist who should seek after these
exclusively, and paint nothing else, though he might be able to point to
something in nature as the original of every one of his uglinesses, would yet
be, in the strict sense of the word, false,—false to nature, and disobedient to
her laws. For instance, it is the practice of nature to give character to the
outlines of her clouds, by perpetual angles and right lines. Perhaps once in a
month, by diligent watching, we might be able to see a cloud altogether
rounded and made up of curves; but the artist who paints nothing but curved
clouds must yet be considered thoroughly and inexcusably false.
But the case is widely different, when instead of a principle violated, we
have one extraordinarily carried out or manifested under
§ 2. But the cases
in which those
unusual circumstances. Though nature is constantly
beautiful, she does not exhibit her highest powers of
principles have
been strikingly
beauty constantly, for then they would satiate us and pall
upon our senses. It is necessary to their appreciation that
exemplified.
they should be rarely shown. Her finest touches are things
§ 3. Which are
which must be watched for; her most perfect passages of
beauty are the most evanescent. She is constantly doing
comparatively
rare.
something beautiful for us, but it is something which she
has not done before and will not do again; some exhibition
of her general powers in particular circumstances which, if we do not catch
at the instant it is passing, will not be repeated for us. Now they are these
evanescent passages of perfected beauty, these perpetually varied examples
of utmost power, which the artist ought to seek for and arrest. No
supposition can be more absurd than that effects or truths frequently
exhibited are more characteristic of nature than those which are equally
necessary by her laws, though rarer in occurrence. Both the frequent and the
rare are parts of the same great system; to give either exclusively is
peculiar and striking way. Nature sometimes, though very rarely, violates
her own principles; it is her principle to make everything beautiful, but now
and then, for an instant, she permits what, compared with the rest of her
works, might be called ugly; it is true that even these rare blemishes are
permitted, as I have above said, for a good purpose, (Part I. Sec. I. Chap. 5,)
they are valuable in nature, and used as she uses them, are equally valuable
(as instantaneous discords) in art; but the artist who should seek after these
exclusively, and paint nothing else, though he might be able to point to
something in nature as the original of every one of his uglinesses, would yet
be, in the strict sense of the word, false,—false to nature, and disobedient to
her laws. For instance, it is the practice of nature to give character to the
outlines of her clouds, by perpetual angles and right lines. Perhaps once in a
month, by diligent watching, we might be able to see a cloud altogether
rounded and made up of curves; but the artist who paints nothing but curved
clouds must yet be considered thoroughly and inexcusably false.
But the case is widely different, when instead of a principle violated, we
have one extraordinarily carried out or manifested under
§ 2. But the cases
in which those
unusual circumstances. Though nature is constantly
beautiful, she does not exhibit her highest powers of
principles have
been strikingly
beauty constantly, for then they would satiate us and pall
upon our senses. It is necessary to their appreciation that
exemplified.
they should be rarely shown. Her finest touches are things
§ 3. Which are
which must be watched for; her most perfect passages of
beauty are the most evanescent. She is constantly doing
comparatively
rare.
something beautiful for us, but it is something which she
has not done before and will not do again; some exhibition
of her general powers in particular circumstances which, if we do not catch
at the instant it is passing, will not be repeated for us. Now they are these
evanescent passages of perfected beauty, these perpetually varied examples
of utmost power, which the artist ought to seek for and arrest. No
supposition can be more absurd than that effects or truths frequently
exhibited are more characteristic of nature than those which are equally
necessary by her laws, though rarer in occurrence. Both the frequent and the
rare are parts of the same great system; to give either exclusively is
Page 164
imperfect truth, and to repeat the same effect or thought in
§ 4. All repetition
is blamable.
two pictures is wasted life. What should we think of a poet
who should keep all his life repeating the same thought in
different words? and why should we be more lenient to the parrot-painter
who has learned one lesson from the page of nature, and keeps stammering
it out with eternal repetition without turning the leaf? Is it less tautology to
describe a thing over and over again with lines, than it is with words? The
teaching of nature is as varied and infinite as it is constant; and the duty of
the painter is to watch for every one of her lessons, and to give (for human
life will admit of nothing more) those in which she has manifested each of
her principles in the most peculiar and striking way. The deeper his research
and the rarer the phenomena he has noted, the more valuable will his works
be; to repeat himself, even in a single instance, is treachery to nature, for a
thousand human lives would not be enough to give one instance of the
perfect manifestation of each of her powers; and as for combining or
classifying them, as well might a preacher expect in one sermon to express
and explain every divine truth which can be gathered out of God's
§ 5. The duty of
revelation, as a painter expect in one composition to
express and illustrate every lesson which can be received
the painter is the
same as that of a
from God's creation. Both are commentators on infinity,
and the duty of both is to take for each discourse one
preacher.
essential truth, seeking particularly and insisting especially
on those which are less palpable to ordinary observation, and more likely to
escape an indolent research; and to impress that, and that alone, upon those
whom they address, with every illustration that can be furnished by their
knowledge, and every adornment attainable by their power. And the real
truthfulness of the painter is in proportion to the number and variety of the
facts he has so illustrated; those facts being always, as above observed, the
realization, not the violation of a general principle. The quantity of truth is
in proportion to the number of such facts, and its value and instructiveness
in proportion to their rarity. All really great pictures, therefore, exhibit the
general habits of nature, manifested in some peculiar, rare, and beautiful
way.
§ 4. All repetition
is blamable.
two pictures is wasted life. What should we think of a poet
who should keep all his life repeating the same thought in
different words? and why should we be more lenient to the parrot-painter
who has learned one lesson from the page of nature, and keeps stammering
it out with eternal repetition without turning the leaf? Is it less tautology to
describe a thing over and over again with lines, than it is with words? The
teaching of nature is as varied and infinite as it is constant; and the duty of
the painter is to watch for every one of her lessons, and to give (for human
life will admit of nothing more) those in which she has manifested each of
her principles in the most peculiar and striking way. The deeper his research
and the rarer the phenomena he has noted, the more valuable will his works
be; to repeat himself, even in a single instance, is treachery to nature, for a
thousand human lives would not be enough to give one instance of the
perfect manifestation of each of her powers; and as for combining or
classifying them, as well might a preacher expect in one sermon to express
and explain every divine truth which can be gathered out of God's
§ 5. The duty of
revelation, as a painter expect in one composition to
express and illustrate every lesson which can be received
the painter is the
same as that of a
from God's creation. Both are commentators on infinity,
and the duty of both is to take for each discourse one
preacher.
essential truth, seeking particularly and insisting especially
on those which are less palpable to ordinary observation, and more likely to
escape an indolent research; and to impress that, and that alone, upon those
whom they address, with every illustration that can be furnished by their
knowledge, and every adornment attainable by their power. And the real
truthfulness of the painter is in proportion to the number and variety of the
facts he has so illustrated; those facts being always, as above observed, the
realization, not the violation of a general principle. The quantity of truth is
in proportion to the number of such facts, and its value and instructiveness
in proportion to their rarity. All really great pictures, therefore, exhibit the
general habits of nature, manifested in some peculiar, rare, and beautiful
way.
Page 165
CHAPTER V.
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—THIRDLY, THAT
TRUTHS OF COLOR ARE THE LEAST IMPORTANT OF ALL TRUTHS.
In the two last chapters, we have pointed out general tests of the
importance of all truths, which will be sufficient at once to
§ 1. Difference
distinguish certain classes of properties in bodies, as more
between primary
necessary to be told than others, because more
and secondary
characteristic, either of the particular thing to be
qualities in bodies.
represented, or of the principles of nature.
According to Locke, Book ii. chap. 8, there are three sorts of qualities in
bodies: first, the "bulk, figure, number, situation, and motion or rest of their
solid parts: those that are in them, whether we perceive them or not." These
he calls primary qualities. Secondly, "the power that is in any body to
operate after a peculiar manner on any of our senses," (sensible qualities.)
And thirdly, "the power that is in any body to make such a change in
another body as that it shall operate on our senses differently from what it
did before: these last being usually called powers."
Hence he proceeds to prove that those which he calls primary qualities
are indeed part of the essence of the body, and characteristic of it; but that
the two other kinds of qualities which together he calls secondary, are
neither of them more than powers of producing on other objects, or in us,
certain effects and sensations. Now a power of influence is
§ 2. The first are
fully
always equally characteristic of two objects—the active
and passive; for it is as much necessary that there should
characteristic, the
second imperfectly
be a power in the object suffering to receive the
impression, as in the object acting to give the impression.
so.
(Compare Locke, Book ii. chap. 21, sect. 2.) For
supposing two people, as is frequently the case, perceive different scents in
the same flower, it is evident that the power in the flower to give this or that
depends on the nature of their nerves, as well as on that of its own particles;
and that we are as correct in saying it is a power in us to perceive, as in the
object to impress. Every power, therefore, being characteristic of the nature
OF THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TRUTHS:—THIRDLY, THAT
TRUTHS OF COLOR ARE THE LEAST IMPORTANT OF ALL TRUTHS.
In the two last chapters, we have pointed out general tests of the
importance of all truths, which will be sufficient at once to
§ 1. Difference
distinguish certain classes of properties in bodies, as more
between primary
necessary to be told than others, because more
and secondary
characteristic, either of the particular thing to be
qualities in bodies.
represented, or of the principles of nature.
According to Locke, Book ii. chap. 8, there are three sorts of qualities in
bodies: first, the "bulk, figure, number, situation, and motion or rest of their
solid parts: those that are in them, whether we perceive them or not." These
he calls primary qualities. Secondly, "the power that is in any body to
operate after a peculiar manner on any of our senses," (sensible qualities.)
And thirdly, "the power that is in any body to make such a change in
another body as that it shall operate on our senses differently from what it
did before: these last being usually called powers."
Hence he proceeds to prove that those which he calls primary qualities
are indeed part of the essence of the body, and characteristic of it; but that
the two other kinds of qualities which together he calls secondary, are
neither of them more than powers of producing on other objects, or in us,
certain effects and sensations. Now a power of influence is
§ 2. The first are
fully
always equally characteristic of two objects—the active
and passive; for it is as much necessary that there should
characteristic, the
second imperfectly
be a power in the object suffering to receive the
impression, as in the object acting to give the impression.
so.
(Compare Locke, Book ii. chap. 21, sect. 2.) For
supposing two people, as is frequently the case, perceive different scents in
the same flower, it is evident that the power in the flower to give this or that
depends on the nature of their nerves, as well as on that of its own particles;
and that we are as correct in saying it is a power in us to perceive, as in the
object to impress. Every power, therefore, being characteristic of the nature
Page 166
of two bodies, is imperfectly and incompletely characteristic of either
separately; but the primary qualities, being characteristic only of the body
in which they are inherent, are the most important truths connected with it.
For the question, what the thing is, must precede, and be of more
importance than the question, what can it do.
Now by Locke's definition above given, only bulk,
§ 3. Color is a
secondary quality,
figure, situation, and motion or rest of solid parts, are
primary qualities. Hence all truths of color sink at once
therefore less
important than
into the second rank. He, therefore, who has neglected a
truth of form for a truth of color, has neglected a greater
form.
truth for a less one.
And that color is indeed a most unimportant characteristic of objects, will
be farther evident on the slightest consideration. The color of plants is
constantly changing with the season, and of everything with the quality of
light falling on it; but the nature and essence of the thing are independent of
these changes. An oak is an oak, whether green with spring or red with
winter; a dahlia is a dahlia, whether it be yellow or crimson; and if some
monster-hunting botanist should ever frighten the flower blue, still it will be
a dahlia; but let one curve of the petals—one groove of the stamens be
wanting, and the flower ceases to be the same. Let the roughness of the bark
and the angles of the boughs be smoothed or diminished, and the oak ceases
to be an oak; but let it retain its inward structure and outward form, and
though its leaves grew white, or pink, or blue, or tri-color, it would be a
white oak, or a pink oak, or a republican oak, but an oak
§ 4. Color no
distinction
still. Again, color is hardly ever even a possible distinction
between two objects of the same species. Two trees, of the
between objects of
same kind, at the same season, and of the same age, are of
the same species.
absolutely the same color; but they are not of the same
form, nor anything like it. There can be no difference in the color of two
pieces of rock broken from the same place; but it is impossible they should
be of the same form. So that form is not only the chief characteristic of
species, but the only characteristic of individuals of a species.
Again, a color, in association with other colors, is different from the same
color seen by itself. It has a distinct and peculiar power upon the retina
separately; but the primary qualities, being characteristic only of the body
in which they are inherent, are the most important truths connected with it.
For the question, what the thing is, must precede, and be of more
importance than the question, what can it do.
Now by Locke's definition above given, only bulk,
§ 3. Color is a
secondary quality,
figure, situation, and motion or rest of solid parts, are
primary qualities. Hence all truths of color sink at once
therefore less
important than
into the second rank. He, therefore, who has neglected a
truth of form for a truth of color, has neglected a greater
form.
truth for a less one.
And that color is indeed a most unimportant characteristic of objects, will
be farther evident on the slightest consideration. The color of plants is
constantly changing with the season, and of everything with the quality of
light falling on it; but the nature and essence of the thing are independent of
these changes. An oak is an oak, whether green with spring or red with
winter; a dahlia is a dahlia, whether it be yellow or crimson; and if some
monster-hunting botanist should ever frighten the flower blue, still it will be
a dahlia; but let one curve of the petals—one groove of the stamens be
wanting, and the flower ceases to be the same. Let the roughness of the bark
and the angles of the boughs be smoothed or diminished, and the oak ceases
to be an oak; but let it retain its inward structure and outward form, and
though its leaves grew white, or pink, or blue, or tri-color, it would be a
white oak, or a pink oak, or a republican oak, but an oak
§ 4. Color no
distinction
still. Again, color is hardly ever even a possible distinction
between two objects of the same species. Two trees, of the
between objects of
same kind, at the same season, and of the same age, are of
the same species.
absolutely the same color; but they are not of the same
form, nor anything like it. There can be no difference in the color of two
pieces of rock broken from the same place; but it is impossible they should
be of the same form. So that form is not only the chief characteristic of
species, but the only characteristic of individuals of a species.
Again, a color, in association with other colors, is different from the same
color seen by itself. It has a distinct and peculiar power upon the retina
Page 167
§ 5. And different
dependent on its association. Consequently, the color of
any object is not more dependent upon the nature of the
in association from
what it is alone.
object itself, and the eye beholding it, than on the color of
the objects near it; in this respect also, therefore, it is no
characteristic.
§ 6. It is not
And so great is the uncertainty with respect to those
qualities or powers which depend as much on the nature of
certain whether
any two people see
the object suffering as of the object acting, that it is totally
impossible to prove that one man sees in the same thing
the same color in
things.
the same color that another does though he may use the
same name for it. One man may see yellow where another
sees blue, but as the effect is constant, they agree in the term to be used for
it, and both call it blue, or both yellow, having yet totally different ideas
attached to the term. And yet neither can be said to see falsely, because the
color is not in the thing, but in the thing and them together. But if they see
forms differently, one must see falsely, because the form is positive in the
object. My friend may see boars blue for anything I know, but it is
impossible he should see them with paws instead of hoofs, unless his eyes
or brain are diseased. (Compare Locke, Book ii. chap. xxxii. § 15.) But I do
not speak of this uncertainty as capable of having any effect on art, because,
though perhaps Landseer sees dogs of the color which I should call blue,
yet the color he puts on the canvas, being in the same way blue to him, will
still be brown or dog-color to me; and so we may argue on points of color
just as if all men saw alike, as indeed in all probability they do; but I merely
mention this uncertainty to show farther the vagueness and unimportance of
color as a characteristic of bodies.
Before going farther, however, I must explain the sense
§ 7. Form
in which I have used the word "form," because painters
considered as an
element of
have a most inaccurate and careless habit of confining the
term to the outline of bodies, whereas it necessarily
landscape,
includes light and
implies light and shade. It is true that the outline and the
chiaroscuro must be separate subjects of investigation with
shade.
the student; but no form whatsoever can be known to the
eye in the slightest degree without its chiaroscuro; and, therefore, in
dependent on its association. Consequently, the color of
any object is not more dependent upon the nature of the
in association from
what it is alone.
object itself, and the eye beholding it, than on the color of
the objects near it; in this respect also, therefore, it is no
characteristic.
§ 6. It is not
And so great is the uncertainty with respect to those
qualities or powers which depend as much on the nature of
certain whether
any two people see
the object suffering as of the object acting, that it is totally
impossible to prove that one man sees in the same thing
the same color in
things.
the same color that another does though he may use the
same name for it. One man may see yellow where another
sees blue, but as the effect is constant, they agree in the term to be used for
it, and both call it blue, or both yellow, having yet totally different ideas
attached to the term. And yet neither can be said to see falsely, because the
color is not in the thing, but in the thing and them together. But if they see
forms differently, one must see falsely, because the form is positive in the
object. My friend may see boars blue for anything I know, but it is
impossible he should see them with paws instead of hoofs, unless his eyes
or brain are diseased. (Compare Locke, Book ii. chap. xxxii. § 15.) But I do
not speak of this uncertainty as capable of having any effect on art, because,
though perhaps Landseer sees dogs of the color which I should call blue,
yet the color he puts on the canvas, being in the same way blue to him, will
still be brown or dog-color to me; and so we may argue on points of color
just as if all men saw alike, as indeed in all probability they do; but I merely
mention this uncertainty to show farther the vagueness and unimportance of
color as a characteristic of bodies.
Before going farther, however, I must explain the sense
§ 7. Form
in which I have used the word "form," because painters
considered as an
element of
have a most inaccurate and careless habit of confining the
term to the outline of bodies, whereas it necessarily
landscape,
includes light and
implies light and shade. It is true that the outline and the
chiaroscuro must be separate subjects of investigation with
shade.
the student; but no form whatsoever can be known to the
eye in the slightest degree without its chiaroscuro; and, therefore, in
Page 168
speaking of form generally as an element of landscape, I mean that perfect
and harmonious unity of outline with light and shade, by which all the parts
and projections and proportions of a body are fully explained to the eye,
being nevertheless perfectly independent of sight or power in other objects,
the presence of light upon a body being a positive existence, whether we are
aware of it or not, and in no degree dependent upon our senses. This being
§ 8. Importance of
understood, the most convincing proof of the
unimportance of color lies in the accurate observation of
light and shade in
expressing the
the way in which any material object impresses itself on
the mind. If we look at nature carefully, we shall find that
character of
her colors are in a state of perpetual confusion and
bodies and
unimportance of
indistinctness, while her forms, as told by light and shade,
are invariably clear, distinct, and speaking. The stones and
color.
gravel of the bank catch green reflections from the boughs
above; the bushes receive grays and yellows from the ground; every
hairbreadth of polished surface gives a little bit of the blue of the sky or the
gold of the sun, like a star upon the local color; this local color, changeful
and uncertain in itself, is again disguised and modified by the hue of the
light, or quenched in the gray of the shadow; and the confusion and
blending of tint is altogether so great, that were we left to find out what
objects were by their colors only, we would scarcely in places distinguish
the boughs of a tree from the air beyond them, or the ground beneath them.
I know that people unpractised in art will not believe this at first; but if they
have accurate powers of observation, they may soon ascertain it for
themselves; they will find that, while they can scarcely ever determine the
exact hue of anything, except when it occurs in large masses, as in a green
field or the blue sky, the form, as told by light and shade, is always decided
and evident, and the source of the chief character of every object. Light and
shade indeed so completely conquer the distinctions of local color, that the
difference in hue between the illumined parts of a white and black object is
not so great as the difference (in sunshine) between the illumined and dark
side of either separately.
We shall see hereafter, in considering ideas of beauty, that color, even as
a source of pleasure, is feeble compared to form; but this we cannot insist
upon at present; we have only to do with simple truth, and the observations
and harmonious unity of outline with light and shade, by which all the parts
and projections and proportions of a body are fully explained to the eye,
being nevertheless perfectly independent of sight or power in other objects,
the presence of light upon a body being a positive existence, whether we are
aware of it or not, and in no degree dependent upon our senses. This being
§ 8. Importance of
understood, the most convincing proof of the
unimportance of color lies in the accurate observation of
light and shade in
expressing the
the way in which any material object impresses itself on
the mind. If we look at nature carefully, we shall find that
character of
her colors are in a state of perpetual confusion and
bodies and
unimportance of
indistinctness, while her forms, as told by light and shade,
are invariably clear, distinct, and speaking. The stones and
color.
gravel of the bank catch green reflections from the boughs
above; the bushes receive grays and yellows from the ground; every
hairbreadth of polished surface gives a little bit of the blue of the sky or the
gold of the sun, like a star upon the local color; this local color, changeful
and uncertain in itself, is again disguised and modified by the hue of the
light, or quenched in the gray of the shadow; and the confusion and
blending of tint is altogether so great, that were we left to find out what
objects were by their colors only, we would scarcely in places distinguish
the boughs of a tree from the air beyond them, or the ground beneath them.
I know that people unpractised in art will not believe this at first; but if they
have accurate powers of observation, they may soon ascertain it for
themselves; they will find that, while they can scarcely ever determine the
exact hue of anything, except when it occurs in large masses, as in a green
field or the blue sky, the form, as told by light and shade, is always decided
and evident, and the source of the chief character of every object. Light and
shade indeed so completely conquer the distinctions of local color, that the
difference in hue between the illumined parts of a white and black object is
not so great as the difference (in sunshine) between the illumined and dark
side of either separately.
We shall see hereafter, in considering ideas of beauty, that color, even as
a source of pleasure, is feeble compared to form; but this we cannot insist
upon at present; we have only to do with simple truth, and the observations
Page 169
§ 9.
we have made are sufficient to prove that the artist who
sacrifices or forgets a truth of form in the pursuit of a truth
Recapitulation.
of color, sacrifices what is definite to what is uncertain,
and what is essential to what is accidental.
CHAPTER VI.
RECAPITULATION.
It ought farther to be observed respecting truths in general, that those are
§ 1. The
always most valuable which are most historical, that is,
which tell us most about the past and future states of the
importance of
historical truths.
object to which they belong. In a tree, for instance, it is
more important to give the appearance of energy and
elasticity in the limbs which is indicative of growth and life, than any
particular character of leaf, or texture of bough. It is more important that we
should feel that the uppermost sprays are creeping higher and higher into
the sky, and be impressed with the current of life and motion which is
animating every fibre, than that we should know the exact pitch of relief
with which those fibres are thrown out against the sky. For the first truths
tell us tales about the tree, about what it has been, and will be, while the last
are characteristic of it only in its present state, and are in no way talkative
about themselves. Talkative facts are always more interesting and more
important than silent ones. So again the lines in a crag which mark its
stratification, and how it has been washed and rounded by water, or twisted
and drawn out in fire, are more important, because they tell more than the
stains of the lichens which change year by year, and the accidental fissures
of frost or decomposition; not but that both of these are historical, but
historical in a less distinct manner, and for shorter periods.
Hence in general the truths of specific form are the first
§ 2. Form, as
and most important of all; and next to them, those truths of
explained by light
and shade, the
chiaroscuro which are necessary to make us understand
every quality and part of forms, and the relative distances
we have made are sufficient to prove that the artist who
sacrifices or forgets a truth of form in the pursuit of a truth
Recapitulation.
of color, sacrifices what is definite to what is uncertain,
and what is essential to what is accidental.
CHAPTER VI.
RECAPITULATION.
It ought farther to be observed respecting truths in general, that those are
§ 1. The
always most valuable which are most historical, that is,
which tell us most about the past and future states of the
importance of
historical truths.
object to which they belong. In a tree, for instance, it is
more important to give the appearance of energy and
elasticity in the limbs which is indicative of growth and life, than any
particular character of leaf, or texture of bough. It is more important that we
should feel that the uppermost sprays are creeping higher and higher into
the sky, and be impressed with the current of life and motion which is
animating every fibre, than that we should know the exact pitch of relief
with which those fibres are thrown out against the sky. For the first truths
tell us tales about the tree, about what it has been, and will be, while the last
are characteristic of it only in its present state, and are in no way talkative
about themselves. Talkative facts are always more interesting and more
important than silent ones. So again the lines in a crag which mark its
stratification, and how it has been washed and rounded by water, or twisted
and drawn out in fire, are more important, because they tell more than the
stains of the lichens which change year by year, and the accidental fissures
of frost or decomposition; not but that both of these are historical, but
historical in a less distinct manner, and for shorter periods.
Hence in general the truths of specific form are the first
§ 2. Form, as
and most important of all; and next to them, those truths of
explained by light
and shade, the
chiaroscuro which are necessary to make us understand
every quality and part of forms, and the relative distances
Page 170
of objects among each other, and in consequence their
first of all truths.
Tone, light and relative bulks. Altogether lower than these, as truths,
color are though often most important as beauties, stand all effects
secondary. of chiaroscuro which are productive merely of imitations
of light and tone, and all effects of color. To make us
understand the space of the sky, is an end worthy of the artist's highest
powers; to hit its particular blue or gold is an end to be thought of when we
have accomplished the first, and not till then.
Finally, far below all these come those particular
§ 3. And deceptive
accuraciesor tricks of chiaroscuro which cause objects to
chiaroscuro the
look projecting from the canvas, not worthy of the name of
lowest of all.
truths, because they require for their attainment the
sacrifice of all others; for not having at our disposal the same intensity of
light by which nature illustrates her objects, we are obliged, if we would
have perfect deception in one, to destroy its relation to the rest. (Compare
Sect. II. chap. V.) And thus he who throws one object out of his picture,
never lets the spectator into it. Michael Angelo bids you follow his
phantoms into the abyss of heaven, but a modern French painter drops his
hero out of the picture frame.
This solidity or projection then, is the very lowest truth that art can give;
it is the painting of mere matter, giving that as food for the eye which is
properly only the subject of touch; it can neither instruct nor exalt, nor
please except as jugglery; it addresses no sense of beauty nor of power; and
wherever it characterizes the general aim of a picture, it is the sign and the
evidence of the vilest and lowest mechanism which art can be insulted by
giving name to.
CHAPTER VII.
GENERAL APPLICATION OF THE FOREGOING PRINCIPLES.
first of all truths.
Tone, light and relative bulks. Altogether lower than these, as truths,
color are though often most important as beauties, stand all effects
secondary. of chiaroscuro which are productive merely of imitations
of light and tone, and all effects of color. To make us
understand the space of the sky, is an end worthy of the artist's highest
powers; to hit its particular blue or gold is an end to be thought of when we
have accomplished the first, and not till then.
Finally, far below all these come those particular
§ 3. And deceptive
accuraciesor tricks of chiaroscuro which cause objects to
chiaroscuro the
look projecting from the canvas, not worthy of the name of
lowest of all.
truths, because they require for their attainment the
sacrifice of all others; for not having at our disposal the same intensity of
light by which nature illustrates her objects, we are obliged, if we would
have perfect deception in one, to destroy its relation to the rest. (Compare
Sect. II. chap. V.) And thus he who throws one object out of his picture,
never lets the spectator into it. Michael Angelo bids you follow his
phantoms into the abyss of heaven, but a modern French painter drops his
hero out of the picture frame.
This solidity or projection then, is the very lowest truth that art can give;
it is the painting of mere matter, giving that as food for the eye which is
properly only the subject of touch; it can neither instruct nor exalt, nor
please except as jugglery; it addresses no sense of beauty nor of power; and
wherever it characterizes the general aim of a picture, it is the sign and the
evidence of the vilest and lowest mechanism which art can be insulted by
giving name to.
CHAPTER VII.
GENERAL APPLICATION OF THE FOREGOING PRINCIPLES.
Page 171
We have seen, in the preceding chapters, some proof of what was before
asserted, that the truths necessary for deceptive imitation
§ 1. The different
are not only few, but of the very lowest order. We thus find
selection of facts
consequent on the
painters ranging themselves into two great classes; one
aiming at the development of the exquisite truths of
several aims at
imitation or at
specific form, refined color, and ethereal space, and
content with the clear and impressive suggestion of any of
truth.
these, by whatsoever means obtained; and the other
casting all these aside, to attain those particular truths of tone and
chiaroscuro, which may trick the spectator into a belief of reality. The first
class, if they have to paint a tree, are intent upon giving the exquisite
designs of intersecting undulation in its boughs, the grace of its leafage, the
intricacy of its organization, and all those qualities which make it lovely or
affecting of its kind. The second endeavor only to make you believe that
you are looking at wood. They are totally regardless of truths or beauties of
form; a stump is as good as a trunk for all their purposes, so that they can
only deceive the eye into the supposition that it is a stump and not canvas.
§ 2. The old
To which of these classes the great body of the old
landscape painters belonged, may be partly gathered from
masters, as a body,
aim only at
the kind of praise which is bestowed upon them by those
who admire them most, which either refers to technical
imitation.
matters, dexterity of touch, clever oppositions of color,
etc., or is bestowed on the power of the painter to deceive. M. de
Marmontel, going into a connoisseur's gallery, pretends to mistake a fine
Berghem for a window. This, he says, was affirmed by its possessor to be
the greatest praise the picture had ever received. Such is indeed the notion
of art which is at the bottom of the veneration usually felt for the old
landscape painters; it is of course the palpable, first idea of ignorance; it is
the only notion which people unacquainted with art can by any possibility
have of its ends; the only test by which people unacquainted with nature can
pretend to form anything like judgment of art. It is strange that, with the
great historical painters of Italy before them, who had broken so boldly and
indignantly from the trammels of this notion, and shaken the very dust of it
from their feet, the succeeding landscape painters should have wasted their
lives in jugglery: but so it is, and so it will be felt, the more we look into
asserted, that the truths necessary for deceptive imitation
§ 1. The different
are not only few, but of the very lowest order. We thus find
selection of facts
consequent on the
painters ranging themselves into two great classes; one
aiming at the development of the exquisite truths of
several aims at
imitation or at
specific form, refined color, and ethereal space, and
content with the clear and impressive suggestion of any of
truth.
these, by whatsoever means obtained; and the other
casting all these aside, to attain those particular truths of tone and
chiaroscuro, which may trick the spectator into a belief of reality. The first
class, if they have to paint a tree, are intent upon giving the exquisite
designs of intersecting undulation in its boughs, the grace of its leafage, the
intricacy of its organization, and all those qualities which make it lovely or
affecting of its kind. The second endeavor only to make you believe that
you are looking at wood. They are totally regardless of truths or beauties of
form; a stump is as good as a trunk for all their purposes, so that they can
only deceive the eye into the supposition that it is a stump and not canvas.
§ 2. The old
To which of these classes the great body of the old
landscape painters belonged, may be partly gathered from
masters, as a body,
aim only at
the kind of praise which is bestowed upon them by those
who admire them most, which either refers to technical
imitation.
matters, dexterity of touch, clever oppositions of color,
etc., or is bestowed on the power of the painter to deceive. M. de
Marmontel, going into a connoisseur's gallery, pretends to mistake a fine
Berghem for a window. This, he says, was affirmed by its possessor to be
the greatest praise the picture had ever received. Such is indeed the notion
of art which is at the bottom of the veneration usually felt for the old
landscape painters; it is of course the palpable, first idea of ignorance; it is
the only notion which people unacquainted with art can by any possibility
have of its ends; the only test by which people unacquainted with nature can
pretend to form anything like judgment of art. It is strange that, with the
great historical painters of Italy before them, who had broken so boldly and
indignantly from the trammels of this notion, and shaken the very dust of it
from their feet, the succeeding landscape painters should have wasted their
lives in jugglery: but so it is, and so it will be felt, the more we look into
Page 172
their works, that the deception of the senses was the great
§ 3. What truths
and first end of all their art. To attain this they paid deep
they gave.
and serious attention to effects of light and tone, and to the
exact degree of relief which material objects take against light and
atmosphere; and sacrificing every other truth to these, not necessarily, but
because they required no others for deception, they succeeded in rendering
these particular facts with a fidelity and force which, in the pictures that
have come down to us uninjured, are as yet unequalled, and never can be
surpassed. They painted their foregrounds with laborious industry, covering
them with details so as to render them deceptive to the ordinary eye,
regardless of beauty or truth in the details themselves; they painted their
trees with careful attention to their pitch of shade against the sky, utterly
regardless of all that is beautiful or essential in the anatomy of their foliage
and boughs: they painted their distances with exquisite use of transparent
color and aerial tone, totally neglectful of all facts and forms which nature
uses such color and tone to relieve and adorn. They had neither love of
nature, nor feeling of her beauty; they looked for her coldest and most
commonplace effects, because they were easiest to imitate; and for her most
vulgar forms, because they were most easily to be recognized by the
untaught eyes of those whom alone they could hope to please; they did it,
like the Pharisee of old, to be seen of men, and they had their reward. They
do deceive and delight the unpractised eye; they will to all ages, as long as
their colors endure, be the standards of excellence with all, who, ignorant of
nature, claim to be thought learned in art. And they will to all ages be, to
those who have thorough love and knowledge of the creation which they
libel, instructive proofs of the limited number and low character of the
truths which are necessary, and the accumulated multitude of pure, broad,
bold falsehoods which are admissible in pictures meant only to deceive.
There is of course more or less accuracy of knowledge and execution
combined with this aim at effect, according to the industry and precision of
eye possessed by the master, and more or less of beauty in the forms
selected, according to his natural taste; but both the beauty and truth are
sacrificed unhesitatingly where they interfere with the great effort at
deception. Claude had, if it had been cultivated, a fine feeling for beauty of
form, and is seldom ungraceful in his foliage; but his picture, when
§ 3. What truths
and first end of all their art. To attain this they paid deep
they gave.
and serious attention to effects of light and tone, and to the
exact degree of relief which material objects take against light and
atmosphere; and sacrificing every other truth to these, not necessarily, but
because they required no others for deception, they succeeded in rendering
these particular facts with a fidelity and force which, in the pictures that
have come down to us uninjured, are as yet unequalled, and never can be
surpassed. They painted their foregrounds with laborious industry, covering
them with details so as to render them deceptive to the ordinary eye,
regardless of beauty or truth in the details themselves; they painted their
trees with careful attention to their pitch of shade against the sky, utterly
regardless of all that is beautiful or essential in the anatomy of their foliage
and boughs: they painted their distances with exquisite use of transparent
color and aerial tone, totally neglectful of all facts and forms which nature
uses such color and tone to relieve and adorn. They had neither love of
nature, nor feeling of her beauty; they looked for her coldest and most
commonplace effects, because they were easiest to imitate; and for her most
vulgar forms, because they were most easily to be recognized by the
untaught eyes of those whom alone they could hope to please; they did it,
like the Pharisee of old, to be seen of men, and they had their reward. They
do deceive and delight the unpractised eye; they will to all ages, as long as
their colors endure, be the standards of excellence with all, who, ignorant of
nature, claim to be thought learned in art. And they will to all ages be, to
those who have thorough love and knowledge of the creation which they
libel, instructive proofs of the limited number and low character of the
truths which are necessary, and the accumulated multitude of pure, broad,
bold falsehoods which are admissible in pictures meant only to deceive.
There is of course more or less accuracy of knowledge and execution
combined with this aim at effect, according to the industry and precision of
eye possessed by the master, and more or less of beauty in the forms
selected, according to his natural taste; but both the beauty and truth are
sacrificed unhesitatingly where they interfere with the great effort at
deception. Claude had, if it had been cultivated, a fine feeling for beauty of
form, and is seldom ungraceful in his foliage; but his picture, when
Page 173
examined with reference to essential truth, is one mass of error from
beginning to end. Cuyp, on the other hand, could paint close truth of
everything, except ground and water, with decision and success, but he has
no sense of beauty. Gaspar Poussin, more ignorant of truth than Claude, and
almost as dead to beauty as Cuyp, has yet a perception of the feeling and
moral truth of nature which often redeems the picture; but yet in all of them,
everything that they can do is done for deception, and nothing for the sake
or love of what they are painting.
§ 4. The principles
Modern landscape painters have looked at nature with
totally different eyes, seeking not for what is easiest to
of selection
adopted by
imitate, but for what is most important to tell. Rejecting at
once all idea of bona fide imitation, they think only of
modern artists.
conveying the impression of nature into the mind of the
spectator. And there is, in consequence, a greater sum of valuable, essential,
and impressive truth in the works of two or three of our leading modern
landscape painters, than in those of all the old masters put together, and of
truth too, nearly unmixed with definite or avoidable falsehood; while the
unimportant and feeble truths of the old masters are choked with a mass of
perpetual defiance of the most authoritative laws of nature.
I do not expect this assertion to be believed at present; it must rest for
demonstration on the examination we are about to enter upon; yet, even
without reference to any intricate or deep-laid truths, it appears strange to
me, that any one familiar with nature, and fond of her, should not grow
weary and sick at heart among the melancholy and
§ 5. General
feeling of Claude,
monotonous transcripts of her which alone can be received
from the old school of art. A man accustomed to the broad,
Salvator, and G.
Poussin,
wild seashore, with its bright breakers, and free winds, and
sounding rocks, and eternal sensation of tameless power,
contrasted with
can scarcely but be angered when Claude bids him stand
the freedom and
vastness of nature.
still on some paltry, chipped and chiselled quay with
porters and wheelbarrows running against him, to watch a
weak, rippling bound and barriered water, that has not strength enough in
one of its waves to upset the flower-pots on the wall, or even to fling one jet
of spray over the confining stone. A man accustomed to the strength and
beginning to end. Cuyp, on the other hand, could paint close truth of
everything, except ground and water, with decision and success, but he has
no sense of beauty. Gaspar Poussin, more ignorant of truth than Claude, and
almost as dead to beauty as Cuyp, has yet a perception of the feeling and
moral truth of nature which often redeems the picture; but yet in all of them,
everything that they can do is done for deception, and nothing for the sake
or love of what they are painting.
§ 4. The principles
Modern landscape painters have looked at nature with
totally different eyes, seeking not for what is easiest to
of selection
adopted by
imitate, but for what is most important to tell. Rejecting at
once all idea of bona fide imitation, they think only of
modern artists.
conveying the impression of nature into the mind of the
spectator. And there is, in consequence, a greater sum of valuable, essential,
and impressive truth in the works of two or three of our leading modern
landscape painters, than in those of all the old masters put together, and of
truth too, nearly unmixed with definite or avoidable falsehood; while the
unimportant and feeble truths of the old masters are choked with a mass of
perpetual defiance of the most authoritative laws of nature.
I do not expect this assertion to be believed at present; it must rest for
demonstration on the examination we are about to enter upon; yet, even
without reference to any intricate or deep-laid truths, it appears strange to
me, that any one familiar with nature, and fond of her, should not grow
weary and sick at heart among the melancholy and
§ 5. General
feeling of Claude,
monotonous transcripts of her which alone can be received
from the old school of art. A man accustomed to the broad,
Salvator, and G.
Poussin,
wild seashore, with its bright breakers, and free winds, and
sounding rocks, and eternal sensation of tameless power,
contrasted with
can scarcely but be angered when Claude bids him stand
the freedom and
vastness of nature.
still on some paltry, chipped and chiselled quay with
porters and wheelbarrows running against him, to watch a
weak, rippling bound and barriered water, that has not strength enough in
one of its waves to upset the flower-pots on the wall, or even to fling one jet
of spray over the confining stone. A man accustomed to the strength and
Page 174
glory of God's mountains, with their soaring and radiant pinnacles, and
surging sweeps of measureless distance, kingdoms in their valleys, and
climates upon their crests, can scarcely but be angered when Salvator bids
him stand still under some contemptible fragment of splintery crag, which
an Alpine snow-wreath would smother in its first swell, with a stunted bush
or two growing out of it, and a volume of manufactory smoke for a sky. A
man accustomed to the grace and infinity of nature's foliage, with every
vista a cathedral, and every bough a revelation, can scarcely but be angered
when Poussin mocks him with a black round mass of impenetrable paint,
diverging into feathers instead of leaves, and supported on a stick instead of
a trunk. The fact is, there is one thing wanting in all the doing of these men,
and that is the very virtue by which the work of human mind chiefly rises
above that of the Daguerreotype or Calotype, or any other mechanical
means that ever have been or may be invented, Love: There is no evidence
of their ever having gone to nature with any thirst, or received from her
such emotion as could make them, even for an instant, lose sight of
themselves; there is in them neither earnestness nor humility; there is no
simple or honest record of any single truth; none of the plain words nor
straight efforts that men speak and make when they once feel.
Nor is it only by the professed landscape painters that the great verities of
the material world are betrayed: Grand as are the motives of landscape in
the works of the earlier and mightier men, there is yet in them nothing
approaching to a general view nor complete rendering of
§ 6. Inadequacy of
the landscape of
natural phenomena; not that they are to be blamed for this;
for they took out of nature that which was fit for their
Titian and
Tintoret.
purpose, and their mission was to do no more; but we must
be cautious to distinguish that imaginative abstraction of
landscape which alone we find in them, from the entire statement of truth
which has been attempted by the moderns. I have said in the chapter on
symmetry in the second volume, that all landscape grandeur vanishes before
that of Titian and Tintoret; and this is true of whatever these two giants
touched;—but they touched little. A few level flakes of chestnut foliage; a
blue abstraction of hill forms from Cadore or the Euganeans; a grand mass
or two of glowing ground and mighty herbage, and a few burning fields of
quiet cloud were all they needed; there is evidence of Tintoret's having felt
surging sweeps of measureless distance, kingdoms in their valleys, and
climates upon their crests, can scarcely but be angered when Salvator bids
him stand still under some contemptible fragment of splintery crag, which
an Alpine snow-wreath would smother in its first swell, with a stunted bush
or two growing out of it, and a volume of manufactory smoke for a sky. A
man accustomed to the grace and infinity of nature's foliage, with every
vista a cathedral, and every bough a revelation, can scarcely but be angered
when Poussin mocks him with a black round mass of impenetrable paint,
diverging into feathers instead of leaves, and supported on a stick instead of
a trunk. The fact is, there is one thing wanting in all the doing of these men,
and that is the very virtue by which the work of human mind chiefly rises
above that of the Daguerreotype or Calotype, or any other mechanical
means that ever have been or may be invented, Love: There is no evidence
of their ever having gone to nature with any thirst, or received from her
such emotion as could make them, even for an instant, lose sight of
themselves; there is in them neither earnestness nor humility; there is no
simple or honest record of any single truth; none of the plain words nor
straight efforts that men speak and make when they once feel.
Nor is it only by the professed landscape painters that the great verities of
the material world are betrayed: Grand as are the motives of landscape in
the works of the earlier and mightier men, there is yet in them nothing
approaching to a general view nor complete rendering of
§ 6. Inadequacy of
the landscape of
natural phenomena; not that they are to be blamed for this;
for they took out of nature that which was fit for their
Titian and
Tintoret.
purpose, and their mission was to do no more; but we must
be cautious to distinguish that imaginative abstraction of
landscape which alone we find in them, from the entire statement of truth
which has been attempted by the moderns. I have said in the chapter on
symmetry in the second volume, that all landscape grandeur vanishes before
that of Titian and Tintoret; and this is true of whatever these two giants
touched;—but they touched little. A few level flakes of chestnut foliage; a
blue abstraction of hill forms from Cadore or the Euganeans; a grand mass
or two of glowing ground and mighty herbage, and a few burning fields of
quiet cloud were all they needed; there is evidence of Tintoret's having felt
Page 175
more than this, but it occurs only in secondary fragments of rock, cloud, or
pine, hardly noticed among the accumulated interest of his human subject.
From the window of Titian's house at Venice, the chain of the Tyrolese Alps
is seen lifted in spectral power above the tufted plain of Treviso; every
dawn that reddens the towers of Murano lights also a line of pyramidal fires
along that colossal ridge; but there is, so far as I know, no evidence in any
of the master's works of his ever having beheld, much less felt, the majesty
of their burning. The dark firmament and saddened twilight of Tintoret are
sufficient for their end; but the sun never plunges behind San Giorgio in
Aliga without such retinue of radiant cloud, such rest of zoned light on the
green lagoon, as never received image from his hand. More than this, of
that which they loved and rendered much is rendered conventionally; by
noble conventionalities indeed, but such nevertheless as would be
inexcusable if the landscape became the principal subject instead of an
accompaniment. I will instance only the San Pietro Martire, which, if not
the most perfect, is at least the most popular of Titian's landscapes; in
which, to obtain light on the flesh of the near figures the sky is made as
dark as deep sea, the mountains are laid in with violent and impossible blue,
except one of them on the left, which, to connect the distant light with the
foreground, is thrown into light relief, unexplained by its materials, unlikely
in its position, and in its degree impossible under any circumstances.
§ 7. Causes of its
I do not instance these as faults in the picture: there are
no works of very powerful color which are free from
want of influence
on subsequent
conventionality concentrated or diffused, daring or
schools.
disguised; but as the conventionality of this whole picture
is mainly thrown into the landscape, it is necessary, while
we acknowledge the virtue of this distance as a part of the great
composition, to be on our guard against the license it assumes and the
attractiveness of its overcharged color. Fragments of far purer truth occur in
the works of Tintoret; and in the drawing of foliage, whether rapid or
elaborate, of masses or details, the Venetian painters, taken as a body, may
be considered almost faultless models. But the whole field of what they
have done is so narrow, and therein is so much of what is only relatively
right, and in itself false or imperfect, that the young and inexperienced
painter could run no greater risk than the too early taking them for teachers;
pine, hardly noticed among the accumulated interest of his human subject.
From the window of Titian's house at Venice, the chain of the Tyrolese Alps
is seen lifted in spectral power above the tufted plain of Treviso; every
dawn that reddens the towers of Murano lights also a line of pyramidal fires
along that colossal ridge; but there is, so far as I know, no evidence in any
of the master's works of his ever having beheld, much less felt, the majesty
of their burning. The dark firmament and saddened twilight of Tintoret are
sufficient for their end; but the sun never plunges behind San Giorgio in
Aliga without such retinue of radiant cloud, such rest of zoned light on the
green lagoon, as never received image from his hand. More than this, of
that which they loved and rendered much is rendered conventionally; by
noble conventionalities indeed, but such nevertheless as would be
inexcusable if the landscape became the principal subject instead of an
accompaniment. I will instance only the San Pietro Martire, which, if not
the most perfect, is at least the most popular of Titian's landscapes; in
which, to obtain light on the flesh of the near figures the sky is made as
dark as deep sea, the mountains are laid in with violent and impossible blue,
except one of them on the left, which, to connect the distant light with the
foreground, is thrown into light relief, unexplained by its materials, unlikely
in its position, and in its degree impossible under any circumstances.
§ 7. Causes of its
I do not instance these as faults in the picture: there are
no works of very powerful color which are free from
want of influence
on subsequent
conventionality concentrated or diffused, daring or
schools.
disguised; but as the conventionality of this whole picture
is mainly thrown into the landscape, it is necessary, while
we acknowledge the virtue of this distance as a part of the great
composition, to be on our guard against the license it assumes and the
attractiveness of its overcharged color. Fragments of far purer truth occur in
the works of Tintoret; and in the drawing of foliage, whether rapid or
elaborate, of masses or details, the Venetian painters, taken as a body, may
be considered almost faultless models. But the whole field of what they
have done is so narrow, and therein is so much of what is only relatively
right, and in itself false or imperfect, that the young and inexperienced
painter could run no greater risk than the too early taking them for teachers;
Page 176
and to the general spectator their landscape is valuable rather as a means of
peculiar and solemn emotion than as ministering to, or inspiring the
universal love of nature. Hence while men of serious mind, especially those
whose pursuits have brought them into continued relations with the peopled
rather than the lonely world, will always look to the Venetian painters as
having touched those simple chords of landscape harmony which are most
in unison with earnest and melancholy feeling; those whose philosophy is
more cheerful and more extended, as having been trained and colored
among simple and solitary nature, will seek for a wider and more systematic
circle of teaching: they may grant that the barred horizontal gloom of the
Titian sky, and the massy leaves of the Titian forest are among the most
sublime of the conceivable forms of material things; but they know that the
virtue of these very forms is to be learned only by right comparison of them
with the cheerfulness, fulness and comparative inquietness of other hours
and scenes; that they are not intended for the continual food, but the
occasional soothing of the human heart; that there is a lesson of not less
value in its place, though of less concluding and sealing authority, in every
one of the more humble phases of material things: and that there are some
lessons of equal or greater authority which these masters neither taught nor
received. And until the school of modern landscape arose Art had never
noted the links of this mighty chain; it mattered not that a fragment lay here
and there, no heavenly lightning could descend by it; the landscape of the
Venetians was without effect on any contemporary in subsequent schools; it
still remains on the continent as useless as if it had never existed; and at this
moment German and Italian landscapes, of which no words are scornful
enough to befit the utter degradation, hang in the Venetian Academy in the
next room to the Desert of Titian and the Paradise of Tintoret.[6]
§ 8. The value of
That then which I would have the reader inquire
respecting every work of art of undetermined merit
inferior works of
submitted to his judgment, is not whether it be a work of
art how to be
estimated.
especial grandeur, importance, or power; but whether it
have any virtue or substance as a link in this chain of truth,
whether it have recorded or interpreted anything before unknown, whether
it have added one single stone to our heaven-pointing pyramid, cut away
one dark bough, or levelled one rugged hillock in our path. This, if it be an
peculiar and solemn emotion than as ministering to, or inspiring the
universal love of nature. Hence while men of serious mind, especially those
whose pursuits have brought them into continued relations with the peopled
rather than the lonely world, will always look to the Venetian painters as
having touched those simple chords of landscape harmony which are most
in unison with earnest and melancholy feeling; those whose philosophy is
more cheerful and more extended, as having been trained and colored
among simple and solitary nature, will seek for a wider and more systematic
circle of teaching: they may grant that the barred horizontal gloom of the
Titian sky, and the massy leaves of the Titian forest are among the most
sublime of the conceivable forms of material things; but they know that the
virtue of these very forms is to be learned only by right comparison of them
with the cheerfulness, fulness and comparative inquietness of other hours
and scenes; that they are not intended for the continual food, but the
occasional soothing of the human heart; that there is a lesson of not less
value in its place, though of less concluding and sealing authority, in every
one of the more humble phases of material things: and that there are some
lessons of equal or greater authority which these masters neither taught nor
received. And until the school of modern landscape arose Art had never
noted the links of this mighty chain; it mattered not that a fragment lay here
and there, no heavenly lightning could descend by it; the landscape of the
Venetians was without effect on any contemporary in subsequent schools; it
still remains on the continent as useless as if it had never existed; and at this
moment German and Italian landscapes, of which no words are scornful
enough to befit the utter degradation, hang in the Venetian Academy in the
next room to the Desert of Titian and the Paradise of Tintoret.[6]
§ 8. The value of
That then which I would have the reader inquire
respecting every work of art of undetermined merit
inferior works of
submitted to his judgment, is not whether it be a work of
art how to be
estimated.
especial grandeur, importance, or power; but whether it
have any virtue or substance as a link in this chain of truth,
whether it have recorded or interpreted anything before unknown, whether
it have added one single stone to our heaven-pointing pyramid, cut away
one dark bough, or levelled one rugged hillock in our path. This, if it be an
Page 177
honest work of art, it must have done, for no man ever yet worked honestly
without giving some such help to his race. God appoints to every one of his
creatures a separate mission, and if they discharge it honorably, if they quit
themselves like men and faithfully follow that light which is in them,
withdrawing from it all cold and quenching influence, there will assuredly
come of it such burning as, in its appointed mode and measure, shall shine
before men, and be of service constant and holy. Degrees infinite of lustre
there must always be, but the weakest among us has a gift, however
seemingly trivial, which is peculiar to him, and which worthily used will be
a gift also to his race forever—
"Fool not," says George Herbert,
"For all may have,
If they dare choose, a glorious life or grave."
If, on the contrary, there be nothing of this freshness achieved, if there be
neither purpose nor fidelity in what is done, if it be an envious or powerless
imitation of other men's labors, if it be a display of mere manual dexterity
or curious manufacture, or if in any other mode it show itself as having its
origin in vanity,—Cast it out. It matters not what powers of mind may have
been concerned or corrupted in it, all have lost their savor, it is worse than
worthless;—perilous—Cast it out.
Works of art are indeed always of mixed kind, their honesty being more
or less corrupted by the various weaknesses of the painter, by his vanity, his
idleness, or his cowardice; (the fear of doing right has far more influence on
art than is commonly thought,) that only is altogether to be rejected which
is altogether vain, idle, and cowardly. Of the rest the rank is to be estimated
rather by the purity of their metal than the coined value of it.
§ 9. Religious
Keeping these principles in view, let us endeavor to
landscape of Italy.
obtain something like a general view of the assistance
The admirableness
which has been rendered to our study of nature by the
various occurrences of landscape in elder art, and by the
of its completion.
more exclusively directed labors of modern schools.
without giving some such help to his race. God appoints to every one of his
creatures a separate mission, and if they discharge it honorably, if they quit
themselves like men and faithfully follow that light which is in them,
withdrawing from it all cold and quenching influence, there will assuredly
come of it such burning as, in its appointed mode and measure, shall shine
before men, and be of service constant and holy. Degrees infinite of lustre
there must always be, but the weakest among us has a gift, however
seemingly trivial, which is peculiar to him, and which worthily used will be
a gift also to his race forever—
"Fool not," says George Herbert,
"For all may have,
If they dare choose, a glorious life or grave."
If, on the contrary, there be nothing of this freshness achieved, if there be
neither purpose nor fidelity in what is done, if it be an envious or powerless
imitation of other men's labors, if it be a display of mere manual dexterity
or curious manufacture, or if in any other mode it show itself as having its
origin in vanity,—Cast it out. It matters not what powers of mind may have
been concerned or corrupted in it, all have lost their savor, it is worse than
worthless;—perilous—Cast it out.
Works of art are indeed always of mixed kind, their honesty being more
or less corrupted by the various weaknesses of the painter, by his vanity, his
idleness, or his cowardice; (the fear of doing right has far more influence on
art than is commonly thought,) that only is altogether to be rejected which
is altogether vain, idle, and cowardly. Of the rest the rank is to be estimated
rather by the purity of their metal than the coined value of it.
§ 9. Religious
Keeping these principles in view, let us endeavor to
landscape of Italy.
obtain something like a general view of the assistance
The admirableness
which has been rendered to our study of nature by the
various occurrences of landscape in elder art, and by the
of its completion.
more exclusively directed labors of modern schools.
Page 178
To the ideal landscape of the early religious painters of Italy I have
alluded in the concluding chapter of the second volume. It is absolutely
right and beautiful in its peculiar application; but its grasp of nature is
narrow and its treatment in most respects too severe and conventional to
form a profitable example when the landscape is to be alone the subject of
thought. The great virtue of it is its entire, exquisite, and humble realization
of those objects it selects; in this respect differing from such German
imitations of it as I have met with, that there is no effort of any fanciful or
ornamental modifications, but loving fidelity to the thing studied. The
foreground plants are usually neither exaggerated nor stiffened; they do not
form arches or frames or borders; their grace is unconfined, their simplicity
undestroyed. Cima da Conegliano, in his picture in the church of the
Madonna dell' Orto at Venice, has given us the oak, the fig, the beautiful
"Erba della Madonna" on the wall, precisely such a bunch of it as may be
seen growing at this day on the marble steps of that very church; ivy and
other creepers, and a strawberry plant in the foreground, with a blossom and
a berry just set, and one half ripe and one ripe, all patiently and innocently
painted from the real thing, and therefore most divine. Fra Angelico's use of
the oxalis acetosella is as faithful in representation as touching in feeling.[7]
The ferns that grow on the walls of Fiesole may be seen in their simple
verity on the architecture of Ghirlandajo. The rose, the myrtle, and the lily,
the olive and orange, pomegranate and vine, have received their fairest
portraiture where they bear a sacred character; even the common plantains
and mallows of the waysides are touched with deep reverence by Raffaelle;
and indeed for the perfect treatment of details of this kind, treatment as
delicate and affectionate as it is elevated and manly, it is to the works of
these schools alone that we can refer. And on this their peculiar excellence I
should the more earnestly insist, because it is of a kind altogether neglected
by the English school, and with most unfortunate result, many of our best
painters missing their deserved rank solely from the want of it, as
Gainsborough; and all being more or less checked in their progress or
vulgarized in their aim.
§ 10. Finish, and
It is a misfortune for all honest critics, that hardly any
the want of it, how
quality of art is independently to be praised, and without
reference to the motive from which it resulted, and the
alluded in the concluding chapter of the second volume. It is absolutely
right and beautiful in its peculiar application; but its grasp of nature is
narrow and its treatment in most respects too severe and conventional to
form a profitable example when the landscape is to be alone the subject of
thought. The great virtue of it is its entire, exquisite, and humble realization
of those objects it selects; in this respect differing from such German
imitations of it as I have met with, that there is no effort of any fanciful or
ornamental modifications, but loving fidelity to the thing studied. The
foreground plants are usually neither exaggerated nor stiffened; they do not
form arches or frames or borders; their grace is unconfined, their simplicity
undestroyed. Cima da Conegliano, in his picture in the church of the
Madonna dell' Orto at Venice, has given us the oak, the fig, the beautiful
"Erba della Madonna" on the wall, precisely such a bunch of it as may be
seen growing at this day on the marble steps of that very church; ivy and
other creepers, and a strawberry plant in the foreground, with a blossom and
a berry just set, and one half ripe and one ripe, all patiently and innocently
painted from the real thing, and therefore most divine. Fra Angelico's use of
the oxalis acetosella is as faithful in representation as touching in feeling.[7]
The ferns that grow on the walls of Fiesole may be seen in their simple
verity on the architecture of Ghirlandajo. The rose, the myrtle, and the lily,
the olive and orange, pomegranate and vine, have received their fairest
portraiture where they bear a sacred character; even the common plantains
and mallows of the waysides are touched with deep reverence by Raffaelle;
and indeed for the perfect treatment of details of this kind, treatment as
delicate and affectionate as it is elevated and manly, it is to the works of
these schools alone that we can refer. And on this their peculiar excellence I
should the more earnestly insist, because it is of a kind altogether neglected
by the English school, and with most unfortunate result, many of our best
painters missing their deserved rank solely from the want of it, as
Gainsborough; and all being more or less checked in their progress or
vulgarized in their aim.
§ 10. Finish, and
It is a misfortune for all honest critics, that hardly any
the want of it, how
quality of art is independently to be praised, and without
reference to the motive from which it resulted, and the
Page 179
right and how place in which it appears; so that no principle can be
wrong. simply enforced but it shall seem to countenance a vice;
while the work of qualification and explanation both
weakens the force of what is said, and is not perhaps always likely to be
with patience received: so also those who desire to misunderstand or to
oppose have it always in their power to become obtuse listeners or specious
opponents. Thus I hardly dare insist upon the virtue of completion, lest I
should be supposed a defender of Wouvermans or Gerard Dow; neither can
I adequately praise the power of Tintoret, without fearing to be thought
adverse to Holbein or Perugino. The fact is, that both finish and
impetuosity, specific minuteness, or large abstraction, may be the signs of
passion, or of its reverse; may result from affection or indifference, intellect
or dulness. Some men finish from intense love of the beautiful in the
smallest parts of what they do; others in pure incapability of comprehending
anything but parts; others to show their dexterity with the brush, and prove
expenditure of time. Some are impetuous and bold in their handling, from
having great thoughts to express which are independent of detail; others
because they have bad taste or have been badly taught; others from vanity,
and others from indolence. (Compare Vol. II. Chap. IX. § 8.) Now both the
finish and incompletion are right where they are the signs of passion or of
thought, and both are wrong, and I think the finish the more contemptible of
the two, when they cease to be so. The modern Italians will paint every leaf
of a laurel or rose-bush without the slightest feeling of their beauty or
character; and without showing one spark of intellect or affection from
beginning to end. Anything is better than this; and yet the very highest
schools do the same thing, or nearly so, but with totally different motives
and perceptions, and the result is divine. On the whole, I conceive that the
extremes of good and evil lie with the finishers, and that whatever glorious
power we may admit in men like Tintoret, whatever attractiveness of
method to Rubens, Rembrandt, or, though in far less degree, our own
Reynolds, still the thoroughly great men are those who have done
everything thoroughly, and who, in a word, have never despised anything,
however small, of God's making. And this is the chief fault of our English
landscapists, that they have not the intense all-observing penetration of
well-balanced mind; they have not, except in one or two instances, anything
of that feeling which Wordsworth shows in the following lines:—
wrong. simply enforced but it shall seem to countenance a vice;
while the work of qualification and explanation both
weakens the force of what is said, and is not perhaps always likely to be
with patience received: so also those who desire to misunderstand or to
oppose have it always in their power to become obtuse listeners or specious
opponents. Thus I hardly dare insist upon the virtue of completion, lest I
should be supposed a defender of Wouvermans or Gerard Dow; neither can
I adequately praise the power of Tintoret, without fearing to be thought
adverse to Holbein or Perugino. The fact is, that both finish and
impetuosity, specific minuteness, or large abstraction, may be the signs of
passion, or of its reverse; may result from affection or indifference, intellect
or dulness. Some men finish from intense love of the beautiful in the
smallest parts of what they do; others in pure incapability of comprehending
anything but parts; others to show their dexterity with the brush, and prove
expenditure of time. Some are impetuous and bold in their handling, from
having great thoughts to express which are independent of detail; others
because they have bad taste or have been badly taught; others from vanity,
and others from indolence. (Compare Vol. II. Chap. IX. § 8.) Now both the
finish and incompletion are right where they are the signs of passion or of
thought, and both are wrong, and I think the finish the more contemptible of
the two, when they cease to be so. The modern Italians will paint every leaf
of a laurel or rose-bush without the slightest feeling of their beauty or
character; and without showing one spark of intellect or affection from
beginning to end. Anything is better than this; and yet the very highest
schools do the same thing, or nearly so, but with totally different motives
and perceptions, and the result is divine. On the whole, I conceive that the
extremes of good and evil lie with the finishers, and that whatever glorious
power we may admit in men like Tintoret, whatever attractiveness of
method to Rubens, Rembrandt, or, though in far less degree, our own
Reynolds, still the thoroughly great men are those who have done
everything thoroughly, and who, in a word, have never despised anything,
however small, of God's making. And this is the chief fault of our English
landscapists, that they have not the intense all-observing penetration of
well-balanced mind; they have not, except in one or two instances, anything
of that feeling which Wordsworth shows in the following lines:—
Page 180
"So fair, so sweet, withal so sensitive;—
Would that the little flowers were born to live
Conscious of half the pleasure which they give.
That to this mountain daisy's self were known
The beauty of its star-shaped shadow, thrown
On the smooth surface of this naked stone."
That is a little bit of good, downright, foreground painting—no mistake
about it; daisy, and shadow, and stone texture and all. Our painters must
come to this before they have done their duty; and yet, on the other hand, let
them beware of finishing, for the sake of finish, all over their picture. The
ground is not to be all over daisies, nor is every daisy to have its star-shaped
shadow; there is as much finish in the right concealment of things as in the
right exhibition of them; and while I demand this amount of specific
character where nature shows it, I demand equal fidelity to her where she
conceals it. To paint mist rightly, space rightly, and light rightly, it may be
often necessary to paint nothing else rightly, but the rule is simple for all
that; if the artist is painting something that he knows and loves, as he knows
it because he loves it, whether it be the fair strawberry of Cima, or the clear
sky of Francia, or the blazing incomprehensible mist of Turner, he is all
right; but the moment he does anything as he thinks it ought to be, because
he does not care about it, he is all wrong. He has only to ask himself
whether he cares for anything except himself; so far as he does he will
make a good picture; so far as he thinks of himself a vile one. This is the
root of the viciousness of the whole French school. Industry they have,
learning they have, power they have, feeling they have, yet not so much
feeling as ever to force them to forget themselves even for a moment; the
ruling motive is invariably vanity, and the picture therefore an abortion.
§ 11. The open
Returning to the pictures of the religious schools, we
skies of the
find that their open skies are also of the highest value.
religious schools,
Their preciousness is such that no subsequent schools can
how valuable.
by comparison be said to have painted sky at all, but only
clouds, or mist, or blue canopies. The golden sky of Marco
Mountain drawing
of Masaccio.
Basaiti in the Academy of Venice altogether overpowers
Landscape of the
and renders valueless that of Titian beside it. Those of
Would that the little flowers were born to live
Conscious of half the pleasure which they give.
That to this mountain daisy's self were known
The beauty of its star-shaped shadow, thrown
On the smooth surface of this naked stone."
That is a little bit of good, downright, foreground painting—no mistake
about it; daisy, and shadow, and stone texture and all. Our painters must
come to this before they have done their duty; and yet, on the other hand, let
them beware of finishing, for the sake of finish, all over their picture. The
ground is not to be all over daisies, nor is every daisy to have its star-shaped
shadow; there is as much finish in the right concealment of things as in the
right exhibition of them; and while I demand this amount of specific
character where nature shows it, I demand equal fidelity to her where she
conceals it. To paint mist rightly, space rightly, and light rightly, it may be
often necessary to paint nothing else rightly, but the rule is simple for all
that; if the artist is painting something that he knows and loves, as he knows
it because he loves it, whether it be the fair strawberry of Cima, or the clear
sky of Francia, or the blazing incomprehensible mist of Turner, he is all
right; but the moment he does anything as he thinks it ought to be, because
he does not care about it, he is all wrong. He has only to ask himself
whether he cares for anything except himself; so far as he does he will
make a good picture; so far as he thinks of himself a vile one. This is the
root of the viciousness of the whole French school. Industry they have,
learning they have, power they have, feeling they have, yet not so much
feeling as ever to force them to forget themselves even for a moment; the
ruling motive is invariably vanity, and the picture therefore an abortion.
§ 11. The open
Returning to the pictures of the religious schools, we
skies of the
find that their open skies are also of the highest value.
religious schools,
Their preciousness is such that no subsequent schools can
how valuable.
by comparison be said to have painted sky at all, but only
clouds, or mist, or blue canopies. The golden sky of Marco
Mountain drawing
of Masaccio.
Basaiti in the Academy of Venice altogether overpowers
Landscape of the
and renders valueless that of Titian beside it. Those of
Page 181
Bellinis and Francia in the gallery of Bologna are even more
Giorgione. wonderful, because cooler in tone and behind figures in
full light. The touches of white light in the horizon of
Angelico's Last Judgment are felt and wrought with equal truth. The
dignified and simple forms of cloud in repose are often by these painters
sublimely expressed, but of changeful cloud form they show no examples.
The architecture, mountains, and water of these distances are commonly
conventional; motives are to be found in them of the highest beauty, and
especially remarkable for quantity and meaning of incident; but they can
only be studied or accepted in the particular feeling that produced them. It
may generally be observed that whatever has been the result of strong
emotion is ill seen unless through the medium of such emotion, and will
lead to conclusions utterly false and perilous, if it be made a subject of cold-
hearted observance, or an object of systematic imitation. One piece of
genuine mountain drawing, however, occurs in the landscape of Masaccio's
Tribute Money. It is impossible to say what strange results might have taken
place in this particular field of art, or how suddenly a great school of
landscape might have arisen, had the life of this great painter been
prolonged. Of this particular fresco I shall have much to say hereafter. The
two brothers Bellini gave a marked and vigorous impulse to the landscape
of Venice, of Gentile's architecture I shall speak presently. Giovanni's,
though in style less interesting and in place less prominent, occurring
chiefly as a kind of frame to his pictures, connecting them with the
architecture of the churches for which they were intended, is in refinement
of realization, I suppose, quite unrivalled, especially in passages requiring
pure gradation, as the hollows of vaultings. That of Veronese would look
ghostly beside it; that of Titian lightless. His landscape is occasionally
quaint and strange like Giorgione's, and as fine in color, as that behind the
Madonna in the Brera gallery at Milan; but a more truthful fragment occurs
in the picture in San Francesco della Vigna at Venice; and in the picture of
St. Jerome in the church of San Grisostomo, the landscape is as perfect and
beautiful as any background may legitimately be, and finer, as far as it goes,
than anything of Titian's. It is remarkable for the absolute truth of its sky,
whose blue, clear as crystal, and though deep in tone bright as the open air,
is gradated to the horizon with a cautiousness and finish almost
inconceivable; and to obtain light at the horizon without contradicting the
Giorgione. wonderful, because cooler in tone and behind figures in
full light. The touches of white light in the horizon of
Angelico's Last Judgment are felt and wrought with equal truth. The
dignified and simple forms of cloud in repose are often by these painters
sublimely expressed, but of changeful cloud form they show no examples.
The architecture, mountains, and water of these distances are commonly
conventional; motives are to be found in them of the highest beauty, and
especially remarkable for quantity and meaning of incident; but they can
only be studied or accepted in the particular feeling that produced them. It
may generally be observed that whatever has been the result of strong
emotion is ill seen unless through the medium of such emotion, and will
lead to conclusions utterly false and perilous, if it be made a subject of cold-
hearted observance, or an object of systematic imitation. One piece of
genuine mountain drawing, however, occurs in the landscape of Masaccio's
Tribute Money. It is impossible to say what strange results might have taken
place in this particular field of art, or how suddenly a great school of
landscape might have arisen, had the life of this great painter been
prolonged. Of this particular fresco I shall have much to say hereafter. The
two brothers Bellini gave a marked and vigorous impulse to the landscape
of Venice, of Gentile's architecture I shall speak presently. Giovanni's,
though in style less interesting and in place less prominent, occurring
chiefly as a kind of frame to his pictures, connecting them with the
architecture of the churches for which they were intended, is in refinement
of realization, I suppose, quite unrivalled, especially in passages requiring
pure gradation, as the hollows of vaultings. That of Veronese would look
ghostly beside it; that of Titian lightless. His landscape is occasionally
quaint and strange like Giorgione's, and as fine in color, as that behind the
Madonna in the Brera gallery at Milan; but a more truthful fragment occurs
in the picture in San Francesco della Vigna at Venice; and in the picture of
St. Jerome in the church of San Grisostomo, the landscape is as perfect and
beautiful as any background may legitimately be, and finer, as far as it goes,
than anything of Titian's. It is remarkable for the absolute truth of its sky,
whose blue, clear as crystal, and though deep in tone bright as the open air,
is gradated to the horizon with a cautiousness and finish almost
inconceivable; and to obtain light at the horizon without contradicting the
Page 182
system of chiaroscuro adopted in the figures which are lighted from the
right hand, it is barred across with some glowing white cirri which, in their
turn, are opposed by a single dark horizontal line of lower cloud; and to
throw the whole farther back, there is a wreath of rain cloud of warmer
color floating above the mountains, lighted on its under edge, whose
faithfulness to nature, both in hue and in its light and shattering form, is
altogether exemplary; the wandering of the light among the hills is equally
studied, and the whole is crowned by the grand realization of the leaves of
the fig-tree alluded to (Vol. II. Part III. Chap. 5,) as well as of the herbage
upon the rocks. Considering that with all this care and completeness in the
background, there is nothing that is not of meaning and necessity in
reference to the figures, and that in the figures themselves the dignity and
heavenliness of the highest religious painters are combined with a force and
purity of color, greater I think than Titian's, it is a work which may be set
before the young artist as in every respect a nearly faultless guide.
Giorgione's landscape is inventive and solemn, but owing to the rarity even
of his nominal works I dare not speak of it in general terms. It is certainly
conventional, and is rather, I imagine, to be studied for its color and its
motives than its details.
§ 12. Landscape of
Of Titian and Tintoret I have spoken already. The latter
Titian and
is every way the greater master, never indulging in the
Tintoret.
exaggerated color of Titian, and attaining far more perfect
light; his grasp of nature is more extensive, and his view of
her more imaginative, (incidental notices of his landscape will be found in
the chapter on Imagination penetrative, of the second volume,) but he is
usually too impatient to carry his thoughts as far out, or to realize with as
much substantiality as Titian. In the St. Jerome of the latter in the gallery of
the Brera, there is a superb example of the modes in which the objects of
landscape may be either suggested or elaborated according to their place
and claim. The larger features of the ground, foliage, and drapery, as well as
the lion in the lower angle, are executed with a slightness which admits not
of close examination, and which, if not in shade, would be offensive to the
generality of observers. But on the rock above the lion, where it turns
towards the light, and where the eye is intended to dwell, there is a wreath
of ivy of which every leaf is separately drawn with the greatest accuracy
right hand, it is barred across with some glowing white cirri which, in their
turn, are opposed by a single dark horizontal line of lower cloud; and to
throw the whole farther back, there is a wreath of rain cloud of warmer
color floating above the mountains, lighted on its under edge, whose
faithfulness to nature, both in hue and in its light and shattering form, is
altogether exemplary; the wandering of the light among the hills is equally
studied, and the whole is crowned by the grand realization of the leaves of
the fig-tree alluded to (Vol. II. Part III. Chap. 5,) as well as of the herbage
upon the rocks. Considering that with all this care and completeness in the
background, there is nothing that is not of meaning and necessity in
reference to the figures, and that in the figures themselves the dignity and
heavenliness of the highest religious painters are combined with a force and
purity of color, greater I think than Titian's, it is a work which may be set
before the young artist as in every respect a nearly faultless guide.
Giorgione's landscape is inventive and solemn, but owing to the rarity even
of his nominal works I dare not speak of it in general terms. It is certainly
conventional, and is rather, I imagine, to be studied for its color and its
motives than its details.
§ 12. Landscape of
Of Titian and Tintoret I have spoken already. The latter
Titian and
is every way the greater master, never indulging in the
Tintoret.
exaggerated color of Titian, and attaining far more perfect
light; his grasp of nature is more extensive, and his view of
her more imaginative, (incidental notices of his landscape will be found in
the chapter on Imagination penetrative, of the second volume,) but he is
usually too impatient to carry his thoughts as far out, or to realize with as
much substantiality as Titian. In the St. Jerome of the latter in the gallery of
the Brera, there is a superb example of the modes in which the objects of
landscape may be either suggested or elaborated according to their place
and claim. The larger features of the ground, foliage, and drapery, as well as
the lion in the lower angle, are executed with a slightness which admits not
of close examination, and which, if not in shade, would be offensive to the
generality of observers. But on the rock above the lion, where it turns
towards the light, and where the eye is intended to dwell, there is a wreath
of ivy of which every leaf is separately drawn with the greatest accuracy
Page 183
and care, and beside it a lizard, studied with equal earnestness, yet always
with that right grandeur of manner to which I have alluded in the preface.
Tintoret seldom reaches or attempts the elaboration in substance and color
of these objects, but he is even more truth-telling and certain in his
rendering of all the great characters of specific form, and as the painter of
Space he stands altogether alone among dead masters; being the first who
introduced the slightness and confusion of touch which are expressive of
the effects of luminous objects seen through large spaces of air, and the
principles of aerial color which have been since carried out in other fields
by Turner. I conceive him to be the most powerful painter whom the world
has seen, and that he was prevented from being also the most perfect, partly
by untoward circumstances in his position and education, partly by the very
fulness and impetuosity of his own mind, partly by the want of religious
feeling and its accompanying perception of beauty; for his noble treatment
of religious subject, of which I have given several examples in the third
part, appears to be the result only of that grasp which a great and well-toned
intellect necessarily takes of any subject submitted to it, and is wanting in
the signs of the more withdrawn and sacred sympathies.
But whatever advances were made by Tintoret in modes of artistical
treatment, he cannot be considered as having enlarged the sphere of
landscape conception. He took no cognizance even of the materials and
motives, so singularly rich in color, which were forever around him in his
own Venice. All portions of Venetian scenery introduced by him are treated
conventionally and carelessly; the architectural characters lost altogether,
the sea distinguished from the sky only by a darker green, while of the sky
itself only those forms were employed by him which had been repeated
again and again for centuries, though in less tangibility and completion. Of
mountain scenery he has left, I believe, no example so far carried as that of
John Bellini above instanced.
§ 13. Schools of
The Florentine and Ambrian schools supply us with no
examples of landscape, except that introduced by their
Florence, Milan,
and Bologna.
earliest masters, gradually overwhelmed under renaissance
architecture.
with that right grandeur of manner to which I have alluded in the preface.
Tintoret seldom reaches or attempts the elaboration in substance and color
of these objects, but he is even more truth-telling and certain in his
rendering of all the great characters of specific form, and as the painter of
Space he stands altogether alone among dead masters; being the first who
introduced the slightness and confusion of touch which are expressive of
the effects of luminous objects seen through large spaces of air, and the
principles of aerial color which have been since carried out in other fields
by Turner. I conceive him to be the most powerful painter whom the world
has seen, and that he was prevented from being also the most perfect, partly
by untoward circumstances in his position and education, partly by the very
fulness and impetuosity of his own mind, partly by the want of religious
feeling and its accompanying perception of beauty; for his noble treatment
of religious subject, of which I have given several examples in the third
part, appears to be the result only of that grasp which a great and well-toned
intellect necessarily takes of any subject submitted to it, and is wanting in
the signs of the more withdrawn and sacred sympathies.
But whatever advances were made by Tintoret in modes of artistical
treatment, he cannot be considered as having enlarged the sphere of
landscape conception. He took no cognizance even of the materials and
motives, so singularly rich in color, which were forever around him in his
own Venice. All portions of Venetian scenery introduced by him are treated
conventionally and carelessly; the architectural characters lost altogether,
the sea distinguished from the sky only by a darker green, while of the sky
itself only those forms were employed by him which had been repeated
again and again for centuries, though in less tangibility and completion. Of
mountain scenery he has left, I believe, no example so far carried as that of
John Bellini above instanced.
§ 13. Schools of
The Florentine and Ambrian schools supply us with no
examples of landscape, except that introduced by their
Florence, Milan,
and Bologna.
earliest masters, gradually overwhelmed under renaissance
architecture.
Page 184
Leonardo's landscape has been of unfortunate effect on art, so far as it
has had effect at all. In realization of detail he verges on the ornamental, in
his rock outlines he has all the deficiencies and little of the feeling of the
earlier men. Behind the "Sacrifice for the Friends" of Giotto at Pisa, there is
a sweet piece of rock incident, a little fountain breaking out at the mountain
foot, and trickling away, its course marked by branches of reeds, the latter
formal enough certainly, and always in triplets, but still with a sense of
nature pervading the whole which is utterly wanting to the rocks of
Leonardo in the Holy Family in the Louvre. The latter are grotesque
without being ideal, and extraordinary without being impressive. The sketch
in the Uffizii of Florence has some fine foliage, and there is of course a
certain virtue in all the work of a man like Leonardo which I would not
depreciate, but our admiration of it in this particular field must be qualified,
and our following cautious.
No advances were made in landscape, so far as I know, after the time of
Tintoret; the power of art ebbed gradually away from the derivative
schools; various degrees of cleverness or feeling being manifested in more
or less brilliant conventionalism. I once supposed there was some life in the
landscape of Domenichino, but in this I must have been wrong. The man
who painted the Madonna del Rosario and Martyrdom of St. Agnes in the
gallery of Bologna, is palpably incapable of doing anything good, great, or
right in any field, way, or kind, whatsoever.[8]
Though, however, at this period the general grasp of the
§ 14. Claude,
schools was perpetually contracting, a gift was given to the
Salvator, and the
Poussins.
world by Claude, for which we are perhaps hardly enough
grateful, owing to the very frequency of our after
enjoyment of it. He set the sun in heaven, and was, I suppose, the first who
attempted anything like the realization of actual sunshine in misty air. He
gives the first example of the study of nature for her own sake, and allowing
for the unfortunate circumstances of his education, and for his evident
inferiority of intellect, more could hardly have been expected from him. His
false taste, forced composition, and ignorant rendering of detail have
perhaps been of more detriment to art than the gift he gave was of
advantage. The character of his own mind is singular; I know of no other
has had effect at all. In realization of detail he verges on the ornamental, in
his rock outlines he has all the deficiencies and little of the feeling of the
earlier men. Behind the "Sacrifice for the Friends" of Giotto at Pisa, there is
a sweet piece of rock incident, a little fountain breaking out at the mountain
foot, and trickling away, its course marked by branches of reeds, the latter
formal enough certainly, and always in triplets, but still with a sense of
nature pervading the whole which is utterly wanting to the rocks of
Leonardo in the Holy Family in the Louvre. The latter are grotesque
without being ideal, and extraordinary without being impressive. The sketch
in the Uffizii of Florence has some fine foliage, and there is of course a
certain virtue in all the work of a man like Leonardo which I would not
depreciate, but our admiration of it in this particular field must be qualified,
and our following cautious.
No advances were made in landscape, so far as I know, after the time of
Tintoret; the power of art ebbed gradually away from the derivative
schools; various degrees of cleverness or feeling being manifested in more
or less brilliant conventionalism. I once supposed there was some life in the
landscape of Domenichino, but in this I must have been wrong. The man
who painted the Madonna del Rosario and Martyrdom of St. Agnes in the
gallery of Bologna, is palpably incapable of doing anything good, great, or
right in any field, way, or kind, whatsoever.[8]
Though, however, at this period the general grasp of the
§ 14. Claude,
schools was perpetually contracting, a gift was given to the
Salvator, and the
Poussins.
world by Claude, for which we are perhaps hardly enough
grateful, owing to the very frequency of our after
enjoyment of it. He set the sun in heaven, and was, I suppose, the first who
attempted anything like the realization of actual sunshine in misty air. He
gives the first example of the study of nature for her own sake, and allowing
for the unfortunate circumstances of his education, and for his evident
inferiority of intellect, more could hardly have been expected from him. His
false taste, forced composition, and ignorant rendering of detail have
perhaps been of more detriment to art than the gift he gave was of
advantage. The character of his own mind is singular; I know of no other
Page 185
instance of a man's working from nature continually with the desire of
being true, and never attaining the power of drawing so much as a bough of
a tree rightly. Salvator, a man originally endowed with far higher power of
mind than Claude, was altogether unfaithful to his mission, and has left us, I
believe, no gift. Everything that he did is evidently for the sake of
exhibiting his own dexterity; there is no love of any kind for anything; his
choice of landscape features is dictated by no delight in the sublime, but by
mere animal restlessness or ferocity, guided by an imaginative power of
which he could not altogether deprive himself. He has done nothing which
others have not done better, or which it would not have been better not to
have done; in nature, he mistakes distortion for energy, and savageness for
sublimity; in man, mendicity for sanctity, and conspiracy for heroism.
The landscape of Nicolo Poussin shows much power, and is usually
composed and elaborated on right principles, (compare preface to second
edition,) but I am aware of nothing that it has attained of new or peculiar
excellence; it is a graceful mixture of qualities to be found in other masters
in higher degrees. In finish it is inferior to Leonardo's, in invention to
Giorgione's, in truth to Titian's, in grace to Raffaelle's. The landscapes of
Gaspar have serious feeling and often valuable and solemn color; virtueless
otherwise, they are full of the most degraded mannerism, and I believe the
admiration of them to have been productive of extensive evil among recent
schools.
§ 15. German and
The development of landscape north of the Alps,
presents us with the same general phases under
Flemish landscape.
modifications dependent partly on less intensity of feeling,
partly on diminished availableness of landscape material. That of the
religious painters is treated with the same affectionate completion; but
exuberance of fancy sometimes diminishes the influence of the imagination,
and the absence of the Italian force of passion admits of more patient and
somewhat less intellectual elaboration. A morbid habit of mind is evident in
many, seeming to lose sight of the balance and relations of things, so as to
become intense in trifles, gloomily minute, as in Albert Durer; and this
mingled with a feverish operation of the fancy, which appears to result from
certain habitual conditions of bodily health rather than of mental culture,
being true, and never attaining the power of drawing so much as a bough of
a tree rightly. Salvator, a man originally endowed with far higher power of
mind than Claude, was altogether unfaithful to his mission, and has left us, I
believe, no gift. Everything that he did is evidently for the sake of
exhibiting his own dexterity; there is no love of any kind for anything; his
choice of landscape features is dictated by no delight in the sublime, but by
mere animal restlessness or ferocity, guided by an imaginative power of
which he could not altogether deprive himself. He has done nothing which
others have not done better, or which it would not have been better not to
have done; in nature, he mistakes distortion for energy, and savageness for
sublimity; in man, mendicity for sanctity, and conspiracy for heroism.
The landscape of Nicolo Poussin shows much power, and is usually
composed and elaborated on right principles, (compare preface to second
edition,) but I am aware of nothing that it has attained of new or peculiar
excellence; it is a graceful mixture of qualities to be found in other masters
in higher degrees. In finish it is inferior to Leonardo's, in invention to
Giorgione's, in truth to Titian's, in grace to Raffaelle's. The landscapes of
Gaspar have serious feeling and often valuable and solemn color; virtueless
otherwise, they are full of the most degraded mannerism, and I believe the
admiration of them to have been productive of extensive evil among recent
schools.
§ 15. German and
The development of landscape north of the Alps,
presents us with the same general phases under
Flemish landscape.
modifications dependent partly on less intensity of feeling,
partly on diminished availableness of landscape material. That of the
religious painters is treated with the same affectionate completion; but
exuberance of fancy sometimes diminishes the influence of the imagination,
and the absence of the Italian force of passion admits of more patient and
somewhat less intellectual elaboration. A morbid habit of mind is evident in
many, seeming to lose sight of the balance and relations of things, so as to
become intense in trifles, gloomily minute, as in Albert Durer; and this
mingled with a feverish operation of the fancy, which appears to result from
certain habitual conditions of bodily health rather than of mental culture,
Page 186
(and of which the sickness without the power is eminently characteristic of
the modern Germans;) but with all this there are virtues of the very highest
order in those schools, and I regret that my knowledge is insufficient to
admit of my giving any detailed account of them.
In the landscape of Rembrandt and Rubens, we have the northern parallel
to the power of the Venetians. Among the etchings and drawings of
Rembrandt, landscape thoughts may be found not unworthy of Titian, and
studies from nature of sublime fidelity; but his system of chiaroscuro was
inconsistent with the gladness, and his peculiar modes of feeling with the
grace, of nature; nor from my present knowledge can I name any work on
canvas in which he has carried out the dignity of his etched conceptions, or
exhibited any perceptiveness of new truths.
Not so Rubens, who perhaps furnishes us with the first instances of
complete unconventional unaffected landscape. His treatment is healthy,
manly, and rational, not very affectionate, yet often condescending to
minute and multitudinous detail; always as far as it goes pure, forcible, and
refreshing, consummate in composition, and marvellous in color. In the Pitti
palace, the best of its two Rubens landscapes has been placed near a
characteristic and highly-finished Titian, the marriage of St. Catherine. But
for the grandeur of line and solemn feeling in the flock of sheep, and the
figures of the latter work, I doubt if all its glow and depth of tone could
support its overcharged green and blue against the open breezy sunshine of
the Fleming. I do not mean to rank the art of Rubens with that of Titian, but
it is always to be remembered that Titian hardly ever paints sunshine, but a
certain opalescent twilight which has as much of human emotion as of
imitative truth in it,—
"The clouds that gather round the setting sun
Do take a sober coloring from an eye
That hath kept watch o'er man's mortality:"
and that art of this kind must always be liable to some appearance of
failure when compared with a less pathetic statement of facts.
the modern Germans;) but with all this there are virtues of the very highest
order in those schools, and I regret that my knowledge is insufficient to
admit of my giving any detailed account of them.
In the landscape of Rembrandt and Rubens, we have the northern parallel
to the power of the Venetians. Among the etchings and drawings of
Rembrandt, landscape thoughts may be found not unworthy of Titian, and
studies from nature of sublime fidelity; but his system of chiaroscuro was
inconsistent with the gladness, and his peculiar modes of feeling with the
grace, of nature; nor from my present knowledge can I name any work on
canvas in which he has carried out the dignity of his etched conceptions, or
exhibited any perceptiveness of new truths.
Not so Rubens, who perhaps furnishes us with the first instances of
complete unconventional unaffected landscape. His treatment is healthy,
manly, and rational, not very affectionate, yet often condescending to
minute and multitudinous detail; always as far as it goes pure, forcible, and
refreshing, consummate in composition, and marvellous in color. In the Pitti
palace, the best of its two Rubens landscapes has been placed near a
characteristic and highly-finished Titian, the marriage of St. Catherine. But
for the grandeur of line and solemn feeling in the flock of sheep, and the
figures of the latter work, I doubt if all its glow and depth of tone could
support its overcharged green and blue against the open breezy sunshine of
the Fleming. I do not mean to rank the art of Rubens with that of Titian, but
it is always to be remembered that Titian hardly ever paints sunshine, but a
certain opalescent twilight which has as much of human emotion as of
imitative truth in it,—
"The clouds that gather round the setting sun
Do take a sober coloring from an eye
That hath kept watch o'er man's mortality:"
and that art of this kind must always be liable to some appearance of
failure when compared with a less pathetic statement of facts.
Page 187
It is to be noted, however, that the licenses taken by Rubens in particular
instances are as bold as his general statements are sincere. In the landscape
just instanced the horizon is an oblique line; in the Sunset of our own
gallery many of the shadows fall at right angles to the light; and in a picture
in the Dulwich gallery a rainbow is seen by the spectator at the side of the
sun.
These bold and frank licenses are not to be considered as detracting from
the rank of the painter; they are usually characteristic of those minds whose
grasp of nature is so certain and extensive as to enable them fearlessly to
sacrifice a truth of actuality to a truth of feeling. Yet the young artist must
keep in mind that the painter's greatness consists not in his taking, but in his
atoning for them.
Among the professed landscapists of the Dutch school,
§ 16. The lower
Dutch schools.
we find much dexterous imitation of certain kinds of
nature, remarkable usually for its persevering rejection of
whatever is great, valuable, or affecting in the object studied. Where,
however, they show real desire to paint what they saw as far as they saw it,
there is of course much in them that is instructive, as in Cuyp and in the
etchings of Waterloo, which have even very sweet and genuine feeling; and
so in some of their architectural painters. But the object of the great body of
them is merely to display manual dexterities of one kind or another, and
their effect on the public mind is so totally for evil, that though I do not
deny the advantage an artist of real judgment may derive from the study of
some of them, I conceive the best patronage that any monarch could
possibly bestow upon the arts, would be to collect the whole body of them
into a grand gallery and burn it to the ground.
§ 17. English
Passing to the English school, we find a connecting link
school, Wilson and
between them and the Italians formed by Richard Wilson.
Had this artist studied under favorable circumstances,
Gainsborough.
there is evidence of his having possessed power enough to
produce an original picture; but, corrupted by study of the Poussins, and
gathering his materials chiefly in their field, the district about Rome—a
district especially unfavorable, as exhibiting no pure or healthy nature, but a
diseased and overgrown Flora among half-developed volcanic rocks, loose
instances are as bold as his general statements are sincere. In the landscape
just instanced the horizon is an oblique line; in the Sunset of our own
gallery many of the shadows fall at right angles to the light; and in a picture
in the Dulwich gallery a rainbow is seen by the spectator at the side of the
sun.
These bold and frank licenses are not to be considered as detracting from
the rank of the painter; they are usually characteristic of those minds whose
grasp of nature is so certain and extensive as to enable them fearlessly to
sacrifice a truth of actuality to a truth of feeling. Yet the young artist must
keep in mind that the painter's greatness consists not in his taking, but in his
atoning for them.
Among the professed landscapists of the Dutch school,
§ 16. The lower
Dutch schools.
we find much dexterous imitation of certain kinds of
nature, remarkable usually for its persevering rejection of
whatever is great, valuable, or affecting in the object studied. Where,
however, they show real desire to paint what they saw as far as they saw it,
there is of course much in them that is instructive, as in Cuyp and in the
etchings of Waterloo, which have even very sweet and genuine feeling; and
so in some of their architectural painters. But the object of the great body of
them is merely to display manual dexterities of one kind or another, and
their effect on the public mind is so totally for evil, that though I do not
deny the advantage an artist of real judgment may derive from the study of
some of them, I conceive the best patronage that any monarch could
possibly bestow upon the arts, would be to collect the whole body of them
into a grand gallery and burn it to the ground.
§ 17. English
Passing to the English school, we find a connecting link
school, Wilson and
between them and the Italians formed by Richard Wilson.
Had this artist studied under favorable circumstances,
Gainsborough.
there is evidence of his having possessed power enough to
produce an original picture; but, corrupted by study of the Poussins, and
gathering his materials chiefly in their field, the district about Rome—a
district especially unfavorable, as exhibiting no pure or healthy nature, but a
diseased and overgrown Flora among half-developed volcanic rocks, loose
Page 188
calcareous concretions, and mouldering wrecks of buildings—and whose
spirit, I conceive, to be especially opposed to the natural tone of the English
mind, his originality was altogether overpowered, and, though he paints in a
manly way and occasionally reaches exquisite tones of color, as in the small
and very precious picture belonging to Mr. Rogers, and sometimes
manifests some freshness of feeling, as in the Villa of Mæcenas of our
National Gallery, yet his pictures are in general mere diluted adaptations
from Poussin and Salvator, without the dignity of the one or the fire of the
other.
Not so Gainsborough, a great name his whether of the English or any
other school. The greatest colorist since Rubens, and the last, I think, of
legitimate colorists; that is to say, of those who were fully acquainted with
the power of their material; pure in his English feeling, profound in his
seriousness, graceful in his gayety, there are nevertheless certain deductions
to be made from his worthiness which yet I dread to make, because my
knowledge of his landscape works is not extensive enough to justify me in
speaking of them decisively; but this is to be noted of all that I know, that
they are rather motives of feeling and color than earnest studies; that their
execution is in some degree mannered, and always hasty; that they are
altogether wanting in the affectionate detail of which I have already spoken;
and that their color is in some measure dependent on a bituminous brown
and conventional green which have more of science than of truth in them.
These faults may be sufficiently noted in the magnificent picture presented
by him to the Royal Academy, and tested by a comparison of it with the
Turner (Llanberis,) in the same room. Nothing can be more attractively
luminous or aerial than the distance of the Gainsborough, nothing more
bold or inventive than the forms of its crags and the diffusion of the broad
distant light upon them, where a vulgar artist would have thrown them into
dark contrast. But it will be found that the light of the distance is brought
out by a violent exaggeration of the gloom in the valley; that the forms of
the green trees which bear the chief light are careless and ineffective; that
the markings of the crags are equally hasty; and that no object in the
foreground has realization enough to enable the eye to rest upon it. The
Turner, a much feebler picture in its first impression, and altogether inferior
in the quality and value of its individual hues, will yet be found to the end
spirit, I conceive, to be especially opposed to the natural tone of the English
mind, his originality was altogether overpowered, and, though he paints in a
manly way and occasionally reaches exquisite tones of color, as in the small
and very precious picture belonging to Mr. Rogers, and sometimes
manifests some freshness of feeling, as in the Villa of Mæcenas of our
National Gallery, yet his pictures are in general mere diluted adaptations
from Poussin and Salvator, without the dignity of the one or the fire of the
other.
Not so Gainsborough, a great name his whether of the English or any
other school. The greatest colorist since Rubens, and the last, I think, of
legitimate colorists; that is to say, of those who were fully acquainted with
the power of their material; pure in his English feeling, profound in his
seriousness, graceful in his gayety, there are nevertheless certain deductions
to be made from his worthiness which yet I dread to make, because my
knowledge of his landscape works is not extensive enough to justify me in
speaking of them decisively; but this is to be noted of all that I know, that
they are rather motives of feeling and color than earnest studies; that their
execution is in some degree mannered, and always hasty; that they are
altogether wanting in the affectionate detail of which I have already spoken;
and that their color is in some measure dependent on a bituminous brown
and conventional green which have more of science than of truth in them.
These faults may be sufficiently noted in the magnificent picture presented
by him to the Royal Academy, and tested by a comparison of it with the
Turner (Llanberis,) in the same room. Nothing can be more attractively
luminous or aerial than the distance of the Gainsborough, nothing more
bold or inventive than the forms of its crags and the diffusion of the broad
distant light upon them, where a vulgar artist would have thrown them into
dark contrast. But it will be found that the light of the distance is brought
out by a violent exaggeration of the gloom in the valley; that the forms of
the green trees which bear the chief light are careless and ineffective; that
the markings of the crags are equally hasty; and that no object in the
foreground has realization enough to enable the eye to rest upon it. The
Turner, a much feebler picture in its first impression, and altogether inferior
in the quality and value of its individual hues, will yet be found to the end
Page 189
more forcible, because unexaggerated; its gloom is moderate and aerial, its
light deep in tone, its color entirely unconventional, and the forms of its
rocks studied with the most devoted care. With Gainsborough terminates
the series of painters connected with the elder schools. By whom, among
those yet living or lately lost, the impulse was first given to modern
landscape, I attempt not to decide. Such questions are rather invidious than
interesting; the particular tone or direction of any school seems to me
always to have resulted rather from certain phases of national character,
limited to particular periods, than from individual teaching; and, especially
among moderns, what has been good in each master has been commonly
original.
§ 18. Constable,
I have already alluded to the simplicity and earnestness
of the mind of Constable; to its vigorous rupture with
Calcott.
school laws, and to its unfortunate error on the opposite
side. Unteachableness seems to have been a main feature of his character,
and there is corresponding want of veneration in the way he approaches
nature herself. His early education and associations were also against him;
they induced in him a morbid preference of subjects of a low order. I have
never seen any work of his in which there were any signs of his being able
to draw, and hence even the most necessary details are painted by him
inefficiently. His works are also eminently wanting both in rest and
refinement, and Fuseli's jesting compliment is too true; for the showery
weather in which the artist delights, misses alike the majesty of storm and
the loveliness of calm weather: it is great-coat weather, and nothing more.
There is strange want of depth in the mind which has no pleasure in
sunbeams but when piercing painfully through clouds, nor in foliage but
when shaken by the wind, nor in light itself but when flickering, glistening,
restless, and feeble. Yet, with all these deductions, his works are to be
deeply respected as thoroughly original, thoroughly honest, free from
affectation, manly in manner, frequently successful in cool color, and
especially realizing certain motives of English scenery with perhaps as
much affection as such scenery, unless when regarded through media of
feeling derived from higher sources, is calculated to inspire.
light deep in tone, its color entirely unconventional, and the forms of its
rocks studied with the most devoted care. With Gainsborough terminates
the series of painters connected with the elder schools. By whom, among
those yet living or lately lost, the impulse was first given to modern
landscape, I attempt not to decide. Such questions are rather invidious than
interesting; the particular tone or direction of any school seems to me
always to have resulted rather from certain phases of national character,
limited to particular periods, than from individual teaching; and, especially
among moderns, what has been good in each master has been commonly
original.
§ 18. Constable,
I have already alluded to the simplicity and earnestness
of the mind of Constable; to its vigorous rupture with
Calcott.
school laws, and to its unfortunate error on the opposite
side. Unteachableness seems to have been a main feature of his character,
and there is corresponding want of veneration in the way he approaches
nature herself. His early education and associations were also against him;
they induced in him a morbid preference of subjects of a low order. I have
never seen any work of his in which there were any signs of his being able
to draw, and hence even the most necessary details are painted by him
inefficiently. His works are also eminently wanting both in rest and
refinement, and Fuseli's jesting compliment is too true; for the showery
weather in which the artist delights, misses alike the majesty of storm and
the loveliness of calm weather: it is great-coat weather, and nothing more.
There is strange want of depth in the mind which has no pleasure in
sunbeams but when piercing painfully through clouds, nor in foliage but
when shaken by the wind, nor in light itself but when flickering, glistening,
restless, and feeble. Yet, with all these deductions, his works are to be
deeply respected as thoroughly original, thoroughly honest, free from
affectation, manly in manner, frequently successful in cool color, and
especially realizing certain motives of English scenery with perhaps as
much affection as such scenery, unless when regarded through media of
feeling derived from higher sources, is calculated to inspire.
Page 190
On the works of Calcott, high as his reputation stands, I should look with
far less respect; I see not any preference or affection in the artist; there is no
tendency in him with which we can sympathize, nor does there appear any
sign of aspiration, effort, or enjoyment in any one of his works. He appears
to have completed them methodically, to have been content with them when
completed, to have thought them good, legitimate, regular pictures; perhaps
in some respects better than nature. He painted everything tolerably, and
nothing excellently; he has given us no gift, struck for us no light, and
though he has produced one or two valuable works, of which the finest I
know is the Marine in the possession of Sir J. Swinburne, they will, I
believe, in future have no place among those considered representative of
the English school.
§ 19. Peculiar
Throughout the range of elder art it will be remembered
we have found no instance of the faithful painting of
tendency of recent
mountain scenery, except in a faded background of
landscape.
Masaccio's: nothing more than rocky eminences,
undulating hills, or fantastic crags, and even these treated altogether under
typical forms. The more specific study of mountains seems to have
coincided with the most dexterous practice of water-color; but it admits of
doubt whether the choice of subject has been directed by the vehicle, or
whether, as I rather think, the tendency of national feeling has been
followed in the use of the most appropriate means. Something is to be
attributed to the increased demand for slighter works of art, and much to the
sense of the quality of objects now called picturesque, which appears to be
exclusively of modern origin. From what feeling the character of middle-
age architecture and costume arose, or with what kind of affection their
forms were regarded by the inventors, I am utterly unable to guess; but of
this I think we may be assured, that the natural instinct and child-like
wisdom of those days were altogether different from the modern feeling,
which appears to have taken its origin in the absence of such objects, and to
be based rather on the strangeness of their occurrence than on any real
affection for them; and which is certainly so shallow and ineffective as to
be instantly and always sacrificed by the majority to fashion, comfort, or
economy. Yet I trust that there is a healthy though feeble love of nature
mingled with it, nature pure, separate, felicitous, which is also peculiar to
far less respect; I see not any preference or affection in the artist; there is no
tendency in him with which we can sympathize, nor does there appear any
sign of aspiration, effort, or enjoyment in any one of his works. He appears
to have completed them methodically, to have been content with them when
completed, to have thought them good, legitimate, regular pictures; perhaps
in some respects better than nature. He painted everything tolerably, and
nothing excellently; he has given us no gift, struck for us no light, and
though he has produced one or two valuable works, of which the finest I
know is the Marine in the possession of Sir J. Swinburne, they will, I
believe, in future have no place among those considered representative of
the English school.
§ 19. Peculiar
Throughout the range of elder art it will be remembered
we have found no instance of the faithful painting of
tendency of recent
mountain scenery, except in a faded background of
landscape.
Masaccio's: nothing more than rocky eminences,
undulating hills, or fantastic crags, and even these treated altogether under
typical forms. The more specific study of mountains seems to have
coincided with the most dexterous practice of water-color; but it admits of
doubt whether the choice of subject has been directed by the vehicle, or
whether, as I rather think, the tendency of national feeling has been
followed in the use of the most appropriate means. Something is to be
attributed to the increased demand for slighter works of art, and much to the
sense of the quality of objects now called picturesque, which appears to be
exclusively of modern origin. From what feeling the character of middle-
age architecture and costume arose, or with what kind of affection their
forms were regarded by the inventors, I am utterly unable to guess; but of
this I think we may be assured, that the natural instinct and child-like
wisdom of those days were altogether different from the modern feeling,
which appears to have taken its origin in the absence of such objects, and to
be based rather on the strangeness of their occurrence than on any real
affection for them; and which is certainly so shallow and ineffective as to
be instantly and always sacrificed by the majority to fashion, comfort, or
economy. Yet I trust that there is a healthy though feeble love of nature
mingled with it, nature pure, separate, felicitous, which is also peculiar to
Page 191
the moderns; and as signs of this feeling, or ministers to it, I look with
veneration upon many works which, in a technical point of view, are of
minor importance.
§ 20. G. Robson,
I have been myself indebted for much teaching and
D. Cox. False use
more delight to those of the late G. Robson. Weaknesses
there are in them manifold, much bad drawing, much
of the term
forced color, much over finish, little of what artists call
"style."
composition; but there is thorough affection for the thing
drawn; they are serious and quiet in the highest degree, certain qualities of
atmosphere and texture in them have never been excelled, and certain facts
of mountain scenery never but by them expressed, as, for instance, the
stillness and depth of the mountain tarns, with the reversed imagery of their
darkness signed across by the soft lines of faintly touching winds; the
solemn flush of the brown fern and glowing heath under evening light; the
purple mass of mountains far removed, seen against clear still twilight. With
equal gratitude I look to the drawings of David Cox, which, in spite of their
loose and seemingly careless execution, are not less serious in their
meaning, nor less important in their truth. I must, however, in reviewing
those modern works in which certain modes of execution are particularly
manifested, insist especially on this general principle, applicable to all times
of art; that what is usually called the style or manner of an artist is, in all
good art, nothing but the best means of getting at the particular truth which
the artist wanted; it is not a mode peculiar to himself of getting at the same
truths as other men, but the only mode of getting the particular facts he
desires, and which mode, if others had desired to express those facts, they
also must have adopted. All habits of execution persisted in under no such
necessity, but because the artist has invented them, or desires to show his
dexterity in them, are utterly base; for every good painter finds so much
difficulty in reaching the end he sees and desires, that he has no time nor
power left for playing tricks on the road to it; he catches at the easiest and
best means he can get; it is possible that such means may be singular, and
then it will be said that his style is strange; but it is not a style at all, it is the
saying of a particular thing in the only way in which it possibly can be said.
Thus the reed pen outline and peculiar touch of Prout, which are frequently
considered as mere manner, are in fact the only means of expressing the
veneration upon many works which, in a technical point of view, are of
minor importance.
§ 20. G. Robson,
I have been myself indebted for much teaching and
D. Cox. False use
more delight to those of the late G. Robson. Weaknesses
there are in them manifold, much bad drawing, much
of the term
forced color, much over finish, little of what artists call
"style."
composition; but there is thorough affection for the thing
drawn; they are serious and quiet in the highest degree, certain qualities of
atmosphere and texture in them have never been excelled, and certain facts
of mountain scenery never but by them expressed, as, for instance, the
stillness and depth of the mountain tarns, with the reversed imagery of their
darkness signed across by the soft lines of faintly touching winds; the
solemn flush of the brown fern and glowing heath under evening light; the
purple mass of mountains far removed, seen against clear still twilight. With
equal gratitude I look to the drawings of David Cox, which, in spite of their
loose and seemingly careless execution, are not less serious in their
meaning, nor less important in their truth. I must, however, in reviewing
those modern works in which certain modes of execution are particularly
manifested, insist especially on this general principle, applicable to all times
of art; that what is usually called the style or manner of an artist is, in all
good art, nothing but the best means of getting at the particular truth which
the artist wanted; it is not a mode peculiar to himself of getting at the same
truths as other men, but the only mode of getting the particular facts he
desires, and which mode, if others had desired to express those facts, they
also must have adopted. All habits of execution persisted in under no such
necessity, but because the artist has invented them, or desires to show his
dexterity in them, are utterly base; for every good painter finds so much
difficulty in reaching the end he sees and desires, that he has no time nor
power left for playing tricks on the road to it; he catches at the easiest and
best means he can get; it is possible that such means may be singular, and
then it will be said that his style is strange; but it is not a style at all, it is the
saying of a particular thing in the only way in which it possibly can be said.
Thus the reed pen outline and peculiar touch of Prout, which are frequently
considered as mere manner, are in fact the only means of expressing the
Page 192
crumbling character of stone which the artist loves and desires. That
character never has been expressed except by him, nor will it ever be
expressed except by his means. And it is of the greatest importance to
distinguish this kind of necessary and virtuous manner from the
conventional manners very frequent in derivative schools, and always
utterly to be contemned, wherein an artist, desiring nothing and feeling
nothing, executes everything in his own particular mode, and teaches
emulous scholars how to do with difficulty what might have been done with
ease. It is true that there are sometimes instances in which great masters
have employed different means of getting at the same end, but in these
cases their choice has been always of those which to them appeared the
shortest and most complete; their practice has never been prescribed by
affectation or continued from habit, except so far as must be expected from
such weakness as is common to all men; from hands that necessarily do
most readily what they are most accustomed to do, and minds always liable
to prescribe to the hands that which they can do most readily.
The recollection of this will keep us from being offended with the loose
and blotted handling of David Cox. There is no other means by which his
object could be attained. The looseness, coolness, and moisture of his
herbage; the rustling crumpled freshness of his broad-leaved weeds; the
play of pleasant light across his deep heathered moor or plashing sand; the
melting of fragments of white mist into the dropping blue above; all this has
not been fully recorded except by him, and what there is of accidental in his
mode of reaching it, answers gracefully to the accidental part of nature
herself. Yet he is capable of more than this, and if he suffers himself
uniformly to paint beneath his capability, that which began in feeling must
necessarily end in manner. He paints too many small pictures, and perhaps
has of late permitted his peculiar execution to be more manifest than is
necessary. Of this, he is himself the best judge. For almost all faults of this
kind the public are answerable, not the painter. I have alluded to one of his
grander works—such as I should wish always to see him paint—in the
preface; another, I think still finer, a red sunset on distant hills, almost
unequalled for truth and power of color, was painted by him several years
ago, and remains, I believe, in his own possession.
character never has been expressed except by him, nor will it ever be
expressed except by his means. And it is of the greatest importance to
distinguish this kind of necessary and virtuous manner from the
conventional manners very frequent in derivative schools, and always
utterly to be contemned, wherein an artist, desiring nothing and feeling
nothing, executes everything in his own particular mode, and teaches
emulous scholars how to do with difficulty what might have been done with
ease. It is true that there are sometimes instances in which great masters
have employed different means of getting at the same end, but in these
cases their choice has been always of those which to them appeared the
shortest and most complete; their practice has never been prescribed by
affectation or continued from habit, except so far as must be expected from
such weakness as is common to all men; from hands that necessarily do
most readily what they are most accustomed to do, and minds always liable
to prescribe to the hands that which they can do most readily.
The recollection of this will keep us from being offended with the loose
and blotted handling of David Cox. There is no other means by which his
object could be attained. The looseness, coolness, and moisture of his
herbage; the rustling crumpled freshness of his broad-leaved weeds; the
play of pleasant light across his deep heathered moor or plashing sand; the
melting of fragments of white mist into the dropping blue above; all this has
not been fully recorded except by him, and what there is of accidental in his
mode of reaching it, answers gracefully to the accidental part of nature
herself. Yet he is capable of more than this, and if he suffers himself
uniformly to paint beneath his capability, that which began in feeling must
necessarily end in manner. He paints too many small pictures, and perhaps
has of late permitted his peculiar execution to be more manifest than is
necessary. Of this, he is himself the best judge. For almost all faults of this
kind the public are answerable, not the painter. I have alluded to one of his
grander works—such as I should wish always to see him paint—in the
preface; another, I think still finer, a red sunset on distant hills, almost
unequalled for truth and power of color, was painted by him several years
ago, and remains, I believe, in his own possession.
Page 193
§ 21. Copley
The deserved popularity of Copley Fielding has
rendered it less necessary for me to allude frequently to his
Fielding.
Phenomena of
works in the following pages than it would otherwise have
distant color.
been, more especially as my own sympathies and
enjoyments are so entirely directed in the channel which
his art has taken, that I am afraid of trusting them too far. Yet I may,
perhaps, be permitted to speak of myself so far as I suppose my own
feelings to be representative of those of a class; and I suppose that there are
many who, like myself, at some period of their life have derived more
intense and healthy pleasure from the works of this painter than of any other
whatsoever; healthy, because always based on his faithful and simple
rendering of nature, and that of very lovely and impressive nature,
altogether freed from coarseness, violence, or vulgarity. Various references
to that which he has attained will be found subsequently: what I am now
about to say respecting what he has not attained, is not in depreciation of
what he has accomplished, but in regret at his suffering powers of a high
order to remain in any measure dormant.
He indulges himself too much in the use of crude color. Pure cobalt,
violent rose, and purple, are of frequent occurrence in his distances; pure
siennas and other browns in his foregrounds, and that not as expressive of
lighted but of local color. The reader will find in the following chapters that
I am no advocate for subdued coloring; but crude color is not bright color,
and there was never a noble or brilliant work of color yet produced, whose
real form did not depend on the subduing of its tints rather than the
elevation of them.
It is perhaps one of the most difficult lessons to learn in art, that the warm
colors of distance, even the most glowing, are subdued by the air so as in no
wise to resemble the same color seen on a foreground object; so that the
rose of sunset on clouds or mountains has a gray in it which distinguishes it
from the rose color of the leaf of a flower; and the mingling of this gray of
distance, without in the slightest degree taking away the expression of the
intense and perfect purity of the color in and by itself, is perhaps the last
attainment of the great landscape colorist. In the same way the blue of
distance, however intense, is not the blue of a bright blue flower, and it is
The deserved popularity of Copley Fielding has
rendered it less necessary for me to allude frequently to his
Fielding.
Phenomena of
works in the following pages than it would otherwise have
distant color.
been, more especially as my own sympathies and
enjoyments are so entirely directed in the channel which
his art has taken, that I am afraid of trusting them too far. Yet I may,
perhaps, be permitted to speak of myself so far as I suppose my own
feelings to be representative of those of a class; and I suppose that there are
many who, like myself, at some period of their life have derived more
intense and healthy pleasure from the works of this painter than of any other
whatsoever; healthy, because always based on his faithful and simple
rendering of nature, and that of very lovely and impressive nature,
altogether freed from coarseness, violence, or vulgarity. Various references
to that which he has attained will be found subsequently: what I am now
about to say respecting what he has not attained, is not in depreciation of
what he has accomplished, but in regret at his suffering powers of a high
order to remain in any measure dormant.
He indulges himself too much in the use of crude color. Pure cobalt,
violent rose, and purple, are of frequent occurrence in his distances; pure
siennas and other browns in his foregrounds, and that not as expressive of
lighted but of local color. The reader will find in the following chapters that
I am no advocate for subdued coloring; but crude color is not bright color,
and there was never a noble or brilliant work of color yet produced, whose
real form did not depend on the subduing of its tints rather than the
elevation of them.
It is perhaps one of the most difficult lessons to learn in art, that the warm
colors of distance, even the most glowing, are subdued by the air so as in no
wise to resemble the same color seen on a foreground object; so that the
rose of sunset on clouds or mountains has a gray in it which distinguishes it
from the rose color of the leaf of a flower; and the mingling of this gray of
distance, without in the slightest degree taking away the expression of the
intense and perfect purity of the color in and by itself, is perhaps the last
attainment of the great landscape colorist. In the same way the blue of
distance, however intense, is not the blue of a bright blue flower, and it is
Page 194
not distinguished from it by different texture merely, but by a certain
intermixture and under current of warm color, which is altogether wanting
in many of the blues of Fielding's distances; and so of every bright distant
color; while in foreground where colors may be, and ought to be, pure, yet
that any of them are expressive of light is only to be felt where there is the
accurate fitting of them to their relative shadows which we find in the
works of Giorgione, Titian, Tintoret, Veronese, Turner, and all other great
colorists in proportion as they are so. Of this fitting of light to shadow
Fielding is altogether regardless, so that his foregrounds are constantly
assuming the aspect of overcharged local color instead of sunshine, and his
figures and cattle look transparent.
§ 22. Beauty of
Again, the finishing of Fielding's foregrounds, as
mountain
regards their drawing, is minute without accuracy,
foreground.
multitudinous without thought, and confused without
mystery. Where execution is seen to be in measure
accidental, as in Cox, it may be received as representative of what is
accidental in nature; but there is no part of Fielding's foreground that is
accidental; it is evidently worked and reworked, dotted, rubbed, and
finished with great labor, and where the virtue, playfulness, and freedom of
accident are thus removed, one of two virtues must be substituted for them.
Either we must have the deeply studied and imaginative foreground, of
which every part is necessary to every other, and whose every spark of light
is essential to the well-being of the whole, of which the foregrounds of
Turner in the Liber Studiorum are the most eminent examples I know, or
else we must have in some measure the botanical faithfulness and
realization of the early masters. Neither of these virtues is to be found in
Fielding's. Its features, though grouped with feeling, are yet scattered and
inessential. Any one of them might be altered in many ways without doing
harm; there is no proportioned, necessary, unalterable relation among them;
no evidence of invention or of careful thought, while on the other hand
there is no botanical or geological accuracy, nor any point on which the eye
may rest with thorough contentment in its realization.
It seems strange that to an artist of so quick feeling the details of a
mountain foreground should not prove irresistibly attractive, and entice him
intermixture and under current of warm color, which is altogether wanting
in many of the blues of Fielding's distances; and so of every bright distant
color; while in foreground where colors may be, and ought to be, pure, yet
that any of them are expressive of light is only to be felt where there is the
accurate fitting of them to their relative shadows which we find in the
works of Giorgione, Titian, Tintoret, Veronese, Turner, and all other great
colorists in proportion as they are so. Of this fitting of light to shadow
Fielding is altogether regardless, so that his foregrounds are constantly
assuming the aspect of overcharged local color instead of sunshine, and his
figures and cattle look transparent.
§ 22. Beauty of
Again, the finishing of Fielding's foregrounds, as
mountain
regards their drawing, is minute without accuracy,
foreground.
multitudinous without thought, and confused without
mystery. Where execution is seen to be in measure
accidental, as in Cox, it may be received as representative of what is
accidental in nature; but there is no part of Fielding's foreground that is
accidental; it is evidently worked and reworked, dotted, rubbed, and
finished with great labor, and where the virtue, playfulness, and freedom of
accident are thus removed, one of two virtues must be substituted for them.
Either we must have the deeply studied and imaginative foreground, of
which every part is necessary to every other, and whose every spark of light
is essential to the well-being of the whole, of which the foregrounds of
Turner in the Liber Studiorum are the most eminent examples I know, or
else we must have in some measure the botanical faithfulness and
realization of the early masters. Neither of these virtues is to be found in
Fielding's. Its features, though grouped with feeling, are yet scattered and
inessential. Any one of them might be altered in many ways without doing
harm; there is no proportioned, necessary, unalterable relation among them;
no evidence of invention or of careful thought, while on the other hand
there is no botanical or geological accuracy, nor any point on which the eye
may rest with thorough contentment in its realization.
It seems strange that to an artist of so quick feeling the details of a
mountain foreground should not prove irresistibly attractive, and entice him
Page 195
to greater accuracy of study. There is not a fragment of its living rock, nor a
tuft of its heathery herbage, that has not adorable manifestations of God's
working thereupon. The harmonies of color among the native lichens are
better than Titian's; the interwoven bells of campanula and heather are
better than all the arabesques of the Vatican; they need no improvement,
arrangement, nor alteration, nothing but love, and every combination of
them is different from every other, so that a painter need never repeat
himself if he will only be true; yet all these sources of power have been of
late entirely neglected by Fielding; there is evidence through all his
foregrounds of their being mere home inventions, and like all home
inventions they exhibit perpetual resemblances and repetitions; the painter
is evidently embarrassed without his rutted road in the middle, and his
boggy pool at the side, which pool he has of late painted in hard lines of
violent blue: there is not a stone, even of the nearest and most important,
which has its real lichens upon it, or a studied form or anything more to
occupy the mind than certain variations of dark and light browns. The same
faults must be found with his present painting of foliage, neither the stems
nor leafage being ever studied from nature; and this is the more to be
regretted, because in the earlier works of the artist there was much
admirable drawing, and even yet his power is occasionally developed in his
larger works, as in a Bolton Abbey on canvas, which was,—I cannot say,
exhibited,—but was in the rooms of the Royal Academy in 1843.[9] I should
have made the preceding remarks with more hesitation and diffidence, but
that, from a comparison of works of this kind with the slighter ornaments of
the water-color rooms, it seems evident that the painter is not unaware of
the deficiencies of these latter, and concedes something of what he would
himself desire to what he has found to be the feeling of a majority of his
admirers. This is a dangerous modesty, and especially so in these days when
the judgment of the many is palpably as artificial as their feeling is cold.
There is much that is instructive and deserving of high
§ 23. De Wint.
praise in the sketches of De Wint. Yet it is to be
remembered that even the pursuit of truth, however determined, will have
results limited and imperfect when its chief motive is the pride of being
true; and I fear that these works, sublime as many of them have
unquestionably been, testify more accuracy of eye and experience of color
tuft of its heathery herbage, that has not adorable manifestations of God's
working thereupon. The harmonies of color among the native lichens are
better than Titian's; the interwoven bells of campanula and heather are
better than all the arabesques of the Vatican; they need no improvement,
arrangement, nor alteration, nothing but love, and every combination of
them is different from every other, so that a painter need never repeat
himself if he will only be true; yet all these sources of power have been of
late entirely neglected by Fielding; there is evidence through all his
foregrounds of their being mere home inventions, and like all home
inventions they exhibit perpetual resemblances and repetitions; the painter
is evidently embarrassed without his rutted road in the middle, and his
boggy pool at the side, which pool he has of late painted in hard lines of
violent blue: there is not a stone, even of the nearest and most important,
which has its real lichens upon it, or a studied form or anything more to
occupy the mind than certain variations of dark and light browns. The same
faults must be found with his present painting of foliage, neither the stems
nor leafage being ever studied from nature; and this is the more to be
regretted, because in the earlier works of the artist there was much
admirable drawing, and even yet his power is occasionally developed in his
larger works, as in a Bolton Abbey on canvas, which was,—I cannot say,
exhibited,—but was in the rooms of the Royal Academy in 1843.[9] I should
have made the preceding remarks with more hesitation and diffidence, but
that, from a comparison of works of this kind with the slighter ornaments of
the water-color rooms, it seems evident that the painter is not unaware of
the deficiencies of these latter, and concedes something of what he would
himself desire to what he has found to be the feeling of a majority of his
admirers. This is a dangerous modesty, and especially so in these days when
the judgment of the many is palpably as artificial as their feeling is cold.
There is much that is instructive and deserving of high
§ 23. De Wint.
praise in the sketches of De Wint. Yet it is to be
remembered that even the pursuit of truth, however determined, will have
results limited and imperfect when its chief motive is the pride of being
true; and I fear that these works, sublime as many of them have
unquestionably been, testify more accuracy of eye and experience of color
Page 196
than exercise of thought. Their truth of effect is often purchased at too great
an expense by the loss of all beauty of form, and of the higher refinements
of color; deficiencies, however, on which I shall not insist, since the value
of the sketches, as far as they go, is great; they have done good service and
set good example, and whatever their failings may be, there is evidence in
them that the painter has always done what he believed to be right.
§ 24. Influence of
The influence of the masters of whom we have hitherto
spoken is confined to those who have access to their actual
Engraving. J. D.
works, since the particular qualities in which they excel,
Harding.
are in no wise to be rendered by the engraver. Those of
whom we have next to speak are known to the public in a great measure by
the help of the engraver; and while their influence is thus very far extended,
their modes of working are perhaps, in some degree modified by the
habitual reference to the future translation into light and shade; reference
which is indeed beneficial in the care it induces respecting the arrangement
of the chiaroscuro and the explanation of the forms, but which is harmful,
so far as it involves a dependence rather on quantity of picturesque material
than on substantial color or simple treatment, and as it admits of indolent
diminution of size and slightness of execution.
We should not be just to the present works of J. D. Harding unless we
took this influence into account. Some years back none of our artists
realized more laboriously, nor obtained more substantial color and texture; a
large drawing in the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq., of Tottenham, is of
great value as an example of his manner at the period; a manner not only
careful, but earnest, and free from any kind of affectation. Partly from the
habit of making slight and small drawings for engravers, and partly also, I
imagine, from an overstrained seeking after appearances of dexterity in
execution, his drawings have of late years become both less solid and less
complete; not, however, without attaining certain brilliant qualities in
exchange which are very valuable in the treatment of some of the looser
portions of subject. Of the extended knowledge and various powers of this
painter, frequent instances are noted in the following pages. Neither,
perhaps, are rightly estimated among artists, owing to a certain coldness of
sentiment in his choice of subject, and a continual preference of the
an expense by the loss of all beauty of form, and of the higher refinements
of color; deficiencies, however, on which I shall not insist, since the value
of the sketches, as far as they go, is great; they have done good service and
set good example, and whatever their failings may be, there is evidence in
them that the painter has always done what he believed to be right.
§ 24. Influence of
The influence of the masters of whom we have hitherto
spoken is confined to those who have access to their actual
Engraving. J. D.
works, since the particular qualities in which they excel,
Harding.
are in no wise to be rendered by the engraver. Those of
whom we have next to speak are known to the public in a great measure by
the help of the engraver; and while their influence is thus very far extended,
their modes of working are perhaps, in some degree modified by the
habitual reference to the future translation into light and shade; reference
which is indeed beneficial in the care it induces respecting the arrangement
of the chiaroscuro and the explanation of the forms, but which is harmful,
so far as it involves a dependence rather on quantity of picturesque material
than on substantial color or simple treatment, and as it admits of indolent
diminution of size and slightness of execution.
We should not be just to the present works of J. D. Harding unless we
took this influence into account. Some years back none of our artists
realized more laboriously, nor obtained more substantial color and texture; a
large drawing in the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq., of Tottenham, is of
great value as an example of his manner at the period; a manner not only
careful, but earnest, and free from any kind of affectation. Partly from the
habit of making slight and small drawings for engravers, and partly also, I
imagine, from an overstrained seeking after appearances of dexterity in
execution, his drawings have of late years become both less solid and less
complete; not, however, without attaining certain brilliant qualities in
exchange which are very valuable in the treatment of some of the looser
portions of subject. Of the extended knowledge and various powers of this
painter, frequent instances are noted in the following pages. Neither,
perhaps, are rightly estimated among artists, owing to a certain coldness of
sentiment in his choice of subject, and a continual preference of the
Page 197
picturesque to the impressive; proved perhaps in nothing so distinctly as in
the little interest usually attached to his skies, which, if aerial and
expressive of space and movement, content him, though destitute of story,
power, or character: an exception must be made in favor of the very grand
sunrise on the Swiss Alps, exhibited in 1844, wherein the artist's real power
was in some measure displayed, though I am convinced he is still capable
of doing far greater things. So in his foliage he is apt to sacrifice the dignity
of his trees to their wildness, and lose the forest in the copse, neither is he at
all accurate enough in his expression of species or realization of near
portions. These are deficiencies, be it observed, of sentiment, not of
perception, as there are few who equal him in rapidity of seizure of material
truth.
Very extensive influence in modern art must be attributed to the works of
Samuel Prout; and as there are some circumstances belonging to his
treatment of architectural subject which it does not come
§ 25. Samuel
Prout. Early
within the sphere of the following chapters to examine, I
painting of
shall endeavor to note the more important of them here.
architecture, how Let us glance back for a moment to the architectural
deficient. drawing of earlier times. Before the time of the Bellinis at
Venice, and of Ghirlandajo at Florence, I believe there are
no examples of anything beyond conventional representation of
architecture, often rich, quaint, and full of interest, as Memmi's abstract of
the Duomo at Florence at S^ta. Maria Novella; but not to be classed with
any genuine efforts at representation. It is much to be regretted that the
power and custom of introducing well-drawn architecture should have taken
place only when architectural taste had been itself corrupted, and that the
architecture introduced by Bellini, Ghirlandajo, Francia, and the other
patient and powerful workmen of the fifteenth century, is exclusively of the
renaissance styles; while their drawing of it furnishes little that is of much
interest to the architectural draughtsman as such, being always governed by
a reference to its subordinate position, so that all forceful shadow and play
of color are (most justly) surrendered for quiet and uniform hues of gray
and chiaroscuro of extreme simplicity. Whatever they chose to do they did
with consummate grandeur, (note especially the chiaroscuro of the square
the little interest usually attached to his skies, which, if aerial and
expressive of space and movement, content him, though destitute of story,
power, or character: an exception must be made in favor of the very grand
sunrise on the Swiss Alps, exhibited in 1844, wherein the artist's real power
was in some measure displayed, though I am convinced he is still capable
of doing far greater things. So in his foliage he is apt to sacrifice the dignity
of his trees to their wildness, and lose the forest in the copse, neither is he at
all accurate enough in his expression of species or realization of near
portions. These are deficiencies, be it observed, of sentiment, not of
perception, as there are few who equal him in rapidity of seizure of material
truth.
Very extensive influence in modern art must be attributed to the works of
Samuel Prout; and as there are some circumstances belonging to his
treatment of architectural subject which it does not come
§ 25. Samuel
Prout. Early
within the sphere of the following chapters to examine, I
painting of
shall endeavor to note the more important of them here.
architecture, how Let us glance back for a moment to the architectural
deficient. drawing of earlier times. Before the time of the Bellinis at
Venice, and of Ghirlandajo at Florence, I believe there are
no examples of anything beyond conventional representation of
architecture, often rich, quaint, and full of interest, as Memmi's abstract of
the Duomo at Florence at S^ta. Maria Novella; but not to be classed with
any genuine efforts at representation. It is much to be regretted that the
power and custom of introducing well-drawn architecture should have taken
place only when architectural taste had been itself corrupted, and that the
architecture introduced by Bellini, Ghirlandajo, Francia, and the other
patient and powerful workmen of the fifteenth century, is exclusively of the
renaissance styles; while their drawing of it furnishes little that is of much
interest to the architectural draughtsman as such, being always governed by
a reference to its subordinate position, so that all forceful shadow and play
of color are (most justly) surrendered for quiet and uniform hues of gray
and chiaroscuro of extreme simplicity. Whatever they chose to do they did
with consummate grandeur, (note especially the chiaroscuro of the square
Page 198
window of Ghirlandajo's which so much delighted Vasari in S^ta. Maria
Novella; and the daring management of a piece of the perspective in the
Salutation, opposite where he has painted a flight of stairs descending in
front, though the picture is twelve feet above the eye); and yet this grandeur,
in all these men, results rather from the general power obtained in their
drawing of the figure than from any definite knowledge respecting the
things introduced in these accessory parts; so that while in some points it is
impossible for any painter to equal these accessories, unless he were in all
respects as great as Ghirlandajo or Bellini, in others it is possible for him,
with far inferior powers, to attain a representation both more accurate and
more interesting.
In order to arrive at the knowledge of these, we must briefly take note of
a few of the modes in which architecture itself is agreeable to the mind,
especially of the influence upon the character of the building which is to be
attributed to the signs of age.
§ 26. Effects of age
It is evident, first, that if the design of the building be
upon buildings,
originally bad, the only virtue it can ever possess will be in
signs of antiquity. All that in this world enlarges the sphere
how far desirable.
of affection or imagination is to be reverenced, and all
those circumstances enlarge it which strengthen our memory or quicken our
conception of the dead; hence it is no light sin to destroy anything that is
old, more especially because, even with the aid of all obtainable records of
the past, we, the living, occupy a space of too large importance and interest
in our own eyes; we look upon the world too much as our own, too much as
if we had possessed it and should possess it forever, and forget that it is a
mere hostelry, of which we occupy the apartments for a time, which others
better than we have sojourned in before, who are now where we should
desire to be with them. Fortunately for mankind, as some counterbalance to
that wretched love of novelty which originates in selfishness, shallowness,
and conceit, and which especially characterizes all vulgar minds, there is set
in the deeper places of the heart such affection for the signs of age that the
eye is delighted even by injuries which are the work of time; not but that
there is also real and absolute beauty in the forms and colors so obtained,
for which the original lines of the architecture, unless they have been very
Novella; and the daring management of a piece of the perspective in the
Salutation, opposite where he has painted a flight of stairs descending in
front, though the picture is twelve feet above the eye); and yet this grandeur,
in all these men, results rather from the general power obtained in their
drawing of the figure than from any definite knowledge respecting the
things introduced in these accessory parts; so that while in some points it is
impossible for any painter to equal these accessories, unless he were in all
respects as great as Ghirlandajo or Bellini, in others it is possible for him,
with far inferior powers, to attain a representation both more accurate and
more interesting.
In order to arrive at the knowledge of these, we must briefly take note of
a few of the modes in which architecture itself is agreeable to the mind,
especially of the influence upon the character of the building which is to be
attributed to the signs of age.
§ 26. Effects of age
It is evident, first, that if the design of the building be
upon buildings,
originally bad, the only virtue it can ever possess will be in
signs of antiquity. All that in this world enlarges the sphere
how far desirable.
of affection or imagination is to be reverenced, and all
those circumstances enlarge it which strengthen our memory or quicken our
conception of the dead; hence it is no light sin to destroy anything that is
old, more especially because, even with the aid of all obtainable records of
the past, we, the living, occupy a space of too large importance and interest
in our own eyes; we look upon the world too much as our own, too much as
if we had possessed it and should possess it forever, and forget that it is a
mere hostelry, of which we occupy the apartments for a time, which others
better than we have sojourned in before, who are now where we should
desire to be with them. Fortunately for mankind, as some counterbalance to
that wretched love of novelty which originates in selfishness, shallowness,
and conceit, and which especially characterizes all vulgar minds, there is set
in the deeper places of the heart such affection for the signs of age that the
eye is delighted even by injuries which are the work of time; not but that
there is also real and absolute beauty in the forms and colors so obtained,
for which the original lines of the architecture, unless they have been very
Page 199
grand indeed, are well exchanged, so that there is hardly any building so
ugly but that it may be made an agreeable object by such appearances. It
would not be easy, for instance, to find a less pleasing piece of architecture
than the portion of the front of Queen's College, Oxford, which has just
been restored; yet I believe that few persons could have looked with total
indifference on the mouldering and peeled surface of the oolite limestone
previous to its restoration. If, however, the character of the building consist
in minute detail or multitudinous lines, the evil or good effect of age upon it
must depend in great measure on the kind of art, the material, and the
climate. The Parthenon, for instance, would be injured by any markings
which interfered with the contours of its sculptures; and any lines of
extreme purity, or colors of original harmony and perfection are liable to
injury, and are ill exchanged for mouldering edges or brown weatherstains.
But as all architecture is, or ought to be, meant to be durable, and to
derive part of its glory from its antiquity, all art that is liable to mortal
injury from effects of time is therein out of place, and this is another reason
for the principle I have asserted in the second part, page 204. I do not at this
instant recollect a single instance of any very fine building which is not
improved up to a certain period by all its signs of age, after which period,
like all other human works, it necessarily declines, its decline being in
almost all ages and countries accelerated by neglect and abuse in its time of
beauty, and alteration or restoration in its time of age.
Thus I conceive that all buildings dependent on color, whether of mosaic
or painting, have their effect improved by the richness of the subsequent
tones of age; for there are few arrangements of color so perfect but that they
are capable of improvement by some softening and blending of this kind:
with mosaic, the improvement may be considered as proceeding almost so
long as the design can be distinctly seen; with painting, so long as the colors
do not change or chip off.
Again, upon all forms of sculptural ornament, the effect of time is such,
that if the design be poor, it will enrich it; if overcharged, simplify it; if
harsh and violent, soften it; if smooth and obscure, exhibit it; whatever
faults it may have are rapidly disguised, whatever virtue it has still shines
and steals out in the mellow light; and this to such an extent, that the artist
ugly but that it may be made an agreeable object by such appearances. It
would not be easy, for instance, to find a less pleasing piece of architecture
than the portion of the front of Queen's College, Oxford, which has just
been restored; yet I believe that few persons could have looked with total
indifference on the mouldering and peeled surface of the oolite limestone
previous to its restoration. If, however, the character of the building consist
in minute detail or multitudinous lines, the evil or good effect of age upon it
must depend in great measure on the kind of art, the material, and the
climate. The Parthenon, for instance, would be injured by any markings
which interfered with the contours of its sculptures; and any lines of
extreme purity, or colors of original harmony and perfection are liable to
injury, and are ill exchanged for mouldering edges or brown weatherstains.
But as all architecture is, or ought to be, meant to be durable, and to
derive part of its glory from its antiquity, all art that is liable to mortal
injury from effects of time is therein out of place, and this is another reason
for the principle I have asserted in the second part, page 204. I do not at this
instant recollect a single instance of any very fine building which is not
improved up to a certain period by all its signs of age, after which period,
like all other human works, it necessarily declines, its decline being in
almost all ages and countries accelerated by neglect and abuse in its time of
beauty, and alteration or restoration in its time of age.
Thus I conceive that all buildings dependent on color, whether of mosaic
or painting, have their effect improved by the richness of the subsequent
tones of age; for there are few arrangements of color so perfect but that they
are capable of improvement by some softening and blending of this kind:
with mosaic, the improvement may be considered as proceeding almost so
long as the design can be distinctly seen; with painting, so long as the colors
do not change or chip off.
Again, upon all forms of sculptural ornament, the effect of time is such,
that if the design be poor, it will enrich it; if overcharged, simplify it; if
harsh and violent, soften it; if smooth and obscure, exhibit it; whatever
faults it may have are rapidly disguised, whatever virtue it has still shines
and steals out in the mellow light; and this to such an extent, that the artist
Page 200
is always liable to be tempted to the drawing of details in old buildings as of
extreme beauty, which look cold and hard in their architectural lines; and I
have never yet seen any restoration or cleaned portion of a building whose
effect was not inferior to the weathered parts, even to those of which the
design had in some parts almost disappeared. On the front of the church of
San Michele at Lucca, the mosaics have fallen out of half the columns, and
lie in weedy ruin beneath; in many, the frost has torn large masses of the
entire coating away, leaving a scarred unsightly surface. Two of the shafts
of the upper star window are eaten entirely away by the sea wind, the rest
have lost their proportions, the edges of the arches are hacked into deep
hollows, and cast indented shadows on the weed-grown wall. The process
has gone too far, and yet I doubt not but that this building is seen to greater
advantage now than when first built, always with exception of one
circumstance, that the French shattered the lower wheel window, and set up
in front of it an escutcheon with "Libertas" upon it, which abomination of
desolation, the Lucchese have not yet had human-heartedness enough to
pull down.
Putting therefore the application of architecture as an accessory out of the
question, and supposing our object to be the exhibition of the most
impressive qualities of the building itself, it is evidently the duty of the
draughtsman to represent it under those conditions, and with that amount of
age-mark upon it which may best exalt and harmonize the sources of its
beauty: this is no pursuit of mere picturesqueness, it is true following out of
the ideal character of the building; nay, far greater dilapidation than this
may in portions be exhibited, for there are beauties of other kinds, not
otherwise attainable, brought out by advanced dilapidation; but when the
artist suffers the mere love of ruinousness to interfere with his perception of
the art of the building, and substitutes rude fractures and blotting stains for
all its fine chiselling and determined color, he has lost the end of his own
art.
§ 27. Effects of
So far of aging; next of effects of light and color. It is, I
light, how
believe, hardly enough observed among architects that the
necessary to the
same decorations are of totally different effect according to
their position and the time of day. A moulding which is of
extreme beauty, which look cold and hard in their architectural lines; and I
have never yet seen any restoration or cleaned portion of a building whose
effect was not inferior to the weathered parts, even to those of which the
design had in some parts almost disappeared. On the front of the church of
San Michele at Lucca, the mosaics have fallen out of half the columns, and
lie in weedy ruin beneath; in many, the frost has torn large masses of the
entire coating away, leaving a scarred unsightly surface. Two of the shafts
of the upper star window are eaten entirely away by the sea wind, the rest
have lost their proportions, the edges of the arches are hacked into deep
hollows, and cast indented shadows on the weed-grown wall. The process
has gone too far, and yet I doubt not but that this building is seen to greater
advantage now than when first built, always with exception of one
circumstance, that the French shattered the lower wheel window, and set up
in front of it an escutcheon with "Libertas" upon it, which abomination of
desolation, the Lucchese have not yet had human-heartedness enough to
pull down.
Putting therefore the application of architecture as an accessory out of the
question, and supposing our object to be the exhibition of the most
impressive qualities of the building itself, it is evidently the duty of the
draughtsman to represent it under those conditions, and with that amount of
age-mark upon it which may best exalt and harmonize the sources of its
beauty: this is no pursuit of mere picturesqueness, it is true following out of
the ideal character of the building; nay, far greater dilapidation than this
may in portions be exhibited, for there are beauties of other kinds, not
otherwise attainable, brought out by advanced dilapidation; but when the
artist suffers the mere love of ruinousness to interfere with his perception of
the art of the building, and substitutes rude fractures and blotting stains for
all its fine chiselling and determined color, he has lost the end of his own
art.
§ 27. Effects of
So far of aging; next of effects of light and color. It is, I
light, how
believe, hardly enough observed among architects that the
necessary to the
same decorations are of totally different effect according to
their position and the time of day. A moulding which is of
Page 201
understanding of value on a building facing south, where it takes deep
detail. shadows from steep sun, may be utterly ineffective if
placed west or east; and a moulding which is chaste and
intelligible in shade on a north side, may be grotesque, vulgar, or confused
when it takes black shadows on the south. Farther, there is a time of day in
which every architectural decoration is seen to best advantage, and certain
times in which its peculiar force and character are best explained; of these
niceties the architect takes little cognizance, as he must in some sort
calculate on the effect of ornament at all times; but to the artist they are of
infinite importance, and especially for this reason, that there is always much
detail on buildings which cannot be drawn as such, which is too far off, or
too minute, and which must consequently be set down in short-hand of
some kind or another; and, as it were, an abstract, more or less
philosophical, made of its general heads. Of the style of this abstract, of the
lightness, confusion, and mystery necessary in it, I have spoken elsewhere;
at present I insist only on the arrangement and matter of it. All good
ornament and all good architecture are capable of being put into short-hand;
that is, each has a perfect system of parts, principal and subordinate, of
which, even when the complemental details vanish in distance, the system
and anatomy yet remain visible so long as anything is visible; so that the
divisions of a beautiful spire shall be known as beautiful even till their last
line vanishes in blue mist, and the effect of a well-designed moulding shall
be visibly disciplined, harmonious, and inventive, as long as it is seen to be
a moulding at all. Now the power of the artist of marking this character
depends not on his complete knowledge of the design, but on his
experimental knowledge of its salient and bearing parts, and of the effects
of light and shadow, by which their saliency is best told. He must therefore
be prepared, according to his subject, to use light, steep or level, intense or
feeble, and out of the resulting chiaroscuro select those peculiar and hinging
points on which the rest are based, and by which all else that is essential
may be explained.
The thoughtful command of all these circumstances constitutes the real
architectural draughtsman; the habits of executing everything either under
one kind of effect or in one manner, or of using unintelligible and
detail. shadows from steep sun, may be utterly ineffective if
placed west or east; and a moulding which is chaste and
intelligible in shade on a north side, may be grotesque, vulgar, or confused
when it takes black shadows on the south. Farther, there is a time of day in
which every architectural decoration is seen to best advantage, and certain
times in which its peculiar force and character are best explained; of these
niceties the architect takes little cognizance, as he must in some sort
calculate on the effect of ornament at all times; but to the artist they are of
infinite importance, and especially for this reason, that there is always much
detail on buildings which cannot be drawn as such, which is too far off, or
too minute, and which must consequently be set down in short-hand of
some kind or another; and, as it were, an abstract, more or less
philosophical, made of its general heads. Of the style of this abstract, of the
lightness, confusion, and mystery necessary in it, I have spoken elsewhere;
at present I insist only on the arrangement and matter of it. All good
ornament and all good architecture are capable of being put into short-hand;
that is, each has a perfect system of parts, principal and subordinate, of
which, even when the complemental details vanish in distance, the system
and anatomy yet remain visible so long as anything is visible; so that the
divisions of a beautiful spire shall be known as beautiful even till their last
line vanishes in blue mist, and the effect of a well-designed moulding shall
be visibly disciplined, harmonious, and inventive, as long as it is seen to be
a moulding at all. Now the power of the artist of marking this character
depends not on his complete knowledge of the design, but on his
experimental knowledge of its salient and bearing parts, and of the effects
of light and shadow, by which their saliency is best told. He must therefore
be prepared, according to his subject, to use light, steep or level, intense or
feeble, and out of the resulting chiaroscuro select those peculiar and hinging
points on which the rest are based, and by which all else that is essential
may be explained.
The thoughtful command of all these circumstances constitutes the real
architectural draughtsman; the habits of executing everything either under
one kind of effect or in one manner, or of using unintelligible and
Page 202
meaningless abstracts of beautiful designs, are those which must commonly
take the place of it and are the most extensively esteemed.[10]
Let us now proceed with our review of those artists who
§ 28. Architectural
painting of Gentile
have devoted themselves more peculiarly to architectural
Bellini and Vittor
subject.
Carpaccio; Foremost among them stand Gentile Bellini and Vittor
Carpaccio, to whom we are indebted for the only existing
faithful statements of the architecture of Old Venice, and who are the only
authorities to whom we can trust in conjecturing the former beauty of those
few desecrated fragments, the last of which are now being rapidly swept
away by the idiocy of modern Venetians.
Nothing can be more careful, nothing more delicately finished, or more
dignified in feeling than the works of both these men; and as architectural
evidence they are the best we could have had, all the gilded parts being gilt
in the picture, so that there can be no mistake or confusion of them with
yellow color or light, and all the frescoes or mosaics given with the most
absolute precision and fidelity. At the same time they are by no means
examples of perfect architectural drawing; there is little light and shade in
them of any kind, and none whatever of the thoughtful observance of
temporary effect of which we have just been speaking; so that, in rendering
the character of the relieved parts, their solidity, depth, or gloom, the
representation fails altogether, and it is moreover lifeless from its very
completion, both the signs of age and the effects of use and habitation being
utterly rejected; rightly so, indeed, in these instances, (all the architecture of
these painters being in background to religious subject,) but wrongly so, if
we look to the architecture alone. Neither is there anything like aerial
perspective attempted; the employment of actual gold in the decoration of
all the distances, and the entire realization of their details, as far as is
possible on the scale compelled by perspective, being alone sufficient to
prevent this, except in the hands of painters far more practised in effect than
either Gentile or Carpaccio. But with all these discrepancies, Gentile
Bellini's church of St. Mark's is the best church of St. Mark's that has ever
been painted, so far as I know; and I believe the reconciliation of true aerial
perspective and chiaroscuro with the splendor and dignity obtained by the
take the place of it and are the most extensively esteemed.[10]
Let us now proceed with our review of those artists who
§ 28. Architectural
painting of Gentile
have devoted themselves more peculiarly to architectural
Bellini and Vittor
subject.
Carpaccio; Foremost among them stand Gentile Bellini and Vittor
Carpaccio, to whom we are indebted for the only existing
faithful statements of the architecture of Old Venice, and who are the only
authorities to whom we can trust in conjecturing the former beauty of those
few desecrated fragments, the last of which are now being rapidly swept
away by the idiocy of modern Venetians.
Nothing can be more careful, nothing more delicately finished, or more
dignified in feeling than the works of both these men; and as architectural
evidence they are the best we could have had, all the gilded parts being gilt
in the picture, so that there can be no mistake or confusion of them with
yellow color or light, and all the frescoes or mosaics given with the most
absolute precision and fidelity. At the same time they are by no means
examples of perfect architectural drawing; there is little light and shade in
them of any kind, and none whatever of the thoughtful observance of
temporary effect of which we have just been speaking; so that, in rendering
the character of the relieved parts, their solidity, depth, or gloom, the
representation fails altogether, and it is moreover lifeless from its very
completion, both the signs of age and the effects of use and habitation being
utterly rejected; rightly so, indeed, in these instances, (all the architecture of
these painters being in background to religious subject,) but wrongly so, if
we look to the architecture alone. Neither is there anything like aerial
perspective attempted; the employment of actual gold in the decoration of
all the distances, and the entire realization of their details, as far as is
possible on the scale compelled by perspective, being alone sufficient to
prevent this, except in the hands of painters far more practised in effect than
either Gentile or Carpaccio. But with all these discrepancies, Gentile
Bellini's church of St. Mark's is the best church of St. Mark's that has ever
been painted, so far as I know; and I believe the reconciliation of true aerial
perspective and chiaroscuro with the splendor and dignity obtained by the
Page 203
real gilding and elaborate detail, is a problem yet to be accomplished. With
the help of the Daguerreotype, and the lessons of color given by the later
Venetians, we ought now to be able to accomplish it, more especially as the
right use of gold has been shown us by the greatest master of effect whom
Venice herself produced, Tintoret, who has employed it with infinite grace
on the steps ascended by the young Madonna, in his large picture in the
church of the Madonna dell' Orto. Perugino uses it also with singular grace,
often employing it for golden light on distant trees, and continually on the
high light of hair, and that without losing relative distances.
§ 29. And of the
The great group of Venetian painters who brought
Venetians
landscape art, for that time, to its culminating point, have
generally.
left, as we have already seen, little that is instructive in
architectural painting. The causes of this I cannot
comprehend, for neither Titian nor Tintoret appears to despise anything that
affords them either variety of form or of color, the latter especially
condescending to very trivial details,—as in the magnificent carpet painting
of the Doge Mocenigo; so that it might have been expected that in the rich
colors of St. Mark's, and the magnificent and fantastic masses of the
Byzantine palaces, they would have found where-upon to dwell with
delighted elaboration. This is, however, never the case, and although
frequently compelled to introduce portions of Venetian locality in their
backgrounds, such portions are always treated in a most hasty and faithless
manner, missing frequently all character of the building, and never
advanced to realization. In Titian's picture of Faith, the view of Venice
below is laid in so rapidly and slightly, the houses all leaning this way and
that, and of no color, the sea a dead gray green, and the ship-sails mere
dashes of the brush, that the most obscure of Turner's Venices would look
substantial beside it; while in the very picture of Tintoret in which he has
dwelt so elaborately on the carpet, he has substituted a piece of ordinary
renaissance composition for St. Mark's, and in the background has chosen
the Sansovino side of the Piazzetta, treating even that so carelessly as to
lose all the proportion and beauty of its design, and so flimsily that the line
of the distant sea which has been first laid in, is seen through all the
columns. Evidences of magnificent power of course exist in whatever he
touches, but his full power is never turned in this direction. More space is
the help of the Daguerreotype, and the lessons of color given by the later
Venetians, we ought now to be able to accomplish it, more especially as the
right use of gold has been shown us by the greatest master of effect whom
Venice herself produced, Tintoret, who has employed it with infinite grace
on the steps ascended by the young Madonna, in his large picture in the
church of the Madonna dell' Orto. Perugino uses it also with singular grace,
often employing it for golden light on distant trees, and continually on the
high light of hair, and that without losing relative distances.
§ 29. And of the
The great group of Venetian painters who brought
Venetians
landscape art, for that time, to its culminating point, have
generally.
left, as we have already seen, little that is instructive in
architectural painting. The causes of this I cannot
comprehend, for neither Titian nor Tintoret appears to despise anything that
affords them either variety of form or of color, the latter especially
condescending to very trivial details,—as in the magnificent carpet painting
of the Doge Mocenigo; so that it might have been expected that in the rich
colors of St. Mark's, and the magnificent and fantastic masses of the
Byzantine palaces, they would have found where-upon to dwell with
delighted elaboration. This is, however, never the case, and although
frequently compelled to introduce portions of Venetian locality in their
backgrounds, such portions are always treated in a most hasty and faithless
manner, missing frequently all character of the building, and never
advanced to realization. In Titian's picture of Faith, the view of Venice
below is laid in so rapidly and slightly, the houses all leaning this way and
that, and of no color, the sea a dead gray green, and the ship-sails mere
dashes of the brush, that the most obscure of Turner's Venices would look
substantial beside it; while in the very picture of Tintoret in which he has
dwelt so elaborately on the carpet, he has substituted a piece of ordinary
renaissance composition for St. Mark's, and in the background has chosen
the Sansovino side of the Piazzetta, treating even that so carelessly as to
lose all the proportion and beauty of its design, and so flimsily that the line
of the distant sea which has been first laid in, is seen through all the
columns. Evidences of magnificent power of course exist in whatever he
touches, but his full power is never turned in this direction. More space is
Page 204
allowed to his architecture by Paul Veronese, but it is still entirely
suggestive, and would be utterly false except as a frame or background for
figures. The same may be said with respect to Raffaelle and the Roman
school.
If, however, these men laid architecture little under contribution to their
§ 30. Fresco
own art, they made their own art a glorious gift to
painting of the
architecture, and the walls of Venice, which before, I
Venetian exteriors.
believe, had received color only in arabesque patterns,
were lighted with human life by Giorgione, Titian,
Canaletto.
Tintoret, and Veronese. Of the works of Tintoret and
Titian, nothing now, I believe, remains; two figures of Giorgione's are still
traceable on the Fondaco de' Tedeschi, one of which, singularly uninjured,
is seen from far above and below the Rialto, flaming like the reflection of a
sunset. Two figures of Veronese were also traceable till lately, the head and
arms of one still remain, and some glorious olive-branches which were
beside the other; the figure having been entirely effaced by an inscription in
large black letters on a whitewash tablet which we owe to the somewhat
inopportunely expressed enthusiasm of the inhabitants of the district in
favor of their new pastor.[11] Judging, however, from the rate at which
destruction is at present advancing, and seeing that, in about seven or eight
years more, Venice will have utterly lost every external claim to interest,
except that which attaches to the group of buildings immediately around St.
Mark's place, and to the larger churches, it may be conjectured that the
greater part of her present degradation has taken place, at any rate, within
the last forty years. Let the reader with such scraps of evidence as may still
be gleaned from under the stucco and paint of the Italian committees of
taste, and from among the drawing-room innovations of English and
German residents restore Venice in his imagination to some resemblance of
what she must have been before her fall. Let him, looking from Lido or
Fusina, replace in the forest of towers those of the hundred and sixty-six
churches which the French threw down; let him sheet her walls with purple
and scarlet, overlay her minarets with gold,[12] cleanse from their pollution
those choked canals which are now the drains of hovels, where they were
once vestibules of palaces, and fill them with gilded barges and bannered
ships; finally, let him withdraw from this scene, already so brilliant, such
suggestive, and would be utterly false except as a frame or background for
figures. The same may be said with respect to Raffaelle and the Roman
school.
If, however, these men laid architecture little under contribution to their
§ 30. Fresco
own art, they made their own art a glorious gift to
painting of the
architecture, and the walls of Venice, which before, I
Venetian exteriors.
believe, had received color only in arabesque patterns,
were lighted with human life by Giorgione, Titian,
Canaletto.
Tintoret, and Veronese. Of the works of Tintoret and
Titian, nothing now, I believe, remains; two figures of Giorgione's are still
traceable on the Fondaco de' Tedeschi, one of which, singularly uninjured,
is seen from far above and below the Rialto, flaming like the reflection of a
sunset. Two figures of Veronese were also traceable till lately, the head and
arms of one still remain, and some glorious olive-branches which were
beside the other; the figure having been entirely effaced by an inscription in
large black letters on a whitewash tablet which we owe to the somewhat
inopportunely expressed enthusiasm of the inhabitants of the district in
favor of their new pastor.[11] Judging, however, from the rate at which
destruction is at present advancing, and seeing that, in about seven or eight
years more, Venice will have utterly lost every external claim to interest,
except that which attaches to the group of buildings immediately around St.
Mark's place, and to the larger churches, it may be conjectured that the
greater part of her present degradation has taken place, at any rate, within
the last forty years. Let the reader with such scraps of evidence as may still
be gleaned from under the stucco and paint of the Italian committees of
taste, and from among the drawing-room innovations of English and
German residents restore Venice in his imagination to some resemblance of
what she must have been before her fall. Let him, looking from Lido or
Fusina, replace in the forest of towers those of the hundred and sixty-six
churches which the French threw down; let him sheet her walls with purple
and scarlet, overlay her minarets with gold,[12] cleanse from their pollution
those choked canals which are now the drains of hovels, where they were
once vestibules of palaces, and fill them with gilded barges and bannered
ships; finally, let him withdraw from this scene, already so brilliant, such
Page 205
sadness and stain as had been set upon it by the declining energies of more
than half a century, and he will see Venice as it was seen by Canaletto;
whose miserable, virtueless, heartless mechanism, accepted as the
representation of such various glory, is, both in its existence and
acceptance, among the most striking signs of the lost sensation and
deadened intellect of the nation at that time; a numbness and darkness more
without hope than that of the grave itself, holding and wearing yet the
sceptre and the crown like the corpses of the Etruscan kings, ready to sink
into ashes at the first unbarring of the door of the sepulchre.
than half a century, and he will see Venice as it was seen by Canaletto;
whose miserable, virtueless, heartless mechanism, accepted as the
representation of such various glory, is, both in its existence and
acceptance, among the most striking signs of the lost sensation and
deadened intellect of the nation at that time; a numbness and darkness more
without hope than that of the grave itself, holding and wearing yet the
sceptre and the crown like the corpses of the Etruscan kings, ready to sink
into ashes at the first unbarring of the door of the sepulchre.
Page 206
CASA CONTARINI FASAN, VENICE.
From a drawing by Ruskin.
The mannerism of Canaletto is the most degraded that I know in the
whole range of art. Professing the most servile and mindless imitation, it
imitates nothing but the blackness of the shadows; it gives no one single
architectural ornament, however near, so much form as might enable us
even to guess at its actual one; and this I say not rashly, for I shall prove it
From a drawing by Ruskin.
The mannerism of Canaletto is the most degraded that I know in the
whole range of art. Professing the most servile and mindless imitation, it
imitates nothing but the blackness of the shadows; it gives no one single
architectural ornament, however near, so much form as might enable us
even to guess at its actual one; and this I say not rashly, for I shall prove it
Page 207
by placing portions of detail accurately copied from Canaletto side by side
with engravings from the Daguerreotype; it gives the buildings neither their
architectural beauty nor their ancestral dignity, for there is no texture of
stone nor character of age in Canaletto's touch; which is invariably a
violent, black, sharp, ruled penmanlike line, as far removed from the grace
of nature as from her faintness and transparency; and for his truth of color,
let the single fact of his having omitted all record, whatsoever, of the
frescoes whose wrecks are still to be found at least on one half of the
unrestored palaces, and, with still less excusableness, all record of the
magnificent colored marbles of many whose greens and purples are still
undimmed upon the Casa Dario, Casa Bianca Capello, and multitudes
besides, speak for him in this respect.
Let it be observed that I find no fault with Canaletto, for his want of
poetry, of feeling, of artistical thoughtfulness in treatment, or of the various
other virtues which he does not so much as profess. He professes nothing
but colored Daguerreotypeism. Let us have it: most precious and to be
revered it would be: let us have fresco where fresco was, and that copied
faithfully; let us have carving where carving is, and that architecturally true.
I have seen Daguerreotypes in which every figure and rosette, and crack
and stain, and fissure are given on a scale of an inch to Canaletto's three
feet. What excuse is there to be offered for his omitting, on that scale, as I
shall hereafter show, all statement of such ornament whatever? Among the
Flemish schools, exquisite imitations of architecture are found constantly,
and that not with Canaletto's vulgar, black exaggeration of shadow, but in
the most pure and silvery and luminous grays. I have little pleasure in such
pictures; but I blame not those who have more; they are what they profess
to be, and they are wonderful and instructive, and often graceful, and even
affecting, but Canaletto possesses no virtue except that of dexterous
imitation of commonplace light and shade, and perhaps, with the exception
of Salvator, no artist has ever fettered his unfortunate admirers more
securely from all healthy or vigorous perception of truth, or been of more
general detriment to all subsequent schools.
§ 31. Expression of
Neither, however, by the Flemings, nor by any other of
the elder schools, was the effect of age or of human life
the effects of age
with engravings from the Daguerreotype; it gives the buildings neither their
architectural beauty nor their ancestral dignity, for there is no texture of
stone nor character of age in Canaletto's touch; which is invariably a
violent, black, sharp, ruled penmanlike line, as far removed from the grace
of nature as from her faintness and transparency; and for his truth of color,
let the single fact of his having omitted all record, whatsoever, of the
frescoes whose wrecks are still to be found at least on one half of the
unrestored palaces, and, with still less excusableness, all record of the
magnificent colored marbles of many whose greens and purples are still
undimmed upon the Casa Dario, Casa Bianca Capello, and multitudes
besides, speak for him in this respect.
Let it be observed that I find no fault with Canaletto, for his want of
poetry, of feeling, of artistical thoughtfulness in treatment, or of the various
other virtues which he does not so much as profess. He professes nothing
but colored Daguerreotypeism. Let us have it: most precious and to be
revered it would be: let us have fresco where fresco was, and that copied
faithfully; let us have carving where carving is, and that architecturally true.
I have seen Daguerreotypes in which every figure and rosette, and crack
and stain, and fissure are given on a scale of an inch to Canaletto's three
feet. What excuse is there to be offered for his omitting, on that scale, as I
shall hereafter show, all statement of such ornament whatever? Among the
Flemish schools, exquisite imitations of architecture are found constantly,
and that not with Canaletto's vulgar, black exaggeration of shadow, but in
the most pure and silvery and luminous grays. I have little pleasure in such
pictures; but I blame not those who have more; they are what they profess
to be, and they are wonderful and instructive, and often graceful, and even
affecting, but Canaletto possesses no virtue except that of dexterous
imitation of commonplace light and shade, and perhaps, with the exception
of Salvator, no artist has ever fettered his unfortunate admirers more
securely from all healthy or vigorous perception of truth, or been of more
general detriment to all subsequent schools.
§ 31. Expression of
Neither, however, by the Flemings, nor by any other of
the elder schools, was the effect of age or of human life
the effects of age
Page 208
on architecture by upon architecture ever adequately expressed. What ruins
S. Prout. they drew looked as if broken down on purpose, what
weeds they put on seemed put on for ornament. Their
domestic buildings had never any domesticity, the people looked out of
their windows evidently to be drawn, or came into the street only to stand
there forever. A peculiar studiousness infected all accident; bricks fell out
methodically, windows opened and shut by rule; stones were chipped at
regular intervals; everything that happened seemed to have been expected
before; and above all, the street had been washed and the houses dusted
expressly to be painted in their best. We owe to Prout, I believe, the first
perception, and certainly the only existing expression of precisely the
characters which were wanting to old art, of that feeling which results from
the influence among the noble lines of architecture, of the rent and the rust,
the fissure, the lichen, and the weed, and from the writing upon the pages of
ancient walls of the confused hieroglyphics of human history. I suppose,
from the deserved popularity of the artist, that the strange pleasure which I
find myself in the deciphering of these is common to many; the feeling has
been rashly and thoughtlessly contemned as mere love of the picturesque;
there is, as I have above shown, a deeper moral in it, and we owe much, I
am not prepared to say how much, to the artist by whom pre-eminently it
has been excited. For, numerous as have been his imitators, extended as his
influence, and simple as his means and manner, there has yet appeared
nothing at all to equal him; there is no stone drawing, no vitality of
architecture like Prout's. I say not this rashly, I have Mackenzie in my eye
and many other capital imitators; and I have carefully reviewed the
Architectural work of the Academicians, often most accurate and elaborate.
I repeat, there is nothing but the work of Prout which is true, living, or right
in its general impression, and nothing, therefore, so inexhaustibly agreeable.
Faults he has, manifold, easily detected, and much declaimed against by
second-rate artists; but his excellence no one has ever touched, and his
lithographic work, (Sketches in Flanders and Germany,) which was, I
believe, the first of the kind, still remains the most valuable of all,
numerous and elaborate as its various successors have been. The second
series (in Italy and Switzerland) was of less value, the drawings seemed
more laborious, and had less of the life of the original sketches, being also
for the most part of subjects less adapted for the development of the artist's
S. Prout. they drew looked as if broken down on purpose, what
weeds they put on seemed put on for ornament. Their
domestic buildings had never any domesticity, the people looked out of
their windows evidently to be drawn, or came into the street only to stand
there forever. A peculiar studiousness infected all accident; bricks fell out
methodically, windows opened and shut by rule; stones were chipped at
regular intervals; everything that happened seemed to have been expected
before; and above all, the street had been washed and the houses dusted
expressly to be painted in their best. We owe to Prout, I believe, the first
perception, and certainly the only existing expression of precisely the
characters which were wanting to old art, of that feeling which results from
the influence among the noble lines of architecture, of the rent and the rust,
the fissure, the lichen, and the weed, and from the writing upon the pages of
ancient walls of the confused hieroglyphics of human history. I suppose,
from the deserved popularity of the artist, that the strange pleasure which I
find myself in the deciphering of these is common to many; the feeling has
been rashly and thoughtlessly contemned as mere love of the picturesque;
there is, as I have above shown, a deeper moral in it, and we owe much, I
am not prepared to say how much, to the artist by whom pre-eminently it
has been excited. For, numerous as have been his imitators, extended as his
influence, and simple as his means and manner, there has yet appeared
nothing at all to equal him; there is no stone drawing, no vitality of
architecture like Prout's. I say not this rashly, I have Mackenzie in my eye
and many other capital imitators; and I have carefully reviewed the
Architectural work of the Academicians, often most accurate and elaborate.
I repeat, there is nothing but the work of Prout which is true, living, or right
in its general impression, and nothing, therefore, so inexhaustibly agreeable.
Faults he has, manifold, easily detected, and much declaimed against by
second-rate artists; but his excellence no one has ever touched, and his
lithographic work, (Sketches in Flanders and Germany,) which was, I
believe, the first of the kind, still remains the most valuable of all,
numerous and elaborate as its various successors have been. The second
series (in Italy and Switzerland) was of less value, the drawings seemed
more laborious, and had less of the life of the original sketches, being also
for the most part of subjects less adapted for the development of the artist's
Page 209
peculiar powers; but both are fine, and the Brussels, Louvain, Cologne, and
Nuremberg, subjects of the one, together with the Tours, Amboise, Geneva,
and Sion of the other, exhibit substantial qualities of stone and wood
drawing, together with an ideal appreciation of the present active vital being
of the cities, such as nothing else has ever approached. Their value is much
increased by the circumstance of their being drawn by the artist's own hand
upon the stone, and by the consequent manly recklessness of subordinate
parts, (in works of this kind, be it remembered, much is subordinate,) which
is of all characters of execution the most refreshing. Note the scrawled
middle tint of the wall behind the Gothic well at Ratisbonne, and compare
this manly piece of work with the wretched smoothness of recent
lithography. Let it not be thought that there is any inconsistency between
what I say here and what I have said respecting finish. This piece of dead
wall is as much finished in relation to its function as a wall of Ghirlandajo's
or Leonardo's in relation to theirs, and the refreshing quality is the same in
both, and manifest in all great masters, without exception, that of the utter
regardlessness of the means so that their end be reached. The same kind of
scrawling occurs often in the shade of Raffaelle.
It is not only, however, by his peculiar stone touch nor perception of
human character that he is distinguished. He is the most
§ 32. His excellent
dexterous of all our artists in a certain kind of
composition and
color.
composition. No one can place figures like him, except
Turner. It is one thing to know where a piece of blue or
white is wanted, and another to make the wearer of the blue apron or white
cap come there, and not look as if it were against her will. Prout's streets are
the only streets that are accidentally crowded, his markets are the only
markets where one feels inclined to get out of the way. With others we feel
the figures so right where they are, that we have no expectation of their
going anywhere else, and approve of the position of the man with the
wheelbarrow, without the slightest fear of his running against our legs. One
other merit he has, far less generally acknowledged than it should be: he is
among our most sunny and substantial colorists. Much conventional color
occurs in his inferior pictures (for he is very unequal) and some in all; but
portions are always to be found of quality so luminous and pure that I have
found these works the only ones capable of bearing juxtaposition with
Nuremberg, subjects of the one, together with the Tours, Amboise, Geneva,
and Sion of the other, exhibit substantial qualities of stone and wood
drawing, together with an ideal appreciation of the present active vital being
of the cities, such as nothing else has ever approached. Their value is much
increased by the circumstance of their being drawn by the artist's own hand
upon the stone, and by the consequent manly recklessness of subordinate
parts, (in works of this kind, be it remembered, much is subordinate,) which
is of all characters of execution the most refreshing. Note the scrawled
middle tint of the wall behind the Gothic well at Ratisbonne, and compare
this manly piece of work with the wretched smoothness of recent
lithography. Let it not be thought that there is any inconsistency between
what I say here and what I have said respecting finish. This piece of dead
wall is as much finished in relation to its function as a wall of Ghirlandajo's
or Leonardo's in relation to theirs, and the refreshing quality is the same in
both, and manifest in all great masters, without exception, that of the utter
regardlessness of the means so that their end be reached. The same kind of
scrawling occurs often in the shade of Raffaelle.
It is not only, however, by his peculiar stone touch nor perception of
human character that he is distinguished. He is the most
§ 32. His excellent
dexterous of all our artists in a certain kind of
composition and
color.
composition. No one can place figures like him, except
Turner. It is one thing to know where a piece of blue or
white is wanted, and another to make the wearer of the blue apron or white
cap come there, and not look as if it were against her will. Prout's streets are
the only streets that are accidentally crowded, his markets are the only
markets where one feels inclined to get out of the way. With others we feel
the figures so right where they are, that we have no expectation of their
going anywhere else, and approve of the position of the man with the
wheelbarrow, without the slightest fear of his running against our legs. One
other merit he has, far less generally acknowledged than it should be: he is
among our most sunny and substantial colorists. Much conventional color
occurs in his inferior pictures (for he is very unequal) and some in all; but
portions are always to be found of quality so luminous and pure that I have
found these works the only ones capable of bearing juxtaposition with
Page 210
Turner and Hunt, who invariably destroy everything else that comes within
range of them. His most beautiful tones occur in those drawings in which
there is prevalent and powerful warm gray, his most failing ones in those of
sandy red. On his deficiencies I shall not insist, because I am not prepared
to say how far it is possible for him to avoid them. We have never seen the
reconciliation of the peculiar characters he has obtained with the accurate
following out of architectural detail. With his present modes of execution,
farther fidelity is impossible, nor has any other mode of execution yet
obtained the same results; and though much is unaccomplished by him in
certain subjects, and something of over-mannerism may be traced in his
treatment of others, as especially in his mode of expressing the decorative
parts of Greek or Roman architecture, yet in his own peculiar Gothic
territory, where the spirit of the subject itself is somewhat rude and
grotesque, his abstract of decoration has more of the spirit of the reality
than far more laborious imitation. The spirit of the Flemish Hotel de Ville
and decorated street architecture has never been even in the slightest degree
felt or conveyed except by him, and by him, to my mind, faultlessly and
absolutely; and though his interpretation of architecture that contains more
refined art in its details is far less satisfactory, still it is impossible, while
walking on his favorite angle of the Piazzetta at Venice, either to think of
any other artist than Prout or not to think of him.
Many other dexterous and agreeable architectural artists we have of
§ 33. Modern
various degrees of merit, but of all of whom, it may be
architectural
generally said, that they draw hats, faces, cloaks, and caps
painting generally.
much better than Prout, but figures not so well; that they
draw walls and windows but not cities, mouldings and
G. Cattermole.
buttresses but not cathedrals. Joseph Nash's work on the
architecture of the middle ages is, however, valuable, and I suppose that
Haghe's works may be depended on for fidelity. But it appears very strange
that a workman capable of producing the clever drawings he has, from time
to time, sent to the New Society of Painters in Water Colors, should publish
lithographs so conventional, forced, and lifeless.
It is not without hesitation, that I mention a name respecting which the
reader may already have been surprised at my silence, that of G.
range of them. His most beautiful tones occur in those drawings in which
there is prevalent and powerful warm gray, his most failing ones in those of
sandy red. On his deficiencies I shall not insist, because I am not prepared
to say how far it is possible for him to avoid them. We have never seen the
reconciliation of the peculiar characters he has obtained with the accurate
following out of architectural detail. With his present modes of execution,
farther fidelity is impossible, nor has any other mode of execution yet
obtained the same results; and though much is unaccomplished by him in
certain subjects, and something of over-mannerism may be traced in his
treatment of others, as especially in his mode of expressing the decorative
parts of Greek or Roman architecture, yet in his own peculiar Gothic
territory, where the spirit of the subject itself is somewhat rude and
grotesque, his abstract of decoration has more of the spirit of the reality
than far more laborious imitation. The spirit of the Flemish Hotel de Ville
and decorated street architecture has never been even in the slightest degree
felt or conveyed except by him, and by him, to my mind, faultlessly and
absolutely; and though his interpretation of architecture that contains more
refined art in its details is far less satisfactory, still it is impossible, while
walking on his favorite angle of the Piazzetta at Venice, either to think of
any other artist than Prout or not to think of him.
Many other dexterous and agreeable architectural artists we have of
§ 33. Modern
various degrees of merit, but of all of whom, it may be
architectural
generally said, that they draw hats, faces, cloaks, and caps
painting generally.
much better than Prout, but figures not so well; that they
draw walls and windows but not cities, mouldings and
G. Cattermole.
buttresses but not cathedrals. Joseph Nash's work on the
architecture of the middle ages is, however, valuable, and I suppose that
Haghe's works may be depended on for fidelity. But it appears very strange
that a workman capable of producing the clever drawings he has, from time
to time, sent to the New Society of Painters in Water Colors, should publish
lithographs so conventional, forced, and lifeless.
It is not without hesitation, that I mention a name respecting which the
reader may already have been surprised at my silence, that of G.
Page 211
Cattermole. There are signs in his works of very peculiar gifts, and perhaps
also of powerful genius; their deficiencies I should willingly attribute to the
advice of ill-judging friends, and to the applause of a public satisfied with
shallow efforts, if brilliant; yet I cannot but think it one necessary
characteristic of all true genius to be misled by no such false fires. The
Antiquarian feeling of Cattermole is pure, earnest, and natural; and I think
his imagination originally vigorous, certainly his fancy, his grasp of
momentary passion considerable, his sense of action in the human body
vivid and ready. But no original talent, however brilliant, can sustain its
energy when the demands upon it are constant, and all legitimate support
and food withdrawn. I do not recollect in any, even of the most important of
Cattermole's works, so much as a fold of drapery studied out from nature.
Violent conventionalism of light and shade, sketchy forms continually less
and less developed, the walls and the faces drawn with the same stucco
color, alike opaque, and all the shades on flesh, dress, or stone, laid in with
the same arbitrary brown, forever tell the same tale of a mind wasting its
strength and substance in the production of emptiness, and seeking, by more
and more blindly hazarded handling, to conceal the weakness which the
attempt at finish would betray.
This tendency of late, has been painfully visible in his architecture. Some
drawings made several years ago for an annual illustrative of Scott's works
were for the most part pure and finely felt—(though irrelevant to our
present subject, a fall of the Clyde should be noticed, admirable for breadth
and grace of foliage, and for the bold sweeping of the water, and another
subject of which I regret that I can only judge by the engraving; Glendearg
at twilight—the monk Eustace chased by Christie of the Clint hill—which I
think must have been one of the sweetest pieces of simple Border hill
feeling ever painted)—and about that time his architecture, though always
conventionally brown in the shadows, was generally well drawn, and
always powerfully conceived.
also of powerful genius; their deficiencies I should willingly attribute to the
advice of ill-judging friends, and to the applause of a public satisfied with
shallow efforts, if brilliant; yet I cannot but think it one necessary
characteristic of all true genius to be misled by no such false fires. The
Antiquarian feeling of Cattermole is pure, earnest, and natural; and I think
his imagination originally vigorous, certainly his fancy, his grasp of
momentary passion considerable, his sense of action in the human body
vivid and ready. But no original talent, however brilliant, can sustain its
energy when the demands upon it are constant, and all legitimate support
and food withdrawn. I do not recollect in any, even of the most important of
Cattermole's works, so much as a fold of drapery studied out from nature.
Violent conventionalism of light and shade, sketchy forms continually less
and less developed, the walls and the faces drawn with the same stucco
color, alike opaque, and all the shades on flesh, dress, or stone, laid in with
the same arbitrary brown, forever tell the same tale of a mind wasting its
strength and substance in the production of emptiness, and seeking, by more
and more blindly hazarded handling, to conceal the weakness which the
attempt at finish would betray.
This tendency of late, has been painfully visible in his architecture. Some
drawings made several years ago for an annual illustrative of Scott's works
were for the most part pure and finely felt—(though irrelevant to our
present subject, a fall of the Clyde should be noticed, admirable for breadth
and grace of foliage, and for the bold sweeping of the water, and another
subject of which I regret that I can only judge by the engraving; Glendearg
at twilight—the monk Eustace chased by Christie of the Clint hill—which I
think must have been one of the sweetest pieces of simple Border hill
feeling ever painted)—and about that time his architecture, though always
conventionally brown in the shadows, was generally well drawn, and
always powerfully conceived.
Page 212
Since then, he has been tending gradually through exaggeration to
caricature, and vainly endeavoring to attain by inordinate bulk of decorated
parts, that dignity which is only to be reached by purity of proportion and
majesty of line.
It has pained me deeply, to see an artist of so great original power
indulging in childish fantasticism and exaggeration, and substituting for the
§ 34. The evil in an
serious and subdued work of legitimate imagination,
monstre machicolations and colossal cusps and crockets.
archæological
point of view of
While there is so much beautiful architecture daily in
process of destruction around us, I cannot but think it
misapplied
invention in
treason to imagine anything; at least, if we must have
architectural
composition, let the design of the artist be such as the
subject.
architect would applaud. But it is surely very grievous, that
while our idle artists are helping their vain inventions by the
fall of sponges on soiled paper, glorious buildings with the whole intellect
and history of centuries concentrated in them, are suffered to fall into
unrecorded ruin. A day does not now pass in Italy without the destruction of
some mighty monument; the streets of all her cities echo to the hammer, half
of her fair buildings lie in separate stones about the places of their
foundation; would not time be better spent in telling us the truth about these
perishing remnants of majestic thought, than in perpetuating the ill-digested
fancies of idle hours? It is, I repeat, treason to the cause of art for any man to
invent, unless he invents something better than has been invented before, or
something differing in kind. There is room enough for invention in the
pictorial treatment of what exists. There is no more honorable exhibition of
imaginative power, than in the selection of such place, choice of such
treatment, introduction of such incident, as may produce a noble picture
without deviation from one line of the actual truth; and such I believe to be,
indeed, in the end the most advantageous, as well as the most modest
direction of the invention, for I recollect no single instance of architectural
composition by any men except such as Leonardo or Veronese, who could
design their architecture thoroughly before they painted it, which has not a
look of inanity and absurdity. The best landscapes and the best architectural
studies have been views; and I would have the artist take shame to himself in
the exact degree in which he finds himself obliged in the production of his
caricature, and vainly endeavoring to attain by inordinate bulk of decorated
parts, that dignity which is only to be reached by purity of proportion and
majesty of line.
It has pained me deeply, to see an artist of so great original power
indulging in childish fantasticism and exaggeration, and substituting for the
§ 34. The evil in an
serious and subdued work of legitimate imagination,
monstre machicolations and colossal cusps and crockets.
archæological
point of view of
While there is so much beautiful architecture daily in
process of destruction around us, I cannot but think it
misapplied
invention in
treason to imagine anything; at least, if we must have
architectural
composition, let the design of the artist be such as the
subject.
architect would applaud. But it is surely very grievous, that
while our idle artists are helping their vain inventions by the
fall of sponges on soiled paper, glorious buildings with the whole intellect
and history of centuries concentrated in them, are suffered to fall into
unrecorded ruin. A day does not now pass in Italy without the destruction of
some mighty monument; the streets of all her cities echo to the hammer, half
of her fair buildings lie in separate stones about the places of their
foundation; would not time be better spent in telling us the truth about these
perishing remnants of majestic thought, than in perpetuating the ill-digested
fancies of idle hours? It is, I repeat, treason to the cause of art for any man to
invent, unless he invents something better than has been invented before, or
something differing in kind. There is room enough for invention in the
pictorial treatment of what exists. There is no more honorable exhibition of
imaginative power, than in the selection of such place, choice of such
treatment, introduction of such incident, as may produce a noble picture
without deviation from one line of the actual truth; and such I believe to be,
indeed, in the end the most advantageous, as well as the most modest
direction of the invention, for I recollect no single instance of architectural
composition by any men except such as Leonardo or Veronese, who could
design their architecture thoroughly before they painted it, which has not a
look of inanity and absurdity. The best landscapes and the best architectural
studies have been views; and I would have the artist take shame to himself in
the exact degree in which he finds himself obliged in the production of his
Page 213
picture to lose any, even of the smallest parts or most trivial hues which bear
a part in the great impression made by the reality. The difference between the
drawing of the architect and artist[13] ought never to be, as it now commonly
is, the difference between lifeless formality and witless license; it ought to be
between giving the mere lines and measures of a building, and giving those
lines and measures with the impression and soul of it besides. All artists
should be ashamed of themselves when they find they have not the power of
being true; the right wit of drawing is like the right wit of conversation, not
hyperbole, not violence, not frivolity, only well expressed, laconic truth.
Among the members of the Academy, we have at present only one
professedly architectural draughtsman of note, David Roberts, whose
reputation is probably farther extended on the continent
§ 35. Works of
than that of any other of our artists, except Landseer. I am
David Roberts:
not certain, however, that I have any reason to congratulate
their fidelity and
grace.
either of my countrymen upon this their European
estimation; for I think it exceedingly probable that in both
instances it is exclusively based on their defects; and in the case of Mr.
Roberts, in particular, there has of late appeared more ground for it than is
altogether desirable in a smoothness and over-finish of texture which bears
dangerous fellowship with the work of our Gallic neighbors.
The fidelity of intention and honesty of system of Roberts have, however,
always been meritorious; his drawing of architecture is dependent on no
unintelligible lines, or blots, or substituted types: the main lines of the real
design are always there, and its hollowness and undercuttings given with
exquisite feeling; his sense of solidity of form is very peculiar, leading him to
dwell with great delight on the roundings of edges and angles; his execution
is dexterous and delicate, singularly so in oil, and his sense of chiaroscuro
refined. But he has never done himself justice, and suffers his pictures to fall
below the rank they should assume, by the presence of several marring
characters, which I shall name, because it is perfectly in his power to avoid
them. In looking over the valuable series of drawing of the Holy Land, which
we owe to Mr. Roberts, we cannot but be amazed to find how frequently it
has happened that there was something very white immediately in the
foreground, and something very black exactly behind it. The same thing
happens perpetually with Mr. Roberts's pictures; a white column is always
a part in the great impression made by the reality. The difference between the
drawing of the architect and artist[13] ought never to be, as it now commonly
is, the difference between lifeless formality and witless license; it ought to be
between giving the mere lines and measures of a building, and giving those
lines and measures with the impression and soul of it besides. All artists
should be ashamed of themselves when they find they have not the power of
being true; the right wit of drawing is like the right wit of conversation, not
hyperbole, not violence, not frivolity, only well expressed, laconic truth.
Among the members of the Academy, we have at present only one
professedly architectural draughtsman of note, David Roberts, whose
reputation is probably farther extended on the continent
§ 35. Works of
than that of any other of our artists, except Landseer. I am
David Roberts:
not certain, however, that I have any reason to congratulate
their fidelity and
grace.
either of my countrymen upon this their European
estimation; for I think it exceedingly probable that in both
instances it is exclusively based on their defects; and in the case of Mr.
Roberts, in particular, there has of late appeared more ground for it than is
altogether desirable in a smoothness and over-finish of texture which bears
dangerous fellowship with the work of our Gallic neighbors.
The fidelity of intention and honesty of system of Roberts have, however,
always been meritorious; his drawing of architecture is dependent on no
unintelligible lines, or blots, or substituted types: the main lines of the real
design are always there, and its hollowness and undercuttings given with
exquisite feeling; his sense of solidity of form is very peculiar, leading him to
dwell with great delight on the roundings of edges and angles; his execution
is dexterous and delicate, singularly so in oil, and his sense of chiaroscuro
refined. But he has never done himself justice, and suffers his pictures to fall
below the rank they should assume, by the presence of several marring
characters, which I shall name, because it is perfectly in his power to avoid
them. In looking over the valuable series of drawing of the Holy Land, which
we owe to Mr. Roberts, we cannot but be amazed to find how frequently it
has happened that there was something very white immediately in the
foreground, and something very black exactly behind it. The same thing
happens perpetually with Mr. Roberts's pictures; a white column is always
Page 214
coming out of a blue mist, or a white stone out of a green pool, or a white
monument out of a brown recess, and the artifice is not always concealed
with dexterity. This is unworthy of so skilful a composer, and it has destroyed
the impressiveness as well as the color of some of his finest works. It shows a
poverty of conception, which appears to me to arise from a deficient habit of
study. It will be remembered that of the sketches for this work, several times
exhibited in London, every one was executed in the same manner, and with
about the same degree of completion: being all of them accurate records of
the main architectural lines, the shapes of the shadows, and the remnants of
artificial color, obtained, by means of the same grays, throughout, and of the
same yellow (a singularly false and cold though convenient color) touched
upon the lights. As far as they went, nothing could be more valuable than
these sketches, and the public, glancing rapidly at their general and graceful
effects, could hardly form anything like an estimate of the endurance and
determination which must have been necessary in such a climate to obtain
records so patient, entire, and clear, of details so multitudinous as (especially)
the hieroglyphics of the Egyptian temples; an endurance which perhaps only
artists can estimate, and for which we owe a debt of gratitude to Mr. Roberts
most difficult to discharge. But if these sketches were all that the artist
brought home, whatever value is to be attached to them as statements of fact,
they are altogether insufficient for the producing of pictures. I saw among
them no single instance of a downright study; of a study in which the real
hues and shades of sky and earth had been honestly realized or attempted; nor
were there, on the other hand, any of those invaluable-blotted-five-minutes
works which record the unity of some single and magnificent impressions.
Hence the pictures which have been painted from these sketches have been as
much alike in their want of impressiveness as the sketches themselves, and
have never borne the living aspect of the Egyptian light; it has always been
impossible to say whether the red in them (not a pleasant one) was meant for
hot sunshine or for red sandstone—their power has been farther destroyed by
the necessity the artist seems to feel himself under of eking out their effect by
points of bright foreground color, and thus we have been encumbered with
caftans, pipes, scymetars, and black hair, when all that we wanted was a
lizard, or an ibis. It is perhaps owing to this want of earnestness in study
rather than to deficiency of perception, that the coloring of this artist is
commonly untrue. Some time ago when he was painting Spanish subjects, his
monument out of a brown recess, and the artifice is not always concealed
with dexterity. This is unworthy of so skilful a composer, and it has destroyed
the impressiveness as well as the color of some of his finest works. It shows a
poverty of conception, which appears to me to arise from a deficient habit of
study. It will be remembered that of the sketches for this work, several times
exhibited in London, every one was executed in the same manner, and with
about the same degree of completion: being all of them accurate records of
the main architectural lines, the shapes of the shadows, and the remnants of
artificial color, obtained, by means of the same grays, throughout, and of the
same yellow (a singularly false and cold though convenient color) touched
upon the lights. As far as they went, nothing could be more valuable than
these sketches, and the public, glancing rapidly at their general and graceful
effects, could hardly form anything like an estimate of the endurance and
determination which must have been necessary in such a climate to obtain
records so patient, entire, and clear, of details so multitudinous as (especially)
the hieroglyphics of the Egyptian temples; an endurance which perhaps only
artists can estimate, and for which we owe a debt of gratitude to Mr. Roberts
most difficult to discharge. But if these sketches were all that the artist
brought home, whatever value is to be attached to them as statements of fact,
they are altogether insufficient for the producing of pictures. I saw among
them no single instance of a downright study; of a study in which the real
hues and shades of sky and earth had been honestly realized or attempted; nor
were there, on the other hand, any of those invaluable-blotted-five-minutes
works which record the unity of some single and magnificent impressions.
Hence the pictures which have been painted from these sketches have been as
much alike in their want of impressiveness as the sketches themselves, and
have never borne the living aspect of the Egyptian light; it has always been
impossible to say whether the red in them (not a pleasant one) was meant for
hot sunshine or for red sandstone—their power has been farther destroyed by
the necessity the artist seems to feel himself under of eking out their effect by
points of bright foreground color, and thus we have been encumbered with
caftans, pipes, scymetars, and black hair, when all that we wanted was a
lizard, or an ibis. It is perhaps owing to this want of earnestness in study
rather than to deficiency of perception, that the coloring of this artist is
commonly untrue. Some time ago when he was painting Spanish subjects, his
Page 215
habit was to bring out his whites in relief from transparent bituminous
browns, which though not exactly right in color, were at any rate warm and
agreeable; but of late his color has become cold, waxy, and opaque, and in his
deep shades he sometimes permits himself the use of a violent black which is
altogether unjustifiable. A picture of Roslin Chapel exhibited in 1844,
showed this defect in the recess to which the stairs descend, in an extravagant
degree; and another exhibited in the British Institution, instead of showing
the exquisite crumbling and lichenous texture of the Roslin stone, was
polished to as vapid smoothness as every French historical picture. The
general feebleness of the effect is increased by the insertion of the figures as
violent pieces of local color unaffected by the light and unblended with the
hues around them, and bearing evidence of having been painted from models
or draperies in the dead light of a room instead of sunshine. On these
deficiencies I should not have remarked, but that by honest and determined
painting from and of nature, it is perfectly in the power of the artist to supply
them; and it is bitterly to be regretted that the accuracy and elegance of his
work should not be aided by that genuineness of hue and effect which can
only be given by the uncompromising effort to paint not a fine picture but an
impressive and known verity.
The two artists whose works it remains for us to review, are men who have
presented us with examples of the treatment of every kind of subject, and
among the rest with portions of architecture which the best of our exclusively
architectural draughtsmen could not excel.
The frequent references made to the works of Clarkson Stanfield
throughout the subsequent pages render it less necessary for me to speak of
him here at any length. He is the leader of the English Realists, and perhaps
§ 36. Clarkson
among the more remarkable of his characteristics is the look
of common-sense and rationality which his compositions
Stanfield.
will always bear when opposed to any kind of affectation.
He appears to think of no other artist. What he has learned, has been from his
own acquaintance with and affection for the steep hills and the deep sea; and
his modes of treatment are alike removed from sketchiness or incompletion,
and from exaggeration or effort. The somewhat over-prosaic tone of his
subjects is rather a condescension to what he supposes to be public feeling,
than a sign of want of feeling in himself; for in some of his sketches from
browns, which though not exactly right in color, were at any rate warm and
agreeable; but of late his color has become cold, waxy, and opaque, and in his
deep shades he sometimes permits himself the use of a violent black which is
altogether unjustifiable. A picture of Roslin Chapel exhibited in 1844,
showed this defect in the recess to which the stairs descend, in an extravagant
degree; and another exhibited in the British Institution, instead of showing
the exquisite crumbling and lichenous texture of the Roslin stone, was
polished to as vapid smoothness as every French historical picture. The
general feebleness of the effect is increased by the insertion of the figures as
violent pieces of local color unaffected by the light and unblended with the
hues around them, and bearing evidence of having been painted from models
or draperies in the dead light of a room instead of sunshine. On these
deficiencies I should not have remarked, but that by honest and determined
painting from and of nature, it is perfectly in the power of the artist to supply
them; and it is bitterly to be regretted that the accuracy and elegance of his
work should not be aided by that genuineness of hue and effect which can
only be given by the uncompromising effort to paint not a fine picture but an
impressive and known verity.
The two artists whose works it remains for us to review, are men who have
presented us with examples of the treatment of every kind of subject, and
among the rest with portions of architecture which the best of our exclusively
architectural draughtsmen could not excel.
The frequent references made to the works of Clarkson Stanfield
throughout the subsequent pages render it less necessary for me to speak of
him here at any length. He is the leader of the English Realists, and perhaps
§ 36. Clarkson
among the more remarkable of his characteristics is the look
of common-sense and rationality which his compositions
Stanfield.
will always bear when opposed to any kind of affectation.
He appears to think of no other artist. What he has learned, has been from his
own acquaintance with and affection for the steep hills and the deep sea; and
his modes of treatment are alike removed from sketchiness or incompletion,
and from exaggeration or effort. The somewhat over-prosaic tone of his
subjects is rather a condescension to what he supposes to be public feeling,
than a sign of want of feeling in himself; for in some of his sketches from
Page 216
nature or from fancy, I have seen powers and perceptions manifested of a far
higher order than any that are traceable in his Academy works, powers which
I think him much to be blamed for checking. The portion of his pictures
usually most defective in this respect is the sky, which is apt to be cold and
uninventive, always well drawn, but with a kind of hesitation in the clouds
whether it is to be fair or foul weather; they having neither the joyfulness of
rest, nor the majesty of storm. Their color is apt also to verge on a morbid
purple, as was eminently the case in the large picture of the wreck on the
coast of Holland exhibited in 1844, a work in which both his powers and
faults were prominently manifested, the picture being full of good painting,
but wanting in its entire appeal. There was no feeling of wreck about it; and,
but for the damage about her bowsprit, it would have been impossible for a
landsman to say whether the hull was meant for a wreck or a guardship.
Nevertheless, it is always to be recollected, that in subjects of this kind it is
probable that much escapes us in consequence of our want of knowledge, and
that to the eye of the seaman much may be of interest and value which to us
appears cold. At all events, this healthy and rational regard of things is
incomparably preferable to the dramatic absurdities which weaker artists
commit in matters marine; and from copper-colored sunsets on green waves
sixty feet high, with cauliflower breakers, and ninepin rocks; from drowning
on planks, and starving on rafts, and lying naked on beaches, it is really
refreshing to turn to a surge of Stanfield's true salt, serviceable, unsentimental
sea. It would be well, however, if he would sometimes take a higher flight.
The castle of Ischia gave him a grand subject, and a little more invention in
the sky, a little less muddiness in the rocks, and a little more savageness in
the sea, would have made it an impressive picture; it just misses the sublime,
yet is a fine work, and better engraved than usual by the Art Union.
One fault we cannot but venture to find, even in our own extreme
ignorance, with Mr. Stanfield's boats; they never look weather-beaten. There
is something peculiarly precious in the rusty, dusty, tar-trickled, fishy,
phosphorescent brown of an old boat, and when this has just dipped under a
wave and rises to the sunshine it is enough to drive Giorgione to despair. I
have never seen any effort at this by Stanfield; his boats always look new
painted and clean; witness especially the one before the ship in the wreck
picture above noticed; and there is some such absence of a right sense of
color in other portions of his subject; even his fishermen have always clean
higher order than any that are traceable in his Academy works, powers which
I think him much to be blamed for checking. The portion of his pictures
usually most defective in this respect is the sky, which is apt to be cold and
uninventive, always well drawn, but with a kind of hesitation in the clouds
whether it is to be fair or foul weather; they having neither the joyfulness of
rest, nor the majesty of storm. Their color is apt also to verge on a morbid
purple, as was eminently the case in the large picture of the wreck on the
coast of Holland exhibited in 1844, a work in which both his powers and
faults were prominently manifested, the picture being full of good painting,
but wanting in its entire appeal. There was no feeling of wreck about it; and,
but for the damage about her bowsprit, it would have been impossible for a
landsman to say whether the hull was meant for a wreck or a guardship.
Nevertheless, it is always to be recollected, that in subjects of this kind it is
probable that much escapes us in consequence of our want of knowledge, and
that to the eye of the seaman much may be of interest and value which to us
appears cold. At all events, this healthy and rational regard of things is
incomparably preferable to the dramatic absurdities which weaker artists
commit in matters marine; and from copper-colored sunsets on green waves
sixty feet high, with cauliflower breakers, and ninepin rocks; from drowning
on planks, and starving on rafts, and lying naked on beaches, it is really
refreshing to turn to a surge of Stanfield's true salt, serviceable, unsentimental
sea. It would be well, however, if he would sometimes take a higher flight.
The castle of Ischia gave him a grand subject, and a little more invention in
the sky, a little less muddiness in the rocks, and a little more savageness in
the sea, would have made it an impressive picture; it just misses the sublime,
yet is a fine work, and better engraved than usual by the Art Union.
One fault we cannot but venture to find, even in our own extreme
ignorance, with Mr. Stanfield's boats; they never look weather-beaten. There
is something peculiarly precious in the rusty, dusty, tar-trickled, fishy,
phosphorescent brown of an old boat, and when this has just dipped under a
wave and rises to the sunshine it is enough to drive Giorgione to despair. I
have never seen any effort at this by Stanfield; his boats always look new
painted and clean; witness especially the one before the ship in the wreck
picture above noticed; and there is some such absence of a right sense of
color in other portions of his subject; even his fishermen have always clean
Page 217
jackets and unsoiled caps, and his very rocks are lichenless. And, by the way,
this ought to be noted respecting modern painters in general, that they have
not a proper sense of the value of dirt; cottage children never appear but in
fresh got-up caps and aprons, and white-handed beggars excite compassion in
unexceptionable rags. In reality, almost all the colors of things associated
with human life derive something of their expression and value from the
tones of impurity, and so enhance the value of the entirely pure tints of nature
herself. Of Stanfield's rock and mountain drawing enough will be said
hereafter. His foliage is inferior; his architecture admirably drawn, but
commonly wanting in color. His picture of the Doge's palace at Venice was
quite clay-cold and untrue. Of late he has shown a marvellous predilection for
the realization, even to actually relieved texture, of old worm-eaten wood; we
trust he will not allow such fancies to carry him too far.
The name I have last to mention is that of J. M. W. Turner. I do not intend
to speak of this artist at present in general terms, because my constant
practice throughout this work is to say, when I speak of an artist at all, the
very truth of what I believe and feel respecting him; and the truth of what I
believe and feel respecting Turner would appear in this place, unsupported by
§ 37. J. M. W.
any proof, mere rhapsody. I shall therefore here confine
Turner. Force of
myself to a rapid glance at the relations of his past and
national feeling in
present works, and to some notice of what he has failed of
all great painters.
accomplishing: the greater part of the subsequent chapters
will be exclusively devoted to the examination of the new
fields over which he has extended the range of landscape art.
It is a fact more universally acknowledged than enforced or acted upon,
that all great painters, of whatever school, have been great only in their
rendering of what they had seen and felt from early childhood; and that the
greatest among them have been the most frank in acknowledging this their
inability to treat anything successfully but that with which they had been
familiar. The Madonna of Raffaelle was born on the Urbino mountains,
Ghirlandajo's is a Florentine, Bellini's a Venetian; there is not the slightest
effort on the part of any one of these great men to paint her as a Jewess. It is
not the place here to insist farther on a point so simple and so universally
demonstrable. Expression, character, types of countenance, costume, color,
and accessories are with all great painters whatsoever those of their native
this ought to be noted respecting modern painters in general, that they have
not a proper sense of the value of dirt; cottage children never appear but in
fresh got-up caps and aprons, and white-handed beggars excite compassion in
unexceptionable rags. In reality, almost all the colors of things associated
with human life derive something of their expression and value from the
tones of impurity, and so enhance the value of the entirely pure tints of nature
herself. Of Stanfield's rock and mountain drawing enough will be said
hereafter. His foliage is inferior; his architecture admirably drawn, but
commonly wanting in color. His picture of the Doge's palace at Venice was
quite clay-cold and untrue. Of late he has shown a marvellous predilection for
the realization, even to actually relieved texture, of old worm-eaten wood; we
trust he will not allow such fancies to carry him too far.
The name I have last to mention is that of J. M. W. Turner. I do not intend
to speak of this artist at present in general terms, because my constant
practice throughout this work is to say, when I speak of an artist at all, the
very truth of what I believe and feel respecting him; and the truth of what I
believe and feel respecting Turner would appear in this place, unsupported by
§ 37. J. M. W.
any proof, mere rhapsody. I shall therefore here confine
Turner. Force of
myself to a rapid glance at the relations of his past and
national feeling in
present works, and to some notice of what he has failed of
all great painters.
accomplishing: the greater part of the subsequent chapters
will be exclusively devoted to the examination of the new
fields over which he has extended the range of landscape art.
It is a fact more universally acknowledged than enforced or acted upon,
that all great painters, of whatever school, have been great only in their
rendering of what they had seen and felt from early childhood; and that the
greatest among them have been the most frank in acknowledging this their
inability to treat anything successfully but that with which they had been
familiar. The Madonna of Raffaelle was born on the Urbino mountains,
Ghirlandajo's is a Florentine, Bellini's a Venetian; there is not the slightest
effort on the part of any one of these great men to paint her as a Jewess. It is
not the place here to insist farther on a point so simple and so universally
demonstrable. Expression, character, types of countenance, costume, color,
and accessories are with all great painters whatsoever those of their native
Page 218
land, and that frankly and entirely, without the slightest attempt at
modification; and I assert fearlessly that it is impossible that it should ever be
otherwise, and that no man ever painted or ever will paint well anything but
what he has early and long seen, early and long felt, and early and long loved.
How far it is possible for the mind of one nation or generation to be healthily
modified and taught by the work of another, I presume not to determine; but
it depends upon whether the energy of the mind which receives the
instruction be sufficient, while it takes out of what it feeds upon that which is
universal and common to all nature, to resist all warping from national or
temporary peculiarities. Nino Pisano got nothing but good, the modern
French nothing but evil, from the study of the antique; but Nino Pisano had a
God and a character. All artists who have attempted to assume, or in their
weakness have been affected by, the national peculiarities of other times and
countries, have instantly, whatever their original power, fallen to third-rate
rank, or fallen altogether, and have invariably lost their birthright and
blessing, lost their power over the human heart, lost all capability of teaching
or benefiting others. Compare the hybrid classification of Wilson with the
rich English purity of Gainsborough; compare the recent exhibition of
middle-age cartoons for the Houses of Parliament with the works of Hogarth;
compare the sickly modern German imitations of the great Italians with
Albert Durer and Holbein; compare the vile classicality of Canova and the
modern Italians with Mino da Fiesole, Luca della Robbia, and Andrea del
Verrocchio. The manner of Nicolo Poussin is said to be Greek—it may be so;
this only I know, that it is heartless and profitless. The severity of the rule,
however, extends not in full force to the nationality, but only to the visibility
of things; for it is very possible for an artist of powerful mind to throw
himself well into the feeling of foreign nations of his own time. Thus John
Lewis has been eminently successful in his seizing of Spanish character. Yet
it may be doubted if the seizure be such as Spaniards themselves would
acknowledge; it is probably of the habits of the people more than their hearts;
continued efforts of this kind, especially if their subjects be varied, assuredly
end in failure; Lewis, who seemed so eminently penetrative in Spain, sent
nothing from Italy but complexions and costumes, and I expect no good from
his stay in Egypt. English artists are usually entirely ruined by residence in
Italy, but for this there are collateral causes which it is not here the place to
examine. Be this as it may, and whatever success may be attained in pictures
modification; and I assert fearlessly that it is impossible that it should ever be
otherwise, and that no man ever painted or ever will paint well anything but
what he has early and long seen, early and long felt, and early and long loved.
How far it is possible for the mind of one nation or generation to be healthily
modified and taught by the work of another, I presume not to determine; but
it depends upon whether the energy of the mind which receives the
instruction be sufficient, while it takes out of what it feeds upon that which is
universal and common to all nature, to resist all warping from national or
temporary peculiarities. Nino Pisano got nothing but good, the modern
French nothing but evil, from the study of the antique; but Nino Pisano had a
God and a character. All artists who have attempted to assume, or in their
weakness have been affected by, the national peculiarities of other times and
countries, have instantly, whatever their original power, fallen to third-rate
rank, or fallen altogether, and have invariably lost their birthright and
blessing, lost their power over the human heart, lost all capability of teaching
or benefiting others. Compare the hybrid classification of Wilson with the
rich English purity of Gainsborough; compare the recent exhibition of
middle-age cartoons for the Houses of Parliament with the works of Hogarth;
compare the sickly modern German imitations of the great Italians with
Albert Durer and Holbein; compare the vile classicality of Canova and the
modern Italians with Mino da Fiesole, Luca della Robbia, and Andrea del
Verrocchio. The manner of Nicolo Poussin is said to be Greek—it may be so;
this only I know, that it is heartless and profitless. The severity of the rule,
however, extends not in full force to the nationality, but only to the visibility
of things; for it is very possible for an artist of powerful mind to throw
himself well into the feeling of foreign nations of his own time. Thus John
Lewis has been eminently successful in his seizing of Spanish character. Yet
it may be doubted if the seizure be such as Spaniards themselves would
acknowledge; it is probably of the habits of the people more than their hearts;
continued efforts of this kind, especially if their subjects be varied, assuredly
end in failure; Lewis, who seemed so eminently penetrative in Spain, sent
nothing from Italy but complexions and costumes, and I expect no good from
his stay in Egypt. English artists are usually entirely ruined by residence in
Italy, but for this there are collateral causes which it is not here the place to
examine. Be this as it may, and whatever success may be attained in pictures
Page 219
of slight and unpretending aim, of genre, as they are called, in the rendering
of foreign character, of this I am certain, that whatever is to be truly great and
affecting must have on it the strong stamp of the native land; not a law this,
but a necessity, from the intense hold on their country of the affections of all
truly great men; all classicality, all middle-age patent reviving, is utterly vain
and absurd; if we are now to do anything great, good, awful, religious, it must
be got out of our own little island, and out of this year 1846, railroads and all:
if a British painter, I say this in earnest seriousness, cannot make historical
characters out of the British House of Peers, he cannot paint history; and if he
cannot make a Madonna of a British girl of the nineteenth century, he cannot
paint one at all.
The rule, of course, holds in landscape; yet so far less authoritatively, that
the material nature of all countries and times is in many points actually, and
§ 38. Influence of
in all, in principle, the same; so that feelings educated in
this feeling on the
Cumberland, may find their food in Switzerland, and
choice of
impressions first received among the rocks of Cornwall, be
recalled upon the precipices of Genoa. Add to this actual
Landscape subject.
sameness, the power of every great mind to possess itself of
the spirit of things once presented to it, and it is evident, that little limitation
can be set to the landscape painter as to the choice of his field; and that the
law of nationality will hold with him only so far as a certain joyfulness and
completion will be by preference found in those parts of his subject which
remind him of his own land. But if he attempt to impress on his landscapes
any other spirit than that he has felt, and to make them landscapes of other
times, it is all over with him, at least, in the degree in which such reflected
moonshine takes place of the genuine light of the present day.
The reader will at once perceive how much trouble this simple principle
will save both the painter and the critic; it at once sets aside the whole school
of common composition, and exonerates us from the labor of minutely
examining any landscape which has nymphs or philosophers in it.
It is hardly necessary for us to illustrate this principle by any reference to
the works of early landscape painters, as I suppose it is universally
acknowledged with respect to them; Titian being the most remarkable
instance of the influence of the native air on a strong mind, and Claude, of
of foreign character, of this I am certain, that whatever is to be truly great and
affecting must have on it the strong stamp of the native land; not a law this,
but a necessity, from the intense hold on their country of the affections of all
truly great men; all classicality, all middle-age patent reviving, is utterly vain
and absurd; if we are now to do anything great, good, awful, religious, it must
be got out of our own little island, and out of this year 1846, railroads and all:
if a British painter, I say this in earnest seriousness, cannot make historical
characters out of the British House of Peers, he cannot paint history; and if he
cannot make a Madonna of a British girl of the nineteenth century, he cannot
paint one at all.
The rule, of course, holds in landscape; yet so far less authoritatively, that
the material nature of all countries and times is in many points actually, and
§ 38. Influence of
in all, in principle, the same; so that feelings educated in
this feeling on the
Cumberland, may find their food in Switzerland, and
choice of
impressions first received among the rocks of Cornwall, be
recalled upon the precipices of Genoa. Add to this actual
Landscape subject.
sameness, the power of every great mind to possess itself of
the spirit of things once presented to it, and it is evident, that little limitation
can be set to the landscape painter as to the choice of his field; and that the
law of nationality will hold with him only so far as a certain joyfulness and
completion will be by preference found in those parts of his subject which
remind him of his own land. But if he attempt to impress on his landscapes
any other spirit than that he has felt, and to make them landscapes of other
times, it is all over with him, at least, in the degree in which such reflected
moonshine takes place of the genuine light of the present day.
The reader will at once perceive how much trouble this simple principle
will save both the painter and the critic; it at once sets aside the whole school
of common composition, and exonerates us from the labor of minutely
examining any landscape which has nymphs or philosophers in it.
It is hardly necessary for us to illustrate this principle by any reference to
the works of early landscape painters, as I suppose it is universally
acknowledged with respect to them; Titian being the most remarkable
instance of the influence of the native air on a strong mind, and Claude, of
Page 220
that of the classical poison on a weak one; but it is very necessary to keep it
in mind in reviewing the works of our great modern landscape painter.
I do not know in what district of England Turner first or longest studied,
but the scenery whose influence I can trace most definitely throughout his
§ 39. Its peculiar
works, varied as they are, is that of Yorkshire. Of all his
manifestation in
drawings, I think, those of the Yorkshire series have the
most heart in them, the most affectionate, simple,
Turner.
unwearied, serious finishing of truth. There is in them little
seeking after effect, but a strong love of place, little exhibition of the artist's
own powers or peculiarities, but intense appreciation of the smallest local
minutiæ. These drawings have unfortunately changed hands frequently, and
have been abused and ill treated by picture dealers and cleaners; the greater
number of them, are now mere wrecks. I name them not as instances, but as
proofs of the artist's study in this district; for the affection to which they owe
their excellence, must have been grounded long years before. It is to be
traced, not only in these drawings of the places themselves, but in the
peculiar love of the painter for rounded forms of hills; not but that he is right
in this on general principles, for I doubt not, that, with his peculiar feeling for
beauty of line, his hills would have been rounded still, even if he had studied
first among the peaks of Cadore; but rounded to the same extent and with the
same delight in their roundness, they would not have been. It is, I believe, to
those broad wooded steeps and swells of the Yorkshire downs that we in part
owe the singular massiveness that prevails in Turner's mountain drawing, and
gives it one of its chief elements of grandeur. Let the reader open the Liber
Studiorum, and compare the painter's enjoyment of the lines in the Ben
Arthur, with his comparative uncomfortableness among those of the aiguilles
about the Mer de Glace. Great as he is, those peaks would have been touched
very differently by a Savoyard as great as he.
I am in the habit of looking to the Yorkshire drawings, as indicating one of
the culminating points in Turner's career. In these he attained the highest
degree of what he had up to that time attempted, namely, finish and quantity
of form united with expression of atmosphere, and light without color. His
early drawings are singularly instructive in this definiteness and simplicity of
aim. No complicated or brilliant color is ever thought of in them; they are
little more than exquisite studies in light and shade, very green blues being
in mind in reviewing the works of our great modern landscape painter.
I do not know in what district of England Turner first or longest studied,
but the scenery whose influence I can trace most definitely throughout his
§ 39. Its peculiar
works, varied as they are, is that of Yorkshire. Of all his
manifestation in
drawings, I think, those of the Yorkshire series have the
most heart in them, the most affectionate, simple,
Turner.
unwearied, serious finishing of truth. There is in them little
seeking after effect, but a strong love of place, little exhibition of the artist's
own powers or peculiarities, but intense appreciation of the smallest local
minutiæ. These drawings have unfortunately changed hands frequently, and
have been abused and ill treated by picture dealers and cleaners; the greater
number of them, are now mere wrecks. I name them not as instances, but as
proofs of the artist's study in this district; for the affection to which they owe
their excellence, must have been grounded long years before. It is to be
traced, not only in these drawings of the places themselves, but in the
peculiar love of the painter for rounded forms of hills; not but that he is right
in this on general principles, for I doubt not, that, with his peculiar feeling for
beauty of line, his hills would have been rounded still, even if he had studied
first among the peaks of Cadore; but rounded to the same extent and with the
same delight in their roundness, they would not have been. It is, I believe, to
those broad wooded steeps and swells of the Yorkshire downs that we in part
owe the singular massiveness that prevails in Turner's mountain drawing, and
gives it one of its chief elements of grandeur. Let the reader open the Liber
Studiorum, and compare the painter's enjoyment of the lines in the Ben
Arthur, with his comparative uncomfortableness among those of the aiguilles
about the Mer de Glace. Great as he is, those peaks would have been touched
very differently by a Savoyard as great as he.
I am in the habit of looking to the Yorkshire drawings, as indicating one of
the culminating points in Turner's career. In these he attained the highest
degree of what he had up to that time attempted, namely, finish and quantity
of form united with expression of atmosphere, and light without color. His
early drawings are singularly instructive in this definiteness and simplicity of
aim. No complicated or brilliant color is ever thought of in them; they are
little more than exquisite studies in light and shade, very green blues being
Page 221
used for the shadows, and golden browns for the lights. The difficulty and
treachery of color being thus avoided, the artist was able to bend his whole
mind upon the drawing, and thus to attain such decision, delicacy, and
completeness as have never in any wise been equalled, and as might serve
him for a secure foundation in all after experiments. Of the quantity and
precision of his details, the drawings made for Hakewill's Italy, are singular
examples. The most perfect gem in execution is a little bit on the Rhine, with
reeds in the foreground, in the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq., of
Tottenham; but the Yorkshire drawings seem to be on the whole the most
noble representatives of his art at this period.
About the time of their production, the artist seems to have felt that he had
done either all that could be done, or all that was necessary, in that manner,
and began to reach after something beyond it. The element of color begins to
mingle with his work, and in the first efforts to reconcile his intense feeling
for it with his careful form, several anomalies begin to be visible, and some
unfortunate or uninteresting works necessarily belong to the period. The
England drawings, which are very characteristic of it, are exceedingly
unequal,—some, as the Oakhampton, Kilgarren, Alnwick, and Llanthony,
being among his finest works; others, as the Windsor from Eton, the Eton
College, and the Bedford, showing coarseness and conventionality.
I do not know at what time the painter first went abroad, but among the
earliest of the series of the Liber Studiorum (dates 1808, 1809,) occur the
§ 40. The domestic
magnificent Mont St. Gothard, and little Devil's Bridge.
subjects of the
Now it is remarkable that after his acquaintance with this
scenery, so congenial in almost all respects with the energy
Liber Studiorum.
of his mind, and supplying him with materials of which in
these two subjects, and in the Chartreuse, and several others afterwards, he
showed both his entire appreciation and command, the proportion of English
to foreign subjects should in the rest of the work be more than two to one;
and that those English subjects should be—many of them—of a kind
peculiarly simple, and of every-day occurrence, such as the Pembury Mill,
the Farm Yard Composition with the White Horse, that with the Cocks and
Pigs, Hedging and Ditching, Watercress Gatherers (scene at Twickenham,)
and the beautiful and solemn rustic subject called a Watermill; and that the
architectural subjects instead of being taken, as might have been expected of
treachery of color being thus avoided, the artist was able to bend his whole
mind upon the drawing, and thus to attain such decision, delicacy, and
completeness as have never in any wise been equalled, and as might serve
him for a secure foundation in all after experiments. Of the quantity and
precision of his details, the drawings made for Hakewill's Italy, are singular
examples. The most perfect gem in execution is a little bit on the Rhine, with
reeds in the foreground, in the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq., of
Tottenham; but the Yorkshire drawings seem to be on the whole the most
noble representatives of his art at this period.
About the time of their production, the artist seems to have felt that he had
done either all that could be done, or all that was necessary, in that manner,
and began to reach after something beyond it. The element of color begins to
mingle with his work, and in the first efforts to reconcile his intense feeling
for it with his careful form, several anomalies begin to be visible, and some
unfortunate or uninteresting works necessarily belong to the period. The
England drawings, which are very characteristic of it, are exceedingly
unequal,—some, as the Oakhampton, Kilgarren, Alnwick, and Llanthony,
being among his finest works; others, as the Windsor from Eton, the Eton
College, and the Bedford, showing coarseness and conventionality.
I do not know at what time the painter first went abroad, but among the
earliest of the series of the Liber Studiorum (dates 1808, 1809,) occur the
§ 40. The domestic
magnificent Mont St. Gothard, and little Devil's Bridge.
subjects of the
Now it is remarkable that after his acquaintance with this
scenery, so congenial in almost all respects with the energy
Liber Studiorum.
of his mind, and supplying him with materials of which in
these two subjects, and in the Chartreuse, and several others afterwards, he
showed both his entire appreciation and command, the proportion of English
to foreign subjects should in the rest of the work be more than two to one;
and that those English subjects should be—many of them—of a kind
peculiarly simple, and of every-day occurrence, such as the Pembury Mill,
the Farm Yard Composition with the White Horse, that with the Cocks and
Pigs, Hedging and Ditching, Watercress Gatherers (scene at Twickenham,)
and the beautiful and solemn rustic subject called a Watermill; and that the
architectural subjects instead of being taken, as might have been expected of
Page 222
an artist so fond of treating effects of extended space, from some of the
enormous continental masses are almost exclusively British; Rivaulx, Holy
Island, Dumblain, Dunstanborough, Chepstow, St. Catherine's, Greenwich
Hospital, an English Parish Church, a Saxon Ruin, and an exquisite
Reminiscence of the English Lowland Castle in the pastoral, with the brook,
wooden bridge, and wild duck, to all of which we have nothing foreign to
oppose but three slight, ill-considered, and unsatisfactory subjects, from
Basle, Lauffenbourg, and another Swiss village; and, further, not only is the
preponderance of subject British, but of affection also; for it is strange with
what fulness and completion the home subjects are treated in comparison
with the greater part of the foreign ones. Compare the figures and sheep in
the Hedging and Ditching, and the East Gate Winchelsea, together with the
near leafage, with the puzzled foreground and inappropriate figures of the
Lake of Thun; or the cattle and road of the St. Catherine's Hill, with the
foreground of the Bonneville; or the exquisite figure with the sheaf of corn,
in the Watermill, with the vintages of the Grenoble subject.
In his foliage the same predilections are remarkable. Reminiscences of
English willows by the brooks, and English forest glades mingle even with
the heroic foliage of the Æsacus and Hesperie, and the Cephalus; into the
pine, whether of Switzerland or the glorious Stone, he cannot enter, or enters
at his peril, like Ariel. Those of the Valley of Chamounix are fine masses,
better pines than other people's, but not a bit like pines for all that; he feels
his weakness, and tears them off the distant mountains with the mercilessness
of an avalanche. The Stone pines of the two Italian compositions are fine in
their arrangement, but they are very pitiful pines; the glory of the Alpine rose
he never touches; he munches chestnuts with no relish; never has learned to
like olives; and, by the vine, we find him in the foreground of the Grenoble
Alps laid utterly and incontrovertibly on his back.
I adduce these evidences of Turner's nationality (and innumerable others
might be given if need were) not as proofs of weakness but of power; not so
much as testifying want of perception in foreign lands, as strong hold on his
own will; for I am sure that no artist who has not this hold upon his own will
ever get good out of any other. Keeping this principle in mind, it is instructive
to observe the depth and solemnity which Turner's feeling received from the
scenery of the continent, the keen appreciation up to a certain point of all that
enormous continental masses are almost exclusively British; Rivaulx, Holy
Island, Dumblain, Dunstanborough, Chepstow, St. Catherine's, Greenwich
Hospital, an English Parish Church, a Saxon Ruin, and an exquisite
Reminiscence of the English Lowland Castle in the pastoral, with the brook,
wooden bridge, and wild duck, to all of which we have nothing foreign to
oppose but three slight, ill-considered, and unsatisfactory subjects, from
Basle, Lauffenbourg, and another Swiss village; and, further, not only is the
preponderance of subject British, but of affection also; for it is strange with
what fulness and completion the home subjects are treated in comparison
with the greater part of the foreign ones. Compare the figures and sheep in
the Hedging and Ditching, and the East Gate Winchelsea, together with the
near leafage, with the puzzled foreground and inappropriate figures of the
Lake of Thun; or the cattle and road of the St. Catherine's Hill, with the
foreground of the Bonneville; or the exquisite figure with the sheaf of corn,
in the Watermill, with the vintages of the Grenoble subject.
In his foliage the same predilections are remarkable. Reminiscences of
English willows by the brooks, and English forest glades mingle even with
the heroic foliage of the Æsacus and Hesperie, and the Cephalus; into the
pine, whether of Switzerland or the glorious Stone, he cannot enter, or enters
at his peril, like Ariel. Those of the Valley of Chamounix are fine masses,
better pines than other people's, but not a bit like pines for all that; he feels
his weakness, and tears them off the distant mountains with the mercilessness
of an avalanche. The Stone pines of the two Italian compositions are fine in
their arrangement, but they are very pitiful pines; the glory of the Alpine rose
he never touches; he munches chestnuts with no relish; never has learned to
like olives; and, by the vine, we find him in the foreground of the Grenoble
Alps laid utterly and incontrovertibly on his back.
I adduce these evidences of Turner's nationality (and innumerable others
might be given if need were) not as proofs of weakness but of power; not so
much as testifying want of perception in foreign lands, as strong hold on his
own will; for I am sure that no artist who has not this hold upon his own will
ever get good out of any other. Keeping this principle in mind, it is instructive
to observe the depth and solemnity which Turner's feeling received from the
scenery of the continent, the keen appreciation up to a certain point of all that
Page 223
is locally characteristic, and the ready seizure for future use of all valuable
material.
Of all foreign countries he has most entirely entered into the spirit of
France; partly because here he found more fellowship of scene with his own
§ 41. Turner's
England, partly because an amount of thought which will
painting of French
miss of Italy or Switzerland, will fathom France; partly
and Swiss
because there is in the French foliage and forms of ground,
landscape. The
much that is especially congenial with his own peculiar
latter deficient.
choice of form. To what cause it is owing I cannot tell, nor
is it generally allowed or felt; but of the fact I am certain,
that for grace of stem and perfection of form in their transparent foliage, the
French trees are altogether unmatched; and their modes of grouping and
massing are so perfectly and constantly beautiful that I think of all countries
for educating an artist to the perception of grace, France bears the bell; and
that not romantic nor mountainous France, not the Vosges, nor Auvergne, nor
Provence, but lowland France, Picardy and Normandy, the valleys of the
Loire and Seine, and even the district, so thoughtlessly and mindlessly
abused by English travellers, as uninteresting, traversed between Calais and
Dijon; of which there is not a single valley but is full of the most lovely
pictures, nor a mile from which the artist may not receive instruction; the
district immediately about Sens being perhaps the most valuable from the
grandeur of its lines of poplars and the unimaginable finish and beauty of the
tree forms in the two great avenues without the walls. Of this kind of beauty
Turner was the first to take cognizance, and he still remains the only, but in
himself the sufficient painter of French landscape. One of the most beautiful
examples is the drawing of trees engraved for the Keepsake, now in the
possession of B. G. Windus, Esq.; the drawings made to illustrate the scenery
of the Rivers of France supply instances of the most varied character.
The artist appears, until very lately, rather to have taken from Switzerland
thoughts and general conceptions of size and of grand form and effect to be
used in his after compositions, than to have attempted the seizing of its actual
character. This was beforehand to be expected from the utter physical
impossibility of rendering certain effects of Swiss scenery, and the monotony
and unmanageableness of others. The Valley of Chamounix in the collection
of Walter Fawkes, Esq., I have never seen; it has a high reputation; the
material.
Of all foreign countries he has most entirely entered into the spirit of
France; partly because here he found more fellowship of scene with his own
§ 41. Turner's
England, partly because an amount of thought which will
painting of French
miss of Italy or Switzerland, will fathom France; partly
and Swiss
because there is in the French foliage and forms of ground,
landscape. The
much that is especially congenial with his own peculiar
latter deficient.
choice of form. To what cause it is owing I cannot tell, nor
is it generally allowed or felt; but of the fact I am certain,
that for grace of stem and perfection of form in their transparent foliage, the
French trees are altogether unmatched; and their modes of grouping and
massing are so perfectly and constantly beautiful that I think of all countries
for educating an artist to the perception of grace, France bears the bell; and
that not romantic nor mountainous France, not the Vosges, nor Auvergne, nor
Provence, but lowland France, Picardy and Normandy, the valleys of the
Loire and Seine, and even the district, so thoughtlessly and mindlessly
abused by English travellers, as uninteresting, traversed between Calais and
Dijon; of which there is not a single valley but is full of the most lovely
pictures, nor a mile from which the artist may not receive instruction; the
district immediately about Sens being perhaps the most valuable from the
grandeur of its lines of poplars and the unimaginable finish and beauty of the
tree forms in the two great avenues without the walls. Of this kind of beauty
Turner was the first to take cognizance, and he still remains the only, but in
himself the sufficient painter of French landscape. One of the most beautiful
examples is the drawing of trees engraved for the Keepsake, now in the
possession of B. G. Windus, Esq.; the drawings made to illustrate the scenery
of the Rivers of France supply instances of the most varied character.
The artist appears, until very lately, rather to have taken from Switzerland
thoughts and general conceptions of size and of grand form and effect to be
used in his after compositions, than to have attempted the seizing of its actual
character. This was beforehand to be expected from the utter physical
impossibility of rendering certain effects of Swiss scenery, and the monotony
and unmanageableness of others. The Valley of Chamounix in the collection
of Walter Fawkes, Esq., I have never seen; it has a high reputation; the
Page 224
Hannibal passing the Alps in its present state exhibits nothing but a heavy
shower and a crowd of people getting wet; another picture in the artist's
gallery of a land-fall is most masterly and interesting, but more daring than
agreeable. The Snowstorm, avalanche, and inundation, is one of his mightiest
works, but the amount of mountain drawing in it is less than of cloud and
effect; the subjects in the Liber Studiorum are on the whole the most
intensely felt, and next to them the vignettes to Rogers's Poems and Italy. Of
some recent drawings of Swiss subject I shall speak presently.
The effect of Italy upon his mind is very puzzling. On the one hand, it gave
him the solemnity and power which are manifested in the historical
§ 42. His rendering
compositions of the Liber Studiorum, more especially the
of Italian character
Rizpah, the Cephalus, the scene from the Fairy Queen, and
still less successful.
the Æsacus and Hesperie: on the other, he seems never to
His large
have entered thoroughly into the spirit of Italy, and the
compositions how
materials he obtained there were afterwards but awkwardly
failing.
introduced in his large compositions.
Of these there are very few at all worthy of him; none but
the Liber Studiorum subjects are thoroughly great, and these are great
because there is in them the seriousness without the materials of other
countries and times. There is nothing particularly indicative of Palestine in
the Barley Harvest of the Rizpah, nor in those round and awful trees; only the
solemnity of the south in the lifting of the near burning moon. The rocks of
the Jason may be seen in any quarry of Warwickshire sandstone. Jason
himself has not a bit of Greek about him—he is a simple warrior of no period
in particular, nay, I think there is something of the nineteenth century about
his legs. When local character of this classical kind is attempted, the painter
is visibly cramped: awkward resemblances to Claude testify the want of his
usual forceful originality: in the tenth Plague of Egypt, he makes us think of
Belzoni rather than of Moses; the fifth is a total failure, the pyramids look
like brick-kilns, and the fire running along the ground bears brotherly
resemblance to the burning of manure. The realization of the tenth plague
now in his gallery is finer than the study, but still uninteresting; and of the
large compositions which have much of Italy in them, the greater part are
overwhelmed with quantity and deficient in emotion. The Crossing the Brook
is one of the best of these hybrid pictures; incomparable in its tree drawing, it
shower and a crowd of people getting wet; another picture in the artist's
gallery of a land-fall is most masterly and interesting, but more daring than
agreeable. The Snowstorm, avalanche, and inundation, is one of his mightiest
works, but the amount of mountain drawing in it is less than of cloud and
effect; the subjects in the Liber Studiorum are on the whole the most
intensely felt, and next to them the vignettes to Rogers's Poems and Italy. Of
some recent drawings of Swiss subject I shall speak presently.
The effect of Italy upon his mind is very puzzling. On the one hand, it gave
him the solemnity and power which are manifested in the historical
§ 42. His rendering
compositions of the Liber Studiorum, more especially the
of Italian character
Rizpah, the Cephalus, the scene from the Fairy Queen, and
still less successful.
the Æsacus and Hesperie: on the other, he seems never to
His large
have entered thoroughly into the spirit of Italy, and the
compositions how
materials he obtained there were afterwards but awkwardly
failing.
introduced in his large compositions.
Of these there are very few at all worthy of him; none but
the Liber Studiorum subjects are thoroughly great, and these are great
because there is in them the seriousness without the materials of other
countries and times. There is nothing particularly indicative of Palestine in
the Barley Harvest of the Rizpah, nor in those round and awful trees; only the
solemnity of the south in the lifting of the near burning moon. The rocks of
the Jason may be seen in any quarry of Warwickshire sandstone. Jason
himself has not a bit of Greek about him—he is a simple warrior of no period
in particular, nay, I think there is something of the nineteenth century about
his legs. When local character of this classical kind is attempted, the painter
is visibly cramped: awkward resemblances to Claude testify the want of his
usual forceful originality: in the tenth Plague of Egypt, he makes us think of
Belzoni rather than of Moses; the fifth is a total failure, the pyramids look
like brick-kilns, and the fire running along the ground bears brotherly
resemblance to the burning of manure. The realization of the tenth plague
now in his gallery is finer than the study, but still uninteresting; and of the
large compositions which have much of Italy in them, the greater part are
overwhelmed with quantity and deficient in emotion. The Crossing the Brook
is one of the best of these hybrid pictures; incomparable in its tree drawing, it
Page 225
yet leaves us doubtful where we are to look and what we are to feel; it is
northern in its color, southern in its foliage, Italy in its details, and England in
its sensations, without the grandeur of the one, or the healthiness of the other.
The two Carthages are mere rationalizations of Claude, one of them
excessively bad in color, the other a grand thought, and yet one of the kind
which does no one any good, because everything in it is reciprocally
sacrificed; the foliage is sacrificed to the architecture, the architecture to the
water, the water is neither sea, nor river, nor lake, nor brook, nor canal, and
savors of Regent's Park; the foreground is uncomfortable ground,—let on
building leases. So the Caligula's Bridge, Temple of Jupiter, Departure of
Regulus, Ancient Italy, Cicero's Villa, and such others, come they from whose
hand they may, I class under the general head of "nonsense pictures." There
never can be any wholesome feeling developed in these preposterous
accumulations, and where the artist's feeling fails, his art follows; so that the
worst possible examples of Turner's color are found in pictures of this class;
in one or two instances he has broken through the conventional rules, and
then is always fine, as in the Hero and Leander; but in general the picture
rises in value as it approaches to a view, as the Fountain of Fallacy, a piece of
rich northern Italy, with some fairy waterworks; this picture was unrivalled in
color once, but is now a mere wreck. So the Rape of Proserpine, though it is
singular that in his Academy pictures even his simplicity fails of reaching
ideality; in this picture of Proserpine the nature is not the grand nature of all
time, it is indubitably modern,[14] and we are perfectly electrified at
anybody's being carried away in the corner except by people with spiky hats
and carabines. This is traceable to several causes; partly to the want of any
grand specific form, partly to the too evident middle-age character of the
ruins crowning the hills, and to a multiplicity of minor causes which we
cannot at present enter into.
Neither in his actual views of Italy has Turner ever caught her true spirit,
except in the little vignettes to Rogers's Poems. The Villa of Galileo, the
§ 43. His views of
nameless composition with stone pines, the several villa
Italy destroyed by
moonlights, and the convent compositions in the Voyage of
Columbus, are altogether exquisite; but this is owing chiefly
brilliancy and
to their simplicity and perhaps in some measure to their
smallness of size. None of his large pictures at all equal
northern in its color, southern in its foliage, Italy in its details, and England in
its sensations, without the grandeur of the one, or the healthiness of the other.
The two Carthages are mere rationalizations of Claude, one of them
excessively bad in color, the other a grand thought, and yet one of the kind
which does no one any good, because everything in it is reciprocally
sacrificed; the foliage is sacrificed to the architecture, the architecture to the
water, the water is neither sea, nor river, nor lake, nor brook, nor canal, and
savors of Regent's Park; the foreground is uncomfortable ground,—let on
building leases. So the Caligula's Bridge, Temple of Jupiter, Departure of
Regulus, Ancient Italy, Cicero's Villa, and such others, come they from whose
hand they may, I class under the general head of "nonsense pictures." There
never can be any wholesome feeling developed in these preposterous
accumulations, and where the artist's feeling fails, his art follows; so that the
worst possible examples of Turner's color are found in pictures of this class;
in one or two instances he has broken through the conventional rules, and
then is always fine, as in the Hero and Leander; but in general the picture
rises in value as it approaches to a view, as the Fountain of Fallacy, a piece of
rich northern Italy, with some fairy waterworks; this picture was unrivalled in
color once, but is now a mere wreck. So the Rape of Proserpine, though it is
singular that in his Academy pictures even his simplicity fails of reaching
ideality; in this picture of Proserpine the nature is not the grand nature of all
time, it is indubitably modern,[14] and we are perfectly electrified at
anybody's being carried away in the corner except by people with spiky hats
and carabines. This is traceable to several causes; partly to the want of any
grand specific form, partly to the too evident middle-age character of the
ruins crowning the hills, and to a multiplicity of minor causes which we
cannot at present enter into.
Neither in his actual views of Italy has Turner ever caught her true spirit,
except in the little vignettes to Rogers's Poems. The Villa of Galileo, the
§ 43. His views of
nameless composition with stone pines, the several villa
Italy destroyed by
moonlights, and the convent compositions in the Voyage of
Columbus, are altogether exquisite; but this is owing chiefly
brilliancy and
to their simplicity and perhaps in some measure to their
smallness of size. None of his large pictures at all equal
Page 226
redundant them; the Bay of Baiæ is encumbered with material, it
quantity. contains ten times as much as is necessary to a good picture,
and yet is so crude in color as to look unfinished. The
Palestrina is fall of raw white, and has a look of Hampton Court about its
long avenue; the modern Italy is purely English in its near foliage; it is
composed from Tivoli material enriched and arranged most dexterously, but it
has the look of a rich arrangement, and not the virtue of the real thing. The
early Tivoli, a large drawing taken from below the falls, was as little true, and
still less fortunate, the trees there being altogether affected and artificial. The
Florence engraved in the Keepsake is a glorious drawing, as far as regards the
passage with the bridge and sunlight on the Arno, the Cascine foliage, and
distant plain, and the towers of the fortress on the left; but the details of the
duomo and the city are entirely missed, and with them the majesty of the
whole scene. The vines and melons of the foreground are disorderly, and its
cypresses conventional; in fact, I recollect no instance of Turner's drawing a
cypress except in general terms.
The chief reason of these failures I imagine to be the effort of the artist to
put joyousness and brilliancy of effect upon scenes eminently pensive, to
substitute radiance for serenity of light, and to force the freedom and breadth
of line which he learned to love on English downs and Highland moors, out
of a country dotted by campaniles and square convents, bristled with
cypresses, partitioned by walls, and gone up and down by steps.
In one of the cities of Italy he had no such difficulties to encounter. At
Venice he found freedom of space, brilliancy of light, variety of color, massy
simplicity of general form; and to Venice we owe many of the motives in
which his highest powers of color have been displayed after that change in
his system of which we must now take note.
Among the earlier paintings of Turner, the culminating period, marked by
the Yorkshire series in his drawings, is distinguished by great solemnity and
§ 44. Changes
simplicity of subject, prevalent gloom in light and shade,
and brown in the hue, the drawing manly but careful, the
introduced by him
minutiæ sometimes exquisitely delicate. All the finest works
in the received
system of art.
of this period are, I believe, without exception, views, or
quiet single thoughts. The Calder Bridge, belonging to E.
quantity. contains ten times as much as is necessary to a good picture,
and yet is so crude in color as to look unfinished. The
Palestrina is fall of raw white, and has a look of Hampton Court about its
long avenue; the modern Italy is purely English in its near foliage; it is
composed from Tivoli material enriched and arranged most dexterously, but it
has the look of a rich arrangement, and not the virtue of the real thing. The
early Tivoli, a large drawing taken from below the falls, was as little true, and
still less fortunate, the trees there being altogether affected and artificial. The
Florence engraved in the Keepsake is a glorious drawing, as far as regards the
passage with the bridge and sunlight on the Arno, the Cascine foliage, and
distant plain, and the towers of the fortress on the left; but the details of the
duomo and the city are entirely missed, and with them the majesty of the
whole scene. The vines and melons of the foreground are disorderly, and its
cypresses conventional; in fact, I recollect no instance of Turner's drawing a
cypress except in general terms.
The chief reason of these failures I imagine to be the effort of the artist to
put joyousness and brilliancy of effect upon scenes eminently pensive, to
substitute radiance for serenity of light, and to force the freedom and breadth
of line which he learned to love on English downs and Highland moors, out
of a country dotted by campaniles and square convents, bristled with
cypresses, partitioned by walls, and gone up and down by steps.
In one of the cities of Italy he had no such difficulties to encounter. At
Venice he found freedom of space, brilliancy of light, variety of color, massy
simplicity of general form; and to Venice we owe many of the motives in
which his highest powers of color have been displayed after that change in
his system of which we must now take note.
Among the earlier paintings of Turner, the culminating period, marked by
the Yorkshire series in his drawings, is distinguished by great solemnity and
§ 44. Changes
simplicity of subject, prevalent gloom in light and shade,
and brown in the hue, the drawing manly but careful, the
introduced by him
minutiæ sometimes exquisitely delicate. All the finest works
in the received
system of art.
of this period are, I believe, without exception, views, or
quiet single thoughts. The Calder Bridge, belonging to E.
Page 227
Bicknell, Esq., is a most pure and beautiful example. The Ivy Bridge I
imagine to be later, but its rock foreground is altogether unrivalled and
remarkable for its delicacy of detail; a butterfly is seen settled on one of the
large brown stones in the midst of the torrent. Two paintings of Bonneville, in
Savoy, one in the possession of Abel Allnutt, Esq., the other, and, I think, the
finest, in a collection at Birmingham, show more variety of color than is
usual with him at the period, and are in every respect magnificent examples.
Pictures of this class are of peculiar value, for the larger compositions of the
same period are all poor in color, and most of them much damaged, but the
smaller works have been far finer originally, and their color seems secure.
There is nothing in the range of landscape art equal to them in their way, but
the full character and capacity of the painter is not in them. Grand as they are
in their sobriety, they still leave much to be desired; there is great heaviness
in their shadows, the material is never thoroughly vanquished, (though this
partly for a very noble reason, that the painter is always thinking of and
referring to nature, and indulges in no artistical conventionalities,) and
sometimes the handling appears feeble. In warmth, lightness, and
transparency they have no chance against Gainsborough; in clear skies and
air tone they are alike unfortunate when they provoke comparison with
Claude; and in force and solemnity they can in no wise stand with the
landscape of the Venetians.
The painter evidently felt that he had farther powers, and pressed forward
into the field where alone they could be brought into play. It was impossible
for him, with all his keen and long-disciplined perceptions, not to feel that the
real color of nature had never been attempted by any school; and that though
conventional representations had been given by the Venetians of sunlight and
twilight, by invariably rendering the whites golden and the blues green, yet of
the actual, joyous, pure, roseate hues of the external world no record had ever
been given. He saw also that the finish and specific grandeur of nature had
been given, but her fulness, space, and mystery never; and he saw that the
great landscape painters had always sunk the lower middle tints of nature in
extreme shade, bringing the entire melody of color as many degrees down as
their possible light was inferior to nature's; and that in so doing a gloomy
principle had influenced them even in their choice of subject.
imagine to be later, but its rock foreground is altogether unrivalled and
remarkable for its delicacy of detail; a butterfly is seen settled on one of the
large brown stones in the midst of the torrent. Two paintings of Bonneville, in
Savoy, one in the possession of Abel Allnutt, Esq., the other, and, I think, the
finest, in a collection at Birmingham, show more variety of color than is
usual with him at the period, and are in every respect magnificent examples.
Pictures of this class are of peculiar value, for the larger compositions of the
same period are all poor in color, and most of them much damaged, but the
smaller works have been far finer originally, and their color seems secure.
There is nothing in the range of landscape art equal to them in their way, but
the full character and capacity of the painter is not in them. Grand as they are
in their sobriety, they still leave much to be desired; there is great heaviness
in their shadows, the material is never thoroughly vanquished, (though this
partly for a very noble reason, that the painter is always thinking of and
referring to nature, and indulges in no artistical conventionalities,) and
sometimes the handling appears feeble. In warmth, lightness, and
transparency they have no chance against Gainsborough; in clear skies and
air tone they are alike unfortunate when they provoke comparison with
Claude; and in force and solemnity they can in no wise stand with the
landscape of the Venetians.
The painter evidently felt that he had farther powers, and pressed forward
into the field where alone they could be brought into play. It was impossible
for him, with all his keen and long-disciplined perceptions, not to feel that the
real color of nature had never been attempted by any school; and that though
conventional representations had been given by the Venetians of sunlight and
twilight, by invariably rendering the whites golden and the blues green, yet of
the actual, joyous, pure, roseate hues of the external world no record had ever
been given. He saw also that the finish and specific grandeur of nature had
been given, but her fulness, space, and mystery never; and he saw that the
great landscape painters had always sunk the lower middle tints of nature in
extreme shade, bringing the entire melody of color as many degrees down as
their possible light was inferior to nature's; and that in so doing a gloomy
principle had influenced them even in their choice of subject.
Page 228
For the conventional color he substituted a pure straightforward rendering
of fact, as far as was in his power; and that not of such fact as had been
before even suggested, but of all that is most brilliant, beautiful, and
inimitable; he went to the cataract for its iris, to the conflagration for its
flames, asked of the sea its intensest azure, of the sky its clearest gold. For
the limited space and defined forms of elder landscape, he substituted the
quantity and the mystery of the vastest scenes of earth; and for the subdued
chiaroscuro he substituted first a balanced diminution of oppositions
throughout the scale, and afterwards, in one or two instances, attempted the
reverse of the old principle, taking the lowest portion of the scale truly, and
merging the upper part in high light.
Innovations so daring and so various could not be introduced without
corresponding peril: the difficulties that lay in his way were more than any
§ 45. Difficulties of
human intellect could altogether surmount. In his time there
his later manner.
has been no one system of color generally approved; every
artist has his own method and his own vehicle; how to do
Resultant
what Gainsborough did, we know not; much less what
deficiencies.
Titian; to invent a new system of color can hardly be
expected of those who cannot recover the old. To obtain perfectly satisfactory
results in color under the new conditions introduced by Turner, would at least
have required the exertion of all his energies in that sole direction. But color
has always been only his second object. The effects of space and form, in
which he delights, often require the employment of means and method totally
at variance with those necessary for the obtaining of pure color. It is
physically impossible, for instance, rightly to draw certain forms of the upper
clouds with the brush; nothing will do it but the pallet knife with loaded
white after the blue ground is prepared. Now it is impossible that a cloud so
drawn, however glazed afterwards, should have the virtue of a thin warm tint
of Titian's, showing the canvas throughout. So it happens continually. Add to
these difficulties, those of the peculiar subjects attempted, and to these again,
all that belong to the altered system of chiaroscuro, and it is evident that we
must not be surprised at finding many deficiencies or faults in such works,
especially in the earlier of them, nor even suffer ourselves to be withdrawn
by the pursuit of what seems censurable from our devotion to what is mighty.
of fact, as far as was in his power; and that not of such fact as had been
before even suggested, but of all that is most brilliant, beautiful, and
inimitable; he went to the cataract for its iris, to the conflagration for its
flames, asked of the sea its intensest azure, of the sky its clearest gold. For
the limited space and defined forms of elder landscape, he substituted the
quantity and the mystery of the vastest scenes of earth; and for the subdued
chiaroscuro he substituted first a balanced diminution of oppositions
throughout the scale, and afterwards, in one or two instances, attempted the
reverse of the old principle, taking the lowest portion of the scale truly, and
merging the upper part in high light.
Innovations so daring and so various could not be introduced without
corresponding peril: the difficulties that lay in his way were more than any
§ 45. Difficulties of
human intellect could altogether surmount. In his time there
his later manner.
has been no one system of color generally approved; every
artist has his own method and his own vehicle; how to do
Resultant
what Gainsborough did, we know not; much less what
deficiencies.
Titian; to invent a new system of color can hardly be
expected of those who cannot recover the old. To obtain perfectly satisfactory
results in color under the new conditions introduced by Turner, would at least
have required the exertion of all his energies in that sole direction. But color
has always been only his second object. The effects of space and form, in
which he delights, often require the employment of means and method totally
at variance with those necessary for the obtaining of pure color. It is
physically impossible, for instance, rightly to draw certain forms of the upper
clouds with the brush; nothing will do it but the pallet knife with loaded
white after the blue ground is prepared. Now it is impossible that a cloud so
drawn, however glazed afterwards, should have the virtue of a thin warm tint
of Titian's, showing the canvas throughout. So it happens continually. Add to
these difficulties, those of the peculiar subjects attempted, and to these again,
all that belong to the altered system of chiaroscuro, and it is evident that we
must not be surprised at finding many deficiencies or faults in such works,
especially in the earlier of them, nor even suffer ourselves to be withdrawn
by the pursuit of what seems censurable from our devotion to what is mighty.
Page 229
Notwithstanding, in some chosen examples of pictures of this kind, I will
name three: Juliet and her Nurse; the Old Temeraire, and the Slave Ship: I do
not admit that there are at the time of their first appearing on the walls of the
Royal Academy, any demonstrably avoidable faults. I do not deny that there
may be, nay, that it is likely there are; but there is no living artist in Europe
whose judgment might safely be taken on the subject, or who could without
arrogance affirm of any part of such a picture, that it was wrong; I am
perfectly willing to allow, that the lemon yellow is not properly
representative of the yellow of the sky, that the loading of the color is in
many places disagreeable, that many of the details are drawn with a kind of
imperfection different from what they would have in nature, and that many of
the parts fail of imitation, especially to an uneducated eye. But no living
authority is of weight enough to prove that the virtues of the picture could
have been obtained at a less sacrifice, or that they are not worth the sacrifice;
and though it is perfectly possible that such may be the case, and that what
Turner has done may hereafter in some respects be done better, I believe
myself that these works are at the time of their first appearing as perfect as
those of Phidias or Leonardo; that is to say, incapable in their way, of any
improvement conceivable by human mind.
Also, it is only by comparison with such that we are authorized to affirm
definite faults in any of his others, for we should have been bound to speak,
at least for the present, with the same modesty respecting even his worst
pictures of this class, had not his more noble efforts given us canons of
criticism.
But, as was beforehand to be expected from the difficulties he grappled
with, Turner is exceedingly unequal; he appears always as a champion in the
thick of fight, sometimes with his foot on his enemies' necks, sometimes
staggered or struck to his knee; once or twice altogether down. He has failed
most frequently, as before noticed, in elaborate compositions, from redundant
quantity; sometimes, like most other men, from over-care, as very signally in
a large and most labored drawing of Bamborough; sometimes,
unaccountably, his eye for color seeming to fail him for a time, as in a large
painting of Rome from the Forum, and in the Cicero's Villa, Building of
Carthage, and the picture of this year in the British Institution; and sometimes
name three: Juliet and her Nurse; the Old Temeraire, and the Slave Ship: I do
not admit that there are at the time of their first appearing on the walls of the
Royal Academy, any demonstrably avoidable faults. I do not deny that there
may be, nay, that it is likely there are; but there is no living artist in Europe
whose judgment might safely be taken on the subject, or who could without
arrogance affirm of any part of such a picture, that it was wrong; I am
perfectly willing to allow, that the lemon yellow is not properly
representative of the yellow of the sky, that the loading of the color is in
many places disagreeable, that many of the details are drawn with a kind of
imperfection different from what they would have in nature, and that many of
the parts fail of imitation, especially to an uneducated eye. But no living
authority is of weight enough to prove that the virtues of the picture could
have been obtained at a less sacrifice, or that they are not worth the sacrifice;
and though it is perfectly possible that such may be the case, and that what
Turner has done may hereafter in some respects be done better, I believe
myself that these works are at the time of their first appearing as perfect as
those of Phidias or Leonardo; that is to say, incapable in their way, of any
improvement conceivable by human mind.
Also, it is only by comparison with such that we are authorized to affirm
definite faults in any of his others, for we should have been bound to speak,
at least for the present, with the same modesty respecting even his worst
pictures of this class, had not his more noble efforts given us canons of
criticism.
But, as was beforehand to be expected from the difficulties he grappled
with, Turner is exceedingly unequal; he appears always as a champion in the
thick of fight, sometimes with his foot on his enemies' necks, sometimes
staggered or struck to his knee; once or twice altogether down. He has failed
most frequently, as before noticed, in elaborate compositions, from redundant
quantity; sometimes, like most other men, from over-care, as very signally in
a large and most labored drawing of Bamborough; sometimes,
unaccountably, his eye for color seeming to fail him for a time, as in a large
painting of Rome from the Forum, and in the Cicero's Villa, Building of
Carthage, and the picture of this year in the British Institution; and sometimes
Page 230
I am sorry to say, criminally, from taking licenses which he must know to be
illegitimate, or indulging in conventionalities which he does not require.
THE DOGANA, AND SANTA MARIA DELLA SALUTE, VENICE.
From a painting by Turner.
On such instances I shall not insist, for the finding fault with Turner is not,
I think, either decorous in myself or like to be beneficial to the reader.[15] The
greater number of failures took place in the transition
§ 46. Reflection of
his very recent
period, when the artist was feeling for the new qualities, and
endeavoring to reconcile them with more careful
works.
elaboration of form than was properly consistent with them.
Gradually his hand became more free, his perception and grasp of the new
truths more certain, and his choice of subject more adapted to the exhibition
of them. But his powers did not attain their highest results till towards the
year 1840, about which period they did so suddenly, and with a vigor and
concentration which rendered his pictures at that time almost incomparable
with those which had preceded them. The drawings of Nemi, and Oberwesel,
illegitimate, or indulging in conventionalities which he does not require.
THE DOGANA, AND SANTA MARIA DELLA SALUTE, VENICE.
From a painting by Turner.
On such instances I shall not insist, for the finding fault with Turner is not,
I think, either decorous in myself or like to be beneficial to the reader.[15] The
greater number of failures took place in the transition
§ 46. Reflection of
his very recent
period, when the artist was feeling for the new qualities, and
endeavoring to reconcile them with more careful
works.
elaboration of form than was properly consistent with them.
Gradually his hand became more free, his perception and grasp of the new
truths more certain, and his choice of subject more adapted to the exhibition
of them. But his powers did not attain their highest results till towards the
year 1840, about which period they did so suddenly, and with a vigor and
concentration which rendered his pictures at that time almost incomparable
with those which had preceded them. The drawings of Nemi, and Oberwesel,
Page 231
in the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq., were among the first evidences of
this sudden advance; only the foliage in both of these is inferior; and it is
remarkable that in this phase of his art, Turner has drawn little foliage, and
that little badly—the great characteristic of it being its power, beauty, and
majesty of color, and its abandonment of all littleness and division of thought
to a single impression. In the year 1842, he made some drawings from recent
sketches in Switzerland; these, with some produced in the following years, all
of Swiss subject, I consider to be, on the whole, the most characteristic and
perfect works he has ever produced. The Academy pictures were far inferior
to them; but among these examples of the same power were not wanting,
more especially in the smaller pictures of Venice. The Sun of Venice, going to
sea; the San Benedetto, looking towards Fusina; and a view of Murano, with
the Cemetery, were all faultless: another of Venice, seen from near Fusina,
with sunlight and moonlight mixed (1844) was, I think, when I first saw it,
(and it still remains little injured,) the most perfectly beautiful piece of color
of all that I have seen produced by human hands, by any means, or at any
period. Of the exhibition of 1845, I have only seen a small Venice, (still I
believe in the artist's possession,) and the two whaling subjects. The Venice is
a second-rate work, and the two others altogether unworthy of him.
In conclusion of our present sketch of the course of landscape art, it may
be generally stated that Turner is the only painter, so far as I know, who has
ever drawn the sky, (not the clear sky, which we before saw belonged
exclusively to the religious schools, but the various forms and phenomena of
the cloudy heavens,) all previous artists having only represented it typically
or partially; but he absolutely and universally: he is the only painter who has
ever drawn a mountain, or a stone; no other man ever having learned their
organization, or possessed himself of their spirit, except in part and
obscurely, (the one or two stones noted of Tintoret's, (Vol. II., Part III. Ch. 3,)
are perhaps hardly enough on which to found an exception in his favor.) He is
the only painter who ever drew the stem of a tree, Titian having come the
nearest before him, and excelling him in the muscular development of the
larger trunks, (though sometimes losing the woody strength in a serpent-like
flaccidity,) but missing the grace and character of the ramifications. He is the
only painter who has ever represented the surface of calm, or the force of
agitated water; who has represented the effects of space on distant objects, or
who has rendered the abstract beauty of natural color. These assertions I
this sudden advance; only the foliage in both of these is inferior; and it is
remarkable that in this phase of his art, Turner has drawn little foliage, and
that little badly—the great characteristic of it being its power, beauty, and
majesty of color, and its abandonment of all littleness and division of thought
to a single impression. In the year 1842, he made some drawings from recent
sketches in Switzerland; these, with some produced in the following years, all
of Swiss subject, I consider to be, on the whole, the most characteristic and
perfect works he has ever produced. The Academy pictures were far inferior
to them; but among these examples of the same power were not wanting,
more especially in the smaller pictures of Venice. The Sun of Venice, going to
sea; the San Benedetto, looking towards Fusina; and a view of Murano, with
the Cemetery, were all faultless: another of Venice, seen from near Fusina,
with sunlight and moonlight mixed (1844) was, I think, when I first saw it,
(and it still remains little injured,) the most perfectly beautiful piece of color
of all that I have seen produced by human hands, by any means, or at any
period. Of the exhibition of 1845, I have only seen a small Venice, (still I
believe in the artist's possession,) and the two whaling subjects. The Venice is
a second-rate work, and the two others altogether unworthy of him.
In conclusion of our present sketch of the course of landscape art, it may
be generally stated that Turner is the only painter, so far as I know, who has
ever drawn the sky, (not the clear sky, which we before saw belonged
exclusively to the religious schools, but the various forms and phenomena of
the cloudy heavens,) all previous artists having only represented it typically
or partially; but he absolutely and universally: he is the only painter who has
ever drawn a mountain, or a stone; no other man ever having learned their
organization, or possessed himself of their spirit, except in part and
obscurely, (the one or two stones noted of Tintoret's, (Vol. II., Part III. Ch. 3,)
are perhaps hardly enough on which to found an exception in his favor.) He is
the only painter who ever drew the stem of a tree, Titian having come the
nearest before him, and excelling him in the muscular development of the
larger trunks, (though sometimes losing the woody strength in a serpent-like
flaccidity,) but missing the grace and character of the ramifications. He is the
only painter who has ever represented the surface of calm, or the force of
agitated water; who has represented the effects of space on distant objects, or
who has rendered the abstract beauty of natural color. These assertions I
Page 232
make deliberately, after careful weighing and consideration, in no spirit of
dispute, or momentary zeal; but from strong and convinced feeling, and with
the consciousness of being able to prove them.
This proof is only partially and incidentally attempted in the present
portion of this work, which was originally written, as before explained, for a
temporary purpose, and which, therefore, I should have gladly cancelled, but
that, relating as it does only to simple matters of fact and not to those of
feeling, it may still, perhaps, be of service to some readers who would be
unwilling to enter into the more speculative fields with which the succeeding
sections are concerned. I leave, therefore, nearly as it was
§ 47. Difficulty of
originally written, the following examination of the relative
demonstration in
such subjects.
truthfulness of elder and of recent art; always requesting the
reader to remember, as some excuse for the inadequate
execution, even of what I have here attempted, how difficult it is to express
or explain, by language only, those delicate qualities of the object of sense,
on the seizing of which all refined truth of representation depends. Try, for
instance, to explain in language the exact qualities of the lines on which
depend the whole truth and beauty of expression about the half-opened lips of
Raffaelle's St. Catherine. There is, indeed, nothing in landscape so ineffable
as this; but there is no part nor portion of God's works in which the delicacy
appreciable by a cultivated eye, and necessary to be rendered in art, is not
beyond all expression and explanation; I cannot tell it you, if you do not see
it. And thus I have been entirely unable, in the following pages, to
demonstrate clearly anything of really deep and perfect truth; nothing but
what is coarse and commonplace, in matters to be judged of by the senses, is
within the reach of argument. How much or how little I have done must be
judged of by the reader: how much it is impossible to do I have more fully
shown in the concluding section.
I shall first take into consideration those general truths, common to all the
objects of nature, which are productive of what is usually called "effect," that
is to say, truths of tone, general color, space, and light. I shall then investigate
the truths of specific form and color, in the four great component parts of
landscape—sky, earth, water, and vegetation.
dispute, or momentary zeal; but from strong and convinced feeling, and with
the consciousness of being able to prove them.
This proof is only partially and incidentally attempted in the present
portion of this work, which was originally written, as before explained, for a
temporary purpose, and which, therefore, I should have gladly cancelled, but
that, relating as it does only to simple matters of fact and not to those of
feeling, it may still, perhaps, be of service to some readers who would be
unwilling to enter into the more speculative fields with which the succeeding
sections are concerned. I leave, therefore, nearly as it was
§ 47. Difficulty of
originally written, the following examination of the relative
demonstration in
such subjects.
truthfulness of elder and of recent art; always requesting the
reader to remember, as some excuse for the inadequate
execution, even of what I have here attempted, how difficult it is to express
or explain, by language only, those delicate qualities of the object of sense,
on the seizing of which all refined truth of representation depends. Try, for
instance, to explain in language the exact qualities of the lines on which
depend the whole truth and beauty of expression about the half-opened lips of
Raffaelle's St. Catherine. There is, indeed, nothing in landscape so ineffable
as this; but there is no part nor portion of God's works in which the delicacy
appreciable by a cultivated eye, and necessary to be rendered in art, is not
beyond all expression and explanation; I cannot tell it you, if you do not see
it. And thus I have been entirely unable, in the following pages, to
demonstrate clearly anything of really deep and perfect truth; nothing but
what is coarse and commonplace, in matters to be judged of by the senses, is
within the reach of argument. How much or how little I have done must be
judged of by the reader: how much it is impossible to do I have more fully
shown in the concluding section.
I shall first take into consideration those general truths, common to all the
objects of nature, which are productive of what is usually called "effect," that
is to say, truths of tone, general color, space, and light. I shall then investigate
the truths of specific form and color, in the four great component parts of
landscape—sky, earth, water, and vegetation.
Page 233
[6] Not the large Paradise, but the Fall of Adam, a small picture chiefly in brown and gray,
near Titian's Assumption. Its companion, the Death of Abel, is remarkable as containing a
group of trees which Turner, I believe accidentally, has repeated nearly mass for mass in the
"Marly." Both are among the most noble works of this or any other master, whether for
preciousness of color or energy of thought.
[7] The triple leaf of this plant, and white flower, stained purple, probably gave it strange
typical interest among the Christian painters. Angelico, in using its leaves mixed with daisies
in the foreground of his Crucifixion had, I imagine, a view also to its chemical property.
[8] This is no rash method of judgment, sweeping and hasty as it may appear. From the
weaknesses of an artist, or failures, however numerous, we have no right to conjecture his
total inability; a time may come when he may rise into sudden strength, or an instance occur
when his efforts shall be successful. But there are some pictures which rank not under the
head of failures, but of perpetrations or commissions; some things which a man cannot do nor
say without sealing forever his character and capacity. The angel holding the cross with his
finger in his eye, the roaring red-faced children about the crown of thorns, the blasphemous (I
speak deliberately and determinedly) head of Christ upon the handkerchief, and the mode in
which the martyrdom of the saint is exhibited (I do not choose to use the expressions which
alone could characterize it) are perfect, sufficient, incontrovertible proofs that whatever
appears good in any of the doings of such a painter must be deceptive, and that we may be
assured that our taste is corrupted and false whenever we feel disposed to admire him. I am
prepared to support this position, however uncharitable it may seem; a man may be tempted
into a gross sin by passion, and forgiven; and yet there are some kinds of sins into which only
men of a certain kind can be tempted, and which cannot be forgiven. It should be added,
however, that the artistical qualities of these pictures are in every way worthy of the
conceptions they realize; I do not recollect any instances of color or execution so coarse and
feelingless.
[9] It appears not to be sufficiently understood by those artists who complain
acrimoniously of their positions on the Academy walls, that the Academicians have in their
own rooms a right to the line and the best places near it; in their taking this position there is
no abuse nor injustice; but the Academicians should remember that with their rights they
have their duties, and their duty is to determine among the works of artists not belonging to
their body those which are most likely to advance public knowledge and judgment, and to
give these the best places next their own; neither would it detract from their dignity if they
occasionally ceded a square even of their own territory, as they did gracefully and rightly,
and, I am sorry to add, disinterestedly, to the picture of Paul de la Roche in 1844. Now the
near Titian's Assumption. Its companion, the Death of Abel, is remarkable as containing a
group of trees which Turner, I believe accidentally, has repeated nearly mass for mass in the
"Marly." Both are among the most noble works of this or any other master, whether for
preciousness of color or energy of thought.
[7] The triple leaf of this plant, and white flower, stained purple, probably gave it strange
typical interest among the Christian painters. Angelico, in using its leaves mixed with daisies
in the foreground of his Crucifixion had, I imagine, a view also to its chemical property.
[8] This is no rash method of judgment, sweeping and hasty as it may appear. From the
weaknesses of an artist, or failures, however numerous, we have no right to conjecture his
total inability; a time may come when he may rise into sudden strength, or an instance occur
when his efforts shall be successful. But there are some pictures which rank not under the
head of failures, but of perpetrations or commissions; some things which a man cannot do nor
say without sealing forever his character and capacity. The angel holding the cross with his
finger in his eye, the roaring red-faced children about the crown of thorns, the blasphemous (I
speak deliberately and determinedly) head of Christ upon the handkerchief, and the mode in
which the martyrdom of the saint is exhibited (I do not choose to use the expressions which
alone could characterize it) are perfect, sufficient, incontrovertible proofs that whatever
appears good in any of the doings of such a painter must be deceptive, and that we may be
assured that our taste is corrupted and false whenever we feel disposed to admire him. I am
prepared to support this position, however uncharitable it may seem; a man may be tempted
into a gross sin by passion, and forgiven; and yet there are some kinds of sins into which only
men of a certain kind can be tempted, and which cannot be forgiven. It should be added,
however, that the artistical qualities of these pictures are in every way worthy of the
conceptions they realize; I do not recollect any instances of color or execution so coarse and
feelingless.
[9] It appears not to be sufficiently understood by those artists who complain
acrimoniously of their positions on the Academy walls, that the Academicians have in their
own rooms a right to the line and the best places near it; in their taking this position there is
no abuse nor injustice; but the Academicians should remember that with their rights they
have their duties, and their duty is to determine among the works of artists not belonging to
their body those which are most likely to advance public knowledge and judgment, and to
give these the best places next their own; neither would it detract from their dignity if they
occasionally ceded a square even of their own territory, as they did gracefully and rightly,
and, I am sorry to add, disinterestedly, to the picture of Paul de la Roche in 1844. Now the
Page 234
Academicians know perfectly well that the mass of portrait which encumbers their walls at
half height is worse than useless, seriously harmful to the public taste, and it was highly
criminal (I use the word advisedly) that the valuable and interesting work of Fielding, of
which I have above spoken, should have been placed where it was, above three rows of eye-
glasses and waistcoats. A very beautiful work of Harding's was treated either in the same or
the following exhibition with still greater injustice. Fielding's was merely put out of sight;
Harding's where its faults were conspicuous and its virtues lost. It was an Alpine scene, of
which the foreground, rocks, and torrents were painted with unrivalled fidelity and precision;
the foliage was dexterous, the aerial gradations of the mountains tender and multitudinous,
their forms carefully studied and very grand. The blemish of the picture was a buff-colored
tower with a red roof; singularly meagre in detail, and conventionally relieved from a mass of
gloom. The picture was placed where nothing but this tower could be seen.
[10] I have not given any examples in this place, because it is difficult to explain such
circumstances of effect without diagrams: I purpose entering into fuller discussion of the
subject with the aid of illustration.
[11] The inscription is to the following effect,—a pleasant thing to see upon the walls,
were it but more innocently placed:—
CAMPO. DI. S. MAURIZIO
D I O
CONSERVI A NOI.
LUNGAMENTE
LO ZELANTIS. E. REVERENDIS
D. LUIGI. PICCINI.
NOSTRO
N O V E L L O P I E VA N O .
G L I E S U L T A N T .
PARROCCHIANI
[12] The quantity of gold with which the decorations of Venice were once covered could
not now be traced or credited without reference to the authority of Gentile Bellini. The
greater part of the marble mouldings have been touched with it in lines and points, the
half height is worse than useless, seriously harmful to the public taste, and it was highly
criminal (I use the word advisedly) that the valuable and interesting work of Fielding, of
which I have above spoken, should have been placed where it was, above three rows of eye-
glasses and waistcoats. A very beautiful work of Harding's was treated either in the same or
the following exhibition with still greater injustice. Fielding's was merely put out of sight;
Harding's where its faults were conspicuous and its virtues lost. It was an Alpine scene, of
which the foreground, rocks, and torrents were painted with unrivalled fidelity and precision;
the foliage was dexterous, the aerial gradations of the mountains tender and multitudinous,
their forms carefully studied and very grand. The blemish of the picture was a buff-colored
tower with a red roof; singularly meagre in detail, and conventionally relieved from a mass of
gloom. The picture was placed where nothing but this tower could be seen.
[10] I have not given any examples in this place, because it is difficult to explain such
circumstances of effect without diagrams: I purpose entering into fuller discussion of the
subject with the aid of illustration.
[11] The inscription is to the following effect,—a pleasant thing to see upon the walls,
were it but more innocently placed:—
CAMPO. DI. S. MAURIZIO
D I O
CONSERVI A NOI.
LUNGAMENTE
LO ZELANTIS. E. REVERENDIS
D. LUIGI. PICCINI.
NOSTRO
N O V E L L O P I E VA N O .
G L I E S U L T A N T .
PARROCCHIANI
[12] The quantity of gold with which the decorations of Venice were once covered could
not now be traced or credited without reference to the authority of Gentile Bellini. The
greater part of the marble mouldings have been touched with it in lines and points, the
Page 235
minarets of St. Mark's, and all the florid carving of the arches entirely sheeted. The Casa
d'Oro retained it on its lions until the recent commencement of its Restoration.
[13] Indeed there should be no such difference at all. Every architect ought to be an artist;
every very great artist is necessarily an architect.
[14] This passage seems at variance with what has been said of the necessity of painting
present times and objects. It is not so. A great painter makes out of that which he finds before
him something which is independent of all time. He can only do this out of the materials
ready to his hand, but that which he builds has the dignity of dateless age. A little painter is
annihilated by an anachronism, and is conventionally antique, and involuntarily modern.
[15] One point, however, it is incumbent upon me to notice, being no question of art but of
material. The reader will have observed that I strictly limited the perfection of Turner's works
to the time of their first appearing on the walls of the Royal Academy. It bitterly grieves me
to have to do this, but the fact is indeed so. No picture of Turner's is seen in perfection a
month after it is painted. The Walhalla cracked before it had been eight days in the Academy
rooms; the vermilions frequently lose lustre long before the exhibition is over; and when all
the colors begin to get hard a year or two after the picture is painted, a painful deadness and
opacity comes over them, the whites especially becoming lifeless, and many of the warmer
passages settling into a hard valueless brown, even if the paint remains perfectly firm, which
is far from being always the case. I believe that in some measure these results are
unavoidable, the colors being so peculiarly blended and mingled in Turner's present manner
as almost to necessitate their irregular drying; but that they are not necessary to the extent in
which they sometimes take place, is proved by the comparative safety of some even of the
more brilliant works. Thus the Old Temeraire is nearly safe in color, and quite firm; while the
Juliet and her Nurse is now the ghost of what it was; the Slaver shows no cracks, though it is
chilled in some of the darker passages, while the Walhalla and several of the recent Venices
cracked in the Royal Academy. It is true that the damage makes no further progress after the
first year or two, and that even in its altered state the picture is always valuable and records
its intention; but it is bitterly to be regretted that so great a painter should not leave a single
work by which in succeeding ages he might be estimated. The fact of his using means so
imperfect, together with that of his utter neglect of the pictures in his own gallery, are a
phenomenon in human mind which appears to me utterly inexplicable; and both are without
excuse. If the effects he desires cannot be to their full extent produced except by these
treacherous means, one picture only should be painted each year as an exhibition of
immediate power, and the rest should be carried out, whatever the expense of labor and time
in safe materials, even at the risk of some deterioration of immediate effect. That which is
d'Oro retained it on its lions until the recent commencement of its Restoration.
[13] Indeed there should be no such difference at all. Every architect ought to be an artist;
every very great artist is necessarily an architect.
[14] This passage seems at variance with what has been said of the necessity of painting
present times and objects. It is not so. A great painter makes out of that which he finds before
him something which is independent of all time. He can only do this out of the materials
ready to his hand, but that which he builds has the dignity of dateless age. A little painter is
annihilated by an anachronism, and is conventionally antique, and involuntarily modern.
[15] One point, however, it is incumbent upon me to notice, being no question of art but of
material. The reader will have observed that I strictly limited the perfection of Turner's works
to the time of their first appearing on the walls of the Royal Academy. It bitterly grieves me
to have to do this, but the fact is indeed so. No picture of Turner's is seen in perfection a
month after it is painted. The Walhalla cracked before it had been eight days in the Academy
rooms; the vermilions frequently lose lustre long before the exhibition is over; and when all
the colors begin to get hard a year or two after the picture is painted, a painful deadness and
opacity comes over them, the whites especially becoming lifeless, and many of the warmer
passages settling into a hard valueless brown, even if the paint remains perfectly firm, which
is far from being always the case. I believe that in some measure these results are
unavoidable, the colors being so peculiarly blended and mingled in Turner's present manner
as almost to necessitate their irregular drying; but that they are not necessary to the extent in
which they sometimes take place, is proved by the comparative safety of some even of the
more brilliant works. Thus the Old Temeraire is nearly safe in color, and quite firm; while the
Juliet and her Nurse is now the ghost of what it was; the Slaver shows no cracks, though it is
chilled in some of the darker passages, while the Walhalla and several of the recent Venices
cracked in the Royal Academy. It is true that the damage makes no further progress after the
first year or two, and that even in its altered state the picture is always valuable and records
its intention; but it is bitterly to be regretted that so great a painter should not leave a single
work by which in succeeding ages he might be estimated. The fact of his using means so
imperfect, together with that of his utter neglect of the pictures in his own gallery, are a
phenomenon in human mind which appears to me utterly inexplicable; and both are without
excuse. If the effects he desires cannot be to their full extent produced except by these
treacherous means, one picture only should be painted each year as an exhibition of
immediate power, and the rest should be carried out, whatever the expense of labor and time
in safe materials, even at the risk of some deterioration of immediate effect. That which is
Page 236
greatest in him is entirely independent of means; much of what he now accomplishes
illegitimately might without doubt be attained in securer modes—what cannot should without
hesitation be abandoned. Fortunately the drawings appear subject to no such deterioration.
Many of them are now almost destroyed, but this has been I think always through ill
treatment, or has been the case only with very early works. I have myself known no instance
of a drawing properly protected, and not rashly exposed to light suffering the slightest
change. The great foes of Turner, as of all other great colorists especially, are the picture
cleaner and the mounter.
SECTION II.
OF GENERAL TRUTHS.
CHAPTER I.
OF TRUTH OF TONE.
As I have already allowed, that in effects of tone, the old masters have
never yet been equalled; and as this is the first, and nearly the last, concession
I shall have to make to them, I wish it at once to be
§ 1. Meaning of the
word "tone:" First,
thoroughly understood how far it extends.
the right relation I understand two things by the word "tone:"—first, the
of objects in exact relief and relation of objects against and to each other
shadow to the in substance and darkness, as they are nearer or more
principal light. distant, and the perfect relation of the shades of all of them
to the chief light of the picture, whether that be sky, water,
§ 2. Secondly, the
or anything else. Secondly, the exact relation of the colors
quality of color by
to the shadows to the colors of the lights, so that they may
be at once felt to be merely different degrees of the same
which it is felt to
owe part of its
light; and the accurate relation among the illuminated parts
brightness to the
themselves, with respect to the degree in which they are
influenced by the color of the light itself, whether warm or
illegitimately might without doubt be attained in securer modes—what cannot should without
hesitation be abandoned. Fortunately the drawings appear subject to no such deterioration.
Many of them are now almost destroyed, but this has been I think always through ill
treatment, or has been the case only with very early works. I have myself known no instance
of a drawing properly protected, and not rashly exposed to light suffering the slightest
change. The great foes of Turner, as of all other great colorists especially, are the picture
cleaner and the mounter.
SECTION II.
OF GENERAL TRUTHS.
CHAPTER I.
OF TRUTH OF TONE.
As I have already allowed, that in effects of tone, the old masters have
never yet been equalled; and as this is the first, and nearly the last, concession
I shall have to make to them, I wish it at once to be
§ 1. Meaning of the
word "tone:" First,
thoroughly understood how far it extends.
the right relation I understand two things by the word "tone:"—first, the
of objects in exact relief and relation of objects against and to each other
shadow to the in substance and darkness, as they are nearer or more
principal light. distant, and the perfect relation of the shades of all of them
to the chief light of the picture, whether that be sky, water,
§ 2. Secondly, the
or anything else. Secondly, the exact relation of the colors
quality of color by
to the shadows to the colors of the lights, so that they may
be at once felt to be merely different degrees of the same
which it is felt to
owe part of its
light; and the accurate relation among the illuminated parts
brightness to the
themselves, with respect to the degree in which they are
influenced by the color of the light itself, whether warm or
Page 237
hue of light upon cold; so that the whole of the picture (or, where several
it. tones are united, those parts of it which are under each,)
may be felt to be in one climate, under one kind of light,
and in one kind of atmosphere; this being chiefly dependent on that peculiar
and inexplicable quality of each color laid on, which makes the eye feel both
what is the actual color of the object represented, and that it is raised to its
apparent pitch by illumination. A very bright brown, for instance, out of
sunshine, may be precisely of the same shade of color as a very dead or cold
brown in sunshine, but it will be totally different in quality; and that quality
by which the illuminated dead color would be felt in nature different from the
unilluminated bright one, is what artists are perpetually aiming at, and
connoisseurs talking nonsense about, under the name of "tone." The want of
tone in pictures is caused by objects looking bright in their own positive hue,
and not by illumination, and by the consequent want of sensation of the
raising of their hues by light.
The first of these meanings of the word "tone" is liable to be confounded
with what is commonly called "aerial perspective." But aerial perspective is
§ 3. Difference
the expression of space, by any means whatsoever,
sharpness of edge, vividness of color, etc., assisted by
between tone in its
greater pitch of shadow, and requires only that objects
first sense and
aerial perspective.
should be detached from each other, by degrees of intensity
in proportion to their distance, without requiring that the
difference between the farthest and nearest should be in positive quantity the
same that nature has put. But what I have called "tone" requires that there
should be the same sum of difference, as well as the same division of
differences.
Now the finely toned pictures of the old masters are, in this respect, some
of the notes of nature played two or three octaves below her key; the dark
objects in the middle distance having precisely the same
§ 4. The pictures of
the old masters
relation to the light of the sky which they have in nature, but
perfect in relation
the light being necessarily infinitely lowered, and the mass
of middle tints to
of the shadow deepened in the same degree. I have often
light.
been struck, when looking at a camera-obscuro on a dark
day, with the exact resemblance the image bore to one of
the finest pictures of the old masters; all the foliage coming dark against the
it. tones are united, those parts of it which are under each,)
may be felt to be in one climate, under one kind of light,
and in one kind of atmosphere; this being chiefly dependent on that peculiar
and inexplicable quality of each color laid on, which makes the eye feel both
what is the actual color of the object represented, and that it is raised to its
apparent pitch by illumination. A very bright brown, for instance, out of
sunshine, may be precisely of the same shade of color as a very dead or cold
brown in sunshine, but it will be totally different in quality; and that quality
by which the illuminated dead color would be felt in nature different from the
unilluminated bright one, is what artists are perpetually aiming at, and
connoisseurs talking nonsense about, under the name of "tone." The want of
tone in pictures is caused by objects looking bright in their own positive hue,
and not by illumination, and by the consequent want of sensation of the
raising of their hues by light.
The first of these meanings of the word "tone" is liable to be confounded
with what is commonly called "aerial perspective." But aerial perspective is
§ 3. Difference
the expression of space, by any means whatsoever,
sharpness of edge, vividness of color, etc., assisted by
between tone in its
greater pitch of shadow, and requires only that objects
first sense and
aerial perspective.
should be detached from each other, by degrees of intensity
in proportion to their distance, without requiring that the
difference between the farthest and nearest should be in positive quantity the
same that nature has put. But what I have called "tone" requires that there
should be the same sum of difference, as well as the same division of
differences.
Now the finely toned pictures of the old masters are, in this respect, some
of the notes of nature played two or three octaves below her key; the dark
objects in the middle distance having precisely the same
§ 4. The pictures of
the old masters
relation to the light of the sky which they have in nature, but
perfect in relation
the light being necessarily infinitely lowered, and the mass
of middle tints to
of the shadow deepened in the same degree. I have often
light.
been struck, when looking at a camera-obscuro on a dark
day, with the exact resemblance the image bore to one of
the finest pictures of the old masters; all the foliage coming dark against the
Page 238
sky, and nothing being seen in its mass but here and there the isolated light of
a silvery stem or an unusually illumined cluster of leafage.
Now if this could be done consistently, and all the notes of nature given in
§ 5. And
this way an octave or two down, it would be right and
consequently
necessary so to do: but be it observed, not only does nature
totally false in
surpass us in power of obtaining light as much as the sun
relation of middle
surpasses white paper, but she also infinitely surpasses us in
tints to darkness.
her power of shade. Her deepest shades are void spaces
from which no light whatever is reflected to the eye; ours
are black surfaces from which, paint as black as we may, a great deal of light
is still reflected, and which, placed against one of nature's deep bits of gloom,
would tell as distinct light. Here we are then, with white paper for our highest
light, and visible illumined surface for our deepest shadow, set to run the
gauntlet against nature, with the sun for her light, and vacuity for her gloom.
It is evident that she can well afford to throw her material objects dark
against the brilliant aerial tone of her sky, and yet give in those objects
themselves a thousand intermediate distances and tones before she comes to
black, or to anything like it—all the illumined surfaces of her objects being as
distinctly and vividly brighter than her nearest and darkest shadows, as the
sky is brighter than those illumined surfaces. But if we, against our poor, dull
obscurity of yellow paint, instead of sky, insist on having the same relation of
shade in material objects, we go down to the bottom of our scale at once; and
what in the world are we to do then? Where are all our intermediate distances
to come from?—how are we to express the aerial relations among the parts
themselves, for instance, of foliage, whose most distant boughs are already
almost black?—how are we to come up from this to the foreground, and
when we have done so, how are we to express the distinction between its
solid parts, already as dark as we can make them, and its vacant hollows,
which nature has marked sharp and clear and black, among its lighted
surfaces? It cannot but be evident at a glance, that if to any one of the steps
from one distance to another, we give the same quantity of difference in pitch
of shade which nature does, we must pay for this expenditure of our means
by totally missing half a dozen distances, not a whit less important or
marked, and so sacrifice a multitude of truths, to obtain one. And this,
accordingly was the means by which the old masters obtained their (truth?) of
tone. They chose those steps of distance which are the most conspicuous and
a silvery stem or an unusually illumined cluster of leafage.
Now if this could be done consistently, and all the notes of nature given in
§ 5. And
this way an octave or two down, it would be right and
consequently
necessary so to do: but be it observed, not only does nature
totally false in
surpass us in power of obtaining light as much as the sun
relation of middle
surpasses white paper, but she also infinitely surpasses us in
tints to darkness.
her power of shade. Her deepest shades are void spaces
from which no light whatever is reflected to the eye; ours
are black surfaces from which, paint as black as we may, a great deal of light
is still reflected, and which, placed against one of nature's deep bits of gloom,
would tell as distinct light. Here we are then, with white paper for our highest
light, and visible illumined surface for our deepest shadow, set to run the
gauntlet against nature, with the sun for her light, and vacuity for her gloom.
It is evident that she can well afford to throw her material objects dark
against the brilliant aerial tone of her sky, and yet give in those objects
themselves a thousand intermediate distances and tones before she comes to
black, or to anything like it—all the illumined surfaces of her objects being as
distinctly and vividly brighter than her nearest and darkest shadows, as the
sky is brighter than those illumined surfaces. But if we, against our poor, dull
obscurity of yellow paint, instead of sky, insist on having the same relation of
shade in material objects, we go down to the bottom of our scale at once; and
what in the world are we to do then? Where are all our intermediate distances
to come from?—how are we to express the aerial relations among the parts
themselves, for instance, of foliage, whose most distant boughs are already
almost black?—how are we to come up from this to the foreground, and
when we have done so, how are we to express the distinction between its
solid parts, already as dark as we can make them, and its vacant hollows,
which nature has marked sharp and clear and black, among its lighted
surfaces? It cannot but be evident at a glance, that if to any one of the steps
from one distance to another, we give the same quantity of difference in pitch
of shade which nature does, we must pay for this expenditure of our means
by totally missing half a dozen distances, not a whit less important or
marked, and so sacrifice a multitude of truths, to obtain one. And this,
accordingly was the means by which the old masters obtained their (truth?) of
tone. They chose those steps of distance which are the most conspicuous and
Page 239
noticeable—that for instance from sky to foliage, or from clouds to hills—
and they gave these their precise pitch of difference in shade with exquisite
accuracy of imitation. Their means were then exhausted, and they were
obliged to leave their trees flat masses of mere filled-up outline, and to omit
the truths of space in every individual part of their picture by the thousand.
But this they did not care for; it saved them trouble; they reached their grand
end, imitative effect; they thrust home just at the places where the common
and careless eye looks for imitation, and they attained the broadest and most
faithful appearance of truth of tone which art can exhibit.
But they are prodigals, and foolish prodigals, in art; they lavish their whole
means to get one truth, and leave themselves powerless when they should
seize a thousand. And is it indeed worthy of being called a
§6. General
truth, when we have a vast history given us to relate, to the
falsehood of such a
system.
fulness of which neither our limits nor our language are
adequate, instead of giving all its parts abridged in the order
of their importance, to omit or deny the greater part of them, that we may
dwell with verbal fidelity on two or three? Nay, the very truth to which the
rest are sacrificed is rendered falsehood by their absence, the relation of the
tree to the sky is marked as an impossibility by the want of relation of its
parts to each other.
Turner starts from the beginning with a totally different principle. He
boldly takes pure white (and justly, for it is the sign of the most intense
sunbeams) for his highest light, and lampblack for his
§ 7. The principle
of Turner in this
deepest shade; and between these he makes every degree of
respect.
shade indicative of separate degree of distance,[16] giving
each step of approach, not the exact difference in pitch
which it would have in nature, but a difference bearing the same proportion
to that which his sum of possible shade bears to the sum of nature's shade; so
that an object half way between his horizon and his foreground, will be
exactly in half tint of force, and every minute division of intermediate space
will have just its proportionate share of the lesser sum, and no more. Hence
where the old masters expressed one distance, he expresses a hundred; and
where they said furlongs, he says leagues. Which of these modes of
procedure be most agreeable with truth, I think I may safely leave the reader
to decide for himself. He will see in this very first instance, one proof of what
and they gave these their precise pitch of difference in shade with exquisite
accuracy of imitation. Their means were then exhausted, and they were
obliged to leave their trees flat masses of mere filled-up outline, and to omit
the truths of space in every individual part of their picture by the thousand.
But this they did not care for; it saved them trouble; they reached their grand
end, imitative effect; they thrust home just at the places where the common
and careless eye looks for imitation, and they attained the broadest and most
faithful appearance of truth of tone which art can exhibit.
But they are prodigals, and foolish prodigals, in art; they lavish their whole
means to get one truth, and leave themselves powerless when they should
seize a thousand. And is it indeed worthy of being called a
§6. General
truth, when we have a vast history given us to relate, to the
falsehood of such a
system.
fulness of which neither our limits nor our language are
adequate, instead of giving all its parts abridged in the order
of their importance, to omit or deny the greater part of them, that we may
dwell with verbal fidelity on two or three? Nay, the very truth to which the
rest are sacrificed is rendered falsehood by their absence, the relation of the
tree to the sky is marked as an impossibility by the want of relation of its
parts to each other.
Turner starts from the beginning with a totally different principle. He
boldly takes pure white (and justly, for it is the sign of the most intense
sunbeams) for his highest light, and lampblack for his
§ 7. The principle
of Turner in this
deepest shade; and between these he makes every degree of
respect.
shade indicative of separate degree of distance,[16] giving
each step of approach, not the exact difference in pitch
which it would have in nature, but a difference bearing the same proportion
to that which his sum of possible shade bears to the sum of nature's shade; so
that an object half way between his horizon and his foreground, will be
exactly in half tint of force, and every minute division of intermediate space
will have just its proportionate share of the lesser sum, and no more. Hence
where the old masters expressed one distance, he expresses a hundred; and
where they said furlongs, he says leagues. Which of these modes of
procedure be most agreeable with truth, I think I may safely leave the reader
to decide for himself. He will see in this very first instance, one proof of what
Page 240
we above asserted, that the deceptive imitation of nature is inconsistent with
real truth; for the very means by which the old masters attained the apparent
accuracy of tone which is so satisfying to the eye, compelled them to give up
all idea of real relations of retirement, and to represent a few successive and
marked stages of distance, like the scenes of a theatre, instead of the
imperceptible, multitudinous, symmetrical retirement of nature, who is not
more careful to separate her nearest bush from her farthest one, than to
separate the nearest bough of that bush from the one next to it.
Take for instance, one of the finest landscapes that ancient art has produced
—the work of a really great and intellectual mind, the quiet Nicholas Poussin,
§ 8. Comparison of
in our own National Gallery, with the traveller washing his
N. Poussin's
feet. The first idea we receive from this picture is, that it is
"Phocion,"
evening, and all the light coming from the horizon. Not so.
It is full moon, the light coming steep from the left, as is
shown by the shadow of the stick on the right-hand pedestal,—(for if the sun
were not very high, that shadow could not lose itself half way down, and if it
were not lateral, the shadow would slope, instead of being vertical.) Now, ask
yourself, and answer candidly, if those black masses of foliage, in which
scarcely any form is seen but the outline, be a true representation of trees
under noonday sunlight, sloping from the left, bringing out, as it necessarily
would do, their masses into golden green, and marking every leaf and bough
with sharp shadow and sparkling light. The only truth in the picture is the
exact pitch of relief against the sky of both trees and hills, and to this the
organization of the hills, the intricacy of the foliage, and everything
indicative either of the nature of the light, or the character of the objects, are
unhesitatingly sacrificed. So much falsehood does it cost to obtain two
apparent truths of tone. Or take, as a still more glaring instance, No. 260 in
the Dulwich Gallery, where the trunks of the trees, even of those farthest off,
on the left, are as black as paint can make them, and there is not, and cannot
be, the slightest increase of force, or any marking whatsoever of distance by
color, or any other means, between them and the foreground.
Compare with these, Turner's treatment of his materials in the Mercury and
Argus. He has here his light actually coming from the distance, the sun being
§ 9. With Turner's
nearly in the centre of the picture, and a violent relief of
"Mercury and
objects against it would be far more justifiable than in
real truth; for the very means by which the old masters attained the apparent
accuracy of tone which is so satisfying to the eye, compelled them to give up
all idea of real relations of retirement, and to represent a few successive and
marked stages of distance, like the scenes of a theatre, instead of the
imperceptible, multitudinous, symmetrical retirement of nature, who is not
more careful to separate her nearest bush from her farthest one, than to
separate the nearest bough of that bush from the one next to it.
Take for instance, one of the finest landscapes that ancient art has produced
—the work of a really great and intellectual mind, the quiet Nicholas Poussin,
§ 8. Comparison of
in our own National Gallery, with the traveller washing his
N. Poussin's
feet. The first idea we receive from this picture is, that it is
"Phocion,"
evening, and all the light coming from the horizon. Not so.
It is full moon, the light coming steep from the left, as is
shown by the shadow of the stick on the right-hand pedestal,—(for if the sun
were not very high, that shadow could not lose itself half way down, and if it
were not lateral, the shadow would slope, instead of being vertical.) Now, ask
yourself, and answer candidly, if those black masses of foliage, in which
scarcely any form is seen but the outline, be a true representation of trees
under noonday sunlight, sloping from the left, bringing out, as it necessarily
would do, their masses into golden green, and marking every leaf and bough
with sharp shadow and sparkling light. The only truth in the picture is the
exact pitch of relief against the sky of both trees and hills, and to this the
organization of the hills, the intricacy of the foliage, and everything
indicative either of the nature of the light, or the character of the objects, are
unhesitatingly sacrificed. So much falsehood does it cost to obtain two
apparent truths of tone. Or take, as a still more glaring instance, No. 260 in
the Dulwich Gallery, where the trunks of the trees, even of those farthest off,
on the left, are as black as paint can make them, and there is not, and cannot
be, the slightest increase of force, or any marking whatsoever of distance by
color, or any other means, between them and the foreground.
Compare with these, Turner's treatment of his materials in the Mercury and
Argus. He has here his light actually coming from the distance, the sun being
§ 9. With Turner's
nearly in the centre of the picture, and a violent relief of
"Mercury and
objects against it would be far more justifiable than in
Page 241
Argus." Poussin's case. But this dark relief is used in its full force
only with the nearest leaves of the nearest group of foliage
overhanging the foreground from the left; and between these and the more
distant members of the same group, though only three or four yards separate,
distinct aerial perspective and intervening mist and light are shown; while the
large tree in the centre, though very dark, as being very near, compared with
all the distance, is much diminished in intensity of shade from this nearest
group of leaves, and is faint compared with all the foreground. It is true that
this tree has not, in consequence, the actual pitch of shade against the sky
which it would have in nature; but it has precisely as much as it possibly can
have, to leave it the same proportionate relation to the objects near at hand.
And it cannot but be evident to the thoughtful reader, that whatever trickery
or deception may be the result of a contrary mode of treatment, this is the
only scientific or essentially truthful system, and that what it loses in tone it
gains in aerial perspective.
Compare again the last vignette in Rogers's Poems, the "Datur Hora
Quieti," where everything, even the darkest parts of the trees, is kept pale and
§ 10. And with the
full of graduation; even the bridge where it crosses the
descending stream of sunshine, rather lost in the light than
"Datur Hora
relieved against it, until we come up to the foreground, and
Quieti."
then the vigorous local black of the plough throws the
whole picture into distance and sunshine. I do not know anything in art which
can for a moment be set beside this drawing for united intensity of light and
repose.
Observe, I am not at present speaking of the beauty or desirableness of the
system of the old masters; it may be sublime, and affecting, and ideal, and
intellectual, and a great deal more; but all I am concerned with at present is,
that it is not true; while Turner's is the closest and most studied approach to
truth of which the materials of art admit.
It was not, therefore, with reference to this division of the subject that I
admitted inferiority in our great modern master to Claude or Poussin, but
with reference to the second and more usual meaning of the word "tone"—
the exact relation and fitness of shadow and light, and of the hues of all
objects under them; and more especially that precious quality of each color
only with the nearest leaves of the nearest group of foliage
overhanging the foreground from the left; and between these and the more
distant members of the same group, though only three or four yards separate,
distinct aerial perspective and intervening mist and light are shown; while the
large tree in the centre, though very dark, as being very near, compared with
all the distance, is much diminished in intensity of shade from this nearest
group of leaves, and is faint compared with all the foreground. It is true that
this tree has not, in consequence, the actual pitch of shade against the sky
which it would have in nature; but it has precisely as much as it possibly can
have, to leave it the same proportionate relation to the objects near at hand.
And it cannot but be evident to the thoughtful reader, that whatever trickery
or deception may be the result of a contrary mode of treatment, this is the
only scientific or essentially truthful system, and that what it loses in tone it
gains in aerial perspective.
Compare again the last vignette in Rogers's Poems, the "Datur Hora
Quieti," where everything, even the darkest parts of the trees, is kept pale and
§ 10. And with the
full of graduation; even the bridge where it crosses the
descending stream of sunshine, rather lost in the light than
"Datur Hora
relieved against it, until we come up to the foreground, and
Quieti."
then the vigorous local black of the plough throws the
whole picture into distance and sunshine. I do not know anything in art which
can for a moment be set beside this drawing for united intensity of light and
repose.
Observe, I am not at present speaking of the beauty or desirableness of the
system of the old masters; it may be sublime, and affecting, and ideal, and
intellectual, and a great deal more; but all I am concerned with at present is,
that it is not true; while Turner's is the closest and most studied approach to
truth of which the materials of art admit.
It was not, therefore, with reference to this division of the subject that I
admitted inferiority in our great modern master to Claude or Poussin, but
with reference to the second and more usual meaning of the word "tone"—
the exact relation and fitness of shadow and light, and of the hues of all
objects under them; and more especially that precious quality of each color
Page 242
laid on, which makes it appear a quiet color illuminated, not
§ 11. The second
sense of the word
a bright color in shade. But I allow this inferiority only with
"tone."
respect to the paintings of Turner, not to his drawings. I
could select from among the works named in Chap. VI. of
§ 12. Remarkable
this section, pieces of tone absolutely faultless and perfect,
difference in this
from the coolest grays of wintry dawn to the intense fire of
summer noon. And the difference between the prevailing
respect between
the paintings and
character of these and that of nearly all the paintings, (for
drawings of
the early oil pictures of Turner are far less perfect in tone
Turner.
than the most recent,) it is difficult to account for, but on the
supposition that there is something in the material which
modern artists in general are incapable of mastering, and which compels
Turner himself to think less of tone in oil color, than of other and more
important qualities. The total failures of Callcott, whose struggles after tone
ended so invariably in shivering winter or brown paint, the misfortune of
Landseer with his evening sky in 1842, the frigidity of Stanfield, and the
earthiness and opacity which all the magnificent power and admirable
science of Etty are unable entirely to conquer, are too fatal and convincing
proofs of the want of knowledge of means, rather than of the absence of aim,
in modern artists as a body. Yet, with respect to Turner,
§ 13. Not owing to
however much the want of tone in his early paintings (the
want of power over
the material.
Fall of Carthage, for instance, and others painted at a time
when he was producing the most exquisite hues of light in
water-color) might seem to favor such a supposition, there are passages in his
recent works (such, for instance, as the sunlight along the sea, in the Slaver)
which directly contradict it, and which prove to us that where he now errs in
tone, (as in the Cicero's Villa,) it is less owing to want of power to reach it,
than to the pursuit of some different and nobler end. I shall therefore glance
at the particular modes in which Turner manages his tone in his present
Academy pictures; the early ones must be given up at once. Place a genuine
untouched Claude beside the Crossing the Brook, and the difference in value
and tenderness of tone will be felt in an instant, and felt the more painfully
because all the cool and transparent qualities of Claude would have been here
desirable, and in their place, and appear to have been aimed at. The
foreground of the Building of Carthage, and the greater part of the
architecture of the Fall, are equally heavy and evidently paint, if we compare
§ 11. The second
sense of the word
a bright color in shade. But I allow this inferiority only with
"tone."
respect to the paintings of Turner, not to his drawings. I
could select from among the works named in Chap. VI. of
§ 12. Remarkable
this section, pieces of tone absolutely faultless and perfect,
difference in this
from the coolest grays of wintry dawn to the intense fire of
summer noon. And the difference between the prevailing
respect between
the paintings and
character of these and that of nearly all the paintings, (for
drawings of
the early oil pictures of Turner are far less perfect in tone
Turner.
than the most recent,) it is difficult to account for, but on the
supposition that there is something in the material which
modern artists in general are incapable of mastering, and which compels
Turner himself to think less of tone in oil color, than of other and more
important qualities. The total failures of Callcott, whose struggles after tone
ended so invariably in shivering winter or brown paint, the misfortune of
Landseer with his evening sky in 1842, the frigidity of Stanfield, and the
earthiness and opacity which all the magnificent power and admirable
science of Etty are unable entirely to conquer, are too fatal and convincing
proofs of the want of knowledge of means, rather than of the absence of aim,
in modern artists as a body. Yet, with respect to Turner,
§ 13. Not owing to
however much the want of tone in his early paintings (the
want of power over
the material.
Fall of Carthage, for instance, and others painted at a time
when he was producing the most exquisite hues of light in
water-color) might seem to favor such a supposition, there are passages in his
recent works (such, for instance, as the sunlight along the sea, in the Slaver)
which directly contradict it, and which prove to us that where he now errs in
tone, (as in the Cicero's Villa,) it is less owing to want of power to reach it,
than to the pursuit of some different and nobler end. I shall therefore glance
at the particular modes in which Turner manages his tone in his present
Academy pictures; the early ones must be given up at once. Place a genuine
untouched Claude beside the Crossing the Brook, and the difference in value
and tenderness of tone will be felt in an instant, and felt the more painfully
because all the cool and transparent qualities of Claude would have been here
desirable, and in their place, and appear to have been aimed at. The
foreground of the Building of Carthage, and the greater part of the
architecture of the Fall, are equally heavy and evidently paint, if we compare
Page 243
them with genuine passages of Claude's sunshine. There is a very grand and
simple piece of tone in the possession of J. Allnutt, Esq., a sunset behind
willows, but even this is wanting in refinement of shadow, and is crude in its
extreme distance. Not so with the recent Academy pictures; many of their
passages are absolutely faultless; all are refined and marvellous, and with the
exception of the Cicero's Villa, we shall find few pictures painted within the
last ten years which do not either present us with perfect tone, or with some
higher beauty, to which it is necessarily sacrificed. If we glance at the
requirements of nature, and her superiority of means to ours, we shall see
why and how it is sacrificed.
Light, with reference to the tone it induces on objects, is either to be
considered as neutral and white, bringing out local colors with fidelity; or
colored, and consequently modifying these local tints, with
§ 14. The two
its own. But the power of pure white light to exhibit local
distinct qualities of
light to be
color is strangely variable. The morning light of about nine
considered.
or ten is usually very pure; but the difference of its effect on
different days, independently of mere brilliancy, is as
inconceivable as inexplicable. Every one knows how capriciously the colors
of a fine opal vary from day to day, and how rare the lights are which bring
them fully out. Now the expression of the strange, penetrating, deep, neutral
light, which, while it alters no color, brings every color up to the highest
possible pitch and key of pure, harmonious intensity, is the chief attribute of
finely-toned pictures by the great colorists as opposed to pictures of equally
high tone, by masters who, careless of color, are content, like Cuyp, to lose
local tints in the golden blaze of absorbing light.
Falsehood, in this neutral tone, if it may be so called, is a matter far more
of feeling than of proof, for any color is possible under such lights; it is
§ 15. Falsehoods by
meagreness and feebleness only which are to be avoided;
and these are rather matters of sensation than of reasoning.
which Titian
But it is yet easy enough to prove by what exaggerated and
attains the
appearance of
false means the pictures most celebrated for this quality are
quality in light.
endowed with their richness and solemnity of color. In the
Bacchus and Ariadne of Titian, it is difficult to imagine
anything more magnificently impossible than the blue of the distant
landscape;—impossible, not from its vividness, but because it is not faint and
simple piece of tone in the possession of J. Allnutt, Esq., a sunset behind
willows, but even this is wanting in refinement of shadow, and is crude in its
extreme distance. Not so with the recent Academy pictures; many of their
passages are absolutely faultless; all are refined and marvellous, and with the
exception of the Cicero's Villa, we shall find few pictures painted within the
last ten years which do not either present us with perfect tone, or with some
higher beauty, to which it is necessarily sacrificed. If we glance at the
requirements of nature, and her superiority of means to ours, we shall see
why and how it is sacrificed.
Light, with reference to the tone it induces on objects, is either to be
considered as neutral and white, bringing out local colors with fidelity; or
colored, and consequently modifying these local tints, with
§ 14. The two
its own. But the power of pure white light to exhibit local
distinct qualities of
light to be
color is strangely variable. The morning light of about nine
considered.
or ten is usually very pure; but the difference of its effect on
different days, independently of mere brilliancy, is as
inconceivable as inexplicable. Every one knows how capriciously the colors
of a fine opal vary from day to day, and how rare the lights are which bring
them fully out. Now the expression of the strange, penetrating, deep, neutral
light, which, while it alters no color, brings every color up to the highest
possible pitch and key of pure, harmonious intensity, is the chief attribute of
finely-toned pictures by the great colorists as opposed to pictures of equally
high tone, by masters who, careless of color, are content, like Cuyp, to lose
local tints in the golden blaze of absorbing light.
Falsehood, in this neutral tone, if it may be so called, is a matter far more
of feeling than of proof, for any color is possible under such lights; it is
§ 15. Falsehoods by
meagreness and feebleness only which are to be avoided;
and these are rather matters of sensation than of reasoning.
which Titian
But it is yet easy enough to prove by what exaggerated and
attains the
appearance of
false means the pictures most celebrated for this quality are
quality in light.
endowed with their richness and solemnity of color. In the
Bacchus and Ariadne of Titian, it is difficult to imagine
anything more magnificently impossible than the blue of the distant
landscape;—impossible, not from its vividness, but because it is not faint and
Page 244
aerial enough to account for its purity of color; it is too dark and blue at the
same time; and there is indeed so total a want of atmosphere in it, that, but for
the difference of form, it would be impossible to tell the mountains (intended
to be ten miles off) from the robe of Ariadne close to the spectator. Yet make
this blue faint, aerial, and distant—make it in the slightest degree to resemble
the truth of nature's color—and all the tone of the picture, all its intensity and
splendor, will vanish on the instant. So again, in the exquisite and inimitable
little bit of color, the Europa in the Dulwich Gallery; the blue of the dark
promontory on the left is thoroughly absurd and impossible, and the warm
tones of the clouds equally so, unless it were sunset; but the blue especially,
because it is nearer than several points of land which are equally in shadow,
and yet are rendered in warm gray. But the whole value and tone of the
picture would be destroyed if this blue were altered.
Now, as much of this kind of richness of tone is always given by Turner as
is compatible with truth of aerial effect; but he will not sacrifice the higher
truths of his landscape to mere pitch of color as Titian does.
§ 16. Turner will
He infinitely prefers having the power of giving extension
not use such
means.
of space, and fulness of form, to that of giving deep
melodies of tone; he feels too much the incapacity of art,
with its feeble means of light, to give the abundance of nature's gradations;
and therefore it is, that taking pure white for his highest expression of light,
that even pure yellow may give him one more step in the scale of shade, he
becomes necessarily inferior in richness of effect to the old masters of tone,
(who always used a golden highest light,) but gains by the sacrifice a
§ 17. But gains in
thousand more essential truths. For, though we all know
essential truth by
how much more like light, in the abstract, a finely-toned
the sacrifice.
warm hue will be to the feelings than white, yet it is utterly
impossible to mark the same number of gradations between
such a sobered high light and the deepest shadow, which we can between this
and white; and as these gradations are absolutely necessary to give the facts
of form and distance, which, as we have above shown, are more important
than any truths of tone,[17] Turner sacrifices the richness of his picture to its
completeness—the manner of the statement to its matter. And not only is he
right in doing this for the sake of space, but he is right also in the abstract
question of color; for as we observed above (Sect. 14,) it is only the white
light—the perfect unmodified group of rays—which will bring out local color
same time; and there is indeed so total a want of atmosphere in it, that, but for
the difference of form, it would be impossible to tell the mountains (intended
to be ten miles off) from the robe of Ariadne close to the spectator. Yet make
this blue faint, aerial, and distant—make it in the slightest degree to resemble
the truth of nature's color—and all the tone of the picture, all its intensity and
splendor, will vanish on the instant. So again, in the exquisite and inimitable
little bit of color, the Europa in the Dulwich Gallery; the blue of the dark
promontory on the left is thoroughly absurd and impossible, and the warm
tones of the clouds equally so, unless it were sunset; but the blue especially,
because it is nearer than several points of land which are equally in shadow,
and yet are rendered in warm gray. But the whole value and tone of the
picture would be destroyed if this blue were altered.
Now, as much of this kind of richness of tone is always given by Turner as
is compatible with truth of aerial effect; but he will not sacrifice the higher
truths of his landscape to mere pitch of color as Titian does.
§ 16. Turner will
He infinitely prefers having the power of giving extension
not use such
means.
of space, and fulness of form, to that of giving deep
melodies of tone; he feels too much the incapacity of art,
with its feeble means of light, to give the abundance of nature's gradations;
and therefore it is, that taking pure white for his highest expression of light,
that even pure yellow may give him one more step in the scale of shade, he
becomes necessarily inferior in richness of effect to the old masters of tone,
(who always used a golden highest light,) but gains by the sacrifice a
§ 17. But gains in
thousand more essential truths. For, though we all know
essential truth by
how much more like light, in the abstract, a finely-toned
the sacrifice.
warm hue will be to the feelings than white, yet it is utterly
impossible to mark the same number of gradations between
such a sobered high light and the deepest shadow, which we can between this
and white; and as these gradations are absolutely necessary to give the facts
of form and distance, which, as we have above shown, are more important
than any truths of tone,[17] Turner sacrifices the richness of his picture to its
completeness—the manner of the statement to its matter. And not only is he
right in doing this for the sake of space, but he is right also in the abstract
question of color; for as we observed above (Sect. 14,) it is only the white
light—the perfect unmodified group of rays—which will bring out local color
Page 245
perfectly; and if the picture, therefore, is to be complete in its system of color,
that is, if it is to have each of the three primitives in their purity, it must have
white for its highest light, otherwise the purity of one of them at least will be
impossible. And this leads us to notice the second and more
§ 18. The second
quality of light.
frequent quality of light, (which is assumed if we make our
highest representation of it yellow,) the positive hue,
namely, which it may itself possess, of course modifying whatever local tints
it exhibits, and thereby rendering certain colors necessary, and certain colors
impossible. Under the direct yellow light of a descending sun, for instance,
pure white and pure blue are both impossible; because the purest whites and
blues that nature could produce would be turned in some degree into gold or
green by it; and when the sun is within half a degree of the horizon, if the sky
be clear, a rose light supersedes the golden one, still more overwhelming in
its effect on local color. I have seen the pale fresh green of spring vegetation
in the gardens of Venice, on the Lido side, turned pure russet, or between that
and crimson, by a vivid sunset of this kind, every particle of green color
being absolutely annihilated. And so under all colored lights, (and there are
few, from dawn to twilight, which are not slightly tinted by some accident of
atmosphere,) there is a change of local color, which, when in a picture it is so
exactly proportioned that we feel at once both what the local colors are in
themselves, and what is the color and strength of the light upon them, gives
us truth of tone.
For expression of effects of yellow sunlight, parts might be chosen out of
the good pictures of Cuyp, which have never been equalled in art. But I much
§ 19. The
doubt if there be a single bright Cuyp in the world, which,
taken as a whole, does not present many glaring solecisms
perfection of Cuyp
in tone. I have not seen many fine pictures of his, which
in this respect
interfered with by
were not utterly spoiled by the vermilion dress of some
numerous
principal figure, a vermilion totally unaffected and
solecisms.
unwarmed by the golden hue of the rest of the picture; and,
what is worse, with little distinction, between its own
illumined and shaded parts, so that it appears altogether out of sunshine, the
color of a bright vermilion in dead, cold daylight. It is possible that the
original color may have gone down in all cases, or that these parts may have
been villanously repainted: but I am the rather disposed to believe them
genuine, because even throughout the best of his pictures there are evident
that is, if it is to have each of the three primitives in their purity, it must have
white for its highest light, otherwise the purity of one of them at least will be
impossible. And this leads us to notice the second and more
§ 18. The second
quality of light.
frequent quality of light, (which is assumed if we make our
highest representation of it yellow,) the positive hue,
namely, which it may itself possess, of course modifying whatever local tints
it exhibits, and thereby rendering certain colors necessary, and certain colors
impossible. Under the direct yellow light of a descending sun, for instance,
pure white and pure blue are both impossible; because the purest whites and
blues that nature could produce would be turned in some degree into gold or
green by it; and when the sun is within half a degree of the horizon, if the sky
be clear, a rose light supersedes the golden one, still more overwhelming in
its effect on local color. I have seen the pale fresh green of spring vegetation
in the gardens of Venice, on the Lido side, turned pure russet, or between that
and crimson, by a vivid sunset of this kind, every particle of green color
being absolutely annihilated. And so under all colored lights, (and there are
few, from dawn to twilight, which are not slightly tinted by some accident of
atmosphere,) there is a change of local color, which, when in a picture it is so
exactly proportioned that we feel at once both what the local colors are in
themselves, and what is the color and strength of the light upon them, gives
us truth of tone.
For expression of effects of yellow sunlight, parts might be chosen out of
the good pictures of Cuyp, which have never been equalled in art. But I much
§ 19. The
doubt if there be a single bright Cuyp in the world, which,
taken as a whole, does not present many glaring solecisms
perfection of Cuyp
in tone. I have not seen many fine pictures of his, which
in this respect
interfered with by
were not utterly spoiled by the vermilion dress of some
numerous
principal figure, a vermilion totally unaffected and
solecisms.
unwarmed by the golden hue of the rest of the picture; and,
what is worse, with little distinction, between its own
illumined and shaded parts, so that it appears altogether out of sunshine, the
color of a bright vermilion in dead, cold daylight. It is possible that the
original color may have gone down in all cases, or that these parts may have
been villanously repainted: but I am the rather disposed to believe them
genuine, because even throughout the best of his pictures there are evident
Page 246
recurrences of the same kind of solecism in other colors—greens for instance
—as in the steep bank on the right of the largest picture in the Dulwich
Gallery; and browns, as in the lying cow in the same picture, which is in most
visible and painful contrast with the one standing beside it, the flank of the
standing one being bathed in breathing sunshine, and the reposing one laid in
with as dead, opaque, and lifeless brown as ever came raw from a novice's
pallet. And again, in that marked 83, while the figures on the right are
walking in the most precious light, and those just beyond them in the distance
leave a furlong or two of pure visible sunbeams between us and them, the
cows in the centre are entirely deprived, poor things, of both light and air.
And these failing parts, though they often escape the eye when we are near
the picture and able to dwell upon what is beautiful in it, yet so injure its
whole effect that I question if there be many Cuyps in which vivid colors
occur, which will not lose their effect, and become cold and flat at a distance
of ten or twelve paces, retaining their influence only when the eye is close
enough to rest on the right parts without including the whole. Take, for
instance, the large one in our National Gallery, seen from the opposite door,
where the black cow appears a great deal nearer than the dogs, and the golden
tones of the distance look like a sepia drawing rather than like sunshine,
owing chiefly to the utter want of aerial grays indicated through them.
Now, there is no instance in the works of Turner of anything so faithful and
imitative of sunshine as the best parts of Cuyp; but at the same time, there is
not a single vestige of the same kind of solecism. It is true, that in his
fondness for color, Turner is in the habit of allowing
§ 20. Turner is not
so perfect in parts
excessively cold fragments in big warmest pictures; but
—far more so in
these are never, observe, warm colors with no light upon
the whole.
them, useless as contrasts while they are discords in the
tone; but they are bits of the very coolest tints, partially
removed from the general influence, and exquisitely valuable as color,
though, with all deference be it spoken, I think them sometimes slightly
destructive of what would otherwise be perfect tone. For instance, the two
blue and white stripes on the drifting flag of the Slave Ship, are, I think, the
least degree too purely cool. I think both the blue and white would be
impossible under such a light; and in the same way the white parts of the
dress of the Napoleon interfered by their coolness with the perfectly managed
warmth of all the rest of the picture. But both these lights are reflexes, and it
—as in the steep bank on the right of the largest picture in the Dulwich
Gallery; and browns, as in the lying cow in the same picture, which is in most
visible and painful contrast with the one standing beside it, the flank of the
standing one being bathed in breathing sunshine, and the reposing one laid in
with as dead, opaque, and lifeless brown as ever came raw from a novice's
pallet. And again, in that marked 83, while the figures on the right are
walking in the most precious light, and those just beyond them in the distance
leave a furlong or two of pure visible sunbeams between us and them, the
cows in the centre are entirely deprived, poor things, of both light and air.
And these failing parts, though they often escape the eye when we are near
the picture and able to dwell upon what is beautiful in it, yet so injure its
whole effect that I question if there be many Cuyps in which vivid colors
occur, which will not lose their effect, and become cold and flat at a distance
of ten or twelve paces, retaining their influence only when the eye is close
enough to rest on the right parts without including the whole. Take, for
instance, the large one in our National Gallery, seen from the opposite door,
where the black cow appears a great deal nearer than the dogs, and the golden
tones of the distance look like a sepia drawing rather than like sunshine,
owing chiefly to the utter want of aerial grays indicated through them.
Now, there is no instance in the works of Turner of anything so faithful and
imitative of sunshine as the best parts of Cuyp; but at the same time, there is
not a single vestige of the same kind of solecism. It is true, that in his
fondness for color, Turner is in the habit of allowing
§ 20. Turner is not
so perfect in parts
excessively cold fragments in big warmest pictures; but
—far more so in
these are never, observe, warm colors with no light upon
the whole.
them, useless as contrasts while they are discords in the
tone; but they are bits of the very coolest tints, partially
removed from the general influence, and exquisitely valuable as color,
though, with all deference be it spoken, I think them sometimes slightly
destructive of what would otherwise be perfect tone. For instance, the two
blue and white stripes on the drifting flag of the Slave Ship, are, I think, the
least degree too purely cool. I think both the blue and white would be
impossible under such a light; and in the same way the white parts of the
dress of the Napoleon interfered by their coolness with the perfectly managed
warmth of all the rest of the picture. But both these lights are reflexes, and it
Page 247
is nearly impossible to say what tones may be assumed even by the warmest
light reflected from a cool surface; so that we cannot actually convict these
parts of falsehood, and though we should have liked the tone of the picture
better had they been slightly warmer, we cannot but like the color of the
picture better with them as they are; while Cuyp's failing portions are not
only evidently and demonstrably false, being in direct light, but are as
disagreeable in color as false in tone, and injurious to everything near them.
And the best proof of the grammatical accuracy of the tones of Turner is in
the perfect and unchanging influence of all his pictures at any distance. We
approach only to follow the sunshine into every cranny of the leafage, and
retire only to feel it diffused over the scene, the whole picture glowing like a
sun or star at whatever distance we stand, and lighting the air between us and
it; while many even of the best pictures of Claude must be looked close into
to be felt, and lose light every foot that we retire. The smallest of the three
seaports in the National Gallery is valuable and right in tone when we are
close to it; but ten yards off, it is all brick-dust, offensively and evidently
false in its whole hue.
The comparison of Turner with Cuyp and Claude may sound strange in
most ears; but this is chiefly because we are not in the habit of analyzing and
dwelling upon those difficult and daring passages of the
§ 21. The power in
modern master which do not at first appeal to our ordinary
Turner of uniting a
number of tones.
notions of truth, owing to his habit of uniting two, three, or
even more separate tones in the same composition. In this
also he strictly follows nature, for wherever climate changes, tone changes,
and the climate changes with every 200 feet of elevation, so that the upper
clouds are always different in tone from the lower ones, these from the rest of
the landscape, and in all probability, some part of the horizon from the rest.
And when nature allows this in a high degree, as in her most gorgeous effects
she always will, she does not herself impress at once with intensity of tone, as
in the deep and quiet yellows of a July evening, but rather with the
magnificence and variety of associated color, in which, if we give time and
attention to it, we shall gradually find the solemnity and the depth of twenty
tones instead of one. Now in Turner's power of associating cold with warm
light, no one has ever approached, or even ventured into the same field with
him. The old masters, content with one simple tone, sacrificed to its unity all
the exquisite gradations and varied touches of relief and change by which
light reflected from a cool surface; so that we cannot actually convict these
parts of falsehood, and though we should have liked the tone of the picture
better had they been slightly warmer, we cannot but like the color of the
picture better with them as they are; while Cuyp's failing portions are not
only evidently and demonstrably false, being in direct light, but are as
disagreeable in color as false in tone, and injurious to everything near them.
And the best proof of the grammatical accuracy of the tones of Turner is in
the perfect and unchanging influence of all his pictures at any distance. We
approach only to follow the sunshine into every cranny of the leafage, and
retire only to feel it diffused over the scene, the whole picture glowing like a
sun or star at whatever distance we stand, and lighting the air between us and
it; while many even of the best pictures of Claude must be looked close into
to be felt, and lose light every foot that we retire. The smallest of the three
seaports in the National Gallery is valuable and right in tone when we are
close to it; but ten yards off, it is all brick-dust, offensively and evidently
false in its whole hue.
The comparison of Turner with Cuyp and Claude may sound strange in
most ears; but this is chiefly because we are not in the habit of analyzing and
dwelling upon those difficult and daring passages of the
§ 21. The power in
modern master which do not at first appeal to our ordinary
Turner of uniting a
number of tones.
notions of truth, owing to his habit of uniting two, three, or
even more separate tones in the same composition. In this
also he strictly follows nature, for wherever climate changes, tone changes,
and the climate changes with every 200 feet of elevation, so that the upper
clouds are always different in tone from the lower ones, these from the rest of
the landscape, and in all probability, some part of the horizon from the rest.
And when nature allows this in a high degree, as in her most gorgeous effects
she always will, she does not herself impress at once with intensity of tone, as
in the deep and quiet yellows of a July evening, but rather with the
magnificence and variety of associated color, in which, if we give time and
attention to it, we shall gradually find the solemnity and the depth of twenty
tones instead of one. Now in Turner's power of associating cold with warm
light, no one has ever approached, or even ventured into the same field with
him. The old masters, content with one simple tone, sacrificed to its unity all
the exquisite gradations and varied touches of relief and change by which
Page 248
nature unites her hours with each other. They gave the warmth of the sinking
sun, overwhelming all things in its gold; but they did not give those gray
passages about the horizon where, seen through its dying light, the cool and
the gloom of night gather themselves for their victory. Whether it was in
them impotence or judgment, it is not for me to decide. I have only to point to
the daring of Turner in this respect, as something to which art affords no
matter of comparison, as that in which the mere attempt is, in itself,
superiority. Take the evening effect with the Temeraire. That picture will not,
at the first glance, deceive as a piece of actual sunlight; but this is because
there is in it more than sunlight, because under the blazing veil of vaulted fire
which lights the vessel on her last path, there is a blue, deep, desolate hollow
of darkness, out of which you can hear the voice of the night wind, and the
dull boom of the disturbed sea; because the cold, deadly shadows of the
twilight are gathering through every sunbeam, and moment by moment as
you look, you will fancy some new film and faintness of the night has risen
over the vastness of the departing form.
And if, in effects of this kind, time be taken to dwell upon the individual
tones, and to study the laws of their reconcilement, there will be found in the
§22.
recent Academy pictures of this great artist a mass of
Recapitulation.
various truth to which nothing can be brought for
comparison, which stands not only unrivalled, but
uncontended with, and which, when in carrying out it may be inferior to
some of the picked passages of the old masters, is so through deliberate
choice rather to suggest a multitude of truths than to imitate one, and through
a strife with difficulties of effect of which art can afford no parallel example.
Nay, in the next chapter, respecting color, we shall see farther reason for
doubting the truth of Claude, Cuyp, and Poussin, in tone,—reason so
palpable that if these were all that were to be contended with, I should
scarcely have allowed any inferiority in Turner whatsoever;[18] but I allow it,
not so much with reference to the deceptive imitations of sunlight, wrought
out with desperate exaggerations of shade, of the professed landscape
painters, as with reference to the glory of Rubens, the glow of Titian, the
silver tenderness of Cagliari, and perhaps more than all to the precious and
pure passages of intense feeling and heavenly light, holy and undefiled, and
glorious with the changeless passion of eternity, which sanctify with their
sun, overwhelming all things in its gold; but they did not give those gray
passages about the horizon where, seen through its dying light, the cool and
the gloom of night gather themselves for their victory. Whether it was in
them impotence or judgment, it is not for me to decide. I have only to point to
the daring of Turner in this respect, as something to which art affords no
matter of comparison, as that in which the mere attempt is, in itself,
superiority. Take the evening effect with the Temeraire. That picture will not,
at the first glance, deceive as a piece of actual sunlight; but this is because
there is in it more than sunlight, because under the blazing veil of vaulted fire
which lights the vessel on her last path, there is a blue, deep, desolate hollow
of darkness, out of which you can hear the voice of the night wind, and the
dull boom of the disturbed sea; because the cold, deadly shadows of the
twilight are gathering through every sunbeam, and moment by moment as
you look, you will fancy some new film and faintness of the night has risen
over the vastness of the departing form.
And if, in effects of this kind, time be taken to dwell upon the individual
tones, and to study the laws of their reconcilement, there will be found in the
§22.
recent Academy pictures of this great artist a mass of
Recapitulation.
various truth to which nothing can be brought for
comparison, which stands not only unrivalled, but
uncontended with, and which, when in carrying out it may be inferior to
some of the picked passages of the old masters, is so through deliberate
choice rather to suggest a multitude of truths than to imitate one, and through
a strife with difficulties of effect of which art can afford no parallel example.
Nay, in the next chapter, respecting color, we shall see farther reason for
doubting the truth of Claude, Cuyp, and Poussin, in tone,—reason so
palpable that if these were all that were to be contended with, I should
scarcely have allowed any inferiority in Turner whatsoever;[18] but I allow it,
not so much with reference to the deceptive imitations of sunlight, wrought
out with desperate exaggerations of shade, of the professed landscape
painters, as with reference to the glory of Rubens, the glow of Titian, the
silver tenderness of Cagliari, and perhaps more than all to the precious and
pure passages of intense feeling and heavenly light, holy and undefiled, and
glorious with the changeless passion of eternity, which sanctify with their
Page 249
shadeless peace the deep and noble conceptions of the early school of Italy,—
of Fra Bartolomeo, Perugino, and the early mind of Raffaelle.
[16] Of course I am not speaking here of treatment of chiaroscuro, but of that quantity of
depth of shade by which, c[oe]teris paribus, a near object will exceed a distant one. For the
truth of the systems of Turner and the old masters, as regards chiaroscuro, vide Chapter III. of
this Section, § 8.
[17] More important, observe, as matters of truth or fact. It may often chance that, as a
matter of feeling, the tone is the more important of the two; but with this we have here no
concern.
[18] We must not leave the subject of tone without alluding to the works of the late George
Barrett, which afford glorious and exalted passages of light; and John Varley, who, though
less truthful in his aim, was frequently deep in his feeling. Some of the sketches of De Wint
are also admirable in this respect. As for our oil pictures, the less that is said about them the
better. Callcott has the truest aim; but not having any eye for color, it is impossible for him to
succeed in tone.
CHAPTER II.
OF TRUTH OF COLOR.
There is, in the first room of the National Gallery, a landscape attributed to
Gaspar Poussin, called sometimes Aricia, sometimes Le or La Riccia,
according to the fancy of catalogue printers. Whether it can
§1. Observations
be supposed to resemble the ancient Aricia, now La Riccia,
on the color of G.
Poussin's La
close to Albano, I will not take upon me to determine,
Riccia.
seeing that most of the towns of these old masters are quite
as like one place as another; but, at any rate, it is a town on
a hill, wooded with two-and-thirty bushes, of very uniform size, and
possessing about the same number of leaves each. These bushes are all
painted in with one dull opaque brown, becoming very slightly greenish
towards the lights, and discover in one place a bit of rock, which of course
would in nature have been cool and gray beside the lustrous hues of foliage,
of Fra Bartolomeo, Perugino, and the early mind of Raffaelle.
[16] Of course I am not speaking here of treatment of chiaroscuro, but of that quantity of
depth of shade by which, c[oe]teris paribus, a near object will exceed a distant one. For the
truth of the systems of Turner and the old masters, as regards chiaroscuro, vide Chapter III. of
this Section, § 8.
[17] More important, observe, as matters of truth or fact. It may often chance that, as a
matter of feeling, the tone is the more important of the two; but with this we have here no
concern.
[18] We must not leave the subject of tone without alluding to the works of the late George
Barrett, which afford glorious and exalted passages of light; and John Varley, who, though
less truthful in his aim, was frequently deep in his feeling. Some of the sketches of De Wint
are also admirable in this respect. As for our oil pictures, the less that is said about them the
better. Callcott has the truest aim; but not having any eye for color, it is impossible for him to
succeed in tone.
CHAPTER II.
OF TRUTH OF COLOR.
There is, in the first room of the National Gallery, a landscape attributed to
Gaspar Poussin, called sometimes Aricia, sometimes Le or La Riccia,
according to the fancy of catalogue printers. Whether it can
§1. Observations
be supposed to resemble the ancient Aricia, now La Riccia,
on the color of G.
Poussin's La
close to Albano, I will not take upon me to determine,
Riccia.
seeing that most of the towns of these old masters are quite
as like one place as another; but, at any rate, it is a town on
a hill, wooded with two-and-thirty bushes, of very uniform size, and
possessing about the same number of leaves each. These bushes are all
painted in with one dull opaque brown, becoming very slightly greenish
towards the lights, and discover in one place a bit of rock, which of course
would in nature have been cool and gray beside the lustrous hues of foliage,
Page 250
and which, therefore, being moreover completely in shade, is consistently and
scientifically painted of a very clear, pretty, and positive brick-red, the only
thing like color in the picture. The foreground is a piece of road, which in
order to make allowance for its greater nearness, for its being completely in
light, and, it may be presumed, for the quantity of vegetation usually present
on carriage-roads, is given in a very cool green gray, and the truth of the
picture is completed by a number of dots in the sky on the right, with a stalk
to them, of a sober and similar brown.
§2. As compared
Not long ago, I was slowly descending this very bit of
carriage-road, the first turn after you leave Albano, not a
with the actual
little impeded by the worthy successors of the ancient
scene.
prototypes of Veiento.[19] It had been wild weather when I
left Rome, and all across the Campagna the clouds were sweeping in
sulphurous blue, with a clap of thunder or two, and breaking gleams of sun
along the Claudian aqueduct lighting up the infinity of its arches like the
bridge of chaos. But as I climbed the long slope of the Alban mount, the
storm swept finally to the north, and the noble outline of the domes of Albano
and graceful darkness of its ilex grove rose against pure streaks of alternate
blue and amber, the upper sky gradually flushing through the last fragments
of rain-cloud in deep, palpitating azure, half ether and half dew. The noonday
sun came slanting down the rocky slopes of La Riccia, and its masses of
entangled and tall foliage, whose autumnal tints were mixed with the wet
verdure of a thousand evergreens, were penetrated with it as with rain. I
cannot call it color, it was conflagration. Purple, and crimson, and scarlet,
like the curtains of God's tabernacle, the rejoicing trees sank into the valley in
showers of light, every separate leaf quivering with buoyant and burning life;
each, as it turned to reflect or to transmit the sunbeam, first a torch and then
an emerald. Far up into the recesses of the valley, the green vistas arched like
the hollows of mighty waves of some crystalline sea, with the arbutus flowers
dashed along their flanks for foam, and silver flakes of orange spray tossed
into the air around them, breaking over the gray walls of rock into a thousand
separate stars, fading and kindling alternately as the weak wind lifted and let
them fall. Every glade of grass burned like the golden floor of heaven,
opening in sudden gleams as the foliage broke and closed above it, as sheet-
lightning opens in a cloud at sunset; the motionless masses of dark rock—
dark though flushed with scarlet lichen,—casting their quiet shadows across
scientifically painted of a very clear, pretty, and positive brick-red, the only
thing like color in the picture. The foreground is a piece of road, which in
order to make allowance for its greater nearness, for its being completely in
light, and, it may be presumed, for the quantity of vegetation usually present
on carriage-roads, is given in a very cool green gray, and the truth of the
picture is completed by a number of dots in the sky on the right, with a stalk
to them, of a sober and similar brown.
§2. As compared
Not long ago, I was slowly descending this very bit of
carriage-road, the first turn after you leave Albano, not a
with the actual
little impeded by the worthy successors of the ancient
scene.
prototypes of Veiento.[19] It had been wild weather when I
left Rome, and all across the Campagna the clouds were sweeping in
sulphurous blue, with a clap of thunder or two, and breaking gleams of sun
along the Claudian aqueduct lighting up the infinity of its arches like the
bridge of chaos. But as I climbed the long slope of the Alban mount, the
storm swept finally to the north, and the noble outline of the domes of Albano
and graceful darkness of its ilex grove rose against pure streaks of alternate
blue and amber, the upper sky gradually flushing through the last fragments
of rain-cloud in deep, palpitating azure, half ether and half dew. The noonday
sun came slanting down the rocky slopes of La Riccia, and its masses of
entangled and tall foliage, whose autumnal tints were mixed with the wet
verdure of a thousand evergreens, were penetrated with it as with rain. I
cannot call it color, it was conflagration. Purple, and crimson, and scarlet,
like the curtains of God's tabernacle, the rejoicing trees sank into the valley in
showers of light, every separate leaf quivering with buoyant and burning life;
each, as it turned to reflect or to transmit the sunbeam, first a torch and then
an emerald. Far up into the recesses of the valley, the green vistas arched like
the hollows of mighty waves of some crystalline sea, with the arbutus flowers
dashed along their flanks for foam, and silver flakes of orange spray tossed
into the air around them, breaking over the gray walls of rock into a thousand
separate stars, fading and kindling alternately as the weak wind lifted and let
them fall. Every glade of grass burned like the golden floor of heaven,
opening in sudden gleams as the foliage broke and closed above it, as sheet-
lightning opens in a cloud at sunset; the motionless masses of dark rock—
dark though flushed with scarlet lichen,—casting their quiet shadows across
Page 251
its restless radiance, the fountain underneath them filling its marble hollow
with blue mist and fitful sound, and over all—the multitudinous bars of
amber and rose, the sacred clouds that have no darkness, and only exist to
illumine, were seen in fathomless intervals between the solemn and orbed
repose of the stone pines, passing to lose themselves in the last, white,
blinding lustre of the measureless line where the Campagna melted into the
blaze of the sea.
Tell me who is likest this, Poussin or Turner? Not in his most daring and
dazzling efforts could Turner himself come near it; but you could not at the
time have thought or remembered the work of any other man as having the
§3. Turner himself
remotest hue or resemblance of what you saw. Nor am I
is inferior in
speaking of what is uncommon or unnatural; there is no
brilliancy to
climate, no place, and scarcely an hour, in which nature
does not exhibit color which no mortal effort can imitate or
nature.
approach. For all our artificial pigments are, even when
seen under the same circumstances, dead and lightless beside her living color;
the green of a growing leaf, the scarlet of a fresh flower, no art nor expedient
can reach; but in addition to this, nature exhibits her hues under an intensity
of sunlight which trebles their brilliancy, while the painter, deprived of this
splendid aid, works still with what is actually a gray shadow compared to the
force of nature's color. Take a blade of grass and a scarlet flower, and place
them so as to receive sunlight beside the brightest canvas that ever left
Turner's easel, and the picture will be extinguished. So far from out-facing
nature, he does not, as far as mere vividness of color goes, one-half reach her;
—but does he use this brilliancy of color on objects to which it does not
properly belong? Let us compare his works in this respect with a few
instances from the old masters.
There is, on the left hand side of Salvator's Mercury and the Woodman in
our National Gallery, something, without doubt intended for a rocky
mountain, in the middle distance, near enough for all its
§4. Impossible
fissures and crags to be distinctly visible, or, rather, for a
colors of Salvator,
Titian;
great many awkward scratches of the brush over it to be
visible, which, though not particularly representative either
of one thing or another, are without doubt intended to be symbolical of rocks.
Now no mountain in full light, and near enough for its details of crag to be
with blue mist and fitful sound, and over all—the multitudinous bars of
amber and rose, the sacred clouds that have no darkness, and only exist to
illumine, were seen in fathomless intervals between the solemn and orbed
repose of the stone pines, passing to lose themselves in the last, white,
blinding lustre of the measureless line where the Campagna melted into the
blaze of the sea.
Tell me who is likest this, Poussin or Turner? Not in his most daring and
dazzling efforts could Turner himself come near it; but you could not at the
time have thought or remembered the work of any other man as having the
§3. Turner himself
remotest hue or resemblance of what you saw. Nor am I
is inferior in
speaking of what is uncommon or unnatural; there is no
brilliancy to
climate, no place, and scarcely an hour, in which nature
does not exhibit color which no mortal effort can imitate or
nature.
approach. For all our artificial pigments are, even when
seen under the same circumstances, dead and lightless beside her living color;
the green of a growing leaf, the scarlet of a fresh flower, no art nor expedient
can reach; but in addition to this, nature exhibits her hues under an intensity
of sunlight which trebles their brilliancy, while the painter, deprived of this
splendid aid, works still with what is actually a gray shadow compared to the
force of nature's color. Take a blade of grass and a scarlet flower, and place
them so as to receive sunlight beside the brightest canvas that ever left
Turner's easel, and the picture will be extinguished. So far from out-facing
nature, he does not, as far as mere vividness of color goes, one-half reach her;
—but does he use this brilliancy of color on objects to which it does not
properly belong? Let us compare his works in this respect with a few
instances from the old masters.
There is, on the left hand side of Salvator's Mercury and the Woodman in
our National Gallery, something, without doubt intended for a rocky
mountain, in the middle distance, near enough for all its
§4. Impossible
fissures and crags to be distinctly visible, or, rather, for a
colors of Salvator,
Titian;
great many awkward scratches of the brush over it to be
visible, which, though not particularly representative either
of one thing or another, are without doubt intended to be symbolical of rocks.
Now no mountain in full light, and near enough for its details of crag to be
Page 252
seen, is without great variety of delicate color. Salvator has painted it
throughout without one instant of variation; but this, I suppose, is simplicity
and generalization;—let it pass: but what is the color? Pure sky blue, without
one grain of gray, or any modifying hue whatsoever;—the same brush which
had just given the bluest parts of the sky, has been more loaded at the same
part of the pallet, and the whole mountain thrown in with unmitigated
ultramarine. Now mountains only can become pure blue when there is so
much air between us and them that they become mere flat, dark shades, every
detail being totally lost: they become blue when they become air, and not till
then. Consequently this part of Salvator's painting, being of hills perfectly
clear and near, with all their details visible, is, as far as color is concerned,
broad, bold falsehood—the direct assertion of direct impossibility.
In the whole range of Turner's works, recent or of old date, you will not
find an instance of anything near enough to have details visible, painted in
sky blue. Wherever Turner gives blue, there he gives atmosphere; it is air, not
object. Blue he gives to his sea; so does nature;—blue he gives, sapphire-
deep, to his extreme distance; so does nature;—blue he gives to the misty
shadows and hollows of his hills; so does nature: but blue he gives not, where
detail and illumined surface are visible; as he comes into light and character,
so he breaks into warmth and varied hue; nor is there in one of his works, and
I speak of the Academy pictures especially, one touch of cold color which is
not to be accounted for, and proved right and full of meaning.
I do not say that Salvator's distance is not artist-like; both in that, and in the
yet more glaringly false distances of Titian above alluded to, and in hundreds
of others of equal boldness of exaggeration, I can take delight, and perhaps
should be sorry to see them other than they are; but it is somewhat singular to
hear people talking of Turner's exquisite care and watchfulness in color as
false, while they receive such cases of preposterous and audacious fiction
with the most generous and simple credulity.
Again, in the upper sky of the picture of Nicolas Poussin, before noticed,
the clouds are of a very fine clear olive-green, about the same tint as the
§5. Poussin, and
brightest parts of the trees beneath them. They cannot have
Claude.
altered, (or else the trees must have been painted in gray,)
for the hue is harmonious and well united with the rest of
throughout without one instant of variation; but this, I suppose, is simplicity
and generalization;—let it pass: but what is the color? Pure sky blue, without
one grain of gray, or any modifying hue whatsoever;—the same brush which
had just given the bluest parts of the sky, has been more loaded at the same
part of the pallet, and the whole mountain thrown in with unmitigated
ultramarine. Now mountains only can become pure blue when there is so
much air between us and them that they become mere flat, dark shades, every
detail being totally lost: they become blue when they become air, and not till
then. Consequently this part of Salvator's painting, being of hills perfectly
clear and near, with all their details visible, is, as far as color is concerned,
broad, bold falsehood—the direct assertion of direct impossibility.
In the whole range of Turner's works, recent or of old date, you will not
find an instance of anything near enough to have details visible, painted in
sky blue. Wherever Turner gives blue, there he gives atmosphere; it is air, not
object. Blue he gives to his sea; so does nature;—blue he gives, sapphire-
deep, to his extreme distance; so does nature;—blue he gives to the misty
shadows and hollows of his hills; so does nature: but blue he gives not, where
detail and illumined surface are visible; as he comes into light and character,
so he breaks into warmth and varied hue; nor is there in one of his works, and
I speak of the Academy pictures especially, one touch of cold color which is
not to be accounted for, and proved right and full of meaning.
I do not say that Salvator's distance is not artist-like; both in that, and in the
yet more glaringly false distances of Titian above alluded to, and in hundreds
of others of equal boldness of exaggeration, I can take delight, and perhaps
should be sorry to see them other than they are; but it is somewhat singular to
hear people talking of Turner's exquisite care and watchfulness in color as
false, while they receive such cases of preposterous and audacious fiction
with the most generous and simple credulity.
Again, in the upper sky of the picture of Nicolas Poussin, before noticed,
the clouds are of a very fine clear olive-green, about the same tint as the
§5. Poussin, and
brightest parts of the trees beneath them. They cannot have
Claude.
altered, (or else the trees must have been painted in gray,)
for the hue is harmonious and well united with the rest of
Page 253
the picture, and the blue and white in the centre of the sky are still fresh and
pure. Now a green sky in open and illumined distance is very frequent, and
very beautiful; but rich olive-green clouds, as far as I am acquainted with
nature, are a piece of color in which she is not apt to indulge. You will be
puzzled to show me such a thing in the recent works of Turner.[20] Again,
take any important group of trees, I do not care whose—Claude's, Salvator's,
or Poussin's—with lateral light (that in the Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, or
Gaspar's sacrifice of Isaac, for instance:) Can it be seriously supposed that
those murky browns and melancholy greens are representative of the tints of
leaves under full noonday sun? I know that you cannot help looking upon all
these pictures as pieces of dark relief against a light wholly proceeding from
the distances; but they are nothing of the kind—they are noon and morning
effects with full lateral light. Be so kind as to match the color of a leaf in the
sun (the darkest you like) as nearly as you can, and bring your matched color
and set it beside one of these groups of trees, and take a blade of common
grass, and set it beside any part of the fullest light of their foregrounds, and
then talk about the truth of color of the old masters!
And let not arguments respecting the sublimity or fidelity of impression be
brought forward here. I have nothing whatever to do with this at present. I am
not talking about what is sublime, but about what is true. People attack
Turner on this ground;—they never speak of beauty or sublimity with respect
to him, but of nature and truth, and let them support their own favorite
masters on the same grounds. Perhaps I may have the very deepest veneration
for the feeling of the old masters, but I must not let it influence me now—my
business is to match colors, not to talk sentiment. Neither let it be said that I
am going too much into details, and that general truths may be obtained by
local falsehood. Truth is only to be measured by close comparison of actual
facts; we may talk forever about it in generals, and prove nothing. We cannot
tell what effect falsehood may produce on this or that person, but we can very
well tell what is false and what is not, and if it produce on our senses the
effect of truth, that only demonstrates their imperfection and inaccuracy, and
need of cultivation. Turner's color is glaring to one person's sensations, and
beautiful to another's. This proves nothing. Poussin's color is right to one,
soot to another. This proves nothing. There is no means of arriving at any
conclusion but close comparison of both with the known and demonstrable
pure. Now a green sky in open and illumined distance is very frequent, and
very beautiful; but rich olive-green clouds, as far as I am acquainted with
nature, are a piece of color in which she is not apt to indulge. You will be
puzzled to show me such a thing in the recent works of Turner.[20] Again,
take any important group of trees, I do not care whose—Claude's, Salvator's,
or Poussin's—with lateral light (that in the Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, or
Gaspar's sacrifice of Isaac, for instance:) Can it be seriously supposed that
those murky browns and melancholy greens are representative of the tints of
leaves under full noonday sun? I know that you cannot help looking upon all
these pictures as pieces of dark relief against a light wholly proceeding from
the distances; but they are nothing of the kind—they are noon and morning
effects with full lateral light. Be so kind as to match the color of a leaf in the
sun (the darkest you like) as nearly as you can, and bring your matched color
and set it beside one of these groups of trees, and take a blade of common
grass, and set it beside any part of the fullest light of their foregrounds, and
then talk about the truth of color of the old masters!
And let not arguments respecting the sublimity or fidelity of impression be
brought forward here. I have nothing whatever to do with this at present. I am
not talking about what is sublime, but about what is true. People attack
Turner on this ground;—they never speak of beauty or sublimity with respect
to him, but of nature and truth, and let them support their own favorite
masters on the same grounds. Perhaps I may have the very deepest veneration
for the feeling of the old masters, but I must not let it influence me now—my
business is to match colors, not to talk sentiment. Neither let it be said that I
am going too much into details, and that general truths may be obtained by
local falsehood. Truth is only to be measured by close comparison of actual
facts; we may talk forever about it in generals, and prove nothing. We cannot
tell what effect falsehood may produce on this or that person, but we can very
well tell what is false and what is not, and if it produce on our senses the
effect of truth, that only demonstrates their imperfection and inaccuracy, and
need of cultivation. Turner's color is glaring to one person's sensations, and
beautiful to another's. This proves nothing. Poussin's color is right to one,
soot to another. This proves nothing. There is no means of arriving at any
conclusion but close comparison of both with the known and demonstrable
Page 254
hues of nature, and this comparison will invariably turn Claude or Poussin
into blackness, and even Turner into gray.
Whatever depth of gloom may seem to invest the objects of a real
landscape, yet a window with that landscape seen through it, will invariably
appear a broad space of light as compared with the shade of the room walls;
and this single circumstance may prove to us both the intensity and the
diffusion of daylight in open air, and the necessity, if a picture is to be truthful
in effect of color, that it should tell as a broad space of graduated illumination
—not, as do those of the old masters, as a patch-work of black shades. Their
works are nature in mourning weeds,—ὀυδ᾽ ἑν ἡλίω καθαρῷ
τεθραμμένοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ συμμιγει σκιᾆ.
It is true that there are, here and there, in the Academy pictures, passages in
which Turner has translated the unattainable intensity of one tone of color,
into the attainable pitch of a higher one: the golden green
§6. Turner's
translation of
for instance, of intense sunshine on verdure, into pure
colors.
yellow, because he knows it to be impossible, with any
mixture of blue whatsoever, to give faithfully its relative
intensity of light, and Turner always will have his light and shade right,
whatever it costs him in color. But he does this in rare cases, and even then
over very small spaces; and I should be obliged to his critics if they would go
out to some warm, mossy green bank in full summer sunshine, and try to
reach its tone; and when they find, as find they will, Indian yellow and
chrome look dark beside it, let them tell me candidly which is nearest truth,
the gold of Turner, or the mourning and murky olive browns and verdigris
greens in which Claude, with the industry and intelligence of a Sevres china
painter, drags the laborious bramble leaves over his childish foreground.
But it is singular enough that the chief attacks on Turner for overcharged
brilliancy, are made, not when there could by any possibility be any chance of
§ 7. Notice of
his outstepping nature, but when he has taken subjects
which no colors of earth could ever vie with or reach, such,
effects in which no
brilliancy of art
for instance, as his sunsets among the high clouds. When I
can even approach
come to speak of skies, I shall point out what divisions,
that of reality.
proportioned to their elevation, exist in the character of
clouds. It is the highest region,—that exclusively
into blackness, and even Turner into gray.
Whatever depth of gloom may seem to invest the objects of a real
landscape, yet a window with that landscape seen through it, will invariably
appear a broad space of light as compared with the shade of the room walls;
and this single circumstance may prove to us both the intensity and the
diffusion of daylight in open air, and the necessity, if a picture is to be truthful
in effect of color, that it should tell as a broad space of graduated illumination
—not, as do those of the old masters, as a patch-work of black shades. Their
works are nature in mourning weeds,—ὀυδ᾽ ἑν ἡλίω καθαρῷ
τεθραμμένοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ συμμιγει σκιᾆ.
It is true that there are, here and there, in the Academy pictures, passages in
which Turner has translated the unattainable intensity of one tone of color,
into the attainable pitch of a higher one: the golden green
§6. Turner's
translation of
for instance, of intense sunshine on verdure, into pure
colors.
yellow, because he knows it to be impossible, with any
mixture of blue whatsoever, to give faithfully its relative
intensity of light, and Turner always will have his light and shade right,
whatever it costs him in color. But he does this in rare cases, and even then
over very small spaces; and I should be obliged to his critics if they would go
out to some warm, mossy green bank in full summer sunshine, and try to
reach its tone; and when they find, as find they will, Indian yellow and
chrome look dark beside it, let them tell me candidly which is nearest truth,
the gold of Turner, or the mourning and murky olive browns and verdigris
greens in which Claude, with the industry and intelligence of a Sevres china
painter, drags the laborious bramble leaves over his childish foreground.
But it is singular enough that the chief attacks on Turner for overcharged
brilliancy, are made, not when there could by any possibility be any chance of
§ 7. Notice of
his outstepping nature, but when he has taken subjects
which no colors of earth could ever vie with or reach, such,
effects in which no
brilliancy of art
for instance, as his sunsets among the high clouds. When I
can even approach
come to speak of skies, I shall point out what divisions,
that of reality.
proportioned to their elevation, exist in the character of
clouds. It is the highest region,—that exclusively
Page 255
characterized by white, filmy, multitudinous, and quiet clouds, arranged in
bars, or streaks, or flakes, of which I speak at present, a region which no
landscape painters have ever made one effort to represent, except Rubens and
Turner—the latter taking it for his most favorite and frequent study. Now we
have been speaking hitherto of what is constant and necessary in nature, of
the ordinary effects of daylight on ordinary colors, and we repeat again, that
no gorgeousness of the pallet can reach even these. But it is a widely different
thing when nature herself takes a coloring fit, and does something
extraordinary, something really to exhibit her power. She has a thousand
ways and means of rising above herself, but incomparably the noblest
manifestations of her capability of color are in these sunsets among the high
clouds. I speak especially of the moment before the sun sinks, when his light
turns pure rose-color, and when this light falls upon a zenith covered with
countless cloud-forms of inconceivable delicacy, threads and flakes of vapor,
which would in common daylight be pure snow white, and which give
therefore fair field to the tone of light. There is then no limit to the multitude,
and no check to the intensity of the hues assumed. The whole sky from the
zenith to the horizon becomes one molten, mantling sea of color and fire;
every black bar turns into massy gold, every ripple and wave into unsullied,
shadowless, crimson, and purple, and scarlet, and colors for which there are
no words in language, and no ideas in the mind,—things which can only be
conceived while they are visible,—the intense hollow blue of the upper sky
melting through it all,—showing here deep, and pure, and lightless, there,
modulated by the filmy, formless body of the transparent vapor, till it is lost
imperceptibly in its crimson and gold. Now there is no connection, no one
link of association or resemblance, between those skies and the work of any
mortal hand but Turner's. He alone has followed nature in these her highest
efforts; he follows her faithfully, but far behind; follows at such a distance
below her intensity that the Napoleon of last year's exhibition, and the
Temeraire of the year before, would look colorless and cold if the eye came
upon them after one of nature's sunsets among the high clouds. But there are
a thousand reasons why this should not be believed. The
§ 8. Reasons for
the usual
concurrence of circumstances necessary to produce the
incredulity of the
sunsets of which I speak does not take place above five or
observer with
six times in the summer, and then only for a space of from
five to ten minutes, just as the sun reaches the horizon.
bars, or streaks, or flakes, of which I speak at present, a region which no
landscape painters have ever made one effort to represent, except Rubens and
Turner—the latter taking it for his most favorite and frequent study. Now we
have been speaking hitherto of what is constant and necessary in nature, of
the ordinary effects of daylight on ordinary colors, and we repeat again, that
no gorgeousness of the pallet can reach even these. But it is a widely different
thing when nature herself takes a coloring fit, and does something
extraordinary, something really to exhibit her power. She has a thousand
ways and means of rising above herself, but incomparably the noblest
manifestations of her capability of color are in these sunsets among the high
clouds. I speak especially of the moment before the sun sinks, when his light
turns pure rose-color, and when this light falls upon a zenith covered with
countless cloud-forms of inconceivable delicacy, threads and flakes of vapor,
which would in common daylight be pure snow white, and which give
therefore fair field to the tone of light. There is then no limit to the multitude,
and no check to the intensity of the hues assumed. The whole sky from the
zenith to the horizon becomes one molten, mantling sea of color and fire;
every black bar turns into massy gold, every ripple and wave into unsullied,
shadowless, crimson, and purple, and scarlet, and colors for which there are
no words in language, and no ideas in the mind,—things which can only be
conceived while they are visible,—the intense hollow blue of the upper sky
melting through it all,—showing here deep, and pure, and lightless, there,
modulated by the filmy, formless body of the transparent vapor, till it is lost
imperceptibly in its crimson and gold. Now there is no connection, no one
link of association or resemblance, between those skies and the work of any
mortal hand but Turner's. He alone has followed nature in these her highest
efforts; he follows her faithfully, but far behind; follows at such a distance
below her intensity that the Napoleon of last year's exhibition, and the
Temeraire of the year before, would look colorless and cold if the eye came
upon them after one of nature's sunsets among the high clouds. But there are
a thousand reasons why this should not be believed. The
§ 8. Reasons for
the usual
concurrence of circumstances necessary to produce the
incredulity of the
sunsets of which I speak does not take place above five or
observer with
six times in the summer, and then only for a space of from
five to ten minutes, just as the sun reaches the horizon.
Page 256
respect to their Considering how seldom people think of looking for sunset
representation. at all, and how seldom, if they do, they are in a position
from which it can be fully seen, the chances that their
attention should be awake, and their position favorable, during these few
flying instants of the year, is almost as nothing. What can the citizen, who can
see only the red light on the canvas of the wagon at the end of the street, and
the crimson color of the bricks of his neighbor's chimney, know of the flood
of fire which deluges the sky from the horizon to the zenith? What can even
the quiet inhabitant of the English lowlands, whose scene for the
manifestation of the fire of heaven is limited to the tops of hayricks, and the
rooks' nests in the old elm-trees, know of the mighty passages of splendor
which are tossed from Alp to Alp over the azure of a thousand miles of
champaign? Even granting the constant vigor of observation, and supposing
the possession of such impossible knowledge, it needs but a moment's
reflection to prove how incapable the memory is of retaining for any time the
distinct image of the sources even of its most vivid impressions. What
recollection have we of the sunsets which delighted us last year? We may
know that they were magnificent, or glowing, but no distinct image of color
or form is retained—nothing of whose degree (for the great difficulty with
the memory is to retain, not facts, but degrees of fact) we could be so certain
as to say of anything now presented to us, that it is like it. If we did say so,
we should be wrong; for we may be quite certain that the energy of an
impression fades from the memory, and becomes more and more indistinct
every day; and thus we compare a faded and indistinct image with the
decision and certainty of one present to the senses. How constantly do we
affirm that the thunder-storm of last week was the most terrible one we ever
saw in our lives, because we compare it, not with the thunder-storm of last
year, but with the faded and feeble recollection of it. And so, when we enter
an exhibition, as we have no definite standard of truth before us, our feelings
are toned down and subdued to the quietness of color which is all that human
power can ordinarily attain to; and when we turn to a piece of higher and
closer truth, approaching the pitch of the color of nature, but to which we are
not guided, as we should be in nature, by corresponding gradations of light
everywhere around us, but which is isolated and cut off suddenly by a frame
and a wall, and surrounded by darkness and coldness, what can we expect but
that it should surprise and shock the feelings? Suppose, where the Napoleon
representation. at all, and how seldom, if they do, they are in a position
from which it can be fully seen, the chances that their
attention should be awake, and their position favorable, during these few
flying instants of the year, is almost as nothing. What can the citizen, who can
see only the red light on the canvas of the wagon at the end of the street, and
the crimson color of the bricks of his neighbor's chimney, know of the flood
of fire which deluges the sky from the horizon to the zenith? What can even
the quiet inhabitant of the English lowlands, whose scene for the
manifestation of the fire of heaven is limited to the tops of hayricks, and the
rooks' nests in the old elm-trees, know of the mighty passages of splendor
which are tossed from Alp to Alp over the azure of a thousand miles of
champaign? Even granting the constant vigor of observation, and supposing
the possession of such impossible knowledge, it needs but a moment's
reflection to prove how incapable the memory is of retaining for any time the
distinct image of the sources even of its most vivid impressions. What
recollection have we of the sunsets which delighted us last year? We may
know that they were magnificent, or glowing, but no distinct image of color
or form is retained—nothing of whose degree (for the great difficulty with
the memory is to retain, not facts, but degrees of fact) we could be so certain
as to say of anything now presented to us, that it is like it. If we did say so,
we should be wrong; for we may be quite certain that the energy of an
impression fades from the memory, and becomes more and more indistinct
every day; and thus we compare a faded and indistinct image with the
decision and certainty of one present to the senses. How constantly do we
affirm that the thunder-storm of last week was the most terrible one we ever
saw in our lives, because we compare it, not with the thunder-storm of last
year, but with the faded and feeble recollection of it. And so, when we enter
an exhibition, as we have no definite standard of truth before us, our feelings
are toned down and subdued to the quietness of color which is all that human
power can ordinarily attain to; and when we turn to a piece of higher and
closer truth, approaching the pitch of the color of nature, but to which we are
not guided, as we should be in nature, by corresponding gradations of light
everywhere around us, but which is isolated and cut off suddenly by a frame
and a wall, and surrounded by darkness and coldness, what can we expect but
that it should surprise and shock the feelings? Suppose, where the Napoleon
Page 257
§9. Color of the
hung in the Academy last year, there could have been left,
Napoleon.
instead, an opening in the wall, and through that opening, in
the midst of the obscurity of the dim room and the smoke-
laden atmosphere, there could suddenly have been poured the full glory of a
tropical sunset, reverberated from the sea: How would you have shrunk,
blinded, from its scarlet and intolerable lightnings! What picture in the room
would not have been blackness after it? And why then do you blame Turner
because he dazzles you? Does not the falsehood rest with those who do not?
There was not one hue in this whole picture which was not far below what
nature would have used in the same circumstances, nor was there one
inharmonious or at variance with the rest;—the stormy blood-red of the
horizon, the scarlet of the breaking sunlight, the rich crimson browns of the
wet and illumined sea-weed; the pure gold and purple of the upper sky, and,
shed through it all, the deep passage of solemn blue, where the cold
moonlight fell on one pensive spot of the limitless shore—all were given with
harmony as perfect as their color was intense; and if, instead of passing, as I
doubt not you did, in the hurry of your unreflecting prejudice, you had
paused but so much as one quarter of an hour before the picture, you would
have found the sense of air and space blended with every line, and breathing
in every cloud, and every color instinct and radiant with visible, glowing,
absorbing light.
It is to be observed, however, in general, that wherever in brilliant effects
of this kind, we approach to anything like a true statement of nature's color,
§10. Necessary
there must yet be a distinct difference in the impression we
discrepancy
convey, because we cannot approach her light. All such
between the
hues are usually given by her with an accompanying
attainable
intensity of sunbeams which dazzles and overpowers the
eye, so that it cannot rest on the actual colors, nor
brilliancy of color
understand what they are; and hence in art, in rendering all
and light.
effects of this kind, there must be a want of the ideas of
imitation, which are the great source of enjoyment to the ordinary observer;
because we can only give one series of truths, those of color, and are unable
to give the accompanying truths of light, so that the more true we are in color,
the greater, ordinarily, will be the discrepancy felt between the intensity of
hue and the feebleness of light. But the painter who really loves nature will
not, on this account, give you a faded and feeble image, which indeed may
hung in the Academy last year, there could have been left,
Napoleon.
instead, an opening in the wall, and through that opening, in
the midst of the obscurity of the dim room and the smoke-
laden atmosphere, there could suddenly have been poured the full glory of a
tropical sunset, reverberated from the sea: How would you have shrunk,
blinded, from its scarlet and intolerable lightnings! What picture in the room
would not have been blackness after it? And why then do you blame Turner
because he dazzles you? Does not the falsehood rest with those who do not?
There was not one hue in this whole picture which was not far below what
nature would have used in the same circumstances, nor was there one
inharmonious or at variance with the rest;—the stormy blood-red of the
horizon, the scarlet of the breaking sunlight, the rich crimson browns of the
wet and illumined sea-weed; the pure gold and purple of the upper sky, and,
shed through it all, the deep passage of solemn blue, where the cold
moonlight fell on one pensive spot of the limitless shore—all were given with
harmony as perfect as their color was intense; and if, instead of passing, as I
doubt not you did, in the hurry of your unreflecting prejudice, you had
paused but so much as one quarter of an hour before the picture, you would
have found the sense of air and space blended with every line, and breathing
in every cloud, and every color instinct and radiant with visible, glowing,
absorbing light.
It is to be observed, however, in general, that wherever in brilliant effects
of this kind, we approach to anything like a true statement of nature's color,
§10. Necessary
there must yet be a distinct difference in the impression we
discrepancy
convey, because we cannot approach her light. All such
between the
hues are usually given by her with an accompanying
attainable
intensity of sunbeams which dazzles and overpowers the
eye, so that it cannot rest on the actual colors, nor
brilliancy of color
understand what they are; and hence in art, in rendering all
and light.
effects of this kind, there must be a want of the ideas of
imitation, which are the great source of enjoyment to the ordinary observer;
because we can only give one series of truths, those of color, and are unable
to give the accompanying truths of light, so that the more true we are in color,
the greater, ordinarily, will be the discrepancy felt between the intensity of
hue and the feebleness of light. But the painter who really loves nature will
not, on this account, give you a faded and feeble image, which indeed may
Page 258
appear to you to be right, because your feelings can detect no discrepancy in
its parts, but which he knows to derive its apparent truth from a systematized
falsehood. No; he will make you understand and feel that art cannot imitate
nature—that where it appears to do so, it must malign her, and mock her. He
will give you, or state to you, such truths as are in his power, completely and
perfectly; and those which he cannot give, he will leave to your imagination.
If you are acquainted with nature, you will know all he has given to be true,
and you will supply from your memory and from your heart that light which
he cannot give. If you are unacquainted with nature, seek elsewhere for
whatever may happen to satisfy your feelings; but do not ask for the truth
which you would not acknowledge and could not enjoy.
Nevertheless the aim and struggle of the artist must always be to do away
with this discrepancy as far as the powers of art admit, not by lowering his
§ 11. This
color, but by increasing his light. And it is indeed by this
discrepancy less in
that the works of Turner are peculiarly distinguished from
Turner than in
those of all other colorists, by the dazzling intensity,
other colorists.
namely, of the light which he sheds through every hue, and
which, far more than their brilliant color, is the real source
of their overpowering effect upon the eye, an effect so reasonably made the
subject of perpetual animadversion, as if the sun which they represent were
quite a quiet, and subdued, and gentle, and manageable luminary, and never
dazzled anybody, under any circumstances whatsoever. I am fond of standing
by a bright Turner in the Academy, to listen to the unintentional compliments
of the crowd—"What a glaring thing!" "I declare I can't look at it!" "Don't it
hurt your eyes?"—expressed as if they were in the constant habit of looking
the sun full in the face, with the most perfect comfort and entire facility of
§ 12. Its great
vision. It is curious after hearing people malign some of
extent in a
Turner's noble passages of light, to pass to some really
landscape
ungrammatical and false picture of the old masters, in
attributed to
which we have color given without light. Take, for instance,
the landscape attributed to Rubens, No. 175, in the Dulwich
Rubens.
Gallery. I never have spoken, and I never will speak of
Rubens but with the most reverential feeling; and whatever imperfections in
his art may have resulted from his unfortunate want of seriousness and
incapability of true passion, his calibre of mind was originally such that I
believe the world may see another Titian and another Raffaelle, before it sees
its parts, but which he knows to derive its apparent truth from a systematized
falsehood. No; he will make you understand and feel that art cannot imitate
nature—that where it appears to do so, it must malign her, and mock her. He
will give you, or state to you, such truths as are in his power, completely and
perfectly; and those which he cannot give, he will leave to your imagination.
If you are acquainted with nature, you will know all he has given to be true,
and you will supply from your memory and from your heart that light which
he cannot give. If you are unacquainted with nature, seek elsewhere for
whatever may happen to satisfy your feelings; but do not ask for the truth
which you would not acknowledge and could not enjoy.
Nevertheless the aim and struggle of the artist must always be to do away
with this discrepancy as far as the powers of art admit, not by lowering his
§ 11. This
color, but by increasing his light. And it is indeed by this
discrepancy less in
that the works of Turner are peculiarly distinguished from
Turner than in
those of all other colorists, by the dazzling intensity,
other colorists.
namely, of the light which he sheds through every hue, and
which, far more than their brilliant color, is the real source
of their overpowering effect upon the eye, an effect so reasonably made the
subject of perpetual animadversion, as if the sun which they represent were
quite a quiet, and subdued, and gentle, and manageable luminary, and never
dazzled anybody, under any circumstances whatsoever. I am fond of standing
by a bright Turner in the Academy, to listen to the unintentional compliments
of the crowd—"What a glaring thing!" "I declare I can't look at it!" "Don't it
hurt your eyes?"—expressed as if they were in the constant habit of looking
the sun full in the face, with the most perfect comfort and entire facility of
§ 12. Its great
vision. It is curious after hearing people malign some of
extent in a
Turner's noble passages of light, to pass to some really
landscape
ungrammatical and false picture of the old masters, in
attributed to
which we have color given without light. Take, for instance,
the landscape attributed to Rubens, No. 175, in the Dulwich
Rubens.
Gallery. I never have spoken, and I never will speak of
Rubens but with the most reverential feeling; and whatever imperfections in
his art may have resulted from his unfortunate want of seriousness and
incapability of true passion, his calibre of mind was originally such that I
believe the world may see another Titian and another Raffaelle, before it sees
Page 259
another Rubens. But I have before alluded to the violent license he
occasionally assumes; and there is an instance of it in this picture apposite to
the immediate question. The sudden streak and circle of yellow and crimson
in the middle of the sky of that picture, being the occurrence of a fragment of
a sunset color in pure daylight, and in perfect isolation, while at the same
time it is rather darker, when translated into light and shade, than brighter
than the rest of the sky, is a case of such bold absurdity, come from whose
pencil it may, that if every error which Turner has fallen into in the whole
course of his life were concentrated into one, that one would not equal it; and
as our connoisseurs gaze upon this with never-ending approbation, we must
not be surprised that the accurate perceptions which thus take delight in pure
fiction, should consistently be disgusted by Turner's fidelity and truth.
Hitherto, however, we have been speaking of vividness of pure color, and
showing that it is used by Turner only where nature uses it, and in no less
degree. But we have hitherto, therefore, been speaking of a
§ 13. Turner
most limited and uncharacteristic portion of his works; for
scarcely ever uses
pure or vivid color.
Turner, like all great colorists, is distinguished not more for
his power of dazzling and overwhelming the eye with
intensity of effect, than for his power of doing so by the use of subdued and
gentle means. There is no man living more cautious and sparing in the use of
pure color than Turner. To say that he never perpetrates anything like the blue
excrescences of foreground, or hills shot like a housekeeper's best silk gown,
with blue and red, which certain of our celebrated artists consider the essence
of the sublime, would be but a poor compliment. I might as well praise the
portraits of Titian because they have not the grimace and paint of a clown in a
pantomime; but I do say, and say with confidence, that there is scarcely a
landscape artist of the present day, however sober and lightless their effects
may look, who does not employ more pure and raw color than Turner; and
that the ordinary tinsel and trash, or rather vicious and perilous stuff,
according to the power of the mind producing it, with which the walls of our
Academy are half covered, disgracing, in weak hands, or in more powerful,
degrading and corrupting our whole school of art, is based on a system of
color beside which Turner's is as Vesta to Cotytto—the chastity of fire to the
foulness of earth. Every picture of this great colorist has, in one or two parts
of it, (key-notes of the whole,) points where the system of each individual
color is concentrated by a single stroke, as pure as it can come from the
occasionally assumes; and there is an instance of it in this picture apposite to
the immediate question. The sudden streak and circle of yellow and crimson
in the middle of the sky of that picture, being the occurrence of a fragment of
a sunset color in pure daylight, and in perfect isolation, while at the same
time it is rather darker, when translated into light and shade, than brighter
than the rest of the sky, is a case of such bold absurdity, come from whose
pencil it may, that if every error which Turner has fallen into in the whole
course of his life were concentrated into one, that one would not equal it; and
as our connoisseurs gaze upon this with never-ending approbation, we must
not be surprised that the accurate perceptions which thus take delight in pure
fiction, should consistently be disgusted by Turner's fidelity and truth.
Hitherto, however, we have been speaking of vividness of pure color, and
showing that it is used by Turner only where nature uses it, and in no less
degree. But we have hitherto, therefore, been speaking of a
§ 13. Turner
most limited and uncharacteristic portion of his works; for
scarcely ever uses
pure or vivid color.
Turner, like all great colorists, is distinguished not more for
his power of dazzling and overwhelming the eye with
intensity of effect, than for his power of doing so by the use of subdued and
gentle means. There is no man living more cautious and sparing in the use of
pure color than Turner. To say that he never perpetrates anything like the blue
excrescences of foreground, or hills shot like a housekeeper's best silk gown,
with blue and red, which certain of our celebrated artists consider the essence
of the sublime, would be but a poor compliment. I might as well praise the
portraits of Titian because they have not the grimace and paint of a clown in a
pantomime; but I do say, and say with confidence, that there is scarcely a
landscape artist of the present day, however sober and lightless their effects
may look, who does not employ more pure and raw color than Turner; and
that the ordinary tinsel and trash, or rather vicious and perilous stuff,
according to the power of the mind producing it, with which the walls of our
Academy are half covered, disgracing, in weak hands, or in more powerful,
degrading and corrupting our whole school of art, is based on a system of
color beside which Turner's is as Vesta to Cotytto—the chastity of fire to the
foulness of earth. Every picture of this great colorist has, in one or two parts
of it, (key-notes of the whole,) points where the system of each individual
color is concentrated by a single stroke, as pure as it can come from the
Page 260
pallet; but throughout the great space and extent of even the most brilliant of
his works, there will not be found a raw color; that is to say, there is no
warmth which has not gray in it, and no blue which has not warmth in it; and
the tints in which he most excels and distances all other men, the most
cherished and inimitable portions of his color, are, as with all perfect colorists
they must be, his grays.
It is instructive in this respect, to compare the sky of the Mercury and
Argus with the various illustrations of the serenity, space, and sublimity
naturally inherent in blue and pink, of which every year's exhibition brings
forward enough and to spare. In the Mercury and Argus, the pale and
vaporous blue of the heated sky is broken with gray and pearly white, the
gold color of the light warming it more or less as it approaches or retires from
the sun; but throughout, there is not a grain of pure blue; all is subdued and
warmed at the same time by the mingling gray and gold, up to the very
zenith, where, breaking through the flaky mist, the transparent and deep azure
of the sky is expressed with a single crumbling touch; the key-note of the
whole is given, and every part of it passes at once far into glowing and aerial
space. The reader can scarcely fail to remember at once sundry works in
contradistinction to this, with great names attached to them, in which the sky
is a sheer piece of plumber's and glazier's work, and should be valued per
yard, with heavy extra charge for ultramarine.
Throughout the works of Turner, the same truthful principle of delicate and
subdued color is carried out with a care and labor of which it is difficult to
§ 14. The basis of
form a conception. He gives a dash of pure white for his
gray, under all his
highest light; but all the other whites of his picture are
vivid hues.
pearled down with gray or gold. He gives a fold of pure
crimson to the drapery of his nearest figure; but all his other
crimsons will be deepened with black, or warmed with yellow. In one deep
reflection of his distant sea, we catch a trace of the purest blue; but all the rest
is palpitating with a varied and delicate gradation of harmonized tint, which
indeed looks vivid blue as a mass, but is only so by opposition. It is the most
difficult, the most rare thing, to find in his works a definite space, however
small, of unconnected color; that is, either of a blue which has nothing to
connect it with the warmth, or of a warm color which has nothing to connect
it with the grays of the whole; and the result is, that there is a general system
his works, there will not be found a raw color; that is to say, there is no
warmth which has not gray in it, and no blue which has not warmth in it; and
the tints in which he most excels and distances all other men, the most
cherished and inimitable portions of his color, are, as with all perfect colorists
they must be, his grays.
It is instructive in this respect, to compare the sky of the Mercury and
Argus with the various illustrations of the serenity, space, and sublimity
naturally inherent in blue and pink, of which every year's exhibition brings
forward enough and to spare. In the Mercury and Argus, the pale and
vaporous blue of the heated sky is broken with gray and pearly white, the
gold color of the light warming it more or less as it approaches or retires from
the sun; but throughout, there is not a grain of pure blue; all is subdued and
warmed at the same time by the mingling gray and gold, up to the very
zenith, where, breaking through the flaky mist, the transparent and deep azure
of the sky is expressed with a single crumbling touch; the key-note of the
whole is given, and every part of it passes at once far into glowing and aerial
space. The reader can scarcely fail to remember at once sundry works in
contradistinction to this, with great names attached to them, in which the sky
is a sheer piece of plumber's and glazier's work, and should be valued per
yard, with heavy extra charge for ultramarine.
Throughout the works of Turner, the same truthful principle of delicate and
subdued color is carried out with a care and labor of which it is difficult to
§ 14. The basis of
form a conception. He gives a dash of pure white for his
gray, under all his
highest light; but all the other whites of his picture are
vivid hues.
pearled down with gray or gold. He gives a fold of pure
crimson to the drapery of his nearest figure; but all his other
crimsons will be deepened with black, or warmed with yellow. In one deep
reflection of his distant sea, we catch a trace of the purest blue; but all the rest
is palpitating with a varied and delicate gradation of harmonized tint, which
indeed looks vivid blue as a mass, but is only so by opposition. It is the most
difficult, the most rare thing, to find in his works a definite space, however
small, of unconnected color; that is, either of a blue which has nothing to
connect it with the warmth, or of a warm color which has nothing to connect
it with the grays of the whole; and the result is, that there is a general system
Page 261
and undercurrent of gray pervading the whole of his color, out of which his
highest lights, and those local touches of pure color, which are, as I said
before, the key-notes of the picture, flash with the peculiar brilliancy and
intensity in which he stands alone.
Intimately associated with this toning down and connection of the colors
actually used, is his inimitable power of varying and blending them, so as
§ 15. The variety
never to give a quarter of an inch of canvas without a
change in it, a melody as well as a harmony of one kind or
and fulness even of
another. Observe, I am not at present speaking of this as
his most simple
tones.
artistical or desirable in itself, not as a characteristic of the
great colorist, but as the aim of the simple follower of
nature. For it is strange to see how marvellously nature varies the most
general and simple of her tones. A mass of mountain seen against the light,
may, at first, appear all of one blue; and so it is, blue as a whole, by
comparison with other parts of the landscape. But look how that blue is made
up. There are black shadows in it under the crags, there are green shadows
along the turf, there are gray half-lights upon the rocks, there are faint
touches of stealthy warmth and cautious light along their edges; every bush,
every stone, every tuft of moss has its voice in the matter, and joins with
individual character in the universal will. Who is there who can do this as
Turner will? The old masters would have settled the matter at once with a
transparent, agreeable, but monotonous gray. Many among the moderns
would probably be equally monotonous with absurd and false colors. Turner
only would give the uncertainty—the palpitating, perpetual change—the
subjection of all to a great influence, without one part or portion being lost or
merged in it—the unity of action with infinity of agent. And I wish to insist
§ 16. Following the
on this the more particularly, because it is one of the eternal
principles of nature, that she will not have one line nor
infinite and
color, nor one portion nor atom of space without a change in
unapproachable
variety of nature.
it. There is not one of her shadows, tints, or lines that is not
in a state of perpetual variation: I do not mean in time, but
in space. There is not a leaf in the world which has the same color visible
over its whole surface; it has a white high light somewhere; and in proportion
as it curves to or from that focus, the color is brighter or grayer. Pick up a
common flint from the roadside, and count, if you can, its changes and hues
of color. Every bit of bare ground under your feet has in it a thousand such—
highest lights, and those local touches of pure color, which are, as I said
before, the key-notes of the picture, flash with the peculiar brilliancy and
intensity in which he stands alone.
Intimately associated with this toning down and connection of the colors
actually used, is his inimitable power of varying and blending them, so as
§ 15. The variety
never to give a quarter of an inch of canvas without a
change in it, a melody as well as a harmony of one kind or
and fulness even of
another. Observe, I am not at present speaking of this as
his most simple
tones.
artistical or desirable in itself, not as a characteristic of the
great colorist, but as the aim of the simple follower of
nature. For it is strange to see how marvellously nature varies the most
general and simple of her tones. A mass of mountain seen against the light,
may, at first, appear all of one blue; and so it is, blue as a whole, by
comparison with other parts of the landscape. But look how that blue is made
up. There are black shadows in it under the crags, there are green shadows
along the turf, there are gray half-lights upon the rocks, there are faint
touches of stealthy warmth and cautious light along their edges; every bush,
every stone, every tuft of moss has its voice in the matter, and joins with
individual character in the universal will. Who is there who can do this as
Turner will? The old masters would have settled the matter at once with a
transparent, agreeable, but monotonous gray. Many among the moderns
would probably be equally monotonous with absurd and false colors. Turner
only would give the uncertainty—the palpitating, perpetual change—the
subjection of all to a great influence, without one part or portion being lost or
merged in it—the unity of action with infinity of agent. And I wish to insist
§ 16. Following the
on this the more particularly, because it is one of the eternal
principles of nature, that she will not have one line nor
infinite and
color, nor one portion nor atom of space without a change in
unapproachable
variety of nature.
it. There is not one of her shadows, tints, or lines that is not
in a state of perpetual variation: I do not mean in time, but
in space. There is not a leaf in the world which has the same color visible
over its whole surface; it has a white high light somewhere; and in proportion
as it curves to or from that focus, the color is brighter or grayer. Pick up a
common flint from the roadside, and count, if you can, its changes and hues
of color. Every bit of bare ground under your feet has in it a thousand such—
Page 262
the gray pebbles, the warm ochre, the green of incipient vegetation, the grays
and blacks of its reflexes and shadows, might keep a painter at work for a
month, if he were obliged to follow them touch for touch: how much more,
when the same infinity of change is carried out with vastness of object and
space. The extreme of distance may appear at first monotonous; but the least
examination will show it to be full of every kind of change—that its outlines
are perpetually melting and appearing again—sharp here, vague there—now
lost altogether, now just hinted and still confused among each other—and so
forever in a state and necessity of change. Hence, wherever in a painting we
have unvaried color extended even over a small space, there is falsehood.
Nothing can be natural which is monotonous; nothing true which only tells
one story. The brown foreground and rocks of Claude's Sinon before Priam
are as false as color can be: first, because there never was such a brown under
sunlight, for even the sand and cinders (volcanic tufa) about Naples, granting
that he had studied from these ugliest of all formations, are, where they are
fresh fractured, golden and lustrous in full light compared to these ideals of
crag, and become, like all other rocks, quiet and gray when weathered; and
secondly, because no rock that ever nature stained is without its countless
breaking tints of varied vegetation. And even Stanfield, master as he is of
rock form, is apt in the same way to give us here and there a little bit of mud,
instead of stone.
What I am next about to say with respect to Turner's color, I should wish to
be received with caution, as it admits of dispute. I think that the first
§17. His dislike of
approach to viciousness of color in any master is commonly
purple and
indicated chiefly by a prevalence of purple, and an absence
fondness for the
of yellow. I think nature mixes yellow with almost every
opposition of
one of her hues, never, or very rarely, using red without it,
yellow and black.
but frequently using yellow with scarcely any red; and I
The principles of
believe it will be in consequence found that her favorite
nature in this
opposition, that which generally characterizes and gives
respect.
tone to her color, is yellow and black, passing, as it retires,
into white and blue. It is beyond dispute that the great
fundamental opposition of Rubens is yellow and black; and that on this,
concentrated in one part of the picture, and modified in various grays
throughout, chiefly depend the tones of all his finest works. And in Titian,
though there is a far greater tendency to the purple than in Rubens, I believe
and blacks of its reflexes and shadows, might keep a painter at work for a
month, if he were obliged to follow them touch for touch: how much more,
when the same infinity of change is carried out with vastness of object and
space. The extreme of distance may appear at first monotonous; but the least
examination will show it to be full of every kind of change—that its outlines
are perpetually melting and appearing again—sharp here, vague there—now
lost altogether, now just hinted and still confused among each other—and so
forever in a state and necessity of change. Hence, wherever in a painting we
have unvaried color extended even over a small space, there is falsehood.
Nothing can be natural which is monotonous; nothing true which only tells
one story. The brown foreground and rocks of Claude's Sinon before Priam
are as false as color can be: first, because there never was such a brown under
sunlight, for even the sand and cinders (volcanic tufa) about Naples, granting
that he had studied from these ugliest of all formations, are, where they are
fresh fractured, golden and lustrous in full light compared to these ideals of
crag, and become, like all other rocks, quiet and gray when weathered; and
secondly, because no rock that ever nature stained is without its countless
breaking tints of varied vegetation. And even Stanfield, master as he is of
rock form, is apt in the same way to give us here and there a little bit of mud,
instead of stone.
What I am next about to say with respect to Turner's color, I should wish to
be received with caution, as it admits of dispute. I think that the first
§17. His dislike of
approach to viciousness of color in any master is commonly
purple and
indicated chiefly by a prevalence of purple, and an absence
fondness for the
of yellow. I think nature mixes yellow with almost every
opposition of
one of her hues, never, or very rarely, using red without it,
yellow and black.
but frequently using yellow with scarcely any red; and I
The principles of
believe it will be in consequence found that her favorite
nature in this
opposition, that which generally characterizes and gives
respect.
tone to her color, is yellow and black, passing, as it retires,
into white and blue. It is beyond dispute that the great
fundamental opposition of Rubens is yellow and black; and that on this,
concentrated in one part of the picture, and modified in various grays
throughout, chiefly depend the tones of all his finest works. And in Titian,
though there is a far greater tendency to the purple than in Rubens, I believe
Page 263
no red is ever mixed with the pure blue, or glazed over it, which has not in it
a modifying quantity of yellow. At all events, I am nearly certain that
whatever rich and pure purples are introduced locally, by the great colorists,
nothing is so destructive of all fine color as the slightest tendency to purple in
general tone; and I am equally certain that Turner is distinguished from all
the vicious colorists of the present day, by the foundation of all his tones
being black, yellow, and the intermediate grays, while the tendency of our
common glare-seekers is invariably to pure, cold, impossible purples. So
fond indeed is Turner of black and yellow, that he has given us more than one
composition, both drawings and paintings, based on these two colors alone,
of which the magnificent Quillebœuf, which I consider one of the most
perfect pieces of simple color existing, is a most striking example; and I think
that where, as in some of the late Venices, there has been something like a
marked appearance of purple tones, even though exquisitely corrected by
vivid orange and warm green in the foreground, the general color has not
been so perfect or truthful: my own feelings would always guide me rather to
the warm grays of such pictures as the Snow Storm, or the glowing scarlet
and gold of the Napoleon and Slave Ship. But I do not insist at present on this
part of the subject, as being perhaps more proper for future examination,
when we are considering the ideal of color.
The above remarks have been made entirely with reference to the recent
Academy pictures, which have been chiefly attacked for their color. I by no
§18. His early
means intend them to apply to the early works of Turner,
works are false in
those which the enlightened newspaper critics are
color.
perpetually talking about as characteristic of a time when
Turner was "really great." He is, and was, really great, from
the time when he first could hold a brush, but he never was so great as he is
now. The Crossing the Brook, glorious as it is as a composition, and perfect
in all that is most desirable and most ennobling in art, is scarcely to be looked
upon as a piece of color; it is an agreeable, cool, gray rendering of space and
form, but it is not color; if it be regarded as such, it is thoroughly false and
vapid, and very far inferior to the tones of the same kind given by Claude.
The reddish brown in the foreground of the Fall of Carthage, with all
diffidence be it spoken, is, as far as my feelings are competent to judge,
crude, sunless, and in every way wrong; and both this picture and the
a modifying quantity of yellow. At all events, I am nearly certain that
whatever rich and pure purples are introduced locally, by the great colorists,
nothing is so destructive of all fine color as the slightest tendency to purple in
general tone; and I am equally certain that Turner is distinguished from all
the vicious colorists of the present day, by the foundation of all his tones
being black, yellow, and the intermediate grays, while the tendency of our
common glare-seekers is invariably to pure, cold, impossible purples. So
fond indeed is Turner of black and yellow, that he has given us more than one
composition, both drawings and paintings, based on these two colors alone,
of which the magnificent Quillebœuf, which I consider one of the most
perfect pieces of simple color existing, is a most striking example; and I think
that where, as in some of the late Venices, there has been something like a
marked appearance of purple tones, even though exquisitely corrected by
vivid orange and warm green in the foreground, the general color has not
been so perfect or truthful: my own feelings would always guide me rather to
the warm grays of such pictures as the Snow Storm, or the glowing scarlet
and gold of the Napoleon and Slave Ship. But I do not insist at present on this
part of the subject, as being perhaps more proper for future examination,
when we are considering the ideal of color.
The above remarks have been made entirely with reference to the recent
Academy pictures, which have been chiefly attacked for their color. I by no
§18. His early
means intend them to apply to the early works of Turner,
works are false in
those which the enlightened newspaper critics are
color.
perpetually talking about as characteristic of a time when
Turner was "really great." He is, and was, really great, from
the time when he first could hold a brush, but he never was so great as he is
now. The Crossing the Brook, glorious as it is as a composition, and perfect
in all that is most desirable and most ennobling in art, is scarcely to be looked
upon as a piece of color; it is an agreeable, cool, gray rendering of space and
form, but it is not color; if it be regarded as such, it is thoroughly false and
vapid, and very far inferior to the tones of the same kind given by Claude.
The reddish brown in the foreground of the Fall of Carthage, with all
diffidence be it spoken, is, as far as my feelings are competent to judge,
crude, sunless, and in every way wrong; and both this picture and the
Page 264
Building of Carthage, though this latter is far the finer of the two, are quite
unworthy of Turner as a colorist.
Not so with the drawings; these, countless as they are, from the earliest to
the latest, though presenting an unbroken chain of increasing difficulty
§ 19. His drawings
overcome, and truth illustrated, are all, according to their
invariably perfect.
aim, equally faultless as to color. Whatever we have hitherto
said, applies to them in its fullest extent; though each, being
generally the realization of some effect actually seen, and realized but once,
requires almost a separate essay. As a class, they are far quieter and chaster
than the Academy pictures, and, were they better known, might enable our
connoisseurs to form a somewhat more accurate judgment of the intense
study of nature on which all Turner's color is based.
One point only remains to be noted respecting his system of color
generally—its entire subordination to light and shade, a subordination which
§ 20. The
there is no need to prove here, as every engraving from his
subjection of his
works—and few are unengraved—is sufficient
system of color to
demonstration of it. I have before shown the inferiority and
that of
unimportance in nature of color, as a truth, compared with
chiaroscuro.
light and shade. That inferiority is maintained and asserted
by all really great works of color; but most by Turner's as
their color is most intense. Whatever brilliancy he may choose to assume, is
subjected to an inviolable law of chiaroscuro, from which there is no appeal.
No richness nor depth of tint is considered of value enough to atone for the
loss of one particle of arranged light. No brilliancy of hue is permitted to
interfere with the depth of a determined shadow. And hence it is, that while
engravings from works far less splendid in color are often vapid and cold,
because the little color employed has not been rightly based on light and
shade, an engraving from Turner is always beautiful and forcible in
proportion as the color of the original has been intense, and never in a single
instance has failed to express the picture as a perfect composition.[21]
Powerful and captivating and faithful as his color is, it is the least important
of all his excellences, because it is the least important feature of nature. He
paints in color, but he thinks in light and shade; and were it necessary, rather
than lose one line of his forms, or one ray of his sunshine, would, I
apprehend, be content to paint in black and white to the end of his life. It is
unworthy of Turner as a colorist.
Not so with the drawings; these, countless as they are, from the earliest to
the latest, though presenting an unbroken chain of increasing difficulty
§ 19. His drawings
overcome, and truth illustrated, are all, according to their
invariably perfect.
aim, equally faultless as to color. Whatever we have hitherto
said, applies to them in its fullest extent; though each, being
generally the realization of some effect actually seen, and realized but once,
requires almost a separate essay. As a class, they are far quieter and chaster
than the Academy pictures, and, were they better known, might enable our
connoisseurs to form a somewhat more accurate judgment of the intense
study of nature on which all Turner's color is based.
One point only remains to be noted respecting his system of color
generally—its entire subordination to light and shade, a subordination which
§ 20. The
there is no need to prove here, as every engraving from his
subjection of his
works—and few are unengraved—is sufficient
system of color to
demonstration of it. I have before shown the inferiority and
that of
unimportance in nature of color, as a truth, compared with
chiaroscuro.
light and shade. That inferiority is maintained and asserted
by all really great works of color; but most by Turner's as
their color is most intense. Whatever brilliancy he may choose to assume, is
subjected to an inviolable law of chiaroscuro, from which there is no appeal.
No richness nor depth of tint is considered of value enough to atone for the
loss of one particle of arranged light. No brilliancy of hue is permitted to
interfere with the depth of a determined shadow. And hence it is, that while
engravings from works far less splendid in color are often vapid and cold,
because the little color employed has not been rightly based on light and
shade, an engraving from Turner is always beautiful and forcible in
proportion as the color of the original has been intense, and never in a single
instance has failed to express the picture as a perfect composition.[21]
Powerful and captivating and faithful as his color is, it is the least important
of all his excellences, because it is the least important feature of nature. He
paints in color, but he thinks in light and shade; and were it necessary, rather
than lose one line of his forms, or one ray of his sunshine, would, I
apprehend, be content to paint in black and white to the end of his life. It is
Page 265
by mistaking the shadow for the substance, and aiming at the brilliancy and
the fire, without perceiving of what deep-studied shade and inimitable form it
is at once the result and the illustration, that the host of his imitators sink into
deserved disgrace. With him, as with all the greatest painters, and in Turner's
more than all, the hue is a beautiful auxiliary in working out the great
impression to be conveyed, but is not the source nor the essence of that
impression; it is little more than a visible melody, given to raise and assist the
mind in the reception of nobler ideas—as sacred passages of sweet sound, to
prepare the feelings for the reading of the mysteries of God.
the fire, without perceiving of what deep-studied shade and inimitable form it
is at once the result and the illustration, that the host of his imitators sink into
deserved disgrace. With him, as with all the greatest painters, and in Turner's
more than all, the hue is a beautiful auxiliary in working out the great
impression to be conveyed, but is not the source nor the essence of that
impression; it is little more than a visible melody, given to raise and assist the
mind in the reception of nobler ideas—as sacred passages of sweet sound, to
prepare the feelings for the reading of the mysteries of God.
Page 266
[19]
"Cæcus adulator—Dignus
Aricinos qui mendicaret ad axes,
Blandaque devexæ iactaret basia rhedæ."
[20] There is perhaps nothing more characteristic of a great colorist than his power of
using greens in strange places without their being felt as such, or at least than a constant
preference of green gray to purple gray. And this hue of Poussin's clouds would have been
perfectly agreeable and allowable, had there been gold or crimson enough in the rest of the
picture to have thrown it into gray. It is only because the lower clouds are pure white and
blue, and because the trees are of the same color as the clouds, that the cloud color
becomes false. There is a fine instance of a sky, green in itself, but turned gray by the
opposition of warm color, in Turner's Devonport with the Dockyards.
[21] This is saying too much; for it not unfrequently happens that the light and shade of
the original is lost in the engraving, the effect of which is afterwards partially recovered,
with the aid of the artist himself, by introductions of new features. Sometimes, when a
drawing depends chiefly on color, the engraver gets unavoidably embarrassed, and must be
assisted by some change or exaggeration of the effect; but the more frequent case is, that
the engraver's difficulties result merely from his inattention to, or wilful deviations from his
original; and that the artist is obliged to assist him by such expedients as the error itself
suggests.
Not unfrequently in reviewing a plate, as very constantly in reviewing a picture after
some time has elapsed since its completion, even the painter is liable to make unnecessary
or hurtful changes. In the plate of the Old Temeraire, lately published in Finden's gallery, I
do not know whether it was Turner or the engraver who broke up the water into sparkling
ripple, but it was a grievous mistake, and has destroyed the whole dignity and value of the
conception. The flash of lightning in the Winchelsea of the England series does not exist in
the original; it is put in to withdraw the attention of the spectator from the sky which the
engraver destroyed.
There is an unfortunate persuasion among modern engravers that color can be expressed
by particular characters of line; and in the endeavor to distinguish by different lines,
different colors of equal depth, they frequently lose the whole system of light and shade. It
will hardly be credited that the piece of foreground on the left of Turner's Modern Italy,
represented in the Art-Union engraving as nearly coal black, is in the original of a pale
"Cæcus adulator—Dignus
Aricinos qui mendicaret ad axes,
Blandaque devexæ iactaret basia rhedæ."
[20] There is perhaps nothing more characteristic of a great colorist than his power of
using greens in strange places without their being felt as such, or at least than a constant
preference of green gray to purple gray. And this hue of Poussin's clouds would have been
perfectly agreeable and allowable, had there been gold or crimson enough in the rest of the
picture to have thrown it into gray. It is only because the lower clouds are pure white and
blue, and because the trees are of the same color as the clouds, that the cloud color
becomes false. There is a fine instance of a sky, green in itself, but turned gray by the
opposition of warm color, in Turner's Devonport with the Dockyards.
[21] This is saying too much; for it not unfrequently happens that the light and shade of
the original is lost in the engraving, the effect of which is afterwards partially recovered,
with the aid of the artist himself, by introductions of new features. Sometimes, when a
drawing depends chiefly on color, the engraver gets unavoidably embarrassed, and must be
assisted by some change or exaggeration of the effect; but the more frequent case is, that
the engraver's difficulties result merely from his inattention to, or wilful deviations from his
original; and that the artist is obliged to assist him by such expedients as the error itself
suggests.
Not unfrequently in reviewing a plate, as very constantly in reviewing a picture after
some time has elapsed since its completion, even the painter is liable to make unnecessary
or hurtful changes. In the plate of the Old Temeraire, lately published in Finden's gallery, I
do not know whether it was Turner or the engraver who broke up the water into sparkling
ripple, but it was a grievous mistake, and has destroyed the whole dignity and value of the
conception. The flash of lightning in the Winchelsea of the England series does not exist in
the original; it is put in to withdraw the attention of the spectator from the sky which the
engraver destroyed.
There is an unfortunate persuasion among modern engravers that color can be expressed
by particular characters of line; and in the endeavor to distinguish by different lines,
different colors of equal depth, they frequently lose the whole system of light and shade. It
will hardly be credited that the piece of foreground on the left of Turner's Modern Italy,
represented in the Art-Union engraving as nearly coal black, is in the original of a pale
Page 267
warm gray, hardly darker than the sky. All attempt to record color in engraving, is heraldry
out of its place: the engraver has no power beyond that of expressing transparency or
opacity by greater or less openness of line, (for the same depth of tint is producible by lines
with very different intervals.)
Texture of surface is only in a measure in the power of the steel, and ought not to be
laboriously sought after; nature's surfaces are distinguished more by form than texture; a
stone is often smoother than a leaf; but if texture is to be given, let the engraver at least be
sure that he knows what the texture of the object actually is, and how to represent it. The
leaves in the foreground of the engraved Mercury and Argus have all of them three or four
black lines across them. What sort of leaf texture is supposed to be represented by these?
The stones in the foreground of Turner's Llanthony received from the artist the powdery
texture of sandstone; the engraver covered them with contorted lines and turned them into
old timber.
A still more fatal cause of failure is the practice of making out or finishing what the artist
left incomplete. In the England plate of Dudley, there are two offensive blank windows in
the large building with the chimney on the left. These are engraver's improvements; in the
original they are barely traceable, their lines being excessively faint and tremulous as with
the movement of heated air between them and the spectator: their vulgarity is thus taken
away, and the whole building left in one grand unbroken mass. It is almost impossible to
break engravers of this unfortunate habit. I have even heard of their taking journeys of
some distance in order to obtain knowledge of the details which the artist intentionally
omitted; and the evil will necessarily continue until they receive something like legitimate
artistical education. In one or two instances, however, especially in small plates, they have
shown great feeling; the plates of Miller (especially those of the Turner illustrations to
Scott) are in most instances perfect and beautiful interpretations of the originals; so those of
Goodall in Rogers's works, and Cousens's in the Rivers of France; those of the Yorkshire
series are also very valuable, though singularly inferior to the drawings. But none even of
these men appear capable of producing a large plate. They have no knowledge of the means
of rendering their lines vital or valuable; cross-hatching stands for everything; and
inexcusably, for though we cannot expect every engraver to etch like Rembrandt or Albert
Durer, or every wood-cutter to draw like Titian, at least something of the system and power
of the grand works of those men might be preserved, and some mind and meaning stolen
into the reticulation of the restless modern lines.
out of its place: the engraver has no power beyond that of expressing transparency or
opacity by greater or less openness of line, (for the same depth of tint is producible by lines
with very different intervals.)
Texture of surface is only in a measure in the power of the steel, and ought not to be
laboriously sought after; nature's surfaces are distinguished more by form than texture; a
stone is often smoother than a leaf; but if texture is to be given, let the engraver at least be
sure that he knows what the texture of the object actually is, and how to represent it. The
leaves in the foreground of the engraved Mercury and Argus have all of them three or four
black lines across them. What sort of leaf texture is supposed to be represented by these?
The stones in the foreground of Turner's Llanthony received from the artist the powdery
texture of sandstone; the engraver covered them with contorted lines and turned them into
old timber.
A still more fatal cause of failure is the practice of making out or finishing what the artist
left incomplete. In the England plate of Dudley, there are two offensive blank windows in
the large building with the chimney on the left. These are engraver's improvements; in the
original they are barely traceable, their lines being excessively faint and tremulous as with
the movement of heated air between them and the spectator: their vulgarity is thus taken
away, and the whole building left in one grand unbroken mass. It is almost impossible to
break engravers of this unfortunate habit. I have even heard of their taking journeys of
some distance in order to obtain knowledge of the details which the artist intentionally
omitted; and the evil will necessarily continue until they receive something like legitimate
artistical education. In one or two instances, however, especially in small plates, they have
shown great feeling; the plates of Miller (especially those of the Turner illustrations to
Scott) are in most instances perfect and beautiful interpretations of the originals; so those of
Goodall in Rogers's works, and Cousens's in the Rivers of France; those of the Yorkshire
series are also very valuable, though singularly inferior to the drawings. But none even of
these men appear capable of producing a large plate. They have no knowledge of the means
of rendering their lines vital or valuable; cross-hatching stands for everything; and
inexcusably, for though we cannot expect every engraver to etch like Rembrandt or Albert
Durer, or every wood-cutter to draw like Titian, at least something of the system and power
of the grand works of those men might be preserved, and some mind and meaning stolen
into the reticulation of the restless modern lines.
Page 268
CHAPTER III.
OF TRUTH OF CHIAROSCURO.
It is not my intention to enter, in the present portion of the work, upon
any examination of Turner's particular effects of light. We must know
§ 1. We are not at
something about what is beautiful before we speak of
present to examine
these.
particular effects At present I wish only to insist upon two great
of light. principles of chiaroscuro, which are observed throughout
the works of the great modern master, and set at defiance
by the ancients—great general laws, which may, or may not, be sources of
beauty, but whose observance is indisputably necessary to truth.
Go out some bright sunny day in winter, and look for a tree with a broad
trunk, having rather delicate boughs hanging down on the sunny side, near
the trunk. Stand four or five yards from it, with your back to the sun. You
will find that the boughs between you and the trunk of the tree are very
indistinct, that you confound them in places with the trunk itself, and cannot
possibly trace one of them from its insertion to its extremity. But the
shadows which they cast upon the trunk, you will find clear, dark, and
distinct, perfectly traceable through their whole course, except when they
are interrupted by the crossing boughs. And if you retire backwards, you
will come to a point where you cannot see the intervening boughs at all, or
only a fragment of them here and there, but can still see their shadows
perfectly plain. Now, this may serve to show you the immense prominence
and importance of shadows where there is anything like bright light. They
are, in fact, commonly far more conspicuous than the thing which casts
them, for being as large as the casting object, and altogether made up of a
blackness deeper than the darkest part of the casting object, (while that
object is also broken up with positive and reflected lights,) their large,
broad, unbroken spaces, tell strongly on the eye, especially as all form is
rendered partially, often totally invisible within them, and as they are
suddenly terminated by the sharpest lines which nature ever shows. For no
outline of objects whatsoever is so sharp as the edge of a close shadow. Put
OF TRUTH OF CHIAROSCURO.
It is not my intention to enter, in the present portion of the work, upon
any examination of Turner's particular effects of light. We must know
§ 1. We are not at
something about what is beautiful before we speak of
present to examine
these.
particular effects At present I wish only to insist upon two great
of light. principles of chiaroscuro, which are observed throughout
the works of the great modern master, and set at defiance
by the ancients—great general laws, which may, or may not, be sources of
beauty, but whose observance is indisputably necessary to truth.
Go out some bright sunny day in winter, and look for a tree with a broad
trunk, having rather delicate boughs hanging down on the sunny side, near
the trunk. Stand four or five yards from it, with your back to the sun. You
will find that the boughs between you and the trunk of the tree are very
indistinct, that you confound them in places with the trunk itself, and cannot
possibly trace one of them from its insertion to its extremity. But the
shadows which they cast upon the trunk, you will find clear, dark, and
distinct, perfectly traceable through their whole course, except when they
are interrupted by the crossing boughs. And if you retire backwards, you
will come to a point where you cannot see the intervening boughs at all, or
only a fragment of them here and there, but can still see their shadows
perfectly plain. Now, this may serve to show you the immense prominence
and importance of shadows where there is anything like bright light. They
are, in fact, commonly far more conspicuous than the thing which casts
them, for being as large as the casting object, and altogether made up of a
blackness deeper than the darkest part of the casting object, (while that
object is also broken up with positive and reflected lights,) their large,
broad, unbroken spaces, tell strongly on the eye, especially as all form is
rendered partially, often totally invisible within them, and as they are
suddenly terminated by the sharpest lines which nature ever shows. For no
outline of objects whatsoever is so sharp as the edge of a close shadow. Put
Page 269
your finger over a piece of white paper in the sun, and observe the
difference between the softness of the outline of the finger itself and the
decision of the edge of the shadow. And note also the excessive gloom of
the latter. A piece of black cloth, laid in the light, will not attain one-fourth
of the blackness of the paper under the shadow.
Hence shadows are in reality, when the sun is shining, the most
conspicuous thing in a landscape, next to the highest lights. All forms are
§ 2. And therefore
understood and explained chiefly by their agency: the
the distinctness of
roughness of the bark of a tree, for instance, is not seen in
the light, nor in the shade: it is only seen between the two,
shadows is the
chief means of
where the shadows of the ridges explain it. And hence, if
we have to express vivid light, our very first aim must be
expressing
vividness of light.
to get the shadows sharp and visible; and this is not to be
done by blackness, (though indeed chalk on white paper is
the only thing which comes up to the intensity of real shadows,) but by
keeping them perfectly flat, keen, and even. A very pale shadow, if it be
quite flat—if it conceal the details of the objects it crosses—if it be gray
and cold compared to their color, and very sharp edged, will be far more
conspicuous, and make everything out of it look a great deal more like
sunlight, than a shadow ten times its depth, shaded off at the edge, and
§ 3. Total absence
confounded with the color of the objects on which it falls.
of such
Now the old masters of the Italian school, in almost all of
distinctness in the
their works, directly reverse this principle: they blacken
works of the
their shadows till the picture becomes quite appalling, and
Italian school.
everything in it invisible; but they make a point of losing
their edges, and carrying them off by gradation; in
consequence utterly destroying every appearance of sunlight. All their
shadows are the faint, secondary darknesses of mere daylight; the sun has
nothing whatever to do with them. The shadow between the pages of the
book which you hold in your hand is distinct and visible enough, (though
you are, I suppose, reading it by the ordinary daylight of your room,) out of
the sun; and this weak and secondary shadow is all that we ever find in the
Italian masters, as indicative of sunshine. Even Cuyp and
§ 4. And partial
absence in the
Berghem, though they know thoroughly well what they are
about in their foregrounds, forget the principle in their
difference between the softness of the outline of the finger itself and the
decision of the edge of the shadow. And note also the excessive gloom of
the latter. A piece of black cloth, laid in the light, will not attain one-fourth
of the blackness of the paper under the shadow.
Hence shadows are in reality, when the sun is shining, the most
conspicuous thing in a landscape, next to the highest lights. All forms are
§ 2. And therefore
understood and explained chiefly by their agency: the
the distinctness of
roughness of the bark of a tree, for instance, is not seen in
the light, nor in the shade: it is only seen between the two,
shadows is the
chief means of
where the shadows of the ridges explain it. And hence, if
we have to express vivid light, our very first aim must be
expressing
vividness of light.
to get the shadows sharp and visible; and this is not to be
done by blackness, (though indeed chalk on white paper is
the only thing which comes up to the intensity of real shadows,) but by
keeping them perfectly flat, keen, and even. A very pale shadow, if it be
quite flat—if it conceal the details of the objects it crosses—if it be gray
and cold compared to their color, and very sharp edged, will be far more
conspicuous, and make everything out of it look a great deal more like
sunlight, than a shadow ten times its depth, shaded off at the edge, and
§ 3. Total absence
confounded with the color of the objects on which it falls.
of such
Now the old masters of the Italian school, in almost all of
distinctness in the
their works, directly reverse this principle: they blacken
works of the
their shadows till the picture becomes quite appalling, and
Italian school.
everything in it invisible; but they make a point of losing
their edges, and carrying them off by gradation; in
consequence utterly destroying every appearance of sunlight. All their
shadows are the faint, secondary darknesses of mere daylight; the sun has
nothing whatever to do with them. The shadow between the pages of the
book which you hold in your hand is distinct and visible enough, (though
you are, I suppose, reading it by the ordinary daylight of your room,) out of
the sun; and this weak and secondary shadow is all that we ever find in the
Italian masters, as indicative of sunshine. Even Cuyp and
§ 4. And partial
absence in the
Berghem, though they know thoroughly well what they are
about in their foregrounds, forget the principle in their
Page 270
Dutch. distances; and though in Claude's seaports, where he has
plain architecture to deal with, he gives us something like
real shadows along the stones, the moment we come to ground and foliage
with lateral light, away go the shadows and the sun together. In the
Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, in our own gallery, the trunks of the trees
between the water-wheel and the white figure in the middle distance, are
dark and visible; but their shadows are scarcely discernible on the ground,
and are quite vague and lost in the building. In nature, every bit of the
shadow would have been darker than the darkest part of the trunks, and
both on the ground and building would have been defined and conspicuous;
while the trunks themselves would have been faint, confused, and
indistinguishable, in their illumined parts, from the grass or distance. So in
Poussin's Phocion, the shadow of the stick on the stone in the right-hand
corner, is shaded off and lost, while you see the stick plain all the way. In
nature's sunlight it would have been the direct reverse—you would have
seen the shadow black and sharp all the way down, but you would have had
to look for the stick, which in all probability would in several places have
been confused with the stone behind it.
And so throughout the works of Claude, Poussin, and Salvator, we shall
find, especially in their conventional foliage, and unarticulated barbarisms
of rock, that their whole sum and substance of chiaroscuro is merely the
gradation and variation which nature gives in the body of her shadows, and
that all which they do to express sunshine, she does to vary shade. They
take only one step, while she always takes two; marking, in the first place,
with violent decision, the great transition from sun to shade, and then
varying the shade itself with a thousand gentle gradations and double
shadows, in themselves equivalent, and more than equivalent, to all that the
old masters did for their entire chiaroscuro.
Now if there be one principle, or secret more than another, on which
Turner depends for attaining brilliancy of light, it is his clear and exquisite
§ 5. The perfection
drawing of the shadows. Whatever is obscure, misty, or
of Turner's works
undefined in his objects or his atmosphere, he takes care
in this respect.
that the shadows be sharp and clear—and then he knows
that the light will take care of itself, and he makes them
plain architecture to deal with, he gives us something like
real shadows along the stones, the moment we come to ground and foliage
with lateral light, away go the shadows and the sun together. In the
Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, in our own gallery, the trunks of the trees
between the water-wheel and the white figure in the middle distance, are
dark and visible; but their shadows are scarcely discernible on the ground,
and are quite vague and lost in the building. In nature, every bit of the
shadow would have been darker than the darkest part of the trunks, and
both on the ground and building would have been defined and conspicuous;
while the trunks themselves would have been faint, confused, and
indistinguishable, in their illumined parts, from the grass or distance. So in
Poussin's Phocion, the shadow of the stick on the stone in the right-hand
corner, is shaded off and lost, while you see the stick plain all the way. In
nature's sunlight it would have been the direct reverse—you would have
seen the shadow black and sharp all the way down, but you would have had
to look for the stick, which in all probability would in several places have
been confused with the stone behind it.
And so throughout the works of Claude, Poussin, and Salvator, we shall
find, especially in their conventional foliage, and unarticulated barbarisms
of rock, that their whole sum and substance of chiaroscuro is merely the
gradation and variation which nature gives in the body of her shadows, and
that all which they do to express sunshine, she does to vary shade. They
take only one step, while she always takes two; marking, in the first place,
with violent decision, the great transition from sun to shade, and then
varying the shade itself with a thousand gentle gradations and double
shadows, in themselves equivalent, and more than equivalent, to all that the
old masters did for their entire chiaroscuro.
Now if there be one principle, or secret more than another, on which
Turner depends for attaining brilliancy of light, it is his clear and exquisite
§ 5. The perfection
drawing of the shadows. Whatever is obscure, misty, or
of Turner's works
undefined in his objects or his atmosphere, he takes care
in this respect.
that the shadows be sharp and clear—and then he knows
that the light will take care of itself, and he makes them
Page 271
clear, not by blackness, but by excessive evenness, unity, and sharpness of
edge. He will keep them clear and distinct, and make them felt as shadows,
though they are so faint, that, but for their decisive forms, we should not
have observed them for darkness at all. He will throw them one after
another like transparent veils, along the earth and upon the air, till the whole
picture palpitates with them, and yet the darkest of them will be a faint gray,
imbued and penetrated with light. The pavement on the left of the Hero and
Leander, is about the most thorough piece of this kind of sorcery that I
remember in art; but of the general principle, not one of his works is
without constant evidence. Take the vignette of the garden opposite the
title-page of Rogers's Poems, and note the drawing of the nearest balustrade
on the right. The balusters themselves are faint and misty, and the light
through them feeble; but the shadows of them are sharp and dark, and the
intervening light as intense as it can be left. And see how much more
distinct the shadow of the running figure is on the pavement, than the
checkers of the pavement itself. Observe the shadows on the trunk of the
tree at page 91, how they conquer all the details of the trunk itself, and
become darker and more conspicuous than any part of the boughs or limbs,
and so in the vignette to Campbell's Beechtree's Petition. Take the beautiful
concentration of all that is most characteristic of Italy as she is, at page 168
of Rogers's Italy, where we have the long shadows of the trunks made by far
the most conspicuous thing in the whole foreground, and hear how
Wordsworth, the keenest-eyed of all modern poets for what is deep and
essential in nature, illustrates Turner here, as we shall find him doing in all
other points.
"At the root
Of that tall pine, the shadow of whose bare
And slender stem, while here I sit at eve,
Oft stretches tow'rds me, like a long straight path,
Traced faintly in the greensward."
Excursion, Book VI
So again in the Rhymer's Glen, (Illustrations to Scott,) note the
intertwining of the shadows across the path, and the checkering of the
trunks by them; and again on the bridge in the Armstrong's Tower; and yet
edge. He will keep them clear and distinct, and make them felt as shadows,
though they are so faint, that, but for their decisive forms, we should not
have observed them for darkness at all. He will throw them one after
another like transparent veils, along the earth and upon the air, till the whole
picture palpitates with them, and yet the darkest of them will be a faint gray,
imbued and penetrated with light. The pavement on the left of the Hero and
Leander, is about the most thorough piece of this kind of sorcery that I
remember in art; but of the general principle, not one of his works is
without constant evidence. Take the vignette of the garden opposite the
title-page of Rogers's Poems, and note the drawing of the nearest balustrade
on the right. The balusters themselves are faint and misty, and the light
through them feeble; but the shadows of them are sharp and dark, and the
intervening light as intense as it can be left. And see how much more
distinct the shadow of the running figure is on the pavement, than the
checkers of the pavement itself. Observe the shadows on the trunk of the
tree at page 91, how they conquer all the details of the trunk itself, and
become darker and more conspicuous than any part of the boughs or limbs,
and so in the vignette to Campbell's Beechtree's Petition. Take the beautiful
concentration of all that is most characteristic of Italy as she is, at page 168
of Rogers's Italy, where we have the long shadows of the trunks made by far
the most conspicuous thing in the whole foreground, and hear how
Wordsworth, the keenest-eyed of all modern poets for what is deep and
essential in nature, illustrates Turner here, as we shall find him doing in all
other points.
"At the root
Of that tall pine, the shadow of whose bare
And slender stem, while here I sit at eve,
Oft stretches tow'rds me, like a long straight path,
Traced faintly in the greensward."
Excursion, Book VI
So again in the Rhymer's Glen, (Illustrations to Scott,) note the
intertwining of the shadows across the path, and the checkering of the
trunks by them; and again on the bridge in the Armstrong's Tower; and yet
Page 272
more in the long avenue of Brienne, where we have a length of two or three
miles expressed by the playing shadows alone, and the whole picture filled
with sunshine by the long lines of darkness cast by the figures on the snow.
The Hampton Court in the England series, is another very striking instance.
In fact, the general system of execution observable in all Turner's drawings,
is to work his grounds richly and fully, sometimes stippling, and giving
infinity of delicate, mysterious, and ceaseless detail; and on the ground so
prepared to cast his shadows with one dash of the brush, leaving an
excessively sharp edge of watery color. Such at least is commonly the case
§ 6. The effect of
in such coarse and broad instances as those I have above
given. Words are not accurate enough, nor delicate enough
his shadows upon
to express or trace the constant, all-pervading influence of
the light.
the finer and vaguer shadows throughout his works, that
thrilling influence which gives to the light they leave, its passion and its
power. There is not a stone, not a leaf, not a cloud, over which light is not
felt to be actually passing and palpitating before our eyes. There is the
motion, the actual wave and radiation of the darted beam—not the dull
universal daylight, which falls on the landscape without life, or direction, or
speculation, equal on all things and dead on all things; but the breathing,
animated, exulting light, which feels, and receives, and rejoices, and acts—
which chooses one thing and rejects another—which seeks, and finds, and
loses again—leaping from rock to rock, from leaf to leaf, from wave to
wave,—glowing, or flashing, or scintillating, according to what it strikes, or
in its holier moods, absorbing and enfolding all things in the deep fulness of
its repose, and then again losing itself in bewilderment, and doubt, and
dimness; or perishing and passing away, entangled in drifting mist, or
melted into melancholy air, but still,—kindling, or declining, sparkling or
still, it is the living light, which breathes in its deepest, most entranced rest,
which sleeps, but never dies.
I need scarcely insist farther on the marked distinction between the works
of the old masters and those of the great modern landscape-painters in this
respect. It is one which the reader can perfectly well work
§ 7. The
out for himself, by the slightest systematic attention,—one
distinction holds
good between
which he will find existing, not merely between this work
and that, but throughout the whole body of their
miles expressed by the playing shadows alone, and the whole picture filled
with sunshine by the long lines of darkness cast by the figures on the snow.
The Hampton Court in the England series, is another very striking instance.
In fact, the general system of execution observable in all Turner's drawings,
is to work his grounds richly and fully, sometimes stippling, and giving
infinity of delicate, mysterious, and ceaseless detail; and on the ground so
prepared to cast his shadows with one dash of the brush, leaving an
excessively sharp edge of watery color. Such at least is commonly the case
§ 6. The effect of
in such coarse and broad instances as those I have above
given. Words are not accurate enough, nor delicate enough
his shadows upon
to express or trace the constant, all-pervading influence of
the light.
the finer and vaguer shadows throughout his works, that
thrilling influence which gives to the light they leave, its passion and its
power. There is not a stone, not a leaf, not a cloud, over which light is not
felt to be actually passing and palpitating before our eyes. There is the
motion, the actual wave and radiation of the darted beam—not the dull
universal daylight, which falls on the landscape without life, or direction, or
speculation, equal on all things and dead on all things; but the breathing,
animated, exulting light, which feels, and receives, and rejoices, and acts—
which chooses one thing and rejects another—which seeks, and finds, and
loses again—leaping from rock to rock, from leaf to leaf, from wave to
wave,—glowing, or flashing, or scintillating, according to what it strikes, or
in its holier moods, absorbing and enfolding all things in the deep fulness of
its repose, and then again losing itself in bewilderment, and doubt, and
dimness; or perishing and passing away, entangled in drifting mist, or
melted into melancholy air, but still,—kindling, or declining, sparkling or
still, it is the living light, which breathes in its deepest, most entranced rest,
which sleeps, but never dies.
I need scarcely insist farther on the marked distinction between the works
of the old masters and those of the great modern landscape-painters in this
respect. It is one which the reader can perfectly well work
§ 7. The
out for himself, by the slightest systematic attention,—one
distinction holds
good between
which he will find existing, not merely between this work
and that, but throughout the whole body of their
Page 273
almost all the productions, and down to every leaf and line. And a little
works of the careful watching of nature, especially in her foliage and
ancient and foregrounds, and comparison of her with Claude, Gaspar
modern schools. Poussin, and Salvator, will soon show him that those
artists worked entirely on conventional principles, not
representing what they saw, but what they thought would make a handsome
picture; and even when they went to nature, which I believe to have been a
very much rarer practice with them than their biographers would have us
suppose, they copied her like children, drawing what they knew to be there,
but not what they saw there.[22] I believe you may search the foregrounds of
Claude, from one end of Europe to another, and you will not find the
shadow of one leaf cast upon another. You will find leaf after leaf painted
more or less boldly or brightly out of the black ground, and you will find
dark leaves defined in perfect form upon the light; but you will not find the
form of a single leaf disguised or interrupted by the shadow of another. And
Poussin and Salvator are still farther from anything like genuine truth.
There is nothing in their pictures which might not be manufactured in their
painting-room, with a branch or two of brambles and a bunch or two of
weeds before them, to give them the form of the leaves. And it is refreshing
to turn from their ignorant and impotent repetitions of childish conception,
to the clear, close, genuine studies of modern artists; for it is not Turner
only, (though here, as in all other points, the first,) who is remarkable for
fine and expressive decision of chiaroscuro. Some passages by J. D.
Harding are thoroughly admirable in this respect, though this master is
getting a little too much into a habit of general keen execution, which
prevents the parts which ought to be especially decisive from being felt as
such, and which makes his pictures, especially the large ones, look a little
thin. But some of his later passages of rock foreground have, taken in the
abstract, been beyond all praise, owing to the exquisite forms and firm
expressiveness of their shadows. And the chiaroscuro of Stanfield is equally
deserving of the most attentive study.
The second point to which I wish at present to direct attention has
reference to the arrangement of light and shade. It is the constant habit of
nature to use both her highest lights and deepest shadows in exceedingly
small quantity; always in points, never in masses. She will give a large mass
works of the careful watching of nature, especially in her foliage and
ancient and foregrounds, and comparison of her with Claude, Gaspar
modern schools. Poussin, and Salvator, will soon show him that those
artists worked entirely on conventional principles, not
representing what they saw, but what they thought would make a handsome
picture; and even when they went to nature, which I believe to have been a
very much rarer practice with them than their biographers would have us
suppose, they copied her like children, drawing what they knew to be there,
but not what they saw there.[22] I believe you may search the foregrounds of
Claude, from one end of Europe to another, and you will not find the
shadow of one leaf cast upon another. You will find leaf after leaf painted
more or less boldly or brightly out of the black ground, and you will find
dark leaves defined in perfect form upon the light; but you will not find the
form of a single leaf disguised or interrupted by the shadow of another. And
Poussin and Salvator are still farther from anything like genuine truth.
There is nothing in their pictures which might not be manufactured in their
painting-room, with a branch or two of brambles and a bunch or two of
weeds before them, to give them the form of the leaves. And it is refreshing
to turn from their ignorant and impotent repetitions of childish conception,
to the clear, close, genuine studies of modern artists; for it is not Turner
only, (though here, as in all other points, the first,) who is remarkable for
fine and expressive decision of chiaroscuro. Some passages by J. D.
Harding are thoroughly admirable in this respect, though this master is
getting a little too much into a habit of general keen execution, which
prevents the parts which ought to be especially decisive from being felt as
such, and which makes his pictures, especially the large ones, look a little
thin. But some of his later passages of rock foreground have, taken in the
abstract, been beyond all praise, owing to the exquisite forms and firm
expressiveness of their shadows. And the chiaroscuro of Stanfield is equally
deserving of the most attentive study.
The second point to which I wish at present to direct attention has
reference to the arrangement of light and shade. It is the constant habit of
nature to use both her highest lights and deepest shadows in exceedingly
small quantity; always in points, never in masses. She will give a large mass
Page 274
§ 8. Second great
of tender light in sky or water, impressive by its quantity,
and a large mass of tender shadow relieved against it, in
principle of
foliage, or hill, or building; but the light is always subdued
chiaroscuro. Both
high light and
if it be extensive—the shadow always feeble if it be broad.
She will then fill up all the rest of her picture with middle
deep shadow are
tints and pale grays of some sort or another, and on this
used in equal
quantity and only
quiet and harmonious whole, she will touch her high lights
in points.
in spots—the foam of an isolated wave—the sail of a
solitary vessel—the flash of the sun from a wet roof—the
gleam of a single whitewashed cottage—or some such sources of local
brilliancy, she will use so vividly and delicately as to throw everything else
into definite shade by comparison. And then taking up the gloom, she will
use the black hollows of some overhanging bank, or the black dress of some
shaded figure, or the depth of some sunless chink of wall or window, so
sharply as to throw everything else into definite light by comparison; thus
reducing the whole mass of her picture to a delicate middle tint,
approaching, of course, here to light, and there to gloom; but yet sharply
separated from the utmost degrees either of the one or the other.
Now it is a curious thing that none of our writers on art seem to have
noticed the great principle of nature in this respect. They all talk of deep
shadow as a thing that may be given in quantity,—one
§ 9. Neglect or
contradiction of
fourth of the picture, or, in certain effects, much more.
Barry, for instance, says that the practice of the great
this principle by
painters, who "best understood the effects of chiaroscuro,"
writers on art.
was, for the most part, to make the mass of middle tint
larger than the light, and the mass of dark larger than the masses of light
and middle tint together, i.e., occupying more than one-half of the picture.
Now I do not know what we are to suppose is meant by "understanding
chiaroscuro." If it means being able to manufacture agreeable patterns in the
shape of pyramids, and crosses, and zigzags, into which arms and legs are
to be persuaded, and passion and motion arranged, for the promotion and
encouragement of the cant of criticism, such a principle may be productive
of the most advantageous results. But if it means, being acquainted with the
deep, perpetual, systematic, unintrusive simplicity and unwearied variety of
nature's chiaroscuro—if it means the perception that blackness and
of tender light in sky or water, impressive by its quantity,
and a large mass of tender shadow relieved against it, in
principle of
foliage, or hill, or building; but the light is always subdued
chiaroscuro. Both
high light and
if it be extensive—the shadow always feeble if it be broad.
She will then fill up all the rest of her picture with middle
deep shadow are
tints and pale grays of some sort or another, and on this
used in equal
quantity and only
quiet and harmonious whole, she will touch her high lights
in points.
in spots—the foam of an isolated wave—the sail of a
solitary vessel—the flash of the sun from a wet roof—the
gleam of a single whitewashed cottage—or some such sources of local
brilliancy, she will use so vividly and delicately as to throw everything else
into definite shade by comparison. And then taking up the gloom, she will
use the black hollows of some overhanging bank, or the black dress of some
shaded figure, or the depth of some sunless chink of wall or window, so
sharply as to throw everything else into definite light by comparison; thus
reducing the whole mass of her picture to a delicate middle tint,
approaching, of course, here to light, and there to gloom; but yet sharply
separated from the utmost degrees either of the one or the other.
Now it is a curious thing that none of our writers on art seem to have
noticed the great principle of nature in this respect. They all talk of deep
shadow as a thing that may be given in quantity,—one
§ 9. Neglect or
contradiction of
fourth of the picture, or, in certain effects, much more.
Barry, for instance, says that the practice of the great
this principle by
painters, who "best understood the effects of chiaroscuro,"
writers on art.
was, for the most part, to make the mass of middle tint
larger than the light, and the mass of dark larger than the masses of light
and middle tint together, i.e., occupying more than one-half of the picture.
Now I do not know what we are to suppose is meant by "understanding
chiaroscuro." If it means being able to manufacture agreeable patterns in the
shape of pyramids, and crosses, and zigzags, into which arms and legs are
to be persuaded, and passion and motion arranged, for the promotion and
encouragement of the cant of criticism, such a principle may be productive
of the most advantageous results. But if it means, being acquainted with the
deep, perpetual, systematic, unintrusive simplicity and unwearied variety of
nature's chiaroscuro—if it means the perception that blackness and
Page 275
sublimity are not synonymous, and that space and light may possibly be
coadjutors—then no man, who ever advocated or dreamed of such a
§ 10. And
principle, is anything more than a novice, blunderer and
trickster in chiaroscuro. And my firm belief is, that though
consequent
color is inveighed against by all artists, as the great Circe
misguiding of the
of art—the great transformer of mind into sensuality—no
student.
fondness for it, no study of it, is half so great a peril and
stumbling-block to the young student, as the admiration he hears bestowed
on such artificial, false, and juggling chiaroscuro, and the instruction he
receives, based on such principles as that given us by Fuseli—that "mere
natural light and shade, however separately or individually true, is not
always legitimate chiaroscuro in art." It may not always be agreeable to a
sophisticated, unfeeling, and perverted mind; but the student had better
throw up his art at once, than proceed on the conviction that any other can
ever be legitimate. I believe I shall be perfectly well able to prove, in
following parts of the work, that "mere natural light and shade" is the only
fit and faithful attendant of the highest art; and that all tricks—all visible,
intended arrangement—all extended shadows and narrow lights—
everything in fact, in the least degree artificial, or tending to make the mind
dwell upon light and shade as such, is an injury, instead of an aid, to
conceptions of high ideal dignity. I believe I shall be able also to show, that
nature manages her chiaroscuro a great deal more neatly and cleverly than
people fancy;—that "mere natural light and shade" is a very much finer
thing than most artists can put together, and that none think they can
improve upon it but those who never understood it.
But however this may be, it is beyond dispute that every permission
given to the student to amuse himself with painting one figure all black, and
§ 11. The great
the next all white, and throwing them out with a
background of nothing—every permission given to him to
value of a simple
spoil his pocketbook with sixths of sunshine and sevenths
chiaroscuro.
of shade, and other such fractional sublimities, is so much
more difficulty laid in the way of his ever becoming a master; and that none
are in the right road to real excellence, but those who are struggling to
render the simplicity, purity, and inexhaustible variety of nature's own
chiaroscuro in open, cloudless daylight, giving the expanse of harmonious
coadjutors—then no man, who ever advocated or dreamed of such a
§ 10. And
principle, is anything more than a novice, blunderer and
trickster in chiaroscuro. And my firm belief is, that though
consequent
color is inveighed against by all artists, as the great Circe
misguiding of the
of art—the great transformer of mind into sensuality—no
student.
fondness for it, no study of it, is half so great a peril and
stumbling-block to the young student, as the admiration he hears bestowed
on such artificial, false, and juggling chiaroscuro, and the instruction he
receives, based on such principles as that given us by Fuseli—that "mere
natural light and shade, however separately or individually true, is not
always legitimate chiaroscuro in art." It may not always be agreeable to a
sophisticated, unfeeling, and perverted mind; but the student had better
throw up his art at once, than proceed on the conviction that any other can
ever be legitimate. I believe I shall be perfectly well able to prove, in
following parts of the work, that "mere natural light and shade" is the only
fit and faithful attendant of the highest art; and that all tricks—all visible,
intended arrangement—all extended shadows and narrow lights—
everything in fact, in the least degree artificial, or tending to make the mind
dwell upon light and shade as such, is an injury, instead of an aid, to
conceptions of high ideal dignity. I believe I shall be able also to show, that
nature manages her chiaroscuro a great deal more neatly and cleverly than
people fancy;—that "mere natural light and shade" is a very much finer
thing than most artists can put together, and that none think they can
improve upon it but those who never understood it.
But however this may be, it is beyond dispute that every permission
given to the student to amuse himself with painting one figure all black, and
§ 11. The great
the next all white, and throwing them out with a
background of nothing—every permission given to him to
value of a simple
spoil his pocketbook with sixths of sunshine and sevenths
chiaroscuro.
of shade, and other such fractional sublimities, is so much
more difficulty laid in the way of his ever becoming a master; and that none
are in the right road to real excellence, but those who are struggling to
render the simplicity, purity, and inexhaustible variety of nature's own
chiaroscuro in open, cloudless daylight, giving the expanse of harmonious
Page 276
light—the speaking, decisive shadow—and the exquisite grace, tenderness,
and grandeur of aerial opposition of local color and equally illuminated
lines. No chiaroscuro is so difficult as this; and none so noble, chaste, or
impressive. On this part of the subject, however, I must not enlarge at
present. I wish now only to speak of those great principles of chiaroscuro,
which nature observes, even when she is most working for effect—when
she is playing with thunder-clouds and sunbeams, and throwing one thing
out and obscuring another, with the most marked artistical feeling and
intention;—even then, she never forgets her great rule, to give precisely the
same quantity of deepest shade which she does of highest light, and no
more; points of the one answering to points of the other, and both vividly
conspicuous and separated from all the rest of the landscape.
And it is most singular that this separation, which is the great source of
brilliancy in nature, should not only be unobserved, but absolutely
forbidden by our great writers on art, who are always
§ 12. The sharp
talking about connecting the light with the shade by
separation of
nature's lights
imperceptible gradations. Now so surely as this is done,
all sunshine is lost, for imperceptible gradation from light
from her middle
to dark is the characteristic of objects seen out of sunshine,
tint.
in what is, in landscape, shadow. Nature's principle of
getting light is the direct reverse. She will cover her whole landscape with
middle tint, in which she will have as many gradations as you please, and a
great many more than you can paint; but on this middle tint she touches her
extreme lights, and extreme darks, isolated and sharp, so that the eye goes
to them directly, and feels them to be key-notes of the whole composition.
And although the dark touches are less attractive than the light ones, it is
not because they are less distinct, but because they exhibit nothing; while
the bright touches are in parts where everything is seen, and where in
consequence the eye goes to rest. But yet the high lights do not exhibit
anything in themselves, they are too bright and dazzle the eye; and having
no shadows in them, cannot exhibit form, for form can only be seen by
shadow of some kind or another. Hence the highest lights and deepest darks
agree in this, that nothing is seen in either of them; that both are in
exceedingly small quantity, and both are marked and distinct from the
middle tones of the landscape—the one by their brilliancy, the other by their
and grandeur of aerial opposition of local color and equally illuminated
lines. No chiaroscuro is so difficult as this; and none so noble, chaste, or
impressive. On this part of the subject, however, I must not enlarge at
present. I wish now only to speak of those great principles of chiaroscuro,
which nature observes, even when she is most working for effect—when
she is playing with thunder-clouds and sunbeams, and throwing one thing
out and obscuring another, with the most marked artistical feeling and
intention;—even then, she never forgets her great rule, to give precisely the
same quantity of deepest shade which she does of highest light, and no
more; points of the one answering to points of the other, and both vividly
conspicuous and separated from all the rest of the landscape.
And it is most singular that this separation, which is the great source of
brilliancy in nature, should not only be unobserved, but absolutely
forbidden by our great writers on art, who are always
§ 12. The sharp
talking about connecting the light with the shade by
separation of
nature's lights
imperceptible gradations. Now so surely as this is done,
all sunshine is lost, for imperceptible gradation from light
from her middle
to dark is the characteristic of objects seen out of sunshine,
tint.
in what is, in landscape, shadow. Nature's principle of
getting light is the direct reverse. She will cover her whole landscape with
middle tint, in which she will have as many gradations as you please, and a
great many more than you can paint; but on this middle tint she touches her
extreme lights, and extreme darks, isolated and sharp, so that the eye goes
to them directly, and feels them to be key-notes of the whole composition.
And although the dark touches are less attractive than the light ones, it is
not because they are less distinct, but because they exhibit nothing; while
the bright touches are in parts where everything is seen, and where in
consequence the eye goes to rest. But yet the high lights do not exhibit
anything in themselves, they are too bright and dazzle the eye; and having
no shadows in them, cannot exhibit form, for form can only be seen by
shadow of some kind or another. Hence the highest lights and deepest darks
agree in this, that nothing is seen in either of them; that both are in
exceedingly small quantity, and both are marked and distinct from the
middle tones of the landscape—the one by their brilliancy, the other by their
Page 277
sharp edges, even though many of the more energetic middle tints may
approach their intensity very closely.
I need scarcely do more than tell you to glance at any one of the works of
Turner, and you will perceive in a moment the exquisite observation of all
§ 13. The truth of
these principles; the sharpness, decision, conspicuousness,
Turner.
and excessively small quantity, both of extreme light and
extreme shade, all the mass of the picture being graduated
and delicate middle tint. Take up the Rivers of France, for instance, and turn
over a few of the plates in succession.
1. Chateau Gaillard (vignette.)—Black figures and boats, points of shade;
sun-touches on castle, and wake of boat, of light. See how the eye rests on
both, and observe how sharp and separate all the lights are, falling in spots,
edged by shadow, but not melting off into it.
2. Orleans.—The crowded figures supply both points of shade and light.
Observe the delicate middle tint of both in the whole mass of buildings, and
compare this with the blackness of Canaletto's shadows, against which
neither figures nor anything else can ever tell, as points of shade.
3. Blois.—White figures in boats, buttresses of bridge, dome of church
on the right, for light; woman on horseback, heads of boats, for shadow.
Note especially the isolation of the light on the church dome.
4. Chateau de Blois.—Torches and white figures for light, roof of chapel
and monks' dresses for shade.
5. Beaugency.—Sails and spire opposed to buoy and boats. An exquisite
instance of brilliant, sparkling, isolated touches of morning light.
6. Amboise.—White sail and clouds; cypresses under castle.
7. Chateau of Amboise.—The boat in the centre, with its reflections,
needs no comment. Note the glancing lights under the bridge. This is a very
glorious and perfect instance.
8. St. Julien, Tours.—Especially remarkable for its preservation of deep
points of gloom, because the whole picture is one of extended shade.
approach their intensity very closely.
I need scarcely do more than tell you to glance at any one of the works of
Turner, and you will perceive in a moment the exquisite observation of all
§ 13. The truth of
these principles; the sharpness, decision, conspicuousness,
Turner.
and excessively small quantity, both of extreme light and
extreme shade, all the mass of the picture being graduated
and delicate middle tint. Take up the Rivers of France, for instance, and turn
over a few of the plates in succession.
1. Chateau Gaillard (vignette.)—Black figures and boats, points of shade;
sun-touches on castle, and wake of boat, of light. See how the eye rests on
both, and observe how sharp and separate all the lights are, falling in spots,
edged by shadow, but not melting off into it.
2. Orleans.—The crowded figures supply both points of shade and light.
Observe the delicate middle tint of both in the whole mass of buildings, and
compare this with the blackness of Canaletto's shadows, against which
neither figures nor anything else can ever tell, as points of shade.
3. Blois.—White figures in boats, buttresses of bridge, dome of church
on the right, for light; woman on horseback, heads of boats, for shadow.
Note especially the isolation of the light on the church dome.
4. Chateau de Blois.—Torches and white figures for light, roof of chapel
and monks' dresses for shade.
5. Beaugency.—Sails and spire opposed to buoy and boats. An exquisite
instance of brilliant, sparkling, isolated touches of morning light.
6. Amboise.—White sail and clouds; cypresses under castle.
7. Chateau of Amboise.—The boat in the centre, with its reflections,
needs no comment. Note the glancing lights under the bridge. This is a very
glorious and perfect instance.
8. St. Julien, Tours.—Especially remarkable for its preservation of deep
points of gloom, because the whole picture is one of extended shade.
Page 278
I need scarcely go on. The above instances are taken as they happen to
come, without selection. The reader can proceed for himself. I may,
however, name a few cases of chiaroscuro more especially deserving of his
study. Scene between Quillebœuf and Villequier,—Honfleur,—Light
Towers of the Héve,—On the Seine between Mantes and Vernon,—The
Lantern at St. Cloud,—Confluence of Seine and Marne,—Troyes,—the first
and last vignette, and those at pages 36, 63, 95, 184, 192, 203, of Rogers's
poems; the first and second in Campbell, St. Maurice in the Italy, where
note the black stork; Brienne, Skiddaw, Mayburgh, Melrose, Jedburgh, in
the illustrations to Scott, and the vignettes to Milton, not because these are
one whit superior to others of his works, but because the laws of which we
have been speaking are more strikingly developed in them, and because
they have been well engraved. It is impossible to reason from the larger
plates, in which half the chiaroscuro is totally destroyed by the haggling,
blackening, and "making out" of the engravers.
[22] Compare Sect. II. Chap. II. § 6.
CHAPTER IV.
OF TRUTH OF SPACE:—FIRST AS DEPENDENT ON THE FOCUS
OF THE EYE.[23]
In the first chapter of this section I noticed the distinction between real
aerial perspective, and that overcharged contrast of light and shade by
§ 1. Space is more
which the old masters obtained their deceptive effect; and I
clearly indicated
showed that, though inferior to them in the precise quality
or tone of aerial color, our great modern master is
by the drawing of
altogether more truthful in the expression of the
objects than by
their hue.
proportionate relation of all his distances to one another. I
am now about to examine those modes of expressing
space, both in nature and art by far the most important, which are
dependent, not on the relative hues of objects, but on the drawing of them:
come, without selection. The reader can proceed for himself. I may,
however, name a few cases of chiaroscuro more especially deserving of his
study. Scene between Quillebœuf and Villequier,—Honfleur,—Light
Towers of the Héve,—On the Seine between Mantes and Vernon,—The
Lantern at St. Cloud,—Confluence of Seine and Marne,—Troyes,—the first
and last vignette, and those at pages 36, 63, 95, 184, 192, 203, of Rogers's
poems; the first and second in Campbell, St. Maurice in the Italy, where
note the black stork; Brienne, Skiddaw, Mayburgh, Melrose, Jedburgh, in
the illustrations to Scott, and the vignettes to Milton, not because these are
one whit superior to others of his works, but because the laws of which we
have been speaking are more strikingly developed in them, and because
they have been well engraved. It is impossible to reason from the larger
plates, in which half the chiaroscuro is totally destroyed by the haggling,
blackening, and "making out" of the engravers.
[22] Compare Sect. II. Chap. II. § 6.
CHAPTER IV.
OF TRUTH OF SPACE:—FIRST AS DEPENDENT ON THE FOCUS
OF THE EYE.[23]
In the first chapter of this section I noticed the distinction between real
aerial perspective, and that overcharged contrast of light and shade by
§ 1. Space is more
which the old masters obtained their deceptive effect; and I
clearly indicated
showed that, though inferior to them in the precise quality
or tone of aerial color, our great modern master is
by the drawing of
altogether more truthful in the expression of the
objects than by
their hue.
proportionate relation of all his distances to one another. I
am now about to examine those modes of expressing
space, both in nature and art by far the most important, which are
dependent, not on the relative hues of objects, but on the drawing of them:
Page 279
by far the most important, I say, because the most constant and certain; for
nature herself is not always aerial. Local effects are frequent which interrupt
and violate the laws of aerial tone, and induce strange deception in our
ideas of distance. I have often seen the summit of a snowy mountain look
nearer than its base, owing to the perfect clearness of the upper air. But the
drawing of objects, that is to say, the degree in which their details and parts
are distinct or confused, is an unfailing and certain criterion of their
distance; and if this be rightly rendered in a painting, we shall have genuine
truth of space, in spite of many errors in aerial tone; while, if this be
neglected, all space will be destroyed, whatever dexterity of tint may be
employed to conceal the defective drawing.
First, then, it is to be noticed, that the eye, like any other lens, must have
its focus altered, in order to convey a distinct image of objects at different
§ 2. It is impossible
distances; so that it is totally impossible to see distinctly, at
to see objects at
the same moment, two objects, one of which is much
unequal distances
farther off than another. Of this, any one may convince
himself in an instant. Look at the bars of your window-
distinctly at one
frame, so as to get a clear image of their lines and form,
moment.
and you cannot, while your eye is fixed on them, perceive
anything but the most indistinct and shadowy images of whatever objects
may be visible beyond. But fix your eyes on those objects, so as to see them
clearly, and though they are just beyond and apparently beside the window-
frame, that frame will only be felt or seen as a vague, flitting, obscure
interruption to whatever is perceived beyond it. A little attention directed to
this fact will convince every one of its universality, and prove beyond
dispute that objects at unequal distances cannot be seen together, not from
the intervention of air or mist, but from the impossibility of the rays
proceeding from both, converging to the same focus, so that the whole
impression, either of one or the other, must necessarily be confused,
indistinct, and inadequate.
But, be it observed (and I have only to request that whatever I say may be
tested by immediate experiment,) the difference of focus necessary is
greatest within the first five hundred yards, and therefore,
§ 3. Especially
such as are both
though it is totally impossible to see an object ten yards
nature herself is not always aerial. Local effects are frequent which interrupt
and violate the laws of aerial tone, and induce strange deception in our
ideas of distance. I have often seen the summit of a snowy mountain look
nearer than its base, owing to the perfect clearness of the upper air. But the
drawing of objects, that is to say, the degree in which their details and parts
are distinct or confused, is an unfailing and certain criterion of their
distance; and if this be rightly rendered in a painting, we shall have genuine
truth of space, in spite of many errors in aerial tone; while, if this be
neglected, all space will be destroyed, whatever dexterity of tint may be
employed to conceal the defective drawing.
First, then, it is to be noticed, that the eye, like any other lens, must have
its focus altered, in order to convey a distinct image of objects at different
§ 2. It is impossible
distances; so that it is totally impossible to see distinctly, at
to see objects at
the same moment, two objects, one of which is much
unequal distances
farther off than another. Of this, any one may convince
himself in an instant. Look at the bars of your window-
distinctly at one
frame, so as to get a clear image of their lines and form,
moment.
and you cannot, while your eye is fixed on them, perceive
anything but the most indistinct and shadowy images of whatever objects
may be visible beyond. But fix your eyes on those objects, so as to see them
clearly, and though they are just beyond and apparently beside the window-
frame, that frame will only be felt or seen as a vague, flitting, obscure
interruption to whatever is perceived beyond it. A little attention directed to
this fact will convince every one of its universality, and prove beyond
dispute that objects at unequal distances cannot be seen together, not from
the intervention of air or mist, but from the impossibility of the rays
proceeding from both, converging to the same focus, so that the whole
impression, either of one or the other, must necessarily be confused,
indistinct, and inadequate.
But, be it observed (and I have only to request that whatever I say may be
tested by immediate experiment,) the difference of focus necessary is
greatest within the first five hundred yards, and therefore,
§ 3. Especially
such as are both
though it is totally impossible to see an object ten yards
Page 280
comparatively from the eye, and one a quarter of a mile beyond it, at the
near. same moment, it is perfectly possible to see one a quarter
of a mile off, and one five miles beyond it, at the same
moment. The consequence of this is, practically, that in a real landscape, we
can see the whole of what would be called the middle distance and distance
together, with facility and clearness; but while we do so we can see nothing
in the foreground beyond a vague and indistinct arrangement of lines and
colors; and that if, on the contrary, we look at any foreground object, so as
to receive a distinct impression of it, the distance and middle distance
become all disorder and mystery.
And therefore, if in a painting our foreground is anything, our distance
must be nothing, and vice versa; for if we represent our near and distant
§ 4. In painting,
objects as giving both at once that distinct image to the
therefore, either
eye, which we receive in nature from each, when we look
the foreground or
at them separately;[24] and if we distinguish them from
distance must be
each other only by the air-tone; and indistinctness
partially
dependent on positive distance, we violate one of the most
sacrificed.
essential principles of nature; we represent that as seen at
once which can only be seen by two separate acts of
seeing, and tell a falsehood as gross as if we had represented four sides of a
cubic object visible together.
Now, to this fact and principle, no landscape painter of the old school, as
far as I remember, ever paid the slightest attention. Finishing their
§ 5. Which not
foregrounds clearly and sharply, and with vigorous
being done by the
impression on the eye, giving even the leaves of their
old masters, they
bushes and grass with perfect edge and shape, they
could not express
proceeded into the distance with equal attention to what
space.
they could see of its details—they gave all that the eye can
perceive in a distance, when it is fully and entirely devoted
to it, and therefore, though masters of aerial tone, though employing every
expedient that art could supply to conceal the intersection of lines, though
caricaturing the force and shadow of near objects to throw them close upon
§ 6. But modern
the eye, they never succeeded in truly representing space.
artists have
Turner introduced a new era in landscape art, by showing
near. same moment, it is perfectly possible to see one a quarter
of a mile off, and one five miles beyond it, at the same
moment. The consequence of this is, practically, that in a real landscape, we
can see the whole of what would be called the middle distance and distance
together, with facility and clearness; but while we do so we can see nothing
in the foreground beyond a vague and indistinct arrangement of lines and
colors; and that if, on the contrary, we look at any foreground object, so as
to receive a distinct impression of it, the distance and middle distance
become all disorder and mystery.
And therefore, if in a painting our foreground is anything, our distance
must be nothing, and vice versa; for if we represent our near and distant
§ 4. In painting,
objects as giving both at once that distinct image to the
therefore, either
eye, which we receive in nature from each, when we look
the foreground or
at them separately;[24] and if we distinguish them from
distance must be
each other only by the air-tone; and indistinctness
partially
dependent on positive distance, we violate one of the most
sacrificed.
essential principles of nature; we represent that as seen at
once which can only be seen by two separate acts of
seeing, and tell a falsehood as gross as if we had represented four sides of a
cubic object visible together.
Now, to this fact and principle, no landscape painter of the old school, as
far as I remember, ever paid the slightest attention. Finishing their
§ 5. Which not
foregrounds clearly and sharply, and with vigorous
being done by the
impression on the eye, giving even the leaves of their
old masters, they
bushes and grass with perfect edge and shape, they
could not express
proceeded into the distance with equal attention to what
space.
they could see of its details—they gave all that the eye can
perceive in a distance, when it is fully and entirely devoted
to it, and therefore, though masters of aerial tone, though employing every
expedient that art could supply to conceal the intersection of lines, though
caricaturing the force and shadow of near objects to throw them close upon
§ 6. But modern
the eye, they never succeeded in truly representing space.
artists have
Turner introduced a new era in landscape art, by showing
Page 281
succeeded in fully that the foreground might be sunk for the distance, and
carrying out this that it was possible to express immediate proximity to the
principle. spectator, without giving anything like completeness to the
forms of the near objects. This is not done by slurred or
soft lines, observe, (always the sign of vice in art,) but by a decisive
imperfection, a firm, but partial assertion of form, which the eye feels
indeed to be close home to it, and yet cannot rest upon, or cling to, nor
entirely understand, and from which it is driven away of necessity, to those
parts of distance on which it is intended to repose. And this principle,
originated by Turner, though fully carried out by him only, has yet been
acted on with judgment and success by several less powerful artists of the
English school. Some six years ago, the brown moorland foregrounds of
Copley Fielding were very instructive in this respect. Not a line in them was
made out, not a single object clearly distinguishable. Wet broad sweeps of
the brush, sparkling, careless, and accidental as nature herself, always
truthful as far as they went, implying knowledge, though not expressing it,
suggested everything, while they represented nothing. But far off into the
mountain distance came the sharp edge and the delicate form; the whole
intention and execution of the picture being guided and exerted where the
great impression of space and size was to be given. The spectator was
compelled to go forward into the waste of hills—there, where the sun broke
wide upon the moor, he must walk and wander—he could not stumble and
hesitate over the near rocks, nor stop to botanize on the first inches of his
path.[25] And the impression of these pictures was always great and
enduring, as it was simple and truthful. I do not know anything in art which
has expressed more completely the force and feeling of nature in these
particular scenes. And it is a farther illustration[26] of the principle we are
insisting upon, that where, as in some of his later works, he has bestowed
more labor on the foreground, the picture has lost both in space and
sublimity. And among artists in general, who are either not aware of the
principle, or fear to act upon it, (for it requires no small courage, as well as
skill, to treat a foreground with that indistinctness and mystery which they
have been accustomed to consider as characteristic of distance,) the
foreground is not only felt, as every landscape painter will confess, to be the
most embarrassing and unmanageable part of the picture, but, in ninety-nine
carrying out this that it was possible to express immediate proximity to the
principle. spectator, without giving anything like completeness to the
forms of the near objects. This is not done by slurred or
soft lines, observe, (always the sign of vice in art,) but by a decisive
imperfection, a firm, but partial assertion of form, which the eye feels
indeed to be close home to it, and yet cannot rest upon, or cling to, nor
entirely understand, and from which it is driven away of necessity, to those
parts of distance on which it is intended to repose. And this principle,
originated by Turner, though fully carried out by him only, has yet been
acted on with judgment and success by several less powerful artists of the
English school. Some six years ago, the brown moorland foregrounds of
Copley Fielding were very instructive in this respect. Not a line in them was
made out, not a single object clearly distinguishable. Wet broad sweeps of
the brush, sparkling, careless, and accidental as nature herself, always
truthful as far as they went, implying knowledge, though not expressing it,
suggested everything, while they represented nothing. But far off into the
mountain distance came the sharp edge and the delicate form; the whole
intention and execution of the picture being guided and exerted where the
great impression of space and size was to be given. The spectator was
compelled to go forward into the waste of hills—there, where the sun broke
wide upon the moor, he must walk and wander—he could not stumble and
hesitate over the near rocks, nor stop to botanize on the first inches of his
path.[25] And the impression of these pictures was always great and
enduring, as it was simple and truthful. I do not know anything in art which
has expressed more completely the force and feeling of nature in these
particular scenes. And it is a farther illustration[26] of the principle we are
insisting upon, that where, as in some of his later works, he has bestowed
more labor on the foreground, the picture has lost both in space and
sublimity. And among artists in general, who are either not aware of the
principle, or fear to act upon it, (for it requires no small courage, as well as
skill, to treat a foreground with that indistinctness and mystery which they
have been accustomed to consider as characteristic of distance,) the
foreground is not only felt, as every landscape painter will confess, to be the
most embarrassing and unmanageable part of the picture, but, in ninety-nine
Page 282
cases out of a hundred, will go near to destroy the effect of the rest of the
composition. Thus Callcott's Trent is severely injured by the harsh group of
foreground figures; and Stanfield very rarely gets through an Academy
picture without destroying much of its space, by too much determination of
near form; while Harding constantly sacrifices his distance, and compels the
spectator to dwell on the foreground altogether, though indeed, with such
foregrounds as he gives us, we are most happy so to do. But it is in Turner
only that we see a bold and decisive choice of the distance
§ 7. Especially of
and middle distance, as his great object of attention; and
Turner.
by him only that the foreground is united and adapted to it,
not by any want of drawing, or coarseness, or carelessness of execution, but
by the most precise and beautiful indication or suggestion of just so much
of even the minutest forms as the eye can see when its focus is not adapted
to them. And herein is another reason for the vigor and wholeness of the
effect of Turner's works at any distance; while those of almost all other
artists are sure to lose space as soon as we lose sight of the details.
And now we see the reason for the singular, and to the ignorant in art, the
offensive execution of Turner's figures. I do not mean to assert that there is
§ 8. Justification of
any reason whatsoever, for bad drawing, (though in
the want of
landscape it matters exceedingly little;) but that there is
drawing in
both reason and necessity for that want of drawing which
gives even the nearest figures round balls with four pink
Turner's figures.
spots in them instead of faces, and four dashes of the brush
instead of hands and feet; for it is totally impossible that if the eye be
adapted to receive the rays proceeding from the utmost distance, and some
partial impression from all the distances, it should be capable of perceiving
more of the forms and features of near figures than Turner gives. And how
absolutely necessary to the faithful representation of space this indecision
really is, might be proved with the utmost ease by any one who had
veneration enough for the artist to sacrifice one of his pictures to his fame;
who would take some one of his works in which the figures were most
incomplete, and have them painted in by any of our delicate and first-rate
figure-painters, absolutely preserving every color and shade of Turner's
group, so as not to lose one atom of the composition, but giving eyes for the
pink spots, and feet for the white ones. Let the picture be so exhibited in the
composition. Thus Callcott's Trent is severely injured by the harsh group of
foreground figures; and Stanfield very rarely gets through an Academy
picture without destroying much of its space, by too much determination of
near form; while Harding constantly sacrifices his distance, and compels the
spectator to dwell on the foreground altogether, though indeed, with such
foregrounds as he gives us, we are most happy so to do. But it is in Turner
only that we see a bold and decisive choice of the distance
§ 7. Especially of
and middle distance, as his great object of attention; and
Turner.
by him only that the foreground is united and adapted to it,
not by any want of drawing, or coarseness, or carelessness of execution, but
by the most precise and beautiful indication or suggestion of just so much
of even the minutest forms as the eye can see when its focus is not adapted
to them. And herein is another reason for the vigor and wholeness of the
effect of Turner's works at any distance; while those of almost all other
artists are sure to lose space as soon as we lose sight of the details.
And now we see the reason for the singular, and to the ignorant in art, the
offensive execution of Turner's figures. I do not mean to assert that there is
§ 8. Justification of
any reason whatsoever, for bad drawing, (though in
the want of
landscape it matters exceedingly little;) but that there is
drawing in
both reason and necessity for that want of drawing which
gives even the nearest figures round balls with four pink
Turner's figures.
spots in them instead of faces, and four dashes of the brush
instead of hands and feet; for it is totally impossible that if the eye be
adapted to receive the rays proceeding from the utmost distance, and some
partial impression from all the distances, it should be capable of perceiving
more of the forms and features of near figures than Turner gives. And how
absolutely necessary to the faithful representation of space this indecision
really is, might be proved with the utmost ease by any one who had
veneration enough for the artist to sacrifice one of his pictures to his fame;
who would take some one of his works in which the figures were most
incomplete, and have them painted in by any of our delicate and first-rate
figure-painters, absolutely preserving every color and shade of Turner's
group, so as not to lose one atom of the composition, but giving eyes for the
pink spots, and feet for the white ones. Let the picture be so exhibited in the
Page 283
Academy, and even novices in art would feel at a glance that its truth of
space was gone, that every one of its beauties and harmonies had undergone
decomposition, that it was now a grammatical solecism, a painting of
impossibilities, a thing to torture the eye, and offend the mind.
[23] I have left this chapter in its original place, because I am more than ever convinced
of the truth of the position advanced in the 8th paragraph; nor can I at present assign any
other cause, than that here given, for what is there asserted; and yet I cannot but think that I
have allowed far too much influence to a change so slight as that which we insensibly make
in the focus of the eye; and that the real justification of Turner's practice, with respect to
some of his foregrounds, is to be elsewhere sought. I leave the subject, therefore, to the
reader's consideration.
[24] This incapacity of the eye must not be confounded with its incapability to
comprehend a large portion of lateral space at once. We indeed can see, at any one
moment, little more than one point, the objects beside it being confused and indistinct; but
we need pay no attention to this in art, because we can see just as little of the picture as we
can of the landscape without turning the eye, and hence any slurring or confusing of one
part of it, laterally, more than another, is not founded on any truth of nature, but is an
expedient of the artist—and often an excellent and desirable one—to make the eye rest
where he wishes it. But as the touch expressive of a distant object is as near upon the
canvas as that expressive of a near one, both are seen distinctly and with the same focus of
the eye, and hence an immediate contradiction of nature results, unless one or other be
given with an artificial and increased indistinctness, expressive of the appearance peculiar
to the unadapted focus. On the other hand, it must be noted that the greater part of the
effect above described is consequent not on variation of focus, but on the different angle at
which near objects are seen by each of the two eyes, when both are directed towards the
distance.
[25] There is no inconsistency, observe, between this passage and what was before
asserted respecting the necessity of botanical fidelity—where the foreground is the object
of attention. Compare Part II. Sect. I. Chap. VII. § 10:—"To paint mist rightly, space
rightly, and light rightly, it may be often necessary to paint nothing else rightly."
[26] Hardly. It would have been so only had the recently finished foregrounds been as
accurate in detail as they are abundant: they are painful, I believe, not from their finish, but
their falseness.
space was gone, that every one of its beauties and harmonies had undergone
decomposition, that it was now a grammatical solecism, a painting of
impossibilities, a thing to torture the eye, and offend the mind.
[23] I have left this chapter in its original place, because I am more than ever convinced
of the truth of the position advanced in the 8th paragraph; nor can I at present assign any
other cause, than that here given, for what is there asserted; and yet I cannot but think that I
have allowed far too much influence to a change so slight as that which we insensibly make
in the focus of the eye; and that the real justification of Turner's practice, with respect to
some of his foregrounds, is to be elsewhere sought. I leave the subject, therefore, to the
reader's consideration.
[24] This incapacity of the eye must not be confounded with its incapability to
comprehend a large portion of lateral space at once. We indeed can see, at any one
moment, little more than one point, the objects beside it being confused and indistinct; but
we need pay no attention to this in art, because we can see just as little of the picture as we
can of the landscape without turning the eye, and hence any slurring or confusing of one
part of it, laterally, more than another, is not founded on any truth of nature, but is an
expedient of the artist—and often an excellent and desirable one—to make the eye rest
where he wishes it. But as the touch expressive of a distant object is as near upon the
canvas as that expressive of a near one, both are seen distinctly and with the same focus of
the eye, and hence an immediate contradiction of nature results, unless one or other be
given with an artificial and increased indistinctness, expressive of the appearance peculiar
to the unadapted focus. On the other hand, it must be noted that the greater part of the
effect above described is consequent not on variation of focus, but on the different angle at
which near objects are seen by each of the two eyes, when both are directed towards the
distance.
[25] There is no inconsistency, observe, between this passage and what was before
asserted respecting the necessity of botanical fidelity—where the foreground is the object
of attention. Compare Part II. Sect. I. Chap. VII. § 10:—"To paint mist rightly, space
rightly, and light rightly, it may be often necessary to paint nothing else rightly."
[26] Hardly. It would have been so only had the recently finished foregrounds been as
accurate in detail as they are abundant: they are painful, I believe, not from their finish, but
their falseness.
Page 284
CHAPTER V.
OF TRUTH OF SPACE:—SECONDLY, AS ITS APPEARANCE IS
DEPENDENT ON THE POWER OF THE EYE.
In the last chapter, we have seen how indistinctness of individual
distances becomes necessary in order to express the adaptation of the eye to
§ 1. The peculiar
one or other of them; we have now to examine that kind of
indistinctness which is dependent on real retirement of the
indistinctness
object even when the focus of the eye is fully concentrated
dependent on the
upon it. The first kind of indecision is that which belongs
retirement of
objects from the
to all objects which the eye is not adapted to, whether near
eye.
or far off: the second is that consequent upon the want of
power in the eye to receive a clear image of objects at a
great distance from it, however attentively it may regard them.
Draw on a piece of white paper, a square and a circle, each about a
twelfth or eighth of an inch in diameter, and blacken them so that their
forms may be very distinct; place your paper against the wall at the end of
the room, and retire from it a greater or less distance according as you have
drawn the figures larger or smaller. You will come to a point where, though
you can see both the spots with perfect plainness, you cannot tell which is
the square and which the circle.
Now this takes place of course with every object in a landscape, in
proportion to its distance and size. The definite forms of the leaves of a tree,
however sharply and separately they may appear to come
§ 2. Causes
confusion, but not
against the sky, are quite indistinguishable at fifty yards
annihilation of
off, and the form of everything becomes confused before
details.
we finally lose sight of it. Now if the character of an
object, say the front of a house, be explained by a variety
of forms in it, as the shadows in the tops of the windows, the lines of the
architraves, the seams of the masonry, etc.; these lesser details, as the object
falls into distance, become confused and undecided, each of them losing
OF TRUTH OF SPACE:—SECONDLY, AS ITS APPEARANCE IS
DEPENDENT ON THE POWER OF THE EYE.
In the last chapter, we have seen how indistinctness of individual
distances becomes necessary in order to express the adaptation of the eye to
§ 1. The peculiar
one or other of them; we have now to examine that kind of
indistinctness which is dependent on real retirement of the
indistinctness
object even when the focus of the eye is fully concentrated
dependent on the
upon it. The first kind of indecision is that which belongs
retirement of
objects from the
to all objects which the eye is not adapted to, whether near
eye.
or far off: the second is that consequent upon the want of
power in the eye to receive a clear image of objects at a
great distance from it, however attentively it may regard them.
Draw on a piece of white paper, a square and a circle, each about a
twelfth or eighth of an inch in diameter, and blacken them so that their
forms may be very distinct; place your paper against the wall at the end of
the room, and retire from it a greater or less distance according as you have
drawn the figures larger or smaller. You will come to a point where, though
you can see both the spots with perfect plainness, you cannot tell which is
the square and which the circle.
Now this takes place of course with every object in a landscape, in
proportion to its distance and size. The definite forms of the leaves of a tree,
however sharply and separately they may appear to come
§ 2. Causes
confusion, but not
against the sky, are quite indistinguishable at fifty yards
annihilation of
off, and the form of everything becomes confused before
details.
we finally lose sight of it. Now if the character of an
object, say the front of a house, be explained by a variety
of forms in it, as the shadows in the tops of the windows, the lines of the
architraves, the seams of the masonry, etc.; these lesser details, as the object
falls into distance, become confused and undecided, each of them losing
Page 285
their definite forms, but all being perfectly visible as something, a white or
a dark spot or stroke, not lost sight of, observe, but yet so seen that we
cannot tell what they are. As the distance increases, the confusion becomes
greater, until at last the whole front of the house becomes merely a flat, pale
space, in which, however, there is still observable a kind of richness and
checkering, caused by the details in it, which, though totally merged and
lost in the mass, have still an influence on the texture of that mass; until at
last the whole house itself becomes a mere light or dark spot which we can
plainly see, but cannot tell what it is, nor distinguish it from a stone or any
other object.
Now what I particularly wish to insist upon, is the state of vision in
which all the details of an object are seen, and yet seen in such confusion
and disorder that we cannot in the least tell what they are,
§3. Instances in
or what they mean. It is not mist between us and the
various objects.
object, still less is it shade, still less is it want of character;
it is a confusion, a mystery, an interfering of undecided lines with each
other, not a diminution of their number; window and door, architrave and
frieze, all are there: it is no cold and vacant mass, it is full and rich and
abundant, and yet you cannot see a single form so as to know what it is.
Observe your friend's face as he is coming up to you; first it is nothing more
than a white spot; now it is a face, but you cannot see the two eyes, nor the
mouth, even as spots; you see a confusion of lines, a something which you
know from experience to be indicative of a face, and yet you cannot tell
how it is so. Now he is nearer, and you can see the spots for the eyes and
mouth, but they are not blank spots neither; there is detail in them; you
cannot see the lips, nor the teeth, nor the brows, and yet you see more than
mere spots; it is a mouth and an eye, and there is light and sparkle and
expression in them, but nothing distinct. Now he is nearer still, and you can
see that he is like your friend, but you cannot tell whether he is or not; there
is a vagueness and indecision of line still. Now you are sure, but even yet
there are a thousand things in his face which have their effect in inducing
the recognition, but which you cannot see so as to know what they are.
Changes like these, and states of vision corresponding to them, take place
with each and all of the objects of nature, and two great principles of truth
a dark spot or stroke, not lost sight of, observe, but yet so seen that we
cannot tell what they are. As the distance increases, the confusion becomes
greater, until at last the whole front of the house becomes merely a flat, pale
space, in which, however, there is still observable a kind of richness and
checkering, caused by the details in it, which, though totally merged and
lost in the mass, have still an influence on the texture of that mass; until at
last the whole house itself becomes a mere light or dark spot which we can
plainly see, but cannot tell what it is, nor distinguish it from a stone or any
other object.
Now what I particularly wish to insist upon, is the state of vision in
which all the details of an object are seen, and yet seen in such confusion
and disorder that we cannot in the least tell what they are,
§3. Instances in
or what they mean. It is not mist between us and the
various objects.
object, still less is it shade, still less is it want of character;
it is a confusion, a mystery, an interfering of undecided lines with each
other, not a diminution of their number; window and door, architrave and
frieze, all are there: it is no cold and vacant mass, it is full and rich and
abundant, and yet you cannot see a single form so as to know what it is.
Observe your friend's face as he is coming up to you; first it is nothing more
than a white spot; now it is a face, but you cannot see the two eyes, nor the
mouth, even as spots; you see a confusion of lines, a something which you
know from experience to be indicative of a face, and yet you cannot tell
how it is so. Now he is nearer, and you can see the spots for the eyes and
mouth, but they are not blank spots neither; there is detail in them; you
cannot see the lips, nor the teeth, nor the brows, and yet you see more than
mere spots; it is a mouth and an eye, and there is light and sparkle and
expression in them, but nothing distinct. Now he is nearer still, and you can
see that he is like your friend, but you cannot tell whether he is or not; there
is a vagueness and indecision of line still. Now you are sure, but even yet
there are a thousand things in his face which have their effect in inducing
the recognition, but which you cannot see so as to know what they are.
Changes like these, and states of vision corresponding to them, take place
with each and all of the objects of nature, and two great principles of truth
Page 286
§ 4. Two great
are deducible from their observation. First, place an object
resultant truths;
as close to the eye as you like, there is always something
that nature is
in it which you cannot see, except in the hinted and
mysterious manner above described. You can see the
never distinct, and
texture of a piece of dress, but you cannot see the
never vacant.
individual threads which compose it, though they are all
felt, and have each of them influence on the eye. Secondly, place an object
as far from the eye as you like, and until it becomes itself a mere spot, there
is always something in it which you can see, though only in the hinted
manner above described. Its shadows and lines and local colors are not lost
sight of as it retires; they get mixed and indistinguishable, but they are still
there, and there is a difference always perceivable between an object
possessing such details and a flat or vacant space. The grass blades of a
meadow a mile off, are so far discernible that there will be a marked
difference between its appearance and that of a piece of wood painted
green. And thus nature is never distinct and never vacant, she is always
mysterious, but always abundant; you always see something, but you never
see all.
And thus arise that exquisite finish and fulness which God has appointed
to be the perpetual source of fresh pleasure to the cultivated and observant
eye,—a finish which no distance can render invisible, and no nearness
comprehensible; which in every stone, every bough, every cloud, and every
wave is multiplied around us, forever presented, and forever exhaustless.
And hence in art, every space or touch in which we can see everything, or
in which we can see nothing, is false. Nothing can be true which is either
complete or vacant; every touch is false which does not suggest more than it
represents, and every space is false which represents nothing.
Now, I would not wish for any more illustrative or marked examples of
the total contradiction of these two great principles, than the landscape
§ 5. Complete
works of the old masters, taken as a body:—the Dutch
violation of both
masters furnishing the cases of seeing everything, and the
these principles by
Italians of seeing nothing. The rule with both is indeed the
same, differently applied. "You shall see the bricks in the
the old masters.
wall, and be able to count them, or you shall see nothing
are deducible from their observation. First, place an object
resultant truths;
as close to the eye as you like, there is always something
that nature is
in it which you cannot see, except in the hinted and
mysterious manner above described. You can see the
never distinct, and
texture of a piece of dress, but you cannot see the
never vacant.
individual threads which compose it, though they are all
felt, and have each of them influence on the eye. Secondly, place an object
as far from the eye as you like, and until it becomes itself a mere spot, there
is always something in it which you can see, though only in the hinted
manner above described. Its shadows and lines and local colors are not lost
sight of as it retires; they get mixed and indistinguishable, but they are still
there, and there is a difference always perceivable between an object
possessing such details and a flat or vacant space. The grass blades of a
meadow a mile off, are so far discernible that there will be a marked
difference between its appearance and that of a piece of wood painted
green. And thus nature is never distinct and never vacant, she is always
mysterious, but always abundant; you always see something, but you never
see all.
And thus arise that exquisite finish and fulness which God has appointed
to be the perpetual source of fresh pleasure to the cultivated and observant
eye,—a finish which no distance can render invisible, and no nearness
comprehensible; which in every stone, every bough, every cloud, and every
wave is multiplied around us, forever presented, and forever exhaustless.
And hence in art, every space or touch in which we can see everything, or
in which we can see nothing, is false. Nothing can be true which is either
complete or vacant; every touch is false which does not suggest more than it
represents, and every space is false which represents nothing.
Now, I would not wish for any more illustrative or marked examples of
the total contradiction of these two great principles, than the landscape
§ 5. Complete
works of the old masters, taken as a body:—the Dutch
violation of both
masters furnishing the cases of seeing everything, and the
these principles by
Italians of seeing nothing. The rule with both is indeed the
same, differently applied. "You shall see the bricks in the
the old masters.
wall, and be able to count them, or you shall see nothing
Page 287
They are either but a dead flat;" but the Dutch give you the bricks, and the
distinct or vacant. Italians the flat. Nature's rule being the precise reverse
—"You shall never be able to count the bricks, but you
shall never see a dead space."
Take, for instance, the street in the centre of the really great landscape of
Poussin (great in feeling at least) marked 260 in the Dulwich Gallery. The
§ 6. Instances from
houses are dead square masses with a light side and a dark
Nicholas Poussin.
side, and black touches for windows. There is no
suggestion of anything in any of the spaces, the light wall
is dead gray, the dark wall dead gray, and the windows dead black. How
differently would nature have treated us. She would have let us see the
Indian corn hanging on the walls, and the image of the Virgin at the angles,
and the sharp, broken, broad shadows of the tiled eaves, and the deep ribbed
tiles with the doves upon them, and the carved Roman capital built into the
wall, and the white and blue stripes of the mattresses stuffed out of the
windows, and the flapping corners of the mat blinds. All would have been
there; not as such, not like the corn, nor blinds, nor tiles, not to be
comprehended nor understood, but a confusion of yellow and black spots
and strokes, carried far too fine for the eye to follow, microscopic in its
minuteness, and filling every atom and part of space with mystery, out of
which would have arranged itself the general impression of truth and life.
Again, take the distant city on the right bank of the river in Claude's
Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, in the National Gallery. I have seen many
§ 7. From Claude.
cities in my life, and drawn not a few; and I have seen
many fortifications, fancy ones included, which frequently
supply us with very new ideas indeed, especially in matters of proportion;
but I do not remember ever having met with either a city or a fortress
entirely composed of round towers of various heights and sizes, all
facsimiles of each other, and absolutely agreeing in the number of
battlements. I have, indeed, some faint recollection of having delineated
such an one in the first page of a spelling-book when I was four years old;
but, somehow or other, the dignity and perfection of the ideal were not
appreciated, and the volume was not considered to be increased in value by
the frontispiece. Without, however, venturing to doubt the entire sublimity
distinct or vacant. Italians the flat. Nature's rule being the precise reverse
—"You shall never be able to count the bricks, but you
shall never see a dead space."
Take, for instance, the street in the centre of the really great landscape of
Poussin (great in feeling at least) marked 260 in the Dulwich Gallery. The
§ 6. Instances from
houses are dead square masses with a light side and a dark
Nicholas Poussin.
side, and black touches for windows. There is no
suggestion of anything in any of the spaces, the light wall
is dead gray, the dark wall dead gray, and the windows dead black. How
differently would nature have treated us. She would have let us see the
Indian corn hanging on the walls, and the image of the Virgin at the angles,
and the sharp, broken, broad shadows of the tiled eaves, and the deep ribbed
tiles with the doves upon them, and the carved Roman capital built into the
wall, and the white and blue stripes of the mattresses stuffed out of the
windows, and the flapping corners of the mat blinds. All would have been
there; not as such, not like the corn, nor blinds, nor tiles, not to be
comprehended nor understood, but a confusion of yellow and black spots
and strokes, carried far too fine for the eye to follow, microscopic in its
minuteness, and filling every atom and part of space with mystery, out of
which would have arranged itself the general impression of truth and life.
Again, take the distant city on the right bank of the river in Claude's
Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, in the National Gallery. I have seen many
§ 7. From Claude.
cities in my life, and drawn not a few; and I have seen
many fortifications, fancy ones included, which frequently
supply us with very new ideas indeed, especially in matters of proportion;
but I do not remember ever having met with either a city or a fortress
entirely composed of round towers of various heights and sizes, all
facsimiles of each other, and absolutely agreeing in the number of
battlements. I have, indeed, some faint recollection of having delineated
such an one in the first page of a spelling-book when I was four years old;
but, somehow or other, the dignity and perfection of the ideal were not
appreciated, and the volume was not considered to be increased in value by
the frontispiece. Without, however, venturing to doubt the entire sublimity
Page 288
of the same ideal as it occurs in Claude, let us consider how nature, if she
had been fortunate enough to originate so perfect a conception, would have
managed it in its details. Claude has permitted us to see every battlement,
and the first impulse we feel upon looking at the picture is to count how
many there are. Nature would have given us a peculiar confused roughness
of the upper lines, a multitude of intersections and spots, which we should
have known from experience was indicative of battlements, but which we
might as well have thought of creating as of counting. Claude has given you
the walls below in one dead void of uniform gray. There is nothing to be
seen, nor felt, nor guessed at in it; it is gray paint or gray shade, whichever
you may choose to call it, but it is nothing more. Nature would have let you
see, nay, would have compelled you to see, thousands of spots and lines, not
one to be absolutely understood or accounted for, but yet all characteristic
and different from each other; breaking lights on shattered stones, vague
shadows from waving vegetation, irregular stains of time and weather,
mouldering hollows, sparkling casements—all would have been there—
none, indeed, seen as such, none comprehensible or like themselves, but all
visible; little shadows, and sparkles, and scratches, making that whole space
of color a transparent, palpitating, various infinity.
Or take one of Poussin's extreme distances, such as that in the Sacrifice
of Isaac. It is luminous, retiring, delicate and perfect in tone, and is quite
§ 8. And G.
complete enough to deceive and delight the careless eye to
Poussin.
which all distances are alike; nay, it is perfect and
masterly, and absolutely right if we consider it as a sketch,
—as a first plan of a distance, afterwards to be carried out in detail. But we
must remember that all these alternate spaces of gray and gold are not the
landscape itself, but the treatment of it—not its substance, but its light and
shade. They are just what nature would cast over it, and write upon it with
every cloud, but which she would cast in play, and without carefulness, as
matters of the very smallest possible importance. All her work and her
attention would be given to bring out from underneath this, and through
this, the forms and the material character which this can only be valuable to
illustrate, not to conceal. Every one of those broad spaces she would linger
over in protracted delight, teaching you fresh lessons in every hairsbreadth
of it, and pouring her fulness of invention into it, until the mind lost itself in
had been fortunate enough to originate so perfect a conception, would have
managed it in its details. Claude has permitted us to see every battlement,
and the first impulse we feel upon looking at the picture is to count how
many there are. Nature would have given us a peculiar confused roughness
of the upper lines, a multitude of intersections and spots, which we should
have known from experience was indicative of battlements, but which we
might as well have thought of creating as of counting. Claude has given you
the walls below in one dead void of uniform gray. There is nothing to be
seen, nor felt, nor guessed at in it; it is gray paint or gray shade, whichever
you may choose to call it, but it is nothing more. Nature would have let you
see, nay, would have compelled you to see, thousands of spots and lines, not
one to be absolutely understood or accounted for, but yet all characteristic
and different from each other; breaking lights on shattered stones, vague
shadows from waving vegetation, irregular stains of time and weather,
mouldering hollows, sparkling casements—all would have been there—
none, indeed, seen as such, none comprehensible or like themselves, but all
visible; little shadows, and sparkles, and scratches, making that whole space
of color a transparent, palpitating, various infinity.
Or take one of Poussin's extreme distances, such as that in the Sacrifice
of Isaac. It is luminous, retiring, delicate and perfect in tone, and is quite
§ 8. And G.
complete enough to deceive and delight the careless eye to
Poussin.
which all distances are alike; nay, it is perfect and
masterly, and absolutely right if we consider it as a sketch,
—as a first plan of a distance, afterwards to be carried out in detail. But we
must remember that all these alternate spaces of gray and gold are not the
landscape itself, but the treatment of it—not its substance, but its light and
shade. They are just what nature would cast over it, and write upon it with
every cloud, but which she would cast in play, and without carefulness, as
matters of the very smallest possible importance. All her work and her
attention would be given to bring out from underneath this, and through
this, the forms and the material character which this can only be valuable to
illustrate, not to conceal. Every one of those broad spaces she would linger
over in protracted delight, teaching you fresh lessons in every hairsbreadth
of it, and pouring her fulness of invention into it, until the mind lost itself in
Page 289
following her,—now fringing the dark edge of the shadow with a tufted line
of level forest—now losing it for an instant in a breath of mist—then
breaking it with the white gleaming angle of a narrow brook—then
dwelling upon it again in a gentle, mounded, melting undulation, over the
other side of which she would carry you down into a dusty space of soft,
crowded light, with the hedges, and the paths, and the sprinkled cottages
and scattered trees mixed up and mingled together in one beautiful, delicate,
impenetrable mystery—sparkling and melting, and passing away into the
sky, without one line of distinctness, or one instant of vacancy.
Now it is, indeed, impossible for the painter to follow all this—he cannot
come up to the same degree and order of infinity—but he can give us a
§ 9. The
lesser kind of infinity. He has not one-thousandth part of
imperative
the space to occupy which nature has; but he can, at least,
necessity, in
leave no part of that space vacant and unprofitable. If
landscape
nature carries out her minutiæ over miles, he has no
excuse for generalizing in inches. And if he will only give
painting, of fulness
us all he can, if he will give us a fulness as complete and
and finish.
as mysterious as nature's, we will pardon him for its being
the fulness of a cup instead of an ocean. But we will not pardon him, if,
because he has not the mile to occupy, he will not occupy the inch, and
because he has fewer means at his command, will leave half of those in his
power unexerted. Still less will we pardon him for mistaking the sport of
nature for her labor, and for following her only in her hour of rest, without
observing how she has worked for it. After spending centuries in raising the
forest, and guiding the river, and modelling the mountain, she exults over
her work in buoyancy of spirit, with playful sunbeam and flying cloud; but
the painter must go through the same labor, or he must not have the same
recreation. Let him chisel his rock faithfully, and tuft his forest delicately,
and then we will allow him his freaks of light and shade, and thank him for
them; but we will not be put off with the play before the lesson—with the
adjunct instead of the essence—with the illustration instead of the fact.
I am somewhat anticipating my subject here, because I can scarcely help
answering the objections which I know must arise in the minds of most
readers, especially of those who are partially artistical, respecting
of level forest—now losing it for an instant in a breath of mist—then
breaking it with the white gleaming angle of a narrow brook—then
dwelling upon it again in a gentle, mounded, melting undulation, over the
other side of which she would carry you down into a dusty space of soft,
crowded light, with the hedges, and the paths, and the sprinkled cottages
and scattered trees mixed up and mingled together in one beautiful, delicate,
impenetrable mystery—sparkling and melting, and passing away into the
sky, without one line of distinctness, or one instant of vacancy.
Now it is, indeed, impossible for the painter to follow all this—he cannot
come up to the same degree and order of infinity—but he can give us a
§ 9. The
lesser kind of infinity. He has not one-thousandth part of
imperative
the space to occupy which nature has; but he can, at least,
necessity, in
leave no part of that space vacant and unprofitable. If
landscape
nature carries out her minutiæ over miles, he has no
excuse for generalizing in inches. And if he will only give
painting, of fulness
us all he can, if he will give us a fulness as complete and
and finish.
as mysterious as nature's, we will pardon him for its being
the fulness of a cup instead of an ocean. But we will not pardon him, if,
because he has not the mile to occupy, he will not occupy the inch, and
because he has fewer means at his command, will leave half of those in his
power unexerted. Still less will we pardon him for mistaking the sport of
nature for her labor, and for following her only in her hour of rest, without
observing how she has worked for it. After spending centuries in raising the
forest, and guiding the river, and modelling the mountain, she exults over
her work in buoyancy of spirit, with playful sunbeam and flying cloud; but
the painter must go through the same labor, or he must not have the same
recreation. Let him chisel his rock faithfully, and tuft his forest delicately,
and then we will allow him his freaks of light and shade, and thank him for
them; but we will not be put off with the play before the lesson—with the
adjunct instead of the essence—with the illustration instead of the fact.
I am somewhat anticipating my subject here, because I can scarcely help
answering the objections which I know must arise in the minds of most
readers, especially of those who are partially artistical, respecting
Page 290
"generalization," "breadth," "effect," etc. It were to be
§ 10. Breadth is
wished that our writers on art would not dwell so
not vacancy.
frequently on the necessity of breadth, without explaining
what it means; and that we had more constant reference made to the
principle which I can only remember having seen once clearly explained
and insisted on,—that breadth is not vacancy. Generalization is unity, not
destruction of parts; and composition is not annihilation, but arrangement of
materials. The breadth which unites the truths of nature with her harmonies,
is meritorious and beautiful; but the breadth which annihilates those truths
by the million, is not painting nature, but painting over her. And so the
masses which result from right concords and relations of details, are
sublime and impressive; but the masses which result from the eclipse of
details are contemptible and painful.[27] And we shall show, in following
parts of the work, that distances like those of Poussin are mere meaningless
tricks of clever execution, which, when once discovered, the artist may
repeat over and over again, with mechanical contentment and perfect
satisfaction, both to himself and to his superficial admirers, with no more
exertion of intellect nor awakening of feeling than any tradesman has in
multiplying some ornamental pattern of furniture. Be this as it may,
however, (for we cannot enter upon the discussion of the question here,) the
falsity and imperfection of such distances admit of no dispute. Beautiful
and ideal they may be; true they are not: and in the same way we might go
through every part and portion of the works of the old masters, showing
throughout, either that you have every leaf and blade of grass staring
defiance to the mystery of nature, or that you have dead spaces of absolute
vacuity, equally determined in their denial of her fulness. And even if we
ever find (as here and there, in their better pictures, we do) changeful
passages of agreeable playing color, or mellow and transparent modulations
of mysterious atmosphere, even here the touches, though satisfactory to the
eye, are suggestive of nothing,—they are characterless,—they have none of
the peculiar expressiveness and meaning by which nature maintains the
variety and interest even of what she most conceals. She always tells a
story, however hintedly and vaguely; each of her touches is different from
all the others; and we feel with every one, that though we cannot tell what it
is, it cannot be anything; while even the most dexterous distances of the old
§ 10. Breadth is
wished that our writers on art would not dwell so
not vacancy.
frequently on the necessity of breadth, without explaining
what it means; and that we had more constant reference made to the
principle which I can only remember having seen once clearly explained
and insisted on,—that breadth is not vacancy. Generalization is unity, not
destruction of parts; and composition is not annihilation, but arrangement of
materials. The breadth which unites the truths of nature with her harmonies,
is meritorious and beautiful; but the breadth which annihilates those truths
by the million, is not painting nature, but painting over her. And so the
masses which result from right concords and relations of details, are
sublime and impressive; but the masses which result from the eclipse of
details are contemptible and painful.[27] And we shall show, in following
parts of the work, that distances like those of Poussin are mere meaningless
tricks of clever execution, which, when once discovered, the artist may
repeat over and over again, with mechanical contentment and perfect
satisfaction, both to himself and to his superficial admirers, with no more
exertion of intellect nor awakening of feeling than any tradesman has in
multiplying some ornamental pattern of furniture. Be this as it may,
however, (for we cannot enter upon the discussion of the question here,) the
falsity and imperfection of such distances admit of no dispute. Beautiful
and ideal they may be; true they are not: and in the same way we might go
through every part and portion of the works of the old masters, showing
throughout, either that you have every leaf and blade of grass staring
defiance to the mystery of nature, or that you have dead spaces of absolute
vacuity, equally determined in their denial of her fulness. And even if we
ever find (as here and there, in their better pictures, we do) changeful
passages of agreeable playing color, or mellow and transparent modulations
of mysterious atmosphere, even here the touches, though satisfactory to the
eye, are suggestive of nothing,—they are characterless,—they have none of
the peculiar expressiveness and meaning by which nature maintains the
variety and interest even of what she most conceals. She always tells a
story, however hintedly and vaguely; each of her touches is different from
all the others; and we feel with every one, that though we cannot tell what it
is, it cannot be anything; while even the most dexterous distances of the old
Page 291
masters pretend to secrecy without having anything to conceal, and are
ambiguous, not from the concentration of meaning, but from the want of it.
And now, take up one of Turner's distances, it matters not which, or of
what kind,—drawing or painting, small or great, done thirty years ago, or
§ 11. The fulness
for last year's Academy, as you like; say that of the
and mystery of
Mercury and Argus, and look if every fact which I have
Turner's distances.
just been pointing out in nature be not carried out in it.
Abundant, beyond the power of the eye to embrace or
follow, vast and various, beyond the power of the mind to comprehend,
there is yet not one atom in its whole extent and mass which does not
suggest more than it represents; nor does it suggest vaguely, but in such a
manner as to prove that the conception of each individual inch of that
distance is absolutely clear and complete in the master's mind, a separate
picture fully worked out: but yet, clearly and fully as the idea is formed, just
so much of it is given, and no more, as nature would have allowed us to feel
or see; just so much as would enable a spectator of experience and
knowledge to understand almost every minute fragment of separate detail,
but appears, to the unpractised and careless eye, just what a distance of
nature's own would appear, an unintelligible mass. Not one line out of the
millions there is without meaning, yet there is not one which is not affected
and disguised by the dazzle and indecision of distance. No form is made
out, and yet no form is unknown.
Perhaps the truth of this system of drawing is better to be understood by
observing the distant character of rich architecture, than of any other object.
Go to the top of Highgate Hill on a clear summer morning
§ 12. Farther
at five o'clock, and look at Westminster Abbey. You will
illustrations in
receive an impression of a building enriched with
architectural
drawing.
multitudinous vertical lines. Try to distinguish one of those
lines all the way down from the one next to it: You cannot.
Try to count them: You cannot. Try to make out the beginning or end of any
one of them: You cannot. Look at it generally, and it is all symmetry and
arrangement. Look at in its parts, and it is all inextricable confusion. Am
not I, at this moment, describing a piece of Turner's drawing, with the same
words by which I describe nature? And what would one of the old masters
ambiguous, not from the concentration of meaning, but from the want of it.
And now, take up one of Turner's distances, it matters not which, or of
what kind,—drawing or painting, small or great, done thirty years ago, or
§ 11. The fulness
for last year's Academy, as you like; say that of the
and mystery of
Mercury and Argus, and look if every fact which I have
Turner's distances.
just been pointing out in nature be not carried out in it.
Abundant, beyond the power of the eye to embrace or
follow, vast and various, beyond the power of the mind to comprehend,
there is yet not one atom in its whole extent and mass which does not
suggest more than it represents; nor does it suggest vaguely, but in such a
manner as to prove that the conception of each individual inch of that
distance is absolutely clear and complete in the master's mind, a separate
picture fully worked out: but yet, clearly and fully as the idea is formed, just
so much of it is given, and no more, as nature would have allowed us to feel
or see; just so much as would enable a spectator of experience and
knowledge to understand almost every minute fragment of separate detail,
but appears, to the unpractised and careless eye, just what a distance of
nature's own would appear, an unintelligible mass. Not one line out of the
millions there is without meaning, yet there is not one which is not affected
and disguised by the dazzle and indecision of distance. No form is made
out, and yet no form is unknown.
Perhaps the truth of this system of drawing is better to be understood by
observing the distant character of rich architecture, than of any other object.
Go to the top of Highgate Hill on a clear summer morning
§ 12. Farther
at five o'clock, and look at Westminster Abbey. You will
illustrations in
receive an impression of a building enriched with
architectural
drawing.
multitudinous vertical lines. Try to distinguish one of those
lines all the way down from the one next to it: You cannot.
Try to count them: You cannot. Try to make out the beginning or end of any
one of them: You cannot. Look at it generally, and it is all symmetry and
arrangement. Look at in its parts, and it is all inextricable confusion. Am
not I, at this moment, describing a piece of Turner's drawing, with the same
words by which I describe nature? And what would one of the old masters
Page 292
have done with such a building as this in his distance? Either he would only
have given the shadows of the buttresses, and the light and dark sides of the
two towers, and two dots for the windows; or if more ignorant and more
ambitious, he had attempted to render some of the detail, it would have
been done by distinct lines,—would have been broad caricature of the
delicate building, felt at once to be false, ridiculous, and offensive. His most
successful effort would only have given us, through his carefully toned
atmosphere, the effect of a colossal parish church, without one line of
carving on its economic sides. Turner, and Turner only, would follow and
render on the canvas that mystery of decided line,—that distinct, sharp,
visible, but unintelligible and inextricable richness, which, examined part
by part, is to the eye nothing but confusion and defeat, which, taken as a
whole, is all unity, symmetry, and truth.[28]
Nor is this mode of representation true only with respect to distances.
Every object, however near the eye, has something about it which you
cannot see, and which brings the mystery of distance even
§ 13. In near
into every part and portion of what we suppose ourselves
objects as well as
distances.
to see most distinctly. Stand in the Piazza di St. Marco at
Venice, as close to the church as you can, without losing
sight of the top of it. Look at the capitals of the columns on the second
story. You see that they are exquisitely rich, carved all over. Tell me their
patterns: You cannot. Tell me the direction of a single line in them: You
cannot. Yet you see a multitude of lines, and you have so much feeling of a
certain tendency and arrangement in those lines, that you are quite sure the
capitals are beautiful, and that they are all different from each other. But I
defy you to make out one single line in any one of them.
§ 14. Vacancy and
falsehood of
Now go to Canaletto's painting of this church, in the
Palazzo Manfrini, taken from the very spot on which you
Canaletto.
stood. How much has he represented of all this? A black
dot under each capital for the shadow, and a yellow one above it for the
light. There is not a vestige nor indication of carving or decoration of any
sort or kind.
Very different from this, but erring on the other side, is the ordinary
drawing of the architect, who gives the principal lines of the design with
have given the shadows of the buttresses, and the light and dark sides of the
two towers, and two dots for the windows; or if more ignorant and more
ambitious, he had attempted to render some of the detail, it would have
been done by distinct lines,—would have been broad caricature of the
delicate building, felt at once to be false, ridiculous, and offensive. His most
successful effort would only have given us, through his carefully toned
atmosphere, the effect of a colossal parish church, without one line of
carving on its economic sides. Turner, and Turner only, would follow and
render on the canvas that mystery of decided line,—that distinct, sharp,
visible, but unintelligible and inextricable richness, which, examined part
by part, is to the eye nothing but confusion and defeat, which, taken as a
whole, is all unity, symmetry, and truth.[28]
Nor is this mode of representation true only with respect to distances.
Every object, however near the eye, has something about it which you
cannot see, and which brings the mystery of distance even
§ 13. In near
into every part and portion of what we suppose ourselves
objects as well as
distances.
to see most distinctly. Stand in the Piazza di St. Marco at
Venice, as close to the church as you can, without losing
sight of the top of it. Look at the capitals of the columns on the second
story. You see that they are exquisitely rich, carved all over. Tell me their
patterns: You cannot. Tell me the direction of a single line in them: You
cannot. Yet you see a multitude of lines, and you have so much feeling of a
certain tendency and arrangement in those lines, that you are quite sure the
capitals are beautiful, and that they are all different from each other. But I
defy you to make out one single line in any one of them.
§ 14. Vacancy and
falsehood of
Now go to Canaletto's painting of this church, in the
Palazzo Manfrini, taken from the very spot on which you
Canaletto.
stood. How much has he represented of all this? A black
dot under each capital for the shadow, and a yellow one above it for the
light. There is not a vestige nor indication of carving or decoration of any
sort or kind.
Very different from this, but erring on the other side, is the ordinary
drawing of the architect, who gives the principal lines of the design with
Page 293
delicate clearness and precision, but with no uncertainty or mystery about
them; which mystery being removed, all space and size are destroyed with
it, and we have a drawing of a model, not of a building. But in the capital
lying on the foreground in Turner's Daphne hunting with Leucippus, we
have the perfect truth. Not one jag of the acanthus leaves is absolutely
visible, the lines are all disorder, but you feel in an instant that all are there.
And so it will invariably be found through every portion of detail in his late
and most perfect works.
But if there be this mystery and inexhaustible finish merely in the more
delicate instances of architectural decoration, how much more in the
ceaseless and incomparable decoration of nature. The
§ 15. Still greater
fulness and finish
detail of a single weedy bank laughs the carving of ages to
scorn. Every leaf and stalk has a design and tracery upon
in landscape
foregrounds.
it,—every knot of grass an intricacy of shade which the
labor of years could never imitate, and which, if such labor
could follow it out even to the last fibres of the leaflets, would yet be falsely
represented, for, as in all other cases brought forward, it is not clearly seen,
but confusedly and mysteriously. That which is nearness for the bank, is
distance for its details; and however near it may be, the greater part of those
details are still a beautiful incomprehensibility.[29]
Hence, throughout the picture, the expression of space and size is
dependent upon obscurity, united with, or rather resultant from, exceeding
fulness. We destroy both space and size, either by the
§ 16. Space and
size are destroyed
vacancy, which affords us no measure of space, or by the
distinctness, which gives us a false one. The distance of
alike by
distinctness and by
Poussin, having no indication of trees, nor of meadows,
nor of character of any kind, may be fifty miles off, or may
vacancy.
be five; we cannot tell—we have no measure, and in
consequence, no vivid impression. But a middle distance of Hobbima's
involves a contradiction in terms; it states a distance by perspective, which
it contradicts by distinctness of detail.
A single dusty roll of Turner's brush is more truly expressive of the
infinity of foliage, than the niggling of Hobbima could have rendered his
canvas, if he had worked on it till doomsday. What Sir J. Reynolds says of
them; which mystery being removed, all space and size are destroyed with
it, and we have a drawing of a model, not of a building. But in the capital
lying on the foreground in Turner's Daphne hunting with Leucippus, we
have the perfect truth. Not one jag of the acanthus leaves is absolutely
visible, the lines are all disorder, but you feel in an instant that all are there.
And so it will invariably be found through every portion of detail in his late
and most perfect works.
But if there be this mystery and inexhaustible finish merely in the more
delicate instances of architectural decoration, how much more in the
ceaseless and incomparable decoration of nature. The
§ 15. Still greater
fulness and finish
detail of a single weedy bank laughs the carving of ages to
scorn. Every leaf and stalk has a design and tracery upon
in landscape
foregrounds.
it,—every knot of grass an intricacy of shade which the
labor of years could never imitate, and which, if such labor
could follow it out even to the last fibres of the leaflets, would yet be falsely
represented, for, as in all other cases brought forward, it is not clearly seen,
but confusedly and mysteriously. That which is nearness for the bank, is
distance for its details; and however near it may be, the greater part of those
details are still a beautiful incomprehensibility.[29]
Hence, throughout the picture, the expression of space and size is
dependent upon obscurity, united with, or rather resultant from, exceeding
fulness. We destroy both space and size, either by the
§ 16. Space and
size are destroyed
vacancy, which affords us no measure of space, or by the
distinctness, which gives us a false one. The distance of
alike by
distinctness and by
Poussin, having no indication of trees, nor of meadows,
nor of character of any kind, may be fifty miles off, or may
vacancy.
be five; we cannot tell—we have no measure, and in
consequence, no vivid impression. But a middle distance of Hobbima's
involves a contradiction in terms; it states a distance by perspective, which
it contradicts by distinctness of detail.
A single dusty roll of Turner's brush is more truly expressive of the
infinity of foliage, than the niggling of Hobbima could have rendered his
canvas, if he had worked on it till doomsday. What Sir J. Reynolds says of
Page 294
the misplaced labor of his Roman acquaintance on
§ 17. Swift
separate leaves of foliage, and the certainty he expresses
execution best
that a man who attended to general character would in five
secures perfection
of details.
minutes produce a more faithful representation of a tree,
than the unfortunate mechanist in as many years, is thus
perfectly true and well founded; but this is not because details are
undesirable, but because they are best given by swift execution, and
because, individually, they cannot be given at all. But it
§ 18. Finish is far
should be observed (though we shall be better able to insist
more necessary in
upon this point in future) that much of harm and error has
landscape than in
historical subjects.
arisen from the supposition and assertions of swift and
brilliant historical painters, that the same principles of
execution are entirely applicable to landscape, which are right for the
figure. The artist who falls into extreme detail in drawing the human form,
is apt to become disgusting rather than pleasing. It is more agreeable that
the general outline and soft hues of flesh should alone be given, than its
hairs, and veins, and lines of intersection. And even the most rapid and
generalizing expression of the human body, if directed by perfect
knowledge, and rigidly faithful in drawing, will commonly omit very little
of what is agreeable or impressive. But the exclusively generalizing
landscape painter omits the whole of what is valuable in his subject,—omits
thoughts, designs, and beauties by the million, everything, indeed, which
can furnish him with variety or expression. A distance in Lincolnshire, or in
Lombardy, might both be generalized into such blue and yellow stripes as
we see in Poussin; but whatever there is of beauty or character in either,
depends altogether on our understanding the details, and feeling the
difference between the morasses and ditches of the one, and the rolling sea
of mulberry trees of the other. And so in every part of the subject. I have no
hesitation in asserting that it is impossible to go too fine, or think too much
about details in landscape, so that they be rightly arranged and rightly
massed; but that it is equally impossible to render anything like the fulness
or the space of nature, except by that mystery and obscurity of execution
which she herself uses, and in which Turner only has followed her.
We have now rapidly glanced at such general truths of nature as can be
investigated without much knowledge of what is beautiful. Questions of
§ 17. Swift
separate leaves of foliage, and the certainty he expresses
execution best
that a man who attended to general character would in five
secures perfection
of details.
minutes produce a more faithful representation of a tree,
than the unfortunate mechanist in as many years, is thus
perfectly true and well founded; but this is not because details are
undesirable, but because they are best given by swift execution, and
because, individually, they cannot be given at all. But it
§ 18. Finish is far
should be observed (though we shall be better able to insist
more necessary in
upon this point in future) that much of harm and error has
landscape than in
historical subjects.
arisen from the supposition and assertions of swift and
brilliant historical painters, that the same principles of
execution are entirely applicable to landscape, which are right for the
figure. The artist who falls into extreme detail in drawing the human form,
is apt to become disgusting rather than pleasing. It is more agreeable that
the general outline and soft hues of flesh should alone be given, than its
hairs, and veins, and lines of intersection. And even the most rapid and
generalizing expression of the human body, if directed by perfect
knowledge, and rigidly faithful in drawing, will commonly omit very little
of what is agreeable or impressive. But the exclusively generalizing
landscape painter omits the whole of what is valuable in his subject,—omits
thoughts, designs, and beauties by the million, everything, indeed, which
can furnish him with variety or expression. A distance in Lincolnshire, or in
Lombardy, might both be generalized into such blue and yellow stripes as
we see in Poussin; but whatever there is of beauty or character in either,
depends altogether on our understanding the details, and feeling the
difference between the morasses and ditches of the one, and the rolling sea
of mulberry trees of the other. And so in every part of the subject. I have no
hesitation in asserting that it is impossible to go too fine, or think too much
about details in landscape, so that they be rightly arranged and rightly
massed; but that it is equally impossible to render anything like the fulness
or the space of nature, except by that mystery and obscurity of execution
which she herself uses, and in which Turner only has followed her.
We have now rapidly glanced at such general truths of nature as can be
investigated without much knowledge of what is beautiful. Questions of
Page 295
arrangement, massing, and generalization, I prefer leaving
§ 19.
untouched, until we know something about details, and
Recapitulation of
the section.
something about what is beautiful. All that is desirable,
even in these mere technical and artificial points, is based
upon truths and habits of nature; but we cannot understand those truths until
we are acquainted with the specific forms and minor details which they
affect, or out of which they arise. I shall, therefore, proceed to examine the
invaluable and essential truths of specific character and form—briefly and
imperfectly, indeed, as needs must be, but yet at length sufficient to enable
the reader to pursue, if he will, the subject for himself.
[27] Of course much depends upon the kind of detail so lost. An artist may generalize the
trunk of a tree, where he only loses lines of bark, and do us a kindness; but he must not
generalize the details of a champaign, in which there is a history of creation. The full
discussion of the subject belongs to a future part of our investigation.
[28] Vide, for illustration, Fontainebleau, in the Illustrations to Scott; Vignette at opening
of Human Life, in Rogers's Poems; Venice, in the Italy; Chateau de Blois; the Rouen, and
Pont Neuf, Paris, in the Rivers of France. The distances of all the Academy pictures of
Venice, especially the Shylock, are most instructive.
[29] It is to be remembered, however, that these truths present themselves in all
probability under very different phases to individuals of different powers of vision. Many
artists who appear to generalize rudely or rashly are perhaps faithfully endeavoring to
render the appearance which nature bears to sight of limited range. Others may be led by
their singular keenness of sight into inexpedient detail. Works which are painted for effect
at a certain distance must be always seen at disadvantage by those whose sight is of
different range from the painter's. Another circumstance to which I ought above to have
alluded is the scale of the picture; for there are different degrees of generalization, and
different necessities of symbolism, belonging to every scale: the stipple of the miniature
painter would be offensive on features of the life size, and the leaves with Tintoret may
articulate on a canvas of sixty feet by twenty-five, must be generalized by Turner on one of
four by three. Another circumstance of some importance is the assumed distance of the
foreground; many landscape painters seem to think their nearest foreground is always
equally near, whereas its distance from the spectator varies not a little, being always at least
its own calculable breadth from side to side as estimated by figures or any other object of
§ 19.
untouched, until we know something about details, and
Recapitulation of
the section.
something about what is beautiful. All that is desirable,
even in these mere technical and artificial points, is based
upon truths and habits of nature; but we cannot understand those truths until
we are acquainted with the specific forms and minor details which they
affect, or out of which they arise. I shall, therefore, proceed to examine the
invaluable and essential truths of specific character and form—briefly and
imperfectly, indeed, as needs must be, but yet at length sufficient to enable
the reader to pursue, if he will, the subject for himself.
[27] Of course much depends upon the kind of detail so lost. An artist may generalize the
trunk of a tree, where he only loses lines of bark, and do us a kindness; but he must not
generalize the details of a champaign, in which there is a history of creation. The full
discussion of the subject belongs to a future part of our investigation.
[28] Vide, for illustration, Fontainebleau, in the Illustrations to Scott; Vignette at opening
of Human Life, in Rogers's Poems; Venice, in the Italy; Chateau de Blois; the Rouen, and
Pont Neuf, Paris, in the Rivers of France. The distances of all the Academy pictures of
Venice, especially the Shylock, are most instructive.
[29] It is to be remembered, however, that these truths present themselves in all
probability under very different phases to individuals of different powers of vision. Many
artists who appear to generalize rudely or rashly are perhaps faithfully endeavoring to
render the appearance which nature bears to sight of limited range. Others may be led by
their singular keenness of sight into inexpedient detail. Works which are painted for effect
at a certain distance must be always seen at disadvantage by those whose sight is of
different range from the painter's. Another circumstance to which I ought above to have
alluded is the scale of the picture; for there are different degrees of generalization, and
different necessities of symbolism, belonging to every scale: the stipple of the miniature
painter would be offensive on features of the life size, and the leaves with Tintoret may
articulate on a canvas of sixty feet by twenty-five, must be generalized by Turner on one of
four by three. Another circumstance of some importance is the assumed distance of the
foreground; many landscape painters seem to think their nearest foreground is always
equally near, whereas its distance from the spectator varies not a little, being always at least
its own calculable breadth from side to side as estimated by figures or any other object of
Page 296
known size at the nearest part of it. With Claude almost always; with Turner often, as in the
Daphne and Leucippus, this breadth is forty or fifty yards; and as the nearest foreground
object must then be at least that distance removed, and may be much more, it is evident that
no completion of close detail is in such cases allowable, (see here another proof of Claude's
erroneous practice;) with Titian and Tintoret, on the contrary, the foreground is rarely more
than five or six yards broad, and its objects therefore being only five or six yards distant are
entirely detailed.
None of these circumstances, however, in any wise affect the great principle, the
confusion of detail taking place sooner or later in all cases. I ought to have noted, however,
that many of the pictures of Turner in which the confused drawing has been least
understood, have been luminous twilights; and that the uncertainty of twilight is therefore
added to that of general distance. In the evenings of the south it not unfrequently happens
that objects touched with the reflected light of the western sky, continue even for the space
of half an hour after sunset, glowing, ruddy, and intense in color, and almost as bright as if
they were still beneath actual sunshine, even till the moon begins to cast a shadow: but in
spite of this brilliancy of color all the details become ghostly and ill-defined. This is a
favorite moment of Turner's, and he invariably characterizes it, not by gloom, but by
uncertainty of detail. I have never seen the effect of clear twilight thoroughly rendered by
art; that effect in which all details are lost, while intense clearness and light are still felt in
the atmosphere, in which nothing is distinctly seen, and yet it is not darkness, far less mist,
that is the cause of concealment. Turner's efforts at rendering this effect (as the Wilderness
of Engedi, Assos, Chateau de Blois, Caerlaverock, and others innumerable,) have always
some slight appearance of mistiness, owing to the indistinctness of details; but it remains to
be shown that any closer approximation to the effect is possible.
SECTION III.
OF TRUTH OF SKIES.
CHAPTER I.
Daphne and Leucippus, this breadth is forty or fifty yards; and as the nearest foreground
object must then be at least that distance removed, and may be much more, it is evident that
no completion of close detail is in such cases allowable, (see here another proof of Claude's
erroneous practice;) with Titian and Tintoret, on the contrary, the foreground is rarely more
than five or six yards broad, and its objects therefore being only five or six yards distant are
entirely detailed.
None of these circumstances, however, in any wise affect the great principle, the
confusion of detail taking place sooner or later in all cases. I ought to have noted, however,
that many of the pictures of Turner in which the confused drawing has been least
understood, have been luminous twilights; and that the uncertainty of twilight is therefore
added to that of general distance. In the evenings of the south it not unfrequently happens
that objects touched with the reflected light of the western sky, continue even for the space
of half an hour after sunset, glowing, ruddy, and intense in color, and almost as bright as if
they were still beneath actual sunshine, even till the moon begins to cast a shadow: but in
spite of this brilliancy of color all the details become ghostly and ill-defined. This is a
favorite moment of Turner's, and he invariably characterizes it, not by gloom, but by
uncertainty of detail. I have never seen the effect of clear twilight thoroughly rendered by
art; that effect in which all details are lost, while intense clearness and light are still felt in
the atmosphere, in which nothing is distinctly seen, and yet it is not darkness, far less mist,
that is the cause of concealment. Turner's efforts at rendering this effect (as the Wilderness
of Engedi, Assos, Chateau de Blois, Caerlaverock, and others innumerable,) have always
some slight appearance of mistiness, owing to the indistinctness of details; but it remains to
be shown that any closer approximation to the effect is possible.
SECTION III.
OF TRUTH OF SKIES.
CHAPTER I.
Page 297
OF THE OPEN SKY.
It is a strange thing how little in general people know about the sky. It is
the part of creation in which nature has done more for the sake of pleasing
man, more for the sole and evident purpose of talking to
§ 1. The peculiar
him and teaching him, than in any other of her works, and
adaptation of the
it is just the part in which we least attend to her. There are
sky to the pleasing
and teaching of
not many of her other works in which some more material
or essential purpose than the mere pleasing of man is not
man.
answered by every part of their organization; but every
essential purpose of the sky might, so far as we know, be answered, if once
in three days, or thereabouts, a great ugly black rain cloud were brought up
over the blue, and everything well watered, and so all left blue again till
next time, with perhaps a film of morning and evening mist for dew. And
instead of this, there is not a moment of any day of our lives, when nature is
not producing scene after scene, picture after picture, glory after glory, and
working still upon such exquisite and constant principles of the most perfect
beauty, that it is quite certain it is all done for us, and intended for our
perpetual pleasure. And every man, wherever placed, however far from
other sources of interest or of beauty, has this doing for him constantly. The
noblest scenes of the earth can be seen and known but by few; it is not
intended that man should live always in the midst of them, he injures them
by his presence, he ceases to feel them if he be always with them; but the
sky is for all; bright as it is, it is not "too bright, nor good, for human
nature's daily food;" it is fitted in all its functions for the perpetual comfort
and exalting of the heart, for the soothing it and purifying it from its dross
and dust. Sometimes gentle, sometimes capricious, sometimes awful, never
the same for two moments together; almost human in its passions, almost
spiritual in its tenderness, almost divine in its infinity, its appeal to what is
immortal in us, is as distinct, as its ministry of chastisement or of blessing
§ 2. The
to what is mortal is essential. And yet we never attend to it,
we never make it a subject of thought, but as it has to do
carelessness with
with our animal sensations; we look upon all by which it
which its lessons
speaks to us more clearly than to brutes, upon all which
are received.
bears witness to the intention of the Supreme, that we are
It is a strange thing how little in general people know about the sky. It is
the part of creation in which nature has done more for the sake of pleasing
man, more for the sole and evident purpose of talking to
§ 1. The peculiar
him and teaching him, than in any other of her works, and
adaptation of the
it is just the part in which we least attend to her. There are
sky to the pleasing
and teaching of
not many of her other works in which some more material
or essential purpose than the mere pleasing of man is not
man.
answered by every part of their organization; but every
essential purpose of the sky might, so far as we know, be answered, if once
in three days, or thereabouts, a great ugly black rain cloud were brought up
over the blue, and everything well watered, and so all left blue again till
next time, with perhaps a film of morning and evening mist for dew. And
instead of this, there is not a moment of any day of our lives, when nature is
not producing scene after scene, picture after picture, glory after glory, and
working still upon such exquisite and constant principles of the most perfect
beauty, that it is quite certain it is all done for us, and intended for our
perpetual pleasure. And every man, wherever placed, however far from
other sources of interest or of beauty, has this doing for him constantly. The
noblest scenes of the earth can be seen and known but by few; it is not
intended that man should live always in the midst of them, he injures them
by his presence, he ceases to feel them if he be always with them; but the
sky is for all; bright as it is, it is not "too bright, nor good, for human
nature's daily food;" it is fitted in all its functions for the perpetual comfort
and exalting of the heart, for the soothing it and purifying it from its dross
and dust. Sometimes gentle, sometimes capricious, sometimes awful, never
the same for two moments together; almost human in its passions, almost
spiritual in its tenderness, almost divine in its infinity, its appeal to what is
immortal in us, is as distinct, as its ministry of chastisement or of blessing
§ 2. The
to what is mortal is essential. And yet we never attend to it,
we never make it a subject of thought, but as it has to do
carelessness with
with our animal sensations; we look upon all by which it
which its lessons
speaks to us more clearly than to brutes, upon all which
are received.
bears witness to the intention of the Supreme, that we are
Page 298
to receive more from the covering vault than the light and the dew which
we share with the weed and the worm, only as a succession of meaningless
and monotonous accident, too common and too vain to be worthy of a
moment of watchfulness, or a glance of admiration. If in our moments of
utter idleness and insipidity, we turn to the sky as a last resource, which of
its phenomena do we speak of? One says it has been wet, and another it has
been windy, and another it has been warm. Who, among the whole
chattering crowd, can tell me of the forms and the precipices of the chain of
tall white mountains that girded the horizon at noon yesterday? Who saw
the narrow sunbeam that came out of the south, and smote upon their
summits until they melted and mouldered away in a dust of blue rain? Who
saw the dance of the dead clouds when the sunlight left them last night, and
the west wind blew them before it like withered leaves? All has passed,
unregretted as unseen; or if the apathy be ever shaken off, even for an
instant, it is only by what is gross, or what is extraordinary; and yet it is not
§ 3. The most
in the broad and fierce manifestations of the elemental
energies, not in the clash of the hail, nor the drift of the
essential of these
lessons are the
whirlwind, that the highest characters of the sublime are
developed. God is not in the earthquake, nor in the fire, but
gentlest.
in the still small voice. They are but the blunt and the low
faculties of our nature, which can only be addressed through lampblack and
lightning. It is in quiet and subdued passages of unobtrusive majesty, the
deep, and the calm, and the perpetual,—that which must be sought ere it is
seen, and loved ere it is understood,—things which the angels work out for
us daily, and yet vary eternally, which are never wanting, and never
repeated, which are to be found always yet each found but once; it is
through these that the lesson of devotion is chiefly taught, and the blessing
of beauty given. These are what the artist of highest aim must study; it is
these, by the combination of which his ideal is to be
§4. Many of our
ideas of sky
created; these, of which so little notice is ordinarily taken
by common observers, that I fully believe, little as people
altogether
conventional.
in general are concerned with art, more of their ideas of
sky are derived from pictures than from reality, and that if
we could examine the conception formed in the minds of most educated
persons when we talk of clouds, it would frequently be found composed of
fragments of blue and white reminiscences of the old masters.
we share with the weed and the worm, only as a succession of meaningless
and monotonous accident, too common and too vain to be worthy of a
moment of watchfulness, or a glance of admiration. If in our moments of
utter idleness and insipidity, we turn to the sky as a last resource, which of
its phenomena do we speak of? One says it has been wet, and another it has
been windy, and another it has been warm. Who, among the whole
chattering crowd, can tell me of the forms and the precipices of the chain of
tall white mountains that girded the horizon at noon yesterday? Who saw
the narrow sunbeam that came out of the south, and smote upon their
summits until they melted and mouldered away in a dust of blue rain? Who
saw the dance of the dead clouds when the sunlight left them last night, and
the west wind blew them before it like withered leaves? All has passed,
unregretted as unseen; or if the apathy be ever shaken off, even for an
instant, it is only by what is gross, or what is extraordinary; and yet it is not
§ 3. The most
in the broad and fierce manifestations of the elemental
energies, not in the clash of the hail, nor the drift of the
essential of these
lessons are the
whirlwind, that the highest characters of the sublime are
developed. God is not in the earthquake, nor in the fire, but
gentlest.
in the still small voice. They are but the blunt and the low
faculties of our nature, which can only be addressed through lampblack and
lightning. It is in quiet and subdued passages of unobtrusive majesty, the
deep, and the calm, and the perpetual,—that which must be sought ere it is
seen, and loved ere it is understood,—things which the angels work out for
us daily, and yet vary eternally, which are never wanting, and never
repeated, which are to be found always yet each found but once; it is
through these that the lesson of devotion is chiefly taught, and the blessing
of beauty given. These are what the artist of highest aim must study; it is
these, by the combination of which his ideal is to be
§4. Many of our
ideas of sky
created; these, of which so little notice is ordinarily taken
by common observers, that I fully believe, little as people
altogether
conventional.
in general are concerned with art, more of their ideas of
sky are derived from pictures than from reality, and that if
we could examine the conception formed in the minds of most educated
persons when we talk of clouds, it would frequently be found composed of
fragments of blue and white reminiscences of the old masters.
Page 299
I shall enter upon the examination of what is true in sky at greater length,
because it is the only part of a picture of which all, if they will, may be
competent judges. What I may have to assert respecting the rocks of
Salvator, or the boughs of Claude, I can scarcely prove, except to those
whom I can immure for a month or two in the fastnesses of the Apennines,
or guide in their summer walks again and again through the ravines of
Sorrento. But what I say of the sky can be brought to an immediate test by
all, and I write the more decisively, in the hope that it may be so.
Let us begin then with the simple open blue of the sky. This is of course
the color of the pure atmospheric air, not the aqueous vapor, but the pure
azote and oxygen, and it is the total color of the whole
§ 5. Nature and
mass of that air between us and the void of space. It is
essential qualities
modified by the varying quantity of aqueous vapor
of the open blue.
suspended in it, whose color, in its most imperfect, and
therefore most visible, state of solution, is pure white, (as in steam,) which
receives, like any other white, the warm hues of the rays of the sun, and,
according to its quantity and imperfect solution, makes the sky paler, and at
the same time more or less gray, by mixing warm tones with its blue. This
gray aqueous vapor, when very decided, becomes mist, and when local,
cloud. Hence the sky is to be considered as a transparent blue liquid, in
which, at various elevations, clouds are suspended, those clouds being
themselves only particular visible spaces of a substance with which the
whole mass of this liquid is more or less impregnated.
§ 6. Its connection
with clouds.
Now, we all know this perfectly well, and yet we so far
forget it in practice, that we little notice the constant
connection kept up by nature between her blue and her clouds, and we are
not offended by the constant habit of the old masters, of considering the
blue sky as totally distinct in its nature, and far separated from the vapors
which float in it. With them, cloud is cloud, and blue is blue, and no kind of
connection between them is ever hinted at. The sky is thought of as a clear,
high material dome, the clouds as separate bodies, suspended beneath it,
and in consequence, however delicate and exquisitely
§ 7. Its exceeding
removed in tone their skies may be, you always look at
depth.
them, not through them. Now, if there be one characteristic
because it is the only part of a picture of which all, if they will, may be
competent judges. What I may have to assert respecting the rocks of
Salvator, or the boughs of Claude, I can scarcely prove, except to those
whom I can immure for a month or two in the fastnesses of the Apennines,
or guide in their summer walks again and again through the ravines of
Sorrento. But what I say of the sky can be brought to an immediate test by
all, and I write the more decisively, in the hope that it may be so.
Let us begin then with the simple open blue of the sky. This is of course
the color of the pure atmospheric air, not the aqueous vapor, but the pure
azote and oxygen, and it is the total color of the whole
§ 5. Nature and
mass of that air between us and the void of space. It is
essential qualities
modified by the varying quantity of aqueous vapor
of the open blue.
suspended in it, whose color, in its most imperfect, and
therefore most visible, state of solution, is pure white, (as in steam,) which
receives, like any other white, the warm hues of the rays of the sun, and,
according to its quantity and imperfect solution, makes the sky paler, and at
the same time more or less gray, by mixing warm tones with its blue. This
gray aqueous vapor, when very decided, becomes mist, and when local,
cloud. Hence the sky is to be considered as a transparent blue liquid, in
which, at various elevations, clouds are suspended, those clouds being
themselves only particular visible spaces of a substance with which the
whole mass of this liquid is more or less impregnated.
§ 6. Its connection
with clouds.
Now, we all know this perfectly well, and yet we so far
forget it in practice, that we little notice the constant
connection kept up by nature between her blue and her clouds, and we are
not offended by the constant habit of the old masters, of considering the
blue sky as totally distinct in its nature, and far separated from the vapors
which float in it. With them, cloud is cloud, and blue is blue, and no kind of
connection between them is ever hinted at. The sky is thought of as a clear,
high material dome, the clouds as separate bodies, suspended beneath it,
and in consequence, however delicate and exquisitely
§ 7. Its exceeding
removed in tone their skies may be, you always look at
depth.
them, not through them. Now, if there be one characteristic
Page 300
of the sky more valuable or necessary to be rendered than another, it is that
which Wordsworth has given in the second book of the Excursion:—
"The chasm of sky above my head
Is Heaven's profoundest azure. No domain
For fickle, short-lived clouds, to occupy,
Or to pass through;—but rather an abyss
In which the everlasting stars abide,
And whose soft gloom, and boundless depth, might tempt
The curious eye to look for them by day."
And, in his American Notes, I remember Dickens notices the same truth,
describing himself as lying drowsily on the barge deck, looking not at, but
through the sky. And if you look intensely at the pure blue of a serene sky,
you will see that there is a variety and fulness in its very repose. It is not flat
dead color, but a deep, quivering, transparent body of penetrable air, in
which you trace or imagine short, falling spots of deceiving light, and dim
§ 8. These qualities
shades, faint, veiled vestiges of dark vapor; and it is this
trembling transparency which our great modern master has
are especially
especially aimed at and given. His blue is never laid on in
given by modern
smooth coats, but in breaking, mingling, melting hues, a
masters.
quarter of an inch of which, cut off from all the rest of the
picture, is still spacious, still infinite and immeasurable in depth. It is a
painting of the air, something into which you can see, through the parts
which are near you into those which are far off; something which has no
surface, and through which we can plunge far and farther, and without stay
or end, into the profundity of space;—whereas, with all the old landscape
painters, except Claude, you may indeed go a long way before you come to
the sky, but you will strike hard against it at last. A perfectly genuine and
§ 9. And by
untouched sky of Claude is indeed most perfect, and
beyond praise, in all qualities of air; though even with him,
Claude.
I often feel rather that there is a great deal of pleasant air
between me and the firmament, than that the firmament itself is only air. I
do not mean, however, to say a word against such skies as that of the
Enchanted Castle, or that marked 30 in the National Gallery, or one or two
which I remember at Rome; but how little and by how few these fine
which Wordsworth has given in the second book of the Excursion:—
"The chasm of sky above my head
Is Heaven's profoundest azure. No domain
For fickle, short-lived clouds, to occupy,
Or to pass through;—but rather an abyss
In which the everlasting stars abide,
And whose soft gloom, and boundless depth, might tempt
The curious eye to look for them by day."
And, in his American Notes, I remember Dickens notices the same truth,
describing himself as lying drowsily on the barge deck, looking not at, but
through the sky. And if you look intensely at the pure blue of a serene sky,
you will see that there is a variety and fulness in its very repose. It is not flat
dead color, but a deep, quivering, transparent body of penetrable air, in
which you trace or imagine short, falling spots of deceiving light, and dim
§ 8. These qualities
shades, faint, veiled vestiges of dark vapor; and it is this
trembling transparency which our great modern master has
are especially
especially aimed at and given. His blue is never laid on in
given by modern
smooth coats, but in breaking, mingling, melting hues, a
masters.
quarter of an inch of which, cut off from all the rest of the
picture, is still spacious, still infinite and immeasurable in depth. It is a
painting of the air, something into which you can see, through the parts
which are near you into those which are far off; something which has no
surface, and through which we can plunge far and farther, and without stay
or end, into the profundity of space;—whereas, with all the old landscape
painters, except Claude, you may indeed go a long way before you come to
the sky, but you will strike hard against it at last. A perfectly genuine and
§ 9. And by
untouched sky of Claude is indeed most perfect, and
beyond praise, in all qualities of air; though even with him,
Claude.
I often feel rather that there is a great deal of pleasant air
between me and the firmament, than that the firmament itself is only air. I
do not mean, however, to say a word against such skies as that of the
Enchanted Castle, or that marked 30 in the National Gallery, or one or two
which I remember at Rome; but how little and by how few these fine
Page 301
passages of Claude are appreciated, is sufficiently proved by the sufferance
of such villainous and unpalliated copies as we meet with all over Europe,
like the Marriage of Isaac, in our own Gallery, to remain under his name. In
fact, I do not remember above ten pictures of Claude's, in which the skies,
whether repainted or altogether copies, or perhaps from Claude's hand, but
carelessly laid in, like that marked 241, Dulwich Gallery, were not fully as
feelingless and false as those of other masters; while, with the Poussins,
there are no favorable exceptions. Their skies are systematically wrong;
take, for instance, the sky of the Sacrifice of Isaac. It is here high noon, as is
shown by the shadow of the figures; and what sort of color is the sky at the
top of the picture? Is it pale and gray with heat, full of
§ 10. Total absence
sunshine, and unfathomable in depth? On the contrary, it is
of them in Poussin.
Physical errors in
of a pitch of darkness which, except on the Mont Blanc or
Chimborazo, is as purely impossible as color can be. He
his general
treatment of open
might as well have painted it coal black; and it is laid on
with a dead coat of flat paint, having no one quality or
sky.
resemblance of sky about it. It cannot have altered,
because the land horizon is as delicate and tender in tone as possible, and is
evidently unchanged; and to complete the absurdity of the whole thing, this
color holds its own, without graduation or alteration, to within three or four
degrees of the horizon, where it suddenly becomes bold and unmixed
yellow. Now the horizon at noon may be yellow when the whole sky is
covered with dark clouds, and only one open streak of light left in the
distance from which the whole light proceeds; but with a clear, open sky,
and opposite the sun, at noon, such a yellow horizon as this is physically
impossible. Even supposing that the upper part of the sky were pale and
warm, and that the transition from the one hue to the other were effected
imperceptibly and gradually, as is invariably the case in reality, instead of
taking place within a space of two or three degrees;—even then, this gold
yellow would be altogether absurd; but as it is, we have in this sky (and it is
a fine picture—one of the best of Gaspar's that I know,) a notable example
of the truth of the old masters—two impossible colors impossibly united!
Find such a color in Turner's noonday zenith as the blue at the top, or such a
color at a noonday horizon as the yellow at the bottom, or such a connection
of any colors whatsoever as that in the centre, and then you may talk about
his being false to nature if you will. Nor is this a solitary instance; it is
of such villainous and unpalliated copies as we meet with all over Europe,
like the Marriage of Isaac, in our own Gallery, to remain under his name. In
fact, I do not remember above ten pictures of Claude's, in which the skies,
whether repainted or altogether copies, or perhaps from Claude's hand, but
carelessly laid in, like that marked 241, Dulwich Gallery, were not fully as
feelingless and false as those of other masters; while, with the Poussins,
there are no favorable exceptions. Their skies are systematically wrong;
take, for instance, the sky of the Sacrifice of Isaac. It is here high noon, as is
shown by the shadow of the figures; and what sort of color is the sky at the
top of the picture? Is it pale and gray with heat, full of
§ 10. Total absence
sunshine, and unfathomable in depth? On the contrary, it is
of them in Poussin.
Physical errors in
of a pitch of darkness which, except on the Mont Blanc or
Chimborazo, is as purely impossible as color can be. He
his general
treatment of open
might as well have painted it coal black; and it is laid on
with a dead coat of flat paint, having no one quality or
sky.
resemblance of sky about it. It cannot have altered,
because the land horizon is as delicate and tender in tone as possible, and is
evidently unchanged; and to complete the absurdity of the whole thing, this
color holds its own, without graduation or alteration, to within three or four
degrees of the horizon, where it suddenly becomes bold and unmixed
yellow. Now the horizon at noon may be yellow when the whole sky is
covered with dark clouds, and only one open streak of light left in the
distance from which the whole light proceeds; but with a clear, open sky,
and opposite the sun, at noon, such a yellow horizon as this is physically
impossible. Even supposing that the upper part of the sky were pale and
warm, and that the transition from the one hue to the other were effected
imperceptibly and gradually, as is invariably the case in reality, instead of
taking place within a space of two or three degrees;—even then, this gold
yellow would be altogether absurd; but as it is, we have in this sky (and it is
a fine picture—one of the best of Gaspar's that I know,) a notable example
of the truth of the old masters—two impossible colors impossibly united!
Find such a color in Turner's noonday zenith as the blue at the top, or such a
color at a noonday horizon as the yellow at the bottom, or such a connection
of any colors whatsoever as that in the centre, and then you may talk about
his being false to nature if you will. Nor is this a solitary instance; it is
Page 302
Gaspar Poussin's favorite and characteristic effect. I remember twenty such,
most of them worse than this, in the downright surface and opacity of blue.
Again, look at the large Cuyp in the Dulwich Gallery,
§ 11. Errors of
which Mr. Hazlitt considers the "finest in the world," and
Cuyp in
graduation of
of which he very complimentarily says, "The tender green
of the valleys, the gleaming lake, the purple light of the
color.
hills, have an effect like the down on an unripe nectarine!"
I ought to have apologized before now, for not having studied sufficiently in
Covent Garden to be provided with terms of correct and classical criticism.
One of my friends begged me to observe, the other day, that Claude was
"pulpy;" another added the yet more gratifying information that he was
"juicy;" and it is now happily discovered that Cuyp is "downy." Now I dare
say that the sky of this first-rate Cuyp is very like an unripe nectarine: all
that I have to say about it is, that it is exceedingly unlike a sky. The blue
remains unchanged and ungraduated over three-fourths of it, down to the
horizon; while the sun, in the left-hand corner, is surrounded with a halo,
first of yellow, and then of crude pink, both being separated from each
other, and the last from the blue, as sharply as the belts of a rainbow, and
both together not ascending ten degrees in the sky. Now it is difficult to
conceive how any man calling himself a painter could impose such a thing
on the public, and still more how the public can receive it, as a
representation of that sunset purple which invariably extends its influence
to the zenith, so that there is no pure blue anywhere, but a purple increasing
in purity gradually down to its point of greatest intensity, (about forty-five
degrees from the horizon,) and then melting imperceptibly into the gold, the
three colors extending their influence over the whole sky; so that
throughout the whole sweep of the heaven, there is no one spot where the
color is not in an equal state of transition—passing from gold into orange,
from that into rose, from that into purple, from that into blue, with absolute
equality of change, so that in no place can it be said, "here it changes," and
in no place, "here it is unchanging." This is invariably the case. There is no
such thing—there never was, and never will be such a thing, while God's
heaven remains as it is made—as a serene, sunset sky, with its purple and
rose in belts about the sun.
most of them worse than this, in the downright surface and opacity of blue.
Again, look at the large Cuyp in the Dulwich Gallery,
§ 11. Errors of
which Mr. Hazlitt considers the "finest in the world," and
Cuyp in
graduation of
of which he very complimentarily says, "The tender green
of the valleys, the gleaming lake, the purple light of the
color.
hills, have an effect like the down on an unripe nectarine!"
I ought to have apologized before now, for not having studied sufficiently in
Covent Garden to be provided with terms of correct and classical criticism.
One of my friends begged me to observe, the other day, that Claude was
"pulpy;" another added the yet more gratifying information that he was
"juicy;" and it is now happily discovered that Cuyp is "downy." Now I dare
say that the sky of this first-rate Cuyp is very like an unripe nectarine: all
that I have to say about it is, that it is exceedingly unlike a sky. The blue
remains unchanged and ungraduated over three-fourths of it, down to the
horizon; while the sun, in the left-hand corner, is surrounded with a halo,
first of yellow, and then of crude pink, both being separated from each
other, and the last from the blue, as sharply as the belts of a rainbow, and
both together not ascending ten degrees in the sky. Now it is difficult to
conceive how any man calling himself a painter could impose such a thing
on the public, and still more how the public can receive it, as a
representation of that sunset purple which invariably extends its influence
to the zenith, so that there is no pure blue anywhere, but a purple increasing
in purity gradually down to its point of greatest intensity, (about forty-five
degrees from the horizon,) and then melting imperceptibly into the gold, the
three colors extending their influence over the whole sky; so that
throughout the whole sweep of the heaven, there is no one spot where the
color is not in an equal state of transition—passing from gold into orange,
from that into rose, from that into purple, from that into blue, with absolute
equality of change, so that in no place can it be said, "here it changes," and
in no place, "here it is unchanging." This is invariably the case. There is no
such thing—there never was, and never will be such a thing, while God's
heaven remains as it is made—as a serene, sunset sky, with its purple and
rose in belts about the sun.
Page 303
Such bold, broad examples of ignorance as these would soon set aside all
the claims of the professed landscape painters to truth, with whatever
delicacy of color or manipulation they may be disguised.
§ 12. The
exceeding value of
But there are some skies, of the Dutch school, in which
clearness and coolness have been aimed at, instead of
the skies of the
early Italian and
depth; and some introduced merely as backgrounds to the
historical subjects of the older Italians, which there is no
Dutch schools.
matching in modern times; one would think angels had
Their qualities are
painted them, for all is now clay and oil in comparison. It
unattainable in
seems as if we had totally lost the art, for surely otherwise,
modern times.
however little our painters might aim at it or feel it, they
would touch the chord sometimes by accident; but they never do, and the
mechanical incapacity is still more strongly evidenced by the muddy
struggles of the unhappy Germans, who have the feeling, partially strained,
artificial, and diseased, indeed, but still genuine enough to bring out the
tone, if they had the mechanical means and technical knowledge. But,
however they were obtained, the clear tones of this kind of the older Italians
are glorious and enviable in the highest degree; and we shall show, when
we come to speak of the beautiful, that they are one of the most just
grounds of the fame of the old masters.
But there is a series of phenomena connected with the open blue of the
sky, which we must take especial notice of, as it is of
§ 13. Phenomena
constant occurrence in the works of Turner and Claude, the
of visible
effects, namely, of visible sunbeams. It will be necessary
sunbeams. Their
nature and cause.
for us thoroughly to understand the circumstances under
which such effects take place.
Aqueous vapor or mist, suspended in the atmosphere, becomes visible
exactly as dust does in the air of a room. In the shadows you not only
cannot see the dust itself, because unillumined, but you can see other
objects through the dust without obscurity, the air being thus actually
rendered more transparent by a deprivation of light. Where a sunbeam
enters, every particle of dust becomes visible, and a palpable interruption to
the sight, so that a transverse sunbeam is a real obstacle to the vision, you
cannot see things clearly through it.
the claims of the professed landscape painters to truth, with whatever
delicacy of color or manipulation they may be disguised.
§ 12. The
exceeding value of
But there are some skies, of the Dutch school, in which
clearness and coolness have been aimed at, instead of
the skies of the
early Italian and
depth; and some introduced merely as backgrounds to the
historical subjects of the older Italians, which there is no
Dutch schools.
matching in modern times; one would think angels had
Their qualities are
painted them, for all is now clay and oil in comparison. It
unattainable in
seems as if we had totally lost the art, for surely otherwise,
modern times.
however little our painters might aim at it or feel it, they
would touch the chord sometimes by accident; but they never do, and the
mechanical incapacity is still more strongly evidenced by the muddy
struggles of the unhappy Germans, who have the feeling, partially strained,
artificial, and diseased, indeed, but still genuine enough to bring out the
tone, if they had the mechanical means and technical knowledge. But,
however they were obtained, the clear tones of this kind of the older Italians
are glorious and enviable in the highest degree; and we shall show, when
we come to speak of the beautiful, that they are one of the most just
grounds of the fame of the old masters.
But there is a series of phenomena connected with the open blue of the
sky, which we must take especial notice of, as it is of
§ 13. Phenomena
constant occurrence in the works of Turner and Claude, the
of visible
effects, namely, of visible sunbeams. It will be necessary
sunbeams. Their
nature and cause.
for us thoroughly to understand the circumstances under
which such effects take place.
Aqueous vapor or mist, suspended in the atmosphere, becomes visible
exactly as dust does in the air of a room. In the shadows you not only
cannot see the dust itself, because unillumined, but you can see other
objects through the dust without obscurity, the air being thus actually
rendered more transparent by a deprivation of light. Where a sunbeam
enters, every particle of dust becomes visible, and a palpable interruption to
the sight, so that a transverse sunbeam is a real obstacle to the vision, you
cannot see things clearly through it.
Page 304
In the same way, wherever vapor is illuminated by transverse rays, there
it becomes visible as a whiteness more or less affecting the purity of the
blue, and destroying it exactly in proportion to the degree of illumination.
But where vapor is in shade, it has very little effect on the sky, perhaps
making it a little deeper and grayer than it otherwise would be, but not
itself, unless very dense, distinguishable or felt as mist.
The appearance of mist or whiteness in the blue of the sky, is thus a
circumstance which more or less accompanies sunshine,
§ 14. They are only
and which, supposing the quantity of vapor constant, is
illuminated mist,
and cannot appear
greatest in the brightest sunlight. When there are no clouds
in the sky, the whiteness, as it affects the whole sky
when the sky is
free from vapor,
equally, is not particularly noticeable. But when there are
clouds between us and the sun, the sun being low, those
nor when it is
without clouds.
clouds cast shadows along and through the mass of
suspended vapor. Within the space of these shadows, the
vapor, as above stated, becomes transparent and invisible, and the sky
appears of a pure blue. But where the sunbeams strike, the vapor becomes
visible in the form of the beams, occasioning those radiating shafts of light
which are one of the most valuable and constant accompaniments of a low
sun. The denser the mist, the more distinct and sharp-edged will these rays
be; when the air is very clear, they are mere vague, flushing, gradated
passages of light; when it is very thick, they are keen-edged and decisive in
a high degree.
We see then, first, that a quantity of mist dispersed through the whole
space of the sky, is necessary to this phenomenon; and secondly, that what
we usually think of as beams of greater brightness than the rest of the sky,
are in reality only a part of that sky in its natural state of illumination, cut
off and rendered brilliant by the shadows from the clouds,—that these
shadows are in reality the source of the appearance of beams,—that,
therefore, no part of the sky can present such an appearance, except when
there are broken clouds between it and the sun; and lastly, that the shadows
cast from such clouds are not necessarily gray or dark, but very nearly of
the natural pure blue of a sky destitute of vapor.
it becomes visible as a whiteness more or less affecting the purity of the
blue, and destroying it exactly in proportion to the degree of illumination.
But where vapor is in shade, it has very little effect on the sky, perhaps
making it a little deeper and grayer than it otherwise would be, but not
itself, unless very dense, distinguishable or felt as mist.
The appearance of mist or whiteness in the blue of the sky, is thus a
circumstance which more or less accompanies sunshine,
§ 14. They are only
and which, supposing the quantity of vapor constant, is
illuminated mist,
and cannot appear
greatest in the brightest sunlight. When there are no clouds
in the sky, the whiteness, as it affects the whole sky
when the sky is
free from vapor,
equally, is not particularly noticeable. But when there are
clouds between us and the sun, the sun being low, those
nor when it is
without clouds.
clouds cast shadows along and through the mass of
suspended vapor. Within the space of these shadows, the
vapor, as above stated, becomes transparent and invisible, and the sky
appears of a pure blue. But where the sunbeams strike, the vapor becomes
visible in the form of the beams, occasioning those radiating shafts of light
which are one of the most valuable and constant accompaniments of a low
sun. The denser the mist, the more distinct and sharp-edged will these rays
be; when the air is very clear, they are mere vague, flushing, gradated
passages of light; when it is very thick, they are keen-edged and decisive in
a high degree.
We see then, first, that a quantity of mist dispersed through the whole
space of the sky, is necessary to this phenomenon; and secondly, that what
we usually think of as beams of greater brightness than the rest of the sky,
are in reality only a part of that sky in its natural state of illumination, cut
off and rendered brilliant by the shadows from the clouds,—that these
shadows are in reality the source of the appearance of beams,—that,
therefore, no part of the sky can present such an appearance, except when
there are broken clouds between it and the sun; and lastly, that the shadows
cast from such clouds are not necessarily gray or dark, but very nearly of
the natural pure blue of a sky destitute of vapor.
Page 305
Now, as it has been proved that the appearance of beams can only take
§ 15. Erroneous
place in a part of the sky which has clouds between it and
the sun, it is evident that no appearance of beams can ever
tendency in the
representation of
begin from the orb itself, except when there is a cloud or
solid body of some kind between us and it; but that such
such phenomena
appearances will almost invariably begin on the dark side
by the old masters.
of some of the clouds around it, the orb itself remaining
the centre of a broad blaze of united light. Wordsworth has given us in two
lines, the only circumstances under which rays can ever appear to have
origin in the orb itself:—
"But rays of light,
Now suddenly diverging from the orb,
Retired behind the mountain tops, or veiled
By the dense air, shot upwards."
Excursion, Book IX.
And Turner has given us the effect magnificently in the Dartmouth of the
River Scenery. It is frequent among the old masters, and constant in Claude;
though the latter, from drawing his beams too fine, represents the effect
upon the dazzled eye rather than the light which actually exists, and
approximates very closely to the ideal which we see in the sign of the
Rising Sun; nay, I am nearly sure that I remember cases in which he has
given us the diverging beam, without any cloud or hill interfering with the
§ 16. The ray
orb. It may, perhaps, be somewhat difficult to say how far
it is allowable to represent that kind of ray which is seen
which appears in
the dazzled eye
by the dazzled eye. It is very certain that we never look
towards a bright sun without seeing glancing rays issue
should not be
represented.
from it; but it is equally certain that those rays are no more
real existences than the red and blue circles which we see
after having been so dazzled, and that if we are to represent the rays we
ought also to cover our sky with pink and blue circles. I should on the
whole consider it utterly false in principle to represent the visionary beam,
§ 17. The practice
and that we ought only to show that which has actual
existence. Such we find to be the constant practice of
of Turner. His
keen perception of
Turner. Even where, owing to interposed clouds, he has
§ 15. Erroneous
place in a part of the sky which has clouds between it and
the sun, it is evident that no appearance of beams can ever
tendency in the
representation of
begin from the orb itself, except when there is a cloud or
solid body of some kind between us and it; but that such
such phenomena
appearances will almost invariably begin on the dark side
by the old masters.
of some of the clouds around it, the orb itself remaining
the centre of a broad blaze of united light. Wordsworth has given us in two
lines, the only circumstances under which rays can ever appear to have
origin in the orb itself:—
"But rays of light,
Now suddenly diverging from the orb,
Retired behind the mountain tops, or veiled
By the dense air, shot upwards."
Excursion, Book IX.
And Turner has given us the effect magnificently in the Dartmouth of the
River Scenery. It is frequent among the old masters, and constant in Claude;
though the latter, from drawing his beams too fine, represents the effect
upon the dazzled eye rather than the light which actually exists, and
approximates very closely to the ideal which we see in the sign of the
Rising Sun; nay, I am nearly sure that I remember cases in which he has
given us the diverging beam, without any cloud or hill interfering with the
§ 16. The ray
orb. It may, perhaps, be somewhat difficult to say how far
it is allowable to represent that kind of ray which is seen
which appears in
the dazzled eye
by the dazzled eye. It is very certain that we never look
towards a bright sun without seeing glancing rays issue
should not be
represented.
from it; but it is equally certain that those rays are no more
real existences than the red and blue circles which we see
after having been so dazzled, and that if we are to represent the rays we
ought also to cover our sky with pink and blue circles. I should on the
whole consider it utterly false in principle to represent the visionary beam,
§ 17. The practice
and that we ought only to show that which has actual
existence. Such we find to be the constant practice of
of Turner. His
keen perception of
Turner. Even where, owing to interposed clouds, he has
Page 306
the more delicate beams appearing to issue from the orb itself, they are
phenomena of broad bursts of light, not spiky rays; and his more usual
rays. practice is to keep all near the sun in one simple blaze of
intense light, and from the first clouds to throw beams to
the zenith, though he often does not permit any appearance of rays until
close to the zenith itself. Open at the 80th page of the Illustrated edition of
Rogers's poems. You have there a sky blazing with sunbeams; but they all
begin a long way from the sun, and they are accounted for by a mass of
dense clouds surrounding the orb itself. Turn to the 7th page. Behind the old
oak, where the sun is supposed to be, you have only a blaze of
undistinguished light; but up on the left, over the edge of the cloud, on its
dark side, the sunbeam. Turn to page 192,—blazing rays again, but all
beginning where the clouds do, not one can you trace to the sun; and
observe how carefully the long shadow on the mountain is
§ 18. The total
absence of any
accounted for by the dim dark promontory projecting out
near the sun. I need not multiply examples; you will find
evidence of such
perception in the
various modifications and uses of these effects throughout
his works. But you will not find a single trace of them in
works of the old
masters.
the old masters. They give you the rays issuing from
behind black clouds, and because they are a coarse and
common effect which could not possibly escape their observation, and
because they are easily imitated. They give you the spiky shafts issuing
from the orb itself, because these are partially symbolical of light, and assist
a tardy imagination, as two or three rays scratched round the sun with a pen
would, though they would be rays of darkness instead of light.[30] But of the
most beautiful phenomenon of all, the appearance of the delicate ray far in
the sky, threading its way among the thin, transparent clouds, while all
around the sun is unshadowed fire, there is no record nor example
whatsoever in their works. It was too delicate and spiritual for them;
probably their blunt and feelingless eyes never perceived it in nature, and
their untaught imaginations were not likely to originate it in the study.
Little is to be said of the skies of our other landscape artists. In paintings,
they are commonly toneless, crude, and wanting in depth and transparency;
but in drawings, some very perfect and delicate examples have been
produced by various members of the old water color Society, and one or
phenomena of broad bursts of light, not spiky rays; and his more usual
rays. practice is to keep all near the sun in one simple blaze of
intense light, and from the first clouds to throw beams to
the zenith, though he often does not permit any appearance of rays until
close to the zenith itself. Open at the 80th page of the Illustrated edition of
Rogers's poems. You have there a sky blazing with sunbeams; but they all
begin a long way from the sun, and they are accounted for by a mass of
dense clouds surrounding the orb itself. Turn to the 7th page. Behind the old
oak, where the sun is supposed to be, you have only a blaze of
undistinguished light; but up on the left, over the edge of the cloud, on its
dark side, the sunbeam. Turn to page 192,—blazing rays again, but all
beginning where the clouds do, not one can you trace to the sun; and
observe how carefully the long shadow on the mountain is
§ 18. The total
absence of any
accounted for by the dim dark promontory projecting out
near the sun. I need not multiply examples; you will find
evidence of such
perception in the
various modifications and uses of these effects throughout
his works. But you will not find a single trace of them in
works of the old
masters.
the old masters. They give you the rays issuing from
behind black clouds, and because they are a coarse and
common effect which could not possibly escape their observation, and
because they are easily imitated. They give you the spiky shafts issuing
from the orb itself, because these are partially symbolical of light, and assist
a tardy imagination, as two or three rays scratched round the sun with a pen
would, though they would be rays of darkness instead of light.[30] But of the
most beautiful phenomenon of all, the appearance of the delicate ray far in
the sky, threading its way among the thin, transparent clouds, while all
around the sun is unshadowed fire, there is no record nor example
whatsoever in their works. It was too delicate and spiritual for them;
probably their blunt and feelingless eyes never perceived it in nature, and
their untaught imaginations were not likely to originate it in the study.
Little is to be said of the skies of our other landscape artists. In paintings,
they are commonly toneless, crude, and wanting in depth and transparency;
but in drawings, some very perfect and delicate examples have been
produced by various members of the old water color Society, and one or
Page 307
two others; but with respect to the qualities of which we
§ 19. Truth of the
skies of modern
are at present speaking, it is not right to compare drawings
with paintings, as the wash or spunging, or other artifices
drawings.
peculiar to water color, are capable of producing an
appearance of quality which it needs much higher art to produce in oils.
Taken generally, the open skies of the moderns are inferior in quality to
picked and untouched skies of the greatest of the ancients, but far superior
to the average class of pictures which we have every day
§ 20.
Recapitulation.
fathered upon their reputation. Nine or ten skies of Claude
might be named which are not to be contended with, in
The best skies of
the ancients are, in
their way, and as many of Cuyp. Teniers has given some
very wonderful passages, and the clearness of the early
quality, inimitable,
Italian and Dutch schools is beyond all imitation. But the
but in rendering of
various truth,
common blue daubing which we hear every day in our best
galleries attributed to Claude and Cuyp, and the genuine
childish.
skies of Salvator, and of both the Poussins, are not to be
compared for an instant with the best works of modern times, even in
quality and transparency; while in all matters requiring delicate observation
or accurate science,—in all which was not attainable by technicalities of art,
and which depended upon the artist's knowledge and understanding of
nature, all the works of the ancients are alike the productions of mere
children, sometimes manifesting great sensibility, but proving at the same
time, feebly developed intelligence and ill-regulated observation.
[30] I have left this passage as it stood originally, because it is right as far as it goes; yet
it speaks with too little respect of symbolism, which is often of the highest use in religious
art, and in some measure is allowable in all art. In the works of almost all the greatest
masters there are portions which are explanatory rather than representative, and typical
rather than imitative; nor could these be parted with but at infinite loss. Note, with respect
to the present question, the daring black sunbeams of Titian, in his woodcut of St. Francis
receiving the stigmata, and compare here Part III. Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 18; Chap. V. § 13.
And though I believe that I am right in considering all such symbolism as out of place in
pure landscape, and in attributing that of Claude to ignorance or inability, and not to
feeling, yet I praise Turner not so much for his absolute refusal to represent the spiky ray
§ 19. Truth of the
skies of modern
are at present speaking, it is not right to compare drawings
with paintings, as the wash or spunging, or other artifices
drawings.
peculiar to water color, are capable of producing an
appearance of quality which it needs much higher art to produce in oils.
Taken generally, the open skies of the moderns are inferior in quality to
picked and untouched skies of the greatest of the ancients, but far superior
to the average class of pictures which we have every day
§ 20.
Recapitulation.
fathered upon their reputation. Nine or ten skies of Claude
might be named which are not to be contended with, in
The best skies of
the ancients are, in
their way, and as many of Cuyp. Teniers has given some
very wonderful passages, and the clearness of the early
quality, inimitable,
Italian and Dutch schools is beyond all imitation. But the
but in rendering of
various truth,
common blue daubing which we hear every day in our best
galleries attributed to Claude and Cuyp, and the genuine
childish.
skies of Salvator, and of both the Poussins, are not to be
compared for an instant with the best works of modern times, even in
quality and transparency; while in all matters requiring delicate observation
or accurate science,—in all which was not attainable by technicalities of art,
and which depended upon the artist's knowledge and understanding of
nature, all the works of the ancients are alike the productions of mere
children, sometimes manifesting great sensibility, but proving at the same
time, feebly developed intelligence and ill-regulated observation.
[30] I have left this passage as it stood originally, because it is right as far as it goes; yet
it speaks with too little respect of symbolism, which is often of the highest use in religious
art, and in some measure is allowable in all art. In the works of almost all the greatest
masters there are portions which are explanatory rather than representative, and typical
rather than imitative; nor could these be parted with but at infinite loss. Note, with respect
to the present question, the daring black sunbeams of Titian, in his woodcut of St. Francis
receiving the stigmata, and compare here Part III. Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 18; Chap. V. § 13.
And though I believe that I am right in considering all such symbolism as out of place in
pure landscape, and in attributing that of Claude to ignorance or inability, and not to
feeling, yet I praise Turner not so much for his absolute refusal to represent the spiky ray
Page 308
about the sun, as for his perceiving and rendering that which Claude never perceived, the
multitudinous presence of radiating light in the upper sky and on all its countless ranks of
subtile cloud.
CHAPTER II.
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS:—FIRST, OF THE REGION OF THE CIRRUS.
Our next subject of investigation must be the specific character of clouds,
a species of truth which is especially neglected by artists; first, because as it
§ 1. Difficulty of
is within the limits of possibility that a cloud may assume
almost any form, it is difficult to point out and not always
ascertaining
wherein the truth
easy to feel, where in error consists; and secondly, because
it is totally impossible to study the forms of clouds from
of clouds consists.
nature with care and accuracy, as a change in the subject
takes place between every touch of the following pencil, and parts of an
outline sketched at different instants cannot harmonize, nature never having
intended them to come together. Still if artists were more in the habit of
sketching clouds rapidly, and as accurately as possible in the outline, from
nature, instead of daubing down what they call "effects" with the brush,
they would soon find there is more beauty about their forms than can be
arrived at by any random felicity of invention, however brilliant, and more
essential character than can be violated without incurring the charge of
falsehood,—falsehood as direct and definite, though not as traceable as
error in the less varied features of organic form.
The first and most important character of clouds, is dependent on the
different altitudes at which they are formed. The atmosphere may be
conveniently considered as divided into three spaces, each
§ 2. Variation of
their character at
inhabited by clouds of specific character altogether
different, though, in reality there is no distinct limit fixed
different
between them by nature, clouds being formed at every
elevations. The
altitude, and partaking according to their altitude, more or
three regions to
less of the characters of the upper or lower regions. The
multitudinous presence of radiating light in the upper sky and on all its countless ranks of
subtile cloud.
CHAPTER II.
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS:—FIRST, OF THE REGION OF THE CIRRUS.
Our next subject of investigation must be the specific character of clouds,
a species of truth which is especially neglected by artists; first, because as it
§ 1. Difficulty of
is within the limits of possibility that a cloud may assume
almost any form, it is difficult to point out and not always
ascertaining
wherein the truth
easy to feel, where in error consists; and secondly, because
it is totally impossible to study the forms of clouds from
of clouds consists.
nature with care and accuracy, as a change in the subject
takes place between every touch of the following pencil, and parts of an
outline sketched at different instants cannot harmonize, nature never having
intended them to come together. Still if artists were more in the habit of
sketching clouds rapidly, and as accurately as possible in the outline, from
nature, instead of daubing down what they call "effects" with the brush,
they would soon find there is more beauty about their forms than can be
arrived at by any random felicity of invention, however brilliant, and more
essential character than can be violated without incurring the charge of
falsehood,—falsehood as direct and definite, though not as traceable as
error in the less varied features of organic form.
The first and most important character of clouds, is dependent on the
different altitudes at which they are formed. The atmosphere may be
conveniently considered as divided into three spaces, each
§ 2. Variation of
their character at
inhabited by clouds of specific character altogether
different, though, in reality there is no distinct limit fixed
different
between them by nature, clouds being formed at every
elevations. The
altitude, and partaking according to their altitude, more or
three regions to
less of the characters of the upper or lower regions. The
Page 309
which they may scenery of the sky is thus formed of an infinitely graduated
conveniently be series of systematic forms of cloud, each of which has its
considered as own region in which alone it is formed, and each of which
belonging. has specific characters which can only be properly
determined by comparing them as they are found clearly
distinguished by intervals of considerable space. I shall therefore consider
the sky as divided into three regions—the upper region, or region of the
cirrus; the central region, or region of the stratus; the lower region, or the
region of the rain-cloud.
The clouds which I wish to consider as included in the upper region,
never touch even the highest mountains of Europe, and
§ 3. Extent of the
may therefore be looked upon as never formed below an of
upper region.
at least 15,000 feet; they are the motionless multitudinous
lines of delicate vapor with which the blue of the open sky is commonly
streaked or speckled after several days of fine weather. I must be pardoned
for giving a detailed description of their specific characters as they are of
constant occurrence in the works of modern artists, and I shall have
occasion to speak frequently of them in future parts of the
§ 4. The
work. Their chief characters are—first, Symmetry: They
symmetrical
are nearly always arranged in some definite and evident
arrangement of its
clouds.
order, commonly in long ranks reaching sometimes from
the zenith to the horizon, each rank composed of an
infinite number of transverse bars of about the same length, each bar
thickest in the middle, and terminating in a traceless vaporous point at each
side; the ranks are in the direction of the wind, and the bars of course at
right angles to it; these latter are commonly slightly bent in the middle.
Frequently two systems of this kind, indicative of two currents of wind, at
different altitudes intersect one another, forming a network. Another
frequent arrangement is in groups of excessively fine, silky, parallel fibres,
commonly radiating, or having a tendency to radiate, from one of their
extremities, and terminating in a plumy sweep at the other:—these are
vulgarly known as "mares' tails." The plumy and expanded extremity of
these is often bent upwards, sometimes back and up again, giving an
appearance of great flexibility and unity at the same time, as if the clouds
were tough, and would hold together however bent. The narrow extremity is
conveniently be series of systematic forms of cloud, each of which has its
considered as own region in which alone it is formed, and each of which
belonging. has specific characters which can only be properly
determined by comparing them as they are found clearly
distinguished by intervals of considerable space. I shall therefore consider
the sky as divided into three regions—the upper region, or region of the
cirrus; the central region, or region of the stratus; the lower region, or the
region of the rain-cloud.
The clouds which I wish to consider as included in the upper region,
never touch even the highest mountains of Europe, and
§ 3. Extent of the
may therefore be looked upon as never formed below an of
upper region.
at least 15,000 feet; they are the motionless multitudinous
lines of delicate vapor with which the blue of the open sky is commonly
streaked or speckled after several days of fine weather. I must be pardoned
for giving a detailed description of their specific characters as they are of
constant occurrence in the works of modern artists, and I shall have
occasion to speak frequently of them in future parts of the
§ 4. The
work. Their chief characters are—first, Symmetry: They
symmetrical
are nearly always arranged in some definite and evident
arrangement of its
clouds.
order, commonly in long ranks reaching sometimes from
the zenith to the horizon, each rank composed of an
infinite number of transverse bars of about the same length, each bar
thickest in the middle, and terminating in a traceless vaporous point at each
side; the ranks are in the direction of the wind, and the bars of course at
right angles to it; these latter are commonly slightly bent in the middle.
Frequently two systems of this kind, indicative of two currents of wind, at
different altitudes intersect one another, forming a network. Another
frequent arrangement is in groups of excessively fine, silky, parallel fibres,
commonly radiating, or having a tendency to radiate, from one of their
extremities, and terminating in a plumy sweep at the other:—these are
vulgarly known as "mares' tails." The plumy and expanded extremity of
these is often bent upwards, sometimes back and up again, giving an
appearance of great flexibility and unity at the same time, as if the clouds
were tough, and would hold together however bent. The narrow extremity is
Page 310
invariably turned to the wind, and the fibres are parallel with its direction.
The upper clouds always fall into some modification of one or other of
these arrangements. They thus differ from all other clouds, in having a plan
and system; whereas other clouds, though there are certain laws which they
cannot break, have yet perfect freedom from anything like a relative and
general system of government. The upper clouds are to the lower, what
soldiers on parade are to a mixed multitude; no men walk on their heads or
their hands, and so there are certain laws which no clouds violate; but there
is nothing except in the upper clouds resembling symmetrical discipline.
Secondly, Sharpness of Edge: The edges of the bars of the upper clouds
which are turned to the wind, are often the sharpest which the sky shows;
no outline whatever of any other kind of cloud, however
§ 5. Their
exceeding delicacy.
marked and energetic, ever approaches the delicate
decision of these edges. The outline of a black thunder-
cloud is striking, from the great energy of the color or shade of the general
mass; but as a line, it is soft and indistinct, compared with the edge of the
cirrus, in a clear sky with a brisk breeze. On the other hand, the edge of the
bar turned away from the wind is always soft, often imperceptible, melting
into the blue interstice between it and its next neighbor. Commonly the
sharper one edge is, the softer is the other, and the clouds look flat, and as if
they slipped over each other like the scales of a fish. When both edges are
soft, as is always the case when the sky is clear and windless, the cloud
looks solid, round, and fleecy.
Thirdly, Multitude: The delicacy of these vapors is sometimes carried
into such an infinity of division, that no other sensation of number that the
earth or heaven can give is so impressive. Number is
§ 6. Their number.
always most felt when it is symmetrical, (vide Burke on
"Sublime," Part ii. sect. 8,) and, therefore, no sea-waves nor fresh leaves
make their number so evident or so impressive as these vapors. Nor is
nature content with an infinity of bars or lines alone—each bar is in its turn
severed into a number of small undulatory masses, more or less connected
according to the violence of the wind. When this division is merely effected
by undulation, the cloud exactly resembles sea-sand ribbed by the tide; but
when the division amounts to real separation we have the mottled or
The upper clouds always fall into some modification of one or other of
these arrangements. They thus differ from all other clouds, in having a plan
and system; whereas other clouds, though there are certain laws which they
cannot break, have yet perfect freedom from anything like a relative and
general system of government. The upper clouds are to the lower, what
soldiers on parade are to a mixed multitude; no men walk on their heads or
their hands, and so there are certain laws which no clouds violate; but there
is nothing except in the upper clouds resembling symmetrical discipline.
Secondly, Sharpness of Edge: The edges of the bars of the upper clouds
which are turned to the wind, are often the sharpest which the sky shows;
no outline whatever of any other kind of cloud, however
§ 5. Their
exceeding delicacy.
marked and energetic, ever approaches the delicate
decision of these edges. The outline of a black thunder-
cloud is striking, from the great energy of the color or shade of the general
mass; but as a line, it is soft and indistinct, compared with the edge of the
cirrus, in a clear sky with a brisk breeze. On the other hand, the edge of the
bar turned away from the wind is always soft, often imperceptible, melting
into the blue interstice between it and its next neighbor. Commonly the
sharper one edge is, the softer is the other, and the clouds look flat, and as if
they slipped over each other like the scales of a fish. When both edges are
soft, as is always the case when the sky is clear and windless, the cloud
looks solid, round, and fleecy.
Thirdly, Multitude: The delicacy of these vapors is sometimes carried
into such an infinity of division, that no other sensation of number that the
earth or heaven can give is so impressive. Number is
§ 6. Their number.
always most felt when it is symmetrical, (vide Burke on
"Sublime," Part ii. sect. 8,) and, therefore, no sea-waves nor fresh leaves
make their number so evident or so impressive as these vapors. Nor is
nature content with an infinity of bars or lines alone—each bar is in its turn
severed into a number of small undulatory masses, more or less connected
according to the violence of the wind. When this division is merely effected
by undulation, the cloud exactly resembles sea-sand ribbed by the tide; but
when the division amounts to real separation we have the mottled or
Page 311
mackerel skies. Commonly, the greater the division of its bars, the broader
and more shapeless is the rank or field, so that in the mottled sky it is lost
altogether, and we have large irregular fields of equal size, masses like
flocks of sheep; such clouds are three or four thousand feet below the
legitimate cirrus. I have seen them cast a shadow on the Mont Blanc at
sunset, so that they must descend nearly to within fifteen thousand feet of
the earth.
Fourthly, Purity of Color: The nearest of these clouds—those over the
observer's head, being at least three miles above him, and
§ 7. Causes of their
nearly all entering the ordinary sphere of vision, farther
peculiarly delicate
from him still,—their dark sides are much grayer and
coloring.
cooler than those of other clouds, owing to their distance.
They are composed of the purest aqueous vapor, free from all foulness of
earthy gases, and of this in the lightest and most ethereal state in which it
can be, to be visible. Farther, they receive the light of the sun in a state of
far greater intensity than lower objects, the beams being transmitted to them
through atmospheric air far less dense, and wholly unaffected by mist,
smoke, or any other impurity. Hence their colors are more pure and vivid,
and their white less sullied than those of any other clouds.
Lastly, Variety: Variety is never so conspicuous, as when it is united with
§ 8. Their variety
symmetry. The perpetual change of form in other clouds, is
monotonous in its very dissimilarity, nor is difference
of form.
striking where no connection is implied; but if through a
range of barred clouds, crossing half the heaven, all governed by the same
forces and falling into one general form, there be yet a marked and evident
dissimilarity between each member of the great mass—one more finely
drawn, the next more delicately moulded, the next more gracefully bent—
each broken into differently modelled and variously numbered groups, the
variety is doubly striking, because contrasted with the perfect symmetry of
which it forms a part. Hence, the importance of the truth, that nature never
lets one of the members of even her most disciplined groups of cloud be
like another; but though each is adapted for the same function, and in its
great features resembles all the others, not one, out of the millions with
which the sky is checkered, is without a separate beauty and character,
and more shapeless is the rank or field, so that in the mottled sky it is lost
altogether, and we have large irregular fields of equal size, masses like
flocks of sheep; such clouds are three or four thousand feet below the
legitimate cirrus. I have seen them cast a shadow on the Mont Blanc at
sunset, so that they must descend nearly to within fifteen thousand feet of
the earth.
Fourthly, Purity of Color: The nearest of these clouds—those over the
observer's head, being at least three miles above him, and
§ 7. Causes of their
nearly all entering the ordinary sphere of vision, farther
peculiarly delicate
from him still,—their dark sides are much grayer and
coloring.
cooler than those of other clouds, owing to their distance.
They are composed of the purest aqueous vapor, free from all foulness of
earthy gases, and of this in the lightest and most ethereal state in which it
can be, to be visible. Farther, they receive the light of the sun in a state of
far greater intensity than lower objects, the beams being transmitted to them
through atmospheric air far less dense, and wholly unaffected by mist,
smoke, or any other impurity. Hence their colors are more pure and vivid,
and their white less sullied than those of any other clouds.
Lastly, Variety: Variety is never so conspicuous, as when it is united with
§ 8. Their variety
symmetry. The perpetual change of form in other clouds, is
monotonous in its very dissimilarity, nor is difference
of form.
striking where no connection is implied; but if through a
range of barred clouds, crossing half the heaven, all governed by the same
forces and falling into one general form, there be yet a marked and evident
dissimilarity between each member of the great mass—one more finely
drawn, the next more delicately moulded, the next more gracefully bent—
each broken into differently modelled and variously numbered groups, the
variety is doubly striking, because contrasted with the perfect symmetry of
which it forms a part. Hence, the importance of the truth, that nature never
lets one of the members of even her most disciplined groups of cloud be
like another; but though each is adapted for the same function, and in its
great features resembles all the others, not one, out of the millions with
which the sky is checkered, is without a separate beauty and character,
Page 312
appearing to have had distinct thought occupied in its conception, and
distinct forces in its production; and in addition to this perpetual invention,
visible in each member of each system, we find systems of separate cloud
intersecting one another, the sweeping lines mingled and interwoven with
the rigid bars, these in their turn melting into banks of sand-like ripple and
flakes of drifted and irregular foam; under all, perhaps the massy outline of
some lower cloud moves heavily across the motionless buoyancy of the
upper lines, and indicates at once their elevation and their repose.
Such are the great attributes of the upper cloud region; whether they are
beautiful, valuable, or impressive, it is not our present business to decide,
§ 9. Total absence
nor to endeavor to discover the reason of the somewhat
remarkable fact, that the whole field of ancient landscape
of even the
slightest effort at
art affords, as far as we remember, but one instance of any
effort whatever to represent the character of this cloud
their
region. That one instance is the landscape of Rubens in our
representation, in
own gallery, in which the mottled or fleecy sky is given
ancient landscape.
with perfect truth and exquisite beauty. To this should
perhaps be added, some of the backgrounds of the historical painters, where
horizontal lines were required, and a few level bars of white or warm color
cross the serenity of the blue. These, as far as they go, are often very
perfect, and the elevation and repose of their effect might, we should have
thought, have pointed out to the landscape painters that there was
something (I do not say much, but certainly something) to be made out of
the high clouds. Not one of them, however, took the hint. To whom, among
them all, can we look for the slightest realization of the fine and faithful
descriptive passage of the "Excursion," already alluded to:—
"But rays of light,
Now suddenly diverging from the orb,
Retired behind the mountain tops, or veiled
By the dense air, shot upwards to the crown
Of the blue firmament—aloft—and wide:
And multitudes of little floating clouds,
Ere we, who saw, of change were conscious, pierced
Through their ethereal texture, had become
distinct forces in its production; and in addition to this perpetual invention,
visible in each member of each system, we find systems of separate cloud
intersecting one another, the sweeping lines mingled and interwoven with
the rigid bars, these in their turn melting into banks of sand-like ripple and
flakes of drifted and irregular foam; under all, perhaps the massy outline of
some lower cloud moves heavily across the motionless buoyancy of the
upper lines, and indicates at once their elevation and their repose.
Such are the great attributes of the upper cloud region; whether they are
beautiful, valuable, or impressive, it is not our present business to decide,
§ 9. Total absence
nor to endeavor to discover the reason of the somewhat
remarkable fact, that the whole field of ancient landscape
of even the
slightest effort at
art affords, as far as we remember, but one instance of any
effort whatever to represent the character of this cloud
their
region. That one instance is the landscape of Rubens in our
representation, in
own gallery, in which the mottled or fleecy sky is given
ancient landscape.
with perfect truth and exquisite beauty. To this should
perhaps be added, some of the backgrounds of the historical painters, where
horizontal lines were required, and a few level bars of white or warm color
cross the serenity of the blue. These, as far as they go, are often very
perfect, and the elevation and repose of their effect might, we should have
thought, have pointed out to the landscape painters that there was
something (I do not say much, but certainly something) to be made out of
the high clouds. Not one of them, however, took the hint. To whom, among
them all, can we look for the slightest realization of the fine and faithful
descriptive passage of the "Excursion," already alluded to:—
"But rays of light,
Now suddenly diverging from the orb,
Retired behind the mountain tops, or veiled
By the dense air, shot upwards to the crown
Of the blue firmament—aloft—and wide:
And multitudes of little floating clouds,
Ere we, who saw, of change were conscious, pierced
Through their ethereal texture, had become
Page 313
Vivid as fire,—Clouds separately poised,
Innumerable multitude of forms
Scattered through half the circle of the sky;
And giving back, and shedding each on each,
With prodigal communion, the bright hues
Which from the unapparent fount of glory
They had imbibed, and ceased not to receive.
That which the heavens displayed the liquid deep
Repeated, but with unity sublime."
There is but one master whose works we can think of while we read this;
one alone has taken notice of the neglected upper sky; it is
§ 10. The intense
and constant study
his peculiar and favorite field; he has watched its every
modification, and given its every phase and feature; at all
of them by Turner.
hours, in all seasons, he has followed its passions and its
changes, and has brought down and laid open to the world another
apocalypse of heaven.
There is scarcely a painting of Turner's, in which serenity of sky and
intensity of light are aimed at together, in which these clouds are not used,
though there are not two cases in which they are used altogether alike.
Sometimes they are crowded together in masses of mingling light, as in the
Shylock; every part and atom sympathizing in that continuous expression of
slow movement which Shelley has so beautifully touched:—
"Underneath the young gray dawn
A multitude of dense, white fleecy clouds,
Were wandering in thick flocks along the mountains,
Shepherded by the slow, unwilling wind."
At other times they are blended with the sky itself, felt only here and
there by a ray of light calling them into existence out of its misty shade, as
in the Mercury and Argus; sometimes, where great repose is to be given,
they appear in a few detached, equal, rounded flakes, which seem to hang
motionless, each like the shadow of the other, in the deep blue of the zenith,
as in the Acro-Corinth; sometimes they are scattered in fiery flying
fragments, each burning with separate energy, as in the Temeraire;
Innumerable multitude of forms
Scattered through half the circle of the sky;
And giving back, and shedding each on each,
With prodigal communion, the bright hues
Which from the unapparent fount of glory
They had imbibed, and ceased not to receive.
That which the heavens displayed the liquid deep
Repeated, but with unity sublime."
There is but one master whose works we can think of while we read this;
one alone has taken notice of the neglected upper sky; it is
§ 10. The intense
and constant study
his peculiar and favorite field; he has watched its every
modification, and given its every phase and feature; at all
of them by Turner.
hours, in all seasons, he has followed its passions and its
changes, and has brought down and laid open to the world another
apocalypse of heaven.
There is scarcely a painting of Turner's, in which serenity of sky and
intensity of light are aimed at together, in which these clouds are not used,
though there are not two cases in which they are used altogether alike.
Sometimes they are crowded together in masses of mingling light, as in the
Shylock; every part and atom sympathizing in that continuous expression of
slow movement which Shelley has so beautifully touched:—
"Underneath the young gray dawn
A multitude of dense, white fleecy clouds,
Were wandering in thick flocks along the mountains,
Shepherded by the slow, unwilling wind."
At other times they are blended with the sky itself, felt only here and
there by a ray of light calling them into existence out of its misty shade, as
in the Mercury and Argus; sometimes, where great repose is to be given,
they appear in a few detached, equal, rounded flakes, which seem to hang
motionless, each like the shadow of the other, in the deep blue of the zenith,
as in the Acro-Corinth; sometimes they are scattered in fiery flying
fragments, each burning with separate energy, as in the Temeraire;
Page 314
sometimes woven together with fine threads of intermediate darkness,
melting into the blue as in the Napoleon. But in all cases the exquisite
manipulation of the master gives to each atom of the multitude its own
character and expression. Though they be countless as leaves, each has its
portion of light, its shadow, its reflex, its peculiar and separating form.
Take for instance the illustrated edition of Rogers's Poems,[31] and open it
at the 80th page, and observe how every attribute which I have pointed out
in the upper sky, is there rendered with the faithfulness of
§ 11. His vignette,
Sunrise on the Sea.
a mirror; the long lines of parallel bars, the delicate
curvature from the wind, which the inclination of the sail
shows you to be from the west; the excessive sharpness of every edge
which is turned to the wind, the faintness of every opposite one, the
breaking up of each bar into rounded masses, and finally, the inconceivable
variety with which individual form has been given to every member of the
multitude, and not only individual form, but roundness and substance even
where there is scarcely a hairbreadth of cloud to express it in. Observe,
above everything, the varying indication of space and depth in the whole, so
that you may look through and through from one cloud to another, feeling
not merely how they retire to the horizon, but how they melt back into the
recesses of the sky; every interval being filled with absolute air, and all its
spaces so melting and fluctuating, and fraught with change as with repose,
that as you look, you will fancy that the rays shoot higher and higher into
the vault of light, and that the pale streak of horizontal vapor is melting
away from the cloud that it crosses. Now watch for the next barred sunrise,
and take this vignette to the window, and test it by nature's own clouds,
among which you will find forms and passages, I do not say merely like,
but apparently the actual originals of parts of this very drawing. And with
whom will you do this, except with Turner? Will you do it with Claude, and
set that blank square yard of blue, with its round, white, flat fixtures of
similar cloud, beside the purple infinity of nature, with her countless
multitude of shadowy lines, and flaky waves, and folded veils of variable
mist? Will you do it with Poussin, and set those massy steps of unyielding
solidity, with the chariot-and-four driving up them, by the side of the
delicate forms which terminate in threads too fine for the eye to follow
them, and of texture so thin woven that the earliest stars shine through
melting into the blue as in the Napoleon. But in all cases the exquisite
manipulation of the master gives to each atom of the multitude its own
character and expression. Though they be countless as leaves, each has its
portion of light, its shadow, its reflex, its peculiar and separating form.
Take for instance the illustrated edition of Rogers's Poems,[31] and open it
at the 80th page, and observe how every attribute which I have pointed out
in the upper sky, is there rendered with the faithfulness of
§ 11. His vignette,
Sunrise on the Sea.
a mirror; the long lines of parallel bars, the delicate
curvature from the wind, which the inclination of the sail
shows you to be from the west; the excessive sharpness of every edge
which is turned to the wind, the faintness of every opposite one, the
breaking up of each bar into rounded masses, and finally, the inconceivable
variety with which individual form has been given to every member of the
multitude, and not only individual form, but roundness and substance even
where there is scarcely a hairbreadth of cloud to express it in. Observe,
above everything, the varying indication of space and depth in the whole, so
that you may look through and through from one cloud to another, feeling
not merely how they retire to the horizon, but how they melt back into the
recesses of the sky; every interval being filled with absolute air, and all its
spaces so melting and fluctuating, and fraught with change as with repose,
that as you look, you will fancy that the rays shoot higher and higher into
the vault of light, and that the pale streak of horizontal vapor is melting
away from the cloud that it crosses. Now watch for the next barred sunrise,
and take this vignette to the window, and test it by nature's own clouds,
among which you will find forms and passages, I do not say merely like,
but apparently the actual originals of parts of this very drawing. And with
whom will you do this, except with Turner? Will you do it with Claude, and
set that blank square yard of blue, with its round, white, flat fixtures of
similar cloud, beside the purple infinity of nature, with her countless
multitude of shadowy lines, and flaky waves, and folded veils of variable
mist? Will you do it with Poussin, and set those massy steps of unyielding
solidity, with the chariot-and-four driving up them, by the side of the
delicate forms which terminate in threads too fine for the eye to follow
them, and of texture so thin woven that the earliest stars shine through
Page 315
them? Will you do it with Salvator, and set that volume of violent and
restless manufactory smoke beside those calm and quiet bars, which pause
in the heaven as if they would never leave it more?
Now we have just seen how Turner uses the sharp-edged cirri when he
aims at giving great transparency of air. But it was shown in the preceding
chapter that sunbeams, or the appearance of them, are
§ 12. His use of the
always sharper in their edge in proportion as the air is
cirrus in
expressing mist.
more misty, as they are most defined in a room where
there is most dust flying about in it. Consequently, in the
vignette we have been just noticing, where transparency is to be given,
though there is a blaze of light, its beams are never edged; a tendency to
rays is visible, but you cannot in any part find a single marked edge of a
rising sunbeam, the sky is merely more flushed in one place than another.
Now let us see what Turner does when he wants mist. Turn to the Alps at
Daybreak, page 193, in the same book. Here we have the cirri used again,
but now they have no sharp edges, they are all fleecy and mingling with
each other, though every one of them has the most exquisite indication of
individual form, and they melt back, not till they are lost in exceeding light,
as in the other plate, but into a mysterious, fluctuating, shadowy sky, of
which, though the light penetrates through it all, you perceive every part to
be charged with vapor. Notice particularly the half-indicated forms even
where it is most serene, behind the snowy mountains. And now, how are the
sunbeams drawn? no longer indecisive, flushing, palpitating, every one is
sharp and clear, and terminated by definite shadow; note especially the
marked lines on the upper cloud; finally, observe the difference in the mode
of indicating the figures, which are here misty and indistinguishable, telling
only as shadows, though they are near and large, while those in the former
vignette came clear upon the eye, though they were so far off as to appear
mere points.
Now is this perpetual consistency in all points, this concentration of
every fact which can possibly bear upon what we are to be told, this
watchfulness of the entire meaning and system of nature,
§ 13. His
consistency in
which fills every part and space of the picture with
coincidences of witness, which come out upon us, as they
restless manufactory smoke beside those calm and quiet bars, which pause
in the heaven as if they would never leave it more?
Now we have just seen how Turner uses the sharp-edged cirri when he
aims at giving great transparency of air. But it was shown in the preceding
chapter that sunbeams, or the appearance of them, are
§ 12. His use of the
always sharper in their edge in proportion as the air is
cirrus in
expressing mist.
more misty, as they are most defined in a room where
there is most dust flying about in it. Consequently, in the
vignette we have been just noticing, where transparency is to be given,
though there is a blaze of light, its beams are never edged; a tendency to
rays is visible, but you cannot in any part find a single marked edge of a
rising sunbeam, the sky is merely more flushed in one place than another.
Now let us see what Turner does when he wants mist. Turn to the Alps at
Daybreak, page 193, in the same book. Here we have the cirri used again,
but now they have no sharp edges, they are all fleecy and mingling with
each other, though every one of them has the most exquisite indication of
individual form, and they melt back, not till they are lost in exceeding light,
as in the other plate, but into a mysterious, fluctuating, shadowy sky, of
which, though the light penetrates through it all, you perceive every part to
be charged with vapor. Notice particularly the half-indicated forms even
where it is most serene, behind the snowy mountains. And now, how are the
sunbeams drawn? no longer indecisive, flushing, palpitating, every one is
sharp and clear, and terminated by definite shadow; note especially the
marked lines on the upper cloud; finally, observe the difference in the mode
of indicating the figures, which are here misty and indistinguishable, telling
only as shadows, though they are near and large, while those in the former
vignette came clear upon the eye, though they were so far off as to appear
mere points.
Now is this perpetual consistency in all points, this concentration of
every fact which can possibly bear upon what we are to be told, this
watchfulness of the entire meaning and system of nature,
§ 13. His
consistency in
which fills every part and space of the picture with
coincidences of witness, which come out upon us, as they
Page 316
every minor would from the reality, more fully and deeply in
feature. proportion to the knowledge we possess and the attention
we give, admirable or not? I could go on writing page after
page on every sky of Turner's, and pointing out fresh truths in every one. In
the Havre, for instance, of the Rivers of France we have a new fact pointed
out to us with respect to these cirri, namely, their being so faint and
transparent as not to be distinguishable from the blue of the sky, (a frequent
case,) except in the course of a sunbeam, which, however, does not illumine
their edges, they being not solid enough to reflect light, but penetrates their
whole substance, and renders them flat, luminous forms in its path, instantly
and totally lost at its edge. And thus a separate essay would be required by
every picture, to make fully understood the new phenomena which it treated
and illustrated. But after once showing what are the prevailing
characteristics of these clouds, we can only leave it to the reader to trace
them wherever they occur. There are some fine and characteristic passages
of this kind of cloud given by Stanfield, though he dares not use them in
multitude, and is wanting in those refined qualities of form which it is
totally impossible to explain in words, but which, perhaps, by simple
outlines, on a large scale, selected from the cloud forms of various artists, I
may in following portions of the work illustrate with the pencil.
Of the colors of these clouds I have spoken before, (Sec. I. Chap. II.;) but
though I then alluded to their purity and vividness, I scarcely took proper
notice of their variety; there is indeed in nature variety in
§ 14. The color of
the upper clouds.
all things, and it would be absurd to insist on it in each
case, yet the colors of these clouds are so marvellous in
their changefulness, that they require particular notice. If you watch for the
next sunset, when there are a considerable number of these cirri in the sky,
you will see, especially at the zenith, that the sky does not remain of the
same color for two inches together; one cloud has a dark side of cold blue,
and a fringe of milky white; another, above it, has a dark side of purple and
an edge of red; another, nearer the sun, has an under-side of orange and an
edge of gold; these you will find mingled with, and passing into the blue of
the sky, which in places you will not be able to distinguish from the cool
gray of the darker clouds, and which will be itself full of gradation, now
pure and deep, now faint and feeble; and all this is done, not in large pieces,
feature. proportion to the knowledge we possess and the attention
we give, admirable or not? I could go on writing page after
page on every sky of Turner's, and pointing out fresh truths in every one. In
the Havre, for instance, of the Rivers of France we have a new fact pointed
out to us with respect to these cirri, namely, their being so faint and
transparent as not to be distinguishable from the blue of the sky, (a frequent
case,) except in the course of a sunbeam, which, however, does not illumine
their edges, they being not solid enough to reflect light, but penetrates their
whole substance, and renders them flat, luminous forms in its path, instantly
and totally lost at its edge. And thus a separate essay would be required by
every picture, to make fully understood the new phenomena which it treated
and illustrated. But after once showing what are the prevailing
characteristics of these clouds, we can only leave it to the reader to trace
them wherever they occur. There are some fine and characteristic passages
of this kind of cloud given by Stanfield, though he dares not use them in
multitude, and is wanting in those refined qualities of form which it is
totally impossible to explain in words, but which, perhaps, by simple
outlines, on a large scale, selected from the cloud forms of various artists, I
may in following portions of the work illustrate with the pencil.
Of the colors of these clouds I have spoken before, (Sec. I. Chap. II.;) but
though I then alluded to their purity and vividness, I scarcely took proper
notice of their variety; there is indeed in nature variety in
§ 14. The color of
the upper clouds.
all things, and it would be absurd to insist on it in each
case, yet the colors of these clouds are so marvellous in
their changefulness, that they require particular notice. If you watch for the
next sunset, when there are a considerable number of these cirri in the sky,
you will see, especially at the zenith, that the sky does not remain of the
same color for two inches together; one cloud has a dark side of cold blue,
and a fringe of milky white; another, above it, has a dark side of purple and
an edge of red; another, nearer the sun, has an under-side of orange and an
edge of gold; these you will find mingled with, and passing into the blue of
the sky, which in places you will not be able to distinguish from the cool
gray of the darker clouds, and which will be itself full of gradation, now
pure and deep, now faint and feeble; and all this is done, not in large pieces,
Page 317
nor on a large scale, but over and over again in every square yard, so that
there is no single part nor portion of the whole sky which has not in itself
variety of color enough for a separate picture, and yet no single part which
is like another, or which has not some peculiar source of beauty, and some
peculiar arrangement of color of its own. Now, instead of this, you get in
the old masters—Cuyp, or Claude, or whoever they may be—a field of
blue, delicately, beautifully, and uniformly shaded down to the yellow sun,
with a certain number of similar clouds, each with a dark side of the same
gray, and an edge of the same yellow. I do not say that nature never does
anything like this, but I say that her principle is to do a great deal more, and
that what she does more than this,—what I have above described, and what
you may see in nine sunsets out of ten,—has been observed, attempted, and
rendered by Turner only, and by him with a fidelity and force which
presents us with more essential truth, and more clear expression and
illustration of natural laws, in every wreath of vapor, than composed the
whole stock of heavenly information, which lasted Cuyp and Claude their
lives.
We close then our present consideration of the upper clouds, to return to
them when we know what is beautiful; we have at present only to remember
that of these clouds, and the truths connected with them,
§ 15.
Recapitulation.
none before Turner had taken any notice whatsoever; that
had they therefore been even feebly and imperfectly
represented by him, they would yet have given him a claim to be considered
more extended and universal in his statement of truths than any of his
predecessors; how much more when we find that deep fidelity in his studied
and perfect skies which opens new sources of delight to every advancement
of our knowledge, and to every added moment of our contemplation.
[31] I use this work frequently for illustration, because it is the only one I know in which
the engraver has worked with delicacy enough to give the real forms and touches of Turner.
I can reason from these plates, (in questions of form only,) nearly as well as I could from
the drawings.
there is no single part nor portion of the whole sky which has not in itself
variety of color enough for a separate picture, and yet no single part which
is like another, or which has not some peculiar source of beauty, and some
peculiar arrangement of color of its own. Now, instead of this, you get in
the old masters—Cuyp, or Claude, or whoever they may be—a field of
blue, delicately, beautifully, and uniformly shaded down to the yellow sun,
with a certain number of similar clouds, each with a dark side of the same
gray, and an edge of the same yellow. I do not say that nature never does
anything like this, but I say that her principle is to do a great deal more, and
that what she does more than this,—what I have above described, and what
you may see in nine sunsets out of ten,—has been observed, attempted, and
rendered by Turner only, and by him with a fidelity and force which
presents us with more essential truth, and more clear expression and
illustration of natural laws, in every wreath of vapor, than composed the
whole stock of heavenly information, which lasted Cuyp and Claude their
lives.
We close then our present consideration of the upper clouds, to return to
them when we know what is beautiful; we have at present only to remember
that of these clouds, and the truths connected with them,
§ 15.
Recapitulation.
none before Turner had taken any notice whatsoever; that
had they therefore been even feebly and imperfectly
represented by him, they would yet have given him a claim to be considered
more extended and universal in his statement of truths than any of his
predecessors; how much more when we find that deep fidelity in his studied
and perfect skies which opens new sources of delight to every advancement
of our knowledge, and to every added moment of our contemplation.
[31] I use this work frequently for illustration, because it is the only one I know in which
the engraver has worked with delicacy enough to give the real forms and touches of Turner.
I can reason from these plates, (in questions of form only,) nearly as well as I could from
the drawings.
Page 318
CHAPTER III.
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS:—SECONDLY, OF THE CENTRAL CLOUD
REGION.
We have next to investigate the character of the Central Cloud Region,
which I consider as including all clouds which are the usual characteristic
§ 1. Extent and
of ordinary serene weather, and which touch and envelop
typical character
the mountains of Switzerland, but never affect those of our
own island; they may therefore be considered as
of the central
cloud region.
occupying a space of air ten thousand feet in height,
extending from five to fifteen thousand feet above the sea.
These clouds, according to their elevation, appear with great variety of
form, often partaking of the streaked or mottled character of the higher
region, and as often, when the precursors of storm, manifesting forms
closely connected with the lowest rain clouds; but the species especially
characteristic of the central region is a white, ragged, irregular, and
scattered vapor, which has little form and less color, and of which a good
example may be seen in the largest landscape of Cuyp, in the Dulwich
Gallery. When this vapor collects into masses, it is partially rounded,
clumsy, and ponderous, as if it would tumble out of the sky, shaded with a
dull gray, and totally devoid of any appearance of energy or motion. Even
in nature, these clouds are comparatively uninteresting, scarcely worth
§ 2. Its
raising our heads to look at; and on canvas, valuable only
characteristic
as a means of introducing light, and breaking the
monotony of blue; yet they are, perhaps, beyond all others
clouds, requiring
the favorite clouds of the Dutch masters. Whether they had
no attention nor
thought for their
any motive for the adoption of such materials, beyond the
representation, are
extreme facility with which acres of canvas might thus be
therefore favorite
covered without any troublesome exertion of thought; or
any temptation to such selections beyond the impossibility
subjects with the
old masters.
of error where nature shows no form, and the impossibility
of deficiency where she shows no beauty, it is not here the
place to determine. Such skies are happily beyond the reach of criticism, for
he who tells you nothing cannot tell you a falsehood. A little flake-white,
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS:—SECONDLY, OF THE CENTRAL CLOUD
REGION.
We have next to investigate the character of the Central Cloud Region,
which I consider as including all clouds which are the usual characteristic
§ 1. Extent and
of ordinary serene weather, and which touch and envelop
typical character
the mountains of Switzerland, but never affect those of our
own island; they may therefore be considered as
of the central
cloud region.
occupying a space of air ten thousand feet in height,
extending from five to fifteen thousand feet above the sea.
These clouds, according to their elevation, appear with great variety of
form, often partaking of the streaked or mottled character of the higher
region, and as often, when the precursors of storm, manifesting forms
closely connected with the lowest rain clouds; but the species especially
characteristic of the central region is a white, ragged, irregular, and
scattered vapor, which has little form and less color, and of which a good
example may be seen in the largest landscape of Cuyp, in the Dulwich
Gallery. When this vapor collects into masses, it is partially rounded,
clumsy, and ponderous, as if it would tumble out of the sky, shaded with a
dull gray, and totally devoid of any appearance of energy or motion. Even
in nature, these clouds are comparatively uninteresting, scarcely worth
§ 2. Its
raising our heads to look at; and on canvas, valuable only
characteristic
as a means of introducing light, and breaking the
monotony of blue; yet they are, perhaps, beyond all others
clouds, requiring
the favorite clouds of the Dutch masters. Whether they had
no attention nor
thought for their
any motive for the adoption of such materials, beyond the
representation, are
extreme facility with which acres of canvas might thus be
therefore favorite
covered without any troublesome exertion of thought; or
any temptation to such selections beyond the impossibility
subjects with the
old masters.
of error where nature shows no form, and the impossibility
of deficiency where she shows no beauty, it is not here the
place to determine. Such skies are happily beyond the reach of criticism, for
he who tells you nothing cannot tell you a falsehood. A little flake-white,
Page 319
glazed with a light brush over the carefully toned blue, permitted to fall into
whatever forms chance might determine, with the single precaution that
their edges should be tolerably irregular, supplied, in hundreds of instances,
a sky quite good enough for all ordinary purposes—quite good enough for
cattle to graze, or boors to play at nine-pins under—and equally devoid of
all that could gratify, inform, or offend.
But although this kind of cloud is, as I have said, typical of the central
region, it is not one which nature is fond of. She scarcely
§ 3. The clouds of
ever lets an hour pass without some manifestation of finer
Salvator and
Poussin.
forms, sometimes approaching the upper cirri, sometimes
the lower cumulus. And then in the lower outlines, we
have the nearest approximation which nature ever presents to the clouds of
Claude, Salvator, and Poussin, to the characters of which I must request
especial attention, as it is here only that we shall have a fair opportunity of
comparing their skies with those of the modern school. I shall, as before,
glance rapidly at the great laws of specific form, and so put it in the power
of the reader to judge for himself of the truth of representation.
Clouds, it is to be remembered, are not so much local vapor, as vapor
§ 4. Their essential
rendered locally visible by a fall of temperature. Thus a
cloud, whose parts are in constant motion, will hover on a
characters.
snowy mountain, pursuing constantly the same track upon
its flanks, and yet remaining of the same size, the same form, and in the
same place, for half a day together. No matter how violent or how
capricious the wind may be, the instant it approaches the spot where the
chilly influence of the snow extends, the moisture it carries becomes
visible, and then and there the cloud forms on the instant, apparently
maintaining its form against the wind, though the careful and keen eye can
see all its parts in the most rapid motion across the mountain. The outlines
of such a cloud are of course not determined by the irregular impulses of
the wind, but by the fixed lines of radiant heat which regulate the
temperature of the atmosphere of the mountain. It is terminated, therefore,
not by changing curves, but by steady right lines of more or less decision,
often exactly correspondent with the outline of the mountain on which it is
formed, and falling therefore into grotesque peaks and precipices. I have
whatever forms chance might determine, with the single precaution that
their edges should be tolerably irregular, supplied, in hundreds of instances,
a sky quite good enough for all ordinary purposes—quite good enough for
cattle to graze, or boors to play at nine-pins under—and equally devoid of
all that could gratify, inform, or offend.
But although this kind of cloud is, as I have said, typical of the central
region, it is not one which nature is fond of. She scarcely
§ 3. The clouds of
ever lets an hour pass without some manifestation of finer
Salvator and
Poussin.
forms, sometimes approaching the upper cirri, sometimes
the lower cumulus. And then in the lower outlines, we
have the nearest approximation which nature ever presents to the clouds of
Claude, Salvator, and Poussin, to the characters of which I must request
especial attention, as it is here only that we shall have a fair opportunity of
comparing their skies with those of the modern school. I shall, as before,
glance rapidly at the great laws of specific form, and so put it in the power
of the reader to judge for himself of the truth of representation.
Clouds, it is to be remembered, are not so much local vapor, as vapor
§ 4. Their essential
rendered locally visible by a fall of temperature. Thus a
cloud, whose parts are in constant motion, will hover on a
characters.
snowy mountain, pursuing constantly the same track upon
its flanks, and yet remaining of the same size, the same form, and in the
same place, for half a day together. No matter how violent or how
capricious the wind may be, the instant it approaches the spot where the
chilly influence of the snow extends, the moisture it carries becomes
visible, and then and there the cloud forms on the instant, apparently
maintaining its form against the wind, though the careful and keen eye can
see all its parts in the most rapid motion across the mountain. The outlines
of such a cloud are of course not determined by the irregular impulses of
the wind, but by the fixed lines of radiant heat which regulate the
temperature of the atmosphere of the mountain. It is terminated, therefore,
not by changing curves, but by steady right lines of more or less decision,
often exactly correspondent with the outline of the mountain on which it is
formed, and falling therefore into grotesque peaks and precipices. I have
Page 320
seen the marked and angular outline of the Grandes Jorasses, at Chamounix,
mimicked in its every jag by a line of clouds above it. Another resultant
phenomenon is the formation of cloud in the calm air to leeward of a steep
summit; cloud whose edges are in rapid motion, where they are affected by
the current of the wind above, and stream from the peak like the smoke of a
volcano, yet always vanish at a certain distance from it as steam issuing
from a chimney. When wet weather of some duration is approaching, a
small white spot of cloud will sometimes appear low on the hill flanks; it
will not move, but will increase gradually for some little time, then
diminish, still without moving; disappear altogether, reappear ten minutes
afterwards, exactly in the same spot; increase to a greater extent than
before, again disappear, again return, and at last permanently; other similar
spots of cloud forming simultaneously, with various fluctuations, each in its
own spot, and at the same level on the hill-side, until all expand, join
together, and form an unbroken veil of threatening gray, which darkens
gradually into storm. What in such cases takes place palpably and
remarkably, is more or less a law of formation in all clouds whatsoever;
they being bounded rather by lines expressive of changes of temperature in
the atmosphere, than by the impulses of the currents of wind in which those
changes take place. Even when in rapid and visible motion across the sky,
the variations which take place in their outlines are not so much alterations
of position and arrangement of parts, as they are the alternate formation and
disappearance of parts. There is, therefore, usually a parallelism and
§ 5. Their angular
consistency in their great outlines, which give system to
forms and general
the smaller curves of which they are composed; and if
these great lines be taken, rejecting the minutiæ of
decision of outline.
variation, the resultant form will almost always be angular,
and full of character and decision. In the flock-like fields of equal masses,
each individual mass has the effect, not of an ellipse or circle, but of a
rhomboid; the sky is crossed and checkered, not honeycombed; in the lower
cumuli, even though the most rounded of all clouds, the groups are not like
balloons or bubbles, but like towers or mountains. And the result of this
arrangement in masses more or less angular, varied with, and chiefly
constructed of, curves of the utmost freedom and beauty, is that appearance
of exhaustless and fantastic energy which gives every cloud a marked
character of its own, suggesting resemblances to the specific outlines of
mimicked in its every jag by a line of clouds above it. Another resultant
phenomenon is the formation of cloud in the calm air to leeward of a steep
summit; cloud whose edges are in rapid motion, where they are affected by
the current of the wind above, and stream from the peak like the smoke of a
volcano, yet always vanish at a certain distance from it as steam issuing
from a chimney. When wet weather of some duration is approaching, a
small white spot of cloud will sometimes appear low on the hill flanks; it
will not move, but will increase gradually for some little time, then
diminish, still without moving; disappear altogether, reappear ten minutes
afterwards, exactly in the same spot; increase to a greater extent than
before, again disappear, again return, and at last permanently; other similar
spots of cloud forming simultaneously, with various fluctuations, each in its
own spot, and at the same level on the hill-side, until all expand, join
together, and form an unbroken veil of threatening gray, which darkens
gradually into storm. What in such cases takes place palpably and
remarkably, is more or less a law of formation in all clouds whatsoever;
they being bounded rather by lines expressive of changes of temperature in
the atmosphere, than by the impulses of the currents of wind in which those
changes take place. Even when in rapid and visible motion across the sky,
the variations which take place in their outlines are not so much alterations
of position and arrangement of parts, as they are the alternate formation and
disappearance of parts. There is, therefore, usually a parallelism and
§ 5. Their angular
consistency in their great outlines, which give system to
forms and general
the smaller curves of which they are composed; and if
these great lines be taken, rejecting the minutiæ of
decision of outline.
variation, the resultant form will almost always be angular,
and full of character and decision. In the flock-like fields of equal masses,
each individual mass has the effect, not of an ellipse or circle, but of a
rhomboid; the sky is crossed and checkered, not honeycombed; in the lower
cumuli, even though the most rounded of all clouds, the groups are not like
balloons or bubbles, but like towers or mountains. And the result of this
arrangement in masses more or less angular, varied with, and chiefly
constructed of, curves of the utmost freedom and beauty, is that appearance
of exhaustless and fantastic energy which gives every cloud a marked
character of its own, suggesting resemblances to the specific outlines of
Page 321
organic objects. I do not say that such accidental resemblances are a
character to be imitated; but merely that they bear witness to the originality
and vigor of separate conception in cloud forms, which give to the scenery
of the sky a force and variety no less delightful than that of the changes of
mountain outline in a hill district of great elevation; and that there is added
to this a spirit-like feeling, a capricious, mocking imagery of passion and
life, totally different from any effects of inanimate form that the earth can
show.
The minor contours, out of which the larger outlines are composed, are
indeed beautifully curvilinear; but they are never monotonous in their
curves. First comes a concave line, then a convex one,
§ 6. The
composition of
then an angular jag, breaking off into spray, then a
their minor
downright straight line, then a curve again, then a deep
curves.
gap, and a place where all is lost and melted away, and so
on; displaying in every inch of the form renewed and
ceaseless invention, setting off grace with rigidity, and relieving flexibility
with force, in a manner scarcely less admirable, and far more changeful
than even in the muscular forms of the human frame. Nay, such is the
exquisite composition of all this, that you may take any single fragment of
any cloud in the sky, and you will find it put together as if there had been a
year's thought over the plan of it, arranged with the most studied inequality
—with the most delicate symmetry—with the most elaborate contrast, a
picture in itself. You may try every other piece of cloud in the heaven, and
you will find them every one as perfect, and yet not one in the least like
another.
Now it may perhaps, for anything we know, or have yet proved, be
highly expedient and proper, in art, that this variety, individuality, and
§ 7. Their
angular character should be changed into a mass of convex
characters, as
curves, each precisely like its neighbor in all respects, and
given by S. Rosa.
unbroken from beginning to end;—it may be highly
original, masterly, bold, whatever you choose to call it; but
it is false. I do not take upon me to assert that the clouds which in ancient
Germany were more especially and peculiarly devoted to the business of
catching princesses off desert islands, and carrying them to enchanted
character to be imitated; but merely that they bear witness to the originality
and vigor of separate conception in cloud forms, which give to the scenery
of the sky a force and variety no less delightful than that of the changes of
mountain outline in a hill district of great elevation; and that there is added
to this a spirit-like feeling, a capricious, mocking imagery of passion and
life, totally different from any effects of inanimate form that the earth can
show.
The minor contours, out of which the larger outlines are composed, are
indeed beautifully curvilinear; but they are never monotonous in their
curves. First comes a concave line, then a convex one,
§ 6. The
composition of
then an angular jag, breaking off into spray, then a
their minor
downright straight line, then a curve again, then a deep
curves.
gap, and a place where all is lost and melted away, and so
on; displaying in every inch of the form renewed and
ceaseless invention, setting off grace with rigidity, and relieving flexibility
with force, in a manner scarcely less admirable, and far more changeful
than even in the muscular forms of the human frame. Nay, such is the
exquisite composition of all this, that you may take any single fragment of
any cloud in the sky, and you will find it put together as if there had been a
year's thought over the plan of it, arranged with the most studied inequality
—with the most delicate symmetry—with the most elaborate contrast, a
picture in itself. You may try every other piece of cloud in the heaven, and
you will find them every one as perfect, and yet not one in the least like
another.
Now it may perhaps, for anything we know, or have yet proved, be
highly expedient and proper, in art, that this variety, individuality, and
§ 7. Their
angular character should be changed into a mass of convex
characters, as
curves, each precisely like its neighbor in all respects, and
given by S. Rosa.
unbroken from beginning to end;—it may be highly
original, masterly, bold, whatever you choose to call it; but
it is false. I do not take upon me to assert that the clouds which in ancient
Germany were more especially and peculiarly devoted to the business of
catching princesses off desert islands, and carrying them to enchanted
Page 322
castles, might not have possessed something of the pillowy organization
which we may suppose best adapted for functions of such delicacy and
dispatch. But I do mean to say that the clouds which God sends upon his
earth as the ministers of dew, and rain, and shade, and with which he adorns
his heaven, setting them in its vault for the thrones of his spirits, have not in
one instant or atom of their existence, one feature in common with such
conceptions and creations. And there are, beyond dispute, more direct and
unmitigated falsehoods told, and more laws of nature set at open defiance in
one of the "rolling" skies of Salvator, such as that marked 159 in the
Dulwich Gallery, than were ever attributed, even by the ignorant and
unfeeling, to all the wildest flights of Turner put together.
And it is not as if the error were only occasional. It is systematic and
constant in all the Italian masters of the seventeenth century, and in most of
§ 8. Monotony and
the Dutch. They looked at clouds as at everything else
falsehood of the
which did not particularly help them in their great end of
clouds of the
deception, with utter carelessness and bluntness of feeling,
—saw that there were a great many rounded passages in
Italian School
generally.
them,—found it much easier to sweep circles than to
design beauties, and sat down in their studies, contented
with perpetual repetitions of the same spherical conceptions, having about
the same relation to the clouds of nature, that a child's carving of a turnip
has to the head of the Apollo. Look at the round things about the sun in the
bricky Claude, the smallest of the three Seaports in the National Gallery.
They are a great deal more like half-crowns than clouds. Take the ropy,
tough-looking wreath in the Sacrifice of Isaac, and find one part of it, if you
can, which is not the repetition of every other part of it, all together being as
round and vapid as the brush could draw them; or take the two cauliflower-
like protuberances in No. 220 of the Dulwich Gallery, and admire the
studied similarity between them; you cannot tell which is which; or take the
so-called Nicholas Poussin, No. 212, Dulwich Gallery, in which, from the
brown trees to the right-hand side of the picture, there is not one line which
is not physically impossible.
But it is not the outline only which is thus systematically false. The
drawing of the solid form is worse still, for it is to be remembered that
which we may suppose best adapted for functions of such delicacy and
dispatch. But I do mean to say that the clouds which God sends upon his
earth as the ministers of dew, and rain, and shade, and with which he adorns
his heaven, setting them in its vault for the thrones of his spirits, have not in
one instant or atom of their existence, one feature in common with such
conceptions and creations. And there are, beyond dispute, more direct and
unmitigated falsehoods told, and more laws of nature set at open defiance in
one of the "rolling" skies of Salvator, such as that marked 159 in the
Dulwich Gallery, than were ever attributed, even by the ignorant and
unfeeling, to all the wildest flights of Turner put together.
And it is not as if the error were only occasional. It is systematic and
constant in all the Italian masters of the seventeenth century, and in most of
§ 8. Monotony and
the Dutch. They looked at clouds as at everything else
falsehood of the
which did not particularly help them in their great end of
clouds of the
deception, with utter carelessness and bluntness of feeling,
—saw that there were a great many rounded passages in
Italian School
generally.
them,—found it much easier to sweep circles than to
design beauties, and sat down in their studies, contented
with perpetual repetitions of the same spherical conceptions, having about
the same relation to the clouds of nature, that a child's carving of a turnip
has to the head of the Apollo. Look at the round things about the sun in the
bricky Claude, the smallest of the three Seaports in the National Gallery.
They are a great deal more like half-crowns than clouds. Take the ropy,
tough-looking wreath in the Sacrifice of Isaac, and find one part of it, if you
can, which is not the repetition of every other part of it, all together being as
round and vapid as the brush could draw them; or take the two cauliflower-
like protuberances in No. 220 of the Dulwich Gallery, and admire the
studied similarity between them; you cannot tell which is which; or take the
so-called Nicholas Poussin, No. 212, Dulwich Gallery, in which, from the
brown trees to the right-hand side of the picture, there is not one line which
is not physically impossible.
But it is not the outline only which is thus systematically false. The
drawing of the solid form is worse still, for it is to be remembered that
Page 323
§ 9. Vast size of
although clouds of course arrange themselves more or less
into broad masses, with a light side and dark side, both
congregated
masses of cloud.
their light and shade are invariably composed of a series of
divided masses, each of which has in its outline as much
variety and character as the great outline of the cloud; presenting, therefore,
a thousand times repeated, all that I have described as characteristic of the
general form. Nor are these multitudinous divisions a truth of slight
importance in the character of sky, for they are dependent on, and
illustrative of, a quality which is usually in a great degree overlooked,—the
enormous retiring spaces of solid clouds. Between the illumined edge of a
heaped cloud, and that part of its body which turns into shadow, there will
generally be a clear distance of several miles, more or less of course,
according to the general size of the cloud, but in such large masses as in
Poussin and others of the old masters, occupy the fourth or fifth of the
visible sky; the clear illumined breadth of vapor, from the edge to the
shadow, involves at least a distance of five or six miles. We are little apt, in
§ 10.
watching the changes of a mountainous range of cloud, to
Demonstrable by
reflect that the masses of vapor which compose it, are
comparison with
huger and higher than any mountain range of the earth;
and the distances between mass and mass are not yards of
mountain ranges.
air traversed in an instant by the flying form, but valleys of
changing atmosphere leagues over; that the slow motion of ascending
curves, which we can scarcely trace, is a boiling energy of exulting vapor
rushing into the heaven a thousand feet in a minute; and that the toppling
angle whose sharp edge almost escapes notice in the multitudinous forms
around it, is a nodding precipice of storms, 3000 feet from base to summit.
It is not until we have actually compared the forms of the sky with the hill
ranges of the earth, and seen the soaring Alp overtopped and buried in one
surge of the sky, that we begin to conceive or appreciate the colossal scale
of the phenomena of the latter. But of this there can be no doubt in the mind
of any one accustomed to trace the forms of clouds among hill ranges—as it
is there a demonstrable and evident fact, that the space of vapor visibly
extended over an ordinarily cloudy sky, is not less, from the point nearest to
the observer to the horizon, than twenty leagues; that the size of every mass
of separate form, if it be at all largely divided, is to be expressed in terms of
miles; and that every boiling heap of illuminated mist in the nearer sky, is
although clouds of course arrange themselves more or less
into broad masses, with a light side and dark side, both
congregated
masses of cloud.
their light and shade are invariably composed of a series of
divided masses, each of which has in its outline as much
variety and character as the great outline of the cloud; presenting, therefore,
a thousand times repeated, all that I have described as characteristic of the
general form. Nor are these multitudinous divisions a truth of slight
importance in the character of sky, for they are dependent on, and
illustrative of, a quality which is usually in a great degree overlooked,—the
enormous retiring spaces of solid clouds. Between the illumined edge of a
heaped cloud, and that part of its body which turns into shadow, there will
generally be a clear distance of several miles, more or less of course,
according to the general size of the cloud, but in such large masses as in
Poussin and others of the old masters, occupy the fourth or fifth of the
visible sky; the clear illumined breadth of vapor, from the edge to the
shadow, involves at least a distance of five or six miles. We are little apt, in
§ 10.
watching the changes of a mountainous range of cloud, to
Demonstrable by
reflect that the masses of vapor which compose it, are
comparison with
huger and higher than any mountain range of the earth;
and the distances between mass and mass are not yards of
mountain ranges.
air traversed in an instant by the flying form, but valleys of
changing atmosphere leagues over; that the slow motion of ascending
curves, which we can scarcely trace, is a boiling energy of exulting vapor
rushing into the heaven a thousand feet in a minute; and that the toppling
angle whose sharp edge almost escapes notice in the multitudinous forms
around it, is a nodding precipice of storms, 3000 feet from base to summit.
It is not until we have actually compared the forms of the sky with the hill
ranges of the earth, and seen the soaring Alp overtopped and buried in one
surge of the sky, that we begin to conceive or appreciate the colossal scale
of the phenomena of the latter. But of this there can be no doubt in the mind
of any one accustomed to trace the forms of clouds among hill ranges—as it
is there a demonstrable and evident fact, that the space of vapor visibly
extended over an ordinarily cloudy sky, is not less, from the point nearest to
the observer to the horizon, than twenty leagues; that the size of every mass
of separate form, if it be at all largely divided, is to be expressed in terms of
miles; and that every boiling heap of illuminated mist in the nearer sky, is
Page 324
an enormous mountain, fifteen or twenty thousand feet in height, six or
seven miles over an illuminated surface, furrowed by a thousand colossal
ravines, torn by local tempests into peaks and promontories, and changing
its features with the majestic velocity of the volcano.
To those who have once convinced themselves of these proportions of the
heaven, it will be immediately evident, that though we might, without much
§ 11. And
violation of truth, omit the minor divisions of a cloud four
consequent
yards over, it is the veriest audacity of falsehood to omit
divisions and
those of masses where for yards we have to read miles;
first, because it is physically impossible that such a space
varieties of
feature.
should be without many and vast divisions; secondly,
because divisions at such distances must be sharply and
forcibly marked by aerial perspective, so that not only they must be there,
but they must be visible and evident to the eye; and thirdly, because these
multitudinous divisions are absolutely necessary, in order to express this
space and distance, which cannot but be fully and imperfectly felt, even
with every aid and evidence that art can give of it.
Now if an artist taking for his subject a chain of vast mountains, several
leagues long, were to unite all their varieties of ravine, crag, chasm, and
§ 12. Not lightly to
precipice, into one solid, unbroken mass, with one light
side and one dark side, looking like a white ball or
be omitted.
parallelopiped two yards broad, the words "breadth,"
"boldness," or, "generalization," would scarcely be received as a sufficient
apology for a proceeding so glaringly false, and so painfully degrading. But
when, instead of the really large and simple forms of mountains, united, as
they commonly are, by some great principle of common organization, and
so closely resembling each other as often to correspond in line, and join in
effect; when instead of this, we have to do with spaces of cloud twice as
vast, broken up into a multiplicity of forms necessary to, and characteristic
of, their very nature—those forms subject to a thousand local changes,
having no association with each other, and rendered visible in a thousand
places by their own transparency or cavities, where the mountain forms
would be lost in shade,—that this far greater space, and this far more
complicated arrangement, should be all summed up into one round mass,
seven miles over an illuminated surface, furrowed by a thousand colossal
ravines, torn by local tempests into peaks and promontories, and changing
its features with the majestic velocity of the volcano.
To those who have once convinced themselves of these proportions of the
heaven, it will be immediately evident, that though we might, without much
§ 11. And
violation of truth, omit the minor divisions of a cloud four
consequent
yards over, it is the veriest audacity of falsehood to omit
divisions and
those of masses where for yards we have to read miles;
first, because it is physically impossible that such a space
varieties of
feature.
should be without many and vast divisions; secondly,
because divisions at such distances must be sharply and
forcibly marked by aerial perspective, so that not only they must be there,
but they must be visible and evident to the eye; and thirdly, because these
multitudinous divisions are absolutely necessary, in order to express this
space and distance, which cannot but be fully and imperfectly felt, even
with every aid and evidence that art can give of it.
Now if an artist taking for his subject a chain of vast mountains, several
leagues long, were to unite all their varieties of ravine, crag, chasm, and
§ 12. Not lightly to
precipice, into one solid, unbroken mass, with one light
side and one dark side, looking like a white ball or
be omitted.
parallelopiped two yards broad, the words "breadth,"
"boldness," or, "generalization," would scarcely be received as a sufficient
apology for a proceeding so glaringly false, and so painfully degrading. But
when, instead of the really large and simple forms of mountains, united, as
they commonly are, by some great principle of common organization, and
so closely resembling each other as often to correspond in line, and join in
effect; when instead of this, we have to do with spaces of cloud twice as
vast, broken up into a multiplicity of forms necessary to, and characteristic
of, their very nature—those forms subject to a thousand local changes,
having no association with each other, and rendered visible in a thousand
places by their own transparency or cavities, where the mountain forms
would be lost in shade,—that this far greater space, and this far more
complicated arrangement, should be all summed up into one round mass,
Page 325
with one swell of white, and one flat side of unbroken gray, is considered an
evidence of the sublimest powers in the artist of generalization and breadth.
Now it may be broad, it may be grand, it may be beautiful, artistical, and in
every way desirable. I don't say it is not—I merely say it is a concentration
of every kind of falsehood: it is depriving heaven of its space, clouds of
their buoyancy, winds of their motion, and distance of its blue.
This is done, more or less, by all the old masters, without an exception.
[32] Their idea of clouds was altogether similar; more or less perfectly
§ 13. Imperfect
carried out, according to their power of hand and accuracy
conceptions of this
of eye, but universally the same in conception. It was the
idea of a comparatively small, round, puffed-up white
size and extent in
body, irregularly associated with other round and puffed-
ancient landscape.
up white bodies, each with a white light side, and a gray
dark side, and a soft reflected light, floating a great way below a blue dome.
Such is the idea of a cloud formed by most people; it is the first, general,
uncultivated notion of what we see every day. People think of the clouds as
about as large as they look—forty yards over, perhaps; they see generally
that they are solid bodies subject to the same laws as other solid bodies,
roundish, whitish, and apparently suspended a great way under a high blue
concavity. So that these ideas be tolerably given with smooth paint, they are
content, and call it nature. How different it is from anything that nature ever
did, or ever will do, I have endeavored to show; but I cannot, and do not,
expect the contrast to be fully felt, unless the reader will actually go out on
days when, either before or after rain, the clouds arrange themselves into
vigorous masses, and after arriving at something like a conception of their
distance and size, from the mode in which they retire over the horizon, will
for himself trace and watch their varieties of form and outline, as mass rises
over mass in their illuminated bodies. Let him climb from step to step over
their craggy and broken slopes, let him plunge into the long vistas of
immeasurable perspective, that guide back to the blue sky; and when he
finds his imagination lost in their immensity, and his senses confused with
their multitude, let him go to Claude, to Salvator, or to Poussin, and ask
them for a like space, or like infinity.
evidence of the sublimest powers in the artist of generalization and breadth.
Now it may be broad, it may be grand, it may be beautiful, artistical, and in
every way desirable. I don't say it is not—I merely say it is a concentration
of every kind of falsehood: it is depriving heaven of its space, clouds of
their buoyancy, winds of their motion, and distance of its blue.
This is done, more or less, by all the old masters, without an exception.
[32] Their idea of clouds was altogether similar; more or less perfectly
§ 13. Imperfect
carried out, according to their power of hand and accuracy
conceptions of this
of eye, but universally the same in conception. It was the
idea of a comparatively small, round, puffed-up white
size and extent in
body, irregularly associated with other round and puffed-
ancient landscape.
up white bodies, each with a white light side, and a gray
dark side, and a soft reflected light, floating a great way below a blue dome.
Such is the idea of a cloud formed by most people; it is the first, general,
uncultivated notion of what we see every day. People think of the clouds as
about as large as they look—forty yards over, perhaps; they see generally
that they are solid bodies subject to the same laws as other solid bodies,
roundish, whitish, and apparently suspended a great way under a high blue
concavity. So that these ideas be tolerably given with smooth paint, they are
content, and call it nature. How different it is from anything that nature ever
did, or ever will do, I have endeavored to show; but I cannot, and do not,
expect the contrast to be fully felt, unless the reader will actually go out on
days when, either before or after rain, the clouds arrange themselves into
vigorous masses, and after arriving at something like a conception of their
distance and size, from the mode in which they retire over the horizon, will
for himself trace and watch their varieties of form and outline, as mass rises
over mass in their illuminated bodies. Let him climb from step to step over
their craggy and broken slopes, let him plunge into the long vistas of
immeasurable perspective, that guide back to the blue sky; and when he
finds his imagination lost in their immensity, and his senses confused with
their multitude, let him go to Claude, to Salvator, or to Poussin, and ask
them for a like space, or like infinity.
Page 326
But perhaps the most grievous fault of all, in the clouds of these painters,
is the utter want of transparency. Not in her most ponderous and lightless
§ 14. Total want of
masses will nature ever leave us without some evidence of
transparency and
transmitted sunshine; and she perpetually gives us
passages in which the vapor becomes visible only by the
evanescence in the
sunshine which it arrests and holds within itself, not
clouds of ancient
landscape.
caught on its surface, but entangled in its mass—floating
fleeces, precious with the gold of heaven; and this
translucency is especially indicated on the dark sides even of her heaviest
wreaths, which possess opalescent and delicate hues of partial illumination,
far more dependent upon the beams which pass through them than on those
which are reflected upon them. Nothing, on the contrary, can be more
painfully and ponderously opaque than the clouds of the old masters
universally. However far removed in aerial distance, and however brilliant
in light, they never appear filmy or evanescent, and their light is always on
them, not in them. And this effect is much increased by the positive and
persevering determination on the part of their outlines not to be broken in
upon, nor interfered with in the slightest degree, by any presumptuous blue,
or impertinent winds. There is no inequality, no variation, no losing or
disguising of line, no melting into nothingness, nor shattering into spray;
edge succeeds edge with imperturbable equanimity, and nothing short of the
most decided interference on the part of tree-tops, or the edge of the picture,
prevents us from being able to follow them all the way round, like the coast
of an island.
And be it remembered that all these faults and deficiencies are to be
found in their drawing merely of the separate masses of the solid cumulus,
the easiest drawn of all clouds. But nature scarcely ever
§ 15. Farther proof
of their deficiency
confines herself to such masses; they form but the
in space.
thousandth part of her variety of effect. She builds up a
pyramid of their boiling volumes, bars this across like a
mountain with the gray cirrus, envelops it in black, ragged, drifting vapor,
covers the open part of the sky with mottled horizontal fields, breaks
through these with sudden and long sunbeams, tears up their edges with
local winds, scatters over the gaps of blue the infinity of multitude of the
high cirri, and melts even the unoccupied azure into palpitating shades. And
is the utter want of transparency. Not in her most ponderous and lightless
§ 14. Total want of
masses will nature ever leave us without some evidence of
transparency and
transmitted sunshine; and she perpetually gives us
passages in which the vapor becomes visible only by the
evanescence in the
sunshine which it arrests and holds within itself, not
clouds of ancient
landscape.
caught on its surface, but entangled in its mass—floating
fleeces, precious with the gold of heaven; and this
translucency is especially indicated on the dark sides even of her heaviest
wreaths, which possess opalescent and delicate hues of partial illumination,
far more dependent upon the beams which pass through them than on those
which are reflected upon them. Nothing, on the contrary, can be more
painfully and ponderously opaque than the clouds of the old masters
universally. However far removed in aerial distance, and however brilliant
in light, they never appear filmy or evanescent, and their light is always on
them, not in them. And this effect is much increased by the positive and
persevering determination on the part of their outlines not to be broken in
upon, nor interfered with in the slightest degree, by any presumptuous blue,
or impertinent winds. There is no inequality, no variation, no losing or
disguising of line, no melting into nothingness, nor shattering into spray;
edge succeeds edge with imperturbable equanimity, and nothing short of the
most decided interference on the part of tree-tops, or the edge of the picture,
prevents us from being able to follow them all the way round, like the coast
of an island.
And be it remembered that all these faults and deficiencies are to be
found in their drawing merely of the separate masses of the solid cumulus,
the easiest drawn of all clouds. But nature scarcely ever
§ 15. Farther proof
of their deficiency
confines herself to such masses; they form but the
in space.
thousandth part of her variety of effect. She builds up a
pyramid of their boiling volumes, bars this across like a
mountain with the gray cirrus, envelops it in black, ragged, drifting vapor,
covers the open part of the sky with mottled horizontal fields, breaks
through these with sudden and long sunbeams, tears up their edges with
local winds, scatters over the gaps of blue the infinity of multitude of the
high cirri, and melts even the unoccupied azure into palpitating shades. And
Page 327
all this is done over and over again in every quarter of a mile. Where
Poussin or Claude have three similar masses, nature has fifty pictures, made
up each of millions of minor thoughts—fifty aisles penetrating through
angelic chapels to the Shechinah of the blue—fifty hollow ways among
bewildered hills—each with their own nodding rocks, and cloven
precipices, and radiant summits, and robing vapors, but all unlike each
other, except in beauty, all bearing witness to the unwearied, exhaustless
operation of the Infinite Mind. Now, in cases like these especially, as we
observed before of general nature, though it is altogether hopeless to follow
out in the space of any one picture this incalculable and inconceivable
glory, yet the painter can at least see that the space he has at his command,
narrow and confined as it is, is made complete use of, and that no part of it
shall be without entertainment and food for thought. If he could subdivide it
by millionths of inches, he could not reach the multitudinous majesty of
nature; but it is at least incumbent upon him to make the most of what he
has, and not, by exaggerating the proportions, banishing the variety and
repeating the forms of his clouds, to set at defiance the eternal principles of
the heavens—fitfulness and infinity. And now let us, keeping in memory
what we have seen of Poussin and Salvator, take up one of Turner's skies,
§ 16. Instance of
and see whether he is as narrow in his conception, or as
niggardly in his space. It does not matter which we take,
perfect truth in the
sky of Turner's
his sublime Babylon[33] is a fair example for our present
Babylon.
purpose. Ten miles away, down the Euphrates, where it
gleams last along the plain, he gives us a drift of dark
elongated vapor, melting beneath into a dim haze which embraces the hills
on the horizon. It is exhausted with its own motion, and broken up by the
wind in its own body into numberless groups of billowy and tossing
fragments, which, beaten by the weight of storm down to the earth, are just
lifting themselves again on wearied wings, and perishing in the effort.
Above these, and far beyond them, the eye goes back to a broad sea of
white, illuminated mist, or rather cloud melted into rain, and absorbed again
before that rain has fallen, but penetrated throughout, whether it be vapor or
whether it be dew, with soft sunshine, turning it as white as snow. Gradually
as it rises, the rainy fusion ceases, you cannot tell where the film of blue on
the left begins—but it is deepening, deepening still,—and the cloud, with its
Poussin or Claude have three similar masses, nature has fifty pictures, made
up each of millions of minor thoughts—fifty aisles penetrating through
angelic chapels to the Shechinah of the blue—fifty hollow ways among
bewildered hills—each with their own nodding rocks, and cloven
precipices, and radiant summits, and robing vapors, but all unlike each
other, except in beauty, all bearing witness to the unwearied, exhaustless
operation of the Infinite Mind. Now, in cases like these especially, as we
observed before of general nature, though it is altogether hopeless to follow
out in the space of any one picture this incalculable and inconceivable
glory, yet the painter can at least see that the space he has at his command,
narrow and confined as it is, is made complete use of, and that no part of it
shall be without entertainment and food for thought. If he could subdivide it
by millionths of inches, he could not reach the multitudinous majesty of
nature; but it is at least incumbent upon him to make the most of what he
has, and not, by exaggerating the proportions, banishing the variety and
repeating the forms of his clouds, to set at defiance the eternal principles of
the heavens—fitfulness and infinity. And now let us, keeping in memory
what we have seen of Poussin and Salvator, take up one of Turner's skies,
§ 16. Instance of
and see whether he is as narrow in his conception, or as
niggardly in his space. It does not matter which we take,
perfect truth in the
sky of Turner's
his sublime Babylon[33] is a fair example for our present
Babylon.
purpose. Ten miles away, down the Euphrates, where it
gleams last along the plain, he gives us a drift of dark
elongated vapor, melting beneath into a dim haze which embraces the hills
on the horizon. It is exhausted with its own motion, and broken up by the
wind in its own body into numberless groups of billowy and tossing
fragments, which, beaten by the weight of storm down to the earth, are just
lifting themselves again on wearied wings, and perishing in the effort.
Above these, and far beyond them, the eye goes back to a broad sea of
white, illuminated mist, or rather cloud melted into rain, and absorbed again
before that rain has fallen, but penetrated throughout, whether it be vapor or
whether it be dew, with soft sunshine, turning it as white as snow. Gradually
as it rises, the rainy fusion ceases, you cannot tell where the film of blue on
the left begins—but it is deepening, deepening still,—and the cloud, with its
Page 328
edge first invisible, then all but imaginary, then just felt when the eye is not
fixed on it, and lost when it is, at last rises, keen from excessive distance,
but soft and mantling in its body, as a swan's bosom fretted by faint wind,
heaving fitfully against the delicate deep blue, with white waves, whose
forms are traced by the pale lines of opalescent shadow, shade only because
the light is within it, and not upon it, and which break with their own
swiftness into a driven line of level spray, winnowed into threads by the
wind, and flung before the following vapor like those swift shafts of arrowy
water which a great cataract shoots into the air beside it, trying to find the
earth. Beyond these, again, rises a colossal mountain of gray cumulus,
through whose shadowed sides the sunbeams penetrate in dim, sloping,
rain-like shafts; and over which they fall in a broad burst of streaming light,
sinking to the earth, and showing through their own visible radiance the
three successive ranges of hills which connect its desolate plain with space.
Above, the edgy summit of the cumulus, broken into fragments, recedes
into the sky, which is peopled in its serenity with quiet multitudes of the
white, soft, silent cirrus; and under these again, drift near the zenith,
disturbed and impatient shadows of a darker spirit, seeking rest and finding
none.
Now this is nature! It is the exhaustless living energy with which the
universe is filled; and what will you set beside it of the works of other men?
§ 17. And in his
Show me a single picture, in the whole compass of ancient
Pools of Solomon.
art, in which I can pass from cloud to cloud, from region to
region, from first to second and third heaven, as I can here,
and you may talk of Turner's want of truth. Turn to the Pools of Solomon,
and walk through the passages of mist as they melt on the one hand into
those stormy fragments of fiery cloud, or, on the other, into the cold solitary
shadows that compass the sweeping hill, and when you find an inch without
air and transparency, and a hairbreadth without changefulness and thought;
and when you can count the torn waves of tossing radiance that gush from
the sun, as you can count the fixed, white, insipidities of Claude; or when
you can measure the modulation and the depth of that hollow mist, as you
can the flourishes of the brush upon the canvas of Salvator, talk of Turner's
want of truth!
fixed on it, and lost when it is, at last rises, keen from excessive distance,
but soft and mantling in its body, as a swan's bosom fretted by faint wind,
heaving fitfully against the delicate deep blue, with white waves, whose
forms are traced by the pale lines of opalescent shadow, shade only because
the light is within it, and not upon it, and which break with their own
swiftness into a driven line of level spray, winnowed into threads by the
wind, and flung before the following vapor like those swift shafts of arrowy
water which a great cataract shoots into the air beside it, trying to find the
earth. Beyond these, again, rises a colossal mountain of gray cumulus,
through whose shadowed sides the sunbeams penetrate in dim, sloping,
rain-like shafts; and over which they fall in a broad burst of streaming light,
sinking to the earth, and showing through their own visible radiance the
three successive ranges of hills which connect its desolate plain with space.
Above, the edgy summit of the cumulus, broken into fragments, recedes
into the sky, which is peopled in its serenity with quiet multitudes of the
white, soft, silent cirrus; and under these again, drift near the zenith,
disturbed and impatient shadows of a darker spirit, seeking rest and finding
none.
Now this is nature! It is the exhaustless living energy with which the
universe is filled; and what will you set beside it of the works of other men?
§ 17. And in his
Show me a single picture, in the whole compass of ancient
Pools of Solomon.
art, in which I can pass from cloud to cloud, from region to
region, from first to second and third heaven, as I can here,
and you may talk of Turner's want of truth. Turn to the Pools of Solomon,
and walk through the passages of mist as they melt on the one hand into
those stormy fragments of fiery cloud, or, on the other, into the cold solitary
shadows that compass the sweeping hill, and when you find an inch without
air and transparency, and a hairbreadth without changefulness and thought;
and when you can count the torn waves of tossing radiance that gush from
the sun, as you can count the fixed, white, insipidities of Claude; or when
you can measure the modulation and the depth of that hollow mist, as you
can the flourishes of the brush upon the canvas of Salvator, talk of Turner's
want of truth!
Page 329
But let us take up simpler and less elaborate works, for there is too much
in these to admit of being analyzed.
In the vignette of the Lake of Como, in Rogers's Italy, the space is so
small that the details have been partially lost by the engraver; but enough
§ 18. Truths of
remain to illustrate the great principles of cloud from
outline and
which we have endeavored to explain. Observe first the
general angular outline of the volumes on the left of the
character in his
sun. If you mark the points where the direction of their
Como.
outline changes, and connect those points by right lines,
the cloud will touch, but will not cut, those lines throughout. Yet its contour
is as graceful as it is full of character—toppling, ready to change—fragile
as enormous—evanescent as colossal. Observe how, where it crosses the
line of the sun, it becomes luminous, illustrating what has been observed of
the visibility of mist in sunlight. Observe, above all, the multiplicity of its
solid form, the depth of its shadows in perpetual transition: it is not round
and swelled, half light and half dark, but full of breaking irregular shadow
and transparency—variable as the wind, and melting imperceptibly above
into the haziness of the sunlighted atmosphere, contrasted in all its vast
forms with the delicacy and the multitude of the brightly touched cirri.
Nothing can surpass the truth of this; the cloud is as gigantic in its
simplicity as the Alp which it opposes; but how various, how transparent,
how infinite in its organization!
I would draw especial attention, both here and in all other works of
Turner, to the beautiful use of the low horizontal bars or fields of cloud,
§ 19. Association
(cirrostratus,) which associate themselves so frequently—
of the cirrostratus
more especially before storms—with the true cumulus,
with the cumulus.
floating on its flanks, or capping it, as if it were a
mountain, and seldom mingling with its substance, unless
in the very formation of rain. They supply us with one of those beautiful
instances of natural composition, by which the artist is superseded and
excelled—for, by the occurrence of these horizontal flakes, the rolling form
of the cumulus is both opposed in its principal lines, and gifted with an
apparent solidity and vastness, which no other expedient could have
exhibited, and which far exceed in awfulness the impression of the noblest
in these to admit of being analyzed.
In the vignette of the Lake of Como, in Rogers's Italy, the space is so
small that the details have been partially lost by the engraver; but enough
§ 18. Truths of
remain to illustrate the great principles of cloud from
outline and
which we have endeavored to explain. Observe first the
general angular outline of the volumes on the left of the
character in his
sun. If you mark the points where the direction of their
Como.
outline changes, and connect those points by right lines,
the cloud will touch, but will not cut, those lines throughout. Yet its contour
is as graceful as it is full of character—toppling, ready to change—fragile
as enormous—evanescent as colossal. Observe how, where it crosses the
line of the sun, it becomes luminous, illustrating what has been observed of
the visibility of mist in sunlight. Observe, above all, the multiplicity of its
solid form, the depth of its shadows in perpetual transition: it is not round
and swelled, half light and half dark, but full of breaking irregular shadow
and transparency—variable as the wind, and melting imperceptibly above
into the haziness of the sunlighted atmosphere, contrasted in all its vast
forms with the delicacy and the multitude of the brightly touched cirri.
Nothing can surpass the truth of this; the cloud is as gigantic in its
simplicity as the Alp which it opposes; but how various, how transparent,
how infinite in its organization!
I would draw especial attention, both here and in all other works of
Turner, to the beautiful use of the low horizontal bars or fields of cloud,
§ 19. Association
(cirrostratus,) which associate themselves so frequently—
of the cirrostratus
more especially before storms—with the true cumulus,
with the cumulus.
floating on its flanks, or capping it, as if it were a
mountain, and seldom mingling with its substance, unless
in the very formation of rain. They supply us with one of those beautiful
instances of natural composition, by which the artist is superseded and
excelled—for, by the occurrence of these horizontal flakes, the rolling form
of the cumulus is both opposed in its principal lines, and gifted with an
apparent solidity and vastness, which no other expedient could have
exhibited, and which far exceed in awfulness the impression of the noblest
Page 330
mountains of the earth. I have seen in the evening light of Italy, the Alps
themselves out-towered by ranges of these mighty clouds, alternately white
in the starlight, and inhabited by fire.
Turn back to the first vignette in the Italy. The angular outlines and
variety of modulation in the clouds above the sail, and the delicate
§ 20. The deep-
atmosphere of morning into which they are dissolved
based knowledge
about the breathing hills, require no comment; but one part
of this vignette demands especial notice; it is the repetition
of the Alps in
of the outline of the snowy mountain by the light cloud
Turner's Lake of
Geneva.
above it. The cause of this I have already explained (vide
page 228,) and its occurrence here is especially valuable as
bearing witness to the thorough and scientific knowledge thrown by Turner
into his slightest works. The thing cannot be seen once in six months; it
would not have been noticed, much less introduced by an ordinary artist,
and to the public it is a dead letter, or an offence. Ninety-nine persons in a
hundred would not have observed this pale wreath of parallel cloud above
the hill, and the hundredth in all probability says it is unnatural. It requires
the most intimate and accurate knowledge of the Alps before such a piece of
refined truth can be understood.
At the 216th page we have another and a new case, in which clouds in
perfect repose, unaffected by wind, or any influence but that of their own
§ 21. Further
elastic force, boil, rise, and melt in the heaven with more
principles of cloud
approach to globular form than under any other
form exemplified
circumstances is possible. I name this vignette, not only
because it is most remarkable for the buoyancy and
in his Amalfi.
elasticity of inward energy, indicated through the most
ponderous forms, and affords us a beautiful instance of the junction of the
cirrostratus with the cumulus, of which we have just been speaking (§ 19,)
but because it is a characteristic example of Turner's use of one of the facts
of nature not hitherto noticed, that the edge of a partially transparent body is
often darker than its central surface, because at the edge the light penetrates
and passes through, which from the centre is reflected to the eye. The sharp,
cutting edge of a wave, if not broken into foam, frequently appears for an
instant almost black; and the outlines of these massy clouds, where their
themselves out-towered by ranges of these mighty clouds, alternately white
in the starlight, and inhabited by fire.
Turn back to the first vignette in the Italy. The angular outlines and
variety of modulation in the clouds above the sail, and the delicate
§ 20. The deep-
atmosphere of morning into which they are dissolved
based knowledge
about the breathing hills, require no comment; but one part
of this vignette demands especial notice; it is the repetition
of the Alps in
of the outline of the snowy mountain by the light cloud
Turner's Lake of
Geneva.
above it. The cause of this I have already explained (vide
page 228,) and its occurrence here is especially valuable as
bearing witness to the thorough and scientific knowledge thrown by Turner
into his slightest works. The thing cannot be seen once in six months; it
would not have been noticed, much less introduced by an ordinary artist,
and to the public it is a dead letter, or an offence. Ninety-nine persons in a
hundred would not have observed this pale wreath of parallel cloud above
the hill, and the hundredth in all probability says it is unnatural. It requires
the most intimate and accurate knowledge of the Alps before such a piece of
refined truth can be understood.
At the 216th page we have another and a new case, in which clouds in
perfect repose, unaffected by wind, or any influence but that of their own
§ 21. Further
elastic force, boil, rise, and melt in the heaven with more
principles of cloud
approach to globular form than under any other
form exemplified
circumstances is possible. I name this vignette, not only
because it is most remarkable for the buoyancy and
in his Amalfi.
elasticity of inward energy, indicated through the most
ponderous forms, and affords us a beautiful instance of the junction of the
cirrostratus with the cumulus, of which we have just been speaking (§ 19,)
but because it is a characteristic example of Turner's use of one of the facts
of nature not hitherto noticed, that the edge of a partially transparent body is
often darker than its central surface, because at the edge the light penetrates
and passes through, which from the centre is reflected to the eye. The sharp,
cutting edge of a wave, if not broken into foam, frequently appears for an
instant almost black; and the outlines of these massy clouds, where their
Page 331
projecting forms rise in relief against the light of their bodies, are almost
always marked clearly and firmly by very dark edges. Hence we have
frequently, if not constantly, multitudinous forms indicated only by outline,
giving character and solidity to the great masses of light, without taking
away from their breadth. And Turner avails himself of these boldly and
constantly,—outlining forms with the brush of which no other indication is
given. All the grace and solidity of the white cloud on the right-hand side of
the vignette before us, depends upon such outlines.
As I before observed of mere execution, that one of the best tests of its
excellence was the expression of infinity; so it may be noticed with respect
§ 22. Reasons for
to the painting of details generally, that more difference
insisting on the
lies between one artist and another, in the attainment of
infinity of Turner's
this quality, than in any other of the efforts of art; and that
if we wish, without reference to beauty of composition, or
works. Infinity is
any other interfering circumstances, to form a judgment of
almost an
unerring test of all
the truth of painting, perhaps the very first thing we should
truth.
look for, whether in one thing or another—foliage, or
clouds, or waves—should be the expression of infinity
always and everywhere, in all parts and divisions of parts. For we may be
quite sure that what is not infinite, cannot be true; it does not, indeed,
follow that what is infinite, always is true, but it cannot be altogether false,
for this simple reason; that it is impossible for mortal mind to compose an
infinity of any kind for itself, or to form an idea of perpetual variation, and
to avoid all repetition, merely by its own combining resources. The moment
that we trust to ourselves, we repeat ourselves, and therefore the moment
we see in a work of any kind whatsoever, the expression of infinity, we may
be certain that the workman has gone to nature for it; while, on the other
hand, the moment we see repetition, or want of infinity, we may be certain
that the workman has not gone to nature for it.
For instance, in the picture of Salvator before noticed, No. 220 in the
Dulwich Gallery, as we see at once that the two masses of cloud absolutely
repeat each other in every one of their forms, and that each is composed of
about twelve white sweeps of the brush, all forming the same curve, and all
of the same length; and as we can count these, and measure their common
always marked clearly and firmly by very dark edges. Hence we have
frequently, if not constantly, multitudinous forms indicated only by outline,
giving character and solidity to the great masses of light, without taking
away from their breadth. And Turner avails himself of these boldly and
constantly,—outlining forms with the brush of which no other indication is
given. All the grace and solidity of the white cloud on the right-hand side of
the vignette before us, depends upon such outlines.
As I before observed of mere execution, that one of the best tests of its
excellence was the expression of infinity; so it may be noticed with respect
§ 22. Reasons for
to the painting of details generally, that more difference
insisting on the
lies between one artist and another, in the attainment of
infinity of Turner's
this quality, than in any other of the efforts of art; and that
if we wish, without reference to beauty of composition, or
works. Infinity is
any other interfering circumstances, to form a judgment of
almost an
unerring test of all
the truth of painting, perhaps the very first thing we should
truth.
look for, whether in one thing or another—foliage, or
clouds, or waves—should be the expression of infinity
always and everywhere, in all parts and divisions of parts. For we may be
quite sure that what is not infinite, cannot be true; it does not, indeed,
follow that what is infinite, always is true, but it cannot be altogether false,
for this simple reason; that it is impossible for mortal mind to compose an
infinity of any kind for itself, or to form an idea of perpetual variation, and
to avoid all repetition, merely by its own combining resources. The moment
that we trust to ourselves, we repeat ourselves, and therefore the moment
we see in a work of any kind whatsoever, the expression of infinity, we may
be certain that the workman has gone to nature for it; while, on the other
hand, the moment we see repetition, or want of infinity, we may be certain
that the workman has not gone to nature for it.
For instance, in the picture of Salvator before noticed, No. 220 in the
Dulwich Gallery, as we see at once that the two masses of cloud absolutely
repeat each other in every one of their forms, and that each is composed of
about twelve white sweeps of the brush, all forming the same curve, and all
of the same length; and as we can count these, and measure their common
Page 332
§ 23. Instances of
diameter, and by stating the same to anybody else, convey
the total want of it
to him a full and perfect idea and knowledge of that sky in
in the works of
all its parts and proportions,—as we can do this, we may
be absolutely certain, without reference to the real sky, or
Salvator.
to any other part of nature, without even knowing what the
white things were intended for, we may be certain that they cannot possibly
resemble anything; that whatever they were meant for, they can be nothing
but a violent contradiction of all nature's principles and forms. When, on the
other hand, we take up such a sky as that of Turner's Rouen, seen from St.
§ 24. And of the
Catherine's Hill, in the Rivers of France, and find, in the
universal presence
first place, that he has given us a distance over the hills in
of it in those of
the horizon, into which, when we are tired of penetrating,
we must turn and come back again, there being not the
Turner. The
remotest chance of getting to the end of it; and when we
conclusions which
may be arrived at
see that from this measureless distance up to the zenith,
from it.
the whole sky is one ocean of alternate waves of cloud and
light, so blended together that the eye cannot rest on any
one without being guided to the next, and so to a hundred more, till it is lost
over and over again in every wreath—that if it divides the sky into quarters
of inches, and tries to count or comprehend the component parts of any
single one of those divisions, it is still as utterly defied and defeated by the
part as by the whole—that there is not one line out of the millions there
which repeats another, not one which is unconnected with another, not one
which does not in itself convey histories of distance and space, and suggest
new and changeful form; then we may be all but certain, though these forms
are too mysterious and too delicate for us to analyze—though all is so
crowded and so connected that it is impossible to test any single part by
particular laws—yet without any such tests, we may be sure that this
infinity can only be based on truth—that it must be nature, because man
could not have originated it, and that every form must be faithful, because
none is like another. And therefore it is that I insist so constantly on this
great quality of landscape painting, as it appears in Turner; because it is not
merely a constant and most important truth in itself, but it almost amounts
to a demonstration of every other truth. And it will be found a far rarer
attainment in the works of other men than is commonly supposed, and the
sign, wherever it is really found, of the very highest art. For we are apt to
diameter, and by stating the same to anybody else, convey
the total want of it
to him a full and perfect idea and knowledge of that sky in
in the works of
all its parts and proportions,—as we can do this, we may
be absolutely certain, without reference to the real sky, or
Salvator.
to any other part of nature, without even knowing what the
white things were intended for, we may be certain that they cannot possibly
resemble anything; that whatever they were meant for, they can be nothing
but a violent contradiction of all nature's principles and forms. When, on the
other hand, we take up such a sky as that of Turner's Rouen, seen from St.
§ 24. And of the
Catherine's Hill, in the Rivers of France, and find, in the
universal presence
first place, that he has given us a distance over the hills in
of it in those of
the horizon, into which, when we are tired of penetrating,
we must turn and come back again, there being not the
Turner. The
remotest chance of getting to the end of it; and when we
conclusions which
may be arrived at
see that from this measureless distance up to the zenith,
from it.
the whole sky is one ocean of alternate waves of cloud and
light, so blended together that the eye cannot rest on any
one without being guided to the next, and so to a hundred more, till it is lost
over and over again in every wreath—that if it divides the sky into quarters
of inches, and tries to count or comprehend the component parts of any
single one of those divisions, it is still as utterly defied and defeated by the
part as by the whole—that there is not one line out of the millions there
which repeats another, not one which is unconnected with another, not one
which does not in itself convey histories of distance and space, and suggest
new and changeful form; then we may be all but certain, though these forms
are too mysterious and too delicate for us to analyze—though all is so
crowded and so connected that it is impossible to test any single part by
particular laws—yet without any such tests, we may be sure that this
infinity can only be based on truth—that it must be nature, because man
could not have originated it, and that every form must be faithful, because
none is like another. And therefore it is that I insist so constantly on this
great quality of landscape painting, as it appears in Turner; because it is not
merely a constant and most important truth in itself, but it almost amounts
to a demonstration of every other truth. And it will be found a far rarer
attainment in the works of other men than is commonly supposed, and the
sign, wherever it is really found, of the very highest art. For we are apt to
Page 333
forget that the greatest number is no nearer infinity than
§ 25. The
multiplication of
the least, if it be definite number; and the vastest bulk is no
objects, or
nearer infinity than the most minute, if it be definite bulk;
increase of their
so that a man may multiply his objects forever and ever,
and be no nearer infinity than he had reached with one, if
size, will not give
he do not vary them and confuse them; and a man may
the impression of
infinity, but is the
reach infinity in every touch and line, and part, and unit, if
resource of
in these he be truthfully various and obscure. And we shall
novices.
find, the more we examine the works of the old masters,
that always, and in all parts, they are totally wanting in
every feeling of infinity, and therefore in all truth: and even in the works of
the moderns, though the aim is far more just, we shall frequently perceive
an erroneous choice of means, and a substitution of mere number or bulk
for real infinity.
And therefore, in concluding our notice of the central cloud region, I
should wish to dwell particularly on those skies of Turner's, in which we
have the whole space of the heaven covered with the
§ 26. Farther
instances of
delicate dim flakes of gathering vapor, which are the
infinity in the gray
intermediate link between the central region and that of the
skies of Turner.
rain-cloud, and which assemble and grow out of the air;
shutting up the heaven with a gray interwoven veil, before
the approach of storm, faint, but universal, letting the light of the upper sky
pass pallidly through their body, but never rending a passage for the ray. We
have the first approach and gathering of this kind of sky most gloriously
given in the vignette at page 115 of Rogers's Italy, which is one of the most
perfect pieces of feeling (if I may transgress my usual rules for an instant)
extant in art, owing to the extreme grandeur and stern simplicity of the
strange and ominous forms of level cloud behind the building. In that at
page 223, there are passages of the same kind, of exceeding perfection. The
sky through which the dawn is breaking in the Voyage of Columbus, and
that with the Moonlight under the Rialto, in Rogers's Poems, the skies of
the Bethlehem, and the Pyramids in Finden's Bible series, and among the
Academy pictures, that of the Hero and Leander, and Flight into Egypt, are
characteristic and noble examples, as far as any individual works can be
characteristic of the universality of this mighty mind. I ought not to forget
§ 25. The
multiplication of
the least, if it be definite number; and the vastest bulk is no
objects, or
nearer infinity than the most minute, if it be definite bulk;
increase of their
so that a man may multiply his objects forever and ever,
and be no nearer infinity than he had reached with one, if
size, will not give
he do not vary them and confuse them; and a man may
the impression of
infinity, but is the
reach infinity in every touch and line, and part, and unit, if
resource of
in these he be truthfully various and obscure. And we shall
novices.
find, the more we examine the works of the old masters,
that always, and in all parts, they are totally wanting in
every feeling of infinity, and therefore in all truth: and even in the works of
the moderns, though the aim is far more just, we shall frequently perceive
an erroneous choice of means, and a substitution of mere number or bulk
for real infinity.
And therefore, in concluding our notice of the central cloud region, I
should wish to dwell particularly on those skies of Turner's, in which we
have the whole space of the heaven covered with the
§ 26. Farther
instances of
delicate dim flakes of gathering vapor, which are the
infinity in the gray
intermediate link between the central region and that of the
skies of Turner.
rain-cloud, and which assemble and grow out of the air;
shutting up the heaven with a gray interwoven veil, before
the approach of storm, faint, but universal, letting the light of the upper sky
pass pallidly through their body, but never rending a passage for the ray. We
have the first approach and gathering of this kind of sky most gloriously
given in the vignette at page 115 of Rogers's Italy, which is one of the most
perfect pieces of feeling (if I may transgress my usual rules for an instant)
extant in art, owing to the extreme grandeur and stern simplicity of the
strange and ominous forms of level cloud behind the building. In that at
page 223, there are passages of the same kind, of exceeding perfection. The
sky through which the dawn is breaking in the Voyage of Columbus, and
that with the Moonlight under the Rialto, in Rogers's Poems, the skies of
the Bethlehem, and the Pyramids in Finden's Bible series, and among the
Academy pictures, that of the Hero and Leander, and Flight into Egypt, are
characteristic and noble examples, as far as any individual works can be
characteristic of the universality of this mighty mind. I ought not to forget
Page 334
the magnificent solemnity and fulness of the wreaths of gathering darkness
in the Folkestone.
We must not pass from the consideration of the central cloud region
without noticing the general high quality of the cloud-drawing of Stanfield.
He is limited in his range, and is apt in extensive
§ 27. The
excellence of the
compositions to repeat himself, neither is he ever very
cloud-drawing of
refined; but his cloud-form is firmly and fearlessly
Stanfield.
chiselled, with perfect knowledge, though usually with
some want of feeling. As far as it goes, it is very grand and
very tasteful, beautifully developed in the space of its solid parts and full of
action. Next to Turner, he is incomparably the noblest master of cloud-form
of all our artists; in fact, he is the only one among them who really can
draw a cloud. For it is a very different thing to rub out an irregular white
space neatly with the handkerchief, or to leave a bright little bit of paper in
§ 28. The average
the middle of a wash, and to give the real anatomy of
standing of the
cloud-form with perfect articulation of chiaroscuro. We
English school.
have multitudes of painters who can throw a light bit of
straggling vapor across their sky, or leave in it delicate and
tender passages of breaking light; but this is a very different thing from
taking up each of those bits or passages, and giving it structure, and parts,
and solidity. The eye is satisfied with exceedingly little, as an indication of
cloud, and a few clever sweeps of the brush on wet paper may give all that
it requires; but this is not drawing clouds, nor will it ever appeal fully and
deeply to the mind, except when it occurs only as a part of a higher system.
And there is not one of our modern artists, except Stanfield, who can do
much more than this. As soon as they attempt to lay detail upon their
clouds, they appear to get bewildered, forget that they are dealing with
forms regulated by precisely the same simple laws of light and shade as
more substantial matter, overcharge their color, confuse their shadows and
dark sides, and end in mere ragged confusion. I believe the evil arises from
their never attempting to render clouds except with the brush; other objects,
at some period of study, they take up with the chalk or lead, and so learn
something of their form; but they appear to consider clouds as altogether
dependent on cobalt and camel's hair, and so never understand anything of
their real anatomy. But whatever the cause, I cannot point to any central
in the Folkestone.
We must not pass from the consideration of the central cloud region
without noticing the general high quality of the cloud-drawing of Stanfield.
He is limited in his range, and is apt in extensive
§ 27. The
excellence of the
compositions to repeat himself, neither is he ever very
cloud-drawing of
refined; but his cloud-form is firmly and fearlessly
Stanfield.
chiselled, with perfect knowledge, though usually with
some want of feeling. As far as it goes, it is very grand and
very tasteful, beautifully developed in the space of its solid parts and full of
action. Next to Turner, he is incomparably the noblest master of cloud-form
of all our artists; in fact, he is the only one among them who really can
draw a cloud. For it is a very different thing to rub out an irregular white
space neatly with the handkerchief, or to leave a bright little bit of paper in
§ 28. The average
the middle of a wash, and to give the real anatomy of
standing of the
cloud-form with perfect articulation of chiaroscuro. We
English school.
have multitudes of painters who can throw a light bit of
straggling vapor across their sky, or leave in it delicate and
tender passages of breaking light; but this is a very different thing from
taking up each of those bits or passages, and giving it structure, and parts,
and solidity. The eye is satisfied with exceedingly little, as an indication of
cloud, and a few clever sweeps of the brush on wet paper may give all that
it requires; but this is not drawing clouds, nor will it ever appeal fully and
deeply to the mind, except when it occurs only as a part of a higher system.
And there is not one of our modern artists, except Stanfield, who can do
much more than this. As soon as they attempt to lay detail upon their
clouds, they appear to get bewildered, forget that they are dealing with
forms regulated by precisely the same simple laws of light and shade as
more substantial matter, overcharge their color, confuse their shadows and
dark sides, and end in mere ragged confusion. I believe the evil arises from
their never attempting to render clouds except with the brush; other objects,
at some period of study, they take up with the chalk or lead, and so learn
something of their form; but they appear to consider clouds as altogether
dependent on cobalt and camel's hair, and so never understand anything of
their real anatomy. But whatever the cause, I cannot point to any central
Page 335
clouds of the moderns, except those of Turner and Stanfield, as really
showing much knowledge of, or feeling for, nature, though all are superior
to the conventional and narrow conceptions of the ancients. We are all right
as far as we go, our work may be incomplete, but it is not false; and it is far
better, far less injurious to the mind, that we should be little attracted to the
sky, and taught to be satisfied with a light suggestion of truthful form, than
that we should be drawn to it by violently pronounced outline and intense
color, to find in its finished falsehood everything to displease or to mislead
—to hurt our feelings, if we have foundation for them, and corrupt them, if
we have none.
showing much knowledge of, or feeling for, nature, though all are superior
to the conventional and narrow conceptions of the ancients. We are all right
as far as we go, our work may be incomplete, but it is not false; and it is far
better, far less injurious to the mind, that we should be little attracted to the
sky, and taught to be satisfied with a light suggestion of truthful form, than
that we should be drawn to it by violently pronounced outline and intense
color, to find in its finished falsehood everything to displease or to mislead
—to hurt our feelings, if we have foundation for them, and corrupt them, if
we have none.
Page 336
[32] Here I include even the great ones—even Titian and Veronese,—excepting only
Tintoret and the religious schools.
[33] Engraved in Findel's Bible Illustrations.
CHAPTER IV.
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS: THIRDLY, OF THE REGION OF THE
RAIN-CLOUD.
The clouds which I wish to consider as characteristic of the lower, or rainy
§ 1. The apparent
region, differ not so much in their real nature from those of
the central and uppermost regions, as in appearance, owing
difference in
character between
to their greater nearness. For the central clouds, and perhaps
the lower and
even the high cirri, deposit moisture, if not distinctly rain, as
central clouds is
is sufficiently proved by the existence of snow on the
dependent chiefly
highest peaks of the Himaleh; and when, on any such
mountains, we are brought into close contact with the
on proximity.
central clouds,[34] we find them little differing from the
ordinary rain-cloud of the plains, except by being slightly less dense and
dark. But the apparent differences, dependent on proximity, are most marked
and important.
In the first place, the clouds of the central region have, as has been before
observed, pure and aerial grays for their dark sides, owing to their necessary
distance from the observer; and as this distance permits a
§ 2. Their marked
multitude of local phenomena capable of influencing color,
difference in color.
such as accidental sunbeams, refractions, transparencies, or
local mists and showers, to be collected into a space comparatively small, the
colors of these clouds are always changeful and palpitating; and whatever
degree of gray or of gloom may be mixed with them is invariably pure and
aerial. But the nearness of the rain-cloud rendering it impossible for a number
of phenomena to be at once visible, makes its hue of gray monotonous, and
(by losing the blue of distance) warm and brown compared to that of the
upper clouds. This is especially remarkable on any part of it which may
Tintoret and the religious schools.
[33] Engraved in Findel's Bible Illustrations.
CHAPTER IV.
OF TRUTH OF CLOUDS: THIRDLY, OF THE REGION OF THE
RAIN-CLOUD.
The clouds which I wish to consider as characteristic of the lower, or rainy
§ 1. The apparent
region, differ not so much in their real nature from those of
the central and uppermost regions, as in appearance, owing
difference in
character between
to their greater nearness. For the central clouds, and perhaps
the lower and
even the high cirri, deposit moisture, if not distinctly rain, as
central clouds is
is sufficiently proved by the existence of snow on the
dependent chiefly
highest peaks of the Himaleh; and when, on any such
mountains, we are brought into close contact with the
on proximity.
central clouds,[34] we find them little differing from the
ordinary rain-cloud of the plains, except by being slightly less dense and
dark. But the apparent differences, dependent on proximity, are most marked
and important.
In the first place, the clouds of the central region have, as has been before
observed, pure and aerial grays for their dark sides, owing to their necessary
distance from the observer; and as this distance permits a
§ 2. Their marked
multitude of local phenomena capable of influencing color,
difference in color.
such as accidental sunbeams, refractions, transparencies, or
local mists and showers, to be collected into a space comparatively small, the
colors of these clouds are always changeful and palpitating; and whatever
degree of gray or of gloom may be mixed with them is invariably pure and
aerial. But the nearness of the rain-cloud rendering it impossible for a number
of phenomena to be at once visible, makes its hue of gray monotonous, and
(by losing the blue of distance) warm and brown compared to that of the
upper clouds. This is especially remarkable on any part of it which may
Page 337
happen to be illumined, which is of a brown, bricky, ochreous tone, never
bright, always coming in dark outline on the lights of the central clouds. But
it is seldom that this takes place, and when it does, never over large spaces,
little being usually seen of the rain-cloud but its under and dark side. This,
when the cloud above is dense, becomes of an inky and cold gray, and
sulphureous and lurid if there be thunder in the air.
With these striking differences in color, it presents no fewer nor less
important in form, chiefly from losing almost all definiteness of character and
outline. It is sometimes nothing more than a thin mist,
§ 3. And in
definiteness of
whose outline cannot be traced, rendering the landscape
form.
locally indistinct or dark; if its outline be visible, it is
ragged and torn; rather a spray of cloud, taken off its edge
and sifted by the wind, than an edge of the cloud itself. In fact, it rather
partakes of the nature, and assumes the appearance, of real water in the state
of spray, than of elastic vapor. This appearance is enhanced by the usual
presence of formed rain, carried along with it in a columnar form, ordinarily,
of course, reaching the ground like a veil, but very often suspended with the
cloud, and hanging from it like a jagged fringe, or over it in light, rain being
always lighter than the cloud it falls from. These columns, or fringes, of rain
are often waved and bent by the wind, or twisted, sometimes even swept
upwards from the cloud. The velocity of these vapors, though not necessarily
in reality greater than that of the central clouds, appears greater, owing to
their proximity, and, of course, also to the usual presence of a more violent
wind. They are also apparently much more in the power of
§ 4. They are
subject to precisely
the wind, having less elastic force in themselves; but they
the same great
are precisely subject to the same great laws of form which
regulate the upper clouds. They are not solid bodies borne
laws.
about with the wind, but they carry the wind with them, and
cause it. Every one knows, who has ever been out in a storm, that the time
when it rains heaviest is precisely the time when he cannot hold up his
umbrella; that the wind is carried with the cloud, and lulls when it has passed.
Every one who has ever seen rain in a hill country, knows that a rain-cloud,
like any other, may have all its parts in rapid motion, and yet, as a whole,
remain in one spot. I remember once, when in crossing the Tête Noire, I had
turned up the valley towards Trient, I noticed a rain-cloud forming on the
Glacier de Trient. With a west wind, it proceeded towards the Col de Balme,
bright, always coming in dark outline on the lights of the central clouds. But
it is seldom that this takes place, and when it does, never over large spaces,
little being usually seen of the rain-cloud but its under and dark side. This,
when the cloud above is dense, becomes of an inky and cold gray, and
sulphureous and lurid if there be thunder in the air.
With these striking differences in color, it presents no fewer nor less
important in form, chiefly from losing almost all definiteness of character and
outline. It is sometimes nothing more than a thin mist,
§ 3. And in
definiteness of
whose outline cannot be traced, rendering the landscape
form.
locally indistinct or dark; if its outline be visible, it is
ragged and torn; rather a spray of cloud, taken off its edge
and sifted by the wind, than an edge of the cloud itself. In fact, it rather
partakes of the nature, and assumes the appearance, of real water in the state
of spray, than of elastic vapor. This appearance is enhanced by the usual
presence of formed rain, carried along with it in a columnar form, ordinarily,
of course, reaching the ground like a veil, but very often suspended with the
cloud, and hanging from it like a jagged fringe, or over it in light, rain being
always lighter than the cloud it falls from. These columns, or fringes, of rain
are often waved and bent by the wind, or twisted, sometimes even swept
upwards from the cloud. The velocity of these vapors, though not necessarily
in reality greater than that of the central clouds, appears greater, owing to
their proximity, and, of course, also to the usual presence of a more violent
wind. They are also apparently much more in the power of
§ 4. They are
subject to precisely
the wind, having less elastic force in themselves; but they
the same great
are precisely subject to the same great laws of form which
regulate the upper clouds. They are not solid bodies borne
laws.
about with the wind, but they carry the wind with them, and
cause it. Every one knows, who has ever been out in a storm, that the time
when it rains heaviest is precisely the time when he cannot hold up his
umbrella; that the wind is carried with the cloud, and lulls when it has passed.
Every one who has ever seen rain in a hill country, knows that a rain-cloud,
like any other, may have all its parts in rapid motion, and yet, as a whole,
remain in one spot. I remember once, when in crossing the Tête Noire, I had
turned up the valley towards Trient, I noticed a rain-cloud forming on the
Glacier de Trient. With a west wind, it proceeded towards the Col de Balme,
Page 338
being followed by a prolonged wreath of vapor, always forming exactly at the
same spot over the glacier. This long, serpent-like line of cloud went on at a
great rate till it reached the valley leading down from the Col de Balme,
under the slate rocks of the Croix de Fer. There it turned sharp round, and
came down this valley, at right angles to its former progress, and finally
directly contrary to it, till it came down within five hundred feet of the
village, where it disappeared; the line behind always advancing, and always
disappearing, at the same spot. This continued for half an hour, the long line
describing the curve of a horseshoe; always coming into existence, and
always vanishing at exactly the same places; traversing the space between
with enormous swiftness. This cloud, ten miles off, would have looked like a
perfectly motionless wreath, in the form of a horseshoe, hanging over the
hills.
To the region of the rain-cloud belong also all those phenomena of drifted
smoke, heat-haze, local mists in the morning or evening; in valleys, or over
§ 5. Value, to the
water, mirage, white steaming vapor rising in evaporation
from moist and open surfaces, and everything which visibly
painter, of the rain-
cloud.
affects the condition of the atmosphere without actually
assuming the form of cloud. These phenomena are as
perpetual in all countries as they are beautiful, and afford by far the most
effective and valuable means which the painter possesses, for modification of
the forms of fixed objects. The upper clouds are distinct and comparatively
opaque, they do not modify, but conceal; but through the rain-cloud, and its
accessory phenomena, all that is beautiful may be made manifest, and all that
is hurtful concealed; what is paltry may be made to look vast, and what is
ponderous, aerial; mystery may be obtained without obscurity, and decoration
without disguise. And, accordingly, nature herself uses it constantly, as one of
her chief means of most perfect effect; not in one country, nor another, but
everywhere—everywhere; at least, where there is anything worth calling
landscape. I cannot answer for the desert of the Sahara, but I know that there
can be no greater mistake, than supposing that delicate and variable effects of
mist and rain-cloud are peculiar to northern climates. I have never seen in any
place or country effects of mist more perfect than in the Campagna of Rome,
§ 6. The old
and among the hills of Sorrento. It is therefore matter of no
little marvel to me, and I conceive that it can scarcely be
masters have not
otherwise to any reflecting person, that throughout the
same spot over the glacier. This long, serpent-like line of cloud went on at a
great rate till it reached the valley leading down from the Col de Balme,
under the slate rocks of the Croix de Fer. There it turned sharp round, and
came down this valley, at right angles to its former progress, and finally
directly contrary to it, till it came down within five hundred feet of the
village, where it disappeared; the line behind always advancing, and always
disappearing, at the same spot. This continued for half an hour, the long line
describing the curve of a horseshoe; always coming into existence, and
always vanishing at exactly the same places; traversing the space between
with enormous swiftness. This cloud, ten miles off, would have looked like a
perfectly motionless wreath, in the form of a horseshoe, hanging over the
hills.
To the region of the rain-cloud belong also all those phenomena of drifted
smoke, heat-haze, local mists in the morning or evening; in valleys, or over
§ 5. Value, to the
water, mirage, white steaming vapor rising in evaporation
from moist and open surfaces, and everything which visibly
painter, of the rain-
cloud.
affects the condition of the atmosphere without actually
assuming the form of cloud. These phenomena are as
perpetual in all countries as they are beautiful, and afford by far the most
effective and valuable means which the painter possesses, for modification of
the forms of fixed objects. The upper clouds are distinct and comparatively
opaque, they do not modify, but conceal; but through the rain-cloud, and its
accessory phenomena, all that is beautiful may be made manifest, and all that
is hurtful concealed; what is paltry may be made to look vast, and what is
ponderous, aerial; mystery may be obtained without obscurity, and decoration
without disguise. And, accordingly, nature herself uses it constantly, as one of
her chief means of most perfect effect; not in one country, nor another, but
everywhere—everywhere; at least, where there is anything worth calling
landscape. I cannot answer for the desert of the Sahara, but I know that there
can be no greater mistake, than supposing that delicate and variable effects of
mist and rain-cloud are peculiar to northern climates. I have never seen in any
place or country effects of mist more perfect than in the Campagna of Rome,
§ 6. The old
and among the hills of Sorrento. It is therefore matter of no
little marvel to me, and I conceive that it can scarcely be
masters have not
otherwise to any reflecting person, that throughout the
Page 339
left a single whole range of ancient landscape art, there occurs no
instance of the instance of the painting of a real rain-cloud, still less of any
painting of the of the more delicate phenomena characteristic of the region.
rain-cloud, and "Storms" indeed, as the innocent public persist in calling
very few efforts at such abuses of nature and abortions of art as the two windy
it. Gaspar Gaspars in our National Gallery, are common enough;
Poussin's storms. massive concretions of ink and indigo, wrung and twisted
very hard, apparently in a vain effort to get some moisture
out of them; bearing up courageously and successfully against a wind, whose
effects on the trees in the foreground can be accounted for only on the
supposition that they are all of the India-rubber species. Enough of this in all
conscience, we have, and to spare; but for the legitimate rain-cloud, with its
ragged and spray-like edge, its veilly transparency, and its columnar burden
of blessing, neither it, nor anything like it, or approaching it, occurs in any
painting of the old masters that I have ever seen; and I have seen enough to
warrant my affirming that if it occur anywhere, it must be through accident
rather than intention. Nor is there stronger evidence of any perception, on the
part of these much respected artists, that there were such things in the world
as mists or vapors. If a cloud under their direction ever touches a mountain, it
does it effectually and as if it meant to do it. There is no mystifying the
matter; here is a cloud, and there is a hill; if it is to come on at all, it comes on
to some purpose, and there is no hope of its ever going off again. We have,
therefore, little to say of the efforts of the old masters, in any scenes which
might naturally have been connected with the clouds of the lowest region,
except that the faults of form specified in considering the central clouds, are,
by way of being energetic or sublime, more glaringly and audaciously
committed in their "storms;" and that what is a wrong form among clouds
possessing form, is there given with increased generosity of fiction to clouds
which have no form at all.
Supposing that we had nothing to show in modern art, of the region of the
§ 7. The great
rain-cloud, but the dash of Cox, the blot of de Wint, or even
the ordinary stormy skies of the body of our inferior water-
power of the
moderns in this
color painters, we might yet laugh all efforts of the old
respect.
masters to utter scorn. But one among our water-color
artists, deserves especial notice—before we ascend the steps
of the solitary throne—as having done in his peculiar walk, what for faithful
instance of the instance of the painting of a real rain-cloud, still less of any
painting of the of the more delicate phenomena characteristic of the region.
rain-cloud, and "Storms" indeed, as the innocent public persist in calling
very few efforts at such abuses of nature and abortions of art as the two windy
it. Gaspar Gaspars in our National Gallery, are common enough;
Poussin's storms. massive concretions of ink and indigo, wrung and twisted
very hard, apparently in a vain effort to get some moisture
out of them; bearing up courageously and successfully against a wind, whose
effects on the trees in the foreground can be accounted for only on the
supposition that they are all of the India-rubber species. Enough of this in all
conscience, we have, and to spare; but for the legitimate rain-cloud, with its
ragged and spray-like edge, its veilly transparency, and its columnar burden
of blessing, neither it, nor anything like it, or approaching it, occurs in any
painting of the old masters that I have ever seen; and I have seen enough to
warrant my affirming that if it occur anywhere, it must be through accident
rather than intention. Nor is there stronger evidence of any perception, on the
part of these much respected artists, that there were such things in the world
as mists or vapors. If a cloud under their direction ever touches a mountain, it
does it effectually and as if it meant to do it. There is no mystifying the
matter; here is a cloud, and there is a hill; if it is to come on at all, it comes on
to some purpose, and there is no hope of its ever going off again. We have,
therefore, little to say of the efforts of the old masters, in any scenes which
might naturally have been connected with the clouds of the lowest region,
except that the faults of form specified in considering the central clouds, are,
by way of being energetic or sublime, more glaringly and audaciously
committed in their "storms;" and that what is a wrong form among clouds
possessing form, is there given with increased generosity of fiction to clouds
which have no form at all.
Supposing that we had nothing to show in modern art, of the region of the
§ 7. The great
rain-cloud, but the dash of Cox, the blot of de Wint, or even
the ordinary stormy skies of the body of our inferior water-
power of the
moderns in this
color painters, we might yet laugh all efforts of the old
respect.
masters to utter scorn. But one among our water-color
artists, deserves especial notice—before we ascend the steps
of the solitary throne—as having done in his peculiar walk, what for faithful
Page 340
and pure truth, truth indeed of a limited range and unstudied application, but
yet most faithful and most pure, will remain unsurpassed if not unrivalled,—
§ 8. Works of
Copley Fielding. We are well aware how much of what he
Copley Fielding.
has done depends in a great degree upon particular tricks of
execution, or on a labor somewhat too mechanical to be
meritorious; that it is rather the texture than the plan of his sky which is to be
admired, and that the greater part of what is pleasurable in it will fall rather
under the head of dexterous imitation than of definite thought. But whatever
detractions from his merit we may be compelled to make on these grounds, in
considering art as the embodying of beauty, or the channel of mind, it is
impossible, when we are speaking of truth only, to pass by his down scenes
and moorland showers, of some years ago, in which he produced some of the
most perfect and faultless passages of mist and rain-cloud which art has ever
§ 9. His peculiar
seen. Wet, transparent, formless, full of motion, felt rather
truth.
by their shadows on the hills than by their presence in the
sky, becoming dark only through increased depth of space,
most translucent where most sombre, and light only through increased
buoyancy of motion, letting the blue through their interstices, and the
sunlight through their chasms, with the irregular playfulness and traceless
gradation of nature herself, his skies will remain, as long as their colors stand,
among the most simple, unadulterated, and complete transcripts of a
particular nature which art can point to. Had he painted five instead of five
hundred such, and gone on to other sources of beauty, he might, there can be
§ 10. His weakness
little doubt, have been one of our greatest artists. But it
and its probable
often grieves us to see how his power is limited to a
particular moment, to that easiest moment for imitation,
cause.
when knowledge of form may be superseded by
management of the brush, and the judgment of the colorist by the
manufacture of a color; the moment when all form is melted down and drifted
away in the descending veil of rain, and when the variable and fitful colors of
the heaven are lost in the monotonous gray of its storm tones.[35] We can only
account for this by supposing that there is something radically wrong in his
method of study; for a man of his evident depth of feeling and pure love of
truth ought not to be, cannot be, except from some strange error in his mode
of out-of-door practice, thus limited in his range, and liable to decline of
power. We have little doubt that almost all such failures arise from the artist's
yet most faithful and most pure, will remain unsurpassed if not unrivalled,—
§ 8. Works of
Copley Fielding. We are well aware how much of what he
Copley Fielding.
has done depends in a great degree upon particular tricks of
execution, or on a labor somewhat too mechanical to be
meritorious; that it is rather the texture than the plan of his sky which is to be
admired, and that the greater part of what is pleasurable in it will fall rather
under the head of dexterous imitation than of definite thought. But whatever
detractions from his merit we may be compelled to make on these grounds, in
considering art as the embodying of beauty, or the channel of mind, it is
impossible, when we are speaking of truth only, to pass by his down scenes
and moorland showers, of some years ago, in which he produced some of the
most perfect and faultless passages of mist and rain-cloud which art has ever
§ 9. His peculiar
seen. Wet, transparent, formless, full of motion, felt rather
truth.
by their shadows on the hills than by their presence in the
sky, becoming dark only through increased depth of space,
most translucent where most sombre, and light only through increased
buoyancy of motion, letting the blue through their interstices, and the
sunlight through their chasms, with the irregular playfulness and traceless
gradation of nature herself, his skies will remain, as long as their colors stand,
among the most simple, unadulterated, and complete transcripts of a
particular nature which art can point to. Had he painted five instead of five
hundred such, and gone on to other sources of beauty, he might, there can be
§ 10. His weakness
little doubt, have been one of our greatest artists. But it
and its probable
often grieves us to see how his power is limited to a
particular moment, to that easiest moment for imitation,
cause.
when knowledge of form may be superseded by
management of the brush, and the judgment of the colorist by the
manufacture of a color; the moment when all form is melted down and drifted
away in the descending veil of rain, and when the variable and fitful colors of
the heaven are lost in the monotonous gray of its storm tones.[35] We can only
account for this by supposing that there is something radically wrong in his
method of study; for a man of his evident depth of feeling and pure love of
truth ought not to be, cannot be, except from some strange error in his mode
of out-of-door practice, thus limited in his range, and liable to decline of
power. We have little doubt that almost all such failures arise from the artist's
Page 341
neglecting the use of the chalk, and supposing that either the power of
drawing forms, or the sense of their beauty, can be maintained unweakened
or unblunted, without constant and laborious studies in simple light and
shade, of form only. The brush is at once the artist's greatest aid and enemy; it
enables him to make his power available, but at the same time, it undermines
his power, and unless it be constantly rejected for the pencil, never can be
rightly used. But whatever the obstacle be, we do not doubt that it is one
which, once seen, may be overcome or removed; and we are in the constant
hope of seeing this finely-minded artist shake off his lethargy, break the
shackles of habit, seek in extended and right study the sources of real power,
and become, what we have full faith in his capability of being, one of the
leading artists of his time.
In passing to the works of our greatest modern master, it must be premised
§ 11. Impossibility
that the qualities which constitute a most essential part of
of reasoning on the
the truth of the rain-cloud, are in no degree to be rendered
rain-clouds of
by engraving. Its indefiniteness of torn and transparent form
Turner from
is far beyond the power of even our best engravers: I do not
say beyond their possible power, if they would make
engravings.
themselves artists as well as workmen, but far beyond the
power they actually possess; while the depth and delicacy of the grays which
Turner employs or produces, as well as the refinement of his execution, are,
in the nature of things, utterly beyond all imitation by the opaque and lifeless
darkness of the steel. What we say of his works, therefore, must be
understood as referring only to the original drawings; though we may name
one or two instances in which the engraver has, to a certain degree, succeeded
in distantly following the intention of the master.
Jumieges, in the Rivers of France, ought perhaps, after what we have said
§ 12. His rendering
of Fielding, to be our first object of attention, because it is a
of Fielding's
rendering by Turner of Fielding's particular moment, and
the only one existing, for Turner never repeats himself. One
particular moment
in the Jumieges.
picture is allotted to one truth; the statement is perfectly and
gloriously made, and he passes on to speak of a fresh
portion of God's revelation.[36] The haze of sunlit rain of this most
magnificent picture, the gradual retirement of the dark wood into its depth,
and the sparkling and evanescent light which sends its variable flashes on the
drawing forms, or the sense of their beauty, can be maintained unweakened
or unblunted, without constant and laborious studies in simple light and
shade, of form only. The brush is at once the artist's greatest aid and enemy; it
enables him to make his power available, but at the same time, it undermines
his power, and unless it be constantly rejected for the pencil, never can be
rightly used. But whatever the obstacle be, we do not doubt that it is one
which, once seen, may be overcome or removed; and we are in the constant
hope of seeing this finely-minded artist shake off his lethargy, break the
shackles of habit, seek in extended and right study the sources of real power,
and become, what we have full faith in his capability of being, one of the
leading artists of his time.
In passing to the works of our greatest modern master, it must be premised
§ 11. Impossibility
that the qualities which constitute a most essential part of
of reasoning on the
the truth of the rain-cloud, are in no degree to be rendered
rain-clouds of
by engraving. Its indefiniteness of torn and transparent form
Turner from
is far beyond the power of even our best engravers: I do not
say beyond their possible power, if they would make
engravings.
themselves artists as well as workmen, but far beyond the
power they actually possess; while the depth and delicacy of the grays which
Turner employs or produces, as well as the refinement of his execution, are,
in the nature of things, utterly beyond all imitation by the opaque and lifeless
darkness of the steel. What we say of his works, therefore, must be
understood as referring only to the original drawings; though we may name
one or two instances in which the engraver has, to a certain degree, succeeded
in distantly following the intention of the master.
Jumieges, in the Rivers of France, ought perhaps, after what we have said
§ 12. His rendering
of Fielding, to be our first object of attention, because it is a
of Fielding's
rendering by Turner of Fielding's particular moment, and
the only one existing, for Turner never repeats himself. One
particular moment
in the Jumieges.
picture is allotted to one truth; the statement is perfectly and
gloriously made, and he passes on to speak of a fresh
portion of God's revelation.[36] The haze of sunlit rain of this most
magnificent picture, the gradual retirement of the dark wood into its depth,
and the sparkling and evanescent light which sends its variable flashes on the
Page 342
abbey, figures, foliage, and foam, require no comment—they speak home at
once. But there is added to this noble composition an
§ 13. Illustration of
the nature of
incident which may serve us at once for a farther illustration
clouds in the
of the nature and forms of cloud, and for a final proof how
opposed forms of
deeply and philosophically Turner has studied them.
smoke and steam. We have on the right of the picture, the steam and the
smoke of a passing steamboat. Now steam is nothing but an
artificial cloud in the process of dissipation; it is as much a cloud as those of
the sky itself, that is, a quantity of moisture rendered visible in the air by
imperfect solution. Accordingly, observe how exquisitely irregular and
broken are its forms, how sharp and spray-like; but with all the facts observed
which were pointed out in Chap. II. of this Section, the convex side to the
wind, the sharp edge on that side, the other soft and lost. Smoke, on the
contrary, is an actual substance existing independently in the air, a solid
opaque body, subject to no absorption nor dissipation but that of tenuity.
Observe its volumes; there is no breaking up nor disappearing here; the wind
carries its elastic globes before it, but does not dissolve nor break them.[37]
Equally convex and void of angles on all sides, they are the exact
representatives of the clouds of the old masters, and serve at once to show the
ignorance and falsehood of these latter, and the accuracy of study which has
guided Turner to the truth.
From this picture we should pass to the Llanthony,[38] which is the
rendering of the moment immediately following that given in the Jumieges.
§ 14. Moment of
The shower is here half exhausted, half passed by, the last
retiring rain in the
drops are rattling faintly through the glimmering hazel
Llanthony.
boughs, the white torrent, swelled by the sudden storm,
flings up its hasty jets of springing spray to meet the
returning light; and these, as if the heaven regretted what it had given, and
were taking it back, pass, as they leap, into vapor, and fall not again, but
vanish in the shafts of the sunlight[39]—hurrying, fitful, wind-woven sunlight
—which glides through the thick leaves, and paces along the pale rocks like
rain; half conquering, half quenched by the very mists which it summons
itself from the lighted pastures as it passes, and gathers out of the drooping
herbage and from the streaming crags; sending them with messages of peace
once. But there is added to this noble composition an
§ 13. Illustration of
the nature of
incident which may serve us at once for a farther illustration
clouds in the
of the nature and forms of cloud, and for a final proof how
opposed forms of
deeply and philosophically Turner has studied them.
smoke and steam. We have on the right of the picture, the steam and the
smoke of a passing steamboat. Now steam is nothing but an
artificial cloud in the process of dissipation; it is as much a cloud as those of
the sky itself, that is, a quantity of moisture rendered visible in the air by
imperfect solution. Accordingly, observe how exquisitely irregular and
broken are its forms, how sharp and spray-like; but with all the facts observed
which were pointed out in Chap. II. of this Section, the convex side to the
wind, the sharp edge on that side, the other soft and lost. Smoke, on the
contrary, is an actual substance existing independently in the air, a solid
opaque body, subject to no absorption nor dissipation but that of tenuity.
Observe its volumes; there is no breaking up nor disappearing here; the wind
carries its elastic globes before it, but does not dissolve nor break them.[37]
Equally convex and void of angles on all sides, they are the exact
representatives of the clouds of the old masters, and serve at once to show the
ignorance and falsehood of these latter, and the accuracy of study which has
guided Turner to the truth.
From this picture we should pass to the Llanthony,[38] which is the
rendering of the moment immediately following that given in the Jumieges.
§ 14. Moment of
The shower is here half exhausted, half passed by, the last
retiring rain in the
drops are rattling faintly through the glimmering hazel
Llanthony.
boughs, the white torrent, swelled by the sudden storm,
flings up its hasty jets of springing spray to meet the
returning light; and these, as if the heaven regretted what it had given, and
were taking it back, pass, as they leap, into vapor, and fall not again, but
vanish in the shafts of the sunlight[39]—hurrying, fitful, wind-woven sunlight
—which glides through the thick leaves, and paces along the pale rocks like
rain; half conquering, half quenched by the very mists which it summons
itself from the lighted pastures as it passes, and gathers out of the drooping
herbage and from the streaming crags; sending them with messages of peace
Page 343
to the far summits of the yet unveiled mountains whose silence is still broken
by the sound of the rushing rain.
With this noble work we should compare one of which we can better judge
by the engraving—the Loch Coriskin, in the illustrations to Scott, because it
§ 15. And of
introduces us to another and a most remarkable instance of
commencing,
the artist's vast and varied knowledge. When rain falls on a
chosen with
mountain composed chiefly of barren rocks, their surfaces,
peculiar meaning
being violently heated by the sun, whose most intense
for Loch Coriskin.
warmth always precedes rain, occasion sudden and violent
evaporation, actually converting the first shower into steam.
Consequently, upon all such hills, on the commencement of rain, white
volumes of vapor are instantaneously and universally formed, which rise, are
absorbed by the atmosphere, and again descend in rain, to rise in fresh
volumes until the surfaces of the hills are cooled. Where there is grass or
vegetation, this effect is diminished; where there is foliage it scarcely takes
place at all. Now this effect has evidently been especially chosen by Turner
for Loch Coriskin, not only because it enabled him to relieve its jagged forms
with veiling vapor, but to tell the tale which no pencilling could, the story of
its utter absolute barrenness of unlichened, dead, desolated rock:—
"The wildest glen, but this, can show
Some touch of nature's genial glow,
On high Benmore green mosses grow,
And heath-bells bud in deep Glencoe.
And copse on Cruchan Ben;
But here, above, around, below,
On mountain, or in glen,
Nor tree, nor plant, nor shrub, nor flower,
Nor aught of vegetative power,
The wearied eye may ken;
But all its rocks at random thrown,
Black waves, bare crags, and banks of stone."
Lord of the Isles, Canto III
Here, again, we see the absolute necessity of scientific and entire
acquaintance with nature, before this great artist can be understood. That
by the sound of the rushing rain.
With this noble work we should compare one of which we can better judge
by the engraving—the Loch Coriskin, in the illustrations to Scott, because it
§ 15. And of
introduces us to another and a most remarkable instance of
commencing,
the artist's vast and varied knowledge. When rain falls on a
chosen with
mountain composed chiefly of barren rocks, their surfaces,
peculiar meaning
being violently heated by the sun, whose most intense
for Loch Coriskin.
warmth always precedes rain, occasion sudden and violent
evaporation, actually converting the first shower into steam.
Consequently, upon all such hills, on the commencement of rain, white
volumes of vapor are instantaneously and universally formed, which rise, are
absorbed by the atmosphere, and again descend in rain, to rise in fresh
volumes until the surfaces of the hills are cooled. Where there is grass or
vegetation, this effect is diminished; where there is foliage it scarcely takes
place at all. Now this effect has evidently been especially chosen by Turner
for Loch Coriskin, not only because it enabled him to relieve its jagged forms
with veiling vapor, but to tell the tale which no pencilling could, the story of
its utter absolute barrenness of unlichened, dead, desolated rock:—
"The wildest glen, but this, can show
Some touch of nature's genial glow,
On high Benmore green mosses grow,
And heath-bells bud in deep Glencoe.
And copse on Cruchan Ben;
But here, above, around, below,
On mountain, or in glen,
Nor tree, nor plant, nor shrub, nor flower,
Nor aught of vegetative power,
The wearied eye may ken;
But all its rocks at random thrown,
Black waves, bare crags, and banks of stone."
Lord of the Isles, Canto III
Here, again, we see the absolute necessity of scientific and entire
acquaintance with nature, before this great artist can be understood. That
Page 344
which, to the ignorant, is little more than an unnatural and meaningless
confusion of steam-like vapor, is to the experienced such a full and perfect
expression of the character of the spot, as no means of art could have
otherwise given.
In the Long Ships Lighthouse, Land's End, we have clouds without rain—
at twilight—enveloping the cliffs of the coast, but concealing nothing, every
outline being visible through their gloom; and not only the
§ 16. The drawing
of transparent
outline—for it is easy to do this—but the surface. The bank
vapor in the
of rocky coast approaches the spectator inch by inch, felt
Land's End.
clearer and clearer as it withdraws from the garment of
cloud—not by edges more and more defined, but by a
surface more and more unveiled. We have thus the painting, not of a mere
transparent veil, but of a solid body of cloud, every inch of whose increasing
distance is marked and felt. But the great wonder of the picture is the
intensity of gloom which is attained in pure warm gray, without either
blackness or blueness. It is a gloom, dependent rather on the enormous space
and depth indicated, than on actual pitch of color, distant by real drawing,
without a grain of blue, dark by real substance, without a stroke of blackness;
and with all this, it is not formless, but full of indications of character, wild,
irregular, shattered, and indefinite—full of the energy of storm, fiery in haste,
and yet flinging back out of its motion the fitful swirls of bounding drift, of
tortured vapor tossed up like men's hands, as in defiance of the tempest, the
jets of resulting whirlwind, hurled back from the rocks into the face of the
coming darkness; which, beyond all other characters, mark the raised passion
§ 17. The
of the elements. It is this untraceable, unconnected, yet
individual
perpetual form—this fulness of character absorbed in the
character of its
universal energy—which distinguish nature and Turner
parts.
from all their imitators. To roll a volume of smoke before
the wind, to indicate motion or violence by monotonous
similarity of line and direction, is for the multitude; but to mark the
independent passion, the tumultuous separate existence of every wreath of
writhing vapor, yet swept away and overpowered by one omnipotence of
storm, and thus to bid us
"Be as a Presence or a motion—one
confusion of steam-like vapor, is to the experienced such a full and perfect
expression of the character of the spot, as no means of art could have
otherwise given.
In the Long Ships Lighthouse, Land's End, we have clouds without rain—
at twilight—enveloping the cliffs of the coast, but concealing nothing, every
outline being visible through their gloom; and not only the
§ 16. The drawing
of transparent
outline—for it is easy to do this—but the surface. The bank
vapor in the
of rocky coast approaches the spectator inch by inch, felt
Land's End.
clearer and clearer as it withdraws from the garment of
cloud—not by edges more and more defined, but by a
surface more and more unveiled. We have thus the painting, not of a mere
transparent veil, but of a solid body of cloud, every inch of whose increasing
distance is marked and felt. But the great wonder of the picture is the
intensity of gloom which is attained in pure warm gray, without either
blackness or blueness. It is a gloom, dependent rather on the enormous space
and depth indicated, than on actual pitch of color, distant by real drawing,
without a grain of blue, dark by real substance, without a stroke of blackness;
and with all this, it is not formless, but full of indications of character, wild,
irregular, shattered, and indefinite—full of the energy of storm, fiery in haste,
and yet flinging back out of its motion the fitful swirls of bounding drift, of
tortured vapor tossed up like men's hands, as in defiance of the tempest, the
jets of resulting whirlwind, hurled back from the rocks into the face of the
coming darkness; which, beyond all other characters, mark the raised passion
§ 17. The
of the elements. It is this untraceable, unconnected, yet
individual
perpetual form—this fulness of character absorbed in the
character of its
universal energy—which distinguish nature and Turner
parts.
from all their imitators. To roll a volume of smoke before
the wind, to indicate motion or violence by monotonous
similarity of line and direction, is for the multitude; but to mark the
independent passion, the tumultuous separate existence of every wreath of
writhing vapor, yet swept away and overpowered by one omnipotence of
storm, and thus to bid us
"Be as a Presence or a motion—one
Page 345
Among the many there—--while the mists
Flying, and rainy vapors, call out shapes
And phantoms from the crags and solid earth,
As fast as a musician scatters sounds
Out of an instrument,"—
this belongs only to nature and to him.
The drawing of Coventry may be particularized as a farther example of this
§ 18. Deep studied
fine suggestion of irregularity and fitfulness, through very
form of swift rain-
constant parallelism of direction, both in rain and clouds.
cloud in the
The great mass of cloud, which traverses the whole picture,
Coventry.
is characterized throughout by severe right lines, nearly
parallel with each other, into which every one of its wreaths
has a tendency to range itself; but no one of these right lines is actually and
entirely parallel to any other, though all have a certain tendency, more or less
defined in each, which impresses the mind with the most distinct idea of
parallelism. Neither are any of the lines actually straight and unbroken; on the
contrary, they are all made up of the most exquisite and varied curves, and it
is the imagined line which joins the apices of these—a tangent to them all,
which is in reality straight.[40] They are suggested, not represented, right
lines; but the whole volume of cloud is visibly and totally bounded by them;
and, in consequence, its whole body is felt to be dragged out and elongated
by the force of the tempest which it carries with it, and every one of its
wreaths to be (as was before explained) not so much something borne before
or by the wind, as the visible form and presence of the wind itself. We could
§ 19. Compared
not possibly point out a more magnificent piece drawing as
a contrast to such works of Salvator as that before alluded to
with forms given
by Salvator.
(159 Dulwich Gallery). Both are rolling masses of
connected cloud; but in Turner's, there is not one curve that
repeats another, nor one curve in itself monotonous, nor without character,
and yet every part and portion of the cloud is rigidly subjected to the same
forward, fierce, inevitable influence of storm. In Salvator's, every curve
repeats its neighbor, every curve is monotonous in itself, and yet the whole
cloud is curling about hither and thither, evidently without the slightest notion
where it is going to, and unregulated by any general influence whatsoever. I
could not bring together two finer or more instructive examples, the one of
Flying, and rainy vapors, call out shapes
And phantoms from the crags and solid earth,
As fast as a musician scatters sounds
Out of an instrument,"—
this belongs only to nature and to him.
The drawing of Coventry may be particularized as a farther example of this
§ 18. Deep studied
fine suggestion of irregularity and fitfulness, through very
form of swift rain-
constant parallelism of direction, both in rain and clouds.
cloud in the
The great mass of cloud, which traverses the whole picture,
Coventry.
is characterized throughout by severe right lines, nearly
parallel with each other, into which every one of its wreaths
has a tendency to range itself; but no one of these right lines is actually and
entirely parallel to any other, though all have a certain tendency, more or less
defined in each, which impresses the mind with the most distinct idea of
parallelism. Neither are any of the lines actually straight and unbroken; on the
contrary, they are all made up of the most exquisite and varied curves, and it
is the imagined line which joins the apices of these—a tangent to them all,
which is in reality straight.[40] They are suggested, not represented, right
lines; but the whole volume of cloud is visibly and totally bounded by them;
and, in consequence, its whole body is felt to be dragged out and elongated
by the force of the tempest which it carries with it, and every one of its
wreaths to be (as was before explained) not so much something borne before
or by the wind, as the visible form and presence of the wind itself. We could
§ 19. Compared
not possibly point out a more magnificent piece drawing as
a contrast to such works of Salvator as that before alluded to
with forms given
by Salvator.
(159 Dulwich Gallery). Both are rolling masses of
connected cloud; but in Turner's, there is not one curve that
repeats another, nor one curve in itself monotonous, nor without character,
and yet every part and portion of the cloud is rigidly subjected to the same
forward, fierce, inevitable influence of storm. In Salvator's, every curve
repeats its neighbor, every curve is monotonous in itself, and yet the whole
cloud is curling about hither and thither, evidently without the slightest notion
where it is going to, and unregulated by any general influence whatsoever. I
could not bring together two finer or more instructive examples, the one of
Page 346
everything that is perfect, the other of everything that is childish or
abominable, in the representation of the same facts.
But there is yet more to be noticed in this noble sky of Turner's. Not only
are the lines of the rolling cloud thus irregular in their parallelism, but those
§ 20. Entire
of the falling rain are equally varied in their direction,
expression of
indicating the gusty changefulness of the wind, and yet kept
tempest by minute
so straight and stern in their individual descent, that we are
touches and
not suffered to forget its strength. This impression is still
farther enhanced by the drawing of the smoke, which blows
circumstances in
the Coventry.
every way at once, yet turning perpetually in each of its
swirls back in the direction of the wind, but so suddenly and
violently, as almost to assume the angular lines of lightning. Farther, to
complete the impression, be it observed that all the cattle, both upon the near
and distant hill-side, have left off grazing, and are standing stock still and
stiff, with their heads down and their backs to the wind; and finally, that we
may be told not only what the storm is, but what it has been, the gutter at the
side of the road is gushing in a complete torrent, and particular attention is
directed to it by the full burst of light in the sky being brought just above it,
so that all its waves are bright with the reflection.
But I have not quite done with this noble picture yet. Impetuous clouds,
twisted rain, flickering sunshine, fleeting shadow, gushing water, and
§ 21. Especially by
oppressed cattle, all speak the same story of tumult,
contrast with a
fitfulness, power, and velocity. Only one thing is wanted, a
passage of extreme
passage of repose to contrast with it all, and it is given.
repose.
High and far above the dark volumes of the swift rain-
cloud, are seen on the left, through their opening, the quiet,
horizontal, silent flakes of the highest cirrus, resting in the repose of the deep
sky. Of all else that we have noticed in this drawing, some faint idea can be
formed from the engraving: but not the slightest of the delicate and soft forms
of these pausing vapors, and still less of the exquisite depth and palpitating
tenderness of the blue with which they are islanded. Engravers, indeed,
invariably lose the effect of all passages of cold color, under the mistaken
idea that it is to be kept pale in order to indicate distance; whereas it ought
commonly to be darker than the rest of the sky.
abominable, in the representation of the same facts.
But there is yet more to be noticed in this noble sky of Turner's. Not only
are the lines of the rolling cloud thus irregular in their parallelism, but those
§ 20. Entire
of the falling rain are equally varied in their direction,
expression of
indicating the gusty changefulness of the wind, and yet kept
tempest by minute
so straight and stern in their individual descent, that we are
touches and
not suffered to forget its strength. This impression is still
farther enhanced by the drawing of the smoke, which blows
circumstances in
the Coventry.
every way at once, yet turning perpetually in each of its
swirls back in the direction of the wind, but so suddenly and
violently, as almost to assume the angular lines of lightning. Farther, to
complete the impression, be it observed that all the cattle, both upon the near
and distant hill-side, have left off grazing, and are standing stock still and
stiff, with their heads down and their backs to the wind; and finally, that we
may be told not only what the storm is, but what it has been, the gutter at the
side of the road is gushing in a complete torrent, and particular attention is
directed to it by the full burst of light in the sky being brought just above it,
so that all its waves are bright with the reflection.
But I have not quite done with this noble picture yet. Impetuous clouds,
twisted rain, flickering sunshine, fleeting shadow, gushing water, and
§ 21. Especially by
oppressed cattle, all speak the same story of tumult,
contrast with a
fitfulness, power, and velocity. Only one thing is wanted, a
passage of extreme
passage of repose to contrast with it all, and it is given.
repose.
High and far above the dark volumes of the swift rain-
cloud, are seen on the left, through their opening, the quiet,
horizontal, silent flakes of the highest cirrus, resting in the repose of the deep
sky. Of all else that we have noticed in this drawing, some faint idea can be
formed from the engraving: but not the slightest of the delicate and soft forms
of these pausing vapors, and still less of the exquisite depth and palpitating
tenderness of the blue with which they are islanded. Engravers, indeed,
invariably lose the effect of all passages of cold color, under the mistaken
idea that it is to be kept pale in order to indicate distance; whereas it ought
commonly to be darker than the rest of the sky.
Page 347
To appreciate the full truth of this passage, we must understand another
§ 22. The truth of
effect peculiar to the rain-cloud, that its openings exhibit the
purest blue which the sky ever shows. For, as we saw in the
this particular
passage. Perfectly
first chapter of this section, that aqueous vapor always turns
pure blue sky only
the sky more or less gray, it follows that we never can see
seen after rain, and
the azure so intense as when the greater part of this vapor
how seen.
has just fallen in rain. Then, and then only, pure blue sky
becomes visible in the first openings, distinguished
especially by the manner in which the clouds melt into it; their edges passing
off in faint white threads and fringes, through which the blue shines more and
more intensely, till the last trace of vapor is lost in its perfect color. It is only
the upper white clouds, however, which do this, or the last fragments of rain-
clouds, becoming white as they disappear, so that the blue is never corrupted
by the cloud, but only paled and broken with pure white, the purest white
which the sky ever shows. Thus we have a melting and palpitating color,
never the same for two inches together, deepening and broadening here and
there into intensity of perfect azure, then drifted and dying away through
every tone of pure pale sky, into the snow white of the filmy cloud. Over this
roll the determined edges of the rain-clouds, throwing it all far back, as a
§ 23. Absence of
retired scene, into the upper sky. Of this effect the old
this effect in the
masters, as far as I remember, have taken no cognizance
works of the old
whatsoever; all with them is, as we partially noticed before,
masters.
either white cloud or pure blue: they have no notion of any
double-dealing or middle measures. They bore a hole in the
sky, and let you up into a pool of deep, stagnant blue, marked off by the clear
round edges of imperturbable, impenetrable cloud on all sides—beautiful in
positive color, but totally destitute of that exquisite gradation and change, that
fleeting, panting, hesitating effort, with which the first glance of the natural
sky is shed through the turbulence of the earth-storm.
They have some excuse, however, for not attempting this, in the nature of
their material, as one accidental dash of the brush with water-color on a piece
§ 24. Success of our
of wet or damp paper, will come nearer the truth and
water-color artists
transparency of this rain-blue than the labor of a day in oils;
in its rendering.
and the purity and felicity of some of the careless, melting
Use of it by Turner.
water-color skies of Cox and Tayler may well make us
fastidious in all effects of this kind. It is, however, only in
§ 22. The truth of
effect peculiar to the rain-cloud, that its openings exhibit the
purest blue which the sky ever shows. For, as we saw in the
this particular
passage. Perfectly
first chapter of this section, that aqueous vapor always turns
pure blue sky only
the sky more or less gray, it follows that we never can see
seen after rain, and
the azure so intense as when the greater part of this vapor
how seen.
has just fallen in rain. Then, and then only, pure blue sky
becomes visible in the first openings, distinguished
especially by the manner in which the clouds melt into it; their edges passing
off in faint white threads and fringes, through which the blue shines more and
more intensely, till the last trace of vapor is lost in its perfect color. It is only
the upper white clouds, however, which do this, or the last fragments of rain-
clouds, becoming white as they disappear, so that the blue is never corrupted
by the cloud, but only paled and broken with pure white, the purest white
which the sky ever shows. Thus we have a melting and palpitating color,
never the same for two inches together, deepening and broadening here and
there into intensity of perfect azure, then drifted and dying away through
every tone of pure pale sky, into the snow white of the filmy cloud. Over this
roll the determined edges of the rain-clouds, throwing it all far back, as a
§ 23. Absence of
retired scene, into the upper sky. Of this effect the old
this effect in the
masters, as far as I remember, have taken no cognizance
works of the old
whatsoever; all with them is, as we partially noticed before,
masters.
either white cloud or pure blue: they have no notion of any
double-dealing or middle measures. They bore a hole in the
sky, and let you up into a pool of deep, stagnant blue, marked off by the clear
round edges of imperturbable, impenetrable cloud on all sides—beautiful in
positive color, but totally destitute of that exquisite gradation and change, that
fleeting, panting, hesitating effort, with which the first glance of the natural
sky is shed through the turbulence of the earth-storm.
They have some excuse, however, for not attempting this, in the nature of
their material, as one accidental dash of the brush with water-color on a piece
§ 24. Success of our
of wet or damp paper, will come nearer the truth and
water-color artists
transparency of this rain-blue than the labor of a day in oils;
in its rendering.
and the purity and felicity of some of the careless, melting
Use of it by Turner.
water-color skies of Cox and Tayler may well make us
fastidious in all effects of this kind. It is, however, only in
Page 348
the drawings of Turner that we have this perfect transparency and variation of
blue, given in association with the perfection of considered form. In Tayler
and Cox the forms are always partially accidental and unconsidered, often
essentially bad, and always incomplete; in Turner the dash of the brush is as
completely under the rule of thought and feeling as its slowest line; all that it
does is perfect, and could not be altered, even in a hairbreadth, without
injury; in addition to this, peculiar management and execution are used in
obtaining quality in the color itself, totally different from the manipulation of
any other artist; and none, who have ever spent so much as one hour of their
lives over his drawing, can forget those dim passages of dreamy blue, barred
and severed with a thousand delicate and soft and snowy forms, which,
gleaming in their patience of hope between the troubled rushing of the racked
earth-cloud, melt farther and farther back into the height of heaven, until the
eye is bewildered and the heart lost in the intensity of their peace. I do not say
that this is beautiful—I do not say it is ideal, nor refined—I only ask you to
watch for the first opening of the clouds after the next south rain, and tell me
if it be not true?
The Gosport affords us an instance more exquisite even than the passage
above named in the Coventry, of the use of this melting and dewy blue,
§ 25. Expression of
accompanied by two distances of rain-cloud, one towering
over the horizon, seen blue with excessive distance through
near rain-cloud in
the Gosport, and
crystal atmosphere; the other breaking overhead in the
warm, sulphurous fragments of spray, whose loose and
other works.
shattering transparency, being the most essential
characteristic of the near rain-cloud, is precisely that which the old masters
are sure to contradict. Look, for instance, at the wreaths of cloud? in the Dido
and Æneas of Gaspar Poussin, with their unpleasant edges cut as hard and
§ 26. Contrasted
solid and opaque and smooth as thick black paint can make
them, rolled up over one another like a dirty sail badly
with Gaspar
reefed; or look at the agreeable transparency and variety of
Poussin's rain-
cloud in the Dido
the cloud-edge where it cuts the Mountain in N. Poussin's
Phocion, and compare this with the wreaths which float
and Æneas.
across the precipice in the second vignette in Campbell, or
which gather around the Ben Lomond, the white rain gleaming beneath their
dark transparent shadows; or which drift up along the flanks of the wooded
hills, called from the river by the morning light, in the Oakhampton; or which
blue, given in association with the perfection of considered form. In Tayler
and Cox the forms are always partially accidental and unconsidered, often
essentially bad, and always incomplete; in Turner the dash of the brush is as
completely under the rule of thought and feeling as its slowest line; all that it
does is perfect, and could not be altered, even in a hairbreadth, without
injury; in addition to this, peculiar management and execution are used in
obtaining quality in the color itself, totally different from the manipulation of
any other artist; and none, who have ever spent so much as one hour of their
lives over his drawing, can forget those dim passages of dreamy blue, barred
and severed with a thousand delicate and soft and snowy forms, which,
gleaming in their patience of hope between the troubled rushing of the racked
earth-cloud, melt farther and farther back into the height of heaven, until the
eye is bewildered and the heart lost in the intensity of their peace. I do not say
that this is beautiful—I do not say it is ideal, nor refined—I only ask you to
watch for the first opening of the clouds after the next south rain, and tell me
if it be not true?
The Gosport affords us an instance more exquisite even than the passage
above named in the Coventry, of the use of this melting and dewy blue,
§ 25. Expression of
accompanied by two distances of rain-cloud, one towering
over the horizon, seen blue with excessive distance through
near rain-cloud in
the Gosport, and
crystal atmosphere; the other breaking overhead in the
warm, sulphurous fragments of spray, whose loose and
other works.
shattering transparency, being the most essential
characteristic of the near rain-cloud, is precisely that which the old masters
are sure to contradict. Look, for instance, at the wreaths of cloud? in the Dido
and Æneas of Gaspar Poussin, with their unpleasant edges cut as hard and
§ 26. Contrasted
solid and opaque and smooth as thick black paint can make
them, rolled up over one another like a dirty sail badly
with Gaspar
reefed; or look at the agreeable transparency and variety of
Poussin's rain-
cloud in the Dido
the cloud-edge where it cuts the Mountain in N. Poussin's
Phocion, and compare this with the wreaths which float
and Æneas.
across the precipice in the second vignette in Campbell, or
which gather around the Ben Lomond, the white rain gleaming beneath their
dark transparent shadows; or which drift up along the flanks of the wooded
hills, called from the river by the morning light, in the Oakhampton; or which
Page 349
island the crags of Snowdon in the Llanberis, or melt along the Cumberland
hills, while Turner leads us across the sands of Morecambe Bay. This last
drawing deserves especial notice; it is of an evening in spring, when the south
rain has ceased at sunset, and through the lulled and golden air, the confused
and fantastic mists float up along the hollows of the mountains, white and
pure, the resurrection in spirit of the new-fallen rain, catching shadows from
the precipices, and mocking the dark peaks with their own mountain-like but
melting forms till the solid mountains seem in motion like those waves of
cloud, emerging and vanishing as the weak wind passes by their summits;
while the blue, level night advances along the sea, and the surging breakers
leap up to catch the last light from the path of the sunset.
OKEHAMPTON CASTLE.
From a painting by Turner.
I need not, however, insist upon Turner's peculiar power of rendering mist,
and all those passages of intermediate mystery, between earth and air, when
the mountain is melting into the cloud, or the horizon into the twilight;
hills, while Turner leads us across the sands of Morecambe Bay. This last
drawing deserves especial notice; it is of an evening in spring, when the south
rain has ceased at sunset, and through the lulled and golden air, the confused
and fantastic mists float up along the hollows of the mountains, white and
pure, the resurrection in spirit of the new-fallen rain, catching shadows from
the precipices, and mocking the dark peaks with their own mountain-like but
melting forms till the solid mountains seem in motion like those waves of
cloud, emerging and vanishing as the weak wind passes by their summits;
while the blue, level night advances along the sea, and the surging breakers
leap up to catch the last light from the path of the sunset.
OKEHAMPTON CASTLE.
From a painting by Turner.
I need not, however, insist upon Turner's peculiar power of rendering mist,
and all those passages of intermediate mystery, between earth and air, when
the mountain is melting into the cloud, or the horizon into the twilight;
Page 350
§ 27. Turner's
because his supremacy in these points is altogether
power of rendering
undisputed, except by persons to whom it would be
impossible to prove anything which did not fall under the
mist.
form of a Rule of Three. Nothing is more natural than that
the studied form and color of this great artist should be little understood,
because they require for the full perception of their meaning and truth, such
knowledge and such time as not one in a thousand possesses, or can bestow;
but yet the truth of them for that very reason is capable of demonstration, and
there is hope of our being able to make it in some degree felt and
comprehended even by those to whom it is now a dead letter, or an offence.
§ 28. His effects of
But the aerial and misty effects of landscape, being matters
mist so perfect,
of which the eye should be simply cognizant, and without
effort of thought, as it is of light, must, where they are
that if not at once
exquisitely rendered, either be felt at once, or prove that
understood, they
can no more be
degree of blindness and bluntness in the feelings of the
observer which there is little hope of ever conquering. Of
explained or
course for persons who have never seen in their lives a
reasoned on than
nature herself.
cloud vanishing on a mountain-side, and whose conceptions
of mist or vapor are limited to ambiguous outlines of
spectral hackney-coaches and bodiless lamp-posts, discern through a brown
combination of sulphur, soot, and gaslight, there is yet some hope; we cannot,
indeed, tell them what the morning mist is like in mountain air, but far be it
from us to tell them that they are incapable of feeling its beauty if they will
seek it for themselves. But if you have ever in your life had one opportunity
with your eyes and heart open, of seeing the dew rise from a hill-pasture, or
the storm gather on a sea-cliff, and if you have yet no feeling for the glorious
passages of mingled earth and heaven which Turner calls up before you into
breathing, tangible being, there is indeed no hope for your apathy—art will
never touch you, nor nature inform.
It would be utterly absurd, among the innumerable passages of this kind
given throughout his works, to point to one as more characteristic or more
perfect than another. The Simmer Lake, near Askrig, for
§ 29. Various
expression of mist pervaded with sunlight,—the Lake
instances.
Lucerne, a recent and unengraved drawing, for the recession
of near mountain form, not into dark, but into luminous cloud, the most
difficult thing to do in art,—the Harlech, for expression of the same
because his supremacy in these points is altogether
power of rendering
undisputed, except by persons to whom it would be
impossible to prove anything which did not fall under the
mist.
form of a Rule of Three. Nothing is more natural than that
the studied form and color of this great artist should be little understood,
because they require for the full perception of their meaning and truth, such
knowledge and such time as not one in a thousand possesses, or can bestow;
but yet the truth of them for that very reason is capable of demonstration, and
there is hope of our being able to make it in some degree felt and
comprehended even by those to whom it is now a dead letter, or an offence.
§ 28. His effects of
But the aerial and misty effects of landscape, being matters
mist so perfect,
of which the eye should be simply cognizant, and without
effort of thought, as it is of light, must, where they are
that if not at once
exquisitely rendered, either be felt at once, or prove that
understood, they
can no more be
degree of blindness and bluntness in the feelings of the
observer which there is little hope of ever conquering. Of
explained or
course for persons who have never seen in their lives a
reasoned on than
nature herself.
cloud vanishing on a mountain-side, and whose conceptions
of mist or vapor are limited to ambiguous outlines of
spectral hackney-coaches and bodiless lamp-posts, discern through a brown
combination of sulphur, soot, and gaslight, there is yet some hope; we cannot,
indeed, tell them what the morning mist is like in mountain air, but far be it
from us to tell them that they are incapable of feeling its beauty if they will
seek it for themselves. But if you have ever in your life had one opportunity
with your eyes and heart open, of seeing the dew rise from a hill-pasture, or
the storm gather on a sea-cliff, and if you have yet no feeling for the glorious
passages of mingled earth and heaven which Turner calls up before you into
breathing, tangible being, there is indeed no hope for your apathy—art will
never touch you, nor nature inform.
It would be utterly absurd, among the innumerable passages of this kind
given throughout his works, to point to one as more characteristic or more
perfect than another. The Simmer Lake, near Askrig, for
§ 29. Various
expression of mist pervaded with sunlight,—the Lake
instances.
Lucerne, a recent and unengraved drawing, for the recession
of near mountain form, not into dark, but into luminous cloud, the most
difficult thing to do in art,—the Harlech, for expression of the same
Page 351
phenomena, shown over vast spaces in distant ranges of hills, the
Ehrenbreitstein, a recent drawing, for expression of mist, rising from the
surface of water at sunset,—and, finally, the glorious Oberwesel and Nemi,
[41] for passages of all united, may, however, be named, as noble instances,
though in naming five works I insult five hundred.
One word respecting Turner's more violent storms, for we have hitherto
been speaking only of the softer rain-clouds, associated with
§ 30. Turner's
gusty tempest, but not of the thunder-cloud and the
more violent effects
of tempest are
whirlwind. If there be any one point in which engravers
disgrace themselves more than in another, it is in their
never rendered by
rendering of dark and furious storm. It appears to be utterly
engravers.
impossible to force it into their heads, that an artist does not
leave his color with a sharp edge and an angular form by accident, or that
they may have the pleasure of altering it and improving upon it; and equally
§ 31. General
impossible to persuade them that energy and gloom may in
system of
some circumstances be arrived at without any extraordinary
expenditure of ink. I am aware of no engraver of the present
landscape
day whose ideas of a storm-cloud are not comprised under
engraving.
two heads, roundness and blackness; and, indeed, their
general principles of translation (as may be distinctly gathered from their
larger works) are the following: 1. Where the drawing is gray, make the paper
black. 2. Where the drawing is white, cover the page with zigzag lines. 3.
Where the drawing has particularly tender tones, cross-hatch them. 4. Where
any outline is particularly angular, make it round. 5. Where there are vertical
reflections in water, express them with very distinct horizontal lines. 6.
Where there is a passage of particular simplicity, treat it in sections. 7. Where
there is anything intentionally concealed, make it out. Yet, in spite of the
necessity which all engravers impose upon themselves, of rigidly observing
this code of general laws, it is difficult to conceive how such pieces of work,
as the plates of Stonehenge and Winchelsea, can ever have been presented to
the public, as in any way resembling, or possessing even the
§ 32. The storm in
the Stonehenge.
most fanciful relation to the Turner drawings of the same
subjects. The original of the Stonehenge is perhaps the
standard of storm-drawing, both for the overwhelming power and gigantic
proportions and spaces of its cloud-forms, and for the tremendous qualities of
lurid and sulphurous colors which are gained in them. All its forms are
Ehrenbreitstein, a recent drawing, for expression of mist, rising from the
surface of water at sunset,—and, finally, the glorious Oberwesel and Nemi,
[41] for passages of all united, may, however, be named, as noble instances,
though in naming five works I insult five hundred.
One word respecting Turner's more violent storms, for we have hitherto
been speaking only of the softer rain-clouds, associated with
§ 30. Turner's
gusty tempest, but not of the thunder-cloud and the
more violent effects
of tempest are
whirlwind. If there be any one point in which engravers
disgrace themselves more than in another, it is in their
never rendered by
rendering of dark and furious storm. It appears to be utterly
engravers.
impossible to force it into their heads, that an artist does not
leave his color with a sharp edge and an angular form by accident, or that
they may have the pleasure of altering it and improving upon it; and equally
§ 31. General
impossible to persuade them that energy and gloom may in
system of
some circumstances be arrived at without any extraordinary
expenditure of ink. I am aware of no engraver of the present
landscape
day whose ideas of a storm-cloud are not comprised under
engraving.
two heads, roundness and blackness; and, indeed, their
general principles of translation (as may be distinctly gathered from their
larger works) are the following: 1. Where the drawing is gray, make the paper
black. 2. Where the drawing is white, cover the page with zigzag lines. 3.
Where the drawing has particularly tender tones, cross-hatch them. 4. Where
any outline is particularly angular, make it round. 5. Where there are vertical
reflections in water, express them with very distinct horizontal lines. 6.
Where there is a passage of particular simplicity, treat it in sections. 7. Where
there is anything intentionally concealed, make it out. Yet, in spite of the
necessity which all engravers impose upon themselves, of rigidly observing
this code of general laws, it is difficult to conceive how such pieces of work,
as the plates of Stonehenge and Winchelsea, can ever have been presented to
the public, as in any way resembling, or possessing even the
§ 32. The storm in
the Stonehenge.
most fanciful relation to the Turner drawings of the same
subjects. The original of the Stonehenge is perhaps the
standard of storm-drawing, both for the overwhelming power and gigantic
proportions and spaces of its cloud-forms, and for the tremendous qualities of
lurid and sulphurous colors which are gained in them. All its forms are
Page 352
marked with violent angles, as if the whole muscular energy—so to speak—
of the cloud, were writhing in every fold, and their fantastic and fiery
volumes have a peculiar horror—an awful life—shadowed out in their
strange, swift, fearful outlines, which oppress the mind more than even the
threatening of their gigantic gloom. The white lightning, not as it is drawn by
less observant or less capable painters, in zigzag fortifications, but in its own
dreadful irregularity of streaming fire, is brought down, not merely over the
dark clouds, but through the full light of an illumined opening to the blue,
which yet cannot abate the brilliancy of its white line; and the track of the last
flash along the ground is fearfully marked by the dog howling over the fallen
shepherd, and the ewe pressing her head upon the body of her dead lamb.
I have not space, however, to enter into examination of Turner's storm-
drawing; I can only warn the public against supposing that its effect is ever
§ 33. General
rendered by engravers. The great principles of Turner are
character of such
angular outline, vastness and energy of form, infinity of
gradation, and depth without blackness. The great principles
effects given by
of the engravers (vide Pæstum, in Rogers's Italy, and the
Turner. His
expression of
Stonehenge, above alluded to) are rounded outline, no
edges, want of character, equality of strength, and blackness
falling rain.
without depth.
I have scarcely, I see, on referring to what I have written, sufficiently
insisted on Turner's rendering of the rainy fringe, whether in distances,
admitting or concealing more or less of the extended plain, as in the
Waterloo, and Richmond (with the girl and dog in the foreground,) or as in
the Dunstaffnage, Glencoe, St. Michael's Mount, and Slave Ship, not
reaching the earth, but suspended in waving and twisted lines from the
darkness of the zenith. But I have no time for farther development of
§ 34.
particular points; I must defer discussion of them until we
take up each picture to be viewed as a whole; for the
Recapitulation of
division of the sky which I have been obliged to make, in
the section.
order to render fully understood the peculiarities of
character in the separate cloud regions, prevents my speaking of any one
work with justice to its concentration of various truth. Be it always
remembered that we pretend not, at present, to give any account or idea of the
sum of the works of any painter, much less of the universality of Turner's; but
of the cloud, were writhing in every fold, and their fantastic and fiery
volumes have a peculiar horror—an awful life—shadowed out in their
strange, swift, fearful outlines, which oppress the mind more than even the
threatening of their gigantic gloom. The white lightning, not as it is drawn by
less observant or less capable painters, in zigzag fortifications, but in its own
dreadful irregularity of streaming fire, is brought down, not merely over the
dark clouds, but through the full light of an illumined opening to the blue,
which yet cannot abate the brilliancy of its white line; and the track of the last
flash along the ground is fearfully marked by the dog howling over the fallen
shepherd, and the ewe pressing her head upon the body of her dead lamb.
I have not space, however, to enter into examination of Turner's storm-
drawing; I can only warn the public against supposing that its effect is ever
§ 33. General
rendered by engravers. The great principles of Turner are
character of such
angular outline, vastness and energy of form, infinity of
gradation, and depth without blackness. The great principles
effects given by
of the engravers (vide Pæstum, in Rogers's Italy, and the
Turner. His
expression of
Stonehenge, above alluded to) are rounded outline, no
edges, want of character, equality of strength, and blackness
falling rain.
without depth.
I have scarcely, I see, on referring to what I have written, sufficiently
insisted on Turner's rendering of the rainy fringe, whether in distances,
admitting or concealing more or less of the extended plain, as in the
Waterloo, and Richmond (with the girl and dog in the foreground,) or as in
the Dunstaffnage, Glencoe, St. Michael's Mount, and Slave Ship, not
reaching the earth, but suspended in waving and twisted lines from the
darkness of the zenith. But I have no time for farther development of
§ 34.
particular points; I must defer discussion of them until we
take up each picture to be viewed as a whole; for the
Recapitulation of
division of the sky which I have been obliged to make, in
the section.
order to render fully understood the peculiarities of
character in the separate cloud regions, prevents my speaking of any one
work with justice to its concentration of various truth. Be it always
remembered that we pretend not, at present, to give any account or idea of the
sum of the works of any painter, much less of the universality of Turner's; but
Page 353
only to explain in what real truth, as far as it is explicable, consists, and to
illustrate it by those pictures in which it most distinctly occurs, or from which
it is most visibly absent. And it will only be in the full and separate
discussion of individual works, when we are acquainted also with what is
beautiful, that we shall be completely able to prove or disprove the presence
of the truth of nature.
The conclusion, then, to which we are led by our present examination of
the truth of clouds, is, that the old masters attempted the representation of
only one among the thousands of their systems of scenery, and were
altogether false in the little they attempted; while we can find records in
modern art of every form or phenomenon of the heavens, from the highest
film that glorifies the ether to the wildest vapor that darkens the dust, and in
all these records we find the most clear language and close thought, firm
words, and true message, unstinted fulness and unfailing faith.
And indeed it is difficult for us to conceive how, even without such
laborious investigation as we have gone through, any person can go to nature
§ 35. Sketch of a
for a single day or hour, when she is really at work in any of
few of the skies of
her nobler spheres of action, and yet retain respect for the
old masters; finding, as find he will, that every scene which
nature, taken as a
rises, rests, or departs before him, bears with it a thousand
whole, compared
with the works of
glories of which there is not one shadow, one image, one
trace or line, in any of their works; but which will illustrate
Turner and of the
to him, at every new instant, some passage which he had not
old masters.
Morning on the
before understood in the high works of modern art. Stand
plains.
upon the peak of some isolated mountain at daybreak, when
the night mists first rise from off the plains, and watch their
white and lake-like fields as they float in level bays and winding gulfs about
the islanded summits of the lower hills, untouched yet by more than dawn,
colder and more quiet than a windless sea under the moon of midnight; watch
when the first sunbeam is sent upon the silver channels, how the foam of
their undulating surface parts and passes away; and down under their depths,
the glittering city and green pasture lie like Atlantis, between the white paths
of winding rivers; the flakes of light falling every moment faster and broader
among the starry spires, as the wreathed surges break and vanish above them,
and the confused crests and ridges of the dark hills shorten their gray
illustrate it by those pictures in which it most distinctly occurs, or from which
it is most visibly absent. And it will only be in the full and separate
discussion of individual works, when we are acquainted also with what is
beautiful, that we shall be completely able to prove or disprove the presence
of the truth of nature.
The conclusion, then, to which we are led by our present examination of
the truth of clouds, is, that the old masters attempted the representation of
only one among the thousands of their systems of scenery, and were
altogether false in the little they attempted; while we can find records in
modern art of every form or phenomenon of the heavens, from the highest
film that glorifies the ether to the wildest vapor that darkens the dust, and in
all these records we find the most clear language and close thought, firm
words, and true message, unstinted fulness and unfailing faith.
And indeed it is difficult for us to conceive how, even without such
laborious investigation as we have gone through, any person can go to nature
§ 35. Sketch of a
for a single day or hour, when she is really at work in any of
few of the skies of
her nobler spheres of action, and yet retain respect for the
old masters; finding, as find he will, that every scene which
nature, taken as a
rises, rests, or departs before him, bears with it a thousand
whole, compared
with the works of
glories of which there is not one shadow, one image, one
trace or line, in any of their works; but which will illustrate
Turner and of the
to him, at every new instant, some passage which he had not
old masters.
Morning on the
before understood in the high works of modern art. Stand
plains.
upon the peak of some isolated mountain at daybreak, when
the night mists first rise from off the plains, and watch their
white and lake-like fields as they float in level bays and winding gulfs about
the islanded summits of the lower hills, untouched yet by more than dawn,
colder and more quiet than a windless sea under the moon of midnight; watch
when the first sunbeam is sent upon the silver channels, how the foam of
their undulating surface parts and passes away; and down under their depths,
the glittering city and green pasture lie like Atlantis, between the white paths
of winding rivers; the flakes of light falling every moment faster and broader
among the starry spires, as the wreathed surges break and vanish above them,
and the confused crests and ridges of the dark hills shorten their gray
Page 354
shadows upon the plain. Has Claude given this? Wait a little
§ 36. Noon with
gathering storms.
longer, and you shall see those scattered mists rallying in
the ravines, and floating up towards you, along the winding
valleys, till they couch in quiet masses, iridescent with the morning light,[42]
upon the broad breasts of the higher hills, whose leagues of massy undulation
will melt back and back into that robe of material light, until they fade away,
lost in its lustre, to appear again above, in the serene heaven, like a wild,
bright, impossible dream, foundationless and inaccessible, their very bases
vanishing in the unsubstantial and mocking blue of the deep lake below.[43]
Has Claude given this? Wait yet a little longer, and you shall see those mists
gather themselves into white towers, and stand like fortresses along the
promontories, massy and motionless, only piled with every instant higher and
higher into the sky,[44] and casting longer shadows athwart the rocks; and out
of the pale blue of the horizon you will see forming and advancing a troop of
narrow, dark, pointed vapors,[45] which will cover the sky, inch by inch, with
their gray network, and take the light off the landscape with an eclipse which
will stop the singing of the birds and the motion of the leaves together; and
then you will see horizontal bars of black shadow forming under them, and
lurid wreaths create themselves, you know not how, along the shoulders of
the hills; you never see them form, but when you look back to a place which
was clear an instant ago, there is a cloud on it, hanging by the precipices, as a
hawk pauses over his prey.[46] Has Claude given this? And then you will hear
the sudden rush of the awakened wind, and you will see those watch-towers
of vapor swept away from their foundations, and waving curtains of opaque
rain let down to the valleys, swinging from the burdened clouds in black,
bending fringes,[47] or pacing in pale columns along the lake level, grazing its
§ 37. Sunset in
surface into foam as they go. And then, as the sun sinks,
tempest. Serene
you shall see the storm drift for an instant from on the hills,
leaving their broad sides smoking, and loaded yet with
midnight.
snow-white torn, steam-like rags of capricious vapor, now
gone, now gathered again;[48] while the smouldering sun, seeming not far
away, but burning like a red-hot ball beside you, and as if you could reach it,
plunges through the rushing wind and rolling cloud with headlong fall, as if it
meant to rise no more, dyeing all the air about it with blood.[49] Has Claude
given this? And then you shall hear the fainting tempest die in the hollow of
the night, and you shall see a green halo kindling on the summit of the
§ 36. Noon with
gathering storms.
longer, and you shall see those scattered mists rallying in
the ravines, and floating up towards you, along the winding
valleys, till they couch in quiet masses, iridescent with the morning light,[42]
upon the broad breasts of the higher hills, whose leagues of massy undulation
will melt back and back into that robe of material light, until they fade away,
lost in its lustre, to appear again above, in the serene heaven, like a wild,
bright, impossible dream, foundationless and inaccessible, their very bases
vanishing in the unsubstantial and mocking blue of the deep lake below.[43]
Has Claude given this? Wait yet a little longer, and you shall see those mists
gather themselves into white towers, and stand like fortresses along the
promontories, massy and motionless, only piled with every instant higher and
higher into the sky,[44] and casting longer shadows athwart the rocks; and out
of the pale blue of the horizon you will see forming and advancing a troop of
narrow, dark, pointed vapors,[45] which will cover the sky, inch by inch, with
their gray network, and take the light off the landscape with an eclipse which
will stop the singing of the birds and the motion of the leaves together; and
then you will see horizontal bars of black shadow forming under them, and
lurid wreaths create themselves, you know not how, along the shoulders of
the hills; you never see them form, but when you look back to a place which
was clear an instant ago, there is a cloud on it, hanging by the precipices, as a
hawk pauses over his prey.[46] Has Claude given this? And then you will hear
the sudden rush of the awakened wind, and you will see those watch-towers
of vapor swept away from their foundations, and waving curtains of opaque
rain let down to the valleys, swinging from the burdened clouds in black,
bending fringes,[47] or pacing in pale columns along the lake level, grazing its
§ 37. Sunset in
surface into foam as they go. And then, as the sun sinks,
tempest. Serene
you shall see the storm drift for an instant from on the hills,
leaving their broad sides smoking, and loaded yet with
midnight.
snow-white torn, steam-like rags of capricious vapor, now
gone, now gathered again;[48] while the smouldering sun, seeming not far
away, but burning like a red-hot ball beside you, and as if you could reach it,
plunges through the rushing wind and rolling cloud with headlong fall, as if it
meant to rise no more, dyeing all the air about it with blood.[49] Has Claude
given this? And then you shall hear the fainting tempest die in the hollow of
the night, and you shall see a green halo kindling on the summit of the
Page 355
eastern hills,[50] brighter—brighter yet, till the large white circle of the slow
moon is lifted up among the barred clouds,[51] step by step, line by line; star
after star she quenches with her kindling light, setting in their stead an army
of pale, penetrable, fleecy wreaths in the heaven, to give light upon the earth,
which move together, hand in hand, company by company, troop by troop, so
measured in their unity of motion, that the whole heaven seems to roll with
them, and the earth to reel under them. Ask Claude, or his brethren, for that.
And then wait yet for one hour until the east again becomes
§ 38. And sunrise
on the Alps.
purple,[52] and the heaving mountains, rolling against it in
darkness, like waves of a wild sea, are drowned one by one
in the glory of its burning; watch the white glaciers blaze in their winding
paths about the mountains, like mighty serpents with scales of fire; watch the
columnar peaks of solitary snow, kindling downwards, chasm by chasm, each
in itself a new morning; their long avalanches cast down in keen streams
brighter than the lightning, sending each his tribute of driven snow, like altar-
smoke, up to the heaven; the rose-light of their silent domes flushing that
heaven about them and above them, piercing with purer light through its
purple lines of lifted cloud, casting a new glory on every wreath as it passes
by, until the whole heaven—one scarlet canopy,—is interwoven with a roof
of waving flame, and tossing, vault beyond vault, as with the drifted wings of
many companies of angels; and then, when you can look no more for
gladness, and when you are bowed down with fear and love of the Maker and
Doer of this, tell me who has best delivered this His message unto men!
[34] I am unable to say to what height the real rain-cloud may extend; perhaps there are no
mountains which rise altogether above storm. I have never been in a violent storm at a greater
height than between 8000 and 9000 feet above the level of the sea. There the rain-cloud is
exceedingly light, compared to the ponderous darkness of the lower air.
[35] I ought here, however, to have noted another effect of the rain-cloud, which, so far as I
know, has been rendered only by Copley Fielding. It is seen chiefly in clouds gathering for
rain, when the sky is entirely covered with a gray veil rippled or waved with pendent swells
of soft texture, but excessively hard and liny in their edges. I am not sure that this is an
agreeable or impressive form of the rain-cloud, but it is a frequent one, and it is often most
faithfully given by Fielding; only in some cases the edges becoming a little doubled and
harsh have given a look of failure or misadventure to some even of the best studied passages;
moon is lifted up among the barred clouds,[51] step by step, line by line; star
after star she quenches with her kindling light, setting in their stead an army
of pale, penetrable, fleecy wreaths in the heaven, to give light upon the earth,
which move together, hand in hand, company by company, troop by troop, so
measured in their unity of motion, that the whole heaven seems to roll with
them, and the earth to reel under them. Ask Claude, or his brethren, for that.
And then wait yet for one hour until the east again becomes
§ 38. And sunrise
on the Alps.
purple,[52] and the heaving mountains, rolling against it in
darkness, like waves of a wild sea, are drowned one by one
in the glory of its burning; watch the white glaciers blaze in their winding
paths about the mountains, like mighty serpents with scales of fire; watch the
columnar peaks of solitary snow, kindling downwards, chasm by chasm, each
in itself a new morning; their long avalanches cast down in keen streams
brighter than the lightning, sending each his tribute of driven snow, like altar-
smoke, up to the heaven; the rose-light of their silent domes flushing that
heaven about them and above them, piercing with purer light through its
purple lines of lifted cloud, casting a new glory on every wreath as it passes
by, until the whole heaven—one scarlet canopy,—is interwoven with a roof
of waving flame, and tossing, vault beyond vault, as with the drifted wings of
many companies of angels; and then, when you can look no more for
gladness, and when you are bowed down with fear and love of the Maker and
Doer of this, tell me who has best delivered this His message unto men!
[34] I am unable to say to what height the real rain-cloud may extend; perhaps there are no
mountains which rise altogether above storm. I have never been in a violent storm at a greater
height than between 8000 and 9000 feet above the level of the sea. There the rain-cloud is
exceedingly light, compared to the ponderous darkness of the lower air.
[35] I ought here, however, to have noted another effect of the rain-cloud, which, so far as I
know, has been rendered only by Copley Fielding. It is seen chiefly in clouds gathering for
rain, when the sky is entirely covered with a gray veil rippled or waved with pendent swells
of soft texture, but excessively hard and liny in their edges. I am not sure that this is an
agreeable or impressive form of the rain-cloud, but it is a frequent one, and it is often most
faithfully given by Fielding; only in some cases the edges becoming a little doubled and
harsh have given a look of failure or misadventure to some even of the best studied passages;
Page 356
and something of the same hardness of line is occasionally visible in his drawing of clouds by
whose nature it is not warranted.
[36] Compare Sect. I. Chap. IV. § 5.
[37] It does not do so until the volumes lose their density by inequality of motion, and by
the expansion of the warm air which conveys them. They are then, of course, broken into
forms resembling those of clouds.
[38] No conception can be formed of this picture from the engraving. It is perhaps the most
marvellous piece of execution and of gray color existing, except perhaps the drawing
presently to be noticed, Land's End. Nothing else can be set beside it, even of Turner's own
works—much less of any other man's.
[39] I know no effect more strikingly characteristic of the departure of a storm than the
smoking of the mountain torrents. The exhausted air is so thirsty of moisture, that every jet of
spray is seized upon by it, and converted into vapor as it springs; and this vapor rises so
densely from the surface of the stream as to give it the exact appearance of boiling water. I
have seen the whole course of the Arve at Chamonix one line of dense cloud, dissipating as
soon as it had risen ten or twelve feet from the surface, but entirely concealing the water from
an observer placed above it.
[40] Note especially the dark uppermost outline of the mass.
[41] In the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq. of Tottenham.
[42] I have often seen the white thin, morning cloud, edged with the seven colors of the
prism. I am not aware of the cause of this phenomenon, for it takes place not when we stand
with our backs to the sun, but in clouds near the sun itself, irregularly and over indefinite
spaces, sometimes taking place in the body of the cloud. The colors are distinct and vivid, but
have a kind of metallic lustre upon them.
[43] Lake Lucerne.
[44] St. Maurice (Rogers's Italy).
[45] Vignette, the Great St. Bernard.
[46] Vignette of the Andes.
[47] St. Michael's Mount—England series.
[48] Illustration to the Antiquary. Goldeau, a recent drawing of the highest order.
whose nature it is not warranted.
[36] Compare Sect. I. Chap. IV. § 5.
[37] It does not do so until the volumes lose their density by inequality of motion, and by
the expansion of the warm air which conveys them. They are then, of course, broken into
forms resembling those of clouds.
[38] No conception can be formed of this picture from the engraving. It is perhaps the most
marvellous piece of execution and of gray color existing, except perhaps the drawing
presently to be noticed, Land's End. Nothing else can be set beside it, even of Turner's own
works—much less of any other man's.
[39] I know no effect more strikingly characteristic of the departure of a storm than the
smoking of the mountain torrents. The exhausted air is so thirsty of moisture, that every jet of
spray is seized upon by it, and converted into vapor as it springs; and this vapor rises so
densely from the surface of the stream as to give it the exact appearance of boiling water. I
have seen the whole course of the Arve at Chamonix one line of dense cloud, dissipating as
soon as it had risen ten or twelve feet from the surface, but entirely concealing the water from
an observer placed above it.
[40] Note especially the dark uppermost outline of the mass.
[41] In the possession of B. G. Windus, Esq. of Tottenham.
[42] I have often seen the white thin, morning cloud, edged with the seven colors of the
prism. I am not aware of the cause of this phenomenon, for it takes place not when we stand
with our backs to the sun, but in clouds near the sun itself, irregularly and over indefinite
spaces, sometimes taking place in the body of the cloud. The colors are distinct and vivid, but
have a kind of metallic lustre upon them.
[43] Lake Lucerne.
[44] St. Maurice (Rogers's Italy).
[45] Vignette, the Great St. Bernard.
[46] Vignette of the Andes.
[47] St. Michael's Mount—England series.
[48] Illustration to the Antiquary. Goldeau, a recent drawing of the highest order.
Page 357
[49] Vignette to Campbell's Last Man.
[50] Caerlaverock.
[51] St. Denis.
[52] Alps at Daybreak (Rogers's Poems:) Delphi, and various vignettes.
CHAPTER V.
EFFECTS OF LIGHT RENDERED BY MODERN ART.
I have before given my reasons (Sect. II. Chap. III.) for not wishing at
present to enter upon the discussion of particular effects of light. Not only are
§ 1. Reasons for
we incapable of rightly viewing them, or reasoning upon
them, until we are acquainted with the principles of the
merely at present
naming, without
beautiful; but, as I distinctly limited myself, in the present
examining the
portion of the work, to the examination of general truths, it
would be out of place to take cognizance of the particular
particular effects
phases of light, even if it were possible to do so, before we
of light rendered
by Turner.
have some more definite knowledge of the material objects
which they illustrate. I shall therefore, at present, merely set
down a rough catalogue of the effects of light at different hours of the day,
which Turner has represented: naming a picture or two, as an example of
each, which we will hereafter take up one by one, and consider the physical
science and the feeling together. And I do this, in the hope
§ 2. Hopes of the
that, in the mean time, some admirer of the old masters will
author for
assistance in the
be kind enough to select from the works of any one of them,
a series of examples of the same effects, and to give me a
future
reference to the pictures, so that I may be able to compare
investigation of
them.
each with each; for, as my limited knowledge of the works
of Claude or Poussin does not supply me with the requisite
variety of effect, I shall be grateful for assistance.
The following list, of course, does not name the hundredth part of the
effects of light given by Turner; it only names those which are distinctly and
[50] Caerlaverock.
[51] St. Denis.
[52] Alps at Daybreak (Rogers's Poems:) Delphi, and various vignettes.
CHAPTER V.
EFFECTS OF LIGHT RENDERED BY MODERN ART.
I have before given my reasons (Sect. II. Chap. III.) for not wishing at
present to enter upon the discussion of particular effects of light. Not only are
§ 1. Reasons for
we incapable of rightly viewing them, or reasoning upon
them, until we are acquainted with the principles of the
merely at present
naming, without
beautiful; but, as I distinctly limited myself, in the present
examining the
portion of the work, to the examination of general truths, it
would be out of place to take cognizance of the particular
particular effects
phases of light, even if it were possible to do so, before we
of light rendered
by Turner.
have some more definite knowledge of the material objects
which they illustrate. I shall therefore, at present, merely set
down a rough catalogue of the effects of light at different hours of the day,
which Turner has represented: naming a picture or two, as an example of
each, which we will hereafter take up one by one, and consider the physical
science and the feeling together. And I do this, in the hope
§ 2. Hopes of the
that, in the mean time, some admirer of the old masters will
author for
assistance in the
be kind enough to select from the works of any one of them,
a series of examples of the same effects, and to give me a
future
reference to the pictures, so that I may be able to compare
investigation of
them.
each with each; for, as my limited knowledge of the works
of Claude or Poussin does not supply me with the requisite
variety of effect, I shall be grateful for assistance.
The following list, of course, does not name the hundredth part of the
effects of light given by Turner; it only names those which are distinctly and
Page 358
markedly separate from each other, and representative each of an entire class.
Ten or twelve examples, often many more, might be given of each; every one
of which would display the effects of the same hour and light, modified by
different circumstances of weather, situation, and character of objects
subjected to them, and especially by the management of the sky; but it will be
generally sufficient for our purposes to examine thoroughly one good
example of each.
The prefixed letters express the direction of the light. F. front light (the sun
in the centre, or near the top of the picture;) L. lateral light, the sun out of the
picture on the right or left of the spectator; L. F. the light partly lateral, partly
fronting the spectator, as when he is looking south, with the sun in the south-
west; L. B. light partly lateral, partly behind the spectator, as when he is
looking north, with the sun in the south-west.
MORNING.
effects. names of pictures.
L. An hour before sunrise in winter. Violent Lowestoffe,
storm, with rain, on the sea. Light- Suffolk.
houses seen through it.
F. An hour before sunrise. Serene sky, with Vignette to
light clouds. Dawn in the distance. Voyage of
Columbus.
L. Ten minutes before sunrise. Violent Fowey
storm. Torchlight. Harbor.
F. Sunrise. Sun only half above the Vignette to
horizon. Clear sky, with light cirri. Human
Life.
F. Sun just disengaged from horizon. Alps at
Misty, with light cirri. Daybreak.
F. Sun a quarter of an hour risen. Sky Castle Upnor.
covered with scarlet clouds.
L.F. Serene sky. Sun emerging from a bank Orford,
of cloud on horizon, a quarter of an Suffolk.
Ten or twelve examples, often many more, might be given of each; every one
of which would display the effects of the same hour and light, modified by
different circumstances of weather, situation, and character of objects
subjected to them, and especially by the management of the sky; but it will be
generally sufficient for our purposes to examine thoroughly one good
example of each.
The prefixed letters express the direction of the light. F. front light (the sun
in the centre, or near the top of the picture;) L. lateral light, the sun out of the
picture on the right or left of the spectator; L. F. the light partly lateral, partly
fronting the spectator, as when he is looking south, with the sun in the south-
west; L. B. light partly lateral, partly behind the spectator, as when he is
looking north, with the sun in the south-west.
MORNING.
effects. names of pictures.
L. An hour before sunrise in winter. Violent Lowestoffe,
storm, with rain, on the sea. Light- Suffolk.
houses seen through it.
F. An hour before sunrise. Serene sky, with Vignette to
light clouds. Dawn in the distance. Voyage of
Columbus.
L. Ten minutes before sunrise. Violent Fowey
storm. Torchlight. Harbor.
F. Sunrise. Sun only half above the Vignette to
horizon. Clear sky, with light cirri. Human
Life.
F. Sun just disengaged from horizon. Alps at
Misty, with light cirri. Daybreak.
F. Sun a quarter of an hour risen. Sky Castle Upnor.
covered with scarlet clouds.
L.F. Serene sky. Sun emerging from a bank Orford,
of cloud on horizon, a quarter of an Suffolk.
Page 359
hour risen.
L.F. Same hour. Light mists in flakes on hill- Skiddaw.
sides. Clear air.
L.F. Light flying rain-clouds gathering in Oakhampton.
valleys. Same hour.
L.B. Same hour. A night storm rising off the Lake of
mountains. Dead calm. Geneva.
L. Sun half an hour risen. Cloudless sky. Beaugency.
L. Same hour. Light mists lying in the Kirby
valleys. Lonsdale.
F. Same hour. Bright cirri. Sun dimly seen Hohenlinden.
through battle smoke, with
conflagration.
L. Sun an hour risen. Cloudless and clear. Buckfastleigh.
NOON AND AFTERNOON.
effects. names of pictures.
L.B. Midday. Dead calm, with heat. Corinth.
Cloudless.
L. Same hour. Serene and bright, with Lantern at St.
streaky clouds. Cloud.
L. Same hour. Serene, with multitudes of Shylock, and
the high cirrus. other
Venices.
L. Bright sun, with light wind and clouds. Richmond,
Middlesex.
F. Two o'clock. Clouds gathering for rain, Warwick.
with heat. Blenheim.
F. Rain beginning, with light clouds and Piacenza.
wind.
L. Soft rain, with heat. Caldron
Snout Fall.
L.F. Same hour. Light mists in flakes on hill- Skiddaw.
sides. Clear air.
L.F. Light flying rain-clouds gathering in Oakhampton.
valleys. Same hour.
L.B. Same hour. A night storm rising off the Lake of
mountains. Dead calm. Geneva.
L. Sun half an hour risen. Cloudless sky. Beaugency.
L. Same hour. Light mists lying in the Kirby
valleys. Lonsdale.
F. Same hour. Bright cirri. Sun dimly seen Hohenlinden.
through battle smoke, with
conflagration.
L. Sun an hour risen. Cloudless and clear. Buckfastleigh.
NOON AND AFTERNOON.
effects. names of pictures.
L.B. Midday. Dead calm, with heat. Corinth.
Cloudless.
L. Same hour. Serene and bright, with Lantern at St.
streaky clouds. Cloud.
L. Same hour. Serene, with multitudes of Shylock, and
the high cirrus. other
Venices.
L. Bright sun, with light wind and clouds. Richmond,
Middlesex.
F. Two o'clock. Clouds gathering for rain, Warwick.
with heat. Blenheim.
F. Rain beginning, with light clouds and Piacenza.
wind.
L. Soft rain, with heat. Caldron
Snout Fall.
Page 360
L.F. Great heat. Thunder gathering. Malvern.
L. Thunder breaking down, after intense Winchelsea.
heat, with furious wind.
L. Violent rain and wind, but cool. Llamberis,
Coventry,
&c.
L.F. Furious storm, with thunder. Stonehenge,
Pæstum,
&c.
L.B. Thunder retiring, with rainbow. Dead Nottingham.
calm, with heat.
L. About three o'clock, summer. Air very Bingen.
cool and clear. Exhausted thunder-
clouds low on hills.
F. Descending sunbeams through soft Carew
clouds, after rain. Castle.
L. Afternoon, very clear, after rain. A few Saltash.
clouds still on horizon. Dead calm.
F. Afternoon of cloudless day, with heat. Mercury and
Argus.
Oberwesel.
Nemi.
EVENING.
names of
effects.
pictures.
L. An hour before sunset. Cloudless. Trematon
Castle.
F. Half an hour before sunset. Light clouds. Lake
Misty air. Albano.
Florence.
F. Within a quarter of an hour of sunset. Dater Hora
Mists rising. Light cirri. Quieti.
L. Thunder breaking down, after intense Winchelsea.
heat, with furious wind.
L. Violent rain and wind, but cool. Llamberis,
Coventry,
&c.
L.F. Furious storm, with thunder. Stonehenge,
Pæstum,
&c.
L.B. Thunder retiring, with rainbow. Dead Nottingham.
calm, with heat.
L. About three o'clock, summer. Air very Bingen.
cool and clear. Exhausted thunder-
clouds low on hills.
F. Descending sunbeams through soft Carew
clouds, after rain. Castle.
L. Afternoon, very clear, after rain. A few Saltash.
clouds still on horizon. Dead calm.
F. Afternoon of cloudless day, with heat. Mercury and
Argus.
Oberwesel.
Nemi.
EVENING.
names of
effects.
pictures.
L. An hour before sunset. Cloudless. Trematon
Castle.
F. Half an hour before sunset. Light clouds. Lake
Misty air. Albano.
Florence.
F. Within a quarter of an hour of sunset. Dater Hora
Mists rising. Light cirri. Quieti.
Page 361
L.F. Ten minutes before sunset. Quite Durham.
cloudless.
F. Same hour. Tumultuous spray of Solomon's
illumined rain-cloud. Pools.
Slave
ship.
F. Five minutes before sunset. Sky covered Temeraire.
with illumined cirri. Napoleon.
Various
vignettes.
L.B. Same hour. Serene sky. Full moon rising. Kenilworth.
F. Sun setting. Detached light cirri and clear Amboise.
air.
L. Same hour. Cloudless. New moon. Troyes.
L.F. Same hour. Heavy storm clouds. First
Moonrise. vignette.
Pleasures
of
Memory.
L.B. Sun just set. Sky covered with clouds. Caudebec.
New moon setting.
L.B. Sun five minutes set. Strong twilight, with Wilderness
storm clouds. Full moonrise. of
Engedi.
Assos.
L.B. Same hour. Serene, with light clouds. Montjan.
L.B. Same hour. Serene. New moon. Pyramid of
Caius
Cestius.
L.B. Sun a quarter of an hour set. Cloudless. Chateau de
Blois.
L.F. Sun half an hour set. Light cirri. Clairmont.
F. Same hour. Dead calm at sea. New moon Cowes.
and evening star.
cloudless.
F. Same hour. Tumultuous spray of Solomon's
illumined rain-cloud. Pools.
Slave
ship.
F. Five minutes before sunset. Sky covered Temeraire.
with illumined cirri. Napoleon.
Various
vignettes.
L.B. Same hour. Serene sky. Full moon rising. Kenilworth.
F. Sun setting. Detached light cirri and clear Amboise.
air.
L. Same hour. Cloudless. New moon. Troyes.
L.F. Same hour. Heavy storm clouds. First
Moonrise. vignette.
Pleasures
of
Memory.
L.B. Sun just set. Sky covered with clouds. Caudebec.
New moon setting.
L.B. Sun five minutes set. Strong twilight, with Wilderness
storm clouds. Full moonrise. of
Engedi.
Assos.
L.B. Same hour. Serene, with light clouds. Montjan.
L.B. Same hour. Serene. New moon. Pyramid of
Caius
Cestius.
L.B. Sun a quarter of an hour set. Cloudless. Chateau de
Blois.
L.F. Sun half an hour set. Light cirri. Clairmont.
F. Same hour. Dead calm at sea. New moon Cowes.
and evening star.
Page 362
F. Sun three quarters of an hour set. Moon Folkestone.
struggling through storm clouds, over
heavy sea.
NIGHT.
names of
effects.
pictures.
F. An hour after sunset. No moon. St. Julien.
Torchlight. Tours.
F. Same hour. Moon rising. Fire from Dudley.
furnaces.
L.F. Same hour, with storm clouds. Moon Nantes.
rising.
L. Same hour, with light of rockets and fire. Juliet and
her Nurse.
F. Midnight. Moonless, with light-houses. Calais.
Same hour, with fire-light. Burning
of
Parliament
Houses.
F. Ditto. Full moon. Clear air, with delicate Towers of
clouds. Light-houses. the Hevé.
F. Ditto, with conflagration, battle smoke, Waterloo.
and storm.
F. Ditto. Moonlight through mist. Buildings Vignette. St.
illuminated in interior. Herbert's
Isle.
F. Ditto. Full moon with halo. Light rain- St. Denis.
clouds.
F. Full moon. Perfectly serene. Sky covered Alnwick.
with white cirri. Vignette
of Rialto,
and
struggling through storm clouds, over
heavy sea.
NIGHT.
names of
effects.
pictures.
F. An hour after sunset. No moon. St. Julien.
Torchlight. Tours.
F. Same hour. Moon rising. Fire from Dudley.
furnaces.
L.F. Same hour, with storm clouds. Moon Nantes.
rising.
L. Same hour, with light of rockets and fire. Juliet and
her Nurse.
F. Midnight. Moonless, with light-houses. Calais.
Same hour, with fire-light. Burning
of
Parliament
Houses.
F. Ditto. Full moon. Clear air, with delicate Towers of
clouds. Light-houses. the Hevé.
F. Ditto, with conflagration, battle smoke, Waterloo.
and storm.
F. Ditto. Moonlight through mist. Buildings Vignette. St.
illuminated in interior. Herbert's
Isle.
F. Ditto. Full moon with halo. Light rain- St. Denis.
clouds.
F. Full moon. Perfectly serene. Sky covered Alnwick.
with white cirri. Vignette
of Rialto,
and
Page 363
Bridge of
Sighs.
SECTION IV.
OF TRUTH OF EARTH.
CHAPTER I.
OF GENERAL STRUCTURE.
By truth of earth, we mean the faithful representation of the facts and
forms of the bare ground, considered as entirely divested of vegetation,
§ 1. First laws of
through whatever disguise, or under whatever modification
the organization of
the clothing of the landscape may occasion. Ground is to the
the earth, and their
landscape painter what the naked human body is to the
importance in art.
historical. The growth of vegetation, the action of water,
and even of clouds upon it and around it, are so far subject
and subordinate to its forms, as the folds of the dress and the fall of the hair
are to the modulation of the animal anatomy. Nor is this anatomy always so
concealed, but in all sublime compositions, whether of nature or art, it must
be seen in its naked purity. The laws of the organization of the earth are
distinct and fixed as those of the animal frame, simpler and broader, but
equally authoritative and inviolable. Their results may be arrived at without
knowledge of the interior mechanism; but for that very reason ignorance of
them is the more disgraceful, and violation of them more unpardonable. They
are in the landscape the foundation of all other truths—the most necessary,
therefore, even if they were not in themselves attractive; but they are as
beautiful as they are essential, and every abandonment of them by the artist
must end in deformity as it begins in falsehood.
Sighs.
SECTION IV.
OF TRUTH OF EARTH.
CHAPTER I.
OF GENERAL STRUCTURE.
By truth of earth, we mean the faithful representation of the facts and
forms of the bare ground, considered as entirely divested of vegetation,
§ 1. First laws of
through whatever disguise, or under whatever modification
the organization of
the clothing of the landscape may occasion. Ground is to the
the earth, and their
landscape painter what the naked human body is to the
importance in art.
historical. The growth of vegetation, the action of water,
and even of clouds upon it and around it, are so far subject
and subordinate to its forms, as the folds of the dress and the fall of the hair
are to the modulation of the animal anatomy. Nor is this anatomy always so
concealed, but in all sublime compositions, whether of nature or art, it must
be seen in its naked purity. The laws of the organization of the earth are
distinct and fixed as those of the animal frame, simpler and broader, but
equally authoritative and inviolable. Their results may be arrived at without
knowledge of the interior mechanism; but for that very reason ignorance of
them is the more disgraceful, and violation of them more unpardonable. They
are in the landscape the foundation of all other truths—the most necessary,
therefore, even if they were not in themselves attractive; but they are as
beautiful as they are essential, and every abandonment of them by the artist
must end in deformity as it begins in falsehood.
Page 364
That such abandonment is constant and total in the works of the old
§ 2. The slight
masters, has escaped detection, only because of persons
attention
generally cognizant of art, few have spent time enough in
ordinarily paid to
hill countries to perceive the certainty of the laws of hill
them. Their careful
anatomy; and because few, even of those who possess such
opportunities, ever think of the common earth beneath their
study by modern
feet, as anything possessing specific form, or governed by
artists.
steadfast principles. That such abandonment should have
taken place cannot be surprising, after what we have seen of their fidelity to
skies. Those artists who, day after day, could so falsely represent what was
forever before their eyes, when it was to be one of the most important and
attractive parts of their picture, can scarcely be expected to give with truth
what they could see only partially and at intervals, and what was only to be in
their picture a blue line in the horizon, or a bright spot under the feet of their
figures.
That such should be all the space allotted by the old landscape painters to
the most magnificent phenomena of nature; that the only traces of those
Apennines, which in Claude's walks along the brow of the Pincian, forever
bounded his horizon with their azure wall, should, in his pictures, be a cold
white outline in the extreme of his tame distance; and that Salvator's sojourns
among their fastnesses should only have taught him to shelter his banditti
with such paltry morsels of crag as an Alpine stream would toss down before
it like a foam-globe; though it may indeed excite our surprise, will, perhaps,
when we have seen how these slight passages are executed, be rather a
subject of congratulation than of regret. It might, indeed, have shortened our
labor in the investigation of mountain truth, had not modern artists been so
vast, comprehensive, and multitudinous in their mountain drawings, as to
compel us, in order to form the slightest estimate of their knowledge, to enter
into some examination of every variety of hill scenery. We shall first gain
some general notion of the broad organization of large masses, and then take
those masses to pieces, until we come down to the crumbling soil of the
foreground.
Mountains are, to the rest of the body of the earth, what violent muscular
action is to the body of man. The muscles and tendons of its anatomy are, in
the mountain, brought out with fierce and convulsive energy, full of
§ 2. The slight
masters, has escaped detection, only because of persons
attention
generally cognizant of art, few have spent time enough in
ordinarily paid to
hill countries to perceive the certainty of the laws of hill
them. Their careful
anatomy; and because few, even of those who possess such
opportunities, ever think of the common earth beneath their
study by modern
feet, as anything possessing specific form, or governed by
artists.
steadfast principles. That such abandonment should have
taken place cannot be surprising, after what we have seen of their fidelity to
skies. Those artists who, day after day, could so falsely represent what was
forever before their eyes, when it was to be one of the most important and
attractive parts of their picture, can scarcely be expected to give with truth
what they could see only partially and at intervals, and what was only to be in
their picture a blue line in the horizon, or a bright spot under the feet of their
figures.
That such should be all the space allotted by the old landscape painters to
the most magnificent phenomena of nature; that the only traces of those
Apennines, which in Claude's walks along the brow of the Pincian, forever
bounded his horizon with their azure wall, should, in his pictures, be a cold
white outline in the extreme of his tame distance; and that Salvator's sojourns
among their fastnesses should only have taught him to shelter his banditti
with such paltry morsels of crag as an Alpine stream would toss down before
it like a foam-globe; though it may indeed excite our surprise, will, perhaps,
when we have seen how these slight passages are executed, be rather a
subject of congratulation than of regret. It might, indeed, have shortened our
labor in the investigation of mountain truth, had not modern artists been so
vast, comprehensive, and multitudinous in their mountain drawings, as to
compel us, in order to form the slightest estimate of their knowledge, to enter
into some examination of every variety of hill scenery. We shall first gain
some general notion of the broad organization of large masses, and then take
those masses to pieces, until we come down to the crumbling soil of the
foreground.
Mountains are, to the rest of the body of the earth, what violent muscular
action is to the body of man. The muscles and tendons of its anatomy are, in
the mountain, brought out with fierce and convulsive energy, full of
Page 365
§ 3. General
expression, passion, and strength; the plains and the lower
structure of the
hills are the repose and the effortless motion of the frame,
when its muscles lie dormant and concealed beneath the
earth. The hills are
lines of its beauty, yet ruling those lines in their every
its action, the
plains its rest.
undulation. This, then, is the first grand principle of the
truth of the earth. The spirit of the hills is action; that of the
lowlands, repose; and between these there is to be found every variety of
motion and of rest; from the inactive plain, sleeping like the firmament, with
cities for stars, to the fiery peaks, which, with heaving bosoms and exulting
limbs, with the clouds drifting like hair from their bright foreheads, lift up
their Titan hands to Heaven, saying, "I live forever!"
But there is this difference between the action of the earth, and that of a
living creature, that while the exerted limb marks its bones
§ 4. Mountains
come out from
and tendons through the flesh, the excited earth casts off the
underneath the
flesh altogether, and its bones come out from beneath.
plains, and are
Mountains are the bones of the earth, their highest peaks are
their support.
invariably those parts of its anatomy which in the plains lie
buried under five and twenty thousand feet of solid
thickness of superincumbent soil, and which spring up in the mountain ranges
in vast pyramids or wedges, flinging their garment of earth away from them
on each side. The masses of the lower hills are laid over and against their
sides, like the masses of lateral masonry against the skeleton arch of an
unfinished bridge, except that they slope up to and lean against the central
ridge: and, finally, upon the slopes of these lower hills are strewed the level
beds of sprinkled gravel, sand, and clay, which form the extent of the
champaign. Here then is another grand principle of the truth of earth, that the
mountains must come from under all, and be the support of all; and that
everything else must be laid in their arms, heap above heap, the plains being
the uppermost. Opposed to this truth is every appearance of the hills being
laid upon the plains, or built upon them. Nor is this a truth only of the earth
on a large scale, for every minor rock (in position) comes out from the soil
about it as an island out of the sea, lifting the earth near it like waves beating
on its sides.
Such being the structure of the framework of the earth, it is next to be
remembered that all soil whatsoever, wherever it is accumulated in greater
expression, passion, and strength; the plains and the lower
structure of the
hills are the repose and the effortless motion of the frame,
when its muscles lie dormant and concealed beneath the
earth. The hills are
lines of its beauty, yet ruling those lines in their every
its action, the
plains its rest.
undulation. This, then, is the first grand principle of the
truth of the earth. The spirit of the hills is action; that of the
lowlands, repose; and between these there is to be found every variety of
motion and of rest; from the inactive plain, sleeping like the firmament, with
cities for stars, to the fiery peaks, which, with heaving bosoms and exulting
limbs, with the clouds drifting like hair from their bright foreheads, lift up
their Titan hands to Heaven, saying, "I live forever!"
But there is this difference between the action of the earth, and that of a
living creature, that while the exerted limb marks its bones
§ 4. Mountains
come out from
and tendons through the flesh, the excited earth casts off the
underneath the
flesh altogether, and its bones come out from beneath.
plains, and are
Mountains are the bones of the earth, their highest peaks are
their support.
invariably those parts of its anatomy which in the plains lie
buried under five and twenty thousand feet of solid
thickness of superincumbent soil, and which spring up in the mountain ranges
in vast pyramids or wedges, flinging their garment of earth away from them
on each side. The masses of the lower hills are laid over and against their
sides, like the masses of lateral masonry against the skeleton arch of an
unfinished bridge, except that they slope up to and lean against the central
ridge: and, finally, upon the slopes of these lower hills are strewed the level
beds of sprinkled gravel, sand, and clay, which form the extent of the
champaign. Here then is another grand principle of the truth of earth, that the
mountains must come from under all, and be the support of all; and that
everything else must be laid in their arms, heap above heap, the plains being
the uppermost. Opposed to this truth is every appearance of the hills being
laid upon the plains, or built upon them. Nor is this a truth only of the earth
on a large scale, for every minor rock (in position) comes out from the soil
about it as an island out of the sea, lifting the earth near it like waves beating
on its sides.
Such being the structure of the framework of the earth, it is next to be
remembered that all soil whatsoever, wherever it is accumulated in greater
Page 366
quantity than is sufficient to nourish the moss of the
§ 5. Structure of
the plains
wallflower, has been so, either by the direct transporting
themselves. Their
agency of water, or under the guiding influence and power
perfect level, when
of water. All plains capable of cultivation are deposits from
deposited by quiet
some kind of water—some from swift and tremendous
water.
currents, leaving their soil in sweeping banks and furrowed
ridges—others, and this is in mountain districts almost
invariably the case, by slow deposit from a quiet lake in the mountain hollow,
which has been gradually filled by the soil carried into it by streams, which
soil is of course finally left spread at the exact level of the surface of the
former lake, as level as the quiet water itself. Hence we constantly meet with
plains in hill districts, which fill the hollows of the hills with as perfect and
faultless a level as water, and out of which the steep rocks rise at the edge
with as little previous disturbance, or indication of their forms beneath, as
they do from the margin of a quiet lake. Every delta—and there is one at the
head of every lake in every hill-district—supplies an instance of this. The
rocks at Altorf plunge beneath the plain, which the lake has left, at as sharp
an angle as they do into the lake itself beside the chapel of Tell. The plain of
the Arve, at Sallenche, is terminated so sharply by the hills to the south-east,
that I have seen a man sleeping with his back supported against the mountain,
and his legs stretched on the plain; the slope which supported his back rising
5000 feet above him, and the couch of his legs stretched for five miles before
him. In distant effect these champaigns lie like deep, blue, undisturbed water,
while the mighty hills around them burst out from beneath, raging and
tossing like a tumultuous sea. The valleys of Meyringen, Interlachen, Altorf,
Sallenche, St. Jean de Maurienne; the great plain of Lombardy itself, as seen
from Milan or Padua, under the Alps, the Euganeans, and the Apennines; and
the Campo Felice under Vesuvius, are a few, out of the thousand instances,
which must occur at once to the mind of every traveller.
Let the reader now open Rogers's Italy, at the seventeenth page, and look at
the vignette which heads it of the battle of Marengo. It needs no comment. It
§ 6. Illustrated by
cannot but carry with it, after what has been said, the instant
Turner's Marengo.
conviction that Turner is as much of a geologist as he is of a
painter. It is a summary of all we have been saying, and a
summary so distinct and clear, that without any such explanation it must have
forced upon the mind the impression of such facts—of the plunging of the
§ 5. Structure of
the plains
wallflower, has been so, either by the direct transporting
themselves. Their
agency of water, or under the guiding influence and power
perfect level, when
of water. All plains capable of cultivation are deposits from
deposited by quiet
some kind of water—some from swift and tremendous
water.
currents, leaving their soil in sweeping banks and furrowed
ridges—others, and this is in mountain districts almost
invariably the case, by slow deposit from a quiet lake in the mountain hollow,
which has been gradually filled by the soil carried into it by streams, which
soil is of course finally left spread at the exact level of the surface of the
former lake, as level as the quiet water itself. Hence we constantly meet with
plains in hill districts, which fill the hollows of the hills with as perfect and
faultless a level as water, and out of which the steep rocks rise at the edge
with as little previous disturbance, or indication of their forms beneath, as
they do from the margin of a quiet lake. Every delta—and there is one at the
head of every lake in every hill-district—supplies an instance of this. The
rocks at Altorf plunge beneath the plain, which the lake has left, at as sharp
an angle as they do into the lake itself beside the chapel of Tell. The plain of
the Arve, at Sallenche, is terminated so sharply by the hills to the south-east,
that I have seen a man sleeping with his back supported against the mountain,
and his legs stretched on the plain; the slope which supported his back rising
5000 feet above him, and the couch of his legs stretched for five miles before
him. In distant effect these champaigns lie like deep, blue, undisturbed water,
while the mighty hills around them burst out from beneath, raging and
tossing like a tumultuous sea. The valleys of Meyringen, Interlachen, Altorf,
Sallenche, St. Jean de Maurienne; the great plain of Lombardy itself, as seen
from Milan or Padua, under the Alps, the Euganeans, and the Apennines; and
the Campo Felice under Vesuvius, are a few, out of the thousand instances,
which must occur at once to the mind of every traveller.
Let the reader now open Rogers's Italy, at the seventeenth page, and look at
the vignette which heads it of the battle of Marengo. It needs no comment. It
§ 6. Illustrated by
cannot but carry with it, after what has been said, the instant
Turner's Marengo.
conviction that Turner is as much of a geologist as he is of a
painter. It is a summary of all we have been saying, and a
summary so distinct and clear, that without any such explanation it must have
forced upon the mind the impression of such facts—of the plunging of the
Page 367
hills underneath the plain—of the perfect level and repose of this latter laid in
their arms, and of the tumultuous action of the emergent summits.
We find, according to this its internal structure, which, I believe, with the
assistance of Turner, can scarcely now be misunderstood, that the earth may
§ 7. General
be considered as divided into three great classes of
formation, which geology has already named for us.
divisions of
Primary—the rocks, which, though in position lower than
formation resulting
from this
all others, rise to form the central peaks, or interior nuclei of
arrangement. Plan
all mountain ranges. Secondary—the rocks which are laid in
of investigation.
beds above these, and which form the greater proportion of
all hill scenery. Tertiary—the light beds of sand, gravel, and
clay, which are strewed upon the surface of all, forming plains and habitable
territory for man. We shall find it convenient, in examining the truth of art, to
adopt, with a little modification, the geological arrangement, considering
first, the formation and character of the highest or central peaks; then the
general structure of the lower mountains, including in this division those
composed of the various slates which a geologist would call primary; and,
lastly, the minutiæ and most delicate characters of the beds of these hills,
when they are so near as to become foreground objects, and the structure of
the common soil which usually forms the greater space of an artist's
foreground. Hence our task will arrange itself into three divisions—the
investigation of the central mountains, of the interior mountains, and of the
foreground.
CHAPTER II.
OF THE CENTRAL MOUNTAINS.
It does not always follow, because a mountain is the highest of its group,
§ 1. Similar
that it is in reality one of the central range. The Jungfrau is
only surpassed in elevation, in the chain of which it is a
character of the
member, by the Schreckhorn and Finster-Aarhorn; but it is
central peaks in all
parts of the world.
entirely a secondary mountain. But the central peaks are
usually the highest, and may be considered as the chief
their arms, and of the tumultuous action of the emergent summits.
We find, according to this its internal structure, which, I believe, with the
assistance of Turner, can scarcely now be misunderstood, that the earth may
§ 7. General
be considered as divided into three great classes of
formation, which geology has already named for us.
divisions of
Primary—the rocks, which, though in position lower than
formation resulting
from this
all others, rise to form the central peaks, or interior nuclei of
arrangement. Plan
all mountain ranges. Secondary—the rocks which are laid in
of investigation.
beds above these, and which form the greater proportion of
all hill scenery. Tertiary—the light beds of sand, gravel, and
clay, which are strewed upon the surface of all, forming plains and habitable
territory for man. We shall find it convenient, in examining the truth of art, to
adopt, with a little modification, the geological arrangement, considering
first, the formation and character of the highest or central peaks; then the
general structure of the lower mountains, including in this division those
composed of the various slates which a geologist would call primary; and,
lastly, the minutiæ and most delicate characters of the beds of these hills,
when they are so near as to become foreground objects, and the structure of
the common soil which usually forms the greater space of an artist's
foreground. Hence our task will arrange itself into three divisions—the
investigation of the central mountains, of the interior mountains, and of the
foreground.
CHAPTER II.
OF THE CENTRAL MOUNTAINS.
It does not always follow, because a mountain is the highest of its group,
§ 1. Similar
that it is in reality one of the central range. The Jungfrau is
only surpassed in elevation, in the chain of which it is a
character of the
member, by the Schreckhorn and Finster-Aarhorn; but it is
central peaks in all
parts of the world.
entirely a secondary mountain. But the central peaks are
usually the highest, and may be considered as the chief
Page 368
components of all mountain scenery in the snowy regions. Being composed
of the same rocks in all countries, their external character is the same
everywhere. Its chief essential points are the following.
Their summits are almost invariably either pyramids or wedges. Domes
§ 2. Their
may be formed by superincumbent snow, or appear to be
arrangements in
formed by the continuous outline of a sharp ridge seen
pyramids or
transversely, with its precipice to the spectator; but
wedges, divided by
wherever a rock appears, the uppermost termination of that
vertical fissures.
rock will be a steep edgy ridge, or a sharp point, very rarely
presenting even a gentle slope on any of its sides, but
usually inaccessible unless encumbered with snow.
These pyramids and wedges split vertically, or nearly so, giving smooth
faces of rock, either perpendicular or very steeply inclined, which appear to
be laid against the central wedge or peak, like planks upright against a wall.
The surfaces of these show close parallelism; their fissures are vertical, and
cut them smoothly, like the edges of shaped planks. Often groups of these
planks, if I may so call them, rise higher than those between them and the
central ridge, forming detached ridges inclining towards the central one. The
planks are cut transversely, sometimes by graceful curvilinear fissures;
sometimes by straight fissures, which are commonly parallel to the slope of
one of the sides of the peak, while the main direction of the planks or leaves
is parallel to that of its other side, or points directly to its summit. But the
universal law of fracture is—first, that it is clean and sharp, having a
perfectly smooth surface, and a perfectly sharp edge to all the fissures;
secondly, that every fissure is steeply inclined, and that a horizontal line, or
one approaching to it, is an impossibility, except in some turn of a curve.
Hence, however the light may fall, these peaks are seen marked with sharp
and defined shadows, indicating the square edges of the
§ 3. Causing
planks of which they are made up, which shadows
groups of rock
resembling an
sometimes are vertical, pointing to the summit; but are
artichoke or rose.
oftener parallel to one of the sides of the peak, and
intersected by a second series, parallel to the other side.
Where there has been much disintegration, the peak is often surrounded with
groups of lower ridges or peaks, like the leaves of an artichoke or a rose, all
of the same rocks in all countries, their external character is the same
everywhere. Its chief essential points are the following.
Their summits are almost invariably either pyramids or wedges. Domes
§ 2. Their
may be formed by superincumbent snow, or appear to be
arrangements in
formed by the continuous outline of a sharp ridge seen
pyramids or
transversely, with its precipice to the spectator; but
wedges, divided by
wherever a rock appears, the uppermost termination of that
vertical fissures.
rock will be a steep edgy ridge, or a sharp point, very rarely
presenting even a gentle slope on any of its sides, but
usually inaccessible unless encumbered with snow.
These pyramids and wedges split vertically, or nearly so, giving smooth
faces of rock, either perpendicular or very steeply inclined, which appear to
be laid against the central wedge or peak, like planks upright against a wall.
The surfaces of these show close parallelism; their fissures are vertical, and
cut them smoothly, like the edges of shaped planks. Often groups of these
planks, if I may so call them, rise higher than those between them and the
central ridge, forming detached ridges inclining towards the central one. The
planks are cut transversely, sometimes by graceful curvilinear fissures;
sometimes by straight fissures, which are commonly parallel to the slope of
one of the sides of the peak, while the main direction of the planks or leaves
is parallel to that of its other side, or points directly to its summit. But the
universal law of fracture is—first, that it is clean and sharp, having a
perfectly smooth surface, and a perfectly sharp edge to all the fissures;
secondly, that every fissure is steeply inclined, and that a horizontal line, or
one approaching to it, is an impossibility, except in some turn of a curve.
Hence, however the light may fall, these peaks are seen marked with sharp
and defined shadows, indicating the square edges of the
§ 3. Causing
planks of which they are made up, which shadows
groups of rock
resembling an
sometimes are vertical, pointing to the summit; but are
artichoke or rose.
oftener parallel to one of the sides of the peak, and
intersected by a second series, parallel to the other side.
Where there has been much disintegration, the peak is often surrounded with
groups of lower ridges or peaks, like the leaves of an artichoke or a rose, all
Page 369
evidently part and parcel of the great peak; but falling back from it, as if it
were a budding flower, expanding its leaves one by one.
Now, if I were giving a lecture on geology, and were searching for some
means of giving the most faithful idea possible of the external appearance
§ 4. The faithful
caused by this structure of the primary hills, I should throw
my geological outlines aside, and take up Turner's vignette
statement of these
of the Alps at Daybreak. After what has been said, a single
facts by Turner in
his Alps at
glance at it will be enough. Observe the exquisite decision
Daybreak.
with which the edge of the uppermost plank of the great
peak is indicated by its clear dark side and sharp shadow;
then the rise of the second low ridge on its side, only to descend again
precisely in the same line; the two fissures of this peak, one pointing to its
summit, the other rigidly parallel to the great slope which descends towards
the sun; then the sharp white aiguille on the right, with the great fissure from
its summit, rigidly and severely square, as marked below, where another edge
of rock is laid upon it. But this is not all; the black rock in the foreground is
equally a member of the mass, its chief slope parallel with that of the
mountain, and all its fissures and lines inclined in the same direction; and, to
complete the mass of evidence more forcibly still, we have the dark mass on
the left articulated with absolute right lines, as parallel as if they had been
drawn with a ruler, indicating the tops of two of these huge plates or planks,
pointing, with the universal tendency, to the great ridge, and intersected by
fissures parallel to it. Throughout the extent of mountain, not one horizontal
line, nor an approach to it, is discernible. This cannot be chance—it cannot be
composition—it may not be beautiful—perhaps nature is very wrong to be so
parallel, and very disagreeable in being so straight;—but this is nature,
whether we admire it or not.
In the vignette illustration to Jacqueline, we have another series of peaks,
whose structure is less developed, owing to their distance, but equally clear
and faithful in all points, as far as it is given. But the
§ 5. Vignette of the
Andes and others.
vignette of Aosta, in Italy, is perhaps more striking than any
that could be named for its rendering of the perfect
parallelism of the lower and smaller peaks with the great lines of the mass
they compose; and that of the Andes, the second in Campbell, for its
indication of the multitudes of the vertical and plank-like beds arranged
were a budding flower, expanding its leaves one by one.
Now, if I were giving a lecture on geology, and were searching for some
means of giving the most faithful idea possible of the external appearance
§ 4. The faithful
caused by this structure of the primary hills, I should throw
my geological outlines aside, and take up Turner's vignette
statement of these
of the Alps at Daybreak. After what has been said, a single
facts by Turner in
his Alps at
glance at it will be enough. Observe the exquisite decision
Daybreak.
with which the edge of the uppermost plank of the great
peak is indicated by its clear dark side and sharp shadow;
then the rise of the second low ridge on its side, only to descend again
precisely in the same line; the two fissures of this peak, one pointing to its
summit, the other rigidly parallel to the great slope which descends towards
the sun; then the sharp white aiguille on the right, with the great fissure from
its summit, rigidly and severely square, as marked below, where another edge
of rock is laid upon it. But this is not all; the black rock in the foreground is
equally a member of the mass, its chief slope parallel with that of the
mountain, and all its fissures and lines inclined in the same direction; and, to
complete the mass of evidence more forcibly still, we have the dark mass on
the left articulated with absolute right lines, as parallel as if they had been
drawn with a ruler, indicating the tops of two of these huge plates or planks,
pointing, with the universal tendency, to the great ridge, and intersected by
fissures parallel to it. Throughout the extent of mountain, not one horizontal
line, nor an approach to it, is discernible. This cannot be chance—it cannot be
composition—it may not be beautiful—perhaps nature is very wrong to be so
parallel, and very disagreeable in being so straight;—but this is nature,
whether we admire it or not.
In the vignette illustration to Jacqueline, we have another series of peaks,
whose structure is less developed, owing to their distance, but equally clear
and faithful in all points, as far as it is given. But the
§ 5. Vignette of the
Andes and others.
vignette of Aosta, in Italy, is perhaps more striking than any
that could be named for its rendering of the perfect
parallelism of the lower and smaller peaks with the great lines of the mass
they compose; and that of the Andes, the second in Campbell, for its
indication of the multitudes of the vertical and plank-like beds arranged
Page 370
almost like the leaves of a flower. This last especially, one of the very
noblest, most faithful, most scientific statements of mountain form which
even Turner has ever made, can leave little more to be said or doubted.
Now, whenever these vast peaks, rising from 12,000 to 24,000 feet above
the sea, form part of anything like a landscape, that is to say, whenever the
§ 6. Necessary
spectator beholds them from the region of vegetation, or
distance, and
even from any distance at which it is possible to get
consequent aerial
something like a view of their whole mass, they must be at
effect on all such
so great a distance from him as to become aerial and faint in
all their details. Their summits, and all those higher masses
mountains.
of whose character we have been speaking, can by no
possibility be nearer to him than twelve or fifteen miles; to approach them
nearer he must climb—must leave the region of vegetation, and must confine
his view to a part, and that a very limited one, of the mountain he is
ascending. Whenever, therefore, these mountains are seen over anything like
vegetation, or are seen in mass, they must be in the far distance. Most artists
would treat an horizon fifteen miles off very much as if it were mere air; and
though the greater clearness of the upper air permits the high summits to be
seen with extraordinary distinctness, yet they never can by any possibility
have dark or deep shadows, or intense dark relief against a light. Clear they
may be, but faint they must be, and their great and prevailing characteristic,
as distinguished from other mountains, is want of apparent solidity. They rise
in the morning light rather like sharp shades, cast up into the sky, than solid
earth. Their lights are pure, roseate, and cloud-like—their shadows
transparent, pale, and opalescent, and often indistinguishable from the air
around them, so that the mountain-top is seen in the heaven only by its flakes
of motionless fire.
Now, let me once more ask, though I am sufficiently tired of asking, what
record have we of anything like this in the works of the old masters? There is
§ 7. Total want of
no vestige in any existing picture of the slightest effort to
any rendering of
represent the high hill ranges; and as for such drawing of
their phenomena in
their forms as we have found in Turner, we might as well
look for them among the Chinese. Very possibly it may be
ancient art.
all quite right,—very probably these men showed the most
cultivated taste, the most unerring judgment, in filling their pictures with
noblest, most faithful, most scientific statements of mountain form which
even Turner has ever made, can leave little more to be said or doubted.
Now, whenever these vast peaks, rising from 12,000 to 24,000 feet above
the sea, form part of anything like a landscape, that is to say, whenever the
§ 6. Necessary
spectator beholds them from the region of vegetation, or
distance, and
even from any distance at which it is possible to get
consequent aerial
something like a view of their whole mass, they must be at
effect on all such
so great a distance from him as to become aerial and faint in
all their details. Their summits, and all those higher masses
mountains.
of whose character we have been speaking, can by no
possibility be nearer to him than twelve or fifteen miles; to approach them
nearer he must climb—must leave the region of vegetation, and must confine
his view to a part, and that a very limited one, of the mountain he is
ascending. Whenever, therefore, these mountains are seen over anything like
vegetation, or are seen in mass, they must be in the far distance. Most artists
would treat an horizon fifteen miles off very much as if it were mere air; and
though the greater clearness of the upper air permits the high summits to be
seen with extraordinary distinctness, yet they never can by any possibility
have dark or deep shadows, or intense dark relief against a light. Clear they
may be, but faint they must be, and their great and prevailing characteristic,
as distinguished from other mountains, is want of apparent solidity. They rise
in the morning light rather like sharp shades, cast up into the sky, than solid
earth. Their lights are pure, roseate, and cloud-like—their shadows
transparent, pale, and opalescent, and often indistinguishable from the air
around them, so that the mountain-top is seen in the heaven only by its flakes
of motionless fire.
Now, let me once more ask, though I am sufficiently tired of asking, what
record have we of anything like this in the works of the old masters? There is
§ 7. Total want of
no vestige in any existing picture of the slightest effort to
any rendering of
represent the high hill ranges; and as for such drawing of
their phenomena in
their forms as we have found in Turner, we might as well
look for them among the Chinese. Very possibly it may be
ancient art.
all quite right,—very probably these men showed the most
cultivated taste, the most unerring judgment, in filling their pictures with
Page 371
mole-hills and sand-heaps. Very probably the withered and poisonous banks
of Avernus, and the sand and cinders of the Campagna, are much more
sublime things than the Alps; but still what limited truth it is, if truth it be,
when through the last fifty pages we have been pointing out fact after fact,
scene after scene, in clouds and hills, (and not individual facts nor scenes, but
great and important classes of them,) and still we have nothing to say when
we come to the old masters; but, "they are not here." Yet this is what we hear
so constantly called painting "general" nature.
Although, however, there is no vestige among the old masters of any effort
to represent the attributes of the higher mountains seen in comparative
§ 8. Character of
proximity, we are not altogether left without evidence of
the representations
their having thought of them as sources of light in the
extreme distance, as for example, in that of the reputed
of Alps in the
Claude in our National Gallery, called the Marriage of Isaac
distances of
Claude.
and Rebecca. I have not the slightest doubt of its being a
most execrable copy; for there is not one touch nor line of
even decent painting in the whole picture; but as connoisseurs have
considered it a Claude, as it has been put in our Gallery for a Claude, and as
people admire it every day for a Claude, I may at least presume it has those
qualities of Claude in it which are wont to excite the public admiration,
though it possesses none of those which sometimes give him claim to it; and I
have so reasoned, and shall continue to reason upon it, especially with respect
to facts of form, which cannot have been much altered by the copyist. In the
distance of that picture (as well as in that of the Sinon before Priam, which I
have little doubt is at least partially original, and whose central group of trees
is a very noble piece of painting) is something white, which I believe must be
intended for a snowy mountain, because I do not see that it
§ 9. Their total
want of magnitude
can well be intended for anything else. Now no mountain of
and aerial distance.
elevation sufficient to be so sheeted with perpetual snow,
can by any possibility sink so low on the horizon as this
something of Claude's, unless it be at a distance of from fifty to seventy
miles. At such distances, though the outline is invariably sharp and edgy to an
excess, yet all the circumstances of aerial perspective, faintness of shadow,
and isolation of light, which I have described as characteristic of the Alps
fifteen miles off, take place, of course, in a threefold degree; the mountains
rise from the horizon like transparent films, only distinguishable from mist by
of Avernus, and the sand and cinders of the Campagna, are much more
sublime things than the Alps; but still what limited truth it is, if truth it be,
when through the last fifty pages we have been pointing out fact after fact,
scene after scene, in clouds and hills, (and not individual facts nor scenes, but
great and important classes of them,) and still we have nothing to say when
we come to the old masters; but, "they are not here." Yet this is what we hear
so constantly called painting "general" nature.
Although, however, there is no vestige among the old masters of any effort
to represent the attributes of the higher mountains seen in comparative
§ 8. Character of
proximity, we are not altogether left without evidence of
the representations
their having thought of them as sources of light in the
extreme distance, as for example, in that of the reputed
of Alps in the
Claude in our National Gallery, called the Marriage of Isaac
distances of
Claude.
and Rebecca. I have not the slightest doubt of its being a
most execrable copy; for there is not one touch nor line of
even decent painting in the whole picture; but as connoisseurs have
considered it a Claude, as it has been put in our Gallery for a Claude, and as
people admire it every day for a Claude, I may at least presume it has those
qualities of Claude in it which are wont to excite the public admiration,
though it possesses none of those which sometimes give him claim to it; and I
have so reasoned, and shall continue to reason upon it, especially with respect
to facts of form, which cannot have been much altered by the copyist. In the
distance of that picture (as well as in that of the Sinon before Priam, which I
have little doubt is at least partially original, and whose central group of trees
is a very noble piece of painting) is something white, which I believe must be
intended for a snowy mountain, because I do not see that it
§ 9. Their total
want of magnitude
can well be intended for anything else. Now no mountain of
and aerial distance.
elevation sufficient to be so sheeted with perpetual snow,
can by any possibility sink so low on the horizon as this
something of Claude's, unless it be at a distance of from fifty to seventy
miles. At such distances, though the outline is invariably sharp and edgy to an
excess, yet all the circumstances of aerial perspective, faintness of shadow,
and isolation of light, which I have described as characteristic of the Alps
fifteen miles off, take place, of course, in a threefold degree; the mountains
rise from the horizon like transparent films, only distinguishable from mist by
Page 372
their excessively keen edges, and their brilliant flashes of sudden light; they
are as unsubstantial as the air itself, and impress their enormous size by
means of this aerialness, in a far greater degree at these vast distances, than
even when towering above the spectator's head. Now, I ask of the candid
observer, if there be the smallest vestige of an effort to attain—if there be the
most miserable, the most contemptible shadow of attainment of such an
effect by Claude? Does that white thing on the horizon look seventy miles
off? Is it faint, or fading, or to be looked for by the eye before it can be found
out? Does it look high? does it look large? does it look impressive? You
cannot but feel that there is not a vestige of any kind or species of truth in
that horizon; and that, however artistical it may be, as giving brilliancy to the
distance, (though, as far as I have any feeling in the matter, it only gives
coldness,) it is, in the very branch of art on which Claude's reputation chiefly
rests, aerial perspective, hurling defiance to nature in her very teeth.
But there are worse failures yet in this unlucky distance. Aerial perspective
is not a matter of paramount importance, because nature infringes its laws
herself and boldly too, though never in a case like this
§ 10. And violation
before us; but there are some laws which nature never
of specific form.
violates—her laws of form. No mountain was ever raised to
the level of perpetual snow, without an infinite multiplicity of form. Its
foundation is built of a hundred minor mountains, and, from these, great
buttresses run in converging ridges to the central peak. There is no exception
to this rule; no mountain 15,000 feet high is ever raised without such
preparation and variety of outwork. Consequently, in distant effect, when
chains of such peaks are visible at once, the multiplicity of form is absolutely
oceanic; and though it is possible in near scenes to find vast and simple
masses composed of lines which run unbroken for a thousand feet, or more, it
is physically impossible when these masses are thrown seventy miles back, to
have simple outlines, for then these large features become mere jags, and
hillocks, and are heaped and huddled together with endless confusion. To get
a simple form, seventy miles away, mountain lines would be required
unbroken for leagues; and this, I repeat, is physically impossible. Hence these
mountains of Claude, having no indication of the steep vertical summits
which we have shown to be the characteristic of the central ridges, having
soft edges instead of decisive ones, simple forms (one line to the plain on
each side) instead of varied and broken ones, and being painted with a crude
are as unsubstantial as the air itself, and impress their enormous size by
means of this aerialness, in a far greater degree at these vast distances, than
even when towering above the spectator's head. Now, I ask of the candid
observer, if there be the smallest vestige of an effort to attain—if there be the
most miserable, the most contemptible shadow of attainment of such an
effect by Claude? Does that white thing on the horizon look seventy miles
off? Is it faint, or fading, or to be looked for by the eye before it can be found
out? Does it look high? does it look large? does it look impressive? You
cannot but feel that there is not a vestige of any kind or species of truth in
that horizon; and that, however artistical it may be, as giving brilliancy to the
distance, (though, as far as I have any feeling in the matter, it only gives
coldness,) it is, in the very branch of art on which Claude's reputation chiefly
rests, aerial perspective, hurling defiance to nature in her very teeth.
But there are worse failures yet in this unlucky distance. Aerial perspective
is not a matter of paramount importance, because nature infringes its laws
herself and boldly too, though never in a case like this
§ 10. And violation
before us; but there are some laws which nature never
of specific form.
violates—her laws of form. No mountain was ever raised to
the level of perpetual snow, without an infinite multiplicity of form. Its
foundation is built of a hundred minor mountains, and, from these, great
buttresses run in converging ridges to the central peak. There is no exception
to this rule; no mountain 15,000 feet high is ever raised without such
preparation and variety of outwork. Consequently, in distant effect, when
chains of such peaks are visible at once, the multiplicity of form is absolutely
oceanic; and though it is possible in near scenes to find vast and simple
masses composed of lines which run unbroken for a thousand feet, or more, it
is physically impossible when these masses are thrown seventy miles back, to
have simple outlines, for then these large features become mere jags, and
hillocks, and are heaped and huddled together with endless confusion. To get
a simple form, seventy miles away, mountain lines would be required
unbroken for leagues; and this, I repeat, is physically impossible. Hence these
mountains of Claude, having no indication of the steep vertical summits
which we have shown to be the characteristic of the central ridges, having
soft edges instead of decisive ones, simple forms (one line to the plain on
each side) instead of varied and broken ones, and being painted with a crude
Page 373
raw white, having no transparency, nor filminess, nor air in it, instead of
rising in the opalescent mystery which invariably characterizes the distant
snows, have the forms and the colors of heaps of chalk in a lime-kiln, not of
Alps. They are destitute of energy, of height, of distance, of splendor, and of
variety, and are the work of a man, whether Claude or not, who had neither
feeling for nature, nor knowledge of art.
I should not, however, insist upon the faults of this picture, believing it to
be a copy, if I had ever seen, even in his most genuine
§ 11. Even in his
best works.
works, an extreme distance of Claude with any of the
essential characters of nature. But although in his better
pictures we have always beautiful drawing of the air, which in the copy
before us is entirely wanting, the real features of the extreme mountain
distance are equally neglected or maligned in all. There is, indeed, air
between us and it; but ten miles, not seventy miles, of space. Let us observe a
little more closely the practice of nature in such cases.
The multiplicity of form which I have shown to be necessary in the outline,
is not less felt in the body of the mass. For, in all extensive hill ranges, there
§ 12. Farther
are five or six lateral chains separated by deep valleys,
illustration of the
which rise between the spectator and the central ridge,
distant character
showing their tops one over another, wave beyond wave,
of mountain
until the eye is carried back to the faintest and highest forms
chains.
of the principal chain. These successive ridges, and I speak
now not merely of the Alps, but of mountains generally,
even as low as 3000 feet above the sea, show themselves in extreme distance
merely as vertical shades, with very sharp outlines, detached from one
another by greater intensity, according to their nearness. It is with the utmost
difficulty that the eye can discern any solidity or roundness in them; the lights
and shades of solid form are both equally lost in the blue of the atmosphere,
and the mountain tells only as a flat, sharp-edged film, of which multitudes
intersect and overtop one another, separated by the greater faintness of the
retiring masses. This is the most simple and easily imitated arrangement
possible, and yet, both in nature and art, it expresses distance and size in a
way otherwise quite unattainable. For thus, the whole mass of one mountain
being of one shade only, the smallest possible difference in shade will serve
completely to detach it from another, and thus ten or twelve distances may be
rising in the opalescent mystery which invariably characterizes the distant
snows, have the forms and the colors of heaps of chalk in a lime-kiln, not of
Alps. They are destitute of energy, of height, of distance, of splendor, and of
variety, and are the work of a man, whether Claude or not, who had neither
feeling for nature, nor knowledge of art.
I should not, however, insist upon the faults of this picture, believing it to
be a copy, if I had ever seen, even in his most genuine
§ 11. Even in his
best works.
works, an extreme distance of Claude with any of the
essential characters of nature. But although in his better
pictures we have always beautiful drawing of the air, which in the copy
before us is entirely wanting, the real features of the extreme mountain
distance are equally neglected or maligned in all. There is, indeed, air
between us and it; but ten miles, not seventy miles, of space. Let us observe a
little more closely the practice of nature in such cases.
The multiplicity of form which I have shown to be necessary in the outline,
is not less felt in the body of the mass. For, in all extensive hill ranges, there
§ 12. Farther
are five or six lateral chains separated by deep valleys,
illustration of the
which rise between the spectator and the central ridge,
distant character
showing their tops one over another, wave beyond wave,
of mountain
until the eye is carried back to the faintest and highest forms
chains.
of the principal chain. These successive ridges, and I speak
now not merely of the Alps, but of mountains generally,
even as low as 3000 feet above the sea, show themselves in extreme distance
merely as vertical shades, with very sharp outlines, detached from one
another by greater intensity, according to their nearness. It is with the utmost
difficulty that the eye can discern any solidity or roundness in them; the lights
and shades of solid form are both equally lost in the blue of the atmosphere,
and the mountain tells only as a flat, sharp-edged film, of which multitudes
intersect and overtop one another, separated by the greater faintness of the
retiring masses. This is the most simple and easily imitated arrangement
possible, and yet, both in nature and art, it expresses distance and size in a
way otherwise quite unattainable. For thus, the whole mass of one mountain
being of one shade only, the smallest possible difference in shade will serve
completely to detach it from another, and thus ten or twelve distances may be
Page 374
made evident, when the darkest and nearest is an aerial gray as faint as the
sky; and the beauty of such arrangements carried out as nature carries them,
to their highest degree, is, perhaps, the most striking feature connected with
§ 13. Their
hill scenery: you will never, by any chance, perceive in
excessive
extreme distance, anything like solid form or projection of
appearance of
the hills. Each is a dead, flat, perpendicular film or shade,
transparency.
with a sharp edge darkest at the summit, and lost as it
descends, and about equally dark whether turned towards
the light or from it; and of these successive films of mountain you will
probably have half a dozen, one behind another, all showing with perfect
clearness their every chasm and peak in the outline, and not one of them
showing the slightest vestige of solidity, but on the contrary, looking so
thoroughly transparent, that if it so happens, as I have seen frequently, that a
conical near hill meets with its summit the separation of two distant ones, so
that the right-hand slope of the nearer hill forms an apparent continuation of
the right-hand slope of the left-hand farther hill, and vice versa, it is
impossible to get rid of the impression that one or the more distant peaks is
seen through the other.
I may point out in illustration of these facts, the engravings of two
drawings of precisely the same chain of distant hills,—Stanfield's Borromean
§ 14. Illustrated
Islands, with the St. Gothard in the distance, and Turner's
from the works of
Arona, also with the St. Gothard in the distance. Far be it
Turner and
from me to indicate the former of these plates as in any way
exemplifying the power of Stanfield, or affecting his
Stanfield. The
Borromean Islands
reputation; it is an unlucky drawing, murdered by the
of the latter.
engraver, and as far from being characteristic of Stanfield as
it is from being like nature, but it is just what I want, to
illustrate the particular error of which I speak; and I prefer showing this error
where it accidentally exists in the works of a really great artist, standing there
alone, to point it out where it is confused with other faults and falsehoods in
the works of inferior hands. The former of these plates is an example of
everything which a hill distance is not, and the latter of everything which it
is. In the former, we have the mountains covered with patchy lights, which
being of equal intensity whether near or distant, confuse all the distances
together; while the eye, perceiving that the light falls so as to give details of
solid form, yet finding nothing but insipid and formless spaces displayed by
sky; and the beauty of such arrangements carried out as nature carries them,
to their highest degree, is, perhaps, the most striking feature connected with
§ 13. Their
hill scenery: you will never, by any chance, perceive in
excessive
extreme distance, anything like solid form or projection of
appearance of
the hills. Each is a dead, flat, perpendicular film or shade,
transparency.
with a sharp edge darkest at the summit, and lost as it
descends, and about equally dark whether turned towards
the light or from it; and of these successive films of mountain you will
probably have half a dozen, one behind another, all showing with perfect
clearness their every chasm and peak in the outline, and not one of them
showing the slightest vestige of solidity, but on the contrary, looking so
thoroughly transparent, that if it so happens, as I have seen frequently, that a
conical near hill meets with its summit the separation of two distant ones, so
that the right-hand slope of the nearer hill forms an apparent continuation of
the right-hand slope of the left-hand farther hill, and vice versa, it is
impossible to get rid of the impression that one or the more distant peaks is
seen through the other.
I may point out in illustration of these facts, the engravings of two
drawings of precisely the same chain of distant hills,—Stanfield's Borromean
§ 14. Illustrated
Islands, with the St. Gothard in the distance, and Turner's
from the works of
Arona, also with the St. Gothard in the distance. Far be it
Turner and
from me to indicate the former of these plates as in any way
exemplifying the power of Stanfield, or affecting his
Stanfield. The
Borromean Islands
reputation; it is an unlucky drawing, murdered by the
of the latter.
engraver, and as far from being characteristic of Stanfield as
it is from being like nature, but it is just what I want, to
illustrate the particular error of which I speak; and I prefer showing this error
where it accidentally exists in the works of a really great artist, standing there
alone, to point it out where it is confused with other faults and falsehoods in
the works of inferior hands. The former of these plates is an example of
everything which a hill distance is not, and the latter of everything which it
is. In the former, we have the mountains covered with patchy lights, which
being of equal intensity whether near or distant, confuse all the distances
together; while the eye, perceiving that the light falls so as to give details of
solid form, yet finding nothing but insipid and formless spaces displayed by
Page 375
it, is compelled to suppose that the whole body of the hill is equally
monotonous and devoid of character; and the effect upon it is not one whit
more impressive and agreeable than might be received from a group of sand-
heaps, washed into uniformity by recent rain.
Compare with this the distance of Turner in Arona. It is totally impossible
§ 15. Turner's
here to say which way the light falls on the distant hills,
except by the slightly increased decision of their edges
Arona.
turned towards it, but the greatest attention is paid to get
these edges decisive, yet full of gradation, and perfectly true in character of
form. All the rest of the mountain is then indistinguishable haze, and by the
bringing of these edges more and more decisively over one another, Turner
has given us between the right-hand side of the picture and the snow, fifteen
distinct distances, yet every one of these distances in itself palpitating,
changeful, and suggesting subdivision into countless multitude. Something of
this is traceable even in the engraving, and all the essential characters are
perfectly well marked. I think even the least experienced eye can scarcely but
feel the truth of this distance as compared with Stanfield's. In the latter, the
eye gets something of the form, and therefore wonders it sees no more; the
impression on it, therefore, is of hills within distinctly visible distance,
indiscernible through want of light or dim atmosphere; and the effect is, of
course, smallness of space, with obscurity of light and thickness of air. In
Turner's the eye gets nothing of the substance, and wonders it sees so much
of the outline; the impression is, therefore, of mountains too far off to be ever
distinctly seen, rendered clear by brilliancy of light and purity of atmosphere;
and the effect, consequently, vastness of space, with intensity of light and
crystalline transparency of air.
These truths are invariably given in every one of Turner's distances, that is
§ 16. Extreme
to say, we have always in them two principal facts forced on
distance of large
our notice; transparency, or filminess of mass, and
excessive sharpness of edge. And I wish particularly to
objects always
insist upon this sharpness of edge, because it is not a casual
characterized by
very sharp outline.
or changeful habit of nature; it is the unfailing characteristic
of all very great distances. It is quite a mistake to suppose
that slurred or melting lines are characteristic of distant large objects; they
may be so, as before observed, (Sec. II. Chap. IV. § 4,) when the focus of the
monotonous and devoid of character; and the effect upon it is not one whit
more impressive and agreeable than might be received from a group of sand-
heaps, washed into uniformity by recent rain.
Compare with this the distance of Turner in Arona. It is totally impossible
§ 15. Turner's
here to say which way the light falls on the distant hills,
except by the slightly increased decision of their edges
Arona.
turned towards it, but the greatest attention is paid to get
these edges decisive, yet full of gradation, and perfectly true in character of
form. All the rest of the mountain is then indistinguishable haze, and by the
bringing of these edges more and more decisively over one another, Turner
has given us between the right-hand side of the picture and the snow, fifteen
distinct distances, yet every one of these distances in itself palpitating,
changeful, and suggesting subdivision into countless multitude. Something of
this is traceable even in the engraving, and all the essential characters are
perfectly well marked. I think even the least experienced eye can scarcely but
feel the truth of this distance as compared with Stanfield's. In the latter, the
eye gets something of the form, and therefore wonders it sees no more; the
impression on it, therefore, is of hills within distinctly visible distance,
indiscernible through want of light or dim atmosphere; and the effect is, of
course, smallness of space, with obscurity of light and thickness of air. In
Turner's the eye gets nothing of the substance, and wonders it sees so much
of the outline; the impression is, therefore, of mountains too far off to be ever
distinctly seen, rendered clear by brilliancy of light and purity of atmosphere;
and the effect, consequently, vastness of space, with intensity of light and
crystalline transparency of air.
These truths are invariably given in every one of Turner's distances, that is
§ 16. Extreme
to say, we have always in them two principal facts forced on
distance of large
our notice; transparency, or filminess of mass, and
excessive sharpness of edge. And I wish particularly to
objects always
insist upon this sharpness of edge, because it is not a casual
characterized by
very sharp outline.
or changeful habit of nature; it is the unfailing characteristic
of all very great distances. It is quite a mistake to suppose
that slurred or melting lines are characteristic of distant large objects; they
may be so, as before observed, (Sec. II. Chap. IV. § 4,) when the focus of the
Page 376
eye is not adapted to them; but, when the eye is really directed to the
distance, melting lines are characteristic only of thick mist and vapor between
us and the object, not of the removal of the object. If a thing has character
upon its outline, as a tree for instance, or a mossy stone, the farther it is
removed from us, the sharper the outline of the whole mass will become,
though in doing so, the particular details which make up the character will
become confused in the manner described in the same chapter. A tree fifty
yards from us, taken as a mass, has a soft outline, because the leaves and
interstices have some effect on the eye. But put it ten miles off against the
sky, and its outline will be so sharp that you cannot tell it from a rock. There
are three trees on the Mont Saleve, about five miles from Geneva, which
from the city, as they stand on the ridge of the hill, are seen defined against
the sky. The keenest eye in the world could not tell them from stones. So in a
mountain five or six miles off, bushes, and heather, and roughnesses of
knotty ground and rock, have still some effect on the eye, and by becoming
confused and mingled as before described, soften the outline. But let the
mountain be thirty miles off, and its edge will be as sharp as a knife. Let it, as
in the case of the Alps, be seventy or eighty miles off, and though it has
become so faint that the morning mist is not so transparent, its outline will be
beyond all imitation for excessive sharpness. Thus, then, the character of
extreme distance is always excessive keenness of edge. If you soften your
outline, you either put mist between you and the object, and in doing so
diminish, your distance, for it is impossible you should see so far through
mist as through clear air; or, if you keep an impression of clear air, you bring
the object close to the observer, diminish its size in proportion, and if the
aerial colors, excessive blues, etc., be retained, represent an impossibility.
Take Claude's distance (in No. 244, Dulwich Gallery,)[53] on the right of
the picture. It is as pure blue as ever came from the pallet,
§17. Want of this
laid on thick; you cannot see through it, there is not the
decision in Claude.
slightest vestige of transparency or filminess about it, and
its edge is soft and blunt. Hence, if it be meant for near hills, the blue is
impossible, and the want of details impossible, in the clear atmosphere
indicated through the whole picture. If it be meant for extreme distance, the
blunt edge is impossible, and the opacity is impossible. I do not know a
single distance of the Italian school to which the same observation is not
entirely applicable, except, perhaps, one or two of Nicholas Poussin's. They
distance, melting lines are characteristic only of thick mist and vapor between
us and the object, not of the removal of the object. If a thing has character
upon its outline, as a tree for instance, or a mossy stone, the farther it is
removed from us, the sharper the outline of the whole mass will become,
though in doing so, the particular details which make up the character will
become confused in the manner described in the same chapter. A tree fifty
yards from us, taken as a mass, has a soft outline, because the leaves and
interstices have some effect on the eye. But put it ten miles off against the
sky, and its outline will be so sharp that you cannot tell it from a rock. There
are three trees on the Mont Saleve, about five miles from Geneva, which
from the city, as they stand on the ridge of the hill, are seen defined against
the sky. The keenest eye in the world could not tell them from stones. So in a
mountain five or six miles off, bushes, and heather, and roughnesses of
knotty ground and rock, have still some effect on the eye, and by becoming
confused and mingled as before described, soften the outline. But let the
mountain be thirty miles off, and its edge will be as sharp as a knife. Let it, as
in the case of the Alps, be seventy or eighty miles off, and though it has
become so faint that the morning mist is not so transparent, its outline will be
beyond all imitation for excessive sharpness. Thus, then, the character of
extreme distance is always excessive keenness of edge. If you soften your
outline, you either put mist between you and the object, and in doing so
diminish, your distance, for it is impossible you should see so far through
mist as through clear air; or, if you keep an impression of clear air, you bring
the object close to the observer, diminish its size in proportion, and if the
aerial colors, excessive blues, etc., be retained, represent an impossibility.
Take Claude's distance (in No. 244, Dulwich Gallery,)[53] on the right of
the picture. It is as pure blue as ever came from the pallet,
§17. Want of this
laid on thick; you cannot see through it, there is not the
decision in Claude.
slightest vestige of transparency or filminess about it, and
its edge is soft and blunt. Hence, if it be meant for near hills, the blue is
impossible, and the want of details impossible, in the clear atmosphere
indicated through the whole picture. If it be meant for extreme distance, the
blunt edge is impossible, and the opacity is impossible. I do not know a
single distance of the Italian school to which the same observation is not
entirely applicable, except, perhaps, one or two of Nicholas Poussin's. They
Page 377
always involve, under any supposition whatsoever, at least two
impossibilities.
I need scarcely mention in particular any more of the works of Turner,
§ 18. The perpetual
because there is not one of his mountain distances in which
rendering of it by
these facts are not fully exemplified. Look at the last
Turner.
vignette—the Farewell, in Rogers's Italy; observe the
excessive sharpness of all the edges, almost amounting to
lines, in the distance, while there is scarcely one decisive edge in the
foreground. Look at the hills of the distance in the Dunstaffnage, Glencoe,
and Loch Achray, (illustrations to Scott,) in the latter of which the left-hand
side of the Benvenue is actually marked with a dark line. In fact, Turner's
usual mode of executing these passages is perfectly evident in all his
drawings; it is not often that we meet with a very broad dash of wet color in
his finished works, but in these distances, as we before saw of his shadows,
all the effect has been evidently given by a dash of very moist pale color,
probably turning the paper upside down, so that a very firm edge may be left
at the top of the mountain as the color dries. And in the Battle of Marengo we
find the principle carried so far as to give nothing more than actual outline for
the representation of the extreme distance, while all the other hills in the
picture are distinctly darkest at the edge. This plate, though coarsely
executed, is yet one of the noblest illustrations of mountain character and
magnitude existing.
Such, then, are the chief characteristics of the highest peaks and extreme
distances of all hills, as far as the forms of the rocks
§ 19. Effects of
snow, how
themselves, and the aerial appearances especially belonging
imperfectly
to them, are alone concerned. There is, however, yet another
studied.
point to be considered—the modification of their form
caused by incumbent snow.
Pictures of winter scenery are nearly as common as moonlights, and are
usually executed by the same order of artists, that is to say, the most
incapable; it being remarkably easy to represent the moon as a white wafer on
a black ground, or to scratch out white branches on a cloudy sky.
Nevertheless, among Flemish paintings several valuable representations of
winter are to be found, and some clever pieces of effect among the moderns,
impossibilities.
I need scarcely mention in particular any more of the works of Turner,
§ 18. The perpetual
because there is not one of his mountain distances in which
rendering of it by
these facts are not fully exemplified. Look at the last
Turner.
vignette—the Farewell, in Rogers's Italy; observe the
excessive sharpness of all the edges, almost amounting to
lines, in the distance, while there is scarcely one decisive edge in the
foreground. Look at the hills of the distance in the Dunstaffnage, Glencoe,
and Loch Achray, (illustrations to Scott,) in the latter of which the left-hand
side of the Benvenue is actually marked with a dark line. In fact, Turner's
usual mode of executing these passages is perfectly evident in all his
drawings; it is not often that we meet with a very broad dash of wet color in
his finished works, but in these distances, as we before saw of his shadows,
all the effect has been evidently given by a dash of very moist pale color,
probably turning the paper upside down, so that a very firm edge may be left
at the top of the mountain as the color dries. And in the Battle of Marengo we
find the principle carried so far as to give nothing more than actual outline for
the representation of the extreme distance, while all the other hills in the
picture are distinctly darkest at the edge. This plate, though coarsely
executed, is yet one of the noblest illustrations of mountain character and
magnitude existing.
Such, then, are the chief characteristics of the highest peaks and extreme
distances of all hills, as far as the forms of the rocks
§ 19. Effects of
snow, how
themselves, and the aerial appearances especially belonging
imperfectly
to them, are alone concerned. There is, however, yet another
studied.
point to be considered—the modification of their form
caused by incumbent snow.
Pictures of winter scenery are nearly as common as moonlights, and are
usually executed by the same order of artists, that is to say, the most
incapable; it being remarkably easy to represent the moon as a white wafer on
a black ground, or to scratch out white branches on a cloudy sky.
Nevertheless, among Flemish paintings several valuable representations of
winter are to be found, and some clever pieces of effect among the moderns,
Page 378
as Hunt's, for instance, and De Wint's. But all such efforts end in effect alone,
nor have I ever in any single instance seen a snow wreath, I do not say
thoroughly, but even decently, drawn.
In the range of inorganic nature, I doubt if any object can be found more
perfectly beautiful than a fresh, deep snow-drift, seen under warm light.[54]
Its curves are of inconceivable perfection and changefulness, its surface and
transparency alike exquisite, its light and shade of inexhaustible variety and
inimitable finish, the shadows sharp, pale, and of heavenly color, the
reflected lights intense and multitudinous, and mingled with the sweet
occurrences of transmitted light. No mortal hand can approach the majesty or
loveliness of it, yet it is possible by care and skill at least to suggest the
preciousness of its forms and intimate the nature of its light and shade; but
this has never been attempted; it could not be done except by artists of a rank
exceedingly high, and there is something about the feeling of snow in
ordinary scenery which such men do not like. But when the same qualities
are exhibited on a magnificent Alpine scale and in a position where they
interfere with no feeling of life, I see not why they should be neglected, as
they have hitherto been, unless that the difficulty of reconciling the brilliancy
of snow with a picturesque light and shade, is so great that most good artists
disguise or avoid the greater part of upper Alpine scenery, and hint at the
glacier so slightly, that they do not feel the necessity of careful study of its
forms. Habits of exaggeration increase the evil: I have seen a sketch from
nature, by one of the most able of our landscape painters, in which a cloud
had been mistaken for a snowy summit, and the hint thus taken exaggerated,
as was likely, into an enormous mass of impossible height, and unintelligent
form, when the mountain itself, for which the cloud had been mistaken,
though subtending an angle of about eighteen or twenty degrees, instead of
the fifty attributed to it, was of a form so exquisite that it might have been a
profitable lesson truly studied to Phidias. Nothing but failure can result from
such methods of sketching, nor have I ever seen a single instance of an
earnest study of snowy mountains by any one. Hence, wherever they are
introduced, their drawing is utterly unintelligent, the forms being those of
white rocks, or of rocks lightly powdered with snow, showing sufficiently
that not only the painters have never studied the mountain carefully from
below, but that they have never climbed into the snowy region. Harding's
rendering of the high Alps (vide the engraving of Chamonix, and of the
nor have I ever in any single instance seen a snow wreath, I do not say
thoroughly, but even decently, drawn.
In the range of inorganic nature, I doubt if any object can be found more
perfectly beautiful than a fresh, deep snow-drift, seen under warm light.[54]
Its curves are of inconceivable perfection and changefulness, its surface and
transparency alike exquisite, its light and shade of inexhaustible variety and
inimitable finish, the shadows sharp, pale, and of heavenly color, the
reflected lights intense and multitudinous, and mingled with the sweet
occurrences of transmitted light. No mortal hand can approach the majesty or
loveliness of it, yet it is possible by care and skill at least to suggest the
preciousness of its forms and intimate the nature of its light and shade; but
this has never been attempted; it could not be done except by artists of a rank
exceedingly high, and there is something about the feeling of snow in
ordinary scenery which such men do not like. But when the same qualities
are exhibited on a magnificent Alpine scale and in a position where they
interfere with no feeling of life, I see not why they should be neglected, as
they have hitherto been, unless that the difficulty of reconciling the brilliancy
of snow with a picturesque light and shade, is so great that most good artists
disguise or avoid the greater part of upper Alpine scenery, and hint at the
glacier so slightly, that they do not feel the necessity of careful study of its
forms. Habits of exaggeration increase the evil: I have seen a sketch from
nature, by one of the most able of our landscape painters, in which a cloud
had been mistaken for a snowy summit, and the hint thus taken exaggerated,
as was likely, into an enormous mass of impossible height, and unintelligent
form, when the mountain itself, for which the cloud had been mistaken,
though subtending an angle of about eighteen or twenty degrees, instead of
the fifty attributed to it, was of a form so exquisite that it might have been a
profitable lesson truly studied to Phidias. Nothing but failure can result from
such methods of sketching, nor have I ever seen a single instance of an
earnest study of snowy mountains by any one. Hence, wherever they are
introduced, their drawing is utterly unintelligent, the forms being those of
white rocks, or of rocks lightly powdered with snow, showing sufficiently
that not only the painters have never studied the mountain carefully from
below, but that they have never climbed into the snowy region. Harding's
rendering of the high Alps (vide the engraving of Chamonix, and of the
Page 379
Wengern Alp, in the illustrations to Byron) is best; but even he shows no
perception of the real anatomy. Stanfield paints only white rocks instead of
snow. Turner invariably avoids the difficulty, though he has shown himself
capable of grappling with it in the ice of the Liber Studiorum, (Mer de
Glace,) which is very cold and slippery and very like ice; but of the crusts
and wreaths of the higher snow he has taken no cognizance. Even the
vignettes to Rogers's Poems fail in this respect. It would be vain to attempt in
this place to give any detailed account of the phenomena of the upper snows;
but it may be well to note those general principles which every artist ought to
keep in mind when he has to paint an Alp.
Snow is modified by the under forms of the hill in some sort, as dress is by
§ 20. General
the anatomy of the human frame. And as no dress can be
principles of its
well laid on without conceiving the body beneath, so no Alp
can be drawn unless its under form is conceived first, and
forms on the Alps.
its snow laid on afterwards.
Every high Alp has as much snow upon it as it can hold or carry. It is not,
observe, a mere coating of snow of given depth throughout, but it is snow
loaded on until the rocks can hold no more. The surplus does not fall in the
winter, because, fastened by continual frost, the quantity of snow which an
Alp can carry is greater than each single winter can bestow; it falls in the first
mild days of spring in enormous avalanches. Afterwards the melting
continues, gradually removing from all the steep rocks the small quantity of
snow which was all they could hold, and leaving them black and bare among
the accumulated fields of unknown depth, which occupy the capacious
valleys and less inclined superfices of the mountain.
Hence it follows that the deepest snow does not take nor indicate the actual
forms of the rocks on which it lies, but it hangs from peak to peak in
unbroken and sweeping festoons, or covers whole groups of peaks, which
afford it sufficient hold, with vast and unbroken domes: these festoons and
domes being guided in their curves, and modified in size, by the violence and
prevalent direction of the winter winds.
We have, therefore, every variety of indication of the under mountain
form; first, the mere coating, which is soon to be withdrawn, and which
shows as a mere sprinkling or powdering after a storm on the higher peaks;
perception of the real anatomy. Stanfield paints only white rocks instead of
snow. Turner invariably avoids the difficulty, though he has shown himself
capable of grappling with it in the ice of the Liber Studiorum, (Mer de
Glace,) which is very cold and slippery and very like ice; but of the crusts
and wreaths of the higher snow he has taken no cognizance. Even the
vignettes to Rogers's Poems fail in this respect. It would be vain to attempt in
this place to give any detailed account of the phenomena of the upper snows;
but it may be well to note those general principles which every artist ought to
keep in mind when he has to paint an Alp.
Snow is modified by the under forms of the hill in some sort, as dress is by
§ 20. General
the anatomy of the human frame. And as no dress can be
principles of its
well laid on without conceiving the body beneath, so no Alp
can be drawn unless its under form is conceived first, and
forms on the Alps.
its snow laid on afterwards.
Every high Alp has as much snow upon it as it can hold or carry. It is not,
observe, a mere coating of snow of given depth throughout, but it is snow
loaded on until the rocks can hold no more. The surplus does not fall in the
winter, because, fastened by continual frost, the quantity of snow which an
Alp can carry is greater than each single winter can bestow; it falls in the first
mild days of spring in enormous avalanches. Afterwards the melting
continues, gradually removing from all the steep rocks the small quantity of
snow which was all they could hold, and leaving them black and bare among
the accumulated fields of unknown depth, which occupy the capacious
valleys and less inclined superfices of the mountain.
Hence it follows that the deepest snow does not take nor indicate the actual
forms of the rocks on which it lies, but it hangs from peak to peak in
unbroken and sweeping festoons, or covers whole groups of peaks, which
afford it sufficient hold, with vast and unbroken domes: these festoons and
domes being guided in their curves, and modified in size, by the violence and
prevalent direction of the winter winds.
We have, therefore, every variety of indication of the under mountain
form; first, the mere coating, which is soon to be withdrawn, and which
shows as a mere sprinkling or powdering after a storm on the higher peaks;
Page 380
then the shallow incrustation on the steep sides glazed by the running down
of its frequent meltings, frozen again in the night; then the deep snow more
or less cramped or modified by sudden eminences of emergent rock, or
hanging in fractured festoons and huge blue irregular cliffs on the mountain
flanks, and over the edges and summits of their precipices in nodding drifts,
far overhanging, like a cornice, (perilous things to approach the edge of from
above;) finally, the pure accumulation of overwhelming depth, smooth,
sweeping, and almost cleftless, and modified only by its lines of drifting.
Countless phenomena of exquisite beauty belong to each of these conditions,
not to speak of the transition of the snow into ice at lower levels; but all on
which I shall at present insist is that the artist should not think of his Alp
merely as a white mountain, but conceive it as a group of peaks loaded with
an accumulation of snow, and that especially he should avail himself of the
exquisite curvatures, never failing, by which the snow unites and opposes the
harsh and broken lines of the rock. I shall enter into farther detail on this
subject hereafter; at present it is useless to do so, as I have no examples to
refer to, either in ancient or modern art. No statement of these facts has
hitherto been made, nor any evidence given even of their observation, except
by the most inferior painters.[55]
Various works in green and white appear from time to time on the walls of
the Academy, like the Alps indeed, but so frightfully like, that we shudder and
sicken at the sight of them, as we do when our best friend
§ 21. Average
shows us into his dining-room, to see a portrait of himself,
paintings of
Switzerland. Its
which "everybody thinks very like." We should be glad to
real spirit has
see fewer of these, for Switzerland is quite beyond the
scarcely yet been
power of any but first-rate men, and is exceedingly bad
caught.
practice for a rising artist; but, let us express a hope that
Alpine scenery will not continue to be neglected as it has
been, by those who alone are capable of treating it. We love Italy, but we
have had rather a surfeit of it lately;—too many peaked caps and flat-headed
pines. We should be very grateful to Harding and Stanfield if they would
refresh us a little among the snow, and give us, what we believe them to be
capable of giving us, a faithful expression of Alpine ideal. We are well aware
of the pain inflicted on an artist's mind by the preponderance of black, and
white, and green, over more available colors; but there is nevertheless in
generic Alpine scenery, a fountain of feeling yet unopened—a chord of
of its frequent meltings, frozen again in the night; then the deep snow more
or less cramped or modified by sudden eminences of emergent rock, or
hanging in fractured festoons and huge blue irregular cliffs on the mountain
flanks, and over the edges and summits of their precipices in nodding drifts,
far overhanging, like a cornice, (perilous things to approach the edge of from
above;) finally, the pure accumulation of overwhelming depth, smooth,
sweeping, and almost cleftless, and modified only by its lines of drifting.
Countless phenomena of exquisite beauty belong to each of these conditions,
not to speak of the transition of the snow into ice at lower levels; but all on
which I shall at present insist is that the artist should not think of his Alp
merely as a white mountain, but conceive it as a group of peaks loaded with
an accumulation of snow, and that especially he should avail himself of the
exquisite curvatures, never failing, by which the snow unites and opposes the
harsh and broken lines of the rock. I shall enter into farther detail on this
subject hereafter; at present it is useless to do so, as I have no examples to
refer to, either in ancient or modern art. No statement of these facts has
hitherto been made, nor any evidence given even of their observation, except
by the most inferior painters.[55]
Various works in green and white appear from time to time on the walls of
the Academy, like the Alps indeed, but so frightfully like, that we shudder and
sicken at the sight of them, as we do when our best friend
§ 21. Average
shows us into his dining-room, to see a portrait of himself,
paintings of
Switzerland. Its
which "everybody thinks very like." We should be glad to
real spirit has
see fewer of these, for Switzerland is quite beyond the
scarcely yet been
power of any but first-rate men, and is exceedingly bad
caught.
practice for a rising artist; but, let us express a hope that
Alpine scenery will not continue to be neglected as it has
been, by those who alone are capable of treating it. We love Italy, but we
have had rather a surfeit of it lately;—too many peaked caps and flat-headed
pines. We should be very grateful to Harding and Stanfield if they would
refresh us a little among the snow, and give us, what we believe them to be
capable of giving us, a faithful expression of Alpine ideal. We are well aware
of the pain inflicted on an artist's mind by the preponderance of black, and
white, and green, over more available colors; but there is nevertheless in
generic Alpine scenery, a fountain of feeling yet unopened—a chord of
Page 381
harmony yet untouched by art. It will be struck by the first man who can
separate what is national, in Switzerland, from what is ideal. We do not want
chalets and three-legged stools, cow-bells and buttermilk. We want the pure
and holy hills, treated as a link between heaven and earth.
[53] One of the most genuine Claudes I know.
[54] Compare Part III. Sect. I. Chap. 9, § 5.
[55] I hear of some study of Alpine scenery among the professors at Geneva; but all
foreign landscape that I have ever met with has been so utterly ignorant that I hope for
nothing except from our own painters.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE INFERIOR MOUNTAINS.
We have next to investigate the character of those intermediate masses
§ 1. The inferior
which constitute the greater part of all hill scenery, forming
the outworks of the high ranges, and being almost the sole
mountains are
constituents of such lower groups as those of Cumberland,
distinguished from
the central by
Scotland, or South Italy.
being divided into All mountains whatsoever, not composed of the granite
beds. or gneiss rocks described in the preceding chapter, nor
volcanic, (these latter being comparatively rare,) are
composed of beds, not of homogeneous, heaped materials, but of
accumulated layers, whether of rock or soil. It may be slate, sandstone,
limestone, gravel, or clay; but whatever the substance, it is laid in layers, not
in a mass. These layers are scarcely ever horizontal, and may slope to any
degree, often occurring vertical, the boldness of the hill outline commonly
depending in a great degree on their inclination. In consequence of this
division into beds, every mountain will have two great sets of lines more or
less prevailing in its contours—one indicative of the surfaces of the beds,
where they come out from under each other—and the other indicative of the
separate what is national, in Switzerland, from what is ideal. We do not want
chalets and three-legged stools, cow-bells and buttermilk. We want the pure
and holy hills, treated as a link between heaven and earth.
[53] One of the most genuine Claudes I know.
[54] Compare Part III. Sect. I. Chap. 9, § 5.
[55] I hear of some study of Alpine scenery among the professors at Geneva; but all
foreign landscape that I have ever met with has been so utterly ignorant that I hope for
nothing except from our own painters.
CHAPTER III.
OF THE INFERIOR MOUNTAINS.
We have next to investigate the character of those intermediate masses
§ 1. The inferior
which constitute the greater part of all hill scenery, forming
the outworks of the high ranges, and being almost the sole
mountains are
constituents of such lower groups as those of Cumberland,
distinguished from
the central by
Scotland, or South Italy.
being divided into All mountains whatsoever, not composed of the granite
beds. or gneiss rocks described in the preceding chapter, nor
volcanic, (these latter being comparatively rare,) are
composed of beds, not of homogeneous, heaped materials, but of
accumulated layers, whether of rock or soil. It may be slate, sandstone,
limestone, gravel, or clay; but whatever the substance, it is laid in layers, not
in a mass. These layers are scarcely ever horizontal, and may slope to any
degree, often occurring vertical, the boldness of the hill outline commonly
depending in a great degree on their inclination. In consequence of this
division into beds, every mountain will have two great sets of lines more or
less prevailing in its contours—one indicative of the surfaces of the beds,
where they come out from under each other—and the other indicative of the
Page 382
extremities or edges of the beds, where their continuity has been interrupted.
And these two great sets of lines will commonly be at right angles with each
other, or nearly so. If the surface of the bed approach a horizontal line, its
termination will approach the vertical, and this is the most usual and ordinary
way in which a precipice is produced.
Farther, in almost all rocks there is a third division of substance, which
§ 2. Farther
gives to their beds a tendency to split transversely in some
division of these
directions rather than others, giving rise to what geologists
beds by joints.
call "joints," and throwing the whole rock into blocks more
or less rhomboidal; so that the beds are not terminated by
torn or ragged edges, but by faces comparatively smooth and even, usually
inclined to each other at some definite angle. The whole arrangement may be
tolerably represented by the bricks of a wall, whose tiers may be considered
as strata, and whose sides and extremities will represent the joints by which
those strata are divided, varying, however, their direction in different rocks,
and in the same rock under differing circumstances.
Finally, in the slates, grauwackes, and some calcareous beds, in the greater
§ 3. And by lines of
number, indeed, of mountain rocks, we find another most
lamination.
conspicuous feature of general structure—the lines of
lamination, which divide the whole rock into an infinite
number of delicate plates or layers, sometimes parallel to the direction or
"strike" of the strata, oftener obliquely crossing it, and sometimes, apparently,
altogether independent of it, maintaining a consistent and unvarying slope
through a series of beds contorted and undulating in every conceivable
direction. These lines of lamination extend their influence to the smallest
fragment, causing it (as, for example, common roofing slate) to break smooth
in one direction, and with a ragged edge in another, and marking the faces of
the beds and joints with distinct and numberless lines, commonly far more
conspicuous in a near view than the larger and more important divisions.
Now, it cannot be too carefully held in mind, in examining the principles of
mountain structure, that nearly all the laws of nature with
§ 4. Variety and
seeming
respect to external form are rather universal tendencies,
uncertainty under
evidenced by a plurality of instances, than imperative
necessities complied with by all. For instance, it may be
And these two great sets of lines will commonly be at right angles with each
other, or nearly so. If the surface of the bed approach a horizontal line, its
termination will approach the vertical, and this is the most usual and ordinary
way in which a precipice is produced.
Farther, in almost all rocks there is a third division of substance, which
§ 2. Farther
gives to their beds a tendency to split transversely in some
division of these
directions rather than others, giving rise to what geologists
beds by joints.
call "joints," and throwing the whole rock into blocks more
or less rhomboidal; so that the beds are not terminated by
torn or ragged edges, but by faces comparatively smooth and even, usually
inclined to each other at some definite angle. The whole arrangement may be
tolerably represented by the bricks of a wall, whose tiers may be considered
as strata, and whose sides and extremities will represent the joints by which
those strata are divided, varying, however, their direction in different rocks,
and in the same rock under differing circumstances.
Finally, in the slates, grauwackes, and some calcareous beds, in the greater
§ 3. And by lines of
number, indeed, of mountain rocks, we find another most
lamination.
conspicuous feature of general structure—the lines of
lamination, which divide the whole rock into an infinite
number of delicate plates or layers, sometimes parallel to the direction or
"strike" of the strata, oftener obliquely crossing it, and sometimes, apparently,
altogether independent of it, maintaining a consistent and unvarying slope
through a series of beds contorted and undulating in every conceivable
direction. These lines of lamination extend their influence to the smallest
fragment, causing it (as, for example, common roofing slate) to break smooth
in one direction, and with a ragged edge in another, and marking the faces of
the beds and joints with distinct and numberless lines, commonly far more
conspicuous in a near view than the larger and more important divisions.
Now, it cannot be too carefully held in mind, in examining the principles of
mountain structure, that nearly all the laws of nature with
§ 4. Variety and
seeming
respect to external form are rather universal tendencies,
uncertainty under
evidenced by a plurality of instances, than imperative
necessities complied with by all. For instance, it may be
Page 383
which these laws said to be a universal law with respect to the boughs of all
are manifested. trees that they incline their extremities more to the ground
in proportion as they are lower on the trunk, and that the
higher their point of insertion is, the more they share in the upward tendency
of the trunk itself. But yet there is not a single group of boughs in any one
tree which does not show exceptions to the rule, and present boughs lower in
insertion, and yet steeper in inclination, than their neighbors. Nor is this
defect or deformity, but the result of the constant habit of nature to carry
variety into her very principles, and make the symmetry and beauty of her
laws the more felt by the grace and accidentalism with which they are carried
out. No one familiar with foliage could doubt for an instant of the necessity
of giving evidence of this downward tendency in the boughs; but it would be
nearly as great an offence against truth to make the law hold good with every
individual branch, as not to exhibit its influence on the majority. Now, though
the laws of mountain form are more rigid and constant than those of
vegetation, they are subject to the same species of exception in carrying out.
Though every mountain has these great tendencies in its lines, not one in a
thousand of those lines is absolutely consistent with and obedient to this
universal tendency. There are lines in every direction, and of almost every
kind, but the sum and aggregate of those lines will invariably indicate the
universal force and influence to which they are all subjected; and of these
lines there will, I repeat, be two principal sets or classes, pretty nearly at right
angles with each other. When both are inclined, they give rise to peaks or
ridges; when one is nearly horizontal and the other vertical, to table-lands and
precipices.
This then is the broad organization of all hills, modified afterwards by time
and weather, concealed by superincumbent soil and vegetation, and ramified
into minor and more delicate details in a way presently to be considered, but
nevertheless universal in its great first influence, and giving to all mountains
a particular cast and inclination; like the exertion of voluntary power in a
definite direction, an internal spirit, manifesting itself in every crag, and
breathing in every slope, flinging and forcing the mighty mass towards the
heaven with an expression and an energy like that of life.
Now, as in the case of the structure of the central peaks described above, so
also here, if I had to give a clear idea of this organization of the lower hills,
are manifested. trees that they incline their extremities more to the ground
in proportion as they are lower on the trunk, and that the
higher their point of insertion is, the more they share in the upward tendency
of the trunk itself. But yet there is not a single group of boughs in any one
tree which does not show exceptions to the rule, and present boughs lower in
insertion, and yet steeper in inclination, than their neighbors. Nor is this
defect or deformity, but the result of the constant habit of nature to carry
variety into her very principles, and make the symmetry and beauty of her
laws the more felt by the grace and accidentalism with which they are carried
out. No one familiar with foliage could doubt for an instant of the necessity
of giving evidence of this downward tendency in the boughs; but it would be
nearly as great an offence against truth to make the law hold good with every
individual branch, as not to exhibit its influence on the majority. Now, though
the laws of mountain form are more rigid and constant than those of
vegetation, they are subject to the same species of exception in carrying out.
Though every mountain has these great tendencies in its lines, not one in a
thousand of those lines is absolutely consistent with and obedient to this
universal tendency. There are lines in every direction, and of almost every
kind, but the sum and aggregate of those lines will invariably indicate the
universal force and influence to which they are all subjected; and of these
lines there will, I repeat, be two principal sets or classes, pretty nearly at right
angles with each other. When both are inclined, they give rise to peaks or
ridges; when one is nearly horizontal and the other vertical, to table-lands and
precipices.
This then is the broad organization of all hills, modified afterwards by time
and weather, concealed by superincumbent soil and vegetation, and ramified
into minor and more delicate details in a way presently to be considered, but
nevertheless universal in its great first influence, and giving to all mountains
a particular cast and inclination; like the exertion of voluntary power in a
definite direction, an internal spirit, manifesting itself in every crag, and
breathing in every slope, flinging and forcing the mighty mass towards the
heaven with an expression and an energy like that of life.
Now, as in the case of the structure of the central peaks described above, so
also here, if I had to give a clear idea of this organization of the lower hills,
Page 384
§ 5. The perfect
where it is seen in its greatest perfection, with a mere view
to geological truth, I should not refer to any geological
expression of them
drawings, but I should take the Loch Coriskin of Turner. It
in Turner's Loch
Coriskin.
has luckily been admirably engraved, and for all purposes
of reasoning or form, is nearly as effective in the print as in
the drawing. Looking at any group of the multitudinous lines which make up
this mass of mountain, they appear to be running anywhere and everywhere;
there are none parallel to each other, none resembling each other for a
moment; yet the whole mass is felt at once to be composed with the most
rigid parallelism, the surfaces of the beds towards the left, their edges or
escarpments towards the right. In the centre, near the top of the ridge, the
edge of a bed is beautifully defined, casting its shadow on the surface of the
one beneath it; this shadow marking by three jags the chasms caused in the
inferior one by three of its parallel joints. Every peak in the distance is
evidently subject to the same great influence, and the evidence is completed
by the flatness and evenness of the steep surfaces of the beds which rise out
of the lake on the extreme right, parallel with those in the centre.
Turn to Glencoe, in the same series (the Illustrations to Scott). We have in
the mass of mountain on the left, the most beautiful
§ 6. Glencoe and
other works.
indication of vertical beds of a finely laminated rock,
terminated by even joints towards the precipice; while the
whole sweep of the landscape, as far as the most distant peaks, is evidently
governed by one great and simple tendency upwards to the left, those most
distant peaks themselves lying over one another in the same direction. In the
Daphne hunting with Leucippus, the mountains on the left descend in two
precipices to the plain, each of which is formed by a vast escarpment of the
beds whose upper surfaces are shown between the two cliffs, sinking with an
even slope from the summit of the lowest to the base of the highest, under
which they evidently descend, being exposed in this manner for a length of
five or six miles. The same structure is shown, though with more complicated
§ 7. Especially the
development, on the left of the Loch Katrine. But perhaps
the finest instance, or at least the most marked of all, will be
Mount Lebanon.
found in the exquisite Mount Lebanon, with the convent of
St. Antonio, engraved in Finden's Bible. There is not one shade nor touch on
the rock which is not indicative of the lines of stratification; and every
fracture is marked with a straightforward simplicity which makes you feel
where it is seen in its greatest perfection, with a mere view
to geological truth, I should not refer to any geological
expression of them
drawings, but I should take the Loch Coriskin of Turner. It
in Turner's Loch
Coriskin.
has luckily been admirably engraved, and for all purposes
of reasoning or form, is nearly as effective in the print as in
the drawing. Looking at any group of the multitudinous lines which make up
this mass of mountain, they appear to be running anywhere and everywhere;
there are none parallel to each other, none resembling each other for a
moment; yet the whole mass is felt at once to be composed with the most
rigid parallelism, the surfaces of the beds towards the left, their edges or
escarpments towards the right. In the centre, near the top of the ridge, the
edge of a bed is beautifully defined, casting its shadow on the surface of the
one beneath it; this shadow marking by three jags the chasms caused in the
inferior one by three of its parallel joints. Every peak in the distance is
evidently subject to the same great influence, and the evidence is completed
by the flatness and evenness of the steep surfaces of the beds which rise out
of the lake on the extreme right, parallel with those in the centre.
Turn to Glencoe, in the same series (the Illustrations to Scott). We have in
the mass of mountain on the left, the most beautiful
§ 6. Glencoe and
other works.
indication of vertical beds of a finely laminated rock,
terminated by even joints towards the precipice; while the
whole sweep of the landscape, as far as the most distant peaks, is evidently
governed by one great and simple tendency upwards to the left, those most
distant peaks themselves lying over one another in the same direction. In the
Daphne hunting with Leucippus, the mountains on the left descend in two
precipices to the plain, each of which is formed by a vast escarpment of the
beds whose upper surfaces are shown between the two cliffs, sinking with an
even slope from the summit of the lowest to the base of the highest, under
which they evidently descend, being exposed in this manner for a length of
five or six miles. The same structure is shown, though with more complicated
§ 7. Especially the
development, on the left of the Loch Katrine. But perhaps
the finest instance, or at least the most marked of all, will be
Mount Lebanon.
found in the exquisite Mount Lebanon, with the convent of
St. Antonio, engraved in Finden's Bible. There is not one shade nor touch on
the rock which is not indicative of the lines of stratification; and every
fracture is marked with a straightforward simplicity which makes you feel
Page 385
that the artist has nothing in his heart but a keen love of the pure unmodified
truth; there is no effort to disguise the repetition of forms, no apparent aim at
artificial arrangement or scientific grouping; the rocks are laid one above
another with unhesitating decision; every shade is understood in a moment,
felt as a dark side, or a shadow, or a fissure, and you may step from one block
or bed to another until you reach the mountain summit. And yet, though there
seems no effort to disguise the repetition of forms, see how it is disguised,
just as nature would have done it, by the perpetual play and changefulness of
the very lines which appear so parallel; now bending a little up, or down, or
losing themselves, or running into each other, the old story over and over
again,—infinity. For here is still the great distinction between Turner's work
and that of a common artist. Hundreds could have given the parallelism of
blocks, but none but himself could have done so without the actual repetition
of a single line or feature.
Now compare with this the second mountain from the left in the picture of
Salvator, No. 220 in the Dulwich Gallery. The whole is first laid in with a
§ 8. Compared
very delicate and masterly gray, right in tone, agreeable in
with the work of
color, quite unobjectionable for a beginning. But how is this
Salvator;
made into rock? On the light side Salvator gives us a
multitude of touches, all exactly like one another, and
therefore, it is to be hoped, quite patterns of perfection in rock-drawing, since
they are too good to be even varied. Every touch is a dash of the brush, as
nearly as possible in the shape of a comma, round and bright at the top,
convex on its right side, concave on its left, and melting off at the bottom into
the gray. These are laid in confusion one above another, some paler, some
brighter, some scarcely discernible, but all alike in shape. Now, I am not
aware myself of any particular object, either in earth or heaven, which these
said touches do at all resemble or portray. I do not, however, assert that they
may not resemble something—feathers, perhaps; but I do say, and say with
perfect confidence, that they may be Chinese for rocks, or Sanscrit for rocks,
or symbolical of rocks in some mysterious and undeveloped character; but
that they are no more like rocks than the brush that made them. The dark
sides appear to embrace and overhang the lights; they cast no shadows, are
broken by no fissures, and furnish, as food for contemplation, nothing but a
series of concave curves.
truth; there is no effort to disguise the repetition of forms, no apparent aim at
artificial arrangement or scientific grouping; the rocks are laid one above
another with unhesitating decision; every shade is understood in a moment,
felt as a dark side, or a shadow, or a fissure, and you may step from one block
or bed to another until you reach the mountain summit. And yet, though there
seems no effort to disguise the repetition of forms, see how it is disguised,
just as nature would have done it, by the perpetual play and changefulness of
the very lines which appear so parallel; now bending a little up, or down, or
losing themselves, or running into each other, the old story over and over
again,—infinity. For here is still the great distinction between Turner's work
and that of a common artist. Hundreds could have given the parallelism of
blocks, but none but himself could have done so without the actual repetition
of a single line or feature.
Now compare with this the second mountain from the left in the picture of
Salvator, No. 220 in the Dulwich Gallery. The whole is first laid in with a
§ 8. Compared
very delicate and masterly gray, right in tone, agreeable in
with the work of
color, quite unobjectionable for a beginning. But how is this
Salvator;
made into rock? On the light side Salvator gives us a
multitude of touches, all exactly like one another, and
therefore, it is to be hoped, quite patterns of perfection in rock-drawing, since
they are too good to be even varied. Every touch is a dash of the brush, as
nearly as possible in the shape of a comma, round and bright at the top,
convex on its right side, concave on its left, and melting off at the bottom into
the gray. These are laid in confusion one above another, some paler, some
brighter, some scarcely discernible, but all alike in shape. Now, I am not
aware myself of any particular object, either in earth or heaven, which these
said touches do at all resemble or portray. I do not, however, assert that they
may not resemble something—feathers, perhaps; but I do say, and say with
perfect confidence, that they may be Chinese for rocks, or Sanscrit for rocks,
or symbolical of rocks in some mysterious and undeveloped character; but
that they are no more like rocks than the brush that made them. The dark
sides appear to embrace and overhang the lights; they cast no shadows, are
broken by no fissures, and furnish, as food for contemplation, nothing but a
series of concave curves.
Page 386
Yet if we go on to No. 269, we shall find something a great deal worse. I
can believe Gaspar Poussin capable of committing as much sin against nature
as most people; but I certainly do not suspect him of having had any hand in
§ 9. And of
this thing, at least after he was ten years old. Nevertheless,
Poussin.
it shows what he is supposed capable of by his admirers,
and will serve for a broad illustration of all those absurdities
which he himself in a less degree, and with feeling and thought to atone for
them, perpetually commits. Take the white bit of rock on the opposite side of
the river, just above the right arm of the Niobe, and tell me of what the square
green daubs of the brush at its base can be conjectured to be typical. Rocks
with pale-brown light sides, and rich green dark sides, are a phenomenon
perhaps occurring in some of the improved passages of nature among our
Cumberland lakes; where I remember once having seen a bed of roses, of
peculiar magnificence, tastefully and artistically assisted in effect by the
rocks above it being painted pink to match; but I do not think that they are a
kind of thing which the clumsiness and false taste of nature can be supposed
frequently to produce; even granting that these same sweeps of the brush
could, by any exercise of the imagination, be conceived representative of a
dark, or any other side, which is far more than I am inclined to grant; seeing
that there is no east shadow, no appearance of reflected light, of substance, or
of character on the edge; nothing, in short, but pure, staring green paint,
scratched heavily on a white ground. Nor is there a touch in the picture more
expressive. All are the mere dragging of the brush here and there and
everywhere, without meaning or intention; winding, twisting, zigzagging,
doing anything in fact which may serve to break up the light and destroy its
breadth, without bestowing in return one hint or shadow of anything like
form. This picture is, indeed, an extraordinary case, but the Salvator above
mentioned is a characteristic and exceedingly favorable example of the usual
mode of mountain drawing among the old landscape painters.[56] Their
admirers may be challenged to bring forward a single instance of their
expressing, or even appearing to have noted, the great laws of structure above
explained. Their hills are, without exception, irregular earthy heaps, without
energy or direction of any kind, marked with shapeless shadows and
meaningless lines; sometimes, indeed, where great sublimity has been aimed
at, approximating to the pure and exalted ideal of rocks, which, in the most
artistical specimens of China cups and plates, we see suspended from aerial
can believe Gaspar Poussin capable of committing as much sin against nature
as most people; but I certainly do not suspect him of having had any hand in
§ 9. And of
this thing, at least after he was ten years old. Nevertheless,
Poussin.
it shows what he is supposed capable of by his admirers,
and will serve for a broad illustration of all those absurdities
which he himself in a less degree, and with feeling and thought to atone for
them, perpetually commits. Take the white bit of rock on the opposite side of
the river, just above the right arm of the Niobe, and tell me of what the square
green daubs of the brush at its base can be conjectured to be typical. Rocks
with pale-brown light sides, and rich green dark sides, are a phenomenon
perhaps occurring in some of the improved passages of nature among our
Cumberland lakes; where I remember once having seen a bed of roses, of
peculiar magnificence, tastefully and artistically assisted in effect by the
rocks above it being painted pink to match; but I do not think that they are a
kind of thing which the clumsiness and false taste of nature can be supposed
frequently to produce; even granting that these same sweeps of the brush
could, by any exercise of the imagination, be conceived representative of a
dark, or any other side, which is far more than I am inclined to grant; seeing
that there is no east shadow, no appearance of reflected light, of substance, or
of character on the edge; nothing, in short, but pure, staring green paint,
scratched heavily on a white ground. Nor is there a touch in the picture more
expressive. All are the mere dragging of the brush here and there and
everywhere, without meaning or intention; winding, twisting, zigzagging,
doing anything in fact which may serve to break up the light and destroy its
breadth, without bestowing in return one hint or shadow of anything like
form. This picture is, indeed, an extraordinary case, but the Salvator above
mentioned is a characteristic and exceedingly favorable example of the usual
mode of mountain drawing among the old landscape painters.[56] Their
admirers may be challenged to bring forward a single instance of their
expressing, or even appearing to have noted, the great laws of structure above
explained. Their hills are, without exception, irregular earthy heaps, without
energy or direction of any kind, marked with shapeless shadows and
meaningless lines; sometimes, indeed, where great sublimity has been aimed
at, approximating to the pure and exalted ideal of rocks, which, in the most
artistical specimens of China cups and plates, we see suspended from aerial
Page 387
pagodas, or balanced upon peacocks' tails, but never warranting even the
wildest theorist in the conjecture that their perpetrators had ever seen a
mountain in their lives. Let us, however, look farther into the modifications
of character by which nature conceals the regularity of her first plan; for
although all mountains are organized as we have seen, their organization is
always modified, and often nearly concealed, by changes wrought upon them
by external influence.
We ought, when speaking of their stratification, to have noticed another
great law, which must, however, be understood with greater latitude of
§ 10. Effects of
application than any of the others, as very far from
external influence
imperative or constant in particular cases, though universal
on mountain form.
in its influence on the aggregate of all. It is that the lines by
which rocks are terminated, are always steeper and more
inclined to the vertical as we approach the summit of the mountain.
Thousands of cases are to be found in every group, of rocks and lines
horizontal at the top of the mountain and vertical at the bottom; but they are
still the exceptions, and the average out of a given number of lines in any
rock formation whatsoever, will be found increasing in perpendicularity as
they rise. Consequently the great skeleton lines of rock outline are always
concave; that is to say, all distant ranges of rocky mountain approximate
more or less to a series of concave curves, meeting in peaks, like a range of
posts with chains hanging between. I do not say that convex forms will not
perpetually occur, but that the tendency of the majority will always be to
assume the form of sweeping, curved valleys, with angular peaks; not of
rounded convex summits, with angular valleys. This structure is admirably
exemplified in the second vignette in Rogers's Italy, and in Piacenza.
But although this is the primary form of all hills, and that which will
always cut against the sky in every distant range, there are two great
influences whose tendency is directly the reverse, and
§ 11. The gentle
convexity caused
which modify, to a great degree, both the evidences of
by aqueous
stratification and this external form. These are aqueous
erosion.
erosion and disintegration. The latter only is to be taken into
consideration when we have to do with minor features of
crag; but the former is a force in constant action—of the very utmost
importance—a force to which one-half of the great outlines of all mountains
wildest theorist in the conjecture that their perpetrators had ever seen a
mountain in their lives. Let us, however, look farther into the modifications
of character by which nature conceals the regularity of her first plan; for
although all mountains are organized as we have seen, their organization is
always modified, and often nearly concealed, by changes wrought upon them
by external influence.
We ought, when speaking of their stratification, to have noticed another
great law, which must, however, be understood with greater latitude of
§ 10. Effects of
application than any of the others, as very far from
external influence
imperative or constant in particular cases, though universal
on mountain form.
in its influence on the aggregate of all. It is that the lines by
which rocks are terminated, are always steeper and more
inclined to the vertical as we approach the summit of the mountain.
Thousands of cases are to be found in every group, of rocks and lines
horizontal at the top of the mountain and vertical at the bottom; but they are
still the exceptions, and the average out of a given number of lines in any
rock formation whatsoever, will be found increasing in perpendicularity as
they rise. Consequently the great skeleton lines of rock outline are always
concave; that is to say, all distant ranges of rocky mountain approximate
more or less to a series of concave curves, meeting in peaks, like a range of
posts with chains hanging between. I do not say that convex forms will not
perpetually occur, but that the tendency of the majority will always be to
assume the form of sweeping, curved valleys, with angular peaks; not of
rounded convex summits, with angular valleys. This structure is admirably
exemplified in the second vignette in Rogers's Italy, and in Piacenza.
But although this is the primary form of all hills, and that which will
always cut against the sky in every distant range, there are two great
influences whose tendency is directly the reverse, and
§ 11. The gentle
convexity caused
which modify, to a great degree, both the evidences of
by aqueous
stratification and this external form. These are aqueous
erosion.
erosion and disintegration. The latter only is to be taken into
consideration when we have to do with minor features of
crag; but the former is a force in constant action—of the very utmost
importance—a force to which one-half of the great outlines of all mountains
Page 388
is entirely owing, and which has much influence upon every one of their
details.
Now the tendency of aqueous action over a large elevated surface is
always to make that surface symmetrically and evenly convex and dome-like,
sloping gradually more and more as it descends, until it reaches an inclination
of about 40°, at which slope it will descend perfectly straight to the valley;
for at that slope the soil washed from above will accumulate upon the hill-
side, as it cannot lie in steeper beds. This influence, then, is exercised more or
less on all mountains, with greater or less effect in proportion as the rock is
harder or softer, more or less liable to decomposition, more or less recent in
date of elevation, and more or less characteristic in its original forms; but it
universally induces, in the lower parts of mountains, a series of the most
exquisitely symmetrical convex curves, terminating, as they descend to the
valley, in uniform and uninterrupted slopes; this symmetrical structure being
perpetually interrupted by cliffs and projecting masses, which give evidence
of the interior parallelism of the mountain anatomy, but which interrupt the
convex forms more frequently by rising out of them, than by indentation.
There remains but one fact more to be noticed. All mountains, in some
degree, but especially those which are composed of soft or decomposing
§ 12. And the effect
substance, are delicately and symmetrically furrowed by the
of the action of
descent of streams. The traces of their action commence at
torrents.
the very summits, fine threads, and multitudinous, like the
uppermost branches of a delicate tree. They unite in groups
as they descend, concentrating gradually into dark undulating ravines, into
which the body of the mountain descends on each side, at first in a convex
curve, but at the bottom with the same uniform slope on each side which it
assumes in its final descent to the plain, unless the rock be very hard, when
the stream will cut itself a vertical chasm at the bottom of the curves, and
there will be no even slope.[57] If, on the other hand, the rock be very soft, the
slopes will increase rapidly in height and depth from day to day; washed
away at the bottom and crumbling at the top, until, by their reaching the
summit of the masses of rock which separate the active torrents, the whole
mountain is divided into a series of penthouse-like ridges, all guiding to its
summit, and becoming steeper and narrower as they ascend; these in their
turn being divided by similar, but smaller ravines—caused in the same
details.
Now the tendency of aqueous action over a large elevated surface is
always to make that surface symmetrically and evenly convex and dome-like,
sloping gradually more and more as it descends, until it reaches an inclination
of about 40°, at which slope it will descend perfectly straight to the valley;
for at that slope the soil washed from above will accumulate upon the hill-
side, as it cannot lie in steeper beds. This influence, then, is exercised more or
less on all mountains, with greater or less effect in proportion as the rock is
harder or softer, more or less liable to decomposition, more or less recent in
date of elevation, and more or less characteristic in its original forms; but it
universally induces, in the lower parts of mountains, a series of the most
exquisitely symmetrical convex curves, terminating, as they descend to the
valley, in uniform and uninterrupted slopes; this symmetrical structure being
perpetually interrupted by cliffs and projecting masses, which give evidence
of the interior parallelism of the mountain anatomy, but which interrupt the
convex forms more frequently by rising out of them, than by indentation.
There remains but one fact more to be noticed. All mountains, in some
degree, but especially those which are composed of soft or decomposing
§ 12. And the effect
substance, are delicately and symmetrically furrowed by the
of the action of
descent of streams. The traces of their action commence at
torrents.
the very summits, fine threads, and multitudinous, like the
uppermost branches of a delicate tree. They unite in groups
as they descend, concentrating gradually into dark undulating ravines, into
which the body of the mountain descends on each side, at first in a convex
curve, but at the bottom with the same uniform slope on each side which it
assumes in its final descent to the plain, unless the rock be very hard, when
the stream will cut itself a vertical chasm at the bottom of the curves, and
there will be no even slope.[57] If, on the other hand, the rock be very soft, the
slopes will increase rapidly in height and depth from day to day; washed
away at the bottom and crumbling at the top, until, by their reaching the
summit of the masses of rock which separate the active torrents, the whole
mountain is divided into a series of penthouse-like ridges, all guiding to its
summit, and becoming steeper and narrower as they ascend; these in their
turn being divided by similar, but smaller ravines—caused in the same
Page 389
manner—into the same kind of ridges; and these again by another series, the
arrangement being carried finer and farther according to the softness of the
rock. The south side of Saddleback, in Cumberland, is a characteristic
example; and the Montagne du Tacondy, in Chamonix, a noble instance of
one of these ridges or buttresses, with all its subdivisions, on a colossal scale.
Now we wish to draw especial attention to the broad and bold simplicity of
mass, and the excessive complication of details, which influences like these,
§ 13. The exceeding
acting on an enormous scale, must inevitably produce in all
simplicity of
mountain groups; because each individual part and
contour caused by
promontory, being compelled to assume the same
these influences.
symmetrical curves as its neighbors, and to descend at
precisely the same slope to the valley, falls in with their
prevailing lines, and becomes a part of a great and harmonious whole, instead
of an unconnected and discordant individual. It is true that each of these
members has its own touches of specific character, its own projecting crags
and peculiar hollows; but by far the greater portion of its lines will be such as
unite with, though they do not repeat, those of its neighbors, and carry out the
evidence of one great influence and spirit to the limits of the scene. This
effort is farther aided by the original unity and connection of the rocks
themselves, which though it often may be violently interrupted, is never
without evidence of existence; for the very interruption itself forces the eye to
feel that there is something to be interrupted, a sympathy and similarity of
lines and fractures, which, however full of variety and change of direction,
§ 14. And
never lose the appearance of symmetry of one kind or
another. But, on the other hand, it is to be remembered that
multiplicity of
these great sympathizing masses are not one mountain, but
feature.
a thousand mountains; that they are originally composed of
a multitude of separate eminences, hewn and chiselled indeed into associating
form, but each retaining still its marked points and features of character,—
that each of these individual members has, by the very process which
assimilated it to the rest, been divided and subdivided into equally
multitudinous groups of minor mountains; finally, that the whole complicated
system is interrupted forever and ever by daring manifestations of the inward
mountain will—by the precipice which has submitted to no modulation of the
torrent, and the peak which has bowed itself to no terror of the storm. Hence
we see that the same imperative laws which require perfect simplicity of
arrangement being carried finer and farther according to the softness of the
rock. The south side of Saddleback, in Cumberland, is a characteristic
example; and the Montagne du Tacondy, in Chamonix, a noble instance of
one of these ridges or buttresses, with all its subdivisions, on a colossal scale.
Now we wish to draw especial attention to the broad and bold simplicity of
mass, and the excessive complication of details, which influences like these,
§ 13. The exceeding
acting on an enormous scale, must inevitably produce in all
simplicity of
mountain groups; because each individual part and
contour caused by
promontory, being compelled to assume the same
these influences.
symmetrical curves as its neighbors, and to descend at
precisely the same slope to the valley, falls in with their
prevailing lines, and becomes a part of a great and harmonious whole, instead
of an unconnected and discordant individual. It is true that each of these
members has its own touches of specific character, its own projecting crags
and peculiar hollows; but by far the greater portion of its lines will be such as
unite with, though they do not repeat, those of its neighbors, and carry out the
evidence of one great influence and spirit to the limits of the scene. This
effort is farther aided by the original unity and connection of the rocks
themselves, which though it often may be violently interrupted, is never
without evidence of existence; for the very interruption itself forces the eye to
feel that there is something to be interrupted, a sympathy and similarity of
lines and fractures, which, however full of variety and change of direction,
§ 14. And
never lose the appearance of symmetry of one kind or
another. But, on the other hand, it is to be remembered that
multiplicity of
these great sympathizing masses are not one mountain, but
feature.
a thousand mountains; that they are originally composed of
a multitude of separate eminences, hewn and chiselled indeed into associating
form, but each retaining still its marked points and features of character,—
that each of these individual members has, by the very process which
assimilated it to the rest, been divided and subdivided into equally
multitudinous groups of minor mountains; finally, that the whole complicated
system is interrupted forever and ever by daring manifestations of the inward
mountain will—by the precipice which has submitted to no modulation of the
torrent, and the peak which has bowed itself to no terror of the storm. Hence
we see that the same imperative laws which require perfect simplicity of
Page 390
mass, require infinite and termless complication of detail,—that there will not
be an inch nor a hairbreadth of the gigantic heap which has not its touch of
separate character, its own peculiar curve, stealing out for an instant and then
melting into the common line; felt for a moment by the blue mist of the
hollow beyond, then lost when it crosses the enlightened slope,—that all this
multiplicity will be grouped into larger divisions, each felt by their increasing
aerial perspective, and their instants of individual form, these into larger, and
these into larger still, until all are merged in the great impression and
prevailing energy of the two or three vast dynasties which divide the
kingdom of the scene.
There is no vestige nor shadow of approach to such treatment as this in the
whole compass of ancient art. Whoever the master, his hills, wherever he has
§ 15. Both utterly
attempted them, have not the slightest trace of association
neglected in
or connection; they are separate, conflicting, confused, petty
ancient art.
and paltry heaps of earth; there is no marking of distances
or divisions in their body; they may have holes in them, but
no valleys,—protuberances and excrescences, but no parts; and in
consequence are invariably diminutive and contemptible in their whole
appearance and impression.
But look at the mass of mountain on the right in Turner's Daphne hunting
with Leucippus. It is simple, broad, and united as one surge of a swelling sea;
§ 16. The fidelity of
it rises in an unbroken line along the valley, and lifts its
treatment in
promontories with an equal slope. But it contains in its body
Turner's Daphne
ten thousand hills. There is not a quarter of an inch of its
and Leucippas.
surface without its suggestion of increasing distance and
individual form. First, on the right, you have a range of
tower-like precipices, the clinging wood climbing along their ledges and
cresting their summits, white waterfalls gleaming through its leaves; not, as
in Claude's scientific ideals, poured in vast torrents over the top, and carefully
keeping all the way down on the most projecting parts of the sides; but
stealing down, traced from point to point, through shadow after shadow, by
their evanescent foam and flashing light,—here a wreath, and there a ray,—
through the deep chasms and hollow ravines, out of which rise the soft
rounded slopes of mightier mountain, surge beyond surge, immense and
numberless, of delicate and gradual curve, accumulating in the sky until their
be an inch nor a hairbreadth of the gigantic heap which has not its touch of
separate character, its own peculiar curve, stealing out for an instant and then
melting into the common line; felt for a moment by the blue mist of the
hollow beyond, then lost when it crosses the enlightened slope,—that all this
multiplicity will be grouped into larger divisions, each felt by their increasing
aerial perspective, and their instants of individual form, these into larger, and
these into larger still, until all are merged in the great impression and
prevailing energy of the two or three vast dynasties which divide the
kingdom of the scene.
There is no vestige nor shadow of approach to such treatment as this in the
whole compass of ancient art. Whoever the master, his hills, wherever he has
§ 15. Both utterly
attempted them, have not the slightest trace of association
neglected in
or connection; they are separate, conflicting, confused, petty
ancient art.
and paltry heaps of earth; there is no marking of distances
or divisions in their body; they may have holes in them, but
no valleys,—protuberances and excrescences, but no parts; and in
consequence are invariably diminutive and contemptible in their whole
appearance and impression.
But look at the mass of mountain on the right in Turner's Daphne hunting
with Leucippus. It is simple, broad, and united as one surge of a swelling sea;
§ 16. The fidelity of
it rises in an unbroken line along the valley, and lifts its
treatment in
promontories with an equal slope. But it contains in its body
Turner's Daphne
ten thousand hills. There is not a quarter of an inch of its
and Leucippas.
surface without its suggestion of increasing distance and
individual form. First, on the right, you have a range of
tower-like precipices, the clinging wood climbing along their ledges and
cresting their summits, white waterfalls gleaming through its leaves; not, as
in Claude's scientific ideals, poured in vast torrents over the top, and carefully
keeping all the way down on the most projecting parts of the sides; but
stealing down, traced from point to point, through shadow after shadow, by
their evanescent foam and flashing light,—here a wreath, and there a ray,—
through the deep chasms and hollow ravines, out of which rise the soft
rounded slopes of mightier mountain, surge beyond surge, immense and
numberless, of delicate and gradual curve, accumulating in the sky until their
Page 391
garment of forest is exchanged for the shadowy fold of slumbrous morning
cloud, above which the utmost silver peak shines islanded and alone. Put
what mountain painting you will beside this, of any other artist, and its
heights will look like mole-hills in comparison, because it will not have the
unity nor the multiplicity which are in nature, and with Turner, the signs of
size.
Again, in the Avalanche and Inundation, we have for the whole subject
nothing but one vast bank of united mountain, and one stretch of
§ 17. And in the
uninterrupted valley. Though the bank is broken into
Avalanche and
promontory beyond promontory, peak above peak, each the
Inundation.
abode of a new tempest, the arbiter of a separate desolation,
divided from each other by the rushing of the snow, by the
motion of the storm, by the thunder of the torrent; the mighty unison of their
dark and lofty line, the brotherhood of ages, is preserved unbroken; and the
broad valley at their feet, though measured league after league away by a
thousand passages of sun and darkness, and marked with fate beyond fate of
hamlet and of inhabitant, lies yet but as a straight and narrow channel, a
filling furrow before the flood. Whose work will you compare with this?
Salvator's gray heaps of earth, seven yards high, covered with bunchy
brambles, that we may be under no mistake about the size, thrown about at
random in a little plain, beside a zigzagging river, just wide enough to admit
of the possibility of there being fish in it, and with banks just broad enough to
allow the respectable angler or hermit to sit upon them conveniently in the
foreground? Is there more of nature in such paltriness, think you, than in the
valley and the mountain which bend to each other like the trough of the sea;
with the flank of the one swept in one surge into the height of heaven, until
the pine forests lie on its immensity like the shadows of narrow clouds, and
the hollow of the other laid league by league into the blue of the air, until its
white villages flash in the distance only like the fall of a sunbeam?
But let us examine by what management of the details themselves this
wholeness and vastness of effect are given. We have just seen (§ 11) that it is
impossible for the slope of a mountain, not actually a precipice of rock, to
exceed 35° or among secondary 40°, and that by far the greater part of all
hill-surface is composed of graceful curves of much less degree than this,
reaching 40° only as their ultimate and utmost inclination. It must be farther
cloud, above which the utmost silver peak shines islanded and alone. Put
what mountain painting you will beside this, of any other artist, and its
heights will look like mole-hills in comparison, because it will not have the
unity nor the multiplicity which are in nature, and with Turner, the signs of
size.
Again, in the Avalanche and Inundation, we have for the whole subject
nothing but one vast bank of united mountain, and one stretch of
§ 17. And in the
uninterrupted valley. Though the bank is broken into
Avalanche and
promontory beyond promontory, peak above peak, each the
Inundation.
abode of a new tempest, the arbiter of a separate desolation,
divided from each other by the rushing of the snow, by the
motion of the storm, by the thunder of the torrent; the mighty unison of their
dark and lofty line, the brotherhood of ages, is preserved unbroken; and the
broad valley at their feet, though measured league after league away by a
thousand passages of sun and darkness, and marked with fate beyond fate of
hamlet and of inhabitant, lies yet but as a straight and narrow channel, a
filling furrow before the flood. Whose work will you compare with this?
Salvator's gray heaps of earth, seven yards high, covered with bunchy
brambles, that we may be under no mistake about the size, thrown about at
random in a little plain, beside a zigzagging river, just wide enough to admit
of the possibility of there being fish in it, and with banks just broad enough to
allow the respectable angler or hermit to sit upon them conveniently in the
foreground? Is there more of nature in such paltriness, think you, than in the
valley and the mountain which bend to each other like the trough of the sea;
with the flank of the one swept in one surge into the height of heaven, until
the pine forests lie on its immensity like the shadows of narrow clouds, and
the hollow of the other laid league by league into the blue of the air, until its
white villages flash in the distance only like the fall of a sunbeam?
But let us examine by what management of the details themselves this
wholeness and vastness of effect are given. We have just seen (§ 11) that it is
impossible for the slope of a mountain, not actually a precipice of rock, to
exceed 35° or among secondary 40°, and that by far the greater part of all
hill-surface is composed of graceful curves of much less degree than this,
reaching 40° only as their ultimate and utmost inclination. It must be farther
Page 392
§ 18. The rarity
observed that the interruptions to such curves, by precipices
among secondary
or steps, are always small in proportion to the slopes
hills of steep slopes
themselves. Precipices rising vertically more than 100 feet
or high precipices.
are very rare among the secondary hills of which we are
speaking. I am not aware of any cliff in England or Wales
where a plumb-line can swing clear for 200 feet; and even although
sometimes, with intervals, breaks, and steps, we get perhaps 800 feet of a
slope of 60° or 70°, yet not only are these cases very rare, but even these have
little influence on the great contours of a mountain 4000 or 5000 feet in
elevation, being commonly balanced by intervals of ascent not exceeding 6°
or 8°. The result of which is, first, that the peaks and precipices of a mountain
appear as little more than jags or steps emerging from its great curves; and,
secondly, that the bases of all hills are enormously extensive as compared
with their elevation, so that there must be always a horizontal distance
between the observer and the summit five or six times exceeding the
perpendicular one.
Now it is evident, that whatever the actual angle of elevation of the
mountain may be, every exhibition of this horizontal distance between us and
§ 19. And
the summit is an addition to its height, and of course to its
consequent
impressiveness; while every endeavor to exhibit its slope as
expression of
steep and sudden, is diminution at once of its distance and
horizontal distance
elevation. In consequence nature is constantly endeavoring
in their ascent.
to impress upon us this horizontal distance, which, even in
spite of all her means of manifesting it, we are apt to forget
or underestimate; and all her noblest effects depend on the full measurement
and feeling of it. And it is to the abundant and marvellous expression of it by
Turner, that I would direct especial attention, as being that which is in itself
demonstrative of the highest knowledge and power—knowledge, in the
constant use of lines of subdued slope in preference to steep or violent
ascents, and in the perfect subjection of all such features, when they
necessarily occur, to the larger masses; and power, in the inimitable
statements of retiring space by mere painting of surface details, without the
aid of crossing shadows, divided forms, or any other artifice.
The Caudebec, in the Rivers of France, is a fine instance of almost every
fact which we have been pointing out. We have in it, first, the clear
observed that the interruptions to such curves, by precipices
among secondary
or steps, are always small in proportion to the slopes
hills of steep slopes
themselves. Precipices rising vertically more than 100 feet
or high precipices.
are very rare among the secondary hills of which we are
speaking. I am not aware of any cliff in England or Wales
where a plumb-line can swing clear for 200 feet; and even although
sometimes, with intervals, breaks, and steps, we get perhaps 800 feet of a
slope of 60° or 70°, yet not only are these cases very rare, but even these have
little influence on the great contours of a mountain 4000 or 5000 feet in
elevation, being commonly balanced by intervals of ascent not exceeding 6°
or 8°. The result of which is, first, that the peaks and precipices of a mountain
appear as little more than jags or steps emerging from its great curves; and,
secondly, that the bases of all hills are enormously extensive as compared
with their elevation, so that there must be always a horizontal distance
between the observer and the summit five or six times exceeding the
perpendicular one.
Now it is evident, that whatever the actual angle of elevation of the
mountain may be, every exhibition of this horizontal distance between us and
§ 19. And
the summit is an addition to its height, and of course to its
consequent
impressiveness; while every endeavor to exhibit its slope as
expression of
steep and sudden, is diminution at once of its distance and
horizontal distance
elevation. In consequence nature is constantly endeavoring
in their ascent.
to impress upon us this horizontal distance, which, even in
spite of all her means of manifesting it, we are apt to forget
or underestimate; and all her noblest effects depend on the full measurement
and feeling of it. And it is to the abundant and marvellous expression of it by
Turner, that I would direct especial attention, as being that which is in itself
demonstrative of the highest knowledge and power—knowledge, in the
constant use of lines of subdued slope in preference to steep or violent
ascents, and in the perfect subjection of all such features, when they
necessarily occur, to the larger masses; and power, in the inimitable
statements of retiring space by mere painting of surface details, without the
aid of crossing shadows, divided forms, or any other artifice.
The Caudebec, in the Rivers of France, is a fine instance of almost every
fact which we have been pointing out. We have in it, first, the clear
Page 393
§ 20. Full
expression of what takes place constantly among hills,—
statement of all
that the river, as it passes through the valley, will fall
backwards and forwards from side to side, lying first, if I
these facts in
may so speak, with all its weight against the hills on the one
various works of
Turner, Caudebec,
side, and then against those on the other; so that, as here it is
etc.
exquisitely told, in each of its circular sweeps the whole
force of its current is brought deep and close to the bases of
the hills, while the water on the side next the plain is shallow, deepening
gradually. In consequence of this, the hills are cut away at their bases by the
current, so that their slopes are interrupted by precipices mouldering to the
water. Observe first, how nobly Turner has given us the perfect unity of the
whole mass of hill, making us understand that every ravine in it has been cut
gradually by streams. The first eminence, beyond the city, is not disjointed
from, or independent of, the one succeeding, but evidently part of the same
whole, originally united, separated only by the action of the stream between.
The association of the second and third is still more clearly told, for we see
that there has been a little longitudinal valley running along the brow of their
former united mass, which, after the ravine had been cut between, formed the
two jags which Turner has given us at the same point in each of their curves.
This great triple group has, however, been originally distinct from those
beyond it; for we see that these latter are only the termination of the
enormous even slope, which appears again on the extreme right, having been
interrupted by the rise of the near hills. Observe how the descent of the whole
series is kept gentle and subdued, never suffered to become steep except
where it has been cut away by the river, the sudden precipice caused by
which is exquisitely marked in the last two promontories, where they are
defined against the bright horizon; and, finally, observe how, in the ascent of
the nearest eminence beyond the city, without one cast shadow or any
division of distances, every yard of surface is felt to be retiring by the mere
painting of its details,—how we are permitted to walk up it, and along its top,
and are carried, before we are half way up, a league or two forward into the
picture. The difficulty of doing this, however, can scarcely be appreciated
except by an artist.
I do not mean to assert that this great painter is acquainted with the
geological laws and facts he has thus illustrated; I am not aware whether he
be or not; I merely wish to demonstrate, in points admitting of demonstration,
expression of what takes place constantly among hills,—
statement of all
that the river, as it passes through the valley, will fall
backwards and forwards from side to side, lying first, if I
these facts in
may so speak, with all its weight against the hills on the one
various works of
Turner, Caudebec,
side, and then against those on the other; so that, as here it is
etc.
exquisitely told, in each of its circular sweeps the whole
force of its current is brought deep and close to the bases of
the hills, while the water on the side next the plain is shallow, deepening
gradually. In consequence of this, the hills are cut away at their bases by the
current, so that their slopes are interrupted by precipices mouldering to the
water. Observe first, how nobly Turner has given us the perfect unity of the
whole mass of hill, making us understand that every ravine in it has been cut
gradually by streams. The first eminence, beyond the city, is not disjointed
from, or independent of, the one succeeding, but evidently part of the same
whole, originally united, separated only by the action of the stream between.
The association of the second and third is still more clearly told, for we see
that there has been a little longitudinal valley running along the brow of their
former united mass, which, after the ravine had been cut between, formed the
two jags which Turner has given us at the same point in each of their curves.
This great triple group has, however, been originally distinct from those
beyond it; for we see that these latter are only the termination of the
enormous even slope, which appears again on the extreme right, having been
interrupted by the rise of the near hills. Observe how the descent of the whole
series is kept gentle and subdued, never suffered to become steep except
where it has been cut away by the river, the sudden precipice caused by
which is exquisitely marked in the last two promontories, where they are
defined against the bright horizon; and, finally, observe how, in the ascent of
the nearest eminence beyond the city, without one cast shadow or any
division of distances, every yard of surface is felt to be retiring by the mere
painting of its details,—how we are permitted to walk up it, and along its top,
and are carried, before we are half way up, a league or two forward into the
picture. The difficulty of doing this, however, can scarcely be appreciated
except by an artist.
I do not mean to assert that this great painter is acquainted with the
geological laws and facts he has thus illustrated; I am not aware whether he
be or not; I merely wish to demonstrate, in points admitting of demonstration,
Page 394
that intense observation of, and strict adherence to truth,
§ 21. The use of
considering
which it is impossible to demonstrate in its less tangible and
geological truths.
more delicate manifestations. However I may feel the truth
of every touch and line, I cannot prove truth, except in large
and general features; and I leave it to the arbitration of every man's reason,
whether it be not likely that the painter who is thus so rigidly faithful in great
things that every one of his pictures might be the illustration of a lecture on
the physical sciences, is not likely to be faithful also in small.
Honfleur, and the scene between Clairmont and Mauves, supply us with
farther instances of the same grand simplicity of treatment; and the latter is
especially remarkable for its expression of the furrowing of the hills by
descending water, in the complete roundness and symmetry of their curves,
§ 22. Expression of
and in the delicate and sharp shadows which are cast in the
retiring surface by
undulating ravines. It is interesting to compare with either
Turner contrasted
of these noble works such hills as those of Claude, on the
with the work of
left of the picture marked 260 in the Dulwich Gallery. There
Claude.
is no detail nor surface in one of them; not an inch of
ground for us to stand upon; we must either sit astride upon
the edge, or fall to the bottom. I could not point to a more complete instance
of mountain calumniation; nor can I oppose it more completely, in every
circumstance, than with the Honfleur of Turner, already mentioned; in which
there is not one edge nor division admitted, and yet we are permitted to climb
up the hill from the town, and pass far into the mist along its top, and so
descend mile after mile along the ridge to seaward, until, without one break
in the magnificent unity of progress, we are carried down to the utmost
horizon. And contrast the brown paint of Claude, which you can only guess
to be meant for rock or soil because it is brown, with Turner's profuse,
pauseless richness of feature, carried through all the enormous space—the
unmeasured wealth of exquisite detail, over which the mind can dwell, and
walk, and wander, and feast forever, without finding either one break in its
vast simplicity, or one vacuity in its exhaustless splendor.
But these, and hundreds of others which it is sin not to dwell upon—
wooded hills and undulating moors of North England—rolling surges of park
§ 23. The same
and forest of the South—soft and vine-clad ranges of
moderation of
French coteaux, casting their oblique shadows on silver
§ 21. The use of
considering
which it is impossible to demonstrate in its less tangible and
geological truths.
more delicate manifestations. However I may feel the truth
of every touch and line, I cannot prove truth, except in large
and general features; and I leave it to the arbitration of every man's reason,
whether it be not likely that the painter who is thus so rigidly faithful in great
things that every one of his pictures might be the illustration of a lecture on
the physical sciences, is not likely to be faithful also in small.
Honfleur, and the scene between Clairmont and Mauves, supply us with
farther instances of the same grand simplicity of treatment; and the latter is
especially remarkable for its expression of the furrowing of the hills by
descending water, in the complete roundness and symmetry of their curves,
§ 22. Expression of
and in the delicate and sharp shadows which are cast in the
retiring surface by
undulating ravines. It is interesting to compare with either
Turner contrasted
of these noble works such hills as those of Claude, on the
with the work of
left of the picture marked 260 in the Dulwich Gallery. There
Claude.
is no detail nor surface in one of them; not an inch of
ground for us to stand upon; we must either sit astride upon
the edge, or fall to the bottom. I could not point to a more complete instance
of mountain calumniation; nor can I oppose it more completely, in every
circumstance, than with the Honfleur of Turner, already mentioned; in which
there is not one edge nor division admitted, and yet we are permitted to climb
up the hill from the town, and pass far into the mist along its top, and so
descend mile after mile along the ridge to seaward, until, without one break
in the magnificent unity of progress, we are carried down to the utmost
horizon. And contrast the brown paint of Claude, which you can only guess
to be meant for rock or soil because it is brown, with Turner's profuse,
pauseless richness of feature, carried through all the enormous space—the
unmeasured wealth of exquisite detail, over which the mind can dwell, and
walk, and wander, and feast forever, without finding either one break in its
vast simplicity, or one vacuity in its exhaustless splendor.
But these, and hundreds of others which it is sin not to dwell upon—
wooded hills and undulating moors of North England—rolling surges of park
§ 23. The same
and forest of the South—soft and vine-clad ranges of
moderation of
French coteaux, casting their oblique shadows on silver
Page 395
slope in the leagues of glancing rivers,—and olive-whitened
contours of his promontories of Alp and Apennine, are only instances of
higher hills. Turner's management of the lower and softer hills. In the
bolder examples of his powers, where he is dealing with
lifted masses of enormous mountain, we shall still find him as cautious in his
use of violent slopes or vertical lines, and still as studied in his expression of
retiring surface. We never get to the top of one of his hills without being tired
with our walk; not by the steepness, observe, but by the stretch; for we are
carried up towards the heaven by such delicate gradation of line, that we
scarcely feel that we have left the earth before we find ourselves among the
clouds. The Skiddaw, in the illustrations to Scott, is a noble instance of this
majestic moderation. The mountain lies in the morning light, like a level
vapor; its gentle lines of ascent are scarcely felt by the eye; it rises without
effort or exertion, by the mightiness of its mass; every slope is full of
slumber; and we know not how it has been exalted, until we find it laid as a
floor for the walking of the eastern clouds. So again in the Fort Augustus,
where the whole elevation of the hills depends on the soft lines of swelling
surface which undulate back through leagues of mist carrying us unawares
higher and higher above the diminished lake, until, when we are all but
exhausted with the endless distance, the mountains make their last spring,
and bear us, in that instant of exertion, half way to heaven.
I ought perhaps rather to have selected, as instances of mountain form,
such elaborate works as the Oberwesel or Lake of Uri, but I have before
§ 24. The peculiar
expressed my dislike of speaking of such magnificent
difficulty of
pictures as these by parts. And indeed all proper
investigating the
consideration of the hill drawing of Turner must be deferred
more essential
until we are capable of testing it by the principles of beauty;
truths of hill
for, after all, the most essential qualities of line,—those on
outline.
which all right delineation of mountain character must
depend, are those which are only to be explained or
illustrated by appeals to our feeling of what is beautiful. There is an
expression and a feeling about all the hill lines of nature, which I think I shall
be able, hereafter, to explain; but it is not to be reduced to line and rule—not
to be measured by angles or described by compasses—not to be chipped out
by the geologist, or equated by the mathematician. It is intangible,
incalculable—a thing to be felt, not understood—to be loved, not
contours of his promontories of Alp and Apennine, are only instances of
higher hills. Turner's management of the lower and softer hills. In the
bolder examples of his powers, where he is dealing with
lifted masses of enormous mountain, we shall still find him as cautious in his
use of violent slopes or vertical lines, and still as studied in his expression of
retiring surface. We never get to the top of one of his hills without being tired
with our walk; not by the steepness, observe, but by the stretch; for we are
carried up towards the heaven by such delicate gradation of line, that we
scarcely feel that we have left the earth before we find ourselves among the
clouds. The Skiddaw, in the illustrations to Scott, is a noble instance of this
majestic moderation. The mountain lies in the morning light, like a level
vapor; its gentle lines of ascent are scarcely felt by the eye; it rises without
effort or exertion, by the mightiness of its mass; every slope is full of
slumber; and we know not how it has been exalted, until we find it laid as a
floor for the walking of the eastern clouds. So again in the Fort Augustus,
where the whole elevation of the hills depends on the soft lines of swelling
surface which undulate back through leagues of mist carrying us unawares
higher and higher above the diminished lake, until, when we are all but
exhausted with the endless distance, the mountains make their last spring,
and bear us, in that instant of exertion, half way to heaven.
I ought perhaps rather to have selected, as instances of mountain form,
such elaborate works as the Oberwesel or Lake of Uri, but I have before
§ 24. The peculiar
expressed my dislike of speaking of such magnificent
difficulty of
pictures as these by parts. And indeed all proper
investigating the
consideration of the hill drawing of Turner must be deferred
more essential
until we are capable of testing it by the principles of beauty;
truths of hill
for, after all, the most essential qualities of line,—those on
outline.
which all right delineation of mountain character must
depend, are those which are only to be explained or
illustrated by appeals to our feeling of what is beautiful. There is an
expression and a feeling about all the hill lines of nature, which I think I shall
be able, hereafter, to explain; but it is not to be reduced to line and rule—not
to be measured by angles or described by compasses—not to be chipped out
by the geologist, or equated by the mathematician. It is intangible,
incalculable—a thing to be felt, not understood—to be loved, not
Page 396
comprehended—a music of the eyes, a melody of the heart, whose truth is
known only by its sweetness.
I can scarcely, without repeating myself to tediousness, enter at present
into proper consideration of the mountain drawing of other modern painters.
§ 25. Works of
We have, fortunately, several by whom the noble truths
other modern
which we have seen so fully exemplified by Turner are also
artists. Clarkson
deeply felt and faithfully rendered; though there is a
Stanfield.
necessity, for the perfect statement of them, of such an
unison of freedom of thought with perfect mastery over the
greatest mechanical difficulties, as we can scarcely hope to see attained by
more than one man in our age. Very nearly the same words which we used in
reference to Stanfield's drawings of the central clouds, might be applied to his
rendering of mountain truth. He occupies exactly the same position with
respect to other artists in earth as in cloud. None can be said really to draw
the mountain as he will, to have so perfect a mastery over its organic
development; but there is, nevertheless, in all his works, some want of feeling
and individuality. He has studied and mastered his subject to the bottom, but
he trusts too much to that past study, and rather invents his hills from his
possessed stores of knowledge, than expresses in them the fresh ideas
received from nature. Hence, in all that he does, we feel a little too much that
the hills are his own. We cannot swear to their being the particular crags and
individual promontories which break the cone of Ischia, or shadow the waves
of Maggiore. We are nearly sure, on the contrary, that nothing but the outline
is local, and that all the filling up has been done in the study. Now, we have
§ 26. Importance
already shown (Sect. I. Chap. III.) that particular truths are
of particular and
more important than general ones, and this is just one of the
individual truth in
cases in which that rule especially applies. Nothing is so
hill drawing.
great a sign of truth and beauty in mountain drawing as the
appearance of individuality—nothing is so great a proof of
real imagination and invention, as the appearance that nothing has been
imagined or invented. We ought to feel of every inch of mountain, that it must
have existence in reality, that if we had lived near the place we should have
known every crag of it, and that there must be people to whom every crevice
and shadow of the picture is fraught with recollections, and colored with
associations. The moment the artist can make us feel this—the moment he
can make us think that he has done nothing, that nature has done all—that
known only by its sweetness.
I can scarcely, without repeating myself to tediousness, enter at present
into proper consideration of the mountain drawing of other modern painters.
§ 25. Works of
We have, fortunately, several by whom the noble truths
other modern
which we have seen so fully exemplified by Turner are also
artists. Clarkson
deeply felt and faithfully rendered; though there is a
Stanfield.
necessity, for the perfect statement of them, of such an
unison of freedom of thought with perfect mastery over the
greatest mechanical difficulties, as we can scarcely hope to see attained by
more than one man in our age. Very nearly the same words which we used in
reference to Stanfield's drawings of the central clouds, might be applied to his
rendering of mountain truth. He occupies exactly the same position with
respect to other artists in earth as in cloud. None can be said really to draw
the mountain as he will, to have so perfect a mastery over its organic
development; but there is, nevertheless, in all his works, some want of feeling
and individuality. He has studied and mastered his subject to the bottom, but
he trusts too much to that past study, and rather invents his hills from his
possessed stores of knowledge, than expresses in them the fresh ideas
received from nature. Hence, in all that he does, we feel a little too much that
the hills are his own. We cannot swear to their being the particular crags and
individual promontories which break the cone of Ischia, or shadow the waves
of Maggiore. We are nearly sure, on the contrary, that nothing but the outline
is local, and that all the filling up has been done in the study. Now, we have
§ 26. Importance
already shown (Sect. I. Chap. III.) that particular truths are
of particular and
more important than general ones, and this is just one of the
individual truth in
cases in which that rule especially applies. Nothing is so
hill drawing.
great a sign of truth and beauty in mountain drawing as the
appearance of individuality—nothing is so great a proof of
real imagination and invention, as the appearance that nothing has been
imagined or invented. We ought to feel of every inch of mountain, that it must
have existence in reality, that if we had lived near the place we should have
known every crag of it, and that there must be people to whom every crevice
and shadow of the picture is fraught with recollections, and colored with
associations. The moment the artist can make us feel this—the moment he
can make us think that he has done nothing, that nature has done all—that
Page 397
moment he becomes ennobled, he proves himself great. As long as we
remember him, we cannot respect him. We honor him most when we most
forget him. He becomes great when he becomes invisible. And we may,
perhaps, be permitted to express our hope that Mr. Stanfield will—our
conviction that he must—if he would advance in his rank as an artist, attend
more to local character, and give us generally less of the Stanfield limestone.
He ought to study with greater attention the rocks which afford finer
divisions and more delicate parts (slates and gneiss;) and he ought to observe
more fondly and faithfully those beautiful laws and lines of swell and
curvature, by intervals of which nature sets off and relieves the energy of her
peaked outlines. He is at present apt to be too rugged, and, in consequence, to
lose size. Of his best manner of drawing hills, I believe I can scarcely give a
better example than the rocks of Suli, engraved in Finden's illustrations to
Byron. It is very grand and perfect in all parts and points.
Copley Fielding is peculiarly graceful and affectionate in his drawing of
the inferior mountains. But as with his clouds so with his hills; as long as he
§ 27. Works of
keeps to silvery films of misty outline, or purple shadows
Copley Fielding.
mingled with the evening light, he is true and beautiful; but
His hill feeling.
the moment he withdraws the mass out of its veiling
mystery, he is lost. His worst drawings, therefore, are those
on which he has spent most time; for he is sure to show weakness wherever
he gives detail. We believe that all his errors proceed, as we observed before,
from his not working with the chalk or pencil; and that if he would paint half
the number of pictures in the year which he usually produces, and spend his
spare time in hard dry study of forms, the half he painted would be soon
worth double the present value of all. For he really has deep and genuine
feeling of hill character—a far higher perception of space, elevation,
incorporeal color, and all those qualities which are the poetry of mountains,
than any other of our water-color painters; and it is an infinite pity that he
should not give to these delicate feelings the power of realization, which
might be attained by a little labor. A few thorough studies of his favorite
mountains, Ben-Venue or Ben-Cruachan, in clear, strong, front chiaroscuro,
allowing himself neither color nor mist, nor any means of getting over the
ground but downright drawing, would, we think, open his eyes to sources of
beauty of which he now takes no cognizance. He ought not, however, to
repeat the same subjects so frequently, as the casting about of the mind for
remember him, we cannot respect him. We honor him most when we most
forget him. He becomes great when he becomes invisible. And we may,
perhaps, be permitted to express our hope that Mr. Stanfield will—our
conviction that he must—if he would advance in his rank as an artist, attend
more to local character, and give us generally less of the Stanfield limestone.
He ought to study with greater attention the rocks which afford finer
divisions and more delicate parts (slates and gneiss;) and he ought to observe
more fondly and faithfully those beautiful laws and lines of swell and
curvature, by intervals of which nature sets off and relieves the energy of her
peaked outlines. He is at present apt to be too rugged, and, in consequence, to
lose size. Of his best manner of drawing hills, I believe I can scarcely give a
better example than the rocks of Suli, engraved in Finden's illustrations to
Byron. It is very grand and perfect in all parts and points.
Copley Fielding is peculiarly graceful and affectionate in his drawing of
the inferior mountains. But as with his clouds so with his hills; as long as he
§ 27. Works of
keeps to silvery films of misty outline, or purple shadows
Copley Fielding.
mingled with the evening light, he is true and beautiful; but
His hill feeling.
the moment he withdraws the mass out of its veiling
mystery, he is lost. His worst drawings, therefore, are those
on which he has spent most time; for he is sure to show weakness wherever
he gives detail. We believe that all his errors proceed, as we observed before,
from his not working with the chalk or pencil; and that if he would paint half
the number of pictures in the year which he usually produces, and spend his
spare time in hard dry study of forms, the half he painted would be soon
worth double the present value of all. For he really has deep and genuine
feeling of hill character—a far higher perception of space, elevation,
incorporeal color, and all those qualities which are the poetry of mountains,
than any other of our water-color painters; and it is an infinite pity that he
should not give to these delicate feelings the power of realization, which
might be attained by a little labor. A few thorough studies of his favorite
mountains, Ben-Venue or Ben-Cruachan, in clear, strong, front chiaroscuro,
allowing himself neither color nor mist, nor any means of getting over the
ground but downright drawing, would, we think, open his eyes to sources of
beauty of which he now takes no cognizance. He ought not, however, to
repeat the same subjects so frequently, as the casting about of the mind for
Page 398
means of varying them blunts the feelings to truth. And he should remember
that an artist, who is not making progress, is nearly certain to be retrograding;
and that progress is not to be made by working in the study, or by mere labor
bestowed on the repetition of unchanging conceptions.
J. D. Harding would paint mountains very nobly, if he made them of more
importance in his compositions, but they are usually little more than
§ 28. Works of J.
backgrounds for his foliage or buildings; and it is his
D. Harding and
present system to make his backgrounds very slight. His
others.
color is very beautiful: indeed, both his and Fielding's are
far more refined than Stanfield's. We wish he would oftener
take up some wild subject dependent for interest on its mountain forms alone,
as we should anticipate the highest results from his perfect drawing; and we
think that such an exercise, occasionally gone completely through, would
counteract a tendency which we perceive in his present distances, to become
a little thin and cutting, if not incomplete.
The late G. Robson was a man most thoroughly acquainted with all the
characteristics of our own island hills; and some of the outlines of John
Varley showed very grand feeling of energy of form.
that an artist, who is not making progress, is nearly certain to be retrograding;
and that progress is not to be made by working in the study, or by mere labor
bestowed on the repetition of unchanging conceptions.
J. D. Harding would paint mountains very nobly, if he made them of more
importance in his compositions, but they are usually little more than
§ 28. Works of J.
backgrounds for his foliage or buildings; and it is his
D. Harding and
present system to make his backgrounds very slight. His
others.
color is very beautiful: indeed, both his and Fielding's are
far more refined than Stanfield's. We wish he would oftener
take up some wild subject dependent for interest on its mountain forms alone,
as we should anticipate the highest results from his perfect drawing; and we
think that such an exercise, occasionally gone completely through, would
counteract a tendency which we perceive in his present distances, to become
a little thin and cutting, if not incomplete.
The late G. Robson was a man most thoroughly acquainted with all the
characteristics of our own island hills; and some of the outlines of John
Varley showed very grand feeling of energy of form.
Page 399
[56] I have above exhausted all terms of vituperation, and probably disgusted the reader;
and yet I have not spoken with enough severity: I know not any terms of blame that are bitter
enough to chastise justly the mountain drawings of Salvator in the pictures of the Pitti Palace.
[57] Some terrific cuts and chasms of this kind occur on the north side of the Valais, from
Sion to Briey. The torrent from the great Aletsch glacier descends through one of them.
Elsewhere chasms may be found as narrow, but few so narrow and deep.
CHAPTER IV.
OF THE FOREGROUND.
We have now only to observe the close characteristics of the rocks and
soils to which the large masses of which we have been speaking, owe their
ultimate characters.
§ 1. What rocks
We have already seen that there exists a marked
were the chief
distinction between those stratified rocks whose beds are
amorphous and without subdivision, as many limestones
components of
ancient landscape
and sandstones, and those which are divided by lines of
lamination, as all slates. The last kind of rock is the more
foreground.
frequent in nature, and forms the greater part of all hill
scenery; it has, however, been successfully grappled with by few, even of the
moderns, except Turner; while there is no single example of any aim at it or
thought of it among the ancients, whose foregrounds, as far as it is possible to
guess at their intention through their concentrated errors, are chosen from
among the tufa and travertin of the lower Apennines, (the ugliest as well as
the least characteristic rocks of nature,) and whose larger features of rock
scenery, if we look at them with a predetermination to find in them a
resemblance of something, may be pronounced at least liker the mountain
limestone than anything else. I shall glance, therefore, at the general
characters of these materials first, in order that we may be able to appreciate
the fidelity of rock-drawing on which Salvator's reputation has been built.
and yet I have not spoken with enough severity: I know not any terms of blame that are bitter
enough to chastise justly the mountain drawings of Salvator in the pictures of the Pitti Palace.
[57] Some terrific cuts and chasms of this kind occur on the north side of the Valais, from
Sion to Briey. The torrent from the great Aletsch glacier descends through one of them.
Elsewhere chasms may be found as narrow, but few so narrow and deep.
CHAPTER IV.
OF THE FOREGROUND.
We have now only to observe the close characteristics of the rocks and
soils to which the large masses of which we have been speaking, owe their
ultimate characters.
§ 1. What rocks
We have already seen that there exists a marked
were the chief
distinction between those stratified rocks whose beds are
amorphous and without subdivision, as many limestones
components of
ancient landscape
and sandstones, and those which are divided by lines of
lamination, as all slates. The last kind of rock is the more
foreground.
frequent in nature, and forms the greater part of all hill
scenery; it has, however, been successfully grappled with by few, even of the
moderns, except Turner; while there is no single example of any aim at it or
thought of it among the ancients, whose foregrounds, as far as it is possible to
guess at their intention through their concentrated errors, are chosen from
among the tufa and travertin of the lower Apennines, (the ugliest as well as
the least characteristic rocks of nature,) and whose larger features of rock
scenery, if we look at them with a predetermination to find in them a
resemblance of something, may be pronounced at least liker the mountain
limestone than anything else. I shall glance, therefore, at the general
characters of these materials first, in order that we may be able to appreciate
the fidelity of rock-drawing on which Salvator's reputation has been built.
Page 400
The massive limestones separate generally into irregular blocks, tending to
the form of cubes or parallelopipeds, and terminated by tolerably smooth
planes. The weather, acting on the edges of these blocks,
§ 2. Salvator's
rounds them off; but the frost, which, while it cannot
limestones. The
penetrate nor split the body of the stone, acts energetically
real characters of
the rock. Its
on the angles, splits off the rounded fragments, and supplies
sharp, fresh, and complicated edges. Hence the angles of
fractures and
such blocks are usually marked by a series of steps and
obtuseness of
fractures, in which the peculiar character of the rock is most
angles.
distinctly seen; the effect being increased in many
limestones by the interposition of two or three thinner beds between the large
strata of which the block has been a part; these thin laminæ breaking easily,
and supplying a number of fissures and lines at the edge of the detached
mass. Thus, as a general principle, if a rock have character anywhere, it will
be on the angle, and however even and smooth its great planes may be, it will
usually break into variety where it turns a corner. In one of the most exquisite
pieces of rock truth ever put on canvas, the foreground of the Napoleon in the
Academy, 1842, this principle was beautifully exemplified in the complicated
fractures of the upper angle just where it turned from the light, while the
planes of the rock were varied only by the modulation they owed to the
waves. It follows from this structure that the edges of all rock being partially
truncated, first by large fractures, and then by the rounding of the fine edges
of these by the weather, perpetually present convex transitions from the light
to the dark side, the planes of the rock almost always swelling a little from the
angle.
Now it will be found throughout the works of Salvator, that his most usual
practice was to give a concave sweep of the brush for his first expression of
§ 3. Salvator's
the dark side, leaving the paint darkest towards the light; by
which daring and original method of procedure he has
acute angles
caused by the
succeeded in covering his foregrounds with forms which
meeting of concave
approximate to those of drapery, of ribbons, of crushed
cocked hats, of locks of hair, of waves, leaves, or anything,
curves.
in short, flexible or tough, but which of course are not only
unlike, but directly contrary to the forms which nature has impressed on
rocks.[58]
the form of cubes or parallelopipeds, and terminated by tolerably smooth
planes. The weather, acting on the edges of these blocks,
§ 2. Salvator's
rounds them off; but the frost, which, while it cannot
limestones. The
penetrate nor split the body of the stone, acts energetically
real characters of
the rock. Its
on the angles, splits off the rounded fragments, and supplies
sharp, fresh, and complicated edges. Hence the angles of
fractures and
such blocks are usually marked by a series of steps and
obtuseness of
fractures, in which the peculiar character of the rock is most
angles.
distinctly seen; the effect being increased in many
limestones by the interposition of two or three thinner beds between the large
strata of which the block has been a part; these thin laminæ breaking easily,
and supplying a number of fissures and lines at the edge of the detached
mass. Thus, as a general principle, if a rock have character anywhere, it will
be on the angle, and however even and smooth its great planes may be, it will
usually break into variety where it turns a corner. In one of the most exquisite
pieces of rock truth ever put on canvas, the foreground of the Napoleon in the
Academy, 1842, this principle was beautifully exemplified in the complicated
fractures of the upper angle just where it turned from the light, while the
planes of the rock were varied only by the modulation they owed to the
waves. It follows from this structure that the edges of all rock being partially
truncated, first by large fractures, and then by the rounding of the fine edges
of these by the weather, perpetually present convex transitions from the light
to the dark side, the planes of the rock almost always swelling a little from the
angle.
Now it will be found throughout the works of Salvator, that his most usual
practice was to give a concave sweep of the brush for his first expression of
§ 3. Salvator's
the dark side, leaving the paint darkest towards the light; by
which daring and original method of procedure he has
acute angles
caused by the
succeeded in covering his foregrounds with forms which
meeting of concave
approximate to those of drapery, of ribbons, of crushed
cocked hats, of locks of hair, of waves, leaves, or anything,
curves.
in short, flexible or tough, but which of course are not only
unlike, but directly contrary to the forms which nature has impressed on
rocks.[58]
Page 401
And the circular and sweeping strokes or stains which are dashed at
random over their surfaces, only fail of destroying all resemblance whatever
to rock structure from their frequent want of any meaning at
§ 4. Peculiar
distinctness of light
all, and from the impossibility of our supposing any of them
to be representative of shade. Now, if there be any part of
and shade in the
rocks of nature.
landscape in which nature develops her principles of light
and shade more clearly than another, it is rock; for the dark
sides of fractured stone receive brilliant reflexes from the lighted surfaces, on
which the shadows are marked with the most exquisite precision, especially
because, owing to the parallelism of cleavage, the surfaces lie usually in
directions nearly parallel. Hence every crack and fissure has its shadow and
reflected light separated with the most delicious distinctness, and the
organization and solid form of all parts are told with a decision of language,
which, to be followed with anything like fidelity, requires the most
§ 5. Peculiar
transparent color, and the most delicate and scientific
drawing. So far are the works of the old landscape-painters
confusion of both
in the rocks of
from rendering this, that it is exceedingly rare to find a
single passage in which the shadow can even be
Salvator.
distinguished from the dark side—they scarcely seem to
know the one to be darker than the other; and the strokes of the brush are not
used to explain or express a form known or conceived, but are dashed and
daubed about without any aim beyond the covering of the canvas. "A rock,"
the old masters appear to say to themselves, "is a great irregular, formless,
characterless lump; but it must have shade upon it, and any gray marks will
do for that shade."
§ 6. And total want
Finally, while few, if any, of the rocks of nature are
untraversed by delicate and slender fissures, whose black
of any expression
of hardness or
sharp lines are the only means by which the peculiar quality
brittleness.
in which rocks most differ from the other objects of the
landscape, brittleness, can be effectually suggested, we look
in vain among the blots and stains with which the rocks of ancient art are
loaded, for any vestige or appearance of fissure or splintering. Toughness and
malleability appear to be the qualities whose expression is most aimed at;
§ 7. Instances in
sometimes sponginess, softness, flexibility, tenuity, and
occasionally transparency. Take, for instance, the
particular pictures.
foreground of Salvator, in No. 220 of the Dulwich Gallery.
random over their surfaces, only fail of destroying all resemblance whatever
to rock structure from their frequent want of any meaning at
§ 4. Peculiar
distinctness of light
all, and from the impossibility of our supposing any of them
to be representative of shade. Now, if there be any part of
and shade in the
rocks of nature.
landscape in which nature develops her principles of light
and shade more clearly than another, it is rock; for the dark
sides of fractured stone receive brilliant reflexes from the lighted surfaces, on
which the shadows are marked with the most exquisite precision, especially
because, owing to the parallelism of cleavage, the surfaces lie usually in
directions nearly parallel. Hence every crack and fissure has its shadow and
reflected light separated with the most delicious distinctness, and the
organization and solid form of all parts are told with a decision of language,
which, to be followed with anything like fidelity, requires the most
§ 5. Peculiar
transparent color, and the most delicate and scientific
drawing. So far are the works of the old landscape-painters
confusion of both
in the rocks of
from rendering this, that it is exceedingly rare to find a
single passage in which the shadow can even be
Salvator.
distinguished from the dark side—they scarcely seem to
know the one to be darker than the other; and the strokes of the brush are not
used to explain or express a form known or conceived, but are dashed and
daubed about without any aim beyond the covering of the canvas. "A rock,"
the old masters appear to say to themselves, "is a great irregular, formless,
characterless lump; but it must have shade upon it, and any gray marks will
do for that shade."
§ 6. And total want
Finally, while few, if any, of the rocks of nature are
untraversed by delicate and slender fissures, whose black
of any expression
of hardness or
sharp lines are the only means by which the peculiar quality
brittleness.
in which rocks most differ from the other objects of the
landscape, brittleness, can be effectually suggested, we look
in vain among the blots and stains with which the rocks of ancient art are
loaded, for any vestige or appearance of fissure or splintering. Toughness and
malleability appear to be the qualities whose expression is most aimed at;
§ 7. Instances in
sometimes sponginess, softness, flexibility, tenuity, and
occasionally transparency. Take, for instance, the
particular pictures.
foreground of Salvator, in No. 220 of the Dulwich Gallery.
Page 402
There is, on the right-hand side of it, an object, which I never walk through
the room without contemplating for a minute or two with renewed solicitude
and anxiety of mind, indulging in a series of very wild and imaginative
conjectures as to its probable or possible meaning. I think there is reason to
suppose that the artist intended it either for a very large stone, or for the trunk
of a tree; but any decision as to its being either one or the other of these must,
I conceive, be the extreme of rashness. It melts into the ground on one side,
and might reasonably be conjectured to form a part of it, having no trace of
woody structure or color; but on the other side it presents a series of concave
curves, interrupted by cogs like those of a water-wheel, which the boldest
theorist would certainly not feel himself warranted in supposing symbolical
of rock. The forms which this substance, whatever it be, assumes, will be
found repeated, though in a less degree, in the foreground of No. 159, where
they are evidently meant for rock.
Let us contrast with this system of rock-drawing, the faithful, scientific,
and dexterous studies of nature which we find in the works of Clarkson
§ 8. Compared
Stanfield. He is a man especially to be opposed to the old
with the works of
masters, because he usually confines himself to the same
Stanfield.
rock subjects as they—the mouldering and furrowed crags
of the secondary formation which arrange themselves more
or less into broad and simple masses; and in the rendering of these it is
impossible to go beyond him. Nothing can surpass his care, his firmness, or
his success, in marking the distinct and sharp light and shade by which the
form is explained, never confusing it with local color, however richly his
surface-texture may be given; while the wonderful play of line with which he
will vary, and through which he will indicate, the regularity of stratification,
is almost as instructive as that of nature herself. I cannot point to any of his
works as better or more characteristic than others; but his Ischia, in the
present British Institution, may be taken as a fair average example. The
Botallack Mine, Cornwall, engraved in the Coast Scenery, gives us a very
finished and generic representation of rock, whose primal organization has
been violently affected by external influences. We have the stratification and
cleavage indicated at its base, every fissure being sharp, angular, and
decisive, disguised gradually as it rises by the rounding of the surface and the
successive furrows caused by the descent of streams. But the exquisite
drawing of the foreground is especially worthy of notice. No huge concave
the room without contemplating for a minute or two with renewed solicitude
and anxiety of mind, indulging in a series of very wild and imaginative
conjectures as to its probable or possible meaning. I think there is reason to
suppose that the artist intended it either for a very large stone, or for the trunk
of a tree; but any decision as to its being either one or the other of these must,
I conceive, be the extreme of rashness. It melts into the ground on one side,
and might reasonably be conjectured to form a part of it, having no trace of
woody structure or color; but on the other side it presents a series of concave
curves, interrupted by cogs like those of a water-wheel, which the boldest
theorist would certainly not feel himself warranted in supposing symbolical
of rock. The forms which this substance, whatever it be, assumes, will be
found repeated, though in a less degree, in the foreground of No. 159, where
they are evidently meant for rock.
Let us contrast with this system of rock-drawing, the faithful, scientific,
and dexterous studies of nature which we find in the works of Clarkson
§ 8. Compared
Stanfield. He is a man especially to be opposed to the old
with the works of
masters, because he usually confines himself to the same
Stanfield.
rock subjects as they—the mouldering and furrowed crags
of the secondary formation which arrange themselves more
or less into broad and simple masses; and in the rendering of these it is
impossible to go beyond him. Nothing can surpass his care, his firmness, or
his success, in marking the distinct and sharp light and shade by which the
form is explained, never confusing it with local color, however richly his
surface-texture may be given; while the wonderful play of line with which he
will vary, and through which he will indicate, the regularity of stratification,
is almost as instructive as that of nature herself. I cannot point to any of his
works as better or more characteristic than others; but his Ischia, in the
present British Institution, may be taken as a fair average example. The
Botallack Mine, Cornwall, engraved in the Coast Scenery, gives us a very
finished and generic representation of rock, whose primal organization has
been violently affected by external influences. We have the stratification and
cleavage indicated at its base, every fissure being sharp, angular, and
decisive, disguised gradually as it rises by the rounding of the surface and the
successive furrows caused by the descent of streams. But the exquisite
drawing of the foreground is especially worthy of notice. No huge concave
Page 403
sweeps of the brush, no daubing or splashing here. Every inch of it is brittle
and splintery, and the fissures are explained to the eye by the most perfect,
speaking light and shade,—we can stumble over the edges of them. The East
§ 9. Their absolute
Cliff, Hastings, is another very fine example, from the
opposition in every
exquisite irregularity with which its squareness of general
structure is varied and disguised. Observe how totally
particular.
contrary every one of its lines is to the absurdities of
Salvator. Stanfield's are all angular and straight, every apparent curve made
up of right lines, while Salvator's are all sweeping and flourishing like so
much penmanship. Stanfield's lines pass away into delicate splintery fissures.
Salvator's are broad daubs throughout. Not one of Stanfield's lines is like
another. Every one of Salvator's mocks all the rest. All Stanfield's curves,
where his universal angular character is massed, as on the left-hand side, into
large sweeping forms, are convex. Salvator's are every one concave.
The foregrounds of J. D. Harding and rocks of his middle distances are
also thoroughly admirable. He is not quite so various and undulating in his
line as Stanfield, and sometimes, in his middle distances, is wanting in
§ 10. The rocks of
solidity, owing to a little confusion of the dark side and
J. D. Harding.
shadow with each other, or with the local color. But his
work, in near passages of fresh-broken, sharp-edged rock, is
absolute perfection, excelling Stanfield in the perfect freedom and facility
with which his fragments are splintered and scattered; true in every line
without the least apparent effort. Stanfield's best works are laborious, but
Harding's rocks fall from under his hand as if they had just crashed down the
hill-side, flying on the instant into lovely form. In color also he incomparably
surpasses Stanfield, who is apt to verge upon mud, or be cold in his gray. The
rich, lichenous, and changeful warmth, and delicate weathered grays of
Harding's rock, illustrated as they are by the most fearless, firm, and unerring
drawing, render his wild pieces of torrent shore the finest things, next to the
work of Turner, in English foreground art.
J. B. Pyne has very accurate knowledge of limestone rock, and expresses it
clearly and forcibly; but it is much to be regretted that this clever artist
appears to be losing all sense of color and is getting more and more mannered
in execution, evidently never studying from nature except with the previous
determination to Pynize everything.[59]
and splintery, and the fissures are explained to the eye by the most perfect,
speaking light and shade,—we can stumble over the edges of them. The East
§ 9. Their absolute
Cliff, Hastings, is another very fine example, from the
opposition in every
exquisite irregularity with which its squareness of general
structure is varied and disguised. Observe how totally
particular.
contrary every one of its lines is to the absurdities of
Salvator. Stanfield's are all angular and straight, every apparent curve made
up of right lines, while Salvator's are all sweeping and flourishing like so
much penmanship. Stanfield's lines pass away into delicate splintery fissures.
Salvator's are broad daubs throughout. Not one of Stanfield's lines is like
another. Every one of Salvator's mocks all the rest. All Stanfield's curves,
where his universal angular character is massed, as on the left-hand side, into
large sweeping forms, are convex. Salvator's are every one concave.
The foregrounds of J. D. Harding and rocks of his middle distances are
also thoroughly admirable. He is not quite so various and undulating in his
line as Stanfield, and sometimes, in his middle distances, is wanting in
§ 10. The rocks of
solidity, owing to a little confusion of the dark side and
J. D. Harding.
shadow with each other, or with the local color. But his
work, in near passages of fresh-broken, sharp-edged rock, is
absolute perfection, excelling Stanfield in the perfect freedom and facility
with which his fragments are splintered and scattered; true in every line
without the least apparent effort. Stanfield's best works are laborious, but
Harding's rocks fall from under his hand as if they had just crashed down the
hill-side, flying on the instant into lovely form. In color also he incomparably
surpasses Stanfield, who is apt to verge upon mud, or be cold in his gray. The
rich, lichenous, and changeful warmth, and delicate weathered grays of
Harding's rock, illustrated as they are by the most fearless, firm, and unerring
drawing, render his wild pieces of torrent shore the finest things, next to the
work of Turner, in English foreground art.
J. B. Pyne has very accurate knowledge of limestone rock, and expresses it
clearly and forcibly; but it is much to be regretted that this clever artist
appears to be losing all sense of color and is getting more and more mannered
in execution, evidently never studying from nature except with the previous
determination to Pynize everything.[59]
Page 404
Before passing to Turner, let us take one more glance at the foregrounds of
the old masters, with reference, not to their management of rock, which is
§ 11. Characters of
comparatively a rare component part of their foregrounds,
loose earth and
but to the common soil which they were obliged to paint
soil.
constantly, and whose forms and appearances are the same
all over the world. A steep bank of loose earth of any kind,
that has been at all exposed to the weather, contains in it, though it may not
be three feet high, features capable of giving high gratification to a careful
observer. It is almost a fac-simile of a mountain slope of soft and
decomposing rock; it possesses nearly as much variety of character, and is
governed by laws of organization no less rigid. It is furrowed in the first place
by undulating lines, by the descent of the rain, little ravines, which are cut
precisely at the same slope as those of the mountain, and leave ridges
scarcely less graceful in their contour, and beautifully sharp in their
§ 12. Its exceeding
chiselling. Where a harder knot of ground or a stone occurs,
grace and fulness
the earth is washed from beneath it, and accumulates above
it, and there we have a little precipice connected by a
of feature.
sweeping curve at its summit with the great slope, and
casting a sharp dark shadow; where the soil has been soft, it will probably be
washed away underneath until it gives way, and leaves a jagged, hanging,
irregular line of fracture; and all these circumstances are explained to the eye
in sunshine with the most delicious clearness; every touch of shadow being
expressive of some particular truth of structure, and bearing witness to the
symmetry into which the whole mass has been reduced. Where this operation
has gone on long, and vegetation has assisted in softening the outlines, we
have our ground brought into graceful and irregular curves, of infinite variety,
but yet always so connected with each other, and guiding to each other, that
the eye never feels them as separate things, nor feels inclined to count them,
nor perceives a likeness in one to the other; they are not repetitions of each
other, but are different parts of one system. Each would be imperfect without
the one next to it.
Now it is all but impossible to express distinctly the particulars wherein
this fine character of curve consists, and to show in definite examples, what it
§ 13. The ground
is which makes one representation right, and another wrong.
of Teniers.
The ground of Teniers for instance, in No. 139 in the
Dulwich Gallery, is an example of all that is wrong. It is a
the old masters, with reference, not to their management of rock, which is
§ 11. Characters of
comparatively a rare component part of their foregrounds,
loose earth and
but to the common soil which they were obliged to paint
soil.
constantly, and whose forms and appearances are the same
all over the world. A steep bank of loose earth of any kind,
that has been at all exposed to the weather, contains in it, though it may not
be three feet high, features capable of giving high gratification to a careful
observer. It is almost a fac-simile of a mountain slope of soft and
decomposing rock; it possesses nearly as much variety of character, and is
governed by laws of organization no less rigid. It is furrowed in the first place
by undulating lines, by the descent of the rain, little ravines, which are cut
precisely at the same slope as those of the mountain, and leave ridges
scarcely less graceful in their contour, and beautifully sharp in their
§ 12. Its exceeding
chiselling. Where a harder knot of ground or a stone occurs,
grace and fulness
the earth is washed from beneath it, and accumulates above
it, and there we have a little precipice connected by a
of feature.
sweeping curve at its summit with the great slope, and
casting a sharp dark shadow; where the soil has been soft, it will probably be
washed away underneath until it gives way, and leaves a jagged, hanging,
irregular line of fracture; and all these circumstances are explained to the eye
in sunshine with the most delicious clearness; every touch of shadow being
expressive of some particular truth of structure, and bearing witness to the
symmetry into which the whole mass has been reduced. Where this operation
has gone on long, and vegetation has assisted in softening the outlines, we
have our ground brought into graceful and irregular curves, of infinite variety,
but yet always so connected with each other, and guiding to each other, that
the eye never feels them as separate things, nor feels inclined to count them,
nor perceives a likeness in one to the other; they are not repetitions of each
other, but are different parts of one system. Each would be imperfect without
the one next to it.
Now it is all but impossible to express distinctly the particulars wherein
this fine character of curve consists, and to show in definite examples, what it
§ 13. The ground
is which makes one representation right, and another wrong.
of Teniers.
The ground of Teniers for instance, in No. 139 in the
Dulwich Gallery, is an example of all that is wrong. It is a
Page 405
representation of the forms of shaken and disturbed soil, such as we should
see here and there after an earthquake, or over the ruins of fallen buildings. It
has not one contour nor character of the soil of nature, and yet I can scarcely
tell you why, except that the curves repeat one another, and are monotonous
in their flow, and are unbroken by the delicate angle and momentary pause
with which the feeling of nature would have touched them, and are disunited;
so that the eye leaps from this to that, and does not pass from one to the other
without being able to stop, drawn on by the continuity of line; neither is there
any undulation or furrowing of watermark, nor in one spot or atom of the
whole surface, is there distinct explanation of form to the eye by means of a
determined shadow. All is mere sweeping of the brush over the surface with
various ground colors, without a single indication of character by means of
real shade.
Let not these points be deemed unimportant; the truths of form in common
ground are quite as valuable, (let me anticipate myself for a moment,) quite
§ 14. Importance
as beautiful, as any others which nature presents, and in
of these minor
lowland landscape they present us with a species of line
parts and points.
which it is quite impossible to obtain in any other way,—the
alternately flowing and broken line of mountain scenery,
which, however small its scale, is always of inestimable value, contrasted
with the repetitions of organic form which we are compelled to give in
vegetation. A really great artist dwells on every inch of exposed soil with care
and delight, and renders it one of the most essential, speaking and pleasurable
parts of his composition. And be it remembered, that the man who, in the
most conspicuous part of his foreground, will violate truth with every stroke
of the pencil, is not likely to be more careful in other parts of it; and that in
the little bits which I fix upon for animadversion, I am not pointing out
solitary faults, but only the most characteristic examples of the falsehood
which is everywhere, and which renders the whole foreground one mass of
§ 15. The
contradictions and absurdities. Nor do I myself see wherein
observance of them
the great difference lies between a master and a novice,
except in the rendering of the finer truths, of which I am at
is the real
distinction between
present speaking. To handle the brush freely, and to paint
the master and the
grass and weeds with accuracy enough to satisfy the eye,
novice.
are accomplishments which a year or two's practice will
give any man; but to trace among the grass and weeds those
see here and there after an earthquake, or over the ruins of fallen buildings. It
has not one contour nor character of the soil of nature, and yet I can scarcely
tell you why, except that the curves repeat one another, and are monotonous
in their flow, and are unbroken by the delicate angle and momentary pause
with which the feeling of nature would have touched them, and are disunited;
so that the eye leaps from this to that, and does not pass from one to the other
without being able to stop, drawn on by the continuity of line; neither is there
any undulation or furrowing of watermark, nor in one spot or atom of the
whole surface, is there distinct explanation of form to the eye by means of a
determined shadow. All is mere sweeping of the brush over the surface with
various ground colors, without a single indication of character by means of
real shade.
Let not these points be deemed unimportant; the truths of form in common
ground are quite as valuable, (let me anticipate myself for a moment,) quite
§ 14. Importance
as beautiful, as any others which nature presents, and in
of these minor
lowland landscape they present us with a species of line
parts and points.
which it is quite impossible to obtain in any other way,—the
alternately flowing and broken line of mountain scenery,
which, however small its scale, is always of inestimable value, contrasted
with the repetitions of organic form which we are compelled to give in
vegetation. A really great artist dwells on every inch of exposed soil with care
and delight, and renders it one of the most essential, speaking and pleasurable
parts of his composition. And be it remembered, that the man who, in the
most conspicuous part of his foreground, will violate truth with every stroke
of the pencil, is not likely to be more careful in other parts of it; and that in
the little bits which I fix upon for animadversion, I am not pointing out
solitary faults, but only the most characteristic examples of the falsehood
which is everywhere, and which renders the whole foreground one mass of
§ 15. The
contradictions and absurdities. Nor do I myself see wherein
observance of them
the great difference lies between a master and a novice,
except in the rendering of the finer truths, of which I am at
is the real
distinction between
present speaking. To handle the brush freely, and to paint
the master and the
grass and weeds with accuracy enough to satisfy the eye,
novice.
are accomplishments which a year or two's practice will
give any man; but to trace among the grass and weeds those
Page 406
mysteries of invention and combination, by which nature appeals to the
intellect—to render the delicate fissure, and descending curve, and undulating
shadow of the mouldering soil, with gentle and fine finger, like the touch of
the rain itself—to find even in all that appears most trifling or contemptible,
fresh evidence of the constant working of the Divine power "for glory and for
beauty," and to teach it and proclaim it to the unthinking and the unregardless
—this, as it is the peculiar province and faculty of the master-mind, so it is
the peculiar duty which is demanded of it by the Deity.
It would take me no reasonable nor endurable time, if I were to point out
one half of the various kinds and classes of falsehood which the inventive
§ 16. The ground
faculties of the old masters succeeded in originating, in the
drawing of foregrounds. It is not this man, nor that man, nor
of Cuyp.
one school nor another; all agree in entire repudiation of
everything resembling facts, and in the high degree of absurdity of what they
substitute for them. Even Cuyp, who evidently saw and studied near nature,
as an artist should do—not fishing for idealities, but taking what nature gave
him, and thanking her for it—even he appears to have supposed that the
drawing of the earth might be trusted to chance or imagination, and, in
§ 17. And of
consequence, strews his banks with lumps of dough, instead
Claude.
of stones. Perhaps, however, the "beautiful foregrounds" of
Claude afford the most remarkable instances of childishness
and incompetence of all. That of his morning landscape, with the large group
of trees and high single-arched bridge, in the National Gallery, is a pretty fair
example of the kind of error which he constantly falls into. I will not say
anything of the agreeable composition of the three banks, rising one behind
another from the water. I merely affirm that it amounts to a demonstration
that all three were painted in the artist's study, without any reference to nature
whatever. In fact, there is quite enough intrinsic evidence in each of them to
prove this, seeing that what appears to be meant for vegetation upon them,
amounts to nothing more than a green stain on their surfaces, the more
evidently false because the leaves of the trees twenty yards farther off are all
perfectly visible and distinct; and that the sharp lines with which each cuts
against that beyond it, are not only such as crumbling earth could never show
or assume, but are maintained through their whole progress ungraduated,
unchanging, and unaffected by any of the circumstances of varying shade to
which every one of nature's lines is inevitably subjected. In fact, the whole
intellect—to render the delicate fissure, and descending curve, and undulating
shadow of the mouldering soil, with gentle and fine finger, like the touch of
the rain itself—to find even in all that appears most trifling or contemptible,
fresh evidence of the constant working of the Divine power "for glory and for
beauty," and to teach it and proclaim it to the unthinking and the unregardless
—this, as it is the peculiar province and faculty of the master-mind, so it is
the peculiar duty which is demanded of it by the Deity.
It would take me no reasonable nor endurable time, if I were to point out
one half of the various kinds and classes of falsehood which the inventive
§ 16. The ground
faculties of the old masters succeeded in originating, in the
drawing of foregrounds. It is not this man, nor that man, nor
of Cuyp.
one school nor another; all agree in entire repudiation of
everything resembling facts, and in the high degree of absurdity of what they
substitute for them. Even Cuyp, who evidently saw and studied near nature,
as an artist should do—not fishing for idealities, but taking what nature gave
him, and thanking her for it—even he appears to have supposed that the
drawing of the earth might be trusted to chance or imagination, and, in
§ 17. And of
consequence, strews his banks with lumps of dough, instead
Claude.
of stones. Perhaps, however, the "beautiful foregrounds" of
Claude afford the most remarkable instances of childishness
and incompetence of all. That of his morning landscape, with the large group
of trees and high single-arched bridge, in the National Gallery, is a pretty fair
example of the kind of error which he constantly falls into. I will not say
anything of the agreeable composition of the three banks, rising one behind
another from the water. I merely affirm that it amounts to a demonstration
that all three were painted in the artist's study, without any reference to nature
whatever. In fact, there is quite enough intrinsic evidence in each of them to
prove this, seeing that what appears to be meant for vegetation upon them,
amounts to nothing more than a green stain on their surfaces, the more
evidently false because the leaves of the trees twenty yards farther off are all
perfectly visible and distinct; and that the sharp lines with which each cuts
against that beyond it, are not only such as crumbling earth could never show
or assume, but are maintained through their whole progress ungraduated,
unchanging, and unaffected by any of the circumstances of varying shade to
which every one of nature's lines is inevitably subjected. In fact, the whole
Page 407
arrangement is the impotent struggle of a tyro to express, by
§ 18. The entire
weakness and
successive edges, that approach of earth which he finds
childishness of the
himself incapable of expressing by the drawing of the
latter.
surface. Claude wished to make you understand that the
edge of his pond came nearer and nearer: he had probably
often tried to do this with an unbroken bank, or a bank only varied by the
delicate and harmonized anatomy of nature; and he had found that owing to
his total ignorance of the laws of perspective, such efforts on his part
invariably ended in his reducing his pond to the form of a round O, and
making it look perpendicular. Much comfort and solace of mind, in such
unpleasant circumstances, may be derived from instantly dividing the
obnoxious bank into a number of successive promontories, and developing
their edges with completeness and intensity. Every school-girl's drawing, as
soon as her mind has arrived at so great a degree of enlightenment as to
perceive that perpendicular water is objectionable, will supply us with
edifying instances of this unfailing resource; and this foreground of Claude's
§ 19. Compared
is only one out of the thousand cases in which he has been
with the work of
reduced to it. And if it be asked, how the proceeding differs
Turner.
from that of nature, I have only to point to nature herself, as
she is drawn in the foreground of Turner's Mercury and
Argus, a case precisely similar to Claude's, of earthy crumbling banks cut
away by water. It will be found in this picture (and I am now describing
nature's work and Turner's with the same words) that the whole distance is
given by retirement of solid surface; and that if ever an edge is expressed, it
is only felt for an instant, and then lost again; so that the eye cannot stop at it
and prepare for a long jump to another like it, but is guided over it, and round
it, into the hollow beyond; and thus the whole receding mass of ground,
going back for more than a quarter of a mile, is made completely one—no
part of it is separated from the rest for an instant—it is all united, and its
modulations are members, not divisions of its mass. But those modulations
are countless—heaving here, sinking there—now swelling, now mouldering,
now blending, now breaking—giving, in fact, to the foreground of this
universal master, precisely the same qualities which we have before seen in
his hills, as Claude gave to his foreground precisely the same qualities which
we had before found in his hills,—infinite unity in the one case, finite
division in the other.
§ 18. The entire
weakness and
successive edges, that approach of earth which he finds
childishness of the
himself incapable of expressing by the drawing of the
latter.
surface. Claude wished to make you understand that the
edge of his pond came nearer and nearer: he had probably
often tried to do this with an unbroken bank, or a bank only varied by the
delicate and harmonized anatomy of nature; and he had found that owing to
his total ignorance of the laws of perspective, such efforts on his part
invariably ended in his reducing his pond to the form of a round O, and
making it look perpendicular. Much comfort and solace of mind, in such
unpleasant circumstances, may be derived from instantly dividing the
obnoxious bank into a number of successive promontories, and developing
their edges with completeness and intensity. Every school-girl's drawing, as
soon as her mind has arrived at so great a degree of enlightenment as to
perceive that perpendicular water is objectionable, will supply us with
edifying instances of this unfailing resource; and this foreground of Claude's
§ 19. Compared
is only one out of the thousand cases in which he has been
with the work of
reduced to it. And if it be asked, how the proceeding differs
Turner.
from that of nature, I have only to point to nature herself, as
she is drawn in the foreground of Turner's Mercury and
Argus, a case precisely similar to Claude's, of earthy crumbling banks cut
away by water. It will be found in this picture (and I am now describing
nature's work and Turner's with the same words) that the whole distance is
given by retirement of solid surface; and that if ever an edge is expressed, it
is only felt for an instant, and then lost again; so that the eye cannot stop at it
and prepare for a long jump to another like it, but is guided over it, and round
it, into the hollow beyond; and thus the whole receding mass of ground,
going back for more than a quarter of a mile, is made completely one—no
part of it is separated from the rest for an instant—it is all united, and its
modulations are members, not divisions of its mass. But those modulations
are countless—heaving here, sinking there—now swelling, now mouldering,
now blending, now breaking—giving, in fact, to the foreground of this
universal master, precisely the same qualities which we have before seen in
his hills, as Claude gave to his foreground precisely the same qualities which
we had before found in his hills,—infinite unity in the one case, finite
division in the other.
Page 408
Let us, then, having now obtained some insight into the principles of the
old masters in foreground drawing, contrast them throughout with those of
§ 20. General
our great modern master. The investigation of the
features of
excellence of Turner's drawing becomes shorter and easier
Turner's
as we proceed, because the great distinctions between his
foreground.
work and that of other painters are the same, whatever the
object or subject may be; and after once showing the
general characters of the particular specific forms under consideration, we
have only to point, in the works of Turner, to the same principles of infinity
and variety in carrying them out, which we have before insisted upon with
reference to other subjects.
The Upper Fall of the Tees, Yorkshire, engraved in the England series, may
be given as a standard example of rock-drawing to be opposed to the work of
§ 21. Geological
Salvator. We have, in the great face of rock which divides
structure of his
the two streams, horizontal lines which indicate the real
rocks in the Fall of
direction of the strata, and these same lines are given in
the Tees.
ascending perspective all along the precipice on the right.
But we see also on the central precipice fissures absolutely
vertical, which inform us of one series of joints dividing these horizontal
strata; and the exceeding smoothness and evenness of the precipice itself
inform us that it has been caused by a great separation of substance in the
direction of another more important line of joints, running in a direction
across the river. Accordingly, we see on the left that the whole summit of the
precipice is divided again and again by this great series of joints into vertical
beds, which lie against each other with their sides towards us, and are
traversed downwards by the same vertical lines traceable on the face of the
central cliff. Now, let me direct especial attention to the way in which Turner
§ 22. Their convex
has marked over this general and grand unity of structure,
the modifying effects of the weather and the torrent.
surfaces and
fractured edges.
Observe how the whole surface of the hill above the
precipice on the left[60] is brought into one smooth,
unbroken curvature of gentle convexity, until it comes to the edge of the
precipice, and then, just on the angle, (compare § 2,) breaks into the
multiplicity of fissure which marks its geological structure. Observe how
every one of the separate blocks, into which it divides, is rounded and convex
in its salient edges turned to the weather, and how every one of their inward
old masters in foreground drawing, contrast them throughout with those of
§ 20. General
our great modern master. The investigation of the
features of
excellence of Turner's drawing becomes shorter and easier
Turner's
as we proceed, because the great distinctions between his
foreground.
work and that of other painters are the same, whatever the
object or subject may be; and after once showing the
general characters of the particular specific forms under consideration, we
have only to point, in the works of Turner, to the same principles of infinity
and variety in carrying them out, which we have before insisted upon with
reference to other subjects.
The Upper Fall of the Tees, Yorkshire, engraved in the England series, may
be given as a standard example of rock-drawing to be opposed to the work of
§ 21. Geological
Salvator. We have, in the great face of rock which divides
structure of his
the two streams, horizontal lines which indicate the real
rocks in the Fall of
direction of the strata, and these same lines are given in
the Tees.
ascending perspective all along the precipice on the right.
But we see also on the central precipice fissures absolutely
vertical, which inform us of one series of joints dividing these horizontal
strata; and the exceeding smoothness and evenness of the precipice itself
inform us that it has been caused by a great separation of substance in the
direction of another more important line of joints, running in a direction
across the river. Accordingly, we see on the left that the whole summit of the
precipice is divided again and again by this great series of joints into vertical
beds, which lie against each other with their sides towards us, and are
traversed downwards by the same vertical lines traceable on the face of the
central cliff. Now, let me direct especial attention to the way in which Turner
§ 22. Their convex
has marked over this general and grand unity of structure,
the modifying effects of the weather and the torrent.
surfaces and
fractured edges.
Observe how the whole surface of the hill above the
precipice on the left[60] is brought into one smooth,
unbroken curvature of gentle convexity, until it comes to the edge of the
precipice, and then, just on the angle, (compare § 2,) breaks into the
multiplicity of fissure which marks its geological structure. Observe how
every one of the separate blocks, into which it divides, is rounded and convex
in its salient edges turned to the weather, and how every one of their inward
Page 409
angles is marked clear and sharp by the determined shadow and transparent
reflex. Observe how exquisitely graceful are all the curves of the convex
surfaces, indicating that every one of them has been modelled by the winding
and undulating of running water; and how gradually they become steeper as
§ 23. And perfect
they descend, until they are torn down into the face of the
unity.
precipice. Finally, observe the exquisite variety of all the
touches which express fissure or shade; every one in
varying directions and with new forms, and yet throughout indicating that
perfect parallelism which at once explained to us the geology of the rock, and
falling into one grand mass, treated with the same simplicity of light and
shade which a great portrait painter adopts in treating the features of the
human face; which, though each has its own separate chiaroscuro, never
disturb the wholeness and grandeur of the head, considered as one ball or
mass. So here, one deep and marked piece of shadow indicates the greatest
proximity of the rounded mass; and from this every shade becomes fainter
and fainter, until all are lost in the obscurity and dimness of the hanging
precipice and the shattering fall. Again, see how the same fractures just upon
the edge take place with the central cliff above the right-hand fall, and how
the force of the water is told us by the confusion of débris accumulated in its
channel. In fact, the great quality about Turner's drawings which more
especially proves their transcendent truth, is the capability they afford us of
reasoning on past and future phenomena, just as if we had the actual rocks
before us; for this indicates not that one truth is given, nor another, not that a
pretty or interesting morsel has been selected here and there, but that the
whole truth has been given, with all the relations of its parts; so that we can
pick and choose our points of pleasure or of thought for ourselves, and reason
upon the whole with the same certainty which we should after having
climbed and hammered over the rocks bit by bit. With this
§ 24. Various parts
whose history is
drawing before him, a geologist could give a lecture upon
told us by the
the whole system of aqueous erosion, and speculate as
details of the
safely upon the past and future states of this very spot, as if
drawing.
he were standing and getting wet with the spray. He would
tell you, at once, that the waterfall was in a state of rapid
recession; that it had once formed a wide cataract just at the spot where the
figure is sitting on the heap of débris; and that when it was there, part of it
came down by the channel on the left, its bed being still marked by the
reflex. Observe how exquisitely graceful are all the curves of the convex
surfaces, indicating that every one of them has been modelled by the winding
and undulating of running water; and how gradually they become steeper as
§ 23. And perfect
they descend, until they are torn down into the face of the
unity.
precipice. Finally, observe the exquisite variety of all the
touches which express fissure or shade; every one in
varying directions and with new forms, and yet throughout indicating that
perfect parallelism which at once explained to us the geology of the rock, and
falling into one grand mass, treated with the same simplicity of light and
shade which a great portrait painter adopts in treating the features of the
human face; which, though each has its own separate chiaroscuro, never
disturb the wholeness and grandeur of the head, considered as one ball or
mass. So here, one deep and marked piece of shadow indicates the greatest
proximity of the rounded mass; and from this every shade becomes fainter
and fainter, until all are lost in the obscurity and dimness of the hanging
precipice and the shattering fall. Again, see how the same fractures just upon
the edge take place with the central cliff above the right-hand fall, and how
the force of the water is told us by the confusion of débris accumulated in its
channel. In fact, the great quality about Turner's drawings which more
especially proves their transcendent truth, is the capability they afford us of
reasoning on past and future phenomena, just as if we had the actual rocks
before us; for this indicates not that one truth is given, nor another, not that a
pretty or interesting morsel has been selected here and there, but that the
whole truth has been given, with all the relations of its parts; so that we can
pick and choose our points of pleasure or of thought for ourselves, and reason
upon the whole with the same certainty which we should after having
climbed and hammered over the rocks bit by bit. With this
§ 24. Various parts
whose history is
drawing before him, a geologist could give a lecture upon
told us by the
the whole system of aqueous erosion, and speculate as
details of the
safely upon the past and future states of this very spot, as if
drawing.
he were standing and getting wet with the spray. He would
tell you, at once, that the waterfall was in a state of rapid
recession; that it had once formed a wide cataract just at the spot where the
figure is sitting on the heap of débris; and that when it was there, part of it
came down by the channel on the left, its bed being still marked by the
Page 410
delicately chiselled lines of fissure. He would tell you that the foreground had
also once been the top of the fall, and that the vertical fissures on the right of
it were evidently then the channel of a side stream. He would tell you that the
fall was then much lower than it is now, and that being lower, it had less
force, and cut itself a narrower bed; and that the spot where it reached the
higher precipice is marked by the expansion of the wide basin which its
increased violence has excavated, and by the gradually increasing concavity
of the rocks below, which we see have been hollowed into a complete vault
by the elastic bound of the water. But neither he nor I could tell you with
what exquisite and finished marking of every fragment and particle of soil or
rock, both in its own structure and the evidence it bears of these great
influences, the whole of this is confirmed and carried out.
With this inimitable drawing we may compare the rocks in the foreground
of the Llanthony. These latter are not divided by joints, but into thin
§ 25. Beautiful
horizontal and united beds, which the torrent in its times of
instance of an
flood has chiselled away, leaving one exposed under
exception to
another, with the sweeping marks of its eddies upon their
general rules in the
edges. And here we have an instance of an exception to a
Llanthony.
general rule, occasioned by particular and local action. We
have seen that the action of water over any surface
universally, whether falling, as in rain, or sweeping, as a torrent, induces
convexity of form. But when we have rocks in situ, as here, exposed at their
edges to the violent action of an eddy, that eddy will cut a vault or circular
space for itself, (as we saw on a large scale with the high waterfall,) and we
have a concave curve interrupting the general contours of the rock. And thus
Turner (while every edge of his masses is rounded, and, the moment we rise
above the level of the water, all is convex) has interrupted the great contours
of his strata with concave curves, precisely where the last waves of the
torrent have swept against the exposed edges of the beds. Nothing could
more strikingly prove the depth of that knowledge by which every touch of
this consummate artist is regulated, that universal command of subject which
never acts for a moment on anything conventional or habitual, but fills every
corner and space with new evidence of knowledge, and fresh manifestation of
thought.
also once been the top of the fall, and that the vertical fissures on the right of
it were evidently then the channel of a side stream. He would tell you that the
fall was then much lower than it is now, and that being lower, it had less
force, and cut itself a narrower bed; and that the spot where it reached the
higher precipice is marked by the expansion of the wide basin which its
increased violence has excavated, and by the gradually increasing concavity
of the rocks below, which we see have been hollowed into a complete vault
by the elastic bound of the water. But neither he nor I could tell you with
what exquisite and finished marking of every fragment and particle of soil or
rock, both in its own structure and the evidence it bears of these great
influences, the whole of this is confirmed and carried out.
With this inimitable drawing we may compare the rocks in the foreground
of the Llanthony. These latter are not divided by joints, but into thin
§ 25. Beautiful
horizontal and united beds, which the torrent in its times of
instance of an
flood has chiselled away, leaving one exposed under
exception to
another, with the sweeping marks of its eddies upon their
general rules in the
edges. And here we have an instance of an exception to a
Llanthony.
general rule, occasioned by particular and local action. We
have seen that the action of water over any surface
universally, whether falling, as in rain, or sweeping, as a torrent, induces
convexity of form. But when we have rocks in situ, as here, exposed at their
edges to the violent action of an eddy, that eddy will cut a vault or circular
space for itself, (as we saw on a large scale with the high waterfall,) and we
have a concave curve interrupting the general contours of the rock. And thus
Turner (while every edge of his masses is rounded, and, the moment we rise
above the level of the water, all is convex) has interrupted the great contours
of his strata with concave curves, precisely where the last waves of the
torrent have swept against the exposed edges of the beds. Nothing could
more strikingly prove the depth of that knowledge by which every touch of
this consummate artist is regulated, that universal command of subject which
never acts for a moment on anything conventional or habitual, but fills every
corner and space with new evidence of knowledge, and fresh manifestation of
thought.
Page 411
The Lower Fall of the Tees, with the chain-bridge, might serve us for an
§ 26. Turner's
illustration of all the properties and forms of vertical beds of
drawing of
rock, as the upper fall has of horizontal; but we pass rather
detached blocks of
to observe, in detached pieces of foreground, the particular
weathered stone.
modulation of parts which cannot be investigated in the
grand combinations of general mass.
The blocks of stone which form the foreground of the Ulleswater are, I
believe, the finest example in the world of the finished drawing of rocks
which have been subjected to violent aqueous action. Their surfaces seem to
palpitate from the fine touch of the waves, and every part of them is rising or
falling in soft swell or gentle depression, though the eye can scarcely trace
the fine shadows on which this chiselling of the surface depends. And with all
this, every block of them has individual character, dependent on the
expression of the angular lines of which its contours were first formed, and
which is retained and felt through all the modulation and melting of the
water-worn surface. And what is done here in the most important part of the
picture, to be especially attractive to the eye, is often done by Turner with
lavish and overwhelming power, in the accumulated débris of a wide
foreground, strewed with the ruin of ages, as, for instance, in the Junction of
the Greta and Tees, where he has choked the torrent bed with a mass of
shattered rock, thrown down with the profusion and carelessness of nature
herself; and yet every separate block is a study, (and has evidently been
drawn from nature,) chiselled and varied in its parts, as if it were to be the
chief member of a separate subject; yet without ever losing, in a single
instance, its subordinate position, or occasioning, throughout the whole
accumulated multitude, the repetition of a single line.
I consider cases like these, of perfect finish and new conception, applied
and exerted in the drawing of every member of a confused and almost
countlessly-divided system, about the most wonderful, as
§ 27. And of
complicated
well as the most characteristic passages of Turner's
foreground.
foregrounds. It is done not less marvellously, though less
distinctly, in the individual parts of all his broken ground, as
in examples like these of separate blocks. The articulation of such a passage
as the nearest bank, in the picture we have already spoken of at so great
length, the Upper Fall of the Tees, might serve us for a day's study, if we were
§ 26. Turner's
illustration of all the properties and forms of vertical beds of
drawing of
rock, as the upper fall has of horizontal; but we pass rather
detached blocks of
to observe, in detached pieces of foreground, the particular
weathered stone.
modulation of parts which cannot be investigated in the
grand combinations of general mass.
The blocks of stone which form the foreground of the Ulleswater are, I
believe, the finest example in the world of the finished drawing of rocks
which have been subjected to violent aqueous action. Their surfaces seem to
palpitate from the fine touch of the waves, and every part of them is rising or
falling in soft swell or gentle depression, though the eye can scarcely trace
the fine shadows on which this chiselling of the surface depends. And with all
this, every block of them has individual character, dependent on the
expression of the angular lines of which its contours were first formed, and
which is retained and felt through all the modulation and melting of the
water-worn surface. And what is done here in the most important part of the
picture, to be especially attractive to the eye, is often done by Turner with
lavish and overwhelming power, in the accumulated débris of a wide
foreground, strewed with the ruin of ages, as, for instance, in the Junction of
the Greta and Tees, where he has choked the torrent bed with a mass of
shattered rock, thrown down with the profusion and carelessness of nature
herself; and yet every separate block is a study, (and has evidently been
drawn from nature,) chiselled and varied in its parts, as if it were to be the
chief member of a separate subject; yet without ever losing, in a single
instance, its subordinate position, or occasioning, throughout the whole
accumulated multitude, the repetition of a single line.
I consider cases like these, of perfect finish and new conception, applied
and exerted in the drawing of every member of a confused and almost
countlessly-divided system, about the most wonderful, as
§ 27. And of
complicated
well as the most characteristic passages of Turner's
foreground.
foregrounds. It is done not less marvellously, though less
distinctly, in the individual parts of all his broken ground, as
in examples like these of separate blocks. The articulation of such a passage
as the nearest bank, in the picture we have already spoken of at so great
length, the Upper Fall of the Tees, might serve us for a day's study, if we were
Page 412
to go into it part by part; but it is impossible to do this, except with the pencil;
we can only repeat the same general observations, about eternal change and
unbroken unity, and tell you to observe how the eye is kept throughout on
solid and retiring surfaces, instead of being thrown, as by Claude, on flat and
equal edges. You cannot find a single edge in Turner's work; you are
everywhere kept upon round surfaces, and you go back on these you cannot
tell how—never taking a leap, but progressing imperceptibly along the
unbroken bank, till you find yourself a quarter of a mile into the picture,
beside the figure at the bottom of the waterfall.
Finally, the bank of earth on the right of the grand drawing of Penmaen
Mawr, may be taken as the standard of the representation of soft soil
modelled by descending rain; and may serve to show us
§ 28. And of loose
how exquisite in character are the resultant lines, and how
soil.
full of every species of attractive and even sublime quality,
if we only are wise enough not to scorn the study of them. The higher the
mind, it may be taken as a universal rule, the less it will scorn that which
appears to be small or unimportant; and the rank of a painter may always be
determined by observing how he uses, and with what respect he views the
minutiæ of nature. Greatness of mind is not shown by admitting small things,
but by making small things great under its influence. He who can take no
interest in what is small, will take false interest in what is great; he who
cannot make a bank sublime, will make a mountain ridiculous.
It is not until we have made ourselves acquainted with these simple facts
of form, as they are illustrated by the slighter works of Turner, that we can
become at all competent to enjoy the combination of all, in
§ 29. The unison of
such works as the Mercury and Argus, or Bay of Baiæ, in
all in the ideal
foregrounds of the
which the mind is at first bewildered by the abundant
outpouring of the master's knowledge. Often as I have
Academy pictures.
paused before these noble works, I never felt on returning to
them as if I had ever seen them before; for their abundance is so deep and
various that the mind, according to its own temper at the time of seeing,
perceives some new series of truths rendered in them, just as it would on
revisiting a natural scene; and detects new relations and associations of these
truths which set the whole picture in a different light at every return to it. And
this effect is especially caused by the management of the foreground; for the
we can only repeat the same general observations, about eternal change and
unbroken unity, and tell you to observe how the eye is kept throughout on
solid and retiring surfaces, instead of being thrown, as by Claude, on flat and
equal edges. You cannot find a single edge in Turner's work; you are
everywhere kept upon round surfaces, and you go back on these you cannot
tell how—never taking a leap, but progressing imperceptibly along the
unbroken bank, till you find yourself a quarter of a mile into the picture,
beside the figure at the bottom of the waterfall.
Finally, the bank of earth on the right of the grand drawing of Penmaen
Mawr, may be taken as the standard of the representation of soft soil
modelled by descending rain; and may serve to show us
§ 28. And of loose
how exquisite in character are the resultant lines, and how
soil.
full of every species of attractive and even sublime quality,
if we only are wise enough not to scorn the study of them. The higher the
mind, it may be taken as a universal rule, the less it will scorn that which
appears to be small or unimportant; and the rank of a painter may always be
determined by observing how he uses, and with what respect he views the
minutiæ of nature. Greatness of mind is not shown by admitting small things,
but by making small things great under its influence. He who can take no
interest in what is small, will take false interest in what is great; he who
cannot make a bank sublime, will make a mountain ridiculous.
It is not until we have made ourselves acquainted with these simple facts
of form, as they are illustrated by the slighter works of Turner, that we can
become at all competent to enjoy the combination of all, in
§ 29. The unison of
such works as the Mercury and Argus, or Bay of Baiæ, in
all in the ideal
foregrounds of the
which the mind is at first bewildered by the abundant
outpouring of the master's knowledge. Often as I have
Academy pictures.
paused before these noble works, I never felt on returning to
them as if I had ever seen them before; for their abundance is so deep and
various that the mind, according to its own temper at the time of seeing,
perceives some new series of truths rendered in them, just as it would on
revisiting a natural scene; and detects new relations and associations of these
truths which set the whole picture in a different light at every return to it. And
this effect is especially caused by the management of the foreground; for the
Page 413
more marked objects of the picture may be taken one by one, and thus
examined and known; but the foregrounds of Turner are so united in all their
parts that the eye cannot take them by divisions, but is guided from stone to
stone, and bank to bank, discovering truths totally different in aspect,
according to the direction in which it approaches them, and approaching them
in a different direction, and viewing them as a part of a new system, every
time that it begins its course at a new point. One lesson,
§ 30. And the great
lesson to be
however, we are invariably taught by all, however
received from all.
approached or viewed,—that the work of the Great Spirit of
nature is as deep and unapproachable in the lowest as in the
noblest objects,—that the Divine mind is as visible in its full energy of
operation on every lowly bank and mouldering stone, as in the lifting of the
pillars of heaven, and settling the foundation of the earth; and that to the
rightly perceiving mind, there is the same infinity, the same majesty, the same
power, the same unity, and the same perfection, manifest in the casting of the
clay as in the scattering of the cloud, in the mouldering of the dust as in the
kindling of the day-star.
[58] I have cut out a passage in this place which insisted on the angular character of rocks,
—not because it was false, but because it was incomplete, and I cannot explain it nor
complete it without example. It is not the absence of curves, but the suggestion of hardness
through curves, and of the under tendencies of the inward structure, which form the true
characteristics of rock form; and Salvator, whom neither here nor elsewhere I have abused
enough, is not wrong because he paints curved rocks, but because his curves are the curves of
ribbons and not of rocks; and the difference between rock curvature and other curvature I
cannot explain verbally, but I hope to do it hereafter by illustration; and, at present, let the
reader study the rock-drawing of the Mont St. Gothard subject, in the Liber Studiorum, and
compare it with any examples of Salvator to which he may happen to have access. All the
account of rocks here given is altogether inadequate, and I only do not alter it because I first
wish to give longer study to the subject.
[59] A passage which I happened to see in an Essay of Mr. Pyne's, in the Art-Union, about
nature's "foisting rubbish" upon the artist, sufficiently explains the cause of this decline. If
Mr. Pyne will go to nature, as all great men have done, and as all men who mean to be great
must do, that is not merely to be helped, but to be taught by her; and will once or twice take
her gifts, without looking them in the mouth, he will most assuredly find—and I say this in
examined and known; but the foregrounds of Turner are so united in all their
parts that the eye cannot take them by divisions, but is guided from stone to
stone, and bank to bank, discovering truths totally different in aspect,
according to the direction in which it approaches them, and approaching them
in a different direction, and viewing them as a part of a new system, every
time that it begins its course at a new point. One lesson,
§ 30. And the great
lesson to be
however, we are invariably taught by all, however
received from all.
approached or viewed,—that the work of the Great Spirit of
nature is as deep and unapproachable in the lowest as in the
noblest objects,—that the Divine mind is as visible in its full energy of
operation on every lowly bank and mouldering stone, as in the lifting of the
pillars of heaven, and settling the foundation of the earth; and that to the
rightly perceiving mind, there is the same infinity, the same majesty, the same
power, the same unity, and the same perfection, manifest in the casting of the
clay as in the scattering of the cloud, in the mouldering of the dust as in the
kindling of the day-star.
[58] I have cut out a passage in this place which insisted on the angular character of rocks,
—not because it was false, but because it was incomplete, and I cannot explain it nor
complete it without example. It is not the absence of curves, but the suggestion of hardness
through curves, and of the under tendencies of the inward structure, which form the true
characteristics of rock form; and Salvator, whom neither here nor elsewhere I have abused
enough, is not wrong because he paints curved rocks, but because his curves are the curves of
ribbons and not of rocks; and the difference between rock curvature and other curvature I
cannot explain verbally, but I hope to do it hereafter by illustration; and, at present, let the
reader study the rock-drawing of the Mont St. Gothard subject, in the Liber Studiorum, and
compare it with any examples of Salvator to which he may happen to have access. All the
account of rocks here given is altogether inadequate, and I only do not alter it because I first
wish to give longer study to the subject.
[59] A passage which I happened to see in an Essay of Mr. Pyne's, in the Art-Union, about
nature's "foisting rubbish" upon the artist, sufficiently explains the cause of this decline. If
Mr. Pyne will go to nature, as all great men have done, and as all men who mean to be great
must do, that is not merely to be helped, but to be taught by her; and will once or twice take
her gifts, without looking them in the mouth, he will most assuredly find—and I say this in
Page 414
no unkind or depreciatory feeling, for I should say the same of all artists who are in the habit
of only sketching nature, and not studying her—that her worst is better than his best. I am
quite sure that if Mr. Pyne, or any other painter who has hitherto been very careful in his
choice of subject, will go into the next turnpike-road, and taking the first four trees that he
comes to in the hedge, give them a day each, drawing them leaf for leaf, as far as may be, and
even their smallest boughs with as much care as if they were rivers, or an important map of a
newly-surveyed country, he will find, when he has brought them all home, that at least three
out of the four are better than the best he ever invented. Compare Part III. Sect. I. Chap. III. §
12, 13, (the reference in the note ought to be to Chap. XV. § 7.)
[60] In the light between the waterfall and the large dark mass on the extreme right.
SECTION V.
OF TRUTH OF WATER.
CHAPTER I.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY THE ANCIENTS.
Of all inorganic substances, acting in their own proper nature, and without
assistance or combination, water is the most wonderful. If we think of it as
the source of all the changefulness and beauty which we
§ 1. Sketch of the
have seen in clouds; then as the instrument by which the
functions and
infinite agency of
earth we have contemplated was modelled into symmetry,
and its crags chiselled into grace; then as, in the form of
water.
snow, it robes the mountains it has made, with that
transcendent light which we could not have conceived if we had not seen;
then as it exists in the form of the torrent—in the iris which spans it, in the
morning mist which rises from it, in the deep crystalline pools which mirror
its hanging shore, in the broad lake and glancing river; finally, in that which
is to all human minds the best emblem of unwearied, unconquerable power,
the wild, various, fantastic, tameless unity of the sea; what shall we compare
of only sketching nature, and not studying her—that her worst is better than his best. I am
quite sure that if Mr. Pyne, or any other painter who has hitherto been very careful in his
choice of subject, will go into the next turnpike-road, and taking the first four trees that he
comes to in the hedge, give them a day each, drawing them leaf for leaf, as far as may be, and
even their smallest boughs with as much care as if they were rivers, or an important map of a
newly-surveyed country, he will find, when he has brought them all home, that at least three
out of the four are better than the best he ever invented. Compare Part III. Sect. I. Chap. III. §
12, 13, (the reference in the note ought to be to Chap. XV. § 7.)
[60] In the light between the waterfall and the large dark mass on the extreme right.
SECTION V.
OF TRUTH OF WATER.
CHAPTER I.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY THE ANCIENTS.
Of all inorganic substances, acting in their own proper nature, and without
assistance or combination, water is the most wonderful. If we think of it as
the source of all the changefulness and beauty which we
§ 1. Sketch of the
have seen in clouds; then as the instrument by which the
functions and
infinite agency of
earth we have contemplated was modelled into symmetry,
and its crags chiselled into grace; then as, in the form of
water.
snow, it robes the mountains it has made, with that
transcendent light which we could not have conceived if we had not seen;
then as it exists in the form of the torrent—in the iris which spans it, in the
morning mist which rises from it, in the deep crystalline pools which mirror
its hanging shore, in the broad lake and glancing river; finally, in that which
is to all human minds the best emblem of unwearied, unconquerable power,
the wild, various, fantastic, tameless unity of the sea; what shall we compare
Page 415
to this mighty, this universal element for glory and for beauty? or how shall
we follow its eternal changefulness of feeling? It is like trying to paint a soul.
To suggest the ordinary appearance of calm water—to lay on canvas as
much evidence of surface and reflection as may make us understand that
§ 2. The ease with
water is meant—is, perhaps, the easiest task of art; and even
ordinary running or falling water may be sufficiently
which a common
rendered, by observing careful curves of projection with a
representation of it
may be given. The
dark ground, and breaking a little white over it, as we see
done with judgment and truth by Ruysdael. But to paint the
impossibility of a
actual play of hue on the reflective surface, or to give the
faithful one.
forms and fury of water when it begins to show itself—to
give the flashing and rocket-like velocity of a noble cataract, or the precision
and grace of the sea waves, so exquisitely modelled, though so mockingly
transient—so mountainous in its form, yet so cloud-like in its motion—with
its variety and delicacy of color, when every ripple and wreath has some
peculiar passage of reflection upon itself alone, and the radiating and
scintillating sunbeams are mixed with the dim hues of transparent depth and
dark rock below;—to do this perfectly, is beyond the power of man; to do it
even partially, has been granted to but one or two, even of those few who
have dared to attempt it.
As the general laws which govern the appearances of water have equal
effect on all its forms, it would be injudicious to treat the subject in divisions;
for the same forces which govern the waves and foam of the
§ 3. Difficulty of
properly dividing
torrent, are equally influential on those of the sea; and it
will be more convenient to glance generally at the system of
the subject.
water-painting of each school and artist, than to devote
separate chapters to the examination of the lake, river, or sea-painting of all.
We shall, therefore, vary our usual plan, and look first at the water-painting of
the ancients; then at that of the moderns generally; lastly, at that of Turner.
It is necessary in the outset to state briefly one or two of the optical
conditions by which the appearance of the surface of water is affected; to
describe them all would require a separate essay, even if I
§ 4. Inaccuracy of
study of water-
possessed the requisite knowledge, which I do not. The
accidental modifications under which general laws come
we follow its eternal changefulness of feeling? It is like trying to paint a soul.
To suggest the ordinary appearance of calm water—to lay on canvas as
much evidence of surface and reflection as may make us understand that
§ 2. The ease with
water is meant—is, perhaps, the easiest task of art; and even
ordinary running or falling water may be sufficiently
which a common
rendered, by observing careful curves of projection with a
representation of it
may be given. The
dark ground, and breaking a little white over it, as we see
done with judgment and truth by Ruysdael. But to paint the
impossibility of a
actual play of hue on the reflective surface, or to give the
faithful one.
forms and fury of water when it begins to show itself—to
give the flashing and rocket-like velocity of a noble cataract, or the precision
and grace of the sea waves, so exquisitely modelled, though so mockingly
transient—so mountainous in its form, yet so cloud-like in its motion—with
its variety and delicacy of color, when every ripple and wreath has some
peculiar passage of reflection upon itself alone, and the radiating and
scintillating sunbeams are mixed with the dim hues of transparent depth and
dark rock below;—to do this perfectly, is beyond the power of man; to do it
even partially, has been granted to but one or two, even of those few who
have dared to attempt it.
As the general laws which govern the appearances of water have equal
effect on all its forms, it would be injudicious to treat the subject in divisions;
for the same forces which govern the waves and foam of the
§ 3. Difficulty of
properly dividing
torrent, are equally influential on those of the sea; and it
will be more convenient to glance generally at the system of
the subject.
water-painting of each school and artist, than to devote
separate chapters to the examination of the lake, river, or sea-painting of all.
We shall, therefore, vary our usual plan, and look first at the water-painting of
the ancients; then at that of the moderns generally; lastly, at that of Turner.
It is necessary in the outset to state briefly one or two of the optical
conditions by which the appearance of the surface of water is affected; to
describe them all would require a separate essay, even if I
§ 4. Inaccuracy of
study of water-
possessed the requisite knowledge, which I do not. The
accidental modifications under which general laws come
Page 416
effect among all into play are innumerable, and often, in their extreme
painters. complexity, inexplicable, I suppose, even by men of the
most extended optical knowledge. What I shall here state
are a few only of the broadest laws verifiable by the reader's immediate
observation, but of which nevertheless, I have found artists frequently
ignorant; owing to their habit of sketching from nature without thinking or
reasoning, and especially of finishing at home. It is not often, I believe, that
an artist draws the reflections in water as he sees them; over large spaces, and
in weather that is not very calm, it is nearly impossible to do so; when it is
possible, sometimes in haste, and sometimes in idleness, and sometimes
under the idea of improving nature, they are slurred or misrepresented; it is so
easy to give something like a suggestive resemblance of calm water, that,
even when the landscape is finished from nature, the water is merely
indicated as something that may be done at any time, and then, in the home
work, come the cold leaden grays with some, and the violent blues and
greens with others, and the horizontal lines with the feeble, and the bright
touches and sparkles with the dexterous, and everything that is shallow and
commonplace with all. Now, the fact is, that there is hardly a roadside pond
or pool which has not as much landscape in it as above it. It is not the brown,
muddy, dull thing we suppose it to be; it has a heart like ourselves, and in the
bottom of that there are the boughs of the tall trees, and the blades of the
shaking-grass, and all manner of hues, of variable, pleasant light out of the
sky; nay, the ugly gutter, that stagnates over the drain bars, in the heart of the
foul city, is not altogether base; down in that, if you will look deep enough,
you may see the dark, serious blue of far-off sky, and the passing of pure
clouds. It is at your own will that you see in that despised stream, either the
refuse of the street, or the image of the sky—so it is with almost all other
things that we unkindly despise. Now, this farseeing is just the difference
between the great and the vulgar painter; the common man knows the
roadside pool is muddy, and draws its mud; the great painter sees beneath and
behind the brown surface what will take him a day's work to follow, but he
follows it, cost what it will. And if painters would only go out to the nearest
common and take the nearest dirty pond among the furze, and draw that
thoroughly, not considering that it is water that they are drawing, and that
water must be done in a certain way; but drawing determinedly what they
see, that is to say, all the trees, and their shaking leaves, and all the hazy
painters. complexity, inexplicable, I suppose, even by men of the
most extended optical knowledge. What I shall here state
are a few only of the broadest laws verifiable by the reader's immediate
observation, but of which nevertheless, I have found artists frequently
ignorant; owing to their habit of sketching from nature without thinking or
reasoning, and especially of finishing at home. It is not often, I believe, that
an artist draws the reflections in water as he sees them; over large spaces, and
in weather that is not very calm, it is nearly impossible to do so; when it is
possible, sometimes in haste, and sometimes in idleness, and sometimes
under the idea of improving nature, they are slurred or misrepresented; it is so
easy to give something like a suggestive resemblance of calm water, that,
even when the landscape is finished from nature, the water is merely
indicated as something that may be done at any time, and then, in the home
work, come the cold leaden grays with some, and the violent blues and
greens with others, and the horizontal lines with the feeble, and the bright
touches and sparkles with the dexterous, and everything that is shallow and
commonplace with all. Now, the fact is, that there is hardly a roadside pond
or pool which has not as much landscape in it as above it. It is not the brown,
muddy, dull thing we suppose it to be; it has a heart like ourselves, and in the
bottom of that there are the boughs of the tall trees, and the blades of the
shaking-grass, and all manner of hues, of variable, pleasant light out of the
sky; nay, the ugly gutter, that stagnates over the drain bars, in the heart of the
foul city, is not altogether base; down in that, if you will look deep enough,
you may see the dark, serious blue of far-off sky, and the passing of pure
clouds. It is at your own will that you see in that despised stream, either the
refuse of the street, or the image of the sky—so it is with almost all other
things that we unkindly despise. Now, this farseeing is just the difference
between the great and the vulgar painter; the common man knows the
roadside pool is muddy, and draws its mud; the great painter sees beneath and
behind the brown surface what will take him a day's work to follow, but he
follows it, cost what it will. And if painters would only go out to the nearest
common and take the nearest dirty pond among the furze, and draw that
thoroughly, not considering that it is water that they are drawing, and that
water must be done in a certain way; but drawing determinedly what they
see, that is to say, all the trees, and their shaking leaves, and all the hazy
Page 417
passages of disturbing sunshine; and the bottom seen in the clearer little bits
at the edge, and the stones of it, and all the sky, and the clouds far down in
the middle, drawn as completely, and more delicately they must be, than the
real clouds above, they would come home with such a notion of water-
painting as might save me and every one else all trouble of writing more
about the matter; but now they do nothing of the kind, but take the ugly,
round, yellow surface for granted, or else improve it, and, instead of giving
that refined, complex, delicate, but saddened and gloomy reflection in the
polluted water, they clear it up with coarse flashes of yellow, and green, and
blue, and spoil their own eyes, and hurt ours; failing, of course, still more
hopelessly in touching the pure, inimitable light of waves thrown loose; and
so Canaletto is still thought to have painted canals, and Vandevelde and
Backhuysen to have painted sea, and the uninterpreted streams and maligned
sea hiss shame upon us from all their rocky beds and hollow shores.
I approach this part of my subject with more despondency than any other,
and that for several reasons; first, the water painting of all the elder landscape
painters, excepting a few of the better passages of Claude
§ 5. Difficulty of
treating this part
and Ruysdael, is so execrable, so beyond all expression and
of the subject.
explanation bad; Claude's and Ruysdael's best so cold and
valueless, that I do not know how to address those who like
such painting; I do not know what their sensations are respecting sea. I can
perceive nothing in Vandevelde or Backhuysen of the lowest redeeming
merit; no power, no presence of intellect—or evidence of perception—of any
sort or kind; no resemblance—even the feeblest—of anything natural; no
invention—even the most sluggish—of anything agreeable. Had they given
us staring green seas with hatchet edges, such as we see Her Majesty's ships
so-and-so fixed into by the heads or sterns in the first room of the Royal
Academy, the admiration of them would have been comprehensible; there
being a natural predilection in the mind of men for green waves with curling
tops, but not for clay and wool; so that though I can understand, in some sort,
why people admire everything else in old art, why they admire Salvator's
rocks, and Claude's foregrounds, and Hobbima's trees, and Paul Potter's
cattle, and Jan Steen's pans; and while I can perceive in all these likings a
root which seems right and legitimate, and to be appealed to; yet when I find
they can even endure the sight of a Backhuysen on their room walls (I speak
seriously) it makes me hopeless at once. I may be wrong, or they may be
at the edge, and the stones of it, and all the sky, and the clouds far down in
the middle, drawn as completely, and more delicately they must be, than the
real clouds above, they would come home with such a notion of water-
painting as might save me and every one else all trouble of writing more
about the matter; but now they do nothing of the kind, but take the ugly,
round, yellow surface for granted, or else improve it, and, instead of giving
that refined, complex, delicate, but saddened and gloomy reflection in the
polluted water, they clear it up with coarse flashes of yellow, and green, and
blue, and spoil their own eyes, and hurt ours; failing, of course, still more
hopelessly in touching the pure, inimitable light of waves thrown loose; and
so Canaletto is still thought to have painted canals, and Vandevelde and
Backhuysen to have painted sea, and the uninterpreted streams and maligned
sea hiss shame upon us from all their rocky beds and hollow shores.
I approach this part of my subject with more despondency than any other,
and that for several reasons; first, the water painting of all the elder landscape
painters, excepting a few of the better passages of Claude
§ 5. Difficulty of
treating this part
and Ruysdael, is so execrable, so beyond all expression and
of the subject.
explanation bad; Claude's and Ruysdael's best so cold and
valueless, that I do not know how to address those who like
such painting; I do not know what their sensations are respecting sea. I can
perceive nothing in Vandevelde or Backhuysen of the lowest redeeming
merit; no power, no presence of intellect—or evidence of perception—of any
sort or kind; no resemblance—even the feeblest—of anything natural; no
invention—even the most sluggish—of anything agreeable. Had they given
us staring green seas with hatchet edges, such as we see Her Majesty's ships
so-and-so fixed into by the heads or sterns in the first room of the Royal
Academy, the admiration of them would have been comprehensible; there
being a natural predilection in the mind of men for green waves with curling
tops, but not for clay and wool; so that though I can understand, in some sort,
why people admire everything else in old art, why they admire Salvator's
rocks, and Claude's foregrounds, and Hobbima's trees, and Paul Potter's
cattle, and Jan Steen's pans; and while I can perceive in all these likings a
root which seems right and legitimate, and to be appealed to; yet when I find
they can even endure the sight of a Backhuysen on their room walls (I speak
seriously) it makes me hopeless at once. I may be wrong, or they may be
Page 418
wrong, but at least I can conceive of no principle or opinion common
between us, which either can address or understand in the other; and yet I am
wrong in this want of conception, for I know that Turner once liked
Vandevelde, and I can trace the evil influence of Vandevelde on most of his
early sea painting, but Turner certainly could not have liked Vandevelde
without some legitimate cause. Another discouraging point is that I cannot
catch a wave, nor Daguerreotype it, and so there is no coming to pure
demonstration; but the forms and hues of water must always be in some
measure a matter of dispute and feeling, and the more so because there is no
perfect or even tolerably perfect sea painting to refer to: the sea never has
been, and I fancy never will be nor can be painted; it is only suggested by
means of more or less spiritual and intelligent conventionalism; and though
Turner has done enough to suggest the sea mightily and gloriously, after all it
is by conventionalism still, and there remains so much that is unlike nature,
that it is always possible for those who do not feel his power to justify their
dislike, on very sufficient and reasonable grounds; and to maintain
themselves obstinately unreceptant of the good, by insisting on the deficiency
which no mortal hand can supply, and which commonly is most manifest on
the one hand, where most has been achieved on the other.
With calm water the case is different. Facts are ascertainable and
demonstrable there, and by the notice of one or two of the simplest, we may
obtain some notion of the little success and intelligence of the elder painters
in this easier field, and so prove their probable failure in contending with
greater difficulties.
First: Water, of course, owing to its transparency, possesses not a perfectly
reflective surface, like that of speculum metal, but a surface whose reflective
power is dependent on the angle at which the rays to be
§ 6. General laws
which regulate the
reflected fall. The smaller this angle, the greater are the
number of rays reflected. Now, according to the number of
phenomena of
rays reflected is the force of the image of objects above, and
water. First, the
imperfection of its
according to the number of rays transmitted is the
perceptibility of objects below the water. Hence the visible
reflective surface.
transparency and reflective power of water are in inverse
ratio. In looking down into it from above, we receive transmitted rays which
exhibit either the bottom, or the objects floating in the water; or else if the
between us, which either can address or understand in the other; and yet I am
wrong in this want of conception, for I know that Turner once liked
Vandevelde, and I can trace the evil influence of Vandevelde on most of his
early sea painting, but Turner certainly could not have liked Vandevelde
without some legitimate cause. Another discouraging point is that I cannot
catch a wave, nor Daguerreotype it, and so there is no coming to pure
demonstration; but the forms and hues of water must always be in some
measure a matter of dispute and feeling, and the more so because there is no
perfect or even tolerably perfect sea painting to refer to: the sea never has
been, and I fancy never will be nor can be painted; it is only suggested by
means of more or less spiritual and intelligent conventionalism; and though
Turner has done enough to suggest the sea mightily and gloriously, after all it
is by conventionalism still, and there remains so much that is unlike nature,
that it is always possible for those who do not feel his power to justify their
dislike, on very sufficient and reasonable grounds; and to maintain
themselves obstinately unreceptant of the good, by insisting on the deficiency
which no mortal hand can supply, and which commonly is most manifest on
the one hand, where most has been achieved on the other.
With calm water the case is different. Facts are ascertainable and
demonstrable there, and by the notice of one or two of the simplest, we may
obtain some notion of the little success and intelligence of the elder painters
in this easier field, and so prove their probable failure in contending with
greater difficulties.
First: Water, of course, owing to its transparency, possesses not a perfectly
reflective surface, like that of speculum metal, but a surface whose reflective
power is dependent on the angle at which the rays to be
§ 6. General laws
which regulate the
reflected fall. The smaller this angle, the greater are the
number of rays reflected. Now, according to the number of
phenomena of
rays reflected is the force of the image of objects above, and
water. First, the
imperfection of its
according to the number of rays transmitted is the
perceptibility of objects below the water. Hence the visible
reflective surface.
transparency and reflective power of water are in inverse
ratio. In looking down into it from above, we receive transmitted rays which
exhibit either the bottom, or the objects floating in the water; or else if the
Page 419
water be deep and clear, we receive very few rays, and the water looks black.
In looking along water we receive reflected rays, and therefore the image of
objects above it. Hence, in shallow water on a level shore the bottom is seen
at our feet, clearly; it becomes more and more obscure as it retires, even
though the water do not increase in depth, and at a distance of twelve or
twenty yards—more or less according to our height above the water—
becomes entirely invisible, lost in the lustre of the reflected surface.
Second: The brighter the objects reflected, the larger the angle at which
reflection is visible; it is always to be remembered that, strictly speaking,
only light objects are reflected, and that the darker ones are
§ 7. The inherent
seen only in proportion to the number of rays of light that
hue of water
modifies dark
they can send; so that a dark object comparatively loses its
power to affect the surface of water, and the water in the
reflections, and
space of a dark reflection is seen partially with the image of
does not affect
bright ones.
the object, and partially transparent. It will be found on
observation that under a bank—suppose with dark trees
above showing spaces of bright sky, the bright sky is reflected distinctly, and
the bottom of the water is in those spaces not seen; but in the dark spaces of
reflection we see the bottom of the water, and the color of that bottom and of
the water itself mingles with and modifies that of the color of the trees
casting the dark reflection.
This is one of the most beautiful circumstances connected with water
surface, for by these means a variety of color and a grace and evanescence
are introduced in the reflection otherwise impossible. Of course at great
distances even the darkest objects cast distinct images, and the hue of the
water cannot be seen, but in near water the occurrence of its own color
modifying the dark reflections, while it leaves light ones unaffected, is of
infinite value.
Take, by way of example, an extract from my own diary at Venice.
"May 17th, 4 p.m. Looking east the water is calm, and reflects the sky and
vessels, with this peculiarity; the sky, which is pale blue, is in its reflection of
the same kind of blue, only a little deeper; but the vessels' hulls, which are
black, are reflected in pale sea green, i.e., the natural color of the water under
sunlight; while the orange masts of the vessels, wet with a recent shower, are
In looking along water we receive reflected rays, and therefore the image of
objects above it. Hence, in shallow water on a level shore the bottom is seen
at our feet, clearly; it becomes more and more obscure as it retires, even
though the water do not increase in depth, and at a distance of twelve or
twenty yards—more or less according to our height above the water—
becomes entirely invisible, lost in the lustre of the reflected surface.
Second: The brighter the objects reflected, the larger the angle at which
reflection is visible; it is always to be remembered that, strictly speaking,
only light objects are reflected, and that the darker ones are
§ 7. The inherent
seen only in proportion to the number of rays of light that
hue of water
modifies dark
they can send; so that a dark object comparatively loses its
power to affect the surface of water, and the water in the
reflections, and
space of a dark reflection is seen partially with the image of
does not affect
bright ones.
the object, and partially transparent. It will be found on
observation that under a bank—suppose with dark trees
above showing spaces of bright sky, the bright sky is reflected distinctly, and
the bottom of the water is in those spaces not seen; but in the dark spaces of
reflection we see the bottom of the water, and the color of that bottom and of
the water itself mingles with and modifies that of the color of the trees
casting the dark reflection.
This is one of the most beautiful circumstances connected with water
surface, for by these means a variety of color and a grace and evanescence
are introduced in the reflection otherwise impossible. Of course at great
distances even the darkest objects cast distinct images, and the hue of the
water cannot be seen, but in near water the occurrence of its own color
modifying the dark reflections, while it leaves light ones unaffected, is of
infinite value.
Take, by way of example, an extract from my own diary at Venice.
"May 17th, 4 p.m. Looking east the water is calm, and reflects the sky and
vessels, with this peculiarity; the sky, which is pale blue, is in its reflection of
the same kind of blue, only a little deeper; but the vessels' hulls, which are
black, are reflected in pale sea green, i.e., the natural color of the water under
sunlight; while the orange masts of the vessels, wet with a recent shower, are
Page 420
reflected without change of color, only not quite so bright as above. One ship
has a white, another a red stripe," (I ought to have said horizontal along the
gunwales,) 'of these the water takes no notice.'
"What is curious, a boat passes across with white and dark figures, the
water reflects the dark ones in green, and misses out all the white; this is
chiefly owing to the dark images being opposed to the bright reflected sky."
I have left the passage about the white and red stripe, because it will be
useful to us presently; all that I wish to insist upon here is the showing of the
local color (pea green) of the water in the spaces which were occupied by
dark reflections, and the unaltered color of the bright ones.
Third: Clear water takes no shadow, and that for two reasons; A perfect
surface of speculum metal takes no shadow, (this the reader
§ 8. Water takes no
may instantly demonstrate for himself,) and a perfectly
shadow.
transparent body as air takes no shadow; hence water,
whether transparent or reflective, takes no shadow.
But shadows, or the forms of them, appear on water frequently and
sharply: it is necessary carefully to explain the causes of these, as they are
one of the most eminent sources of error in water painting.
First: Water in shade is much more reflective than water in sunlight. Under
sunlight the local color of the water is commonly vigorous and active, and
forcibly affects, as we have seen, all the dark reflections, commonly
diminishing their depth. Under shade, the reflective power is in a high degree
increased,[61] and it will be found most frequently that the forms of shadows
are expressed on the surface of water, not by actual shade, but by more
genuine reflection of objects above. This is another most important and
valuable circumstance, and we owe to it some phenomena of the highest
beauty.
A very muddy river, as the Arno for instance at Florence, is seen during
sunshine of its own yellow color, rendering all reflections discolored and
feeble. At twilight it recovers its reflective power to the fullest extent, and the
mountains of Carrara are seen reflected in it as clearly as if it were a
crystalline lake. The Mediterranean, whose determined blue yields to hardly
has a white, another a red stripe," (I ought to have said horizontal along the
gunwales,) 'of these the water takes no notice.'
"What is curious, a boat passes across with white and dark figures, the
water reflects the dark ones in green, and misses out all the white; this is
chiefly owing to the dark images being opposed to the bright reflected sky."
I have left the passage about the white and red stripe, because it will be
useful to us presently; all that I wish to insist upon here is the showing of the
local color (pea green) of the water in the spaces which were occupied by
dark reflections, and the unaltered color of the bright ones.
Third: Clear water takes no shadow, and that for two reasons; A perfect
surface of speculum metal takes no shadow, (this the reader
§ 8. Water takes no
may instantly demonstrate for himself,) and a perfectly
shadow.
transparent body as air takes no shadow; hence water,
whether transparent or reflective, takes no shadow.
But shadows, or the forms of them, appear on water frequently and
sharply: it is necessary carefully to explain the causes of these, as they are
one of the most eminent sources of error in water painting.
First: Water in shade is much more reflective than water in sunlight. Under
sunlight the local color of the water is commonly vigorous and active, and
forcibly affects, as we have seen, all the dark reflections, commonly
diminishing their depth. Under shade, the reflective power is in a high degree
increased,[61] and it will be found most frequently that the forms of shadows
are expressed on the surface of water, not by actual shade, but by more
genuine reflection of objects above. This is another most important and
valuable circumstance, and we owe to it some phenomena of the highest
beauty.
A very muddy river, as the Arno for instance at Florence, is seen during
sunshine of its own yellow color, rendering all reflections discolored and
feeble. At twilight it recovers its reflective power to the fullest extent, and the
mountains of Carrara are seen reflected in it as clearly as if it were a
crystalline lake. The Mediterranean, whose determined blue yields to hardly
Page 421
any modifying color in daytime, receives at evening the image of its rocky
shores. On our own seas, seeming shadows are seen constantly cast in purple
and blue, upon pale green. These are no shadows, but the pure reflection of
dark or blue sky above, seen in the shadowed space, refused by the local
color of the sea in the sunlighted spaces, and turned more or less purple by
the opposition of the vivid green.
We have seen, however, above, that the local color of water, while it
comparatively refuses dark reflections, accepts bright ones without deadening
§ 9. Modification
them. Hence when a shadow is thrown across a space of
water of strong local color, receiving, alternately, light and
of dark reflections
dark reflections, it has no power of increasing the
by shadow.
reflectiveness of the water in the bright spaces, still less of
diminishing it; hence, on all the dark reflections it is seen more or less
distinctly, on all the light ones it vanishes altogether.
Let us take an instance of the exquisite complexity of effect induced by
these various circumstances in co-operation.
Suppose a space of clear water showing the bottom under a group of trees,
showing sky through their branches, casting shadows on the surface of the
water, which we will suppose also to possess some color of its own. Close to
us, we shall see the bottom, with the shadows of the trees clearly thrown
upon it, and the color of the water seen in its genuineness by transmitted
light. Farther off, the bottom will be gradually lost sight of, but it will be seen
in the dark reflections much farther than in the light ones. At last it ceases to
affect even the former, and the pure surface effect takes place. The blue
bright sky is reflected truly, but the dark trees are reflected imperfectly, and
the color of the water is seen instead. Where the shadow falls on these dark
reflections a darkness is seen plainly, which is found to be composed of the
pure clear reflection of the dark trees; when it crosses the reflection of the
sky, the shadow of course, being thus fictitious, vanishes.
Farther, of course on whatever dust and other foulness may be present in
water, real shadow falls clear and dark in proportion to the quantity of solid
substance present. On very muddy rivers, real shadow falls in sunlight nearly
as sharply as on land; on our own sea, the apparent shadow caused by
shores. On our own seas, seeming shadows are seen constantly cast in purple
and blue, upon pale green. These are no shadows, but the pure reflection of
dark or blue sky above, seen in the shadowed space, refused by the local
color of the sea in the sunlighted spaces, and turned more or less purple by
the opposition of the vivid green.
We have seen, however, above, that the local color of water, while it
comparatively refuses dark reflections, accepts bright ones without deadening
§ 9. Modification
them. Hence when a shadow is thrown across a space of
water of strong local color, receiving, alternately, light and
of dark reflections
dark reflections, it has no power of increasing the
by shadow.
reflectiveness of the water in the bright spaces, still less of
diminishing it; hence, on all the dark reflections it is seen more or less
distinctly, on all the light ones it vanishes altogether.
Let us take an instance of the exquisite complexity of effect induced by
these various circumstances in co-operation.
Suppose a space of clear water showing the bottom under a group of trees,
showing sky through their branches, casting shadows on the surface of the
water, which we will suppose also to possess some color of its own. Close to
us, we shall see the bottom, with the shadows of the trees clearly thrown
upon it, and the color of the water seen in its genuineness by transmitted
light. Farther off, the bottom will be gradually lost sight of, but it will be seen
in the dark reflections much farther than in the light ones. At last it ceases to
affect even the former, and the pure surface effect takes place. The blue
bright sky is reflected truly, but the dark trees are reflected imperfectly, and
the color of the water is seen instead. Where the shadow falls on these dark
reflections a darkness is seen plainly, which is found to be composed of the
pure clear reflection of the dark trees; when it crosses the reflection of the
sky, the shadow of course, being thus fictitious, vanishes.
Farther, of course on whatever dust and other foulness may be present in
water, real shadow falls clear and dark in proportion to the quantity of solid
substance present. On very muddy rivers, real shadow falls in sunlight nearly
as sharply as on land; on our own sea, the apparent shadow caused by
Page 422
increased reflection, is much increased in depth by the chalkiness and
impurity of the water.
Farther, when surface is rippled, every ripple, up to a certain variable
distance on each side of the spectator, and at a certain angle between him and
the sun, varying with the size and shape of the ripples, reflects to him a small
image of the sun. Hence those dazzling fields of expanding light so often
seen upon the sea.
Any object that comes between the sun and these ripples, takes from them
the power of reflecting the sun, and in consequence, all their light; hence any
intervening objects cast apparent shadows upon such spaces of intense force,
and of the exact shape, and in the exact place of real shadows, and yet which
are no more real shadows than the withdrawal of an image of a piece of white
paper from a mirror is a shadow on the mirror. Farther, in all shallow water,
more or less in proportion to its shallowness, but in some measure, I suppose,
up to depths of forty or fifty fathoms, and perhaps more, the local color of the
water depends in great measure on light reflected from the bottom. This,
however, is especially manifest in clear rivers like the Rhone, where the
absence of the light reflected from below forms an apparent shadow, often
visibly detached some distance from the floating object which casts it.
The following extract from my own diary at Geneva,
§ 10. Examples on
the water of the
with the subsequent one, which is a continuation of that
already given in part at Venice, will illustrate both this and
Rhone.
the other points we have been stating.
"Geneva, 21st April, Morning.
"The sunlight falls from the cypresses of Rousseau's island straight
towards the bridge. The shadows of the bridge and of the trees fall on the
water in leaden purple, opposed to its general hue of aquamarine green. This
green color is caused by the light being reflected from the bottom, though the
bottom is not seen; as is evident by its becoming paler towards the middle of
the river, where the water shoals, on which pale part the purple shadow of the
small bridge falls most forcibly, which shadow, however, is still only
apparent, being the absence of this reflected light, associated with the
increased reflective power of the water, which in those spaces reflects blue
impurity of the water.
Farther, when surface is rippled, every ripple, up to a certain variable
distance on each side of the spectator, and at a certain angle between him and
the sun, varying with the size and shape of the ripples, reflects to him a small
image of the sun. Hence those dazzling fields of expanding light so often
seen upon the sea.
Any object that comes between the sun and these ripples, takes from them
the power of reflecting the sun, and in consequence, all their light; hence any
intervening objects cast apparent shadows upon such spaces of intense force,
and of the exact shape, and in the exact place of real shadows, and yet which
are no more real shadows than the withdrawal of an image of a piece of white
paper from a mirror is a shadow on the mirror. Farther, in all shallow water,
more or less in proportion to its shallowness, but in some measure, I suppose,
up to depths of forty or fifty fathoms, and perhaps more, the local color of the
water depends in great measure on light reflected from the bottom. This,
however, is especially manifest in clear rivers like the Rhone, where the
absence of the light reflected from below forms an apparent shadow, often
visibly detached some distance from the floating object which casts it.
The following extract from my own diary at Geneva,
§ 10. Examples on
the water of the
with the subsequent one, which is a continuation of that
already given in part at Venice, will illustrate both this and
Rhone.
the other points we have been stating.
"Geneva, 21st April, Morning.
"The sunlight falls from the cypresses of Rousseau's island straight
towards the bridge. The shadows of the bridge and of the trees fall on the
water in leaden purple, opposed to its general hue of aquamarine green. This
green color is caused by the light being reflected from the bottom, though the
bottom is not seen; as is evident by its becoming paler towards the middle of
the river, where the water shoals, on which pale part the purple shadow of the
small bridge falls most forcibly, which shadow, however, is still only
apparent, being the absence of this reflected light, associated with the
increased reflective power of the water, which in those spaces reflects blue
Page 423
sky above. A boat swings in the shoal water; its reflection is cast in a
transparent pea-green, which is considerably darker than the pale aquamarine
of the surface at the spot. Its shadow is detached from it just about half the
depth of the reflection; which, therefore, forms a bright green light between
the keel of the boat and its shadow; where the shadow cuts the reflection, the
reflection is darkest and something like the true color of the boat; where the
shadow falls out of the reflection, it is of a leaden purple, pale. The boat is at
an angle of about 20° below. Another boat nearer, in deeper water, shows no
shadow, whatsoever, and the reflection is marked by its transparent green,
while the surrounding water takes a lightish blue reflection from the sky."
The above notes, after what has been said, require no comment; but one
more case must be stated belonging to rough water. Every large wave of the
sea is in ordinary circumstances divided into, or rather covered by,
innumerable smaller waves, each of which, in all probability, from some of
its edges or surfaces reflects the sunbeams; and hence result a glitter, polish,
and vigorous light over the whole flank of the wave, which are, of course,
instantly withdrawn within the space of a cast shadow, whose form, therefore,
though it does not affect the great body or ground of the water in the least, is
sufficiently traceable by the withdrawal of the high lights; also every string
and wreath of foam above or within the wave takes real shadow, and thus
adds to the impression.
I have not stated one-half of the circumstances which produce or influence
effects of shadow on water; but lest I should confuse or weary the reader, I
leave him to pursue the subject for himself; enough having been stated to
establish this general principle, that whenever shadow is seen on clear water,
and, in a measure, even on foul water, it is not, as on land, a dark shade
subduing where it falls the sunny general hue to a lower tone; but it is a space
of an entirely different color, subject itself, by its susceptibility of reflection,
to infinite varieties of depth and hue, and liable, under certain circumstances,
to disappear altogether; and that, therefore, whenever we have to paint such
shadows, it is not only the hue of the water itself that we have to consider, but
all the circumstances by which in the position attributed to them such shaded
spaces could be affected.
transparent pea-green, which is considerably darker than the pale aquamarine
of the surface at the spot. Its shadow is detached from it just about half the
depth of the reflection; which, therefore, forms a bright green light between
the keel of the boat and its shadow; where the shadow cuts the reflection, the
reflection is darkest and something like the true color of the boat; where the
shadow falls out of the reflection, it is of a leaden purple, pale. The boat is at
an angle of about 20° below. Another boat nearer, in deeper water, shows no
shadow, whatsoever, and the reflection is marked by its transparent green,
while the surrounding water takes a lightish blue reflection from the sky."
The above notes, after what has been said, require no comment; but one
more case must be stated belonging to rough water. Every large wave of the
sea is in ordinary circumstances divided into, or rather covered by,
innumerable smaller waves, each of which, in all probability, from some of
its edges or surfaces reflects the sunbeams; and hence result a glitter, polish,
and vigorous light over the whole flank of the wave, which are, of course,
instantly withdrawn within the space of a cast shadow, whose form, therefore,
though it does not affect the great body or ground of the water in the least, is
sufficiently traceable by the withdrawal of the high lights; also every string
and wreath of foam above or within the wave takes real shadow, and thus
adds to the impression.
I have not stated one-half of the circumstances which produce or influence
effects of shadow on water; but lest I should confuse or weary the reader, I
leave him to pursue the subject for himself; enough having been stated to
establish this general principle, that whenever shadow is seen on clear water,
and, in a measure, even on foul water, it is not, as on land, a dark shade
subduing where it falls the sunny general hue to a lower tone; but it is a space
of an entirely different color, subject itself, by its susceptibility of reflection,
to infinite varieties of depth and hue, and liable, under certain circumstances,
to disappear altogether; and that, therefore, whenever we have to paint such
shadows, it is not only the hue of the water itself that we have to consider, but
all the circumstances by which in the position attributed to them such shaded
spaces could be affected.
Page 424
Fourth: If water be rippled, the side of every ripple next to us reflects a
piece of the sky, and the side of every ripple farthest from
§ 11. Effect of
ripple on distant
us reflects a piece of the opposite shore, or of whatever
objects may be beyond the ripple. But as we soon lose sight
water.
of the farther sides of the ripples on the retiring surface, the
whole rippled space will then be reflective of the sky only. Thus, where calm
distant water receives reflections of high shores, every extent of rippled
surface appears as a bright line interrupting that reflection with the color of
the sky.
Fifth: When a ripple or swell is seen at such an angle as to afford a view of
its farther side, it carries the reflection of objects farther down than calm
water would. Therefore all motion in water elongates
§ 12. Elongation of
reflections, and throws them into confused vertical lines.
reflections by
moving water.
The real amount of this elongation is not distinctly visible,
except in the case of very bright objects, and especially of
lights, as of the sun, moon, or lamps by a river shore, whose reflections are
hardly ever seen as circles or points, which of course they are on perfectly
calm water, but as long streams of tremulous light.
But it is strange that while we are constantly in the habit of seeing the
reflection of the sun, which ought to be a mere circle, elongated into a stream
of light extending from the horizon to the shore, the elongation of the
reflection of a sail or other object to one-half of this extent is received, if
represented in a picture, with incredulity by the greater number of spectators.
In one of Turner's Venices the image of the white lateen-sails of the principal
boat is about twice as long as the sails themselves. I have heard the truth of
this simple effect disputed over and over again by intelligent persons, and yet
on any water so exposed as the lagoons of Venice, the periods are few and
short when there is so little motion as that the reflection of sails a mile off
shall not affect the swell within six feet of the spectator.
There is, however, a strange arbitrariness about this elongation of
reflection, which prevents it from being truly felt. If we see on an extent of
lightly swelling water surface the image of a bank of white clouds, with
masses of higher accumulation at intervals, the water will not usually reflect
the whole bank in an elongated form, but it will commonly take the eminent
piece of the sky, and the side of every ripple farthest from
§ 11. Effect of
ripple on distant
us reflects a piece of the opposite shore, or of whatever
objects may be beyond the ripple. But as we soon lose sight
water.
of the farther sides of the ripples on the retiring surface, the
whole rippled space will then be reflective of the sky only. Thus, where calm
distant water receives reflections of high shores, every extent of rippled
surface appears as a bright line interrupting that reflection with the color of
the sky.
Fifth: When a ripple or swell is seen at such an angle as to afford a view of
its farther side, it carries the reflection of objects farther down than calm
water would. Therefore all motion in water elongates
§ 12. Elongation of
reflections, and throws them into confused vertical lines.
reflections by
moving water.
The real amount of this elongation is not distinctly visible,
except in the case of very bright objects, and especially of
lights, as of the sun, moon, or lamps by a river shore, whose reflections are
hardly ever seen as circles or points, which of course they are on perfectly
calm water, but as long streams of tremulous light.
But it is strange that while we are constantly in the habit of seeing the
reflection of the sun, which ought to be a mere circle, elongated into a stream
of light extending from the horizon to the shore, the elongation of the
reflection of a sail or other object to one-half of this extent is received, if
represented in a picture, with incredulity by the greater number of spectators.
In one of Turner's Venices the image of the white lateen-sails of the principal
boat is about twice as long as the sails themselves. I have heard the truth of
this simple effect disputed over and over again by intelligent persons, and yet
on any water so exposed as the lagoons of Venice, the periods are few and
short when there is so little motion as that the reflection of sails a mile off
shall not affect the swell within six feet of the spectator.
There is, however, a strange arbitrariness about this elongation of
reflection, which prevents it from being truly felt. If we see on an extent of
lightly swelling water surface the image of a bank of white clouds, with
masses of higher accumulation at intervals, the water will not usually reflect
the whole bank in an elongated form, but it will commonly take the eminent
Page 425
parts, and reflect them in long straight columns of defined breadth, and miss
the intermediate lower parts altogether; and even in doing this it will be
capricious, for it will take one eminence, and miss another, with no apparent
reason; and often when the sky is covered with white clouds, some of those
clouds will cast long tower-like reflections, and others none, so arbitrarily
that the spectator is often puzzled to find out which are the accepted and
which the refused.
In many cases of this kind it will be found rather that the eye is, from want
of use and care, insensible to the reflection than that the reflection is not
there; and a little thought and careful observation will show us that what we
commonly suppose to be a surface of uniform color is, indeed, affected more
or less by an infinite variety of hues, prolonged, like the sun image, from a
great distance, and that our apprehension of its lustre, purity, and even of its
surface, is in no small degree dependent on our feeling of these multitudinous
hues, which the continual motion of that surface prevents us from analyzing
or understanding for what they are.
Sixth: Rippled water, of which we can see the farther side of the waves,
will reflect a perpendicular line clearly, a bit of its length
§ 13. Effect of
being given on the side of each wave, and easily joined by
rippled water on
horizontal and
the eye. But if the line slope, its reflection will be
inclined images.
excessively confused and disjointed; and if horizontal,
nearly invisible. It was this circumstance which prevented
the red and white stripe of the ships at Venice, noticed above, from being
visible.
Seventh: Every reflection is the image in reverse of just so much of the
§ 14. To what
objects beside the water, as we could see if we were placed
extent reflection is
as much under the level of the water as we are actually
above it. If an object be so far back from the bank, that if
visible from above.
we were five feet under the water level we could not see it
over the bank, then, standing five feet above the water, we shall not be able to
see its image under the reflected bank. Hence the reflection of all objects that
have any slope back from the water is shortened, and at last disappears as we
rise above it. Lakes seen from a great height appear like plates of metal set in
the landscape, reflecting the sky but none of their shores.
the intermediate lower parts altogether; and even in doing this it will be
capricious, for it will take one eminence, and miss another, with no apparent
reason; and often when the sky is covered with white clouds, some of those
clouds will cast long tower-like reflections, and others none, so arbitrarily
that the spectator is often puzzled to find out which are the accepted and
which the refused.
In many cases of this kind it will be found rather that the eye is, from want
of use and care, insensible to the reflection than that the reflection is not
there; and a little thought and careful observation will show us that what we
commonly suppose to be a surface of uniform color is, indeed, affected more
or less by an infinite variety of hues, prolonged, like the sun image, from a
great distance, and that our apprehension of its lustre, purity, and even of its
surface, is in no small degree dependent on our feeling of these multitudinous
hues, which the continual motion of that surface prevents us from analyzing
or understanding for what they are.
Sixth: Rippled water, of which we can see the farther side of the waves,
will reflect a perpendicular line clearly, a bit of its length
§ 13. Effect of
being given on the side of each wave, and easily joined by
rippled water on
horizontal and
the eye. But if the line slope, its reflection will be
inclined images.
excessively confused and disjointed; and if horizontal,
nearly invisible. It was this circumstance which prevented
the red and white stripe of the ships at Venice, noticed above, from being
visible.
Seventh: Every reflection is the image in reverse of just so much of the
§ 14. To what
objects beside the water, as we could see if we were placed
extent reflection is
as much under the level of the water as we are actually
above it. If an object be so far back from the bank, that if
visible from above.
we were five feet under the water level we could not see it
over the bank, then, standing five feet above the water, we shall not be able to
see its image under the reflected bank. Hence the reflection of all objects that
have any slope back from the water is shortened, and at last disappears as we
rise above it. Lakes seen from a great height appear like plates of metal set in
the landscape, reflecting the sky but none of their shores.
Page 426
Eighth: Any given point of the object above the water is reflected, if
§ 15. Deflection of
reflected at all, at some spot in a vertical line beneath it, so
long as the plane of the water is horizontal. On rippled
images on agitated
water a slight deflection sometimes takes place, and the
water.
image of a vertical tower will slope a little away from the
wind, owing to the casting of the image on the sloping sides of the ripples.
On the sloping sides of large waves the deflection is in proportion to the
slope. For rough practice, after the slope of the wave is determined, let the
artist turn his paper until it becomes horizontal, and then paint the reflections
of any object upon it as on level water, and he will be right.
Such are the most common and general optical laws which are to be taken
into consideration in the painting of water. Yet, in the application of them, as
tests of good or bad water painting, we must be cautious in
§ 16. Necessity of
watchfulness as
the extreme. An artist may know all these laws, and comply
well as of science.
with them, and yet paint water execrably; and he may be
ignorant of every one of them, and, in their turn, and in
Licenses, how
certain places, violate every one of them, and yet paint
taken by great
water gloriously. Thousands of exquisite effects take place
in nature, utterly inexplicable, and which can be believed
men.
only while they are seen; the combinations and applications
of the above laws are so varied and complicated that no knowledge or labor
could, if applied analytically, keep pace with them. Constant and eager
watchfulness, and portfolios filled with actual statements of water-effect,
drawn on the spot and on the instant, are worth more to the painter than the
most extended optical knowledge; without these all his knowledge will end in
a pedantic falsehood. With these it does not matter how gross or how daring
here and there may be his violations of this or that law; his very
transgressions will be admirable.
It may be said, that this is a dangerous principle to advance in these days of
idleness. I cannot help it; it is true, and must be affirmed. Of all contemptible
criticism, the most to be contemned is that which punishes great works of art
when they fight without armor, and refuses to feel or acknowledge the great
spiritual refracted sun of their truth, because it has risen at a false angle, and
burst upon them before its appointed time. And yet, on the other hand, let it
be observed that it is not feeling, nor fancy, nor imagination, so called, that I
§ 15. Deflection of
reflected at all, at some spot in a vertical line beneath it, so
long as the plane of the water is horizontal. On rippled
images on agitated
water a slight deflection sometimes takes place, and the
water.
image of a vertical tower will slope a little away from the
wind, owing to the casting of the image on the sloping sides of the ripples.
On the sloping sides of large waves the deflection is in proportion to the
slope. For rough practice, after the slope of the wave is determined, let the
artist turn his paper until it becomes horizontal, and then paint the reflections
of any object upon it as on level water, and he will be right.
Such are the most common and general optical laws which are to be taken
into consideration in the painting of water. Yet, in the application of them, as
tests of good or bad water painting, we must be cautious in
§ 16. Necessity of
watchfulness as
the extreme. An artist may know all these laws, and comply
well as of science.
with them, and yet paint water execrably; and he may be
ignorant of every one of them, and, in their turn, and in
Licenses, how
certain places, violate every one of them, and yet paint
taken by great
water gloriously. Thousands of exquisite effects take place
in nature, utterly inexplicable, and which can be believed
men.
only while they are seen; the combinations and applications
of the above laws are so varied and complicated that no knowledge or labor
could, if applied analytically, keep pace with them. Constant and eager
watchfulness, and portfolios filled with actual statements of water-effect,
drawn on the spot and on the instant, are worth more to the painter than the
most extended optical knowledge; without these all his knowledge will end in
a pedantic falsehood. With these it does not matter how gross or how daring
here and there may be his violations of this or that law; his very
transgressions will be admirable.
It may be said, that this is a dangerous principle to advance in these days of
idleness. I cannot help it; it is true, and must be affirmed. Of all contemptible
criticism, the most to be contemned is that which punishes great works of art
when they fight without armor, and refuses to feel or acknowledge the great
spiritual refracted sun of their truth, because it has risen at a false angle, and
burst upon them before its appointed time. And yet, on the other hand, let it
be observed that it is not feeling, nor fancy, nor imagination, so called, that I
Page 427
have put before science, but watchfulness, experience, affection and trust in
nature; and farther let it be observed, that there is a difference between the
license taken by one man and another, which makes one license admirable,
and the other punishable; and that this difference is of a kind sufficiently
discernible by every earnest person, though it is not so explicable as that we
can beforehand say where and when, or even to whom, the license is to be
forgiven. In the Paradise of Tintoret, in the Academy of Venice, the Angel is
seen in the distance driving Adam and Eve out of the garden. Not, for
Tintoret, the leading to the gate with consolation or counsel; his strange ardor
of conception is seen here as everywhere. Full speed they fly, the angel and
the human creatures; the angel wrapt in an orb of light floats on, stooped
forward in his fierce flight, and does not touch the ground; the chastised
creatures rush before him in abandoned terror. All this might have been
invented by another, though in other hands it would assuredly have been
offensive; but one circumstance which completes the story could have been
thought of or dared by none but Tintoret. The Angel casts a shadow before
him towards Adam and Eve.
Now that a globe of light should cast a shadow is a license, as far as mere
optical matters are concerned, of the most audacious kind. But how beautiful
is the circumstance in its application here, showing that the angel, who is
light to all else around him, is darkness to those whom he is commissioned to
banish forever.
I have before noticed the license of Rubens in making his horizon an
oblique line. His object is to carry the eye to a given point in the distance.
The road winds to it, the clouds fly at it, the trees nod to it, a flock of sheep
scamper towards it, a carter points his whip at it, his horses pull for it, the
figures push for it, and the horizon slopes to it. If the horizon had been
horizontal, it would have embarrassed everything and everybody.
In Turner's Pas de Calais there is a buoy poised on the ridge of a near
wave. It casts its reflection vertically down the flank of the wave, which
slopes steeply. I cannot tell whether this is a license or a mistake; I suspect
the latter, for the same thing occurs not unfrequently in Turner's seas; but I
am almost certain that it would have been done wilfully in this case, even had
the mistake been pointed out, for the vertical line is necessary to the picture,
nature; and farther let it be observed, that there is a difference between the
license taken by one man and another, which makes one license admirable,
and the other punishable; and that this difference is of a kind sufficiently
discernible by every earnest person, though it is not so explicable as that we
can beforehand say where and when, or even to whom, the license is to be
forgiven. In the Paradise of Tintoret, in the Academy of Venice, the Angel is
seen in the distance driving Adam and Eve out of the garden. Not, for
Tintoret, the leading to the gate with consolation or counsel; his strange ardor
of conception is seen here as everywhere. Full speed they fly, the angel and
the human creatures; the angel wrapt in an orb of light floats on, stooped
forward in his fierce flight, and does not touch the ground; the chastised
creatures rush before him in abandoned terror. All this might have been
invented by another, though in other hands it would assuredly have been
offensive; but one circumstance which completes the story could have been
thought of or dared by none but Tintoret. The Angel casts a shadow before
him towards Adam and Eve.
Now that a globe of light should cast a shadow is a license, as far as mere
optical matters are concerned, of the most audacious kind. But how beautiful
is the circumstance in its application here, showing that the angel, who is
light to all else around him, is darkness to those whom he is commissioned to
banish forever.
I have before noticed the license of Rubens in making his horizon an
oblique line. His object is to carry the eye to a given point in the distance.
The road winds to it, the clouds fly at it, the trees nod to it, a flock of sheep
scamper towards it, a carter points his whip at it, his horses pull for it, the
figures push for it, and the horizon slopes to it. If the horizon had been
horizontal, it would have embarrassed everything and everybody.
In Turner's Pas de Calais there is a buoy poised on the ridge of a near
wave. It casts its reflection vertically down the flank of the wave, which
slopes steeply. I cannot tell whether this is a license or a mistake; I suspect
the latter, for the same thing occurs not unfrequently in Turner's seas; but I
am almost certain that it would have been done wilfully in this case, even had
the mistake been pointed out, for the vertical line is necessary to the picture,
Page 428
and the eye is so little accustomed to catch the real bearing of the reflections
on the slopes of waves that it does not feel the fault.
In one of the smaller rooms of the Uffizii at Florence, off the Tribune, there
are two so-called Claudes; one a pretty wooded landscape, I think a copy, the
§ 17. Various
other a marine with architecture, very sweet and genuine.
The sun is setting at the side of the picture, it casts a long
licenses or errors
stream of light upon the water. This stream of light is
in water painting
of Claude, Cuyp,
oblique, and comes from the horizon, where it is under the
Vandevelde.
sun, to a point near the centre of the picture. If this had been
done as a license, it would be an instance of most absurd
and unjustifiable license, as the fault is detected by the eye in a moment, and
there is no occasion nor excuse for it. But I imagine it to be an instance rather
of the harm of imperfect science. Taking his impression instinctively from
nature, Claude usually did what is right and put his reflection vertically under
the sun; probably, however, he had read in some treatise on optics that every
point in this reflection was in a vertical plane between the sun and spectator;
or he might have noticed walking on the shore that the reflection came
straight from the sun to his feet, and intending to indicate the position of the
spectator, drew in his next picture the reflection sloping to the supposed
point, the error being excusable enough, and plausible enough to have been
lately revived and systematized.[62]
In the picture of Cuyp, No. 83 in the Dulwich Gallery, the post at the end
of the bank casts three or four radiating reflections. This is visibly neither
license nor half science, but pure ignorance. Again, in the picture attributed to
Paul Potter, No. 176, Dulwich Gallery, I believe most people must feel, the
moment they look at it, that there is something wrong with the water, that it
looks odd, and hard, and like ice or lead; and though they may not be able to
tell the reason of the impression—for when they go near they will find it
smooth and lustrous, and prettily painted—yet they will not be able to shake
off the unpleasant sense of its being like a plate of bad mirror set in a model
landscape among moss, rather than like a pond. The reason is, that while this
water receives clear reflections from the fence and hedge on the left, and is
everywhere smooth and evidently capable of giving true images, it yet
reflects none of the cows.
on the slopes of waves that it does not feel the fault.
In one of the smaller rooms of the Uffizii at Florence, off the Tribune, there
are two so-called Claudes; one a pretty wooded landscape, I think a copy, the
§ 17. Various
other a marine with architecture, very sweet and genuine.
The sun is setting at the side of the picture, it casts a long
licenses or errors
stream of light upon the water. This stream of light is
in water painting
of Claude, Cuyp,
oblique, and comes from the horizon, where it is under the
Vandevelde.
sun, to a point near the centre of the picture. If this had been
done as a license, it would be an instance of most absurd
and unjustifiable license, as the fault is detected by the eye in a moment, and
there is no occasion nor excuse for it. But I imagine it to be an instance rather
of the harm of imperfect science. Taking his impression instinctively from
nature, Claude usually did what is right and put his reflection vertically under
the sun; probably, however, he had read in some treatise on optics that every
point in this reflection was in a vertical plane between the sun and spectator;
or he might have noticed walking on the shore that the reflection came
straight from the sun to his feet, and intending to indicate the position of the
spectator, drew in his next picture the reflection sloping to the supposed
point, the error being excusable enough, and plausible enough to have been
lately revived and systematized.[62]
In the picture of Cuyp, No. 83 in the Dulwich Gallery, the post at the end
of the bank casts three or four radiating reflections. This is visibly neither
license nor half science, but pure ignorance. Again, in the picture attributed to
Paul Potter, No. 176, Dulwich Gallery, I believe most people must feel, the
moment they look at it, that there is something wrong with the water, that it
looks odd, and hard, and like ice or lead; and though they may not be able to
tell the reason of the impression—for when they go near they will find it
smooth and lustrous, and prettily painted—yet they will not be able to shake
off the unpleasant sense of its being like a plate of bad mirror set in a model
landscape among moss, rather than like a pond. The reason is, that while this
water receives clear reflections from the fence and hedge on the left, and is
everywhere smooth and evidently capable of giving true images, it yet
reflects none of the cows.
Page 429
In the Vandevelde (113) there is not a line of ripple or swell in any part of
the sea; it is absolutely windless, and the near boat casts its image with great
fidelity, which being unprolonged downwards informs us that the calm is
perfect, (Rule V.,) and being unshortened informs us that we are on a level
with the water, or nearly so. (Rule VII.) Yet underneath the vessel on the
right, the gray shade which stands for reflection breaks off immediately,
descending like smoke a little way below the hull, then leaving the masts and
sails entirely unrecorded. This I imagine to be not ignorance, but unjustifiable
license. Vandevelde evidently desired to give an impression of great extent of
surface, and thought that if he gave the reflection more faithfully, as the tops
of the masts would come down to the nearest part of the surface, they would
destroy the evidence of distance, and appear to set the ship above the boat
instead of beyond it. I doubt not in such awkward hands that such would
indeed have been the case, but he is not on that account to be excused for
painting his surface with gray horizontal lines, as is done by nautically-
disposed children; for no destruction of distance in the ocean is so serious a
loss as that of its liquidity. It is better to feel a want of extent in the sea, than
an extent which we might walk upon or play at billiards upon.
Among all the pictures of Canaletto, which I have ever seen, and they are
not a few, I remember but one or two where there is any variation from one
§ 18. And
method of treatment of the water. He almost always covers
Canaletto.
the whole space of it with one monotonous ripple,
composed of a coat of well-chosen, but perfectly opaque
and smooth sea-green, covered with a certain number, I cannot state the exact
average, but it varies from three hundred and fifty to four hundred and
upwards, according to the extent of canvas to be covered, of white concave
touches, which are very properly symbolical of ripple.
And, as the canal retires back from the eye, he very geometrically
diminishes the size of his ripples, until he arrives at an even field of
apparently smooth water. By our sixth rule, this rippling water as it retires
should show more and more of the reflection of the sky above it, and less and
less of that of objects beyond it, until, at two or three hundred yards down the
canal, the whole field of water should be one even gray or blue, the color of
the sky receiving no reflections whatever of other objects. What does
Canaletto do? Exactly in proportion as he retires, he displays more and more
the sea; it is absolutely windless, and the near boat casts its image with great
fidelity, which being unprolonged downwards informs us that the calm is
perfect, (Rule V.,) and being unshortened informs us that we are on a level
with the water, or nearly so. (Rule VII.) Yet underneath the vessel on the
right, the gray shade which stands for reflection breaks off immediately,
descending like smoke a little way below the hull, then leaving the masts and
sails entirely unrecorded. This I imagine to be not ignorance, but unjustifiable
license. Vandevelde evidently desired to give an impression of great extent of
surface, and thought that if he gave the reflection more faithfully, as the tops
of the masts would come down to the nearest part of the surface, they would
destroy the evidence of distance, and appear to set the ship above the boat
instead of beyond it. I doubt not in such awkward hands that such would
indeed have been the case, but he is not on that account to be excused for
painting his surface with gray horizontal lines, as is done by nautically-
disposed children; for no destruction of distance in the ocean is so serious a
loss as that of its liquidity. It is better to feel a want of extent in the sea, than
an extent which we might walk upon or play at billiards upon.
Among all the pictures of Canaletto, which I have ever seen, and they are
not a few, I remember but one or two where there is any variation from one
§ 18. And
method of treatment of the water. He almost always covers
Canaletto.
the whole space of it with one monotonous ripple,
composed of a coat of well-chosen, but perfectly opaque
and smooth sea-green, covered with a certain number, I cannot state the exact
average, but it varies from three hundred and fifty to four hundred and
upwards, according to the extent of canvas to be covered, of white concave
touches, which are very properly symbolical of ripple.
And, as the canal retires back from the eye, he very geometrically
diminishes the size of his ripples, until he arrives at an even field of
apparently smooth water. By our sixth rule, this rippling water as it retires
should show more and more of the reflection of the sky above it, and less and
less of that of objects beyond it, until, at two or three hundred yards down the
canal, the whole field of water should be one even gray or blue, the color of
the sky receiving no reflections whatever of other objects. What does
Canaletto do? Exactly in proportion as he retires, he displays more and more
Page 430
of the reflection of objects, and less and less of the sky, until, three hundred
yards away, all the houses are reflected as clear and sharp as in a quiet lake.
This, again, is wilful and inexcusable violation of truth, of which the
reason, as in the last case, is the painter's consciousness of weakness. It is one
of the most difficult things in the world to express the light reflection of the
blue sky on a distant ripple, and to make the eye understand the cause of the
color, and the motion of the apparently smooth water, especially where there
are buildings above to be reflected, for the eye never understands the want of
the reflection. But it is the easiest and most agreeable thing in the world to
give the inverted image: it occupies a vast space of otherwise troublesome
distance in the simplest way possible, and is understood by the eye at once.
Hence Canaletto is glad, as any other inferior workman would be, not to say
obliged, to give the reflections in the distance. But when he comes up close to
the spectator, he finds the smooth surface just as troublesome near, as the
ripple would have been far off. It is a very nervous thing for an ignorant artist
to have a great space of vacant smooth water to deal with, close to him, too
far down to take reflections from buildings, and yet which must be made to
look flat and retiring and transparent. Canaletto, with his sea-green, did not at
all feel himself equal to anything of this kind, and had therefore no resource
but in the white touches above described, which occupy the alarming space
without any troublesome necessity for knowledge or invention, and supply by
their gradual diminution some means of expressing retirement of surface. It is
easily understood, therefore, why he should adopt this system, which is just
what any awkward workman would naturally cling to, trusting to the
inaccuracy of observation of the public to secure him from detection.
Now in all these cases it is not the mistake or the license itself, it is not the
infringement of this or that law which condemns the picture, but it is the
§ 19. Why
spirit and habit of mind in which the license is taken, the
cowardice or bluntness of feeling, which infects every part
unpardonable.
alike, and deprives the whole picture of vitality. Canaletto,
had he been a great painter, might have cast his reflections wherever he
chose, and rippled the water wherever he chose, and painted his sea sloping if
he chose, and neither I nor any one else should have dared to say a word
against him; but he is a little and a bad painter, and so continues everywhere
multiplying and magnifying mistakes, and adding apathy to error, until
yards away, all the houses are reflected as clear and sharp as in a quiet lake.
This, again, is wilful and inexcusable violation of truth, of which the
reason, as in the last case, is the painter's consciousness of weakness. It is one
of the most difficult things in the world to express the light reflection of the
blue sky on a distant ripple, and to make the eye understand the cause of the
color, and the motion of the apparently smooth water, especially where there
are buildings above to be reflected, for the eye never understands the want of
the reflection. But it is the easiest and most agreeable thing in the world to
give the inverted image: it occupies a vast space of otherwise troublesome
distance in the simplest way possible, and is understood by the eye at once.
Hence Canaletto is glad, as any other inferior workman would be, not to say
obliged, to give the reflections in the distance. But when he comes up close to
the spectator, he finds the smooth surface just as troublesome near, as the
ripple would have been far off. It is a very nervous thing for an ignorant artist
to have a great space of vacant smooth water to deal with, close to him, too
far down to take reflections from buildings, and yet which must be made to
look flat and retiring and transparent. Canaletto, with his sea-green, did not at
all feel himself equal to anything of this kind, and had therefore no resource
but in the white touches above described, which occupy the alarming space
without any troublesome necessity for knowledge or invention, and supply by
their gradual diminution some means of expressing retirement of surface. It is
easily understood, therefore, why he should adopt this system, which is just
what any awkward workman would naturally cling to, trusting to the
inaccuracy of observation of the public to secure him from detection.
Now in all these cases it is not the mistake or the license itself, it is not the
infringement of this or that law which condemns the picture, but it is the
§ 19. Why
spirit and habit of mind in which the license is taken, the
cowardice or bluntness of feeling, which infects every part
unpardonable.
alike, and deprives the whole picture of vitality. Canaletto,
had he been a great painter, might have cast his reflections wherever he
chose, and rippled the water wherever he chose, and painted his sea sloping if
he chose, and neither I nor any one else should have dared to say a word
against him; but he is a little and a bad painter, and so continues everywhere
multiplying and magnifying mistakes, and adding apathy to error, until
Page 431
nothing can any more be pardoned in him. If it be but remembered that every
one of the surfaces of those multitudinous ripples is in nature a mirror which
catches, according to its position, either the image of the sky or of the silver
beaks of the gondolas, or of their black bodies and scarlet draperies, or of the
white marble, or the green sea-weed on the low stones, it cannot but be felt
that those waves would have something more of color upon them than that
opaque dead green. Green they are by their own nature, but it is a transparent
and emerald hue, mixing itself with the thousand reflected tints without
overpowering the weakest of them; and thus, in every one of those individual
waves, the truths of color are contradicted by Canaletto by the thousand.
Venice is sad and silent now, to what she was in his time; the canals are
choked gradually one by one, and the foul water laps more and more
sluggishly against the rent foundations; but even yet, could I but place the
reader at the early morning on the quay below the Rialto, when the market
boats, full laden, float into groups of golden color, and let him watch the
dashing of the water about their glittering steely heads, and under the
shadows of the vine leaves, and show him the purple of the grapes and the
figs, and the glowing of the scarlet gourds carried away in long streams upon
the waves, and among them, the crimson fish baskets, plashing and sparkling,
and flaming as the morning sun falls on their wet tawny sides, and above, the
painted sails of the fishing boats, orange and white, scarlet and blue, and
better than all such florid color, the naked, bronzed, burning limbs of the
seamen, the last of the old Venetian race, who yet keep the right Giorgione
color on their brows and bosoms, in strange contrast with the sallow sensual
degradation of the creatures that live in the cafés of the Piazza, he would not
be merciful to Canaletto any more.
Yet even Canaletto, in relation to the truths he had to paint, is spiritual,
faithful, powerful, compared to the Dutch painters of sea. It is easily
§ 20. The Dutch
understood why his green paint and concave touches should
painters of sea.
be thought expressive of the water on which the real colors
are not to be discerned but by attention, which is never
given; but it is not so easily understood, considering how many there are who
love the sea, and look at it, that Vandevelde and such others should be
tolerated. As I before said, I feel utterly hopeless in addressing the admirers
of these men, because I do not know what it is in their works which is
one of the surfaces of those multitudinous ripples is in nature a mirror which
catches, according to its position, either the image of the sky or of the silver
beaks of the gondolas, or of their black bodies and scarlet draperies, or of the
white marble, or the green sea-weed on the low stones, it cannot but be felt
that those waves would have something more of color upon them than that
opaque dead green. Green they are by their own nature, but it is a transparent
and emerald hue, mixing itself with the thousand reflected tints without
overpowering the weakest of them; and thus, in every one of those individual
waves, the truths of color are contradicted by Canaletto by the thousand.
Venice is sad and silent now, to what she was in his time; the canals are
choked gradually one by one, and the foul water laps more and more
sluggishly against the rent foundations; but even yet, could I but place the
reader at the early morning on the quay below the Rialto, when the market
boats, full laden, float into groups of golden color, and let him watch the
dashing of the water about their glittering steely heads, and under the
shadows of the vine leaves, and show him the purple of the grapes and the
figs, and the glowing of the scarlet gourds carried away in long streams upon
the waves, and among them, the crimson fish baskets, plashing and sparkling,
and flaming as the morning sun falls on their wet tawny sides, and above, the
painted sails of the fishing boats, orange and white, scarlet and blue, and
better than all such florid color, the naked, bronzed, burning limbs of the
seamen, the last of the old Venetian race, who yet keep the right Giorgione
color on their brows and bosoms, in strange contrast with the sallow sensual
degradation of the creatures that live in the cafés of the Piazza, he would not
be merciful to Canaletto any more.
Yet even Canaletto, in relation to the truths he had to paint, is spiritual,
faithful, powerful, compared to the Dutch painters of sea. It is easily
§ 20. The Dutch
understood why his green paint and concave touches should
painters of sea.
be thought expressive of the water on which the real colors
are not to be discerned but by attention, which is never
given; but it is not so easily understood, considering how many there are who
love the sea, and look at it, that Vandevelde and such others should be
tolerated. As I before said, I feel utterly hopeless in addressing the admirers
of these men, because I do not know what it is in their works which is
Page 432
supposed to be like nature. Foam appears to me to curdle and cream on the
wave sides and to fly, flashing from their crests, and not to be set astride upon
them like a peruke; and waves appear to me to fall, and plunge, and toss, and
nod, and crash over, and not to curl up like shavings; and water appears to
me, when it is gray, to have the gray of stormy air mixed with its own deep,
heavy, thunderous, threatening blue, and not the gray of the first coat of
cheap paint on a deal door; and many other such things appear to me which,
as far as I can conjecture by what is admired of marine painting, appear to no
one else; yet I shall have something more to say about these men presently,
with respect to the effect they have had upon Turner; and something more, I
hope, hereafter, with the help of illustration.
There is a sea-piece of Ruysdael's in the Louvre[63] which, though nothing
very remarkable in any quality of art, is at least forceful, agreeable, and, as
§ 21. Ruysdael,
far as it goes, natural; the waves have much freedom of
Claude, and
action, and power of color; the wind blows hard over the
Salvator.
shore, and the whole picture may be studied with profit as a
proof that the deficiency of color and everything else in
Backhuysen's works, is no fault of the Dutch sea. There is sublimity and
power in every field of nature from the pole to the line; and though the
painters of one country are often better and greater, universally, than those of
another, this is less because the subjects of art are wanting anywhere, than
because one country or one age breeds mighty and thinking men, and another
none.
Ruysdael's painting of falling water and brook scenery is also generally
agreeable—more than agreeable it can hardly be considered. There appears
no exertion of mind in any of his works; nor are they calculated to produce
either harm or good by their feeble influence. They are good furniture
pictures, unworthy of praise, and undeserving of blame.
The seas of Claude are the finest pieces of water-painting in ancient art. I
do not say that I like them, because they appear to me selections of the
particular moment when the sea is most insipid and characterless; but I think
that they are exceedingly true to the forms and time selected, or at least that
the fine instances of them are so, of which there are exceedingly few.
wave sides and to fly, flashing from their crests, and not to be set astride upon
them like a peruke; and waves appear to me to fall, and plunge, and toss, and
nod, and crash over, and not to curl up like shavings; and water appears to
me, when it is gray, to have the gray of stormy air mixed with its own deep,
heavy, thunderous, threatening blue, and not the gray of the first coat of
cheap paint on a deal door; and many other such things appear to me which,
as far as I can conjecture by what is admired of marine painting, appear to no
one else; yet I shall have something more to say about these men presently,
with respect to the effect they have had upon Turner; and something more, I
hope, hereafter, with the help of illustration.
There is a sea-piece of Ruysdael's in the Louvre[63] which, though nothing
very remarkable in any quality of art, is at least forceful, agreeable, and, as
§ 21. Ruysdael,
far as it goes, natural; the waves have much freedom of
Claude, and
action, and power of color; the wind blows hard over the
Salvator.
shore, and the whole picture may be studied with profit as a
proof that the deficiency of color and everything else in
Backhuysen's works, is no fault of the Dutch sea. There is sublimity and
power in every field of nature from the pole to the line; and though the
painters of one country are often better and greater, universally, than those of
another, this is less because the subjects of art are wanting anywhere, than
because one country or one age breeds mighty and thinking men, and another
none.
Ruysdael's painting of falling water and brook scenery is also generally
agreeable—more than agreeable it can hardly be considered. There appears
no exertion of mind in any of his works; nor are they calculated to produce
either harm or good by their feeble influence. They are good furniture
pictures, unworthy of praise, and undeserving of blame.
The seas of Claude are the finest pieces of water-painting in ancient art. I
do not say that I like them, because they appear to me selections of the
particular moment when the sea is most insipid and characterless; but I think
that they are exceedingly true to the forms and time selected, or at least that
the fine instances of them are so, of which there are exceedingly few.
Page 433
On the right hand of one of the marines of Salvator, in the Pitti palace,
there is a passage of sea reflecting the sunrise, which is thoroughly good, and
very like Turner; the rest of the picture, as the one opposite to it, utterly
virtueless. I have not seen any other instance of Salvator's painting water with
any care, it is usually as conventional as the rest of his work, yet
conventionalism is perhaps more tolerable in water-painting than elsewhere;
and if his trees and rocks had been good, the rivers might have been generally
accepted without objection.
The merits of Poussin as a sea or water painter may, I think, be sufficiently
determined by the Deluge in the Louvre, where the breaking
§ 22. Nicholas
up of the fountains of the deep is typified by the capsizing
Poussin.
of a wherry over a weir.
In the outer porch of St. Mark's at Venice, among the mosaics on the roof,
there is a representation of the deluge. The ground is dark blue; the rain is
represented in bright white undulating parallel stripes; between these stripes
is seen the massy outline of the ark, a bit between each stripe, very dark and
hardly distinguishable from the sky; but it has a square window with a bright
golden border, which glitters out conspicuously, and leads the eye to the rest
—the sea below is almost concealed with dead bodies.
On the font of the church of San Frediano at Lucca, there is a
representation of—possibly—the Israelites and Egyptians in the Red Sea.
The sea is typified by undulating bands of stone, each band composed of
three plies (almost the same type is to be seen in the glass-painting of the
twelfth and thirteenth centuries, as especially at Chartres). These bands
would perhaps be hardly felt as very aqueous, but for the fish which are
interwoven with them in a complicated manner, their heads appearing at one
side of every band, and their tails at the other.
Both of these representatives of deluge, archaic and rude as they are, I
consider better, more suggestive, more inventive, and more natural, than
Poussin's. Indeed, this is not saying anything very depreciatory, as regards the
St. Mark's one, for the glittering of the golden window through the rain is
wonderfully well conceived, and almost deceptive, looking as if it had just
caught a gleam of sunlight on its panes, and there is something very sublime
in the gleam of this light above the floating corpses. But the other instance is
there is a passage of sea reflecting the sunrise, which is thoroughly good, and
very like Turner; the rest of the picture, as the one opposite to it, utterly
virtueless. I have not seen any other instance of Salvator's painting water with
any care, it is usually as conventional as the rest of his work, yet
conventionalism is perhaps more tolerable in water-painting than elsewhere;
and if his trees and rocks had been good, the rivers might have been generally
accepted without objection.
The merits of Poussin as a sea or water painter may, I think, be sufficiently
determined by the Deluge in the Louvre, where the breaking
§ 22. Nicholas
up of the fountains of the deep is typified by the capsizing
Poussin.
of a wherry over a weir.
In the outer porch of St. Mark's at Venice, among the mosaics on the roof,
there is a representation of the deluge. The ground is dark blue; the rain is
represented in bright white undulating parallel stripes; between these stripes
is seen the massy outline of the ark, a bit between each stripe, very dark and
hardly distinguishable from the sky; but it has a square window with a bright
golden border, which glitters out conspicuously, and leads the eye to the rest
—the sea below is almost concealed with dead bodies.
On the font of the church of San Frediano at Lucca, there is a
representation of—possibly—the Israelites and Egyptians in the Red Sea.
The sea is typified by undulating bands of stone, each band composed of
three plies (almost the same type is to be seen in the glass-painting of the
twelfth and thirteenth centuries, as especially at Chartres). These bands
would perhaps be hardly felt as very aqueous, but for the fish which are
interwoven with them in a complicated manner, their heads appearing at one
side of every band, and their tails at the other.
Both of these representatives of deluge, archaic and rude as they are, I
consider better, more suggestive, more inventive, and more natural, than
Poussin's. Indeed, this is not saying anything very depreciatory, as regards the
St. Mark's one, for the glittering of the golden window through the rain is
wonderfully well conceived, and almost deceptive, looking as if it had just
caught a gleam of sunlight on its panes, and there is something very sublime
in the gleam of this light above the floating corpses. But the other instance is
Page 434
sufficiently grotesque and imperfect, and yet, I speak with perfect
seriousness, it is, I think, very far preferable to Poussin's.
On the other hand, there is a just medium between the meanness and
apathy of such a conception as his, and the extravagance, still more
contemptible, with which the subject has been treated in modern days.[64] I
am not aware that I can refer to any instructive example of this intermediate
course, for I fear the reader is by this time wearied of hearing of Turner, and
the plate of Turner's picture of the deluge is so rare that it is of no use to refer
to it.
It seems exceedingly strange that the great Venetian painters should have
left us no instance, as far as I know, of any marine effects carefully studied.
§ 23. Venetians and
As already noted, whatever passages of sea occur in their
Florentines.
backgrounds are merely broad extents of blue or green
surface, fine in color, and coming dark usually against the
Conclusion.
horizon, well enough to be understood as sea, (yet even that
not always without the help of a ship,) but utterly unregarded in all questions
of completion and detail. The water even in Titian's landscape is almost
always violently though grandly conventional, and seldom forms an
important feature. Among the religious schools very sweet motives occur, but
nothing which for a moment can be considered as real water-painting.
Perugino's sea is usually very beautifully felt; his river in the fresco of S^ta.
Maddalena at Florence is freely indicated, and looks level and clear; the
reflections of the trees given with a rapid zigzag stroke of the brush. On the
whole, I suppose that the best imitations of level water surface to be found in
ancient art are in the clear Flemish landscapes. Cuyp's are usually very
satisfactory, but even the best of these attain nothing more than the agreeable
suggestion of calm pond or river. Of any tolerable representation of water in
agitation, or under any circumstances that bring out its power and character, I
know no instance; and the more capable of noble treatment the subject
happens to be, the more manifest invariably is the painter's want of feeling in
every effort, and of knowledge in every line.
[61] I state this merely as a fact: I am unable satisfactorily to account for it on optical
principles, and were it otherwise, the investigation would be of little interest to the general
reader, and little value to the artist.
seriousness, it is, I think, very far preferable to Poussin's.
On the other hand, there is a just medium between the meanness and
apathy of such a conception as his, and the extravagance, still more
contemptible, with which the subject has been treated in modern days.[64] I
am not aware that I can refer to any instructive example of this intermediate
course, for I fear the reader is by this time wearied of hearing of Turner, and
the plate of Turner's picture of the deluge is so rare that it is of no use to refer
to it.
It seems exceedingly strange that the great Venetian painters should have
left us no instance, as far as I know, of any marine effects carefully studied.
§ 23. Venetians and
As already noted, whatever passages of sea occur in their
Florentines.
backgrounds are merely broad extents of blue or green
surface, fine in color, and coming dark usually against the
Conclusion.
horizon, well enough to be understood as sea, (yet even that
not always without the help of a ship,) but utterly unregarded in all questions
of completion and detail. The water even in Titian's landscape is almost
always violently though grandly conventional, and seldom forms an
important feature. Among the religious schools very sweet motives occur, but
nothing which for a moment can be considered as real water-painting.
Perugino's sea is usually very beautifully felt; his river in the fresco of S^ta.
Maddalena at Florence is freely indicated, and looks level and clear; the
reflections of the trees given with a rapid zigzag stroke of the brush. On the
whole, I suppose that the best imitations of level water surface to be found in
ancient art are in the clear Flemish landscapes. Cuyp's are usually very
satisfactory, but even the best of these attain nothing more than the agreeable
suggestion of calm pond or river. Of any tolerable representation of water in
agitation, or under any circumstances that bring out its power and character, I
know no instance; and the more capable of noble treatment the subject
happens to be, the more manifest invariably is the painter's want of feeling in
every effort, and of knowledge in every line.
[61] I state this merely as a fact: I am unable satisfactorily to account for it on optical
principles, and were it otherwise, the investigation would be of little interest to the general
reader, and little value to the artist.
Page 435
[62] Parsey's "Convergence of Perpendiculars." I have not space here to enter into any
lengthy exposure of this mistake, but reasoning is fortunately unnecessary, the appeal to
experiment being easy. Every picture is the representation, as before stated, of a vertical plate
of glass, with what might be seen through it, drawn on its surface. Let a vertical plate of glass
be taken, and wherever it be placed, whether the sun be at its side or at its centre, the
reflection will always be found in a vertical line under the sun, parallel with the side of the
glass. The pane of any window looking to sea is all the apparatus necessary for this
experiment, and yet it is not long since this very principle was disputed with me by a man of
much taste and information, who supposed Turner to be wrong in drawing the reflection
straight down at the side of his picture, as in his Lancaster Sands, and innumerable other
instances.
[63] In the last edition of this work was the following passage:—"I wish Ruysdael had
painted one or two rough seas. I believe if he had he might have saved the unhappy public
from much grievous victimizing, both in mind and pocket, for he would have shown that
Vandevelde and Backhuysen were not quite sea-deities." The writer has to thank the editor of
Murray's Handbook of Painting in Italy for pointing out the oversight. He had passed many
days in the Louvre before the above passage was written, but had not been in the habit of
pausing long anywhere except in the last two rooms, containing the pictures of the Italian
school. The conjecture, however, shows that he had not ill-estimated the power of Ruysdael;
nor does he consider it as in anywise unfitting him for the task he has undertaken, that for
every hour passed in galleries he has passed days on the seashore.
[64] I am here, of course, speaking of the treatment of the subject as a landscape only;
many mighty examples of its conception occur where the sea, and all other adjuncts, are
entirely subservient to the figures, as with Raffaelle and M. Angelo.
CHAPTER II.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY THE MODERNS.
There are few men among modern landscape painters, who cannot paint
quiet water at least suggestively, if not faithfully. Those who are incapable of
doing this, would scarcely be considered artists at all; and
§ 1. General power
anything like the ripples of Canaletto, or the black shadows
of the moderns in
lengthy exposure of this mistake, but reasoning is fortunately unnecessary, the appeal to
experiment being easy. Every picture is the representation, as before stated, of a vertical plate
of glass, with what might be seen through it, drawn on its surface. Let a vertical plate of glass
be taken, and wherever it be placed, whether the sun be at its side or at its centre, the
reflection will always be found in a vertical line under the sun, parallel with the side of the
glass. The pane of any window looking to sea is all the apparatus necessary for this
experiment, and yet it is not long since this very principle was disputed with me by a man of
much taste and information, who supposed Turner to be wrong in drawing the reflection
straight down at the side of his picture, as in his Lancaster Sands, and innumerable other
instances.
[63] In the last edition of this work was the following passage:—"I wish Ruysdael had
painted one or two rough seas. I believe if he had he might have saved the unhappy public
from much grievous victimizing, both in mind and pocket, for he would have shown that
Vandevelde and Backhuysen were not quite sea-deities." The writer has to thank the editor of
Murray's Handbook of Painting in Italy for pointing out the oversight. He had passed many
days in the Louvre before the above passage was written, but had not been in the habit of
pausing long anywhere except in the last two rooms, containing the pictures of the Italian
school. The conjecture, however, shows that he had not ill-estimated the power of Ruysdael;
nor does he consider it as in anywise unfitting him for the task he has undertaken, that for
every hour passed in galleries he has passed days on the seashore.
[64] I am here, of course, speaking of the treatment of the subject as a landscape only;
many mighty examples of its conception occur where the sea, and all other adjuncts, are
entirely subservient to the figures, as with Raffaelle and M. Angelo.
CHAPTER II.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY THE MODERNS.
There are few men among modern landscape painters, who cannot paint
quiet water at least suggestively, if not faithfully. Those who are incapable of
doing this, would scarcely be considered artists at all; and
§ 1. General power
anything like the ripples of Canaletto, or the black shadows
of the moderns in
Page 436
painting quiet of Vandevelde, would be looked upon as most unpromising,
water. The lakes of even in the work of a novice. Among those who most fully
Fielding. appreciate and render the qualities of space and surface in
calm water, perhaps Copley Fielding stands first. His
expanses of windless lake are among the most perfect passages of his works;
for he can give surface as well as depth, and make his lake look not only
clear, but, which is far more difficult, lustrous. He is less dependent than most
of our artists upon reflections; and can give substance, transparency, and
extent, where another painter would be reduced to paper; and he is
exquisitely refined in his expression of distant breadth, by the delicate line of
ripple interrupting the reflection, and by aerial qualities of color. Nothing,
indeed, can be purer or more refined than his general feeling of lake
sentiment, were it not for a want of simplicity—a fondness for pretty, rather
than impressive color, and a consequent want of some of the higher
expression of repose.
Hundreds of men might be named, whose works are highly instructive in
the management of calm water. De Wint is singularly powerful and certain,
§ 2. The calm
exquisitely bright and vigorous in color. The late John
rivers of De Wint,
Varley produced some noble passages. I have seen, some
seven years ago, works by J. Holland, which were, I think,
J. Holland, etc.
as near perfection as water-color can be carried—for bona
fide truth, refined and finished to the highest degree. But the power of
modern artists is not brought out until they have greater difficulties to
§ 3. The character
struggle with. Stand for half an hour beside the fall of
of bright and
Schaffhausen, on the north side where the rapids are long,
violent falling
and watch how the vault of water first bends, unbroken, in
pure, polished velocity, over the arching rocks at the brow
water.
of the cataract, covering them with a dome of crystal twenty
feet thick—so swift that its motion is unseen except when a foam globe from
above darts over it like a falling star; and how the trees are lighted above it
under all their leaves, at the instant that it breaks into foam; and how all the
hollows of that foam burn with green fire like so much shattering
chrysoprase; and how, ever and anon, startling you with its white flash, a jet
of spray leaps hissing out of the fall like a rocket, bursting in the wind and
driven away in dust, filling the air with light; and how, through the curdling
wreaths of the restless, crashing abyss below, the blue of the water, paled by
water. The lakes of even in the work of a novice. Among those who most fully
Fielding. appreciate and render the qualities of space and surface in
calm water, perhaps Copley Fielding stands first. His
expanses of windless lake are among the most perfect passages of his works;
for he can give surface as well as depth, and make his lake look not only
clear, but, which is far more difficult, lustrous. He is less dependent than most
of our artists upon reflections; and can give substance, transparency, and
extent, where another painter would be reduced to paper; and he is
exquisitely refined in his expression of distant breadth, by the delicate line of
ripple interrupting the reflection, and by aerial qualities of color. Nothing,
indeed, can be purer or more refined than his general feeling of lake
sentiment, were it not for a want of simplicity—a fondness for pretty, rather
than impressive color, and a consequent want of some of the higher
expression of repose.
Hundreds of men might be named, whose works are highly instructive in
the management of calm water. De Wint is singularly powerful and certain,
§ 2. The calm
exquisitely bright and vigorous in color. The late John
rivers of De Wint,
Varley produced some noble passages. I have seen, some
seven years ago, works by J. Holland, which were, I think,
J. Holland, etc.
as near perfection as water-color can be carried—for bona
fide truth, refined and finished to the highest degree. But the power of
modern artists is not brought out until they have greater difficulties to
§ 3. The character
struggle with. Stand for half an hour beside the fall of
of bright and
Schaffhausen, on the north side where the rapids are long,
violent falling
and watch how the vault of water first bends, unbroken, in
pure, polished velocity, over the arching rocks at the brow
water.
of the cataract, covering them with a dome of crystal twenty
feet thick—so swift that its motion is unseen except when a foam globe from
above darts over it like a falling star; and how the trees are lighted above it
under all their leaves, at the instant that it breaks into foam; and how all the
hollows of that foam burn with green fire like so much shattering
chrysoprase; and how, ever and anon, startling you with its white flash, a jet
of spray leaps hissing out of the fall like a rocket, bursting in the wind and
driven away in dust, filling the air with light; and how, through the curdling
wreaths of the restless, crashing abyss below, the blue of the water, paled by
Page 437
the foam in its body, shows purer than the sky through white rain-cloud;
while the shuddering iris stoops in tremulous stillness over all, fading and
flushing alternately through the choking spray and shattered sunshine, hiding
itself at last among the thick golden leaves which toss to and fro in sympathy
with the wild water; their dripping masses lifted at intervals, like sheaves of
loaded corn, by some stronger gush from the cataract, and bowed again upon
the mossy rocks as its roar dies away; the dew gushing from their thick
branches through drooping clusters of emerald herbage, and sparkling in
white threads along the dark rocks of the shore, feeding the lichens which
chase and checker them with purple and silver. I believe, when you have
stood by this for half an hour, you will have discovered that there is
§ 4. As given by
something more in nature than has been given by Ruysdael.
Nesfield.
Probably you will not be much disposed to think of any
mortal work at the time; but when you look back to what
you have seen, and are inclined to compare it with art, you will remember—
or ought to remember—Nesfield. He is a man of extraordinary feeling, both
for the color and the spirituality of a great waterfall; exquisitely delicate in
his management of the changeful veil of spray or mist; just in his curves and
contours; and unequalled in color except by Turner. None of our water-color
painters can approach him in the management of the variable hues of clear
water over weeded rocks; but his feeling for it often leads him a little too far,
and, like Copley Fielding, he loses sight of simplicity and dignity for the sake
of delicacy or prettiness. His waterfalls are, however, unequalled in their
way; and, if he would remember, that in all such scenes there is much gloom
as well as much splendor, and relieve the lustre of his attractive passages of
color with more definite and prevalent grays, and give a little more substance
to parts of his picture unaffected by spray, his work would be nearly perfect.
His seas are also most instructive; a little confused in chiaroscuro, but refined
in form and admirable in color.
J. D. Harding is, I think, nearly unequalled in the drawing of running
water. I do not know what Stanfield would do; I have never seen an important
§ 5. The admirable
piece of torrent drawn by him; but I believe even he could
water-drawing of
scarcely contend with the magnificent abandon of Harding's
J. D. Harding.
brush. There is perhaps nothing which tells more in the
drawing of water than decisive and swift execution; for, in a
rapid touch the hand naturally falls into the very curve of projection which is
while the shuddering iris stoops in tremulous stillness over all, fading and
flushing alternately through the choking spray and shattered sunshine, hiding
itself at last among the thick golden leaves which toss to and fro in sympathy
with the wild water; their dripping masses lifted at intervals, like sheaves of
loaded corn, by some stronger gush from the cataract, and bowed again upon
the mossy rocks as its roar dies away; the dew gushing from their thick
branches through drooping clusters of emerald herbage, and sparkling in
white threads along the dark rocks of the shore, feeding the lichens which
chase and checker them with purple and silver. I believe, when you have
stood by this for half an hour, you will have discovered that there is
§ 4. As given by
something more in nature than has been given by Ruysdael.
Nesfield.
Probably you will not be much disposed to think of any
mortal work at the time; but when you look back to what
you have seen, and are inclined to compare it with art, you will remember—
or ought to remember—Nesfield. He is a man of extraordinary feeling, both
for the color and the spirituality of a great waterfall; exquisitely delicate in
his management of the changeful veil of spray or mist; just in his curves and
contours; and unequalled in color except by Turner. None of our water-color
painters can approach him in the management of the variable hues of clear
water over weeded rocks; but his feeling for it often leads him a little too far,
and, like Copley Fielding, he loses sight of simplicity and dignity for the sake
of delicacy or prettiness. His waterfalls are, however, unequalled in their
way; and, if he would remember, that in all such scenes there is much gloom
as well as much splendor, and relieve the lustre of his attractive passages of
color with more definite and prevalent grays, and give a little more substance
to parts of his picture unaffected by spray, his work would be nearly perfect.
His seas are also most instructive; a little confused in chiaroscuro, but refined
in form and admirable in color.
J. D. Harding is, I think, nearly unequalled in the drawing of running
water. I do not know what Stanfield would do; I have never seen an important
§ 5. The admirable
piece of torrent drawn by him; but I believe even he could
water-drawing of
scarcely contend with the magnificent abandon of Harding's
J. D. Harding.
brush. There is perhaps nothing which tells more in the
drawing of water than decisive and swift execution; for, in a
rapid touch the hand naturally falls into the very curve of projection which is
Page 438
the absolute truth; while in slow finish, all precision of curve and character is
certain to be lost, except under the hand of an unusually powerful master. But
Harding has both knowledge and velocity, and the fall of his torrents is
beyond praise; impatient, chafing, substantial, shattering, crystalline, and
capricious; full of various form, yet all apparently instantaneous and
accidental, nothing conventional, nothing dependent upon parallel lines or
radiating curves; all broken up and dashed to pieces over the irregular rock,
§ 6. His color; and
and yet all in unity of motion. The color also of his falling
painting of sea.
and bright water is very perfect; but in the dark and level
parts of his torrents he has taken up a bad gray, which has
hurt some of his best pictures. His gray in shadows under rocks or dark
reflections is admirable; but it is when the stream is in full light, and
unaffected by reflections in distance, that he gets wrong. We believe that the
fault is in a want of expression of darkness in the color, making it appear like
a positive hue of the water, for which it is much too dead and cold.
Harding seldom paints sea, and it is well for Stanfield that he does not, or
the latter would have to look to his crown. All that we have seen from his
hand is, as coast sea, quite faultless; we only wish he would paint it more
frequently; always, however, with a veto upon French fishing-boats. In the
Exhibition of 1842, he spoiled one of the most superb pieces of seashore and
sunset which modern art has produced, with the pestilent square sail of one of
these clumsy craft, which the eye could not escape from.
Before passing to our great sea painter, we must again refer to the works of
Copley Fielding. It is with his sea as with his sky, he can only paint one, and
§ 7. The sea of
that an easy one, but it is, for all that, an impressive and a
Copley Fielding.
true one. No man has ever given, with the same flashing
Its exceeding grace
freedom, the race of a running tide under a stiff breeze, nor
and rapidity.
caught, with the same grace and precision, the curvature of
the breaking wave, arrested or accelerated by the wind. The
forward fling of his foam, and the impatient run of his surges, whose quick,
redoubling dash we can almost hear, as they break in their haste upon their
own bosoms, are nature itself, and his sea gray or green was, nine years ago,
very right, as color; always a little wanting in transparency, but never cold or
toneless. Since that time, he seems to have lost the sense of greenness in
water, and has verged more and more on the purple and black, with unhappy
certain to be lost, except under the hand of an unusually powerful master. But
Harding has both knowledge and velocity, and the fall of his torrents is
beyond praise; impatient, chafing, substantial, shattering, crystalline, and
capricious; full of various form, yet all apparently instantaneous and
accidental, nothing conventional, nothing dependent upon parallel lines or
radiating curves; all broken up and dashed to pieces over the irregular rock,
§ 6. His color; and
and yet all in unity of motion. The color also of his falling
painting of sea.
and bright water is very perfect; but in the dark and level
parts of his torrents he has taken up a bad gray, which has
hurt some of his best pictures. His gray in shadows under rocks or dark
reflections is admirable; but it is when the stream is in full light, and
unaffected by reflections in distance, that he gets wrong. We believe that the
fault is in a want of expression of darkness in the color, making it appear like
a positive hue of the water, for which it is much too dead and cold.
Harding seldom paints sea, and it is well for Stanfield that he does not, or
the latter would have to look to his crown. All that we have seen from his
hand is, as coast sea, quite faultless; we only wish he would paint it more
frequently; always, however, with a veto upon French fishing-boats. In the
Exhibition of 1842, he spoiled one of the most superb pieces of seashore and
sunset which modern art has produced, with the pestilent square sail of one of
these clumsy craft, which the eye could not escape from.
Before passing to our great sea painter, we must again refer to the works of
Copley Fielding. It is with his sea as with his sky, he can only paint one, and
§ 7. The sea of
that an easy one, but it is, for all that, an impressive and a
Copley Fielding.
true one. No man has ever given, with the same flashing
Its exceeding grace
freedom, the race of a running tide under a stiff breeze, nor
and rapidity.
caught, with the same grace and precision, the curvature of
the breaking wave, arrested or accelerated by the wind. The
forward fling of his foam, and the impatient run of his surges, whose quick,
redoubling dash we can almost hear, as they break in their haste upon their
own bosoms, are nature itself, and his sea gray or green was, nine years ago,
very right, as color; always a little wanting in transparency, but never cold or
toneless. Since that time, he seems to have lost the sense of greenness in
water, and has verged more and more on the purple and black, with unhappy
Page 439
results. His sea was always dependent for effect on its light or dark relief
against the sky, even when it possessed color; but it now has lost all local
color and transparency together, and is little more than a study of chiaroscuro
in an exceedingly ill-chosen gray. Besides, the perpetual repetition of the
same idea is singularly weakening to the mind. Fielding, in all his life, can
only be considered as having produced one sea picture. The others are
duplicates. He ought to go to some sea of perfect clearness and brilliant color,
as that on the coast of Cornwall, or of the Gulf of Genoa, and study it sternly
in broad daylight, with no black clouds nor drifting rain to help him out of his
difficulties. He would then both learn his strength and add to it.
But there is one point in all his seas deserving especial praise—a marked
§ 8. Its high aim at
aim at character. He desires, especially in his latter works,
character.
not so much to produce an agreeable picture, a scientific
piece of arrangement, or delightful melody of color, as to
make us feel the utter desolation, the cold, withering, frozen hopelessness of
the continuous storm and merciless sea. And this is peculiarly remarkable in
his denying himself all color, just in the little bits which an artist of inferior
mind would paint in sienna and cobalt. If a piece of broken wreck is allowed
to rise for an instant through the boiling foam, though the blue stripe of a
sailor's jacket, or a red rag of a flag would do all our hearts good, we are not
allowed to have it; it would make us too comfortable, and prevent us from
shivering and shrinking as we look, and the artist, with admirable intention,
§ 9. But deficiency
and most meritorious self-denial, expresses his piece of
wreck with a dark, cold brown. Now we think this aim and
in the requisite
effort worthy of the highest praise, and we only wish the
quality of grays.
lesson were taken up and acted on by our other artists; but
Mr. Fielding should remember that nothing of this kind can be done with
success unless by the most studied management of the general tones of the
picture; for the eye, deprived of all means of enjoying the gray hues, merely
as a contrast to bright points, becomes painfully fastidious in the quality of
the hues themselves, and demands for its satisfaction such melodies and
richness of gray as may in some degree atone to it for the loss of points of
stimulus. That gray which would be taken frankly and freely for an
expression of gloom, if it came behind a yellow sail or a red cap, is examined
with invidious and merciless intentness when there is nothing to relieve it,
and, if not able to bear the investigation, if neither agreeable nor variable in
against the sky, even when it possessed color; but it now has lost all local
color and transparency together, and is little more than a study of chiaroscuro
in an exceedingly ill-chosen gray. Besides, the perpetual repetition of the
same idea is singularly weakening to the mind. Fielding, in all his life, can
only be considered as having produced one sea picture. The others are
duplicates. He ought to go to some sea of perfect clearness and brilliant color,
as that on the coast of Cornwall, or of the Gulf of Genoa, and study it sternly
in broad daylight, with no black clouds nor drifting rain to help him out of his
difficulties. He would then both learn his strength and add to it.
But there is one point in all his seas deserving especial praise—a marked
§ 8. Its high aim at
aim at character. He desires, especially in his latter works,
character.
not so much to produce an agreeable picture, a scientific
piece of arrangement, or delightful melody of color, as to
make us feel the utter desolation, the cold, withering, frozen hopelessness of
the continuous storm and merciless sea. And this is peculiarly remarkable in
his denying himself all color, just in the little bits which an artist of inferior
mind would paint in sienna and cobalt. If a piece of broken wreck is allowed
to rise for an instant through the boiling foam, though the blue stripe of a
sailor's jacket, or a red rag of a flag would do all our hearts good, we are not
allowed to have it; it would make us too comfortable, and prevent us from
shivering and shrinking as we look, and the artist, with admirable intention,
§ 9. But deficiency
and most meritorious self-denial, expresses his piece of
wreck with a dark, cold brown. Now we think this aim and
in the requisite
effort worthy of the highest praise, and we only wish the
quality of grays.
lesson were taken up and acted on by our other artists; but
Mr. Fielding should remember that nothing of this kind can be done with
success unless by the most studied management of the general tones of the
picture; for the eye, deprived of all means of enjoying the gray hues, merely
as a contrast to bright points, becomes painfully fastidious in the quality of
the hues themselves, and demands for its satisfaction such melodies and
richness of gray as may in some degree atone to it for the loss of points of
stimulus. That gray which would be taken frankly and freely for an
expression of gloom, if it came behind a yellow sail or a red cap, is examined
with invidious and merciless intentness when there is nothing to relieve it,
and, if not able to bear the investigation, if neither agreeable nor variable in
Page 440
its hue, renders the picture weak instead of impressive, and unpleasant
§ 10. Variety of the
instead of awful. And indeed the management of nature
grays of nature.
might teach him this; for though, when using violent
contrasts, she frequently makes her gloom somewhat
monotonous, the moment she gives up her vivid color, and depends upon her
desolation, that moment she begins to steal the greens into her sea-gray, and
the browns and yellows into her cloud-gray, and the expression of variously
tinted light through all. Nor is Mr. Fielding without a model in art, for the
Land's End, and Lowestoffe, and Snowstorm, (in the Academy, 1842,) of
Turner, are nothing more than passages of the most hopeless, desolate,
uncontrasted grays, and yet are three of the very finest pieces of color that
have come from his hand. And we sincerely hope that Mr. Fielding will
gradually feel the necessity of such studied melodies of quiet color, and will
neither fall back into the old tricks of contrast, nor continue to paint with
purple and ink. If he will only make a few careful studies of gray from the
mixed atmosphere of spray, rain, and mist of a gale that has been three days
hard at work, not of a rainy squall, but of a persevering and powerful storm,
and not where the sea is turned into milk and magnesia by a chalk coast, but
where it breaks pure and green on gray slate or white granite, as along the
cliffs of Cornwall, we think his pictures would present some of the finest
examples of high intention and feeling to be found in modern art.
The works of Stanfield evidently, and at all times, proceed from the hand
of a man who has both thorough knowledge of his subject, and thorough
§ 11. Works of
acquaintance with all the means and principles of art. We
Stanfield. His
never criticise them, because we feel, the moment we look
perfect knowledge
carefully at the drawing of any single wave, that the
knowledge possessed by the master is much greater than our
and power.
own, and therefore believe that if anything offends us in any
part of the work, it is nearly certain to be our fault, and not the painter's. The
local color of Stanfield's sea is singularly true and powerful, and entirely
independent of any tricks of chiaroscuro. He will carry a mighty wave up
against the sky, and make its whole body dark and substantial against the
distant light, using all the while nothing more than chaste and unexaggerated
local color to gain the relief. His surface is at once lustrous, transparent, and
accurate to a hairbreadth in every curve; and he is entirely independent of
dark skies, deep blues, driving spray, or any other means of concealing want
§ 10. Variety of the
instead of awful. And indeed the management of nature
grays of nature.
might teach him this; for though, when using violent
contrasts, she frequently makes her gloom somewhat
monotonous, the moment she gives up her vivid color, and depends upon her
desolation, that moment she begins to steal the greens into her sea-gray, and
the browns and yellows into her cloud-gray, and the expression of variously
tinted light through all. Nor is Mr. Fielding without a model in art, for the
Land's End, and Lowestoffe, and Snowstorm, (in the Academy, 1842,) of
Turner, are nothing more than passages of the most hopeless, desolate,
uncontrasted grays, and yet are three of the very finest pieces of color that
have come from his hand. And we sincerely hope that Mr. Fielding will
gradually feel the necessity of such studied melodies of quiet color, and will
neither fall back into the old tricks of contrast, nor continue to paint with
purple and ink. If he will only make a few careful studies of gray from the
mixed atmosphere of spray, rain, and mist of a gale that has been three days
hard at work, not of a rainy squall, but of a persevering and powerful storm,
and not where the sea is turned into milk and magnesia by a chalk coast, but
where it breaks pure and green on gray slate or white granite, as along the
cliffs of Cornwall, we think his pictures would present some of the finest
examples of high intention and feeling to be found in modern art.
The works of Stanfield evidently, and at all times, proceed from the hand
of a man who has both thorough knowledge of his subject, and thorough
§ 11. Works of
acquaintance with all the means and principles of art. We
Stanfield. His
never criticise them, because we feel, the moment we look
perfect knowledge
carefully at the drawing of any single wave, that the
knowledge possessed by the master is much greater than our
and power.
own, and therefore believe that if anything offends us in any
part of the work, it is nearly certain to be our fault, and not the painter's. The
local color of Stanfield's sea is singularly true and powerful, and entirely
independent of any tricks of chiaroscuro. He will carry a mighty wave up
against the sky, and make its whole body dark and substantial against the
distant light, using all the while nothing more than chaste and unexaggerated
local color to gain the relief. His surface is at once lustrous, transparent, and
accurate to a hairbreadth in every curve; and he is entirely independent of
dark skies, deep blues, driving spray, or any other means of concealing want
Page 441
of form, or atoning for it. He fears no difficulty, desires no assistance, takes
his sea in open daylight, under general sunshine, and paints the element in its
§ 12. But want of
pure color and complete forms. But we wish that he were
feeling. General
less powerful, and more interesting; or that he were a little
sum of truth
less Diogenes-like, and did not scorn all that he does not
presented by
want. Now that he has shown us what he can do without
modern art.
such aids, we wish he would show us what he can do with
them. He is, as we have already said, wanting in what we
have just been praising in Fielding—impressiveness. We should like him to
be less clever, and more affecting—less wonderful, and more terrible; and as
the very first step towards such an end, to learn how to conceal. We are,
however, trenching upon matters with which we have at present nothing to
do; our concern is now only with truth, and one work of Stanfield alone
presents us with as much concentrated knowledge of sea and sky, as, diluted,
would have lasted any one of the old masters his life. And let it be especially
observed, how extensive and how varied is the truth of our modern masters—
how it comprises a complete history of that nature of which, from the
ancients, you only here and there can catch a stammering descriptive syllable
—how Fielding has given us every character of the quiet lake, Robson[65] of
the mountain tarn, De Wint of the lowland river, Nesfield of the radiant
cataract, Harding of the roaring torrent, Fielding of the desolate sea, Stanfield
of the blue, open, boundless ocean. Arrange all this in your mind, observe the
perfect truth of it in all its parts, compare it with the fragmentary falsities of
the ancients, and then, come with me to Turner.
[65] I ought before to have alluded to the works of the late G. Robson. They are a little
disagreeable in execution, but there is a feeling of the character of deep calm water in them
quite unequalled, and different from the works and thoughts of all other men.
CHAPTER III.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY TURNER.
his sea in open daylight, under general sunshine, and paints the element in its
§ 12. But want of
pure color and complete forms. But we wish that he were
feeling. General
less powerful, and more interesting; or that he were a little
sum of truth
less Diogenes-like, and did not scorn all that he does not
presented by
want. Now that he has shown us what he can do without
modern art.
such aids, we wish he would show us what he can do with
them. He is, as we have already said, wanting in what we
have just been praising in Fielding—impressiveness. We should like him to
be less clever, and more affecting—less wonderful, and more terrible; and as
the very first step towards such an end, to learn how to conceal. We are,
however, trenching upon matters with which we have at present nothing to
do; our concern is now only with truth, and one work of Stanfield alone
presents us with as much concentrated knowledge of sea and sky, as, diluted,
would have lasted any one of the old masters his life. And let it be especially
observed, how extensive and how varied is the truth of our modern masters—
how it comprises a complete history of that nature of which, from the
ancients, you only here and there can catch a stammering descriptive syllable
—how Fielding has given us every character of the quiet lake, Robson[65] of
the mountain tarn, De Wint of the lowland river, Nesfield of the radiant
cataract, Harding of the roaring torrent, Fielding of the desolate sea, Stanfield
of the blue, open, boundless ocean. Arrange all this in your mind, observe the
perfect truth of it in all its parts, compare it with the fragmentary falsities of
the ancients, and then, come with me to Turner.
[65] I ought before to have alluded to the works of the late G. Robson. They are a little
disagreeable in execution, but there is a feeling of the character of deep calm water in them
quite unequalled, and different from the works and thoughts of all other men.
CHAPTER III.
OF WATER, AS PAINTED BY TURNER.
Page 442
I believe it is a result of the experience of all artists, that it is the easiest
thing in the world to give a certain degree of depth and transparency to water;
§ 1. The difficulty
but that it is next thing to impossible, to give a full
of giving surface to
impression of surface. If no reflection be given—a ripple
being supposed—the water looks like lead: if reflection be
smooth water.
given, it in nine cases out of ten looks morbidly clear and
deep, so that we always go down into it, even when the artist most wishes us
to glide over it. Now, this difficulty arises from the very same circumstance
which occasions the frequent failure in effect of the best drawn foregrounds,
noticed in Section II. Chapter III., the change, namely, of focus necessary in
the eye in order to receive rays of light coming from
§ 2. Is dependent
different distances. Go to the edge of a pond, in a perfectly
on the structure of
the eye, and the
calm day, at some place where there is duckweed floating
focus by which the
on the surface,—not thick, but a leaf here and there. Now,
reflected rays are
you may either see in the water the reflection of the sky, or
perceived.
you may see the duckweed; but you cannot, by any effort,
see both together. If you look for the reflection, you will be
sensible of a sudden change or effort in the eye, by which it adapts itself to
the reception of the rays which have come all the way from the clouds, have
struck on the water, and so been sent up again to the eye. The focus you adopt
is one fit for great distance; and, accordingly, you will feel that you are
looking down a great way under the water, while the leaves of the duckweed,
though they lie upon the water at the very spot on which you are gazing so
intently, are felt only as a vague, uncertain interruption, causing a little
confusion in the image below, but entirely indistinguishable as leaves,—and
even their color unknown and unperceived. Unless you think of them, you
will not even feel that anything interrupts your sight, so excessively slight is
their effect. If, on the other hand, you make up your mind to look for the
leaves of the duckweed, you will perceive an instantaneous change in the
effort of the eye, by which it becomes adapted to receive near rays—those
which have only come from the surface of the pond. You will then see the
delicate leaves of the duckweed with perfect clearness, and in vivid green;
but while you do so, you will be able to perceive nothing of the reflections in
the very water on which they float—nothing but a vague flashing and melting
of light and dark hues, without form or meaning, which, to investigate, or
thing in the world to give a certain degree of depth and transparency to water;
§ 1. The difficulty
but that it is next thing to impossible, to give a full
of giving surface to
impression of surface. If no reflection be given—a ripple
being supposed—the water looks like lead: if reflection be
smooth water.
given, it in nine cases out of ten looks morbidly clear and
deep, so that we always go down into it, even when the artist most wishes us
to glide over it. Now, this difficulty arises from the very same circumstance
which occasions the frequent failure in effect of the best drawn foregrounds,
noticed in Section II. Chapter III., the change, namely, of focus necessary in
the eye in order to receive rays of light coming from
§ 2. Is dependent
different distances. Go to the edge of a pond, in a perfectly
on the structure of
the eye, and the
calm day, at some place where there is duckweed floating
focus by which the
on the surface,—not thick, but a leaf here and there. Now,
reflected rays are
you may either see in the water the reflection of the sky, or
perceived.
you may see the duckweed; but you cannot, by any effort,
see both together. If you look for the reflection, you will be
sensible of a sudden change or effort in the eye, by which it adapts itself to
the reception of the rays which have come all the way from the clouds, have
struck on the water, and so been sent up again to the eye. The focus you adopt
is one fit for great distance; and, accordingly, you will feel that you are
looking down a great way under the water, while the leaves of the duckweed,
though they lie upon the water at the very spot on which you are gazing so
intently, are felt only as a vague, uncertain interruption, causing a little
confusion in the image below, but entirely indistinguishable as leaves,—and
even their color unknown and unperceived. Unless you think of them, you
will not even feel that anything interrupts your sight, so excessively slight is
their effect. If, on the other hand, you make up your mind to look for the
leaves of the duckweed, you will perceive an instantaneous change in the
effort of the eye, by which it becomes adapted to receive near rays—those
which have only come from the surface of the pond. You will then see the
delicate leaves of the duckweed with perfect clearness, and in vivid green;
but while you do so, you will be able to perceive nothing of the reflections in
the very water on which they float—nothing but a vague flashing and melting
of light and dark hues, without form or meaning, which, to investigate, or
Page 443
find out what they mean or are, you must quit your hold of the duckweed,
and plunge down.
Hence it appears, that whenever we see plain reflections of comparatively
distant objects, in near water, we cannot possibly see the surface, and vice
versa; so that when in a painting we give the reflections
§ 3. Morbid
clearness
with the same clearness with which they are visible in
occasioned in
nature, we presuppose the effort of the eye to look under the
painting of water
surface, and, of course, destroy the surface, and induce an
by distinctness of
effect of clearness which, perhaps, the artist has not
reflections.
particularly wished to attain, but which he has found
himself forced into, by his reflections, in spite of himself.
And the reason of this effect of clearness appearing preternatural is, that
people are not in the habit of looking at water with the distant focus adapted
to the reflections, unless by particular effort. We invariably, under ordinary
circumstances, use the surface focus; and, in consequence, receive nothing
more than a vague and confused impression of the reflected colors and lines,
however clearly, calmly, and vigorously all may be defined underneath, if we
choose to look for them. We do not look for them, but glide along over the
surface, catching only playing light and capricious color for evidence of
reflection, except where we come to images of objects close to the surface,
which the surface focus is of course adapted to receive; and these we see
clearly, as of the weeds on the shore, or of sticks rising out of the water, etc.
Hence, the ordinary effect of water is only to be rendered by giving the
reflections of the margin clear and distinct (so clear they usually are in
nature, that it is impossible to tell where the water begins;) but the moment
we touch the reflection of distant objects, as of high trees or clouds, that
instant we must become vague and uncertain in drawing, and, though vivid in
color and light as the object itself, quite indistinct in form and feature. If we
§ 4. How avoided
take such a piece of water as that in the foreground of
by Turner.
Turner's Chateau of Prince Albert, the first impression from
it is,—"What a wide surface!" We glide over it a quarter of
a mile into the picture before we know where we are, and yet the water is as
calm and crystalline as a mirror; but we are not allowed to tumble into it, and
gasp for breath as we go down,—we are kept upon the surface, though that
surface is flashing and radiant with every hue of cloud, and sun, and sky, and
foliage. But the secret is in the drawing of these reflections.[66] We cannot tell
and plunge down.
Hence it appears, that whenever we see plain reflections of comparatively
distant objects, in near water, we cannot possibly see the surface, and vice
versa; so that when in a painting we give the reflections
§ 3. Morbid
clearness
with the same clearness with which they are visible in
occasioned in
nature, we presuppose the effort of the eye to look under the
painting of water
surface, and, of course, destroy the surface, and induce an
by distinctness of
effect of clearness which, perhaps, the artist has not
reflections.
particularly wished to attain, but which he has found
himself forced into, by his reflections, in spite of himself.
And the reason of this effect of clearness appearing preternatural is, that
people are not in the habit of looking at water with the distant focus adapted
to the reflections, unless by particular effort. We invariably, under ordinary
circumstances, use the surface focus; and, in consequence, receive nothing
more than a vague and confused impression of the reflected colors and lines,
however clearly, calmly, and vigorously all may be defined underneath, if we
choose to look for them. We do not look for them, but glide along over the
surface, catching only playing light and capricious color for evidence of
reflection, except where we come to images of objects close to the surface,
which the surface focus is of course adapted to receive; and these we see
clearly, as of the weeds on the shore, or of sticks rising out of the water, etc.
Hence, the ordinary effect of water is only to be rendered by giving the
reflections of the margin clear and distinct (so clear they usually are in
nature, that it is impossible to tell where the water begins;) but the moment
we touch the reflection of distant objects, as of high trees or clouds, that
instant we must become vague and uncertain in drawing, and, though vivid in
color and light as the object itself, quite indistinct in form and feature. If we
§ 4. How avoided
take such a piece of water as that in the foreground of
by Turner.
Turner's Chateau of Prince Albert, the first impression from
it is,—"What a wide surface!" We glide over it a quarter of
a mile into the picture before we know where we are, and yet the water is as
calm and crystalline as a mirror; but we are not allowed to tumble into it, and
gasp for breath as we go down,—we are kept upon the surface, though that
surface is flashing and radiant with every hue of cloud, and sun, and sky, and
foliage. But the secret is in the drawing of these reflections.[66] We cannot tell
Page 444
when we look at them and for them, what they mean. They have all character,
and are evidently reflections of something definite and determined; but yet
they are all uncertain and inexplicable; playing color and palpitating shade,
which, though we recognize in an instant for images of something, and feel
that the water is bright, and lovely, and calm, we cannot penetrate nor
interpret: we are not allowed to go down to them, and we repose, as we
should in nature, upon the lustre of the level surface. It is in this power of
saying everything, and yet saying nothing too plainly, that the perfection of
§ 5. All reflections
art here, as in all other cases, consists. But as it was before
on distant water
shown in Sect. II. Chap. III. that the focus of the eye
are distinct.
required little alteration after the first half mile of distance,
it is evident that on the distant surface of water, all
reflections will be seen plainly; for the same focus adapted to a moderate
distance of surface will receive with distinctness rays coming from the sky, or
from any other distance, however great. Thus we always see the reflection of
Mont Blanc on the Lake of Geneva, whether we take pains to look for it or
not, because the water upon which it is cast is itself a mile off; but if we
would see the reflection of Mont Blanc in the Lac de Chede, which is close to
us, we must take some trouble about the matter, leave the green snakes
swimming upon the surface, and plunge for it. Hence reflections, if viewed
collectively, are always clear in proportion to the distance of the water on
which they are cast. And now look at Turner's Ulleswater, or any of his
distant lake expanses, and you will find every crag and line of the hills
rendered in them with absolute fidelity, while the near surface shows nothing
but a vague confusion of exquisite and lustrous tint. The reflections even of
the clouds will be given far off, while those of near boats and figures will be
confused and mixed among each other, except just at the water-line.
And now we see what Vandevelde ought to have done with the shadow of
his ship spoken of in the first chapter of this section. In such a calm, we
§ 6. The error of
should in nature, if we had looked for the reflection, have
Vandevelde.
seen it clear from the water-line to the flag on the mainmast;
but in so doing, we should have appeared to ourselves to be
looking under the water, and should have lost all feeling of surface. When we
looked at the surface of the sea,—as we naturally should,—we should have
seen the image of the hull absolutely clear and perfect, because that image is
cast on distant water; but we should have seen the image of the masts and
and are evidently reflections of something definite and determined; but yet
they are all uncertain and inexplicable; playing color and palpitating shade,
which, though we recognize in an instant for images of something, and feel
that the water is bright, and lovely, and calm, we cannot penetrate nor
interpret: we are not allowed to go down to them, and we repose, as we
should in nature, upon the lustre of the level surface. It is in this power of
saying everything, and yet saying nothing too plainly, that the perfection of
§ 5. All reflections
art here, as in all other cases, consists. But as it was before
on distant water
shown in Sect. II. Chap. III. that the focus of the eye
are distinct.
required little alteration after the first half mile of distance,
it is evident that on the distant surface of water, all
reflections will be seen plainly; for the same focus adapted to a moderate
distance of surface will receive with distinctness rays coming from the sky, or
from any other distance, however great. Thus we always see the reflection of
Mont Blanc on the Lake of Geneva, whether we take pains to look for it or
not, because the water upon which it is cast is itself a mile off; but if we
would see the reflection of Mont Blanc in the Lac de Chede, which is close to
us, we must take some trouble about the matter, leave the green snakes
swimming upon the surface, and plunge for it. Hence reflections, if viewed
collectively, are always clear in proportion to the distance of the water on
which they are cast. And now look at Turner's Ulleswater, or any of his
distant lake expanses, and you will find every crag and line of the hills
rendered in them with absolute fidelity, while the near surface shows nothing
but a vague confusion of exquisite and lustrous tint. The reflections even of
the clouds will be given far off, while those of near boats and figures will be
confused and mixed among each other, except just at the water-line.
And now we see what Vandevelde ought to have done with the shadow of
his ship spoken of in the first chapter of this section. In such a calm, we
§ 6. The error of
should in nature, if we had looked for the reflection, have
Vandevelde.
seen it clear from the water-line to the flag on the mainmast;
but in so doing, we should have appeared to ourselves to be
looking under the water, and should have lost all feeling of surface. When we
looked at the surface of the sea,—as we naturally should,—we should have
seen the image of the hull absolutely clear and perfect, because that image is
cast on distant water; but we should have seen the image of the masts and
Page 445
sails gradually more confused as they descended, and the water close to us
would have borne only upon its surface a maze of flashing color and
indefinite hue. Had Vandevelde, therefore, given the perfect image of his
ship, he would have represented a truth dependent on a particular effort of the
eye, and destroyed his surface. But his business was to give, not a distinct
reflection, but the colors of the reflection in mystery and disorder upon his
near water, all perfectly vivid, but none intelligible; and had he done so, the
eye would not have troubled itself to search them out; it would not have cared
whence or how the colors came, but it would have felt them to be true and
right, and rested satisfied upon the polished surface of the clear sea. Of the
perfect truth, the best examples I can give are Turner's Saltash and Castle
Upnor.
Be it next observed that the reflection of all near objects is, by our fifth
rule, not an exact copy of the parts of them which we see above the water, but
§ 7. Difference in
a totally different view and arrangement of them, that which
arrangement of
we should get if we were looking at them from beneath.
parts between the
Hence we see the dark sides of leaves hanging over a
stream, in their reflection, though we see the light sides
reflected object
above, and all objects and groups of objects are thus seen in
and its image.
the reflection under different lights, and in different
positions with respect to each other from those which they assume above;
some which we see on the bank being entirely lost in their reflection, and
others which we cannot see on the bank brought into view. Hence nature
contrives never to repeat herself, and the surface of water is not a mockery,
but a new view of what is above it. And this difference in what is represented,
as well as the obscurity of the representation, is one of the chief sources by
which the sensation of surface is kept up in the reality. The reflection is not
so remarkable, it does not attract the eye in the same degree when it is
entirely different from the images above, as when it mocks them and repeats
them, and we feel that the space and surface have color and character of their
own, and that the bank is one thing and the water another. It is by not making
this change manifest, and giving underneath a mere duplicate of what is seen
above, that artists are apt to destroy the essence and substance of water, and
to drop us through it.
would have borne only upon its surface a maze of flashing color and
indefinite hue. Had Vandevelde, therefore, given the perfect image of his
ship, he would have represented a truth dependent on a particular effort of the
eye, and destroyed his surface. But his business was to give, not a distinct
reflection, but the colors of the reflection in mystery and disorder upon his
near water, all perfectly vivid, but none intelligible; and had he done so, the
eye would not have troubled itself to search them out; it would not have cared
whence or how the colors came, but it would have felt them to be true and
right, and rested satisfied upon the polished surface of the clear sea. Of the
perfect truth, the best examples I can give are Turner's Saltash and Castle
Upnor.
Be it next observed that the reflection of all near objects is, by our fifth
rule, not an exact copy of the parts of them which we see above the water, but
§ 7. Difference in
a totally different view and arrangement of them, that which
arrangement of
we should get if we were looking at them from beneath.
parts between the
Hence we see the dark sides of leaves hanging over a
stream, in their reflection, though we see the light sides
reflected object
above, and all objects and groups of objects are thus seen in
and its image.
the reflection under different lights, and in different
positions with respect to each other from those which they assume above;
some which we see on the bank being entirely lost in their reflection, and
others which we cannot see on the bank brought into view. Hence nature
contrives never to repeat herself, and the surface of water is not a mockery,
but a new view of what is above it. And this difference in what is represented,
as well as the obscurity of the representation, is one of the chief sources by
which the sensation of surface is kept up in the reality. The reflection is not
so remarkable, it does not attract the eye in the same degree when it is
entirely different from the images above, as when it mocks them and repeats
them, and we feel that the space and surface have color and character of their
own, and that the bank is one thing and the water another. It is by not making
this change manifest, and giving underneath a mere duplicate of what is seen
above, that artists are apt to destroy the essence and substance of water, and
to drop us through it.
Page 446
Now one instance will be sufficient to show the exquisite care of Turner in
this respect. On the left-hand side of his Nottingham, the water (a smooth
§ 8. Illustrated
canal) is terminated by a bank fenced up with wood, on
from the works of
which, just at the edge of the water, stands a white sign-
post. A quarter of a mile back, the hill on which Nottingham
Turner.
Castle stands rises steeply nearly to the top of the picture.
The upper part of this hill is in bright golden light, and the lower in very deep
gray shadow, against which the white board of the sign-post is seen entirely
in light relief, though, being turned from the light, it is itself in delicate
middle tint, illumined only on the edge. But the image of all this in the canal
is very different. First, we have the reflection of the piles of the bank, sharp
and clear, but under this we have not what we see above it, the dark base of
the hill, (for this being a quarter of a mile back, we could not see over the
fence if we were looking from below,) but the golden summit of the hill, the
shadow of the under part having no record nor place in the reflection. But this
summit, being very distant, cannot be seen clearly by the eye while its focus
is adapted to the surface of the water, and accordingly its reflection is entirely
vague and confused; you cannot tell what it is meant for, it is mere playing
golden light. But the sign-post, being on the bank close to us, will be
reflected clearly, and accordingly its distinct image is seen in the midst of this
confusion. But it now is relieved, not against the dark base, but against the
illumined summit of the hill, and it appears, therefore, instead of a white
space thrown out from blue shade, a dark gray space thrown out from golden
light. I do not know that any more magnificent example could be given of
concentrated knowledge, or of the daring statement of most
§ 9. The boldness
difficult truth. For who but this consummate artist would
and judgment
shown in the
have had courage, even if he had perceived the laws which
observance of it.
required it, to undertake in a single small space of water, the
painting of an entirely new picture, with all its tones and
arrangements altered,—what was made above bright by opposition to blue,
being underneath made cool and dark by opposition to gold;—or would have
dared to contradict so boldly the ordinary expectation of the uncultivated eye,
to find in the reflection a mockery for the reality? But the reward is
immediate, for not only is the change most grateful to the eye, and most
exquisite as composition, but the surface of the water in consequence of it is
felt to be as spacious as it is clear, and the eye rests not on the inverted image
this respect. On the left-hand side of his Nottingham, the water (a smooth
§ 8. Illustrated
canal) is terminated by a bank fenced up with wood, on
from the works of
which, just at the edge of the water, stands a white sign-
post. A quarter of a mile back, the hill on which Nottingham
Turner.
Castle stands rises steeply nearly to the top of the picture.
The upper part of this hill is in bright golden light, and the lower in very deep
gray shadow, against which the white board of the sign-post is seen entirely
in light relief, though, being turned from the light, it is itself in delicate
middle tint, illumined only on the edge. But the image of all this in the canal
is very different. First, we have the reflection of the piles of the bank, sharp
and clear, but under this we have not what we see above it, the dark base of
the hill, (for this being a quarter of a mile back, we could not see over the
fence if we were looking from below,) but the golden summit of the hill, the
shadow of the under part having no record nor place in the reflection. But this
summit, being very distant, cannot be seen clearly by the eye while its focus
is adapted to the surface of the water, and accordingly its reflection is entirely
vague and confused; you cannot tell what it is meant for, it is mere playing
golden light. But the sign-post, being on the bank close to us, will be
reflected clearly, and accordingly its distinct image is seen in the midst of this
confusion. But it now is relieved, not against the dark base, but against the
illumined summit of the hill, and it appears, therefore, instead of a white
space thrown out from blue shade, a dark gray space thrown out from golden
light. I do not know that any more magnificent example could be given of
concentrated knowledge, or of the daring statement of most
§ 9. The boldness
difficult truth. For who but this consummate artist would
and judgment
shown in the
have had courage, even if he had perceived the laws which
observance of it.
required it, to undertake in a single small space of water, the
painting of an entirely new picture, with all its tones and
arrangements altered,—what was made above bright by opposition to blue,
being underneath made cool and dark by opposition to gold;—or would have
dared to contradict so boldly the ordinary expectation of the uncultivated eye,
to find in the reflection a mockery for the reality? But the reward is
immediate, for not only is the change most grateful to the eye, and most
exquisite as composition, but the surface of the water in consequence of it is
felt to be as spacious as it is clear, and the eye rests not on the inverted image
Page 447
of the material objects, but on the element which receives them. And we have
a farther instance in this passage of the close study which is required to enjoy
the works of Turner, for another artist might have altered the reflection or
confused it, but he would not have reasoned upon it so as to find out what the
exact alteration must be; and if we had tried to account for the reflection, we
should have found it false or inaccurate. But the master mind of Turner,
without effort, showers its knowledge into every touch, and we have only to
trace out even his slightest passages, part by part, to find in them the
universal working of the deepest thought, that consistency of every minor
truth which admits of and invites the same ceaseless study as the work of
nature herself.
There is, however, yet another peculiarity in Turner's painting of smooth
water, which, though less deserving of admiration, as being merely a
§ 10. The texture of
mechanical excellence, is not less wonderful than its other
surface in Turner's
qualities, nor less unique—a peculiar texture, namely, given
painting of calm
to the most delicate tints of the surface, when there is little
water.
reflection from anything except sky or atmosphere, and
which, just at the points where other painters are reduced to
paper, gives to the surface of Turner the greatest appearance of substantial
liquidity. It is impossible to say how it is produced; it looks like some
modification of body color; but it certainly is not body color used as by other
men, for I have seen this expedient tried over and over again without success;
and it is often accompanied by crumbling touches of a dry brush, which never
could have been put upon body color, and which could not have shown
through underneath it. As a piece of mechanical excellence, it is one of the
most remarkable things in the works of the master; and it brings the truth of
his water-painting up to the last degree of perfection, often rendering those
passages of it the most attractive and delightful, which from their delicacy
and paleness of tint, would have been weak and papery in the hands of any
other man. The best instance of it I can give, is, I think, the distance of the
Devonport with the Dockyards.
After all, however, there is more in Turner's painting of water surface than
any philosophy of reflection, or any peculiarity of means, can account for or
accomplish; there is a might and wonder about it which will not admit of our
whys and hows. Take, for instance, the picture of the Sun of Venice going to
a farther instance in this passage of the close study which is required to enjoy
the works of Turner, for another artist might have altered the reflection or
confused it, but he would not have reasoned upon it so as to find out what the
exact alteration must be; and if we had tried to account for the reflection, we
should have found it false or inaccurate. But the master mind of Turner,
without effort, showers its knowledge into every touch, and we have only to
trace out even his slightest passages, part by part, to find in them the
universal working of the deepest thought, that consistency of every minor
truth which admits of and invites the same ceaseless study as the work of
nature herself.
There is, however, yet another peculiarity in Turner's painting of smooth
water, which, though less deserving of admiration, as being merely a
§ 10. The texture of
mechanical excellence, is not less wonderful than its other
surface in Turner's
qualities, nor less unique—a peculiar texture, namely, given
painting of calm
to the most delicate tints of the surface, when there is little
water.
reflection from anything except sky or atmosphere, and
which, just at the points where other painters are reduced to
paper, gives to the surface of Turner the greatest appearance of substantial
liquidity. It is impossible to say how it is produced; it looks like some
modification of body color; but it certainly is not body color used as by other
men, for I have seen this expedient tried over and over again without success;
and it is often accompanied by crumbling touches of a dry brush, which never
could have been put upon body color, and which could not have shown
through underneath it. As a piece of mechanical excellence, it is one of the
most remarkable things in the works of the master; and it brings the truth of
his water-painting up to the last degree of perfection, often rendering those
passages of it the most attractive and delightful, which from their delicacy
and paleness of tint, would have been weak and papery in the hands of any
other man. The best instance of it I can give, is, I think, the distance of the
Devonport with the Dockyards.
After all, however, there is more in Turner's painting of water surface than
any philosophy of reflection, or any peculiarity of means, can account for or
accomplish; there is a might and wonder about it which will not admit of our
whys and hows. Take, for instance, the picture of the Sun of Venice going to
Page 448
§ 11. Its united
Sea, of 1843, respecting which, however, there are one or
qualities.
two circumstances which may as well be noted besides its
water-painting. The reader, if he has not been at Venice,
ought to be made aware that the Venetian fishing-boats, almost without
exception, carry canvas painted with bright colors, the favorite design for the
centre being either a cross or a large sun with many rays, the favorite colors
being red, orange, and black, blue occurring occasionally. The radiance of
these sails and of the bright and grotesque vanes at the mast-heads under
sunlight is beyond all painting, but it is strange that, of constant occurrence as
these boats are on all the lagoons, Turner alone should have availed himself
of them. Nothing could be more faithful than the boat which was the
principal object in this picture, in the cut of the sail, the filling of it, the exact
height of the boom above the deck, the quartering of it with color, finally and
especially, the hanging of the fish-baskets about the bows. All these,
however, are comparatively minor merits, (though not the blaze of color
which the artist elicited from the right use of these circumstances,) but the
peculiar power of the picture was the painting of the sea surface, where there
were no reflections to assist it. A stream of splendid color fell from the boat,
but that occupied the centre only; in the distance, the city and crowded boats
threw down some playing lines, but these still left on each side of the boat a
large space of water reflecting nothing but the morning sky. This was divided
by an eddying swell, on whose continuous sides the local color of the water
was seen, pure aquamarine, (a beautiful occurrence of closely-observed
truth,) but still there remained a large blank space of pale water to be treated,
the sky above had no distinct details and was pure faint gray, with broken
white vestiges of cloud: it gave no help therefore. But there the water lay, no
dead gray flat paint, but downright clear, playing, palpable surface, full of
indefinite hue, and retiring as regularly and visibly back and far away, as if
there had been objects all over it to tell the story by perspective. Now it is the
doing of this which tries the painter, and it is his having done this which
made me say above that "no man had ever painted the surface of calm water
but Turner." The San Benedetto, looking towards Fusina, contained a similar
passage, equally fine; in one of the Canale della Guidecca the specific green
color of the water is seen in front, with the shadows of the boats thrown on it
in purple; all, as it retires, passing into the pure reflective blue.
Sea, of 1843, respecting which, however, there are one or
qualities.
two circumstances which may as well be noted besides its
water-painting. The reader, if he has not been at Venice,
ought to be made aware that the Venetian fishing-boats, almost without
exception, carry canvas painted with bright colors, the favorite design for the
centre being either a cross or a large sun with many rays, the favorite colors
being red, orange, and black, blue occurring occasionally. The radiance of
these sails and of the bright and grotesque vanes at the mast-heads under
sunlight is beyond all painting, but it is strange that, of constant occurrence as
these boats are on all the lagoons, Turner alone should have availed himself
of them. Nothing could be more faithful than the boat which was the
principal object in this picture, in the cut of the sail, the filling of it, the exact
height of the boom above the deck, the quartering of it with color, finally and
especially, the hanging of the fish-baskets about the bows. All these,
however, are comparatively minor merits, (though not the blaze of color
which the artist elicited from the right use of these circumstances,) but the
peculiar power of the picture was the painting of the sea surface, where there
were no reflections to assist it. A stream of splendid color fell from the boat,
but that occupied the centre only; in the distance, the city and crowded boats
threw down some playing lines, but these still left on each side of the boat a
large space of water reflecting nothing but the morning sky. This was divided
by an eddying swell, on whose continuous sides the local color of the water
was seen, pure aquamarine, (a beautiful occurrence of closely-observed
truth,) but still there remained a large blank space of pale water to be treated,
the sky above had no distinct details and was pure faint gray, with broken
white vestiges of cloud: it gave no help therefore. But there the water lay, no
dead gray flat paint, but downright clear, playing, palpable surface, full of
indefinite hue, and retiring as regularly and visibly back and far away, as if
there had been objects all over it to tell the story by perspective. Now it is the
doing of this which tries the painter, and it is his having done this which
made me say above that "no man had ever painted the surface of calm water
but Turner." The San Benedetto, looking towards Fusina, contained a similar
passage, equally fine; in one of the Canale della Guidecca the specific green
color of the water is seen in front, with the shadows of the boats thrown on it
in purple; all, as it retires, passing into the pure reflective blue.
Page 449
But Turner is not satisfied with this. He is never altogether content unless
he can, at the same time that he takes advantage of all the placidity of repose,
tell us something either about the past commotion of the
§ 12. Relation of
various
water, or of some present stirring of tide or current which its
circumstances of
stillness does not show, or give us something or other to
past agitation, etc.,
think about and reason upon, as well as to look at. Take a
by the most trifling
few instances. His Cowes, Isle of Wight, is a summer
incidents, as in the
twilight about half an hour, or more, after sunset. Intensity
of repose is the great aim throughout, and the unity of tone
Cowes.
of the picture is one of the finest things that Turner has ever
done. But there is not only quietness, there is the very deepest solemnity in
the whole of the light, as well as in the stillness of the vessels; and Turner
wishes to enhance this feeling by representing not only repose, but power in
repose, the emblem, in the sea, of the quiet ships of war. Accordingly, he
takes the greatest possible pains to get his surface polished, calm, and
smooth, but he indicates the reflection of a buoy, floating a full quarter of a
mile off, by three black strokes with wide intervals between them, the last of
which touches the water within twenty yards of the spectator. Now these
three reflections can only indicate the farther sides of three rises of an
enormous swell, and give by their intervals of separation, a space of from
twelve to twenty yards for the breadth of each wave, including the sweep
between them, and this swell is farther indicated by the reflection of the new
moon falling, in a wide zigzag line. The exceeding majesty which this single
circumstance gives to the whole picture, the sublime sensation of power and
knowledge of former exertion which we instantly receive from it, if we have
but acquaintance with nature enough to understand its language, render this
work not only a piece of the most refined truth, (as which I have at present
named it,) but to my mind, one of the highest pieces of intellectual art
existing.
Again, in the scene on the Loire, with the square precipice and fiery sunset,
in the Rivers of France, repose has been aimed at in the same way, and most
§ 13. In scenes on
thoroughly given; but the immense width of the river at this
the Loire and
spot makes it look like a lake or sea, and it was therefore
Seine.
necessary that we should be made thoroughly to understand
and feel that this is not the calm of still water, but the
tranquillity of a majestic current. Accordingly, a boat swings at anchor on the
he can, at the same time that he takes advantage of all the placidity of repose,
tell us something either about the past commotion of the
§ 12. Relation of
various
water, or of some present stirring of tide or current which its
circumstances of
stillness does not show, or give us something or other to
past agitation, etc.,
think about and reason upon, as well as to look at. Take a
by the most trifling
few instances. His Cowes, Isle of Wight, is a summer
incidents, as in the
twilight about half an hour, or more, after sunset. Intensity
of repose is the great aim throughout, and the unity of tone
Cowes.
of the picture is one of the finest things that Turner has ever
done. But there is not only quietness, there is the very deepest solemnity in
the whole of the light, as well as in the stillness of the vessels; and Turner
wishes to enhance this feeling by representing not only repose, but power in
repose, the emblem, in the sea, of the quiet ships of war. Accordingly, he
takes the greatest possible pains to get his surface polished, calm, and
smooth, but he indicates the reflection of a buoy, floating a full quarter of a
mile off, by three black strokes with wide intervals between them, the last of
which touches the water within twenty yards of the spectator. Now these
three reflections can only indicate the farther sides of three rises of an
enormous swell, and give by their intervals of separation, a space of from
twelve to twenty yards for the breadth of each wave, including the sweep
between them, and this swell is farther indicated by the reflection of the new
moon falling, in a wide zigzag line. The exceeding majesty which this single
circumstance gives to the whole picture, the sublime sensation of power and
knowledge of former exertion which we instantly receive from it, if we have
but acquaintance with nature enough to understand its language, render this
work not only a piece of the most refined truth, (as which I have at present
named it,) but to my mind, one of the highest pieces of intellectual art
existing.
Again, in the scene on the Loire, with the square precipice and fiery sunset,
in the Rivers of France, repose has been aimed at in the same way, and most
§ 13. In scenes on
thoroughly given; but the immense width of the river at this
the Loire and
spot makes it look like a lake or sea, and it was therefore
Seine.
necessary that we should be made thoroughly to understand
and feel that this is not the calm of still water, but the
tranquillity of a majestic current. Accordingly, a boat swings at anchor on the
Page 450
right; and the stream, dividing at its bow, flows towards us in two long, dark
waves, especial attention to which is enforced by the one on the left being
brought across the reflected stream of sunshine, which it separates, and which
is broken in the nearer water by the general undulation and agitation caused
by the boat's wake; a wake caused by the waters passing it, not by its going
through the water.
Again, in the Confluence of the Seine and Marne, we have the repose of
the wide river stirred by the paddles of the steamboat, (whose plashing we
§ 14. Expression of
can almost hear, for we are especially compelled to look at
contrary waves
them by their being made the central note of the
caused by recoil
composition—the blackest object in it, opposed to the
from shore.
strongest light,) and this disturbance is not merely caused
by the two lines of surge from the boat's wake, for any other
painter must have given these, but Turner never rests satisfied till he has told
you all in his power; and he has not only given the receding surges, but these
have gone on to the shore, have struck upon it, and been beaten back from it
in another line of weaker contrary surges, whose point of intersection with
those of the wake itself is marked by the sudden subdivision and disorder of
the waves of the wake on the extreme left, and whose reverted direction is
exquisitely given where their lines cross the calm water, close to the
spectator, and marked also by the sudden vertical spring of the spray just
where they intersect the swell from the boat; and in order that we may fully
be able to account for these reverted waves, we are allowed, just at the
extreme right-hand limit of the picture, to see the point where the swell from
the boat meets the shore. In the Chaise de Gargantua we have the still water
lulled by the dead calm which usually precedes the most violent storms,
suddenly broken upon by a tremendous burst of wind from the gathered
§ 15. Various other
thunder-clouds, scattering the boats, and raising the water
instances.
into rage, except where it is sheltered by the hills. In the
Jumieges and Vernon we have farther instances of local
agitation, caused, in the one instance, by a steamer, in the other, by the large
water-wheels under the bridge, not, observe, a mere splashing about the
wheel itself, this is too far off to be noticeable, so that we should not have
even known that the objects beneath the bridge were water-wheels, but for
the agitation recorded a quarter of a mile down the river, where its current
crosses the sunlight. And thus there will scarcely ever be found a piece of
waves, especial attention to which is enforced by the one on the left being
brought across the reflected stream of sunshine, which it separates, and which
is broken in the nearer water by the general undulation and agitation caused
by the boat's wake; a wake caused by the waters passing it, not by its going
through the water.
Again, in the Confluence of the Seine and Marne, we have the repose of
the wide river stirred by the paddles of the steamboat, (whose plashing we
§ 14. Expression of
can almost hear, for we are especially compelled to look at
contrary waves
them by their being made the central note of the
caused by recoil
composition—the blackest object in it, opposed to the
from shore.
strongest light,) and this disturbance is not merely caused
by the two lines of surge from the boat's wake, for any other
painter must have given these, but Turner never rests satisfied till he has told
you all in his power; and he has not only given the receding surges, but these
have gone on to the shore, have struck upon it, and been beaten back from it
in another line of weaker contrary surges, whose point of intersection with
those of the wake itself is marked by the sudden subdivision and disorder of
the waves of the wake on the extreme left, and whose reverted direction is
exquisitely given where their lines cross the calm water, close to the
spectator, and marked also by the sudden vertical spring of the spray just
where they intersect the swell from the boat; and in order that we may fully
be able to account for these reverted waves, we are allowed, just at the
extreme right-hand limit of the picture, to see the point where the swell from
the boat meets the shore. In the Chaise de Gargantua we have the still water
lulled by the dead calm which usually precedes the most violent storms,
suddenly broken upon by a tremendous burst of wind from the gathered
§ 15. Various other
thunder-clouds, scattering the boats, and raising the water
instances.
into rage, except where it is sheltered by the hills. In the
Jumieges and Vernon we have farther instances of local
agitation, caused, in the one instance, by a steamer, in the other, by the large
water-wheels under the bridge, not, observe, a mere splashing about the
wheel itself, this is too far off to be noticeable, so that we should not have
even known that the objects beneath the bridge were water-wheels, but for
the agitation recorded a quarter of a mile down the river, where its current
crosses the sunlight. And thus there will scarcely ever be found a piece of
Page 451
quiet water by Turner, without some story in it of one kind or another;
sometimes a slight, but beautiful incident—oftener, as in the Cowes,
something on which the whole sentiment and intention of the picture in a
great degree depends; but invariably presenting some new instance of varied
knowledge and observation, some fresh appeal to the highest faculties of the
mind.
Of extended surfaces of water, as rendered by Turner, the Loch Katrine and
Derwent-water, of the Illustrations to Scott, and the Loch Lomond, vignette
§ 16. Turner's
in Rogers's Poems, are characteristic instances. The first of
painting of distant
these gives us the most distant part of the lake entirely
expanses of water.
under the influence of a light breeze, and therefore entirely
Calm, interrupted
without reflections of the objects on its borders; but the
by ripple.
whole near half is untouched by the wind, and on that is cast
the image of the upper part of Ben-Venue and of the islands.
The second gives us the surface, with just so much motion upon it as to
prolong, but not to destroy, the reflections of the dark woods,—reflections
§ 17. And ripple,
only interrupted by the ripple of the boat's wake. And the
crossed by
third gives us an example of the whole surface so much
sunshine.
affected by ripple as to bring into exercise all those laws
which we have seen so grossly violated by Canaletto. We
see in the nearest boat that though the lines of the gunwale are much blacker
and more conspicuous than that of the cutwater, yet the gunwale lines, being
nearly horizontal, have no reflection whatsoever; while the line of the
cutwater, being vertical, has a distinct reflection of three times its own length.
But even these tremulous reflections are only visible as far as the islands;
beyond them, as the lake retires into distance, we find it receives only the
reflection of the gray light from the clouds, and runs in one flat white field up
between the hills; and besides all this, we have another phenomenon, quite
new, given to us,—the brilliant gleam of light along the centre of the lake.
This is not caused by ripple, for it is cast on a surface rippled all over; but it
is what we could not have without ripple,—the light of a passage of sunshine.
I have already (Chap. I., § 9) explained the cause of this phenomenon, which
never can by any possibility take place on calm water, being the
multitudinous reflection of the sun from the sides of the ripples, causing an
appearance of local light and shadow; and being dependent, like real light and
shadow, on the passage of the clouds, though the dark parts of the water are
sometimes a slight, but beautiful incident—oftener, as in the Cowes,
something on which the whole sentiment and intention of the picture in a
great degree depends; but invariably presenting some new instance of varied
knowledge and observation, some fresh appeal to the highest faculties of the
mind.
Of extended surfaces of water, as rendered by Turner, the Loch Katrine and
Derwent-water, of the Illustrations to Scott, and the Loch Lomond, vignette
§ 16. Turner's
in Rogers's Poems, are characteristic instances. The first of
painting of distant
these gives us the most distant part of the lake entirely
expanses of water.
under the influence of a light breeze, and therefore entirely
Calm, interrupted
without reflections of the objects on its borders; but the
by ripple.
whole near half is untouched by the wind, and on that is cast
the image of the upper part of Ben-Venue and of the islands.
The second gives us the surface, with just so much motion upon it as to
prolong, but not to destroy, the reflections of the dark woods,—reflections
§ 17. And ripple,
only interrupted by the ripple of the boat's wake. And the
crossed by
third gives us an example of the whole surface so much
sunshine.
affected by ripple as to bring into exercise all those laws
which we have seen so grossly violated by Canaletto. We
see in the nearest boat that though the lines of the gunwale are much blacker
and more conspicuous than that of the cutwater, yet the gunwale lines, being
nearly horizontal, have no reflection whatsoever; while the line of the
cutwater, being vertical, has a distinct reflection of three times its own length.
But even these tremulous reflections are only visible as far as the islands;
beyond them, as the lake retires into distance, we find it receives only the
reflection of the gray light from the clouds, and runs in one flat white field up
between the hills; and besides all this, we have another phenomenon, quite
new, given to us,—the brilliant gleam of light along the centre of the lake.
This is not caused by ripple, for it is cast on a surface rippled all over; but it
is what we could not have without ripple,—the light of a passage of sunshine.
I have already (Chap. I., § 9) explained the cause of this phenomenon, which
never can by any possibility take place on calm water, being the
multitudinous reflection of the sun from the sides of the ripples, causing an
appearance of local light and shadow; and being dependent, like real light and
shadow, on the passage of the clouds, though the dark parts of the water are
Page 452
the reflections of the clouds, not the shadows of them; and the bright parts are
the reflections of the sun, and not the light of it. This little vignette, then, will
entirely complete the system of Turner's universal truth in quiet water. We
have seen every phenomenon given by him,—the clear reflection, the
prolonged reflection, the reflection broken by ripple, and finally the ripple
broken by light and shade; and it is especially to be observed how careful he
is, in this last case, when he uses the apparent light and shade, to account for
it by showing us in the whiteness of the lake beyond, its universal subjection
to ripple.
We have not spoken of Turner's magnificent drawing of distant rivers,
which, however, is dependent only on more complicated application of the
same laws, with exquisite perspective. The sweeps of river in the Dryburgh,
(Illustrations to Scott,) and Melrose, are bold and
§ 18. His drawing
of distant rivers.
characteristic examples, as well as the Rouen from St.
Catherine's Hill, and the Caudebec, in the Rivers of France.
The only thing which in these works requires particular attention, is the care
with which the height of the observer above the river is indicated by the loss
of the reflections of its banks. This is, perhaps, shown most clearly in the
Caudebec. If we had been on a level with the river, its whole surface would
have been darkened by the reflection of the steep and high banks; but being
far above it, we can see no more of the image than we could of the hill itself,
if it were actually reversed under the water; and therefore we see that Turner
gives us only a narrow line of dark water, immediately under the precipice,
the broad surface reflecting only the sky. This is also finely shown on the left-
hand side of the Dryburgh.
But all these early works of the artist have been eclipsed by some recent
drawings of Switzerland. These latter are not to be described by any words,
§ 19. And of
but they must be noted here not only as presenting records
surface associated
of lake effect on grander scale, and of more imaginative
with mist.
character than any other of his works, but as combining
effects of the surface of mist with the surface of water. Two
or three of the Lake of Lucerne, seen from above, give the melting of the
mountain promontories beneath into the clear depth, and above into the
clouds; one of Constance shows the vast lake at evening, seen not as water,
but its surface covered with low white mist, lying league beyond league in
the reflections of the sun, and not the light of it. This little vignette, then, will
entirely complete the system of Turner's universal truth in quiet water. We
have seen every phenomenon given by him,—the clear reflection, the
prolonged reflection, the reflection broken by ripple, and finally the ripple
broken by light and shade; and it is especially to be observed how careful he
is, in this last case, when he uses the apparent light and shade, to account for
it by showing us in the whiteness of the lake beyond, its universal subjection
to ripple.
We have not spoken of Turner's magnificent drawing of distant rivers,
which, however, is dependent only on more complicated application of the
same laws, with exquisite perspective. The sweeps of river in the Dryburgh,
(Illustrations to Scott,) and Melrose, are bold and
§ 18. His drawing
of distant rivers.
characteristic examples, as well as the Rouen from St.
Catherine's Hill, and the Caudebec, in the Rivers of France.
The only thing which in these works requires particular attention, is the care
with which the height of the observer above the river is indicated by the loss
of the reflections of its banks. This is, perhaps, shown most clearly in the
Caudebec. If we had been on a level with the river, its whole surface would
have been darkened by the reflection of the steep and high banks; but being
far above it, we can see no more of the image than we could of the hill itself,
if it were actually reversed under the water; and therefore we see that Turner
gives us only a narrow line of dark water, immediately under the precipice,
the broad surface reflecting only the sky. This is also finely shown on the left-
hand side of the Dryburgh.
But all these early works of the artist have been eclipsed by some recent
drawings of Switzerland. These latter are not to be described by any words,
§ 19. And of
but they must be noted here not only as presenting records
surface associated
of lake effect on grander scale, and of more imaginative
with mist.
character than any other of his works, but as combining
effects of the surface of mist with the surface of water. Two
or three of the Lake of Lucerne, seen from above, give the melting of the
mountain promontories beneath into the clear depth, and above into the
clouds; one of Constance shows the vast lake at evening, seen not as water,
but its surface covered with low white mist, lying league beyond league in
Page 453
the twilight like a fallen space of moony cloud; one of Goldau shows the
Lake of Zug appearing through the chasm of a thunder-cloud under sunset, its
whole surface one blaze of fire, and the promontories of the hills thrown out
against it, like spectres; another of Zurich gives the playing of the green
waves of the river among white streams of moonlight: two purple sunsets on
the Lake of Zug are distinguished for the glow obtained without positive
color, the rose and purple tints being in great measure brought by opposition
out of browns: finally, a drawing executed in 1845 of the town of Lucerne
from the lake is unique for its expression of water surface reflecting the clear
green hue of sky at twilight.
It will be remembered that it was said above, that Turner was the only
painter who had ever represented the surface of calm or the force of agitated
§ 20. His drawing
water. He obtains this expression of force in falling or
of falling water,
running water by fearless and full rendering of its forms. He
with peculiar
never loses himself and his subject in the splash of the fall
expression of
—his presence of mind never fails as he goes down; he does
weight.
not blind us with the spray, or veil the countenance of his
fall with its own drapery. A little crumbling white, or lightly
rubbed paper, will soon give the effect of indiscriminate foam; but nature
gives more than foam—she shows beneath it, and through it, a peculiar
character of exquisitely studied form bestowed on every wave and line of
fall; and it is this variety of definite character which Turner always aims at,
rejecting, as much as possible, everything that conceals or overwhelms it.
Thus, in the Upper Fall of the Tees, though the whole basin of the fall is blue
and dim with the rising vapor, yet the whole attention of the spectator is
directed to that which it was peculiarly difficult to render, the concentric
zones and delicate curves of the falling water itself; and it is impossible to
express with what exquisite accuracy these are given. They are the
characteristic of a powerful stream descending without impediment or break,
but from a narrow channel, so as to expand as it falls. They are the constant
form which such a stream assumes as it descends; and yet I think it would be
difficult to point to another instance of their being rendered in art. You will
find nothing in the waterfalls even of our best painters, but springing lines of
parabolic descent, and splashing, shapeless foam; and, in consequence,
though they may make you understand the swiftness of the water, they never
let you feel the weight of it; the stream in their hands looks active, not supine,
Lake of Zug appearing through the chasm of a thunder-cloud under sunset, its
whole surface one blaze of fire, and the promontories of the hills thrown out
against it, like spectres; another of Zurich gives the playing of the green
waves of the river among white streams of moonlight: two purple sunsets on
the Lake of Zug are distinguished for the glow obtained without positive
color, the rose and purple tints being in great measure brought by opposition
out of browns: finally, a drawing executed in 1845 of the town of Lucerne
from the lake is unique for its expression of water surface reflecting the clear
green hue of sky at twilight.
It will be remembered that it was said above, that Turner was the only
painter who had ever represented the surface of calm or the force of agitated
§ 20. His drawing
water. He obtains this expression of force in falling or
of falling water,
running water by fearless and full rendering of its forms. He
with peculiar
never loses himself and his subject in the splash of the fall
expression of
—his presence of mind never fails as he goes down; he does
weight.
not blind us with the spray, or veil the countenance of his
fall with its own drapery. A little crumbling white, or lightly
rubbed paper, will soon give the effect of indiscriminate foam; but nature
gives more than foam—she shows beneath it, and through it, a peculiar
character of exquisitely studied form bestowed on every wave and line of
fall; and it is this variety of definite character which Turner always aims at,
rejecting, as much as possible, everything that conceals or overwhelms it.
Thus, in the Upper Fall of the Tees, though the whole basin of the fall is blue
and dim with the rising vapor, yet the whole attention of the spectator is
directed to that which it was peculiarly difficult to render, the concentric
zones and delicate curves of the falling water itself; and it is impossible to
express with what exquisite accuracy these are given. They are the
characteristic of a powerful stream descending without impediment or break,
but from a narrow channel, so as to expand as it falls. They are the constant
form which such a stream assumes as it descends; and yet I think it would be
difficult to point to another instance of their being rendered in art. You will
find nothing in the waterfalls even of our best painters, but springing lines of
parabolic descent, and splashing, shapeless foam; and, in consequence,
though they may make you understand the swiftness of the water, they never
let you feel the weight of it; the stream in their hands looks active, not supine,
Page 454
§ 21. The
as if it leaped, not as if it fell. Now water will leap a little
abandonment and
way, it will leap down a weir or over a stone, but it tumbles
plunge of great
over a high fall like this; and it is when we have lost the
cataracts. How
parabolic line, and arrived at the catenary,—when we have
given by him.
lost the spring of the fall, and arrived at the plunge of it, that
we begin really to feel its weight and wildness. Where water
takes its first leap from the top, it is cool, and collected, and uninteresting,
and mathematical, but it is when it finds that it has got into a scrape, and has
farther to go than it thought for, that its character comes out; it is then that it
begins to writhe, and twist, and sweep out zone after zone in wilder
stretching as it falls, and to send down the rocket-like, lance-pointed,
whizzing shafts at its sides, sounding for the bottom. And it is this
prostration, this hopeless abandonment of its ponderous power to the air,
which is always peculiarly expressed by Turner, and especially in the case
before us; while our other artists, keeping to the parabolic line, where they do
not lose themselves in smoke and foam, make their cataract look muscular
and wiry, and may consider themselves fortunate if they can keep it from
stopping. I believe the majesty of motion which Turner has given by these
concentric catenary lines must be felt even by those who have never seen a
high waterfall, and therefore cannot appreciate their exquisite fidelity to
nature.
In the Chain Bridge over the Tees, this passiveness and swinging of the
water to and fro are yet more remarkable; while we have another
characteristic of a great waterfall given to us, that the wind, in this instance
coming up the valley against the current, takes the spray up off the edges, and
carries it back in little torn, reverted rags and threads, seen in delicate form
against the darkness on the left. But we must understand a little more about
the nature of running water before we can appreciate the drawing either of
this, or any other of Turner's torrents.
When water, not in very great body, runs in a rocky bed much interrupted
by hollows, so that it can rest every now and then in a pool as it goes along, it
§ 22. Difference in
does not acquire a continuous velocity of motion. It pauses
the action of water,
after every leap, and curdles about, and rests a little, and
when continuous
then goes on again; and if in this comparatively tranquil and
and when
rational state of mind it meets with an obstacle, as a rock or
as if it leaped, not as if it fell. Now water will leap a little
abandonment and
way, it will leap down a weir or over a stone, but it tumbles
plunge of great
over a high fall like this; and it is when we have lost the
cataracts. How
parabolic line, and arrived at the catenary,—when we have
given by him.
lost the spring of the fall, and arrived at the plunge of it, that
we begin really to feel its weight and wildness. Where water
takes its first leap from the top, it is cool, and collected, and uninteresting,
and mathematical, but it is when it finds that it has got into a scrape, and has
farther to go than it thought for, that its character comes out; it is then that it
begins to writhe, and twist, and sweep out zone after zone in wilder
stretching as it falls, and to send down the rocket-like, lance-pointed,
whizzing shafts at its sides, sounding for the bottom. And it is this
prostration, this hopeless abandonment of its ponderous power to the air,
which is always peculiarly expressed by Turner, and especially in the case
before us; while our other artists, keeping to the parabolic line, where they do
not lose themselves in smoke and foam, make their cataract look muscular
and wiry, and may consider themselves fortunate if they can keep it from
stopping. I believe the majesty of motion which Turner has given by these
concentric catenary lines must be felt even by those who have never seen a
high waterfall, and therefore cannot appreciate their exquisite fidelity to
nature.
In the Chain Bridge over the Tees, this passiveness and swinging of the
water to and fro are yet more remarkable; while we have another
characteristic of a great waterfall given to us, that the wind, in this instance
coming up the valley against the current, takes the spray up off the edges, and
carries it back in little torn, reverted rags and threads, seen in delicate form
against the darkness on the left. But we must understand a little more about
the nature of running water before we can appreciate the drawing either of
this, or any other of Turner's torrents.
When water, not in very great body, runs in a rocky bed much interrupted
by hollows, so that it can rest every now and then in a pool as it goes along, it
§ 22. Difference in
does not acquire a continuous velocity of motion. It pauses
the action of water,
after every leap, and curdles about, and rests a little, and
when continuous
then goes on again; and if in this comparatively tranquil and
and when
rational state of mind it meets with an obstacle, as a rock or
Page 455
interrupted. The stone, it parts on each side of it with a little bubbling foam,
interrupted stream and goes round; if it comes to a step in its bed, it leaps it
fills the hollows of lightly, and then after a little plashing at the bottom, stops
its bed. again to take breath. But if its bed be on a continuous slope,
not much interrupted by hollows, so that it cannot rest, or if
its own mass be so increased by flood that its usual resting-places are not
sufficient for it, but that it is perpetually pushed out of them by the following
current, before it has had time to tranquillize itself, it of course gains velocity
with every yard that it runs; the impetus got at one leap is carried to the credit
of the next, until the whole stream becomes one mass of unchecked,
accelerating motion. Now when water in this state comes to an obstacle, it
does not part at it, but clears it, like a racehorse; and when it comes to a
hollow, it does not fill it up and run out leisurely at the other side, but it
rushes down into it and comes up again on the other side, as a ship into the
hollow of the sea. Hence the whole appearance of the bed of the stream is
changed, and all the lines of the water altered in their nature. The quiet
stream is a succession of leaps and pools; the leaps are light and springy, and
parabolic, and make a great deal of splashing when they tumble into the pool;
then we have a space of quiet curdling water, and another similar leap below.
But the stream when it has gained an impetus takes the shape of its bed, never
stops, is equally deep and equally swift everywhere, goes
§ 23. But the
continuous stream
down into every hollow, not with a leap, but with a swing,
takes the shape of
not foaming, nor splashing, but in the bending line of a
its bed.
strong sea-wave, and comes up again on the other side, over
rock and ridge, with the ease of a bounding leopard; if it
meet a rock three or four feet above the level of its bed, it will neither part
nor foam, nor express any concern about the matter, but clear it in a smooth
dome of water, without apparent exertion, coming down again as smoothly
on the other side; the whole surface of the surge being drawn into parallel
lines by its extreme velocity, but foamless, except in places where the form of
the bed opposes itself at some direct angle to such a line of fall, and causes a
breaker; so that the whole river has the appearance of a deep and raging sea,
with this only difference, that the torrent-waves always break backwards, and
sea-waves forwards. Thus, then, in the water which has
§ 24. Its exquisite
curved lines.
gained an impetus, we have the most exquisite
arrangements of curved lines, perpetually changing from
interrupted stream and goes round; if it comes to a step in its bed, it leaps it
fills the hollows of lightly, and then after a little plashing at the bottom, stops
its bed. again to take breath. But if its bed be on a continuous slope,
not much interrupted by hollows, so that it cannot rest, or if
its own mass be so increased by flood that its usual resting-places are not
sufficient for it, but that it is perpetually pushed out of them by the following
current, before it has had time to tranquillize itself, it of course gains velocity
with every yard that it runs; the impetus got at one leap is carried to the credit
of the next, until the whole stream becomes one mass of unchecked,
accelerating motion. Now when water in this state comes to an obstacle, it
does not part at it, but clears it, like a racehorse; and when it comes to a
hollow, it does not fill it up and run out leisurely at the other side, but it
rushes down into it and comes up again on the other side, as a ship into the
hollow of the sea. Hence the whole appearance of the bed of the stream is
changed, and all the lines of the water altered in their nature. The quiet
stream is a succession of leaps and pools; the leaps are light and springy, and
parabolic, and make a great deal of splashing when they tumble into the pool;
then we have a space of quiet curdling water, and another similar leap below.
But the stream when it has gained an impetus takes the shape of its bed, never
stops, is equally deep and equally swift everywhere, goes
§ 23. But the
continuous stream
down into every hollow, not with a leap, but with a swing,
takes the shape of
not foaming, nor splashing, but in the bending line of a
its bed.
strong sea-wave, and comes up again on the other side, over
rock and ridge, with the ease of a bounding leopard; if it
meet a rock three or four feet above the level of its bed, it will neither part
nor foam, nor express any concern about the matter, but clear it in a smooth
dome of water, without apparent exertion, coming down again as smoothly
on the other side; the whole surface of the surge being drawn into parallel
lines by its extreme velocity, but foamless, except in places where the form of
the bed opposes itself at some direct angle to such a line of fall, and causes a
breaker; so that the whole river has the appearance of a deep and raging sea,
with this only difference, that the torrent-waves always break backwards, and
sea-waves forwards. Thus, then, in the water which has
§ 24. Its exquisite
curved lines.
gained an impetus, we have the most exquisite
arrangements of curved lines, perpetually changing from
Page 456
convex to concave, and vice versa, following every swell and hollow of the
bed with their modulating grace, and all in unison of motion, presenting
perhaps the most beautiful series of inorganic forms which nature can
possibly produce; for the sea runs too much into similar and concave curves
with sharp edges, but every motion of the torrent is united, and all its curves
are modifications of beautiful line.
We see, therefore, why Turner seizes on these curved lines of the torrent,
not only as being among the most beautiful forms of nature, but because they
§ 25. Turner's
are an instant expression of the utmost power and velocity,
careful choice of
and tell us how the torrent has been flowing before we see
the historical truth.
it. For the leap and splash might be seen in the sudden
freakishness of a quiet stream, or the fall of a rivulet over a
mill-dam; but the undulating line is the exclusive attribute of the mountain-
torrent,[67] whose fall and fury have made the valleys echo for miles; and thus
the moment we see one of its curves over a stone in the foreground, we know
how far it has come, and how fiercely. And in the drawing we have been
speaking of, the lower fall of the Tees, in the foreground of the Killiecrankie
and Rhymer's Glen, and of the St. Maurice, in Rogers's Italy, we shall find the
most exquisite instances of the use of such lines; but the most perfect of all in
§ 26. His exquisite
the Llanthony Abbey, which may be considered as the
drawing of the
standard of torrent-drawing. The chief light of the picture
continuous torrent
here falls upon the surface of the stream, swelled by recent
in the Llanthony
rain, and its mighty waves come rolling down close to the
spectator, green and clear, but pale with anger, in gigantic,
Abbey.
unbroken, oceanic curves, bending into each other without
break or foam, though jets of fiery spray are cast into the air along the rocky
shore, and rise in the sunshine in dusty vapor. The whole surface is one
united race of mad motion; all the waves dragged, as I have described, into
lines and furrows by their swiftness, and every one of these fine forms is
drawn with the most studied chiaroscuro of delicate color, grays and greens,
as silvery and pure as the finest passages of Paul Veronese, and with a
refinement of execution which the eye strains itself in looking into. The
rapidity and gigantic force of this torrent, the exquisite refinement of its
color, and the vividness of foam which is obtained through a general middle
tint, render it about the most perfect piece of painting of running water in
existence.
bed with their modulating grace, and all in unison of motion, presenting
perhaps the most beautiful series of inorganic forms which nature can
possibly produce; for the sea runs too much into similar and concave curves
with sharp edges, but every motion of the torrent is united, and all its curves
are modifications of beautiful line.
We see, therefore, why Turner seizes on these curved lines of the torrent,
not only as being among the most beautiful forms of nature, but because they
§ 25. Turner's
are an instant expression of the utmost power and velocity,
careful choice of
and tell us how the torrent has been flowing before we see
the historical truth.
it. For the leap and splash might be seen in the sudden
freakishness of a quiet stream, or the fall of a rivulet over a
mill-dam; but the undulating line is the exclusive attribute of the mountain-
torrent,[67] whose fall and fury have made the valleys echo for miles; and thus
the moment we see one of its curves over a stone in the foreground, we know
how far it has come, and how fiercely. And in the drawing we have been
speaking of, the lower fall of the Tees, in the foreground of the Killiecrankie
and Rhymer's Glen, and of the St. Maurice, in Rogers's Italy, we shall find the
most exquisite instances of the use of such lines; but the most perfect of all in
§ 26. His exquisite
the Llanthony Abbey, which may be considered as the
drawing of the
standard of torrent-drawing. The chief light of the picture
continuous torrent
here falls upon the surface of the stream, swelled by recent
in the Llanthony
rain, and its mighty waves come rolling down close to the
spectator, green and clear, but pale with anger, in gigantic,
Abbey.
unbroken, oceanic curves, bending into each other without
break or foam, though jets of fiery spray are cast into the air along the rocky
shore, and rise in the sunshine in dusty vapor. The whole surface is one
united race of mad motion; all the waves dragged, as I have described, into
lines and furrows by their swiftness, and every one of these fine forms is
drawn with the most studied chiaroscuro of delicate color, grays and greens,
as silvery and pure as the finest passages of Paul Veronese, and with a
refinement of execution which the eye strains itself in looking into. The
rapidity and gigantic force of this torrent, the exquisite refinement of its
color, and the vividness of foam which is obtained through a general middle
tint, render it about the most perfect piece of painting of running water in
existence.
Page 457
Now this picture is, as was noticed in our former reference to it, full of
expression of every kind of motion: the clouds are in wild haste; the sun is
§ 27. And of the
gleaming fast and fitfully through the leaves; the rain
interrupted torrent
drifting away along the hill-side; and the torrent, the
in the Mercury and
principal object, to complete the impression, is made the
Argus.
wildest thing of all and not only wild before us, and with us,
but bearing with it in its every motion, from its long course,
the record of its rage. Observe how differently Turner uses his torrent when
the spirit of the picture is repose. In the Mercury and Argus, we have also a
stream in the foreground; but, in coming down to us, we see it stopping twice
in two quiet and glassy pools, upon which the drinking cattle cast an unstirred
image. From the nearest of these, the water leaps in three cascades into
another basin close to us; it trickles in silver threads through the leaves at its
edge, and falls tinkling and splashing (though in considerable body) into the
pool, stirring its quiet surface, at which a bird is stooping to drink, with
concentric and curdling ripples which divide round the stone at its farthest
border, and descend in sparkling foam over the lip of the basin. Thus we find,
in every case, the system of Turner's truth entirely unbroken, each phase and
phenomenon of nature being recorded exactly where it is most valuable and
impressive.
We have not, however, space to follow out the variety of his torrent-
drawing. The above two examples are characteristic of the two great
divisions or classes of torrents—that whose motion is
§ 28. Various cases.
continuous, and whose motion is interrupted: all drawing of
running water will resolve itself into the representation of one or other of
these. The descent of the distant stream in the vignette to the Boy of
Egremond is slight, but very striking; and the Junction of the Greta and Tees,
a singular instance of the bold drawing of the complicated forms of a shallow
stream among multitudinous rocks. A still finer example occurs in a recent
drawing of Dazio Grande, on the St. Gothard, the waves of the Toccia, clear
and blue, fretting among the granite débris which were brought down by the
storm that destroyed the whole road. In the Ivy bridge the subject is the rest
of the torrent in a pool among fallen rocks, the forms of the stones are seen
through the clear brown water, and their reflections mingle with those of the
foliage.
expression of every kind of motion: the clouds are in wild haste; the sun is
§ 27. And of the
gleaming fast and fitfully through the leaves; the rain
interrupted torrent
drifting away along the hill-side; and the torrent, the
in the Mercury and
principal object, to complete the impression, is made the
Argus.
wildest thing of all and not only wild before us, and with us,
but bearing with it in its every motion, from its long course,
the record of its rage. Observe how differently Turner uses his torrent when
the spirit of the picture is repose. In the Mercury and Argus, we have also a
stream in the foreground; but, in coming down to us, we see it stopping twice
in two quiet and glassy pools, upon which the drinking cattle cast an unstirred
image. From the nearest of these, the water leaps in three cascades into
another basin close to us; it trickles in silver threads through the leaves at its
edge, and falls tinkling and splashing (though in considerable body) into the
pool, stirring its quiet surface, at which a bird is stooping to drink, with
concentric and curdling ripples which divide round the stone at its farthest
border, and descend in sparkling foam over the lip of the basin. Thus we find,
in every case, the system of Turner's truth entirely unbroken, each phase and
phenomenon of nature being recorded exactly where it is most valuable and
impressive.
We have not, however, space to follow out the variety of his torrent-
drawing. The above two examples are characteristic of the two great
divisions or classes of torrents—that whose motion is
§ 28. Various cases.
continuous, and whose motion is interrupted: all drawing of
running water will resolve itself into the representation of one or other of
these. The descent of the distant stream in the vignette to the Boy of
Egremond is slight, but very striking; and the Junction of the Greta and Tees,
a singular instance of the bold drawing of the complicated forms of a shallow
stream among multitudinous rocks. A still finer example occurs in a recent
drawing of Dazio Grande, on the St. Gothard, the waves of the Toccia, clear
and blue, fretting among the granite débris which were brought down by the
storm that destroyed the whole road. In the Ivy bridge the subject is the rest
of the torrent in a pool among fallen rocks, the forms of the stones are seen
through the clear brown water, and their reflections mingle with those of the
foliage.
Page 458
More determined efforts have at all periods been made in sea painting than
§ 29. Sea painting.
in torrent painting, yet less successful. As above stated, it is
Impossibility of
easy to obtain a resemblance of broken running water by
truly representing
tricks and dexterities, but the sea must be legitimately
foam.
drawn; it cannot be given as utterly disorganized and
confused, its weight and mass must be expressed, and the
efforts at expression of it end in failure with all but the most powerful men;
even with these few a partial success must be considered worthy of the
highest praise.
As the right rendering of the Alps depends on power of drawing snow, so
the right painting of the sea must depend, at least in all coast scenery, in no
small measure on the power of drawing foam. Yet there are two conditions of
foam of invariable occurrence on breaking waves, of which I have never seen
the slightest record attempted; first the thick creamy curdling overlapping
massy form which remains for a moment only after the fall of the wave, and
is seen in perfection in its running up the beach; and secondly, the thin white
coating into which this subsides, which opens into oval gaps and clefts,
marbling the waves over their whole surface, and connecting the breakers on
a flat shore by long dragging streams of white.
It is evident that the difficulty of expressing either of these two conditions
must be immense. The lapping and curdling form is difficult enough to catch
even when the lines of its undulation alone are considered; but the lips, so to
speak, which lie along these lines, are full, projecting, and marked by
beautiful light and shade; each has its high light, a gradation into shadow of
indescribable delicacy, a bright reflected light and a dark cast shadow; to
draw all this requires labor, and care, and firmness of work, which, as I
imagine, must always, however skilfully bestowed, destroy all impression of
wildness, accidentalism, and evanescence, and so kill the sea. Again, the
openings in the thin subsided foam in their irregular modifications of circular
and oval shapes dragged hither and thither, would be hard enough to draw
even if they could be seen on a flat surface; instead of which, every one of the
openings is seen in undulation on a tossing surface, broken up over small
surges and ripples, and so thrown into perspectives of the most hopeless
intricacy. Now it is not easy to express the lie of a pattern with oval openings
on the folds of drapery. I do not know that any one under the mark of
§ 29. Sea painting.
in torrent painting, yet less successful. As above stated, it is
Impossibility of
easy to obtain a resemblance of broken running water by
truly representing
tricks and dexterities, but the sea must be legitimately
foam.
drawn; it cannot be given as utterly disorganized and
confused, its weight and mass must be expressed, and the
efforts at expression of it end in failure with all but the most powerful men;
even with these few a partial success must be considered worthy of the
highest praise.
As the right rendering of the Alps depends on power of drawing snow, so
the right painting of the sea must depend, at least in all coast scenery, in no
small measure on the power of drawing foam. Yet there are two conditions of
foam of invariable occurrence on breaking waves, of which I have never seen
the slightest record attempted; first the thick creamy curdling overlapping
massy form which remains for a moment only after the fall of the wave, and
is seen in perfection in its running up the beach; and secondly, the thin white
coating into which this subsides, which opens into oval gaps and clefts,
marbling the waves over their whole surface, and connecting the breakers on
a flat shore by long dragging streams of white.
It is evident that the difficulty of expressing either of these two conditions
must be immense. The lapping and curdling form is difficult enough to catch
even when the lines of its undulation alone are considered; but the lips, so to
speak, which lie along these lines, are full, projecting, and marked by
beautiful light and shade; each has its high light, a gradation into shadow of
indescribable delicacy, a bright reflected light and a dark cast shadow; to
draw all this requires labor, and care, and firmness of work, which, as I
imagine, must always, however skilfully bestowed, destroy all impression of
wildness, accidentalism, and evanescence, and so kill the sea. Again, the
openings in the thin subsided foam in their irregular modifications of circular
and oval shapes dragged hither and thither, would be hard enough to draw
even if they could be seen on a flat surface; instead of which, every one of the
openings is seen in undulation on a tossing surface, broken up over small
surges and ripples, and so thrown into perspectives of the most hopeless
intricacy. Now it is not easy to express the lie of a pattern with oval openings
on the folds of drapery. I do not know that any one under the mark of
Page 459
Veronese or Titian could even do this as it ought to be done, yet in drapery
much stiffness and error may be overlooked; not so in sea,—the slightest
inaccuracy, the slightest want of flow and freedom in the line, is attached by
the eye in a moment of high treason, and I believe success to be impossible.
Yet there is not a wave or any violently agitated sea on which both these
forms do not appear, the latter especially, after some time of storm, extends
over their whole surfaces; the reader sees, therefore, why I said that sea could
only be painted by means of more or less dexterous conventionalisms, since
two of its most enduring phenomena cannot be represented at all.
Again, as respects the form of breakers on an even shore, there is difficulty
of no less formidable kind. There is in them an irreconcilable mixture of fury
and formalism. Their hollow surface is marked by parallel
§ 30. Character of
lines, like those of a smooth mill-weir, and graduated by
shore-breakers,
also inexpressible.
reflected and transmitted lights of the most wonderful
intricacy, its curve being at the same time necessarily of
mathematical purity and precision; yet at the top of this curve, when it nods
over, there is a sudden laxity and giving way, the water swings and jumps
along the ridge like a shaken chain, and the motion runs from part to part as it
does through a serpent's body. Then the wind is at work on the extreme edge,
and instead of letting it fling itself off naturally, it supports it, and, drives it
back, or scrapes it off, and carries it bodily away; so that the spray at the top
is in a continual transition between forms projected by their own weight, and
forms blown and carried off with their weight overcome; then at last, when it
has come down, who shall say what shape that may be called, which shape
has none of the great crash where it touches the beach.
I think it is that last crash which is the great taskmaster. Nobody can do
anything with it. I have seen Copley Fielding come very close to the jerk and
nod of the lifted threatening edge, curl it very successfully, and without any
look of its having been in papers, down nearly to the beach, but the final fall
has no thunder in it. Turner has tried hard for it once or twice, but it will not
do. The moment is given in the Sidon of the Bible Illustrations, and more
elaborately in a painting of Bamborough; in both these cases there is little
foam at the bottom, and the fallen breaker looks like a wall, yet grand always;
and in the latter picture very beautifully assisted in expression by the tossing
much stiffness and error may be overlooked; not so in sea,—the slightest
inaccuracy, the slightest want of flow and freedom in the line, is attached by
the eye in a moment of high treason, and I believe success to be impossible.
Yet there is not a wave or any violently agitated sea on which both these
forms do not appear, the latter especially, after some time of storm, extends
over their whole surfaces; the reader sees, therefore, why I said that sea could
only be painted by means of more or less dexterous conventionalisms, since
two of its most enduring phenomena cannot be represented at all.
Again, as respects the form of breakers on an even shore, there is difficulty
of no less formidable kind. There is in them an irreconcilable mixture of fury
and formalism. Their hollow surface is marked by parallel
§ 30. Character of
lines, like those of a smooth mill-weir, and graduated by
shore-breakers,
also inexpressible.
reflected and transmitted lights of the most wonderful
intricacy, its curve being at the same time necessarily of
mathematical purity and precision; yet at the top of this curve, when it nods
over, there is a sudden laxity and giving way, the water swings and jumps
along the ridge like a shaken chain, and the motion runs from part to part as it
does through a serpent's body. Then the wind is at work on the extreme edge,
and instead of letting it fling itself off naturally, it supports it, and, drives it
back, or scrapes it off, and carries it bodily away; so that the spray at the top
is in a continual transition between forms projected by their own weight, and
forms blown and carried off with their weight overcome; then at last, when it
has come down, who shall say what shape that may be called, which shape
has none of the great crash where it touches the beach.
I think it is that last crash which is the great taskmaster. Nobody can do
anything with it. I have seen Copley Fielding come very close to the jerk and
nod of the lifted threatening edge, curl it very successfully, and without any
look of its having been in papers, down nearly to the beach, but the final fall
has no thunder in it. Turner has tried hard for it once or twice, but it will not
do. The moment is given in the Sidon of the Bible Illustrations, and more
elaborately in a painting of Bamborough; in both these cases there is little
foam at the bottom, and the fallen breaker looks like a wall, yet grand always;
and in the latter picture very beautifully assisted in expression by the tossing
Page 460
of a piece of cable, which some figures are dragging ashore, and which the
breaker flings into the air as it falls. Perhaps the most successful rendering of
the forms was in the Hero and Leander, but there the drawing was rendered
easier by the powerful effect of light which disguised the foam.
It is not, however, from the shore that Turner usually studies his sea. Seen
§ 31. Their effect,
from the land, the curl of the breakers, even in nature, is
how injured when
somewhat uniform and monotonous; the size of the waves
seen from the
out at sea is uncomprehended, and those nearer the eye
shore.
seem to succeed and resemble each other, to move slowly to
the beach, and to break in the same lines and forms.
Afloat even twenty yards from the shore, we receive a totally different
impression. Every wave around us appears vast—every one different from all
the rest—and the breakers present, now that we see them with their backs
towards us, the grand, extended, and varied lines of long curvature, which are
peculiarly expressive both of velocity and power. Recklessness, before unfelt,
is manifested in the mad, perpetual, changeful, undirected motion, not of
wave after wave, as it appears from the shore, but of the very same water
rising and falling. Of waves that successively approach and break, each
appears to the mind a separate individual, whose part being performed, it
perishes, and is succeeded by another; and there is nothing in this to impress
us with the idea of restlessness, any more than in any successive and
continuous functions of life and death. But it is when we perceive that it is no
succession of wave, but the same water constantly rising, and crashing, and
recoiling, and rolling in again in new forms and with fresh fury, that we
perceive the perturbed spirit, and feel the intensity of its unwearied rage. The
sensation of power is also trebled; for not only is the vastness of apparent size
much increased, but the whole action is different; it is not a passive wave
rolling sleepily forward until it tumbles heavily, prostrated upon the beach,
but a sweeping exertion of tremendous and living strength, which does not
now appear to fall, but to burst upon the shore; which never perishes, but
recoils and recovers.
Aiming at these grand characters of the Sea, Turner almost always places
the spectator, not on the shore, but twenty or thirty yards from it, beyond the
first range of the breakers, as in the Land's End, Fowey, Dunbar, and
breaker flings into the air as it falls. Perhaps the most successful rendering of
the forms was in the Hero and Leander, but there the drawing was rendered
easier by the powerful effect of light which disguised the foam.
It is not, however, from the shore that Turner usually studies his sea. Seen
§ 31. Their effect,
from the land, the curl of the breakers, even in nature, is
how injured when
somewhat uniform and monotonous; the size of the waves
seen from the
out at sea is uncomprehended, and those nearer the eye
shore.
seem to succeed and resemble each other, to move slowly to
the beach, and to break in the same lines and forms.
Afloat even twenty yards from the shore, we receive a totally different
impression. Every wave around us appears vast—every one different from all
the rest—and the breakers present, now that we see them with their backs
towards us, the grand, extended, and varied lines of long curvature, which are
peculiarly expressive both of velocity and power. Recklessness, before unfelt,
is manifested in the mad, perpetual, changeful, undirected motion, not of
wave after wave, as it appears from the shore, but of the very same water
rising and falling. Of waves that successively approach and break, each
appears to the mind a separate individual, whose part being performed, it
perishes, and is succeeded by another; and there is nothing in this to impress
us with the idea of restlessness, any more than in any successive and
continuous functions of life and death. But it is when we perceive that it is no
succession of wave, but the same water constantly rising, and crashing, and
recoiling, and rolling in again in new forms and with fresh fury, that we
perceive the perturbed spirit, and feel the intensity of its unwearied rage. The
sensation of power is also trebled; for not only is the vastness of apparent size
much increased, but the whole action is different; it is not a passive wave
rolling sleepily forward until it tumbles heavily, prostrated upon the beach,
but a sweeping exertion of tremendous and living strength, which does not
now appear to fall, but to burst upon the shore; which never perishes, but
recoils and recovers.
Aiming at these grand characters of the Sea, Turner almost always places
the spectator, not on the shore, but twenty or thirty yards from it, beyond the
first range of the breakers, as in the Land's End, Fowey, Dunbar, and
Page 461
Laugharne. The latter has been well engraved, and may be
§ 32. Turner's
expression of heavy
taken as a standard of the expression of fitfulness and
rolling sea.
power. The grand division of the whole space of the sea by
a few dark continuous furrows of tremendous swell, (the
breaking of one of which alone has strewed the rocks in front with ruin,)
furnishes us with an estimate of space and strength, which at once reduces the
men upon the shore to insects; and yet through this terrific simplicity there is
indicated a fitfulness and fury in the tossing of the individual lines, which
give to the whole sea a wild, unwearied, reckless incoherency, like that of an
enraged multitude, whose masses act together in frenzy, while not one
individual feels as another. Especial attention is to be directed to the flatness
of all the lines, for the same principle holds in sea which we have seen in
mountains. All the size and sublimity of nature are given not by the height,
but by the breadth of her masses: and Turner, by following her in her
sweeping lines, while he does not lose the elevation of its surges, adds in a
§ 33. With peculiar
tenfold degree to their power: farther, observe the peculiar
expression of
expression of weight which there is in Turner's waves,
weight.
precisely of the same kind which we saw in his waterfall.
We have not a cutting, springing, elastic line—no jumping
or leaping in the waves: that is the characteristic of Chelsea Reach or
Hampstead Ponds in a storm. But the surges roll and plunge with such
prostration and hurling of their mass against the shore, that we feel the rocks
are shaking under them; and, to add yet more to this impression, observe how
little, comparatively, they are broken by the wind; above the floating wood,
and along the shore, we have indication of a line of torn spray; but it is a
mere fringe along the ridge of the surge—no interference with its gigantic
body. The wind has no power over its tremendous unity of force and weight.
Finally, observe how, on the rocks on the left, the violence and swiftness of
the rising wave are indicated by precisely the same lines which we saw were
indicative of fury in the torrent. The water on these rocks is the body of the
wave which has just broken, rushing up over them; and in doing so, like the
torrent, it does not break, nor foam, nor part upon the rock, but
accommodates itself to every one of its swells and hollows, with undulating
lines, whose grace and variety might alone serve us for a day's study; and it is
only where two streams of this rushing water meet in the hollow of the rock,
that their force is shown by the vertical bound of the spray.
§ 32. Turner's
expression of heavy
taken as a standard of the expression of fitfulness and
rolling sea.
power. The grand division of the whole space of the sea by
a few dark continuous furrows of tremendous swell, (the
breaking of one of which alone has strewed the rocks in front with ruin,)
furnishes us with an estimate of space and strength, which at once reduces the
men upon the shore to insects; and yet through this terrific simplicity there is
indicated a fitfulness and fury in the tossing of the individual lines, which
give to the whole sea a wild, unwearied, reckless incoherency, like that of an
enraged multitude, whose masses act together in frenzy, while not one
individual feels as another. Especial attention is to be directed to the flatness
of all the lines, for the same principle holds in sea which we have seen in
mountains. All the size and sublimity of nature are given not by the height,
but by the breadth of her masses: and Turner, by following her in her
sweeping lines, while he does not lose the elevation of its surges, adds in a
§ 33. With peculiar
tenfold degree to their power: farther, observe the peculiar
expression of
expression of weight which there is in Turner's waves,
weight.
precisely of the same kind which we saw in his waterfall.
We have not a cutting, springing, elastic line—no jumping
or leaping in the waves: that is the characteristic of Chelsea Reach or
Hampstead Ponds in a storm. But the surges roll and plunge with such
prostration and hurling of their mass against the shore, that we feel the rocks
are shaking under them; and, to add yet more to this impression, observe how
little, comparatively, they are broken by the wind; above the floating wood,
and along the shore, we have indication of a line of torn spray; but it is a
mere fringe along the ridge of the surge—no interference with its gigantic
body. The wind has no power over its tremendous unity of force and weight.
Finally, observe how, on the rocks on the left, the violence and swiftness of
the rising wave are indicated by precisely the same lines which we saw were
indicative of fury in the torrent. The water on these rocks is the body of the
wave which has just broken, rushing up over them; and in doing so, like the
torrent, it does not break, nor foam, nor part upon the rock, but
accommodates itself to every one of its swells and hollows, with undulating
lines, whose grace and variety might alone serve us for a day's study; and it is
only where two streams of this rushing water meet in the hollow of the rock,
that their force is shown by the vertical bound of the spray.
Page 462
PORT RUYSDAEL.
From a painting by Turner.
In the distance of this grand picture, there are two waves which entirely
depart from the principle observed by all the rest, and spring high into the air.
§ 34. Peculiar
They have a message for us which it is important that we
action of recoiling
should understand. Their leap is not a preparation for
waves.
breaking, neither is it caused by their meeting with a rock. It
is caused by their encounter with the recoil of the preceding
wave. When a large surge, in the act of breaking, just as it curls over, is
hurled against the face either of a wall or of a vertical rock, the sound of the
blow is not a crash nor a roar; it is a report as loud as, and in every respect
similar to, that of a great gun, and the wave is dashed back from the rock with
force scarcely diminished, but reversed in direction,—it now recedes from
the shore, and at the instant that it encounters the following breaker, the result
is the vertical bound of both which is here rendered by Turner. Such a
recoiling wave will proceed out to sea through ten or twelve ranges of
From a painting by Turner.
In the distance of this grand picture, there are two waves which entirely
depart from the principle observed by all the rest, and spring high into the air.
§ 34. Peculiar
They have a message for us which it is important that we
action of recoiling
should understand. Their leap is not a preparation for
waves.
breaking, neither is it caused by their meeting with a rock. It
is caused by their encounter with the recoil of the preceding
wave. When a large surge, in the act of breaking, just as it curls over, is
hurled against the face either of a wall or of a vertical rock, the sound of the
blow is not a crash nor a roar; it is a report as loud as, and in every respect
similar to, that of a great gun, and the wave is dashed back from the rock with
force scarcely diminished, but reversed in direction,—it now recedes from
the shore, and at the instant that it encounters the following breaker, the result
is the vertical bound of both which is here rendered by Turner. Such a
recoiling wave will proceed out to sea through ten or twelve ranges of
Page 463
following breakers, before it is overpowered. The effect of the encounter is
more completely and palpably given in the Quillebœuf, in the Rivers of
France. It is peculiarly instructive here, as informing us of the nature of the
coast, and the force of the waves, far more clearly than any spray about the
§ 35. And of the
rocks themselves could have done. But the effect of the
stroke of a breaker
blow at the shore itself is given in the Land's End, and
vignette to Lycidas. Under favorable circumstances, with an
on the shore.
advancing tide under a heavy gale, where the breakers feel
the shore underneath them a moment before they touch the rock, so as to nod
over when they strike, the effect is nearly incredible except to an eyewitness.
I have seen the whole body of the wave rise in one white, vertical, broad
fountain, eighty feet above the sea, half of it beaten so fine as to be borne
away by the wind, the rest turning in the air when exhausted, and falling back
with a weight and crash like that of an enormous waterfall. This is given most
completely in the Lycidas, and the blow of a less violent wave among broken
rocks, not meeting it with an absolute wall, along the shore of the Land's End.
§ 36. General
This last picture is a study of sea whose whole organization
character of sea on
has been broken up by constant recoils from a rocky coast.
a rocky coast given
The Laugharne gives the surge and weight of the ocean in a
by Turner in the
gale, on a comparatively level shore; but the Land's End, the
entire disorder of the surges when every one of them,
Land's End.
divided and entangled among promontories as it rolls in,
and beaten back part by part from walls of rock on this side and that side,
recoils like the defeated division of a great army, throwing all behind it into
disorder, breaking up the succeeding waves into vertical ridges, which in
their turn, yet more totally shattered upon the shore, retire in more hopeless
confusion, until the whole surface of the sea becomes one dizzy whirl of
rushing, writhing, tortured, undirected rage, bounding, and crashing, and
coiling in an anarchy of enormous power, subdivided into myriads of waves,
of which every one is not, be it remembered, a separate surge, but part and
portion of a vast one, actuated by internal power, and giving in every
direction the mighty undulation of impetuous line which glides over the rocks
and writhes in the wind, overwhelming the one, and piercing the other with
the form, fury, and swiftness of a sheet of lambent fire. And throughout the
rendering of all this, there is not one false curve given, not one which is not
the perfect expression of visible motion; and the forms of the infinite sea are
more completely and palpably given in the Quillebœuf, in the Rivers of
France. It is peculiarly instructive here, as informing us of the nature of the
coast, and the force of the waves, far more clearly than any spray about the
§ 35. And of the
rocks themselves could have done. But the effect of the
stroke of a breaker
blow at the shore itself is given in the Land's End, and
vignette to Lycidas. Under favorable circumstances, with an
on the shore.
advancing tide under a heavy gale, where the breakers feel
the shore underneath them a moment before they touch the rock, so as to nod
over when they strike, the effect is nearly incredible except to an eyewitness.
I have seen the whole body of the wave rise in one white, vertical, broad
fountain, eighty feet above the sea, half of it beaten so fine as to be borne
away by the wind, the rest turning in the air when exhausted, and falling back
with a weight and crash like that of an enormous waterfall. This is given most
completely in the Lycidas, and the blow of a less violent wave among broken
rocks, not meeting it with an absolute wall, along the shore of the Land's End.
§ 36. General
This last picture is a study of sea whose whole organization
character of sea on
has been broken up by constant recoils from a rocky coast.
a rocky coast given
The Laugharne gives the surge and weight of the ocean in a
by Turner in the
gale, on a comparatively level shore; but the Land's End, the
entire disorder of the surges when every one of them,
Land's End.
divided and entangled among promontories as it rolls in,
and beaten back part by part from walls of rock on this side and that side,
recoils like the defeated division of a great army, throwing all behind it into
disorder, breaking up the succeeding waves into vertical ridges, which in
their turn, yet more totally shattered upon the shore, retire in more hopeless
confusion, until the whole surface of the sea becomes one dizzy whirl of
rushing, writhing, tortured, undirected rage, bounding, and crashing, and
coiling in an anarchy of enormous power, subdivided into myriads of waves,
of which every one is not, be it remembered, a separate surge, but part and
portion of a vast one, actuated by internal power, and giving in every
direction the mighty undulation of impetuous line which glides over the rocks
and writhes in the wind, overwhelming the one, and piercing the other with
the form, fury, and swiftness of a sheet of lambent fire. And throughout the
rendering of all this, there is not one false curve given, not one which is not
the perfect expression of visible motion; and the forms of the infinite sea are
Page 464
drawn throughout with that utmost mastery of art which, through the deepest
study of every line, makes every line appear the wildest child of chance,
while yet each is in itself a subject and a picture different from all else
around. Of the color of this magnificent sea I have before spoken; it is a
solemn green gray, (with its foam seen dimly through the darkness of
twilight,) modulated with the fulness, changefulness, and sadness of a deep,
wild melody.
The greater number of Turner's paintings of open sea belong to a somewhat
earlier period than these drawings; nor, generally speaking, are they of equal
§ 37. Open seas of
value. It appears to me that the artist had at that time either
Turner's earlier
less knowledge of, or less delight in, the characteristics of
times.
deep water than of coast sea, and that, in consequence, he
suffered himself to be influenced by some of the qualities of
the Dutch sea-painters. In particular, he borrowed from them the habit of
casting a dark shadow on the near waves, so as to bring out a stream of light
behind; and though he did this in a more legitimate way than they, that is to
say, expressing the light by touches on the foam, and indicating the shadow
as cast on foamy surface, still the habit has induced much feebleness and
conventionality in the pictures of the period. His drawing of the waves was
also somewhat petty and divided, small forms covered with white flat spray, a
condition which I doubt not the artist has seen on some of the shallow Dutch
seas, but which I have never met with myself, and of the rendering of which
therefore I cannot speak. Yet even in these, which I think among the poorest
works of the painter, the expressions of breeze, motion, and light, are very
marvellous; and it is instructive to compare them either with the lifeless
works of the Dutch themselves, or with any modern imitations of them, as for
instance with the seas of Callcott, where all the light is white and all the
shadows gray, where no distinction is made between water and foam, or
between real and reflective shadow, and which are generally without
evidence of the artists having ever seen the sea.
Some pictures, however, belonging to this period of Turner are free from
the Dutch infection, and show the real power of the artist. A very important
one is in the possession of Lord Francis Egerton, somewhat heavy in its
forms, but remarkable for the grandeur of distance obtained at the horizon; a
much smaller, but more powerful example is the Port Ruysdael in the
study of every line, makes every line appear the wildest child of chance,
while yet each is in itself a subject and a picture different from all else
around. Of the color of this magnificent sea I have before spoken; it is a
solemn green gray, (with its foam seen dimly through the darkness of
twilight,) modulated with the fulness, changefulness, and sadness of a deep,
wild melody.
The greater number of Turner's paintings of open sea belong to a somewhat
earlier period than these drawings; nor, generally speaking, are they of equal
§ 37. Open seas of
value. It appears to me that the artist had at that time either
Turner's earlier
less knowledge of, or less delight in, the characteristics of
times.
deep water than of coast sea, and that, in consequence, he
suffered himself to be influenced by some of the qualities of
the Dutch sea-painters. In particular, he borrowed from them the habit of
casting a dark shadow on the near waves, so as to bring out a stream of light
behind; and though he did this in a more legitimate way than they, that is to
say, expressing the light by touches on the foam, and indicating the shadow
as cast on foamy surface, still the habit has induced much feebleness and
conventionality in the pictures of the period. His drawing of the waves was
also somewhat petty and divided, small forms covered with white flat spray, a
condition which I doubt not the artist has seen on some of the shallow Dutch
seas, but which I have never met with myself, and of the rendering of which
therefore I cannot speak. Yet even in these, which I think among the poorest
works of the painter, the expressions of breeze, motion, and light, are very
marvellous; and it is instructive to compare them either with the lifeless
works of the Dutch themselves, or with any modern imitations of them, as for
instance with the seas of Callcott, where all the light is white and all the
shadows gray, where no distinction is made between water and foam, or
between real and reflective shadow, and which are generally without
evidence of the artists having ever seen the sea.
Some pictures, however, belonging to this period of Turner are free from
the Dutch infection, and show the real power of the artist. A very important
one is in the possession of Lord Francis Egerton, somewhat heavy in its
forms, but remarkable for the grandeur of distance obtained at the horizon; a
much smaller, but more powerful example is the Port Ruysdael in the
Page 465
possession of E. Bicknell, Esq., with which I know of no work at all
comparable for the expression of the white, wild, cold, comfortless waves of
northern sea, even though the sea is almost subordinate to the awful rolling
clouds. Both these pictures are very gray. The Pas de Calais has more color,
and shows more art than either, yet is less impressive. Recently, two marines
of the same subdued color have appeared (1843) among his more radiant
works. One, Ostend, somewhat forced and affected, but the other, also called
Port Ruysdael, is among the most perfect sea pictures he has produced, and
especially remarkable as being painted without one marked opposition either
of color or of shade, all quiet and simple even to an extreme, so that the
picture was exceedingly unattractive at first sight. The shadow of the pier-
head on the near waves is marked solely by touches indicative of reflected
light, and so mysteriously that when the picture is seen near, it is quite
untraceable, and comes into existence as the spectator retires. It is thus of
peculiar truth and value; and instructive as a contrast to the dark shadows of
his earlier time.
Few people, comparatively, have ever seen the effect on the sea of a
powerful gale continued without intermission for three or four days and
§ 38. Effect of sea
nights, and to those who have not, I believe it must be
after prolonged
unimaginable, not from the mere force or size of surge, but
storm.
from the complete annihilation of the limit between sea and
air. The water from its prolonged agitation is beaten, not
into mere creaming foam, but into masses of accumulated yeast,[68] which
hang in ropes and wreaths from wave to wave, and where one curls over to
break, form a festoon like a drapery, from its edge; these are taken up by the
wind, not in dissipating dust, but bodily, in writhing, hanging, coiling masses,
which make the air white and thick as with snow, only the flakes are a foot or
two long each; the surges themselves are full of foam in their very bodies,
underneath, making them white all through, as the water is under a great
cataract; and their masses, being thus half water and half air, are torn to
pieces by the wind whenever they rise, and carried away in roaring smoke,
which chokes and strangles like actual water. Add to this, that when the air
has been exhausted of its moisture by long rain, the spray of the sea is caught
by it as described above, (Section III. Chapter VI. § 13,) and covers its
surface not merely with the smoke of finely divided water, but with boiling
mist; imagine also the low rain-clouds brought down to the very level of the
comparable for the expression of the white, wild, cold, comfortless waves of
northern sea, even though the sea is almost subordinate to the awful rolling
clouds. Both these pictures are very gray. The Pas de Calais has more color,
and shows more art than either, yet is less impressive. Recently, two marines
of the same subdued color have appeared (1843) among his more radiant
works. One, Ostend, somewhat forced and affected, but the other, also called
Port Ruysdael, is among the most perfect sea pictures he has produced, and
especially remarkable as being painted without one marked opposition either
of color or of shade, all quiet and simple even to an extreme, so that the
picture was exceedingly unattractive at first sight. The shadow of the pier-
head on the near waves is marked solely by touches indicative of reflected
light, and so mysteriously that when the picture is seen near, it is quite
untraceable, and comes into existence as the spectator retires. It is thus of
peculiar truth and value; and instructive as a contrast to the dark shadows of
his earlier time.
Few people, comparatively, have ever seen the effect on the sea of a
powerful gale continued without intermission for three or four days and
§ 38. Effect of sea
nights, and to those who have not, I believe it must be
after prolonged
unimaginable, not from the mere force or size of surge, but
storm.
from the complete annihilation of the limit between sea and
air. The water from its prolonged agitation is beaten, not
into mere creaming foam, but into masses of accumulated yeast,[68] which
hang in ropes and wreaths from wave to wave, and where one curls over to
break, form a festoon like a drapery, from its edge; these are taken up by the
wind, not in dissipating dust, but bodily, in writhing, hanging, coiling masses,
which make the air white and thick as with snow, only the flakes are a foot or
two long each; the surges themselves are full of foam in their very bodies,
underneath, making them white all through, as the water is under a great
cataract; and their masses, being thus half water and half air, are torn to
pieces by the wind whenever they rise, and carried away in roaring smoke,
which chokes and strangles like actual water. Add to this, that when the air
has been exhausted of its moisture by long rain, the spray of the sea is caught
by it as described above, (Section III. Chapter VI. § 13,) and covers its
surface not merely with the smoke of finely divided water, but with boiling
mist; imagine also the low rain-clouds brought down to the very level of the
Page 466
sea, as I have often seen them, whirling and flying in rags and fragments
from wave to wave; and finally, conceive the surges themselves in their
utmost pitch of power, velocity, vastness, and madness, lifting themselves in
precipices and peaks, furrowed with their whirl of ascent, through all this
chaos; and you will understand that there is indeed no distinction left between
the sea and air; that no object, nor horizon, nor any landmark or natural
evidence of position is left; that the heaven is all spray, and the ocean all
cloud, and that you can see no farther in any direction than you could see
through a cataract. Suppose the effect of the first sunbeam sent from above to
show this annihilation to itself, and you have the sea picture of the Academy,
1842—the Snowstorm, one of the very grandest statements of sea-motion,
mist, and light that has ever been put on canvas, even by Turner. Of course it
was not understood; his finest works never are; but there was some apology
for the public's not comprehending this, for few people have had the
opportunity of seeing the sea at such a time, and when they have, cannot face
it. To hold by a mast or a rock, and watch it, is a prolonged endurance of
drowning which few people have courage to go through. To those who have,
it is one of the noblest lessons of nature.
But, I think, the noblest sea that Turner has ever painted, and, if so, the
noblest certainly ever painted by man, is that of the Slave Ship, the chief
Academy picture of the Exhibition of 1840. It is a sunset on
§ 39. Turner's
noblest work, the
the Atlantic after prolonged storm; but the storm is partially
deep open sea in
lulled, and the torn and streaming rain-clouds are moving in
the Slave Ship.
scarlet lines to lose themselves in the hollow of the night.
The whole surface of sea included in the picture is divided
into two ridges of enormous swell, not high, nor local, but a low, broad
heaving of the whole ocean, like the lifting of its bosom by deep-drawn
breath after the torture of the storm. Between these two ridges, the fire of the
sunset falls along the trough of the sea, dyeing it with an awful but glorious
light, the intense and lurid splendor which burns like gold and bathes like
blood. Along this fiery path and valley, the tossing waves by which the swell
of the sea is restlessly divided, lift themselves in dark, indefinite, fantastic
forms, each casting a faint and ghastly shadow behind it along the illumined
foam. They do not rise everywhere, but three or four together in wild groups,
fitfully and furiously, as the under strength of the swell compels or permits
them; leaving between them treacherous spaces of level and whirling water,
from wave to wave; and finally, conceive the surges themselves in their
utmost pitch of power, velocity, vastness, and madness, lifting themselves in
precipices and peaks, furrowed with their whirl of ascent, through all this
chaos; and you will understand that there is indeed no distinction left between
the sea and air; that no object, nor horizon, nor any landmark or natural
evidence of position is left; that the heaven is all spray, and the ocean all
cloud, and that you can see no farther in any direction than you could see
through a cataract. Suppose the effect of the first sunbeam sent from above to
show this annihilation to itself, and you have the sea picture of the Academy,
1842—the Snowstorm, one of the very grandest statements of sea-motion,
mist, and light that has ever been put on canvas, even by Turner. Of course it
was not understood; his finest works never are; but there was some apology
for the public's not comprehending this, for few people have had the
opportunity of seeing the sea at such a time, and when they have, cannot face
it. To hold by a mast or a rock, and watch it, is a prolonged endurance of
drowning which few people have courage to go through. To those who have,
it is one of the noblest lessons of nature.
But, I think, the noblest sea that Turner has ever painted, and, if so, the
noblest certainly ever painted by man, is that of the Slave Ship, the chief
Academy picture of the Exhibition of 1840. It is a sunset on
§ 39. Turner's
noblest work, the
the Atlantic after prolonged storm; but the storm is partially
deep open sea in
lulled, and the torn and streaming rain-clouds are moving in
the Slave Ship.
scarlet lines to lose themselves in the hollow of the night.
The whole surface of sea included in the picture is divided
into two ridges of enormous swell, not high, nor local, but a low, broad
heaving of the whole ocean, like the lifting of its bosom by deep-drawn
breath after the torture of the storm. Between these two ridges, the fire of the
sunset falls along the trough of the sea, dyeing it with an awful but glorious
light, the intense and lurid splendor which burns like gold and bathes like
blood. Along this fiery path and valley, the tossing waves by which the swell
of the sea is restlessly divided, lift themselves in dark, indefinite, fantastic
forms, each casting a faint and ghastly shadow behind it along the illumined
foam. They do not rise everywhere, but three or four together in wild groups,
fitfully and furiously, as the under strength of the swell compels or permits
them; leaving between them treacherous spaces of level and whirling water,
Page 467
now lighted with green and lamp-like fire, now flashing back the gold of the
declining sun, now fearfully dyed from above with the indistinguishable
images of the burning clouds, which fall upon them in flakes of crimson and
scarlet, and give to the reckless waves the added motion of their own fiery
flying. Purple and blue, the lurid shadows of the hollow breakers are cast
upon the mist of the night, which gathers cold and low, advancing like the
shadow of death upon the guilty[69] ship as it labors amidst the lightning of
the sea, its thin masts written upon the sky in lines of blood, girded with
condemnation in that fearful hue which signs the sky with horror, and mixes
its flaming flood with the sunlight,—and cast far along the desolate heave of
the sepulchral waves, incarnadines the multitudinous sea.
I believe, if I were reduced to rest Turner's immortality upon any single
work, I should choose this. Its daring conception—ideal in the highest sense
§ 40. Its united
of the word—is based on the purest truth, and wrought out
with the concentrated knowledge of a life; its color is
excellences and
absolutely perfect, not one false or morbid hue in any part
perfection as a
whole.
or line, and so modulated that every square inch of canvas is
a perfect composition; its drawing as accurate as fearless;
the ship buoyant, bending, and full of motion; its tones as true as they are
wonderful;[70] and the whole picture dedicated to the most sublime of
subjects and impressions—(completing thus the perfect system of all truth,
which we have shown to be formed by Turner's works)—the power, majesty,
and deathfulness of the open, deep, illimitable Sea.
declining sun, now fearfully dyed from above with the indistinguishable
images of the burning clouds, which fall upon them in flakes of crimson and
scarlet, and give to the reckless waves the added motion of their own fiery
flying. Purple and blue, the lurid shadows of the hollow breakers are cast
upon the mist of the night, which gathers cold and low, advancing like the
shadow of death upon the guilty[69] ship as it labors amidst the lightning of
the sea, its thin masts written upon the sky in lines of blood, girded with
condemnation in that fearful hue which signs the sky with horror, and mixes
its flaming flood with the sunlight,—and cast far along the desolate heave of
the sepulchral waves, incarnadines the multitudinous sea.
I believe, if I were reduced to rest Turner's immortality upon any single
work, I should choose this. Its daring conception—ideal in the highest sense
§ 40. Its united
of the word—is based on the purest truth, and wrought out
with the concentrated knowledge of a life; its color is
excellences and
absolutely perfect, not one false or morbid hue in any part
perfection as a
whole.
or line, and so modulated that every square inch of canvas is
a perfect composition; its drawing as accurate as fearless;
the ship buoyant, bending, and full of motion; its tones as true as they are
wonderful;[70] and the whole picture dedicated to the most sublime of
subjects and impressions—(completing thus the perfect system of all truth,
which we have shown to be formed by Turner's works)—the power, majesty,
and deathfulness of the open, deep, illimitable Sea.
Page 468
[66] Not altogether. I believe here, as in a former case, I have attributed far too much
influence to this change of focus. In Turner's earlier works the principle is not found. In the
rivers of the Yorkshire drawings, every reflection is given clearly, even to the farthest
depth, and yet the surface is not lost, and it would deprive the painter of much power if he
were not sometimes so to represent them, especially when his object is repose; it being, of
course, as lawful for him to choose one adaptation of the sight as another. I have, however,
left the above paragraphs as first written, because they are true, although I think they make
too much of an unimportant matter. The reader may attribute to them such weight as he
thinks fit. He is referred to § 11 of this chapter, and to § 4 of the first chapter of this section.
[67] On a large scale it is so, but the same lines are to be seen for the moment whenever
water becomes exceedingly rapid, and yet feels the bottom as it passes, being not thrown
up or cast clear of it. In general, the drawing of water fails from being too interrupted, the
forms flung hither and thither, and broken up and covered with bright touches, instead of
being wrought out in their real unities of curvature. It is difficult enough to draw a curved
surface, even when it is rough and has texture; but to indicate the varied and sweeping
forms of a crystalline and polished substance, requires far more skill and patience than
most artists possess. In some respects, it is impossible. I do not suppose any means of art
are capable of rightly expressing the smooth, multitudinous rippling of a rapid rivulet of
shallow water, giving its transparency lustre and fully-developed forms; and the greater
number of the lines and actions of torrent-waves are equally inexpressible. The effort
should, nevertheless, always be made, and whatever is sacrificed in color, freedom, or
brightness, the real contours ought always in some measure to be drawn, as a careful
draughtsman secures those of flesh, or any other finely-modelled surface. It is better, in
many respects, the drawing should miss of being like water, than that it should miss in this
one respect the grandeur of water. Many tricks of scratching and dashing will bring out a
deceptive resemblance; the determined and laborious rendering of contour alone secures
sublimity.
[68] The "yesty waves" of Shakspeare have made the likeness familiar, and probably
most readers take the expression as merely equivalent to "foamy;" but Shakspeare knew
better. Sea-foam does not, under ordinary circumstances, last a moment after it is formed,
but disappears, as above described, in a mere white film. But the foam of a prolonged
tempest is altogether different; it is "whipped" foam,—thick, permanent, and, in a foul or
discolored sea, very ugly, especially in the way it hangs about the tops of the waves, and
gathers into clotted concretions before the driving wind. The sea looks truly working or
influence to this change of focus. In Turner's earlier works the principle is not found. In the
rivers of the Yorkshire drawings, every reflection is given clearly, even to the farthest
depth, and yet the surface is not lost, and it would deprive the painter of much power if he
were not sometimes so to represent them, especially when his object is repose; it being, of
course, as lawful for him to choose one adaptation of the sight as another. I have, however,
left the above paragraphs as first written, because they are true, although I think they make
too much of an unimportant matter. The reader may attribute to them such weight as he
thinks fit. He is referred to § 11 of this chapter, and to § 4 of the first chapter of this section.
[67] On a large scale it is so, but the same lines are to be seen for the moment whenever
water becomes exceedingly rapid, and yet feels the bottom as it passes, being not thrown
up or cast clear of it. In general, the drawing of water fails from being too interrupted, the
forms flung hither and thither, and broken up and covered with bright touches, instead of
being wrought out in their real unities of curvature. It is difficult enough to draw a curved
surface, even when it is rough and has texture; but to indicate the varied and sweeping
forms of a crystalline and polished substance, requires far more skill and patience than
most artists possess. In some respects, it is impossible. I do not suppose any means of art
are capable of rightly expressing the smooth, multitudinous rippling of a rapid rivulet of
shallow water, giving its transparency lustre and fully-developed forms; and the greater
number of the lines and actions of torrent-waves are equally inexpressible. The effort
should, nevertheless, always be made, and whatever is sacrificed in color, freedom, or
brightness, the real contours ought always in some measure to be drawn, as a careful
draughtsman secures those of flesh, or any other finely-modelled surface. It is better, in
many respects, the drawing should miss of being like water, than that it should miss in this
one respect the grandeur of water. Many tricks of scratching and dashing will bring out a
deceptive resemblance; the determined and laborious rendering of contour alone secures
sublimity.
[68] The "yesty waves" of Shakspeare have made the likeness familiar, and probably
most readers take the expression as merely equivalent to "foamy;" but Shakspeare knew
better. Sea-foam does not, under ordinary circumstances, last a moment after it is formed,
but disappears, as above described, in a mere white film. But the foam of a prolonged
tempest is altogether different; it is "whipped" foam,—thick, permanent, and, in a foul or
discolored sea, very ugly, especially in the way it hangs about the tops of the waves, and
gathers into clotted concretions before the driving wind. The sea looks truly working or
Page 469
fermenting. The following passage from Fenimore Cooper is an interesting confirmation of
the rest of the above description, which may be depended upon as entirely free from
exaggeration:—"For the first time I now witnessed a tempest at sea. Gales, and pretty hard
ones, I had often seen, but the force of the wind on this occasion as much exceeded that in
ordinary gales of wind, as the force of these had exceeded that of a whole-sail breeze. The
seas seemed crushed; the pressure of the swooping atmosphere, as the currents of the air
went howling over the surface of the ocean, fairly preventing them from rising; or where a
mound of water did appear, it was scooped up and borne off in spray, as the axe dubs
inequalities from the log. When the day returned, a species of lurid, sombre light was
diffused over the watery waste, though nothing was visible but the ocean and the ship.
Even the sea-birds seemed to have taken refuge in the caverns of the adjacent coast, none
reappearing with the dawn. The air was full of spray, and it was with difficulty that the eye
could penetrate as far into the humid atmosphere as half a mile,"—Miles Wattingford. Half
a mile is an over-estimate in coast.
[69] She is a slaver, throwing her slaves overboard. The near sea is encumbered with
corpses.
[70] There is a piece of tone of the same kind, equal in one part, but not so united with
the rest of the picture, in the storm scene illustrative of the Antiquary,—a sunset light on
polished sea. I ought to have particularly mentioned the sea in the Lowestoffe, as a piece of
the cutting motion of shallow water, under storm, altogether in gray, which should be
especially contrasted, as a piece of color, with the grays of Vandevelde. And the sea in the
Great Yarmouth should have been noticed for its expression of water in violent agitation,
seen in enormous extent from a great elevation. There is almost every form of sea in it,—
rolling waves dashing on the pier—successive breakers rolling to the shore—a vast horizon
of multitudinous waves—and winding canals of calm water along the sands, bringing
fragments of bright sky down into their yellow waste. There is hardly one of the views of
the Southern Coast which does not give some new condition or circumstance of sea.
SECTION VI.
OF TRUTH OF VEGETATION.—CONCLUSION.
the rest of the above description, which may be depended upon as entirely free from
exaggeration:—"For the first time I now witnessed a tempest at sea. Gales, and pretty hard
ones, I had often seen, but the force of the wind on this occasion as much exceeded that in
ordinary gales of wind, as the force of these had exceeded that of a whole-sail breeze. The
seas seemed crushed; the pressure of the swooping atmosphere, as the currents of the air
went howling over the surface of the ocean, fairly preventing them from rising; or where a
mound of water did appear, it was scooped up and borne off in spray, as the axe dubs
inequalities from the log. When the day returned, a species of lurid, sombre light was
diffused over the watery waste, though nothing was visible but the ocean and the ship.
Even the sea-birds seemed to have taken refuge in the caverns of the adjacent coast, none
reappearing with the dawn. The air was full of spray, and it was with difficulty that the eye
could penetrate as far into the humid atmosphere as half a mile,"—Miles Wattingford. Half
a mile is an over-estimate in coast.
[69] She is a slaver, throwing her slaves overboard. The near sea is encumbered with
corpses.
[70] There is a piece of tone of the same kind, equal in one part, but not so united with
the rest of the picture, in the storm scene illustrative of the Antiquary,—a sunset light on
polished sea. I ought to have particularly mentioned the sea in the Lowestoffe, as a piece of
the cutting motion of shallow water, under storm, altogether in gray, which should be
especially contrasted, as a piece of color, with the grays of Vandevelde. And the sea in the
Great Yarmouth should have been noticed for its expression of water in violent agitation,
seen in enormous extent from a great elevation. There is almost every form of sea in it,—
rolling waves dashing on the pier—successive breakers rolling to the shore—a vast horizon
of multitudinous waves—and winding canals of calm water along the sands, bringing
fragments of bright sky down into their yellow waste. There is hardly one of the views of
the Southern Coast which does not give some new condition or circumstance of sea.
SECTION VI.
OF TRUTH OF VEGETATION.—CONCLUSION.
Page 470
CHAPTER I.
OF TRUTH OF VEGETATION.
We have now arrived at the consideration of what was, with the old
masters, the subject of most serious and perpetual study. If they do not give
§ 1. Frequent
us truth here, they cannot have the faculty of truth in them;
occurrence of
for foliage is the chief component part of all their pictures,
and is finished by them with a care and labor which, if
foliage in the
bestowed without attaining truth, must prove either their
works of the old
total bluntness of perception, or total powerlessness of
masters.
hand. With the Italian school I can scarcely recollect a
single instance in which foliage does not form the greater part of the
picture; in fact, they are rather painters of tree-portrait than landscape
painters; for rocks, and sky, and architecture are usually mere accessories
and backgrounds to the dark masses of laborious foliage, of which the
composition principally consists. Yet we shall be less detained by the
examination of foliage than by our former subjects; since where specific
form is organized and complete, and the occurrence of the object universal,
it is easy, without requiring any laborious attention in the reader, to
demonstrate to him quite as much of the truth or falsehood of various
representations of it, as may serve to determine the character and rank of
the painter.
It will be best to begin as nature does, with the stems and branches, and
then to put the leaves on. And in speaking of trees generally, be it observed,
when I say all trees, I mean only those ordinary forest or copse trees of
Europe, which are the chief subjects of the landscape painter. I do not mean
to include every kind of foliage which by any accident can find its way into
a picture, but the ordinary trees of Europe,—oak, elm, ash, hazel, willow,
birch, beech, poplar, chestnut, pine, mulberry, olive, ilex, carubbe, and such
others. I do not purpose to examine the characteristics of each tree; it will
§ 2. Laws common
be enough to observe the laws common to all. First, then,
neither the stems nor the boughs of any of the above trees
to all forest trees.
taper, except where they fork. Wherever a stem sends off a
Their branches do
branch, or a branch a lesser bough, or a lesser bough a
OF TRUTH OF VEGETATION.
We have now arrived at the consideration of what was, with the old
masters, the subject of most serious and perpetual study. If they do not give
§ 1. Frequent
us truth here, they cannot have the faculty of truth in them;
occurrence of
for foliage is the chief component part of all their pictures,
and is finished by them with a care and labor which, if
foliage in the
bestowed without attaining truth, must prove either their
works of the old
total bluntness of perception, or total powerlessness of
masters.
hand. With the Italian school I can scarcely recollect a
single instance in which foliage does not form the greater part of the
picture; in fact, they are rather painters of tree-portrait than landscape
painters; for rocks, and sky, and architecture are usually mere accessories
and backgrounds to the dark masses of laborious foliage, of which the
composition principally consists. Yet we shall be less detained by the
examination of foliage than by our former subjects; since where specific
form is organized and complete, and the occurrence of the object universal,
it is easy, without requiring any laborious attention in the reader, to
demonstrate to him quite as much of the truth or falsehood of various
representations of it, as may serve to determine the character and rank of
the painter.
It will be best to begin as nature does, with the stems and branches, and
then to put the leaves on. And in speaking of trees generally, be it observed,
when I say all trees, I mean only those ordinary forest or copse trees of
Europe, which are the chief subjects of the landscape painter. I do not mean
to include every kind of foliage which by any accident can find its way into
a picture, but the ordinary trees of Europe,—oak, elm, ash, hazel, willow,
birch, beech, poplar, chestnut, pine, mulberry, olive, ilex, carubbe, and such
others. I do not purpose to examine the characteristics of each tree; it will
§ 2. Laws common
be enough to observe the laws common to all. First, then,
neither the stems nor the boughs of any of the above trees
to all forest trees.
taper, except where they fork. Wherever a stem sends off a
Their branches do
branch, or a branch a lesser bough, or a lesser bough a
Page 471
bud, the stem or the branch is, on the instant, less in
not taper, but only
divide. diameter by the exact quantity of the branch or the bough
they have sent off, and they remain of the same diameter;
or if there be any change, rather increase than diminish until they send off
another branch or bough. This law is imperative and without exception; no
bough, nor stem, nor twig, ever tapering or becoming narrower towards its
extremity by a hairbreadth, save where it parts with some portion of its
substance at a fork or bud, so that if all the twigs and sprays at the top and
sides of the tree, which are, and have been, could be united without loss of
space, they would form a round log of the diameter of the trunk from which
they spring.
But as the trunks of most trees send off twigs and sprays of light under
foliage, of which every individual fibre takes precisely its own thickness of
§ 3. Appearance of
wood from the parent stem, and as many of these drop off,
tapering caused by
leaving nothing but a small excrescence to record their
frequent buds.
existence, there is frequently a slight and delicate
appearance of tapering bestowed on the trunk itself; while
the same operation takes place much more extensively in the branches, it
being natural to almost all trees to send out from their young limbs more
wood than they can support, which, as the stem increases, gets contracted at
the point of insertion, so as to check the flow of the sap, and then dies and
drops off, leaving all along the bough, first on one side, then on another, a
series of small excrescences, sufficient to account for a degree of tapering,
which is yet so very slight, that if we select a portion of a branch with no
real fork or living bough to divide it or diminish it, the tapering is scarcely
to be detected by the eye; and if we select a portion without such evidences
of past ramification, there will be found none whatsoever.
But nature takes great care and pains to conceal this uniformity in her
§ 4. And care of
boughs. They are perpetually parting with little sprays here
nature to conceal
and there, which steal away their substance cautiously, and
the parallelism.
where the eye does not perceive the theft, until, a little way
above, it feels the loss; and in the upper parts of the tree,
the ramifications take place so constantly and delicately, that the effect upon
the eye is precisely the same as if the boughs actually tapered, except here
not taper, but only
divide. diameter by the exact quantity of the branch or the bough
they have sent off, and they remain of the same diameter;
or if there be any change, rather increase than diminish until they send off
another branch or bough. This law is imperative and without exception; no
bough, nor stem, nor twig, ever tapering or becoming narrower towards its
extremity by a hairbreadth, save where it parts with some portion of its
substance at a fork or bud, so that if all the twigs and sprays at the top and
sides of the tree, which are, and have been, could be united without loss of
space, they would form a round log of the diameter of the trunk from which
they spring.
But as the trunks of most trees send off twigs and sprays of light under
foliage, of which every individual fibre takes precisely its own thickness of
§ 3. Appearance of
wood from the parent stem, and as many of these drop off,
tapering caused by
leaving nothing but a small excrescence to record their
frequent buds.
existence, there is frequently a slight and delicate
appearance of tapering bestowed on the trunk itself; while
the same operation takes place much more extensively in the branches, it
being natural to almost all trees to send out from their young limbs more
wood than they can support, which, as the stem increases, gets contracted at
the point of insertion, so as to check the flow of the sap, and then dies and
drops off, leaving all along the bough, first on one side, then on another, a
series of small excrescences, sufficient to account for a degree of tapering,
which is yet so very slight, that if we select a portion of a branch with no
real fork or living bough to divide it or diminish it, the tapering is scarcely
to be detected by the eye; and if we select a portion without such evidences
of past ramification, there will be found none whatsoever.
But nature takes great care and pains to conceal this uniformity in her
§ 4. And care of
boughs. They are perpetually parting with little sprays here
nature to conceal
and there, which steal away their substance cautiously, and
the parallelism.
where the eye does not perceive the theft, until, a little way
above, it feels the loss; and in the upper parts of the tree,
the ramifications take place so constantly and delicately, that the effect upon
the eye is precisely the same as if the boughs actually tapered, except here
Page 472
and there, where some avaricious one, greedy of substance, runs on for two
or three yards without parting with anything, and becomes ungraceful in so
doing.
Hence we see that although boughs may, and must be represented as
§ 5. The degree of
actually tapering, they must only be so when they are
sending off foliage and sprays, and when they are at such a
tapering which
may be
distance that the particular forks and divisions cannot be
represented as
evident to the eye; and farther, even in such circumstances
continuous.
the tapering never can be sudden or rapid. No bough ever,
with appearance of smooth tapering, loses more than one
tenth of its diameter in a length of ten diameters. Any greater diminution
than this must be accounted for by visible ramification, and must take place
by steps, at each fork.
And therefore we see at once that the stem of Gaspar Poussin's tall tree,
on the right of the La Riccia, in the National Gallery, is a painting of a
§ 6. The trees of
carrot or a parsnip, not of the trunk of a tree. For, being so
Gaspar Poussin;
near that every individual leaf is visible, we should not
have seen, in nature, one branch or stem actually tapering.
We should have received an impression of graceful diminution; but we
should have been able, on examination, to trace it joint by joint, fork by
fork, into the thousand minor supports of the leaves. Gaspar Poussin's stem,
on the contrary, only sends off four or five minor branches altogether, and
both it and they taper violently, and without showing why or wherefore—
without parting with a single twig—without showing one vestige of
roughness or excrescence—and leaving, therefore, their unfortunate leaves
to hold on as best they may. The latter, however, are clever leaves, and
support themselves as swarming bees do, hanging on by each other.
But even this piece of work is a jest to the perpetration of the bough at
the left-hand upper corner of the picture opposite to it,—the View near
§ 7. And of the
Albano. This latter is a representation of an ornamental
group of elephants' tusks, with feathers tied to the ends of
Italian school
generally, defy this
them. Not the wildest imagination could ever conjure up in
law.
it the remotest resemblance to the bough of a tree. It might
be the claws of a witch—the talons of an eagle—the horns
or three yards without parting with anything, and becomes ungraceful in so
doing.
Hence we see that although boughs may, and must be represented as
§ 5. The degree of
actually tapering, they must only be so when they are
sending off foliage and sprays, and when they are at such a
tapering which
may be
distance that the particular forks and divisions cannot be
represented as
evident to the eye; and farther, even in such circumstances
continuous.
the tapering never can be sudden or rapid. No bough ever,
with appearance of smooth tapering, loses more than one
tenth of its diameter in a length of ten diameters. Any greater diminution
than this must be accounted for by visible ramification, and must take place
by steps, at each fork.
And therefore we see at once that the stem of Gaspar Poussin's tall tree,
on the right of the La Riccia, in the National Gallery, is a painting of a
§ 6. The trees of
carrot or a parsnip, not of the trunk of a tree. For, being so
Gaspar Poussin;
near that every individual leaf is visible, we should not
have seen, in nature, one branch or stem actually tapering.
We should have received an impression of graceful diminution; but we
should have been able, on examination, to trace it joint by joint, fork by
fork, into the thousand minor supports of the leaves. Gaspar Poussin's stem,
on the contrary, only sends off four or five minor branches altogether, and
both it and they taper violently, and without showing why or wherefore—
without parting with a single twig—without showing one vestige of
roughness or excrescence—and leaving, therefore, their unfortunate leaves
to hold on as best they may. The latter, however, are clever leaves, and
support themselves as swarming bees do, hanging on by each other.
But even this piece of work is a jest to the perpetration of the bough at
the left-hand upper corner of the picture opposite to it,—the View near
§ 7. And of the
Albano. This latter is a representation of an ornamental
group of elephants' tusks, with feathers tied to the ends of
Italian school
generally, defy this
them. Not the wildest imagination could ever conjure up in
law.
it the remotest resemblance to the bough of a tree. It might
be the claws of a witch—the talons of an eagle—the horns
Page 473
of a fiend; but it is a full assemblage of every conceivable falsehood which
can be told respecting foliage—a piece of work so barbarous in every way,
that one glance at it ought to prove the complete charlatanism and trickery
of the whole system of the old landscape painters. For I will depart for once
from my usual plan, of abstaining from all assertion of a thing's being
beautiful or otherwise; I will say here, at once, that such drawing as this is
as ugly as it is childish, and as painful as it is false; and that the man who
could tolerate, much more, who could deliberately set down such a thing on
his canvas, had neither eye nor feeling for one single attribute or excellence
of God's works. He might have drawn the other stem in excusable
ignorance, or under some false impression of being able to improve upon
nature; but this is conclusive and unpardonable. Again, take the stem of the
chief tree in Claude's Narcissus. It is a very faithful portrait of a large boa-
constrictor, with a handsome tail; the kind of trunk which young ladies at
fashionable boarding-schools represent with nosegays at the top of them, by
way of forest scenery.
Let us refresh ourselves for a moment, by looking at the truth. We need
not go to Turner, we will go to the man who, next to him, is unquestionably
the greatest master of foliage in Europe—J. D. Harding.
§ 8. The truth, as it
is given by J. D.
Take the trunk of the largest stone-pine, Plate 25, in the
Park and the Forest. For the first nine or ten feet from the
Harding.
ground it does not lose one hairbreadth of its diameter. But
the shoot, broken off just under the crossing part of the distant tree, is
followed by an instant diminution of the trunk, perfectly appreciable both
by the eye and the compasses. Again, the stem maintains undiminished
thickness, up to the two shoots on the left, from the loss of which it suffers
again perceptibly. On the right, immediately above, is the stump of a very
large bough, whose loss reduces the trunk suddenly to about two-thirds of
what it was at the root. Diminished again, less considerably, by the minor
branch close to this stump, it now retains its diameter up to the three
branches, broken off just under the head, where it once more loses in
diameter, and finally branches into the multitude of head-boughs, of which
not one will be found tapering in any part, but losing themselves gradually
by division among their offshoots and spray. This is nature, and beauty too.
can be told respecting foliage—a piece of work so barbarous in every way,
that one glance at it ought to prove the complete charlatanism and trickery
of the whole system of the old landscape painters. For I will depart for once
from my usual plan, of abstaining from all assertion of a thing's being
beautiful or otherwise; I will say here, at once, that such drawing as this is
as ugly as it is childish, and as painful as it is false; and that the man who
could tolerate, much more, who could deliberately set down such a thing on
his canvas, had neither eye nor feeling for one single attribute or excellence
of God's works. He might have drawn the other stem in excusable
ignorance, or under some false impression of being able to improve upon
nature; but this is conclusive and unpardonable. Again, take the stem of the
chief tree in Claude's Narcissus. It is a very faithful portrait of a large boa-
constrictor, with a handsome tail; the kind of trunk which young ladies at
fashionable boarding-schools represent with nosegays at the top of them, by
way of forest scenery.
Let us refresh ourselves for a moment, by looking at the truth. We need
not go to Turner, we will go to the man who, next to him, is unquestionably
the greatest master of foliage in Europe—J. D. Harding.
§ 8. The truth, as it
is given by J. D.
Take the trunk of the largest stone-pine, Plate 25, in the
Park and the Forest. For the first nine or ten feet from the
Harding.
ground it does not lose one hairbreadth of its diameter. But
the shoot, broken off just under the crossing part of the distant tree, is
followed by an instant diminution of the trunk, perfectly appreciable both
by the eye and the compasses. Again, the stem maintains undiminished
thickness, up to the two shoots on the left, from the loss of which it suffers
again perceptibly. On the right, immediately above, is the stump of a very
large bough, whose loss reduces the trunk suddenly to about two-thirds of
what it was at the root. Diminished again, less considerably, by the minor
branch close to this stump, it now retains its diameter up to the three
branches, broken off just under the head, where it once more loses in
diameter, and finally branches into the multitude of head-boughs, of which
not one will be found tapering in any part, but losing themselves gradually
by division among their offshoots and spray. This is nature, and beauty too.
Page 474
But the old masters are not satisfied with drawing carrots for boughs.
Nature can be violated in more ways than one, and the industry with which
§ 9. Boughs, in
they seek out and adopt every conceivable mode of
contradicting her is matter of no small interest. It is
consequence of
this law, must
evident, from what we have above stated of the structure
diminish where
of all trees, that as no boughs diminish where they do not
they divide. Those
fork, so they cannot fork without diminishing. It is
of the old masters
impossible that the smallest shoot can be sent out of a
often do not.
bough without a diminution of the diameter above it; and
wherever a branch goes off it must not only be less in
diameter than the bough from which it springs, but the bough beyond the
fork must be less by precisely the quantity of the branch it has sent off.[71]
Now observe the bough underneath the first bend of the great stem in
Claude's Narcissus; it sends off four branches like the ribs of a leaf. The two
lowest of these are both quite as thick as the parent stem, and the stem itself
is much thicker after it has sent off the first one than it was before. The top
boughs of the central tree, in the Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, ramify in
the same scientific way.
But there are further conclusions to be drawn from this great principle in
trees. As they only diminish where they divide, their increase of number is
in precise proportion to their diminution of size, so that
§ 10. Boughs must
multiply as they
whenever we come to the extremities of boughs, we must
have a multitude of sprays sufficient to make up, if they
diminish. Those of
were united, the bulk of that from which they spring.
the old masters do
not.
Where a bough divides into two equal ramifications, the
diameter of each of the two is about two-thirds that of the
single one, and the sum of their diameters, therefore, one-fourth greater
than the diameter of the single one. Hence, if no boughs died or were lost,
the quantity of wood in the sprays would appear one-fourth greater than
would be necessary to make up the thickness of the trunk. But the lost
boughs remove the excess, and therefore, speaking broadly, the diameters of
the outer boughs put together would generally just make up the diameter of
the trunk. Precision in representing this is neither desirable nor possible. All
that is required is just so much observance of the general principle as may
make the eye feel satisfied that there is something like the same quantity of
Nature can be violated in more ways than one, and the industry with which
§ 9. Boughs, in
they seek out and adopt every conceivable mode of
contradicting her is matter of no small interest. It is
consequence of
this law, must
evident, from what we have above stated of the structure
diminish where
of all trees, that as no boughs diminish where they do not
they divide. Those
fork, so they cannot fork without diminishing. It is
of the old masters
impossible that the smallest shoot can be sent out of a
often do not.
bough without a diminution of the diameter above it; and
wherever a branch goes off it must not only be less in
diameter than the bough from which it springs, but the bough beyond the
fork must be less by precisely the quantity of the branch it has sent off.[71]
Now observe the bough underneath the first bend of the great stem in
Claude's Narcissus; it sends off four branches like the ribs of a leaf. The two
lowest of these are both quite as thick as the parent stem, and the stem itself
is much thicker after it has sent off the first one than it was before. The top
boughs of the central tree, in the Marriage of Isaac and Rebecca, ramify in
the same scientific way.
But there are further conclusions to be drawn from this great principle in
trees. As they only diminish where they divide, their increase of number is
in precise proportion to their diminution of size, so that
§ 10. Boughs must
multiply as they
whenever we come to the extremities of boughs, we must
have a multitude of sprays sufficient to make up, if they
diminish. Those of
were united, the bulk of that from which they spring.
the old masters do
not.
Where a bough divides into two equal ramifications, the
diameter of each of the two is about two-thirds that of the
single one, and the sum of their diameters, therefore, one-fourth greater
than the diameter of the single one. Hence, if no boughs died or were lost,
the quantity of wood in the sprays would appear one-fourth greater than
would be necessary to make up the thickness of the trunk. But the lost
boughs remove the excess, and therefore, speaking broadly, the diameters of
the outer boughs put together would generally just make up the diameter of
the trunk. Precision in representing this is neither desirable nor possible. All
that is required is just so much observance of the general principle as may
make the eye feel satisfied that there is something like the same quantity of
Page 475
wood in the sprays which there is in the stem. But to do this, there must be,
what there always is in nature, an exceeding complexity of the outer sprays.
This complexity gradually increases towards their extremities, of course
exactly in proportion to the slenderness of the twigs. The slenderer they
become, the more there are of them, until at last, at the extremities of the
tree, they form a mass of intricacy, which in winter, when it can be seen, is
scarcely distinguishable from fine herbage, and is beyond all power of
definite representation; it can only be expressed by a mass of involved
strokes. Also, as they shoot out in every direction, some are nearer, some
more distant; some distinct, some faint; and their intersections and relations
of distance are marked with the most exquisite gradations of aerial
perspective. Now it will be found universally in the works of Claude,
Gaspar, and Salvator, that the boughs do not get in the least complex or
multiplied towards the extremities—that each large limb forks only into two
or three smaller ones, each of which vanishes into the air without any cause
or reason for such unaccountable conduct—unless that the mass of leaves
transfixed upon it or tied to it, entirely dependent on its single strength,
have been too much, as well they may be, for its powers of solitary
endurance. This total ignorance of tree structure is shown throughout their
works. The Sinon before Priam is an instance of it in a really fine work of
Claude's, but the most gross examples are in the works of Salvator. It
§ 11. Bough-
appears that this latter artist was hardly in the habit of
drawing of
studying from nature at all after his boyish ramble among
the Calabrian hills; and I do not recollect any instance of a
Salvator.
piece of his bough-drawing which is not palpably and
demonstrably a made-up phantasm of the studio, the proof derivable from
this illegitimate tapering being one of the most convincing. The painter is
always visibly embarrassed to reduce the thick boughs to spray, and feeling
(for Salvator naturally had acute feeling for truth) that the bough was wrong
when it tapered suddenly, he accomplishes its diminution by an impossible
protraction; throwing out shoot after shoot until his branches straggle all
across the picture, and at last disappear unwillingly where there is no room
for them to stretch any farther. The consequence is, that whatever leaves are
put upon such boughs have evidently no adequate support, their power of
leverage is enough to uproot the tree; or if the boughs are left bare, they
have the look of the long tentacula of some complicated marine monster, or
what there always is in nature, an exceeding complexity of the outer sprays.
This complexity gradually increases towards their extremities, of course
exactly in proportion to the slenderness of the twigs. The slenderer they
become, the more there are of them, until at last, at the extremities of the
tree, they form a mass of intricacy, which in winter, when it can be seen, is
scarcely distinguishable from fine herbage, and is beyond all power of
definite representation; it can only be expressed by a mass of involved
strokes. Also, as they shoot out in every direction, some are nearer, some
more distant; some distinct, some faint; and their intersections and relations
of distance are marked with the most exquisite gradations of aerial
perspective. Now it will be found universally in the works of Claude,
Gaspar, and Salvator, that the boughs do not get in the least complex or
multiplied towards the extremities—that each large limb forks only into two
or three smaller ones, each of which vanishes into the air without any cause
or reason for such unaccountable conduct—unless that the mass of leaves
transfixed upon it or tied to it, entirely dependent on its single strength,
have been too much, as well they may be, for its powers of solitary
endurance. This total ignorance of tree structure is shown throughout their
works. The Sinon before Priam is an instance of it in a really fine work of
Claude's, but the most gross examples are in the works of Salvator. It
§ 11. Bough-
appears that this latter artist was hardly in the habit of
drawing of
studying from nature at all after his boyish ramble among
the Calabrian hills; and I do not recollect any instance of a
Salvator.
piece of his bough-drawing which is not palpably and
demonstrably a made-up phantasm of the studio, the proof derivable from
this illegitimate tapering being one of the most convincing. The painter is
always visibly embarrassed to reduce the thick boughs to spray, and feeling
(for Salvator naturally had acute feeling for truth) that the bough was wrong
when it tapered suddenly, he accomplishes its diminution by an impossible
protraction; throwing out shoot after shoot until his branches straggle all
across the picture, and at last disappear unwillingly where there is no room
for them to stretch any farther. The consequence is, that whatever leaves are
put upon such boughs have evidently no adequate support, their power of
leverage is enough to uproot the tree; or if the boughs are left bare, they
have the look of the long tentacula of some complicated marine monster, or
Page 476
of the waving endless threads of bunchy sea-weed, instead of the firm,
upholding, braced, and bending grace of natural boughs. I grant that this is
in a measure done by Salvator from a love of ghastliness, and that in certain
scenes it is in a sort allowable; but it is in a far greater degree done from
pure ignorance of tree structure, as is sufficiently proved by the landscape
of the Pitti palace, Peace burning the arms of War; where the spirit of the
scene is intended to be quite other than ghastly, and yet the tree branches
show the usual errors in an extraordinary degree; every one of their
arrangements is impossible, and the trunk of the tree could not for a
moment support the foliage it is loaded with. So also in the pictures of the
Guadagni palace. And even where the skeleton look of branches is
justifiable or desirable, there is no occasion for any violation of natural
laws. I have seen more spectral character in the real limbs of a blasted oak,
than ever in Salvator's best monstrosities; more horror is to be obtained by
right combination of inventive line, than by drawing tree branches as if they
were wing-bones of a pterodactyle. All departure from natural forms to give
fearfulness is mere Germanism; it is the work of fancy, not of imagination,
[72] and instantly degrades whatever it affects to third-rate level. There is
nothing more marked in truly great men, than their power of being dreadful
without being false or licentious. In Tintoret's Murder of Abel, the head of
the sacrificed firstling lies in the corner of the foreground, obscurely
sketched in, and with the light gleaming upon its glazed eyes. There is
nothing exaggerated about the head, but there is more horror got out of it,
and more of death suggested by its treatment, than if he had turned all the
trees of his picture into skeletons, and raised a host of demons to drive the
club.
It is curious that in Salvator's sketches or etchings there is less that is
wrong than in his paintings,—there seems a fresher remembrance of nature
about them. Not so with Claude. It is only by looking over
§ 12. All these
errors especially
his sketches, in the British Museum, that a complete and
shown in Claude's
just idea is to be formed of his capacities of error; for the
feeling and arrangement of many of them are those of an
sketches and
advanced age, so that we can scarcely set them down for
concentrated in a
what they resemble—the work of a boy ten years old; and
the drawing being seen without any aids of tone or color to
upholding, braced, and bending grace of natural boughs. I grant that this is
in a measure done by Salvator from a love of ghastliness, and that in certain
scenes it is in a sort allowable; but it is in a far greater degree done from
pure ignorance of tree structure, as is sufficiently proved by the landscape
of the Pitti palace, Peace burning the arms of War; where the spirit of the
scene is intended to be quite other than ghastly, and yet the tree branches
show the usual errors in an extraordinary degree; every one of their
arrangements is impossible, and the trunk of the tree could not for a
moment support the foliage it is loaded with. So also in the pictures of the
Guadagni palace. And even where the skeleton look of branches is
justifiable or desirable, there is no occasion for any violation of natural
laws. I have seen more spectral character in the real limbs of a blasted oak,
than ever in Salvator's best monstrosities; more horror is to be obtained by
right combination of inventive line, than by drawing tree branches as if they
were wing-bones of a pterodactyle. All departure from natural forms to give
fearfulness is mere Germanism; it is the work of fancy, not of imagination,
[72] and instantly degrades whatever it affects to third-rate level. There is
nothing more marked in truly great men, than their power of being dreadful
without being false or licentious. In Tintoret's Murder of Abel, the head of
the sacrificed firstling lies in the corner of the foreground, obscurely
sketched in, and with the light gleaming upon its glazed eyes. There is
nothing exaggerated about the head, but there is more horror got out of it,
and more of death suggested by its treatment, than if he had turned all the
trees of his picture into skeletons, and raised a host of demons to drive the
club.
It is curious that in Salvator's sketches or etchings there is less that is
wrong than in his paintings,—there seems a fresher remembrance of nature
about them. Not so with Claude. It is only by looking over
§ 12. All these
errors especially
his sketches, in the British Museum, that a complete and
shown in Claude's
just idea is to be formed of his capacities of error; for the
feeling and arrangement of many of them are those of an
sketches and
advanced age, so that we can scarcely set them down for
concentrated in a
what they resemble—the work of a boy ten years old; and
the drawing being seen without any aids of tone or color to
Page 477
work of G. set it off, shows in its naked falsehood. The windy
Poussin's. landscape of Poussin, opposite the Dido and Æneas, in the
National Gallery, presents us, in the foreground tree, with
a piece of atrocity which I think, to any person who candidly considers it,
may save me all farther trouble of demonstrating the errors of ancient art. I
do not in the least suspect the picture: the tones of it, and much of the
handling, are masterly; yet that foreground tree comprises every
conceivable violation of truth which the human hand can commit, or head
invent, in drawing a tree—except only, that it is not drawn root uppermost.
It has no bark, no roughness nor character of stem; its boughs do not grow
out of each other, but are stuck into each other; they ramify without
diminishing, diminish without ramifying, are terminated by no complicated
sprays, have their leaves tied to their ends, like the heads of Dutch brooms;
and finally, and chiefly, they are evidently not made of wood, but of some
soft elastic substance, which the wind can stretch out as it pleases, for there
is not a vestige of an angle in any one of them. Now, the fiercest wind that
§ 13. Impossibility
ever blew upon the earth, could not take the angles out of
of the angles of
the bough of a tree an inch thick. The whole bough bends
together, retaining its elbows, and angles, and natural
boughs being
form, but affected throughout with curvature in each of its
taken out of them
by wind.
parts and joints. That part of it which was before
perpendicular being bent aside, and that which was before
sloping, being bent into still greater inclination, the angle at which the two
parts meet remains the same; or if the strain be put in the opposite direction,
the bough will break long before it loses its angle. You will find it difficult
to bend the angles out of the youngest sapling, if they be marked; and
absolutely impossible, with a strong bough. You may break it, but you will
not destroy its angles. And if you watch a tree in the wildest storm, you will
find that though all its boughs are bending, none lose their character but the
utmost shoots and sapling spray. Hence Gaspar Poussin, by his bad
drawing, does not make his storm strong, but his tree weak; he does not
make his gust violent, but his boughs of India-rubber.
These laws respecting vegetation are so far more imperative than those
which were stated respecting water, that the greatest artist cannot violate
them without danger, because they are laws resulting from organic
Poussin's. landscape of Poussin, opposite the Dido and Æneas, in the
National Gallery, presents us, in the foreground tree, with
a piece of atrocity which I think, to any person who candidly considers it,
may save me all farther trouble of demonstrating the errors of ancient art. I
do not in the least suspect the picture: the tones of it, and much of the
handling, are masterly; yet that foreground tree comprises every
conceivable violation of truth which the human hand can commit, or head
invent, in drawing a tree—except only, that it is not drawn root uppermost.
It has no bark, no roughness nor character of stem; its boughs do not grow
out of each other, but are stuck into each other; they ramify without
diminishing, diminish without ramifying, are terminated by no complicated
sprays, have their leaves tied to their ends, like the heads of Dutch brooms;
and finally, and chiefly, they are evidently not made of wood, but of some
soft elastic substance, which the wind can stretch out as it pleases, for there
is not a vestige of an angle in any one of them. Now, the fiercest wind that
§ 13. Impossibility
ever blew upon the earth, could not take the angles out of
of the angles of
the bough of a tree an inch thick. The whole bough bends
together, retaining its elbows, and angles, and natural
boughs being
form, but affected throughout with curvature in each of its
taken out of them
by wind.
parts and joints. That part of it which was before
perpendicular being bent aside, and that which was before
sloping, being bent into still greater inclination, the angle at which the two
parts meet remains the same; or if the strain be put in the opposite direction,
the bough will break long before it loses its angle. You will find it difficult
to bend the angles out of the youngest sapling, if they be marked; and
absolutely impossible, with a strong bough. You may break it, but you will
not destroy its angles. And if you watch a tree in the wildest storm, you will
find that though all its boughs are bending, none lose their character but the
utmost shoots and sapling spray. Hence Gaspar Poussin, by his bad
drawing, does not make his storm strong, but his tree weak; he does not
make his gust violent, but his boughs of India-rubber.
These laws respecting vegetation are so far more imperative than those
which were stated respecting water, that the greatest artist cannot violate
them without danger, because they are laws resulting from organic
Page 478
structure, which it is always painful to see interrupted; on
§ 14. Bough-
drawing of Titian.
the other hand, they have this in common with all laws,
that they may be observed with mathematical precision,
yet with no grateful result; the disciplined eye and the life in the woods are
worth more than all botanical knowledge. For there is that about the
growing of the tree trunk, and that grace in its upper ramification which
cannot be taught, and which cannot even be seen but by eager watchfulness.
There is not an Exhibition passes, but there appear in it hundreds of
elaborate paintings of trees, many of them executed from nature. For three
hundred years back, trees have been drawn with affection by all the
civilized nations of Europe, and yet I repeat boldly, what I before asserted,
that no men but Titian and Turner ever drew the stem of a tree.
Generally, I think, the perception of the muscular qualities of the tree
trunk incomplete, except in men who have studied the human figure, and in
loose expression of those characters, the painter who can
draw the living muscle seldom fails; but the thoroughly peculiar lines
belonging to woody fibre, can only be learned by patient forest study; and
hence in all the trees of the merely historical painters, there is fault of some
kind or another, commonly exaggeration of the muscular swellings, or
insipidity and want of spring in curvature, or fantasticism and unnaturalness
of arrangement, and especially a want of the peculiar characters of bark
which express the growth and age of the tree; for bark is no mere
excrescence, lifeless and external—it is a skin of especial significance in its
indications of the organic form beneath; in places under the arms of the tree
it wrinkles up and forms fine lines round the trunk, inestimable in their
indication of the direction of its surface; in others, it bursts or peels
longitudinally, and the rending and bursting of it are influenced in direction
and degree by the under-growth and swelling of the woody fibre, and are
not a mere roughness and granulated pattern of the hide. Where there are so
many points to be observed, some are almost always exaggerated, and
others missed, according to the predilections of the painter. Rembrandt and
Albert Durer have given some splendid examples of woody texture, but
both miss the grace of the great lines. Titian took a larger view and reached
a higher truth, yet (as before noticed) from the habit of drawing the figure,
he admits too much flaccidity and bend, and sometimes makes his tree
§ 14. Bough-
drawing of Titian.
the other hand, they have this in common with all laws,
that they may be observed with mathematical precision,
yet with no grateful result; the disciplined eye and the life in the woods are
worth more than all botanical knowledge. For there is that about the
growing of the tree trunk, and that grace in its upper ramification which
cannot be taught, and which cannot even be seen but by eager watchfulness.
There is not an Exhibition passes, but there appear in it hundreds of
elaborate paintings of trees, many of them executed from nature. For three
hundred years back, trees have been drawn with affection by all the
civilized nations of Europe, and yet I repeat boldly, what I before asserted,
that no men but Titian and Turner ever drew the stem of a tree.
Generally, I think, the perception of the muscular qualities of the tree
trunk incomplete, except in men who have studied the human figure, and in
loose expression of those characters, the painter who can
draw the living muscle seldom fails; but the thoroughly peculiar lines
belonging to woody fibre, can only be learned by patient forest study; and
hence in all the trees of the merely historical painters, there is fault of some
kind or another, commonly exaggeration of the muscular swellings, or
insipidity and want of spring in curvature, or fantasticism and unnaturalness
of arrangement, and especially a want of the peculiar characters of bark
which express the growth and age of the tree; for bark is no mere
excrescence, lifeless and external—it is a skin of especial significance in its
indications of the organic form beneath; in places under the arms of the tree
it wrinkles up and forms fine lines round the trunk, inestimable in their
indication of the direction of its surface; in others, it bursts or peels
longitudinally, and the rending and bursting of it are influenced in direction
and degree by the under-growth and swelling of the woody fibre, and are
not a mere roughness and granulated pattern of the hide. Where there are so
many points to be observed, some are almost always exaggerated, and
others missed, according to the predilections of the painter. Rembrandt and
Albert Durer have given some splendid examples of woody texture, but
both miss the grace of the great lines. Titian took a larger view and reached
a higher truth, yet (as before noticed) from the habit of drawing the figure,
he admits too much flaccidity and bend, and sometimes makes his tree
Page 479
trunks look flexible like sea-weed. There is a peculiar stiffness and spring
about the curves of the wood, which separates them completely from
animal curves, and which especially defies recollection or invention; it is so
subtile that it escapes but too often, even in the most patient study from
nature; it lies within the thickness of a pencil line. Farther, the modes of
ramification of the upper branches are so varied, inventive, and graceful,
that the least alteration of them, even in the measure of a hairbreadth, spoils
them; and though it is sometimes possible to get rid of a troublesome
bough, accidentally awkward, or in some minor respects to assist the
arrangement, yet so far as the real branches are copied, the hand libels their
lovely curvatures even in its best attempts to follow them.
These two characters, the woody stiffness hinted through muscular line,
and the inventive grace of the upper boughs, have never been rendered
except by Turner; he does not merely draw them better
§ 15. Bough-
than others, but he is the only man who has ever drawn
drawing of Turner.
them at all. Of the woody character, the tree subjects of the
Liber Studiorum afford marked examples; the Cephalus and Procris, scenes
near the Grand Chartreuse and Blair Athol, Juvenile Tricks, and Hedging
and Ditching, may be particularized; in the England series, the Bolton
Abbey is perhaps a more characteristic and thoroughly Turneresque
example than any.
Of the arrangement of the upper boughs, the Æsacus and Hesperie is
perhaps the most consummate example, the absolute truth and simplicity
and freedom from anything like fantasticism or animal form being as
marked on the one hand, as the exquisite imaginativeness of the lines on the
other: among the Yorkshire subjects the Aske Hall, Kirby Lonsdale
Churchyard, and Brignall Church are most characteristic: among the
England subjects the Warwick, Dartmouth Cove, Durham, and Chain
Bridge over the Tees, where the piece of thicket on the right has been well
rendered by the engraver, and is peculiarly expressive of the aerial relations
and play of light among complex boughs. The vignette at the opening of
Rogers's Pleasures of Memory, that of Chiefswood Cottage in the
Illustrations to Scott's Works, and the Chateau de la belle Gabrielle,
engraved for the Keepsake, are among the most graceful examples
about the curves of the wood, which separates them completely from
animal curves, and which especially defies recollection or invention; it is so
subtile that it escapes but too often, even in the most patient study from
nature; it lies within the thickness of a pencil line. Farther, the modes of
ramification of the upper branches are so varied, inventive, and graceful,
that the least alteration of them, even in the measure of a hairbreadth, spoils
them; and though it is sometimes possible to get rid of a troublesome
bough, accidentally awkward, or in some minor respects to assist the
arrangement, yet so far as the real branches are copied, the hand libels their
lovely curvatures even in its best attempts to follow them.
These two characters, the woody stiffness hinted through muscular line,
and the inventive grace of the upper boughs, have never been rendered
except by Turner; he does not merely draw them better
§ 15. Bough-
than others, but he is the only man who has ever drawn
drawing of Turner.
them at all. Of the woody character, the tree subjects of the
Liber Studiorum afford marked examples; the Cephalus and Procris, scenes
near the Grand Chartreuse and Blair Athol, Juvenile Tricks, and Hedging
and Ditching, may be particularized; in the England series, the Bolton
Abbey is perhaps a more characteristic and thoroughly Turneresque
example than any.
Of the arrangement of the upper boughs, the Æsacus and Hesperie is
perhaps the most consummate example, the absolute truth and simplicity
and freedom from anything like fantasticism or animal form being as
marked on the one hand, as the exquisite imaginativeness of the lines on the
other: among the Yorkshire subjects the Aske Hall, Kirby Lonsdale
Churchyard, and Brignall Church are most characteristic: among the
England subjects the Warwick, Dartmouth Cove, Durham, and Chain
Bridge over the Tees, where the piece of thicket on the right has been well
rendered by the engraver, and is peculiarly expressive of the aerial relations
and play of light among complex boughs. The vignette at the opening of
Rogers's Pleasures of Memory, that of Chiefswood Cottage in the
Illustrations to Scott's Works, and the Chateau de la belle Gabrielle,
engraved for the Keepsake, are among the most graceful examples
Page 480
accessible to every one; the Crossing the Brook will occur at once to those
acquainted with the artist's gallery. The drawing of the stems in all these
instances, and indeed in all the various and frequent minor occurrences of
such subject throughout the painter's works is entirely unique, there is
nothing of the same kind in art.
Let us, however, pass to the leafage of the elder landscape painters, and
see if it atones for the deficiencies of the stems. One of the
§ 16. Leafage. Its
variety and
most remarkable characters of natural leafage is the
constancy with which, while the leaves are arranged on the
symmetry.
spray with exquisite regularity, that regularity is modified
in their actual effect. For as in every group of leaves some are seen
sideways, forming merely long lines, some foreshortened, some crossing
each other, every one differently turned and placed from all the others, the
forms of the leaves, though in themselves similar, give rise to a thousand
strange and differing forms in the group; and the shadows of some, passing
over the others, still farther disguise and confuse the mass, until the eye can
distinguish nothing but a graceful and flexible disorder of innumerable
forms, with here and there a perfect leaf on the extremity, or a symmetrical
association of one or two, just enough to mark the specific character and to
give unity and grace, but never enough to repeat in one group what was
done in another—never enough to prevent the eye from feeling that,
however regular and mathematical may be the structure of parts, what is
composed out of them is as various and infinite as any other part of nature.
Nor does this take place in general effect only. Break off an elm bough,
three feet long, in full leaf, and lay it on the table before you, and try to
draw it, leaf for leaf. It is ten to one if in the whole bough, (provided you do
not twist it about as you work,) you find one form of a leaf exactly like
another; perhaps you will not even have one complete. Every leaf will be
oblique, or foreshortened, or curled, or crossed by another, or shaded by
another, or have something or other the matter with it; and though the whole
bough will look graceful and symmetrical, you will scarcely be able to tell
how or why it does so, since there is not one line of it like
§ 17. Perfect
another. Now go to Gaspar Poussin, and take one of his
regularity of
Poussin.
sprays where they come against the sky; you may count it
all round, one, two, three, four, one bunch; five, six, seven,
acquainted with the artist's gallery. The drawing of the stems in all these
instances, and indeed in all the various and frequent minor occurrences of
such subject throughout the painter's works is entirely unique, there is
nothing of the same kind in art.
Let us, however, pass to the leafage of the elder landscape painters, and
see if it atones for the deficiencies of the stems. One of the
§ 16. Leafage. Its
variety and
most remarkable characters of natural leafage is the
constancy with which, while the leaves are arranged on the
symmetry.
spray with exquisite regularity, that regularity is modified
in their actual effect. For as in every group of leaves some are seen
sideways, forming merely long lines, some foreshortened, some crossing
each other, every one differently turned and placed from all the others, the
forms of the leaves, though in themselves similar, give rise to a thousand
strange and differing forms in the group; and the shadows of some, passing
over the others, still farther disguise and confuse the mass, until the eye can
distinguish nothing but a graceful and flexible disorder of innumerable
forms, with here and there a perfect leaf on the extremity, or a symmetrical
association of one or two, just enough to mark the specific character and to
give unity and grace, but never enough to repeat in one group what was
done in another—never enough to prevent the eye from feeling that,
however regular and mathematical may be the structure of parts, what is
composed out of them is as various and infinite as any other part of nature.
Nor does this take place in general effect only. Break off an elm bough,
three feet long, in full leaf, and lay it on the table before you, and try to
draw it, leaf for leaf. It is ten to one if in the whole bough, (provided you do
not twist it about as you work,) you find one form of a leaf exactly like
another; perhaps you will not even have one complete. Every leaf will be
oblique, or foreshortened, or curled, or crossed by another, or shaded by
another, or have something or other the matter with it; and though the whole
bough will look graceful and symmetrical, you will scarcely be able to tell
how or why it does so, since there is not one line of it like
§ 17. Perfect
another. Now go to Gaspar Poussin, and take one of his
regularity of
Poussin.
sprays where they come against the sky; you may count it
all round, one, two, three, four, one bunch; five, six, seven,
Page 481
eight, two bunches; nine, ten, eleven, twelve, three bunches; with four
leaves each,—and such leaves! every one precisely the same as its neighbor,
blunt and round at the end, (where every forest leaf is sharp, except that of
the fig-tree,) tied together by the roots, and so fastened on to the demoniacal
claws above described, one bunch to each claw.
But if nature is so various when you have a bough on the table before
§ 18. Exceeding
you, what must she be when she retires from you, and
intricacy of
gives you her whole mass and multitude? The leaves then
nature's foliage.
at the extremities become as fine as dust, a mere confusion
of points and lines between you and the sky, a confusion
which you might as well hope to draw sea-sand particle by particle, as to
imitate leaf for leaf. This, as it comes down into the body of the tree, gets
closer, but never opaque; it is always transparent, with crumbling lights in it
letting you through to the sky; then, out of this, come, heavier and heavier,
the masses of illumined foliage, all dazzling and inextricable, save here and
there a single leaf on the extremities; then, under these, you get deep
passages of broken, irregular gloom, passing into transparent, green-lighted,
misty hollows; the twisted stems glancing through them in their pale and
entangled infinity, and the shafted sunbeams, rained from above, running
along the lustrous leaves for an instant; then lost, then caught again on some
emerald bank or knotted root, to be sent up again with a faint reflex on the
white under-sides of dim groups of drooping foliage, the shadows of the
upper boughs running in gray network down the glossy stems, and resting
in quiet checkers upon the glittering earth; but all penetrable and
transparent, and, in proportion, inextricable and incomprehensible, except
where across the labyrinth and the mystery of the dazzling light and dream-
like shadow, falls, close to us, some solitary spray, some wreath of two or
three motionless large leaves, the type and embodying of all that in the rest
we feel and imagine, but can never see.
Now, with thus much of nature in your mind, go to Gaspar Poussin's
View near Albano, in the National Gallery. It is the very subject to unite all
these effects,—a sloping bank shaded with intertwined
§ 19. How
forest;—and what has Gaspar given us? A mass of smooth,
contradicted by
opaque, varnished brown, without one interstice, one
leaves each,—and such leaves! every one precisely the same as its neighbor,
blunt and round at the end, (where every forest leaf is sharp, except that of
the fig-tree,) tied together by the roots, and so fastened on to the demoniacal
claws above described, one bunch to each claw.
But if nature is so various when you have a bough on the table before
§ 18. Exceeding
you, what must she be when she retires from you, and
intricacy of
gives you her whole mass and multitude? The leaves then
nature's foliage.
at the extremities become as fine as dust, a mere confusion
of points and lines between you and the sky, a confusion
which you might as well hope to draw sea-sand particle by particle, as to
imitate leaf for leaf. This, as it comes down into the body of the tree, gets
closer, but never opaque; it is always transparent, with crumbling lights in it
letting you through to the sky; then, out of this, come, heavier and heavier,
the masses of illumined foliage, all dazzling and inextricable, save here and
there a single leaf on the extremities; then, under these, you get deep
passages of broken, irregular gloom, passing into transparent, green-lighted,
misty hollows; the twisted stems glancing through them in their pale and
entangled infinity, and the shafted sunbeams, rained from above, running
along the lustrous leaves for an instant; then lost, then caught again on some
emerald bank or knotted root, to be sent up again with a faint reflex on the
white under-sides of dim groups of drooping foliage, the shadows of the
upper boughs running in gray network down the glossy stems, and resting
in quiet checkers upon the glittering earth; but all penetrable and
transparent, and, in proportion, inextricable and incomprehensible, except
where across the labyrinth and the mystery of the dazzling light and dream-
like shadow, falls, close to us, some solitary spray, some wreath of two or
three motionless large leaves, the type and embodying of all that in the rest
we feel and imagine, but can never see.
Now, with thus much of nature in your mind, go to Gaspar Poussin's
View near Albano, in the National Gallery. It is the very subject to unite all
these effects,—a sloping bank shaded with intertwined
§ 19. How
forest;—and what has Gaspar given us? A mass of smooth,
contradicted by
opaque, varnished brown, without one interstice, one
Page 482
the tree-patterns change of hue, or any vestige of leafy structure in its
of G. Poussin. interior, or in those parts of it, I should say, which are
intended to represent interior; but out of it, over it rather, at
regular intervals, we have circular groups of greenish touches, always the
same in size, shape, and distance from each other, containing so exactly the
same number of touches each, that you cannot tell one from another. There
are eight or nine and thirty of them, laid over each other like fish-scales; the
shade being most carefully made darker and darker as it recedes from each
until it comes to the edge of the next, against which it cuts in the same sharp
circular line, and then begins to decline again, until the canvas is covered,
with about as much intelligence or feeling of art as a house-painter has in
marbling a wainscot, or a weaver in repeating an ornamental pattern. What
is there in this, which the most determined prejudice in favor of the old
masters can for a moment suppose to resemble trees? It is exactly what the
most ignorant beginner, trying to make a complete drawing, would lay
down,—exactly the conception of trees which we have in the works of our
worst drawing-masters, where the shade is laid on with the black-lead and
stump, and every human power exerted to make it look like a kitchen-grate
well polished.
Oppose to this the drawing even of our somewhat inferior tree-painters. I
will not insult Harding by mentioning his work after it, but take Creswick,
§ 20. How followed
for instance, and match one of his sparkling bits of green
by Creswick.
leafage with this tree-pattern of Poussin's. I do not say
there is not a dignity and impressiveness about the old
landscape, owing to its simplicity; and I am very far from calling
Creswick's good tree-painting; it is false in color and deficient in mass and
freedom, and has many other defects, but it is the work of a man who has
sought earnestly for truth; and who, with one thought or memory of nature
in his heart, could look at the two landscapes, and receive Poussin's with
ordinary patience? Take Creswick in black and white, where he is
unembarrassed by his fondness for pea-green, the illustrations, for instance,
to the Nut-brown Maid, in the Book of English Ballads. Look at the
intricacy and fulness of the dark oak foliage where it bends over the brook,
see how you can go through it, and into it, and come out behind it to the
quiet bit of sky. Observe the gray, aerial transparency of the stunted copse
of G. Poussin. interior, or in those parts of it, I should say, which are
intended to represent interior; but out of it, over it rather, at
regular intervals, we have circular groups of greenish touches, always the
same in size, shape, and distance from each other, containing so exactly the
same number of touches each, that you cannot tell one from another. There
are eight or nine and thirty of them, laid over each other like fish-scales; the
shade being most carefully made darker and darker as it recedes from each
until it comes to the edge of the next, against which it cuts in the same sharp
circular line, and then begins to decline again, until the canvas is covered,
with about as much intelligence or feeling of art as a house-painter has in
marbling a wainscot, or a weaver in repeating an ornamental pattern. What
is there in this, which the most determined prejudice in favor of the old
masters can for a moment suppose to resemble trees? It is exactly what the
most ignorant beginner, trying to make a complete drawing, would lay
down,—exactly the conception of trees which we have in the works of our
worst drawing-masters, where the shade is laid on with the black-lead and
stump, and every human power exerted to make it look like a kitchen-grate
well polished.
Oppose to this the drawing even of our somewhat inferior tree-painters. I
will not insult Harding by mentioning his work after it, but take Creswick,
§ 20. How followed
for instance, and match one of his sparkling bits of green
by Creswick.
leafage with this tree-pattern of Poussin's. I do not say
there is not a dignity and impressiveness about the old
landscape, owing to its simplicity; and I am very far from calling
Creswick's good tree-painting; it is false in color and deficient in mass and
freedom, and has many other defects, but it is the work of a man who has
sought earnestly for truth; and who, with one thought or memory of nature
in his heart, could look at the two landscapes, and receive Poussin's with
ordinary patience? Take Creswick in black and white, where he is
unembarrassed by his fondness for pea-green, the illustrations, for instance,
to the Nut-brown Maid, in the Book of English Ballads. Look at the
intricacy and fulness of the dark oak foliage where it bends over the brook,
see how you can go through it, and into it, and come out behind it to the
quiet bit of sky. Observe the gray, aerial transparency of the stunted copse
Page 483
on the left, and the entangling of the boughs where the light near foliage
detaches itself. Above all, note the forms of the masses of light. Not things
like scales or shells, sharp at the edge and flat in the middle, but irregular
and rounded, stealing in and out accidentally from the shadow, and
presenting, as the masses of all trees do, in general outline, a resemblance to
the specific forms of the leaves of which they are composed. Turn over the
page, and look into the weaving of the foliage and sprays against the dark
night-sky, how near they are, yet how untraceable; see how the moonlight
creeps up underneath them, trembling and shivering on the silver boughs
above; note also, the descending bit of ivy on the left, of which only two
leaves are made out, and the rest is confusion, or tells only in the moonlight
like faint flakes of snow.
But nature observes another principle in her foliage more important even
than its intricacy. She always secures an exceeding harmony and repose.
§ 21. Perfect unity
She is so intricate that her minuteness of parts becomes to
the eye, at a little distance, one united veil or cloud of
in nature's foliage.
leaves, to destroy the evenness of which is perhaps a
greater fault than to destroy its transparency. Look at Creswick's oak again,
in its dark parts. Intricate as it is, all is blended into a cloud-like harmony of
shade, which becomes fainter and fainter, as it retires, with the most delicate
flatness and unity of tone. And it is by this kind of vaporescence, so to
speak, by this flat, misty, unison of parts, that nature, and her faithful
followers, are enabled to keep the eye in perfect repose in the midst of
profusion, and to display beauty of form, wherever they choose, to the
greatest possible advantage, by throwing it across some quiet, visionary
passage of dimness and rest.
It is here that Hobbima and Both fail. They can paint oak leafage
faithfully, but do not know where to stop, and by doing too much, lose the
§ 22. Total want of
truth of all,—lose the very truth of detail at which they
aim, for all their minute work only gives two leaves to
it in Both and
nature's twenty. They are evidently incapable of even
Hobbima.
thinking of a tree, much more of drawing it, except leaf by
leaf; they have no notion nor sense of simplicity, mass, or obscurity, and
when they come to distance, where it is totally impossible that leaves
detaches itself. Above all, note the forms of the masses of light. Not things
like scales or shells, sharp at the edge and flat in the middle, but irregular
and rounded, stealing in and out accidentally from the shadow, and
presenting, as the masses of all trees do, in general outline, a resemblance to
the specific forms of the leaves of which they are composed. Turn over the
page, and look into the weaving of the foliage and sprays against the dark
night-sky, how near they are, yet how untraceable; see how the moonlight
creeps up underneath them, trembling and shivering on the silver boughs
above; note also, the descending bit of ivy on the left, of which only two
leaves are made out, and the rest is confusion, or tells only in the moonlight
like faint flakes of snow.
But nature observes another principle in her foliage more important even
than its intricacy. She always secures an exceeding harmony and repose.
§ 21. Perfect unity
She is so intricate that her minuteness of parts becomes to
the eye, at a little distance, one united veil or cloud of
in nature's foliage.
leaves, to destroy the evenness of which is perhaps a
greater fault than to destroy its transparency. Look at Creswick's oak again,
in its dark parts. Intricate as it is, all is blended into a cloud-like harmony of
shade, which becomes fainter and fainter, as it retires, with the most delicate
flatness and unity of tone. And it is by this kind of vaporescence, so to
speak, by this flat, misty, unison of parts, that nature, and her faithful
followers, are enabled to keep the eye in perfect repose in the midst of
profusion, and to display beauty of form, wherever they choose, to the
greatest possible advantage, by throwing it across some quiet, visionary
passage of dimness and rest.
It is here that Hobbima and Both fail. They can paint oak leafage
faithfully, but do not know where to stop, and by doing too much, lose the
§ 22. Total want of
truth of all,—lose the very truth of detail at which they
aim, for all their minute work only gives two leaves to
it in Both and
nature's twenty. They are evidently incapable of even
Hobbima.
thinking of a tree, much more of drawing it, except leaf by
leaf; they have no notion nor sense of simplicity, mass, or obscurity, and
when they come to distance, where it is totally impossible that leaves
Page 484
should be separately seen, yet, being incapable of conceiving or rendering
the grand and quiet forms of truth, they are reduced to paint their bushes
with dots and touches expressive of leaves three feet broad each.
Nevertheless there is a genuine aim in their works, and their failure is rather
to be attributed to ignorance of art, than to such want of sense for nature as
we find in Claude or Poussin; and when they come close home, we
sometimes receive from them fine passages of mechanical truth.
But let us oppose to their works the group of trees on the left in Turner's
§ 23. How
Marly.[73] We have there perfect and ceaseless intricacy to
rendered by
oppose to Poussin,—perfect and unbroken repose to
Turner.
oppose to Hobbima; and in the unity of these the
perfection of truth. This group may be taken as a fair
standard of Turner's tree-painting. We have in it the admirably drawn stems,
instead of the claws or the serpents; full, transparent, boundless intricacy,
instead of the shell pattern; and misty depth of intermingled light and
leafage, instead of perpetual repetition of one mechanical touch.
I have already spoken (Section II. Chapter IV. § 15,) of the way in which
mystery and intricacy are carried even into the nearest leaves of the
§ 24. The near
foreground, and noticed the want of such intricacy even in
the best works of the old masters. Claude's are particularly
leafage of Claude.
deficient, for by representing every particular leaf of them,
His middle
distances are good.
or trying to do so, he makes nature finite, and even his
nearest bits of leafage are utterly false, for they have
neither shadows modifying their form, (compare Section II. Chapter III. §
7,) nor sparkling lights, nor confused intersections of their own forms and
lines; and the perpetual repetition of the same shape of leaves and the same
arrangement, relieved from a black ground, is more like an ornamental
pattern for dress than the painting of a foreground. Nevertheless, the foliage
of Claude, in his middle distances, is the finest and truest part of his
pictures, and, on the whole, affords the best example of good drawing to be
found in ancient art. It is always false in color, and has not boughs enough
amongst it, and the stems commonly look a great deal nearer than any part
of it, but it is still graceful, flexible, abundant, intricate; and, in all but color
and connection with stems, very nearly right. Of the perfect painting of
the grand and quiet forms of truth, they are reduced to paint their bushes
with dots and touches expressive of leaves three feet broad each.
Nevertheless there is a genuine aim in their works, and their failure is rather
to be attributed to ignorance of art, than to such want of sense for nature as
we find in Claude or Poussin; and when they come close home, we
sometimes receive from them fine passages of mechanical truth.
But let us oppose to their works the group of trees on the left in Turner's
§ 23. How
Marly.[73] We have there perfect and ceaseless intricacy to
rendered by
oppose to Poussin,—perfect and unbroken repose to
Turner.
oppose to Hobbima; and in the unity of these the
perfection of truth. This group may be taken as a fair
standard of Turner's tree-painting. We have in it the admirably drawn stems,
instead of the claws or the serpents; full, transparent, boundless intricacy,
instead of the shell pattern; and misty depth of intermingled light and
leafage, instead of perpetual repetition of one mechanical touch.
I have already spoken (Section II. Chapter IV. § 15,) of the way in which
mystery and intricacy are carried even into the nearest leaves of the
§ 24. The near
foreground, and noticed the want of such intricacy even in
the best works of the old masters. Claude's are particularly
leafage of Claude.
deficient, for by representing every particular leaf of them,
His middle
distances are good.
or trying to do so, he makes nature finite, and even his
nearest bits of leafage are utterly false, for they have
neither shadows modifying their form, (compare Section II. Chapter III. §
7,) nor sparkling lights, nor confused intersections of their own forms and
lines; and the perpetual repetition of the same shape of leaves and the same
arrangement, relieved from a black ground, is more like an ornamental
pattern for dress than the painting of a foreground. Nevertheless, the foliage
of Claude, in his middle distances, is the finest and truest part of his
pictures, and, on the whole, affords the best example of good drawing to be
found in ancient art. It is always false in color, and has not boughs enough
amongst it, and the stems commonly look a great deal nearer than any part
of it, but it is still graceful, flexible, abundant, intricate; and, in all but color
and connection with stems, very nearly right. Of the perfect painting of
Page 485
thick, leafy foreground, Turner's Mercury and Argus, and Oakhampton, are
the standards.[74]
The last and most important truth to be observed respecting trees, is that
their boughs always, in finely grown individuals, bear among themselves
such a ratio of length as to describe with their extremities a
§ 25. Universal
symmetrical curve, constant for each species; and within
termination of
trees in
this curve all the irregularities, segments, and divisions of
symmetrical
the tree are included, each bough reaching the limit with
curves.
its extremity, but not passing it. When a tree is perfectly
grown, each bough starts from the trunk with just so much
wood as, allowing for constant ramification, will enable it to reach the
terminal line; or if by mistake, it start with too little, it will proceed without
ramifying till within a distance where it may safely divide; if on the
contrary it start with too much, it will ramify quickly and constantly; or, to
express the real operation more accurately, each bough, growing on so as to
keep even with its neighbors, takes so much wood from the trunk as is
sufficient to enable it to do so, more or less in proportion as it ramifies fast
or slowly. In badly grown trees, the boughs are apt to fall short of the curve,
or at least, there are so many jags and openings that its symmetry is
interrupted; and in young trees, the impatience of the upper shoots
frequently breaks the line; but in perfect and mature trees, every bough does
its duty completely, and the line of curve is quite filled up, and the mass
within it unbroken, so that the tree assumes the shape of a dome, as in the
oak, or, in tall trees, of a pear, with the stalk downmost. The old masters
§ 26. Altogether
paid no attention whatsoever to this great principle. They
swing their boughs about, anywhere and everywhere; each
unobserved by the
stops or goes on just as it likes, nor will it be possible, in
old masters.
Always given by
any of their works, to find a single example in which any
Turner.
symmetrical curve is indicated by the extremities.[75]
But I need scarcely tell any one in the slightest degree
acquainted with the works of Turner, how rigidly and constantly he adheres
to this principle of nature; taking in his highest compositions the perfect
ideal form, every spray being graceful and varied in itself, but inevitably
terminating at the assigned limit, and filling up the curve without break or
the standards.[74]
The last and most important truth to be observed respecting trees, is that
their boughs always, in finely grown individuals, bear among themselves
such a ratio of length as to describe with their extremities a
§ 25. Universal
symmetrical curve, constant for each species; and within
termination of
trees in
this curve all the irregularities, segments, and divisions of
symmetrical
the tree are included, each bough reaching the limit with
curves.
its extremity, but not passing it. When a tree is perfectly
grown, each bough starts from the trunk with just so much
wood as, allowing for constant ramification, will enable it to reach the
terminal line; or if by mistake, it start with too little, it will proceed without
ramifying till within a distance where it may safely divide; if on the
contrary it start with too much, it will ramify quickly and constantly; or, to
express the real operation more accurately, each bough, growing on so as to
keep even with its neighbors, takes so much wood from the trunk as is
sufficient to enable it to do so, more or less in proportion as it ramifies fast
or slowly. In badly grown trees, the boughs are apt to fall short of the curve,
or at least, there are so many jags and openings that its symmetry is
interrupted; and in young trees, the impatience of the upper shoots
frequently breaks the line; but in perfect and mature trees, every bough does
its duty completely, and the line of curve is quite filled up, and the mass
within it unbroken, so that the tree assumes the shape of a dome, as in the
oak, or, in tall trees, of a pear, with the stalk downmost. The old masters
§ 26. Altogether
paid no attention whatsoever to this great principle. They
swing their boughs about, anywhere and everywhere; each
unobserved by the
stops or goes on just as it likes, nor will it be possible, in
old masters.
Always given by
any of their works, to find a single example in which any
Turner.
symmetrical curve is indicated by the extremities.[75]
But I need scarcely tell any one in the slightest degree
acquainted with the works of Turner, how rigidly and constantly he adheres
to this principle of nature; taking in his highest compositions the perfect
ideal form, every spray being graceful and varied in itself, but inevitably
terminating at the assigned limit, and filling up the curve without break or
Page 486
gap; in his lower works, taking less perfect form, but invariably hinting the
constant tendency in all, and thus, in spite of his abundant complexity, he
arranges his trees under simpler and grander forms than any other artist,
even among the moderns.
It was above asserted that J. D. Harding is, after Turner, the greatest
master of foliage in Europe; I ought, however, to state that my knowledge
of the modern landscape of Germany is very limited, and
§ 27. Foliage
painting on the
that, even with respect to France and Italy, I judge rather
Continent.
from the general tendency of study and character of mind
visible in the annual Exhibition of the Louvre, and in some
galleries of modern paintings at Milan, Venice, and Florence, than from any
detailed acquaintance with the works of their celebrated painters. Yet I think
I can hardly be mistaken. I have seen nothing to induce me to take a closer
survey; no life knowledge or emotion in any quarter; nothing but the
meanest and most ignorant copyism of vulgar details, coupled with a style
of conception resembling that of the various lithographic ideals on the first
leaves of the music of pastoral ballads. An exception ought, however, to be
made in favor of French etching; some studies in black and white may be
seen in the narrow passages of the Louvre of very high merit, showing great
skill and delicacy of execution, and most determined industry; (in fact, I
think when the French artist fails, it is never through fear of labor;) nay,
more than this, some of them exhibit acute perception of landscape
character and great power of reaching simple impressions of gloom,
wildness, sound, and motion. Some of their illustrated works also exhibit
these powers in a high degree; there is a spirit, fire, and sense of reality
about some of the wood-cuts to the large edition of Paul and Virginia, and a
determined rendering of separate feeling in each, such as we look for in
vain in our own ornamental works.[76] But the French appear to have no
teaching such as might carry them beyond this; their entire ignorance of
color renders the assumption of the brush instantly fatal, and the false,
forced, and impious sentiment of the nation renders anything like grand
composition altogether impossible.
It is therefore only among good artists of our own school that I think any
fair comparison can be instituted, and I wish to assert Harding's knowledge
constant tendency in all, and thus, in spite of his abundant complexity, he
arranges his trees under simpler and grander forms than any other artist,
even among the moderns.
It was above asserted that J. D. Harding is, after Turner, the greatest
master of foliage in Europe; I ought, however, to state that my knowledge
of the modern landscape of Germany is very limited, and
§ 27. Foliage
painting on the
that, even with respect to France and Italy, I judge rather
Continent.
from the general tendency of study and character of mind
visible in the annual Exhibition of the Louvre, and in some
galleries of modern paintings at Milan, Venice, and Florence, than from any
detailed acquaintance with the works of their celebrated painters. Yet I think
I can hardly be mistaken. I have seen nothing to induce me to take a closer
survey; no life knowledge or emotion in any quarter; nothing but the
meanest and most ignorant copyism of vulgar details, coupled with a style
of conception resembling that of the various lithographic ideals on the first
leaves of the music of pastoral ballads. An exception ought, however, to be
made in favor of French etching; some studies in black and white may be
seen in the narrow passages of the Louvre of very high merit, showing great
skill and delicacy of execution, and most determined industry; (in fact, I
think when the French artist fails, it is never through fear of labor;) nay,
more than this, some of them exhibit acute perception of landscape
character and great power of reaching simple impressions of gloom,
wildness, sound, and motion. Some of their illustrated works also exhibit
these powers in a high degree; there is a spirit, fire, and sense of reality
about some of the wood-cuts to the large edition of Paul and Virginia, and a
determined rendering of separate feeling in each, such as we look for in
vain in our own ornamental works.[76] But the French appear to have no
teaching such as might carry them beyond this; their entire ignorance of
color renders the assumption of the brush instantly fatal, and the false,
forced, and impious sentiment of the nation renders anything like grand
composition altogether impossible.
It is therefore only among good artists of our own school that I think any
fair comparison can be instituted, and I wish to assert Harding's knowledge
Page 487
of foliage more distinctly, because he neither does justice
§ 28. Foliage of J.
D. Harding. Its
to himself, nor is, I think, rightly estimated by his fellow-
deficiencies.
artists. I shall not make any invidious remarks respecting
individuals, but I think it necessary to state generally, that
the style of foliage painting chiefly characteristic of the pictures on the line
of the Royal Academy is of the most degraded kind;[77] and that, except
Turner and Mulready, we have, as far as I know, no Royal Academician
capable of painting even the smallest portion of foliage in a dignified or
correct manner; all is lost in green shadows with glittering yellow lights,
white trunks with black patches on them, and leaves of no species in
particular. Much laborious and clever foliage drawing is to be found in the
rooms of the New Water-Color Society; but we have no one in any wise
comparable to Harding for thorough knowledge of the subject, for power of
expression in a sketch from nature, or for natural and unaffected conception
in the study.
Maintaining for him this high position, it is necessary that I should also
state those deficiencies which appear to me to conceal his real power, and in
no small degree to prevent his progress.
His over-fondness for brilliant execution I have already noticed. He is
fonder of seeing something tolerably like a tree produced with few touches,
§ 29. His brilliancy
than something very like a tree produced with many. Now,
of execution too
it is quite allowable that occasionally, and in portions of
manifest.
his picture, a great artist should indulge himself in this
luxury of sketching, yet it is a perilous luxury; it blunts the
feeling and weakens the hand. I have said enough in various places
respecting the virtues of negligence and of finish, (compare above the
chapter on Ideas of Power in Part I. Sect. II., and Part III. Sect. I. Ch. X. §
4,) and I need only say here, therefore, that Harding's foliage is never
sufficiently finished, and has at its best the look of a rapid sketch from
nature touched upon at home. In 1843, (I think,) there was a pretty drawing
in the rooms of the Water-Color Society,—the clear green water of a torrent
resting among stones, with copse-like wood on each side, a bridge in the
distance, a white flower (water-lily?) catching the eye in front; the tops of
the trees on the left of this picture were mere broad blots of color dashed
§ 28. Foliage of J.
D. Harding. Its
to himself, nor is, I think, rightly estimated by his fellow-
deficiencies.
artists. I shall not make any invidious remarks respecting
individuals, but I think it necessary to state generally, that
the style of foliage painting chiefly characteristic of the pictures on the line
of the Royal Academy is of the most degraded kind;[77] and that, except
Turner and Mulready, we have, as far as I know, no Royal Academician
capable of painting even the smallest portion of foliage in a dignified or
correct manner; all is lost in green shadows with glittering yellow lights,
white trunks with black patches on them, and leaves of no species in
particular. Much laborious and clever foliage drawing is to be found in the
rooms of the New Water-Color Society; but we have no one in any wise
comparable to Harding for thorough knowledge of the subject, for power of
expression in a sketch from nature, or for natural and unaffected conception
in the study.
Maintaining for him this high position, it is necessary that I should also
state those deficiencies which appear to me to conceal his real power, and in
no small degree to prevent his progress.
His over-fondness for brilliant execution I have already noticed. He is
fonder of seeing something tolerably like a tree produced with few touches,
§ 29. His brilliancy
than something very like a tree produced with many. Now,
of execution too
it is quite allowable that occasionally, and in portions of
manifest.
his picture, a great artist should indulge himself in this
luxury of sketching, yet it is a perilous luxury; it blunts the
feeling and weakens the hand. I have said enough in various places
respecting the virtues of negligence and of finish, (compare above the
chapter on Ideas of Power in Part I. Sect. II., and Part III. Sect. I. Ch. X. §
4,) and I need only say here, therefore, that Harding's foliage is never
sufficiently finished, and has at its best the look of a rapid sketch from
nature touched upon at home. In 1843, (I think,) there was a pretty drawing
in the rooms of the Water-Color Society,—the clear green water of a torrent
resting among stones, with copse-like wood on each side, a bridge in the
distance, a white flower (water-lily?) catching the eye in front; the tops of
the trees on the left of this picture were mere broad blots of color dashed
Page 488
upon the sky and connected by stems. I allow the power necessary to attain
any look of foliage by such means, but it is power abused: by no such
means can any of the higher virtue and impressiveness of foliage be
rendered. In the use of body color for near leaves, his execution is also too
hasty; often the touches are mere square or round dots, which can be
understood only for foliage by their arrangement. This fault was especially
marked in the trees of his picture painted for the Academy two years ago;
they were very nearly shapeless, and could not stand even in courtesy for
walnut leaves, for which judging by the make of the tree, they must have
been intended.
His drawing of boughs is, in all points of demonstrable law, right, and
very frequently easy and graceful also; yet it has two eminent faults, the
first, that the flow of the bough is sacrificed to its texture,
§ 30. His bough-
drawing and
the pencil checking itself and hesitating at dots, and
choice of form.
stripes, and knots, instead of following the grand and
unbroken tendency of growth: the second, that however
good the arrangement may be as far as regards merely flexibility, intricacy,
and freedom, there are none of those composed groups of line which are
unfailing in nature. Harding's work is not grand enough to be natural. The
drawings in the park and the forest, are, I believe, almost facsimiles of
sketches made from nature; yet it is evident at once that in all of them
nothing but the general lie and disposition of the boughs has been taken
from the tree, and that no single branch or spray has been faithfully copied
or patiently studied.
This want of close study necessarily causes several deficiencies of
feeling respecting general form. Harding's choice is always of tree forms
comparatively imperfect, leaning this way and that, and unequal in the
lateral arrangements of foliage. Such forms are often graceful, always
picturesque, but rarely grand; and when systematically adopted, untrue. It
requires more patient study to attain just feeling of the dignity and character
of a purely formed tree with all its symmetries perfect.
One more cause of incorrectness I may note, though it is not peculiar to
the artist's tree-drawing, but attaches to his general system of sketching. In
Harding's valuable work on the use of the Lead Pencil, there is one
any look of foliage by such means, but it is power abused: by no such
means can any of the higher virtue and impressiveness of foliage be
rendered. In the use of body color for near leaves, his execution is also too
hasty; often the touches are mere square or round dots, which can be
understood only for foliage by their arrangement. This fault was especially
marked in the trees of his picture painted for the Academy two years ago;
they were very nearly shapeless, and could not stand even in courtesy for
walnut leaves, for which judging by the make of the tree, they must have
been intended.
His drawing of boughs is, in all points of demonstrable law, right, and
very frequently easy and graceful also; yet it has two eminent faults, the
first, that the flow of the bough is sacrificed to its texture,
§ 30. His bough-
drawing and
the pencil checking itself and hesitating at dots, and
choice of form.
stripes, and knots, instead of following the grand and
unbroken tendency of growth: the second, that however
good the arrangement may be as far as regards merely flexibility, intricacy,
and freedom, there are none of those composed groups of line which are
unfailing in nature. Harding's work is not grand enough to be natural. The
drawings in the park and the forest, are, I believe, almost facsimiles of
sketches made from nature; yet it is evident at once that in all of them
nothing but the general lie and disposition of the boughs has been taken
from the tree, and that no single branch or spray has been faithfully copied
or patiently studied.
This want of close study necessarily causes several deficiencies of
feeling respecting general form. Harding's choice is always of tree forms
comparatively imperfect, leaning this way and that, and unequal in the
lateral arrangements of foliage. Such forms are often graceful, always
picturesque, but rarely grand; and when systematically adopted, untrue. It
requires more patient study to attain just feeling of the dignity and character
of a purely formed tree with all its symmetries perfect.
One more cause of incorrectness I may note, though it is not peculiar to
the artist's tree-drawing, but attaches to his general system of sketching. In
Harding's valuable work on the use of the Lead Pencil, there is one
Page 489
principle advanced which I believe to be false and
§ 31. Local color,
how far
dangerous, that the local color of objects is not thereby to
be rendered. I think the instance given is that of some
expressible in
baskets, whose darkness is occasioned solely by the
black and white,
touches indicating the wicker-work. Now, I believe, that an
and with what
advantage.
essential difference between the sketch of a great and of a
comparatively inferior master is, that the former is
conceived entirely in shade and color, and its masses are blocked out with
reference to both, while the inferior draughtsman checks at textures and
petty characters of object. If Rembrandt had had to sketch such baskets, he
would have troubled himself very little about the wicker-work; but he
would have looked to see where they came dark or light on the sand, and
where there were any sparkling points of light on the wet osiers. These
darks and lights he would have scratched in with the fastest lines he could,
leaving no white paper but at the wet points of lustre; if he had had time, the
wicker-work would have come afterwards.[78] And I think, that the first
thing to be taught to any pupil, is neither how to manage the pencil, nor
how to attain character of outline, but rather to see where things are light
and where they are dark, and to draw them as he sees them, never caring
whether his lines be dexterous or slovenly. The result of such study is the
immediate substitution of downright drawing for symbolism, and
afterwards a judicious moderation in the use of extreme lights and darks;
for where local colors are really drawn, so much of what seems violently
dark is found to come light against something else, and so much of what
seems high light to come dark against the sky, that the draughtsman
trembles at finding himself plunged either into blackness or whiteness, and
seeks, as he should, for means of obtaining force without either.
It is in consequence of his evident habit of sketching more with a view to
detail and character than to the great masses, that Harding's chiaroscuro is
frequently crude, scattered, and petty. Black shadows occur under his
distant trees, white high lights on his foreground rocks, the foliage and
trunks are divided by violent oppositions into separate masses, and the
branches lose in spots of moss and furrowings of bark their soft roundings
of delicate form, and their grand relations to each other and the sky.
§ 31. Local color,
how far
dangerous, that the local color of objects is not thereby to
be rendered. I think the instance given is that of some
expressible in
baskets, whose darkness is occasioned solely by the
black and white,
touches indicating the wicker-work. Now, I believe, that an
and with what
advantage.
essential difference between the sketch of a great and of a
comparatively inferior master is, that the former is
conceived entirely in shade and color, and its masses are blocked out with
reference to both, while the inferior draughtsman checks at textures and
petty characters of object. If Rembrandt had had to sketch such baskets, he
would have troubled himself very little about the wicker-work; but he
would have looked to see where they came dark or light on the sand, and
where there were any sparkling points of light on the wet osiers. These
darks and lights he would have scratched in with the fastest lines he could,
leaving no white paper but at the wet points of lustre; if he had had time, the
wicker-work would have come afterwards.[78] And I think, that the first
thing to be taught to any pupil, is neither how to manage the pencil, nor
how to attain character of outline, but rather to see where things are light
and where they are dark, and to draw them as he sees them, never caring
whether his lines be dexterous or slovenly. The result of such study is the
immediate substitution of downright drawing for symbolism, and
afterwards a judicious moderation in the use of extreme lights and darks;
for where local colors are really drawn, so much of what seems violently
dark is found to come light against something else, and so much of what
seems high light to come dark against the sky, that the draughtsman
trembles at finding himself plunged either into blackness or whiteness, and
seeks, as he should, for means of obtaining force without either.
It is in consequence of his evident habit of sketching more with a view to
detail and character than to the great masses, that Harding's chiaroscuro is
frequently crude, scattered, and petty. Black shadows occur under his
distant trees, white high lights on his foreground rocks, the foliage and
trunks are divided by violent oppositions into separate masses, and the
branches lose in spots of moss and furrowings of bark their soft roundings
of delicate form, and their grand relations to each other and the sky.
Page 490
It is owing to my respect for the artist, and my belief in his power and
conscientious desire to do what is best, that I have thus extended these
somewhat unkind remarks. On the other hand, it is to be
§ 32. Opposition
remembered, that his knowledge of nature is most
between great
manner and great
extended, and his dexterity of drawing most instructive,
knowledge.
especially considering his range of subject; for whether in
water, rock, or foliage, he is equally skilful in attaining
whatever he desires, (though he does not always desire all that he ought;)
and artists should keep in mind, that neither grandeur of manner nor truth of
system can atone for the want of this knowledge and this skill. Constable's
manner is good and great, but being unable to draw even a log of wood,
much more a trunk of a tree or a stone, he left his works destitute of
substance, mere studies of effect without any expression of specific
knowledge; and thus even what is great in them has been productive, I
believe, of very great injury in its encouragement of the most superficial
qualities of the English school.
The foliage of David Cox has been already noticed (preface to second
edition.) It is altogether exquisite in color, and in its impressions of
§ 33. Foliage of
coolness, shade, and mass; of its drawing I cannot say
Cox, Fielding, and
anything, but that I should be sorry to see it better. Copley
Cattermole.
Fielding's is remarkable for its intricacy and elegance; it is,
however, not free from affectation, and, as has been before
remarked, is always evidently composed in the study. The execution is too
rough and woolly; it is wanting in simplicity, sharpness, and freshness,—
above all in specific character: not, however, in his middle distances, where
the rounded masses of forest and detached blasted trunks of fir are usually
very admirable. Cattermole has very grand conceptions of general form, but
wild and without substance, and therefore incapable of long maintaining
their attractiveness, especially lately, the execution having become in the
last degree coarse and affected. This is bitterly to be regretted, for few of
our artists would paint foliage better, if he would paint it from nature, and
with reverence.
Hunt, I think, fails, and fails only, in foliage; fails, as the Daguerreotype
does, from over-fidelity; for foliage will not be imitated, it must be reasoned
conscientious desire to do what is best, that I have thus extended these
somewhat unkind remarks. On the other hand, it is to be
§ 32. Opposition
remembered, that his knowledge of nature is most
between great
manner and great
extended, and his dexterity of drawing most instructive,
knowledge.
especially considering his range of subject; for whether in
water, rock, or foliage, he is equally skilful in attaining
whatever he desires, (though he does not always desire all that he ought;)
and artists should keep in mind, that neither grandeur of manner nor truth of
system can atone for the want of this knowledge and this skill. Constable's
manner is good and great, but being unable to draw even a log of wood,
much more a trunk of a tree or a stone, he left his works destitute of
substance, mere studies of effect without any expression of specific
knowledge; and thus even what is great in them has been productive, I
believe, of very great injury in its encouragement of the most superficial
qualities of the English school.
The foliage of David Cox has been already noticed (preface to second
edition.) It is altogether exquisite in color, and in its impressions of
§ 33. Foliage of
coolness, shade, and mass; of its drawing I cannot say
Cox, Fielding, and
anything, but that I should be sorry to see it better. Copley
Cattermole.
Fielding's is remarkable for its intricacy and elegance; it is,
however, not free from affectation, and, as has been before
remarked, is always evidently composed in the study. The execution is too
rough and woolly; it is wanting in simplicity, sharpness, and freshness,—
above all in specific character: not, however, in his middle distances, where
the rounded masses of forest and detached blasted trunks of fir are usually
very admirable. Cattermole has very grand conceptions of general form, but
wild and without substance, and therefore incapable of long maintaining
their attractiveness, especially lately, the execution having become in the
last degree coarse and affected. This is bitterly to be regretted, for few of
our artists would paint foliage better, if he would paint it from nature, and
with reverence.
Hunt, I think, fails, and fails only, in foliage; fails, as the Daguerreotype
does, from over-fidelity; for foliage will not be imitated, it must be reasoned
Page 491
§ 34. Hunt and
out and suggested; yet Hunt is the only man we have who
can paint the real leaf green under sunlight, and, in this
Creswick. Green,
respect, his trees are delicious,—summer itself. Creswick
how to be
rendered
has sweet feeling, and tries for the real green too, but, from
expressive of light,
want of science in his shadows, ends in green paint instead
and offensive if
of green light; in mere local color, instead of color raised
otherwise.
by sunshine. One example is enough to show where the
fault lies. In his picture of the Weald of Kent, in the British
Institution this year, there was a cottage in the middle distance with white
walls, and a red roof. The dark sides of the white walls and of the roof were
of the same color, a dark purple—wrong for both. Repeated inaccuracies of
this kind necessarily deprive even the most brilliant color of all appearance
of sunshine, and they are much to be deprecated in Creswick, as he is one of
the very few artists who do draw from nature and try for nature. Some of
his thickets and torrent-beds are most painfully studied, and yet he cannot
draw a bough nor a stone. I suspect he is too much in the habit of studying
only large views on the spot, and not of drawing small portions thoroughly.
I trust it will be seen that these, as all other remarks that I have made
throughout this volume on particular works, are not in depreciation of, or
unthankfulness for, what the artist has done, but in the desire that he should
do himself more justice and more honor. I have much pleasure in
Creswick's works, and I am glad always to see them admired by others.
I shall conclude this sketch of the foliage art of England, by mention of
two artists, whom I believe to be representative of a considerable class,
§ 35. Conclusion.
admirable in their reverence and patience of study, yet
Works of J.
unappreciated by the public, because what they do is
Linnell and S.
unrecommended by dexterities of handling. The forest
Palmer.
studies of J. Linnell are peculiarly elaborate, and, in many
points, most skilful; they fail perhaps of interest, owing to
over-fulness of detail and a want of generalization in the effect; but even a
little more of the Harding sharpness of touch would set off their sterling
qualities, and make them felt. A less known artist, S. Palmer, lately admitted
a member of the Old Water-Color Society, is deserving of the very highest
place among faithful followers of nature. His studies of foreign foliage
especially are beyond all praise for care and fulness. I have never seen a
out and suggested; yet Hunt is the only man we have who
can paint the real leaf green under sunlight, and, in this
Creswick. Green,
respect, his trees are delicious,—summer itself. Creswick
how to be
rendered
has sweet feeling, and tries for the real green too, but, from
expressive of light,
want of science in his shadows, ends in green paint instead
and offensive if
of green light; in mere local color, instead of color raised
otherwise.
by sunshine. One example is enough to show where the
fault lies. In his picture of the Weald of Kent, in the British
Institution this year, there was a cottage in the middle distance with white
walls, and a red roof. The dark sides of the white walls and of the roof were
of the same color, a dark purple—wrong for both. Repeated inaccuracies of
this kind necessarily deprive even the most brilliant color of all appearance
of sunshine, and they are much to be deprecated in Creswick, as he is one of
the very few artists who do draw from nature and try for nature. Some of
his thickets and torrent-beds are most painfully studied, and yet he cannot
draw a bough nor a stone. I suspect he is too much in the habit of studying
only large views on the spot, and not of drawing small portions thoroughly.
I trust it will be seen that these, as all other remarks that I have made
throughout this volume on particular works, are not in depreciation of, or
unthankfulness for, what the artist has done, but in the desire that he should
do himself more justice and more honor. I have much pleasure in
Creswick's works, and I am glad always to see them admired by others.
I shall conclude this sketch of the foliage art of England, by mention of
two artists, whom I believe to be representative of a considerable class,
§ 35. Conclusion.
admirable in their reverence and patience of study, yet
Works of J.
unappreciated by the public, because what they do is
Linnell and S.
unrecommended by dexterities of handling. The forest
Palmer.
studies of J. Linnell are peculiarly elaborate, and, in many
points, most skilful; they fail perhaps of interest, owing to
over-fulness of detail and a want of generalization in the effect; but even a
little more of the Harding sharpness of touch would set off their sterling
qualities, and make them felt. A less known artist, S. Palmer, lately admitted
a member of the Old Water-Color Society, is deserving of the very highest
place among faithful followers of nature. His studies of foreign foliage
especially are beyond all praise for care and fulness. I have never seen a
Page 492
stone pine or a cypress drawn except by him; and his feeling is as pure and
grand as his fidelity is exemplary. He has not, however, yet, I think,
discovered what is necessary and unnecessary in a great picture; and his
works, sent to the Society's rooms, have been most unfavorable examples of
his power, and have been generally, as yet, in places where all that is best in
them is out of sight. I look to him, nevertheless, unless he lose himself in
over-reverence for certain conventionalisms of the elder schools, as one of
the probable renovators and correctors of whatever is failing or erroneous in
the practice of English art.
[71] It sometimes happens that a morbid direction of growth will cause an exception here
and there to this rule, the bough swelling beyond its legitimate size; knots and
excrescences, of course, sometimes interfere with the effect of diminution. I believe that in
the laurel, when it grows large and old, singular instances may be found of thick upper
boughs and over quantity of wood at the extremities. All these accidents or exceptions are
felt as such by the eye. They may occasionally be used by the painter in savage or
grotesque scenery, or as points of contrast, but are no excuse for his ever losing sight of the
general law.
[72] Compare Part III. Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 6, 7.
[73] This group I have before noticed as singularly (but, I doubt not, accidentally, and in
consequence of the love of the two great painters for the same grand forms) resembling that
introduced by Tintoret in the background of his Cain and Abel.
[74] The above paragraphs I have left as originally written, because they are quite true as
far as they reach; but like many other portions of this essay, they take in a very small
portion of the truth. I shall not add to them at present, because I can explain my meaning
better in our consideration of the laws of beauty; but the reader must bear in mind that what
is above stated refers, throughout, to large masses of foliage seen under broad sunshine,—
and it has especial reference to Turner's enormous scale of scene, and intense desire of
light. In twilight, when tree-forms are seen against sky, other laws come into operation, as
well as in subject of narrow limits and near foreground. It is, I think, to be regretted that
Turner does not in his Academy pictures sometimes take more confined and gloomy
subjects, like that grand one, near the Chartreuse, of the Liber Studiorum, wherein his
magnificent power of elaborating close foliage might be developed; but, for the present, let
the reader, with respect to what has been here said of close foliage, note the drawing of the
grand as his fidelity is exemplary. He has not, however, yet, I think,
discovered what is necessary and unnecessary in a great picture; and his
works, sent to the Society's rooms, have been most unfavorable examples of
his power, and have been generally, as yet, in places where all that is best in
them is out of sight. I look to him, nevertheless, unless he lose himself in
over-reverence for certain conventionalisms of the elder schools, as one of
the probable renovators and correctors of whatever is failing or erroneous in
the practice of English art.
[71] It sometimes happens that a morbid direction of growth will cause an exception here
and there to this rule, the bough swelling beyond its legitimate size; knots and
excrescences, of course, sometimes interfere with the effect of diminution. I believe that in
the laurel, when it grows large and old, singular instances may be found of thick upper
boughs and over quantity of wood at the extremities. All these accidents or exceptions are
felt as such by the eye. They may occasionally be used by the painter in savage or
grotesque scenery, or as points of contrast, but are no excuse for his ever losing sight of the
general law.
[72] Compare Part III. Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 6, 7.
[73] This group I have before noticed as singularly (but, I doubt not, accidentally, and in
consequence of the love of the two great painters for the same grand forms) resembling that
introduced by Tintoret in the background of his Cain and Abel.
[74] The above paragraphs I have left as originally written, because they are quite true as
far as they reach; but like many other portions of this essay, they take in a very small
portion of the truth. I shall not add to them at present, because I can explain my meaning
better in our consideration of the laws of beauty; but the reader must bear in mind that what
is above stated refers, throughout, to large masses of foliage seen under broad sunshine,—
and it has especial reference to Turner's enormous scale of scene, and intense desire of
light. In twilight, when tree-forms are seen against sky, other laws come into operation, as
well as in subject of narrow limits and near foreground. It is, I think, to be regretted that
Turner does not in his Academy pictures sometimes take more confined and gloomy
subjects, like that grand one, near the Chartreuse, of the Liber Studiorum, wherein his
magnificent power of elaborating close foliage might be developed; but, for the present, let
the reader, with respect to what has been here said of close foliage, note the drawing of the
Page 493
leaves in that plate, in the Æsacus and Hesperie, and the Cephalus, and the elaboration of
the foregrounds in the Yorkshire drawings; let him compare what is said of Turner's foliage
painting above in Part II. Sect. I. Chap. VII. § 40, § 41, and of Titian's previously, as well
as Part III. Sect. I. Chap. VIII., and Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 21. I shall hereafter endeavor to
arrange the subject in a more systematic manner; but what additional observations I may
have to make will none of them be in any wise more favorable to Gaspar, Salvator, or
Hobbima, than the above paragraphs.
[75] Perhaps in some instances, this may be the case with the trees of Nicholas Poussin;
but even with him the boughs only touch the line of limit with their central points of
extremity, and are not sectors of the great curve—forming a part of it with expanded
extremities, as in nature. Draw a few straight lines, from the centre to the circumference of
a circle. The forms included between them are the forms of the individual boughs of a fine
tree, with all their ramifications (only the external curve is not a circle, but more frequently
two parabolas—which, I believe, it is in the oak—or an ellipse.) But each bough of the old
masters is club-shaped, and broadest, not at the outside of the tree, but a little way towards
its centre.
[76] On the other hand, nothing can be more exquisitely ridiculous than the French
illustrations of a second or third-rate order, as those to the Harmonies of Lamartine.
[77] Of Stanfield's foliage I remember too little to enable me to form any definite
judgment; it is a pity that he so much neglects this noble element of landscape.
[78] It is true that many of Rembrandt's etchings are merely in line, but it may be
observed that the subject is universally conceived in light and shade, and that the lines are
either merely guides in the arrangement, or an exquisite indication of the key-notes of
shade, on which the after-system of it is to be based—portions of fragmentary finish,
showing the completeness of the conception.
CHAPTER II.
GENERAL REMARKS RESPECTING THE TRUTH OF TURNER.
We have now arrived at some general conception of the extent of Turner's
knowledge, and the truth of his practice, by the deliberate examination of
the foregrounds in the Yorkshire drawings; let him compare what is said of Turner's foliage
painting above in Part II. Sect. I. Chap. VII. § 40, § 41, and of Titian's previously, as well
as Part III. Sect. I. Chap. VIII., and Sect. II. Chap. IV. § 21. I shall hereafter endeavor to
arrange the subject in a more systematic manner; but what additional observations I may
have to make will none of them be in any wise more favorable to Gaspar, Salvator, or
Hobbima, than the above paragraphs.
[75] Perhaps in some instances, this may be the case with the trees of Nicholas Poussin;
but even with him the boughs only touch the line of limit with their central points of
extremity, and are not sectors of the great curve—forming a part of it with expanded
extremities, as in nature. Draw a few straight lines, from the centre to the circumference of
a circle. The forms included between them are the forms of the individual boughs of a fine
tree, with all their ramifications (only the external curve is not a circle, but more frequently
two parabolas—which, I believe, it is in the oak—or an ellipse.) But each bough of the old
masters is club-shaped, and broadest, not at the outside of the tree, but a little way towards
its centre.
[76] On the other hand, nothing can be more exquisitely ridiculous than the French
illustrations of a second or third-rate order, as those to the Harmonies of Lamartine.
[77] Of Stanfield's foliage I remember too little to enable me to form any definite
judgment; it is a pity that he so much neglects this noble element of landscape.
[78] It is true that many of Rembrandt's etchings are merely in line, but it may be
observed that the subject is universally conceived in light and shade, and that the lines are
either merely guides in the arrangement, or an exquisite indication of the key-notes of
shade, on which the after-system of it is to be based—portions of fragmentary finish,
showing the completeness of the conception.
CHAPTER II.
GENERAL REMARKS RESPECTING THE TRUTH OF TURNER.
We have now arrived at some general conception of the extent of Turner's
knowledge, and the truth of his practice, by the deliberate examination of
Page 494
the characteristics of the four great elements of landscape
§ 1. No necessity of
—sky, earth, water, and vegetation. I have not thought it
entering into
necessary to devote a chapter to architecture, because
discussion of
enough has been said on this subject in Part II. Sect. I.
architectural
Chap. VII.; and its general truths, which are those with
truth.
which the landscape painter, as such, is chiefly concerned,
require only a simple and straightforward application of those rules of
which every other material object of a landscape has required a most
difficult and complicated application. Turner's knowledge of perspective
probably adds to his power in the arrangement of every order of subject; but
ignorance on this head is rather disgraceful than knowledge meritorious. It
is disgraceful, for instance, that any man should commit such palpable and
atrocious errors in ordinary perspective as are seen in the quay in Claude's
sea-piece, No. 14, National Gallery, or in the curved portico of No. 30; but
still these are not points to be taken into consideration as having anything to
do with artistical rank, just as, though we should say it was disgraceful if a
great poet could not spell, we should not consider such a defect as in any
way taking from his poetical rank. Neither is there anything particularly
belonging to architecture, as such, which it is any credit to an artist to
observe or represent; it is only a simple and clear field for the manifestation
of his knowledge of general laws. Any surveyor or engineer could have
drawn the steps and balustrade in the Hero and Leander, as well as Turner
has; but there is no man living but himself who could have thrown the
accidental shadows upon them. I may, however, refer for general illustration
of Turner's power as an architectural draughtsman, to the front of Rouen
Cathedral, engraved in the Rivers of France, and to the Ely in the England. I
know nothing in art which can be set beside the former of these for
overwhelming grandeur and simplicity of effect, and inexhaustible intricacy
of parts. I have then only a few remarks farther to offer respecting the
general character of all those truths which we have been hitherto
endeavoring to explain and illustrate.
The difference in the accuracy of the lines of the Torso of the Vatican,
(the Maestro of M. Angelo,) from those in one of M. Angelo's finest works,
could perhaps scarcely be appreciated by any eye or feeling undisciplined
by the most perfect and practical anatomical knowledge. It rests on points
§ 1. No necessity of
—sky, earth, water, and vegetation. I have not thought it
entering into
necessary to devote a chapter to architecture, because
discussion of
enough has been said on this subject in Part II. Sect. I.
architectural
Chap. VII.; and its general truths, which are those with
truth.
which the landscape painter, as such, is chiefly concerned,
require only a simple and straightforward application of those rules of
which every other material object of a landscape has required a most
difficult and complicated application. Turner's knowledge of perspective
probably adds to his power in the arrangement of every order of subject; but
ignorance on this head is rather disgraceful than knowledge meritorious. It
is disgraceful, for instance, that any man should commit such palpable and
atrocious errors in ordinary perspective as are seen in the quay in Claude's
sea-piece, No. 14, National Gallery, or in the curved portico of No. 30; but
still these are not points to be taken into consideration as having anything to
do with artistical rank, just as, though we should say it was disgraceful if a
great poet could not spell, we should not consider such a defect as in any
way taking from his poetical rank. Neither is there anything particularly
belonging to architecture, as such, which it is any credit to an artist to
observe or represent; it is only a simple and clear field for the manifestation
of his knowledge of general laws. Any surveyor or engineer could have
drawn the steps and balustrade in the Hero and Leander, as well as Turner
has; but there is no man living but himself who could have thrown the
accidental shadows upon them. I may, however, refer for general illustration
of Turner's power as an architectural draughtsman, to the front of Rouen
Cathedral, engraved in the Rivers of France, and to the Ely in the England. I
know nothing in art which can be set beside the former of these for
overwhelming grandeur and simplicity of effect, and inexhaustible intricacy
of parts. I have then only a few remarks farther to offer respecting the
general character of all those truths which we have been hitherto
endeavoring to explain and illustrate.
The difference in the accuracy of the lines of the Torso of the Vatican,
(the Maestro of M. Angelo,) from those in one of M. Angelo's finest works,
could perhaps scarcely be appreciated by any eye or feeling undisciplined
by the most perfect and practical anatomical knowledge. It rests on points
Page 495
of such traceless and refined delicacy, that though we feel
§ 2. Extreme
them in the result, we cannot follow them in the details.
difficulty of
Yet they are such and so great as to place the Torso alone
illustrating or
in art, solitary and supreme; while the finest of M.
explaining the
highest truth.
Angelo's works, considered with respect to truth alone, are
said to be only on a level with antiques of the second class,
under the Apollo and Venus, that is, two classes or grades below the Torso.
But suppose the best sculptor in the world, possessing the most entire
appreciation of the excellence of the Torso, were to sit down, pen in hand,
to try and tell us wherein the peculiar truth of each line consisted? Could
any words that he could use make us feel the hairbreadth of depth and
distance on which all depends? or end in anything more than bare assertions
of the inferiority of this line to that, which, if we did not perceive for
ourselves, no explanation could ever illustrate to us? He might as well
endeavor to explain to us by words some taste or other subject of sense, of
which we had no experience. And so it is with all truths of the highest
order; they are separated from those of average precision by points of
extreme delicacy, which none but the cultivated eye can in the least feel,
§ 3. The positive
and to express which, all words are absolutely meaningless
and useless. Consequently, in all that I have been saying of
rank of Turner is
in no degree
the truth of artists, I have been able to point out only
coarse, broad, and explicable matters; I have been
shown in the
perfectly unable to express (and indeed I have made no
foregoing pages,
endeavor to express) the finely drawn and distinguished
but only his
truth in which all the real excellence of art consists. All
relative rank.
those truths which I have been able to explain and
demonstrate in Turner, are such as any artist of ordinary powers of
observation ought to be capable of rendering. It is disgraceful to omit them;
but it is no very great credit to observe them. I have indeed proved that they
have been neglected, and disgracefully so, by those men who are commonly
considered the Fathers of Art; but in showing that they have been observed
by Turner, I have only proved him to be above other men in knowledge of
truth, I have not given any conception of his own positive rank as a Painter
of Nature. But it stands to reason, that the men, who in broad, simple, and
demonstrable matters are perpetually violating truth, will not be particularly
accurate or careful in carrying out delicate and refined, and undemonstrable
§ 2. Extreme
them in the result, we cannot follow them in the details.
difficulty of
Yet they are such and so great as to place the Torso alone
illustrating or
in art, solitary and supreme; while the finest of M.
explaining the
highest truth.
Angelo's works, considered with respect to truth alone, are
said to be only on a level with antiques of the second class,
under the Apollo and Venus, that is, two classes or grades below the Torso.
But suppose the best sculptor in the world, possessing the most entire
appreciation of the excellence of the Torso, were to sit down, pen in hand,
to try and tell us wherein the peculiar truth of each line consisted? Could
any words that he could use make us feel the hairbreadth of depth and
distance on which all depends? or end in anything more than bare assertions
of the inferiority of this line to that, which, if we did not perceive for
ourselves, no explanation could ever illustrate to us? He might as well
endeavor to explain to us by words some taste or other subject of sense, of
which we had no experience. And so it is with all truths of the highest
order; they are separated from those of average precision by points of
extreme delicacy, which none but the cultivated eye can in the least feel,
§ 3. The positive
and to express which, all words are absolutely meaningless
and useless. Consequently, in all that I have been saying of
rank of Turner is
in no degree
the truth of artists, I have been able to point out only
coarse, broad, and explicable matters; I have been
shown in the
perfectly unable to express (and indeed I have made no
foregoing pages,
endeavor to express) the finely drawn and distinguished
but only his
truth in which all the real excellence of art consists. All
relative rank.
those truths which I have been able to explain and
demonstrate in Turner, are such as any artist of ordinary powers of
observation ought to be capable of rendering. It is disgraceful to omit them;
but it is no very great credit to observe them. I have indeed proved that they
have been neglected, and disgracefully so, by those men who are commonly
considered the Fathers of Art; but in showing that they have been observed
by Turner, I have only proved him to be above other men in knowledge of
truth, I have not given any conception of his own positive rank as a Painter
of Nature. But it stands to reason, that the men, who in broad, simple, and
demonstrable matters are perpetually violating truth, will not be particularly
accurate or careful in carrying out delicate and refined, and undemonstrable
Page 496
matters; and it stands equally to reason, that the man who, as far as
argument or demonstration can go, is found invariably truthful, will, in all
probability, be truthful to the last line, and shadow of a line. And such is,
§ 4. The exceeding
indeed, the case with every touch of this consummate
artist; the essential excellence—all that constitutes the real
refinement of his
truth.
and exceeding value of his works—is beyond and above
expression; it is a truth inherent in every line, and
breathing in every hue, too delicate and exquisite to admit of any kind of
proof, nor to be ascertained except by the highest of tests—the keen feeling
attained by extended knowledge and long study. Two lines are laid on
canvas; one is right and another wrong. There is no difference between
them appreciable by the compasses—none appreciable by the ordinary eye
—none which can be pointed out, if it is not seen. One person feels it,—
another does not; but the feeling or sight of the one can by no words be
communicated to the other: it would be unjust if it could, for that feeling
and sight have been the reward of years of labor. And there
§ 5. There is
is, indeed, nothing in Turner—not one dot nor line—
nothing in his
works which can
whose meaning can be understood without knowledge;
because he never aims at sensual impressions, but at the
be enjoyed without
knowledge.
deep final truth, which only meditation can discover, and
only experience recognize. There is nothing done or
omitted by him, which does not imply such a comparison of ends, such
rejection of the least worthy, (as far as they are incompatible with the rest,)
such careful selection and arrangement of all that can be united, as can only
be enjoyed by minds capable of going through the same process, and
discovering the reasons for the choice. And, as there is
§ 6. And nothing
which knowledge
nothing in his works which can be enjoyed without
knowledge, so there is nothing in them which knowledge
will not enable us
will not enable us to enjoy. There is no test of our
to enjoy.
acquaintance with nature so absolute and unfailing as the
degree of admiration we feel for Turner's painting. Precisely as we are
shallow in our knowledge, vulgar in our feeling, and contracted in our
views of principles, will the works of this artist be stumbling-blocks or
foolishness to us:—precisely in the degree in which we are familiar with
nature, constant in our observation of her, and enlarged in our
understanding of her, will they expand before our eyes into glory and
argument or demonstration can go, is found invariably truthful, will, in all
probability, be truthful to the last line, and shadow of a line. And such is,
§ 4. The exceeding
indeed, the case with every touch of this consummate
artist; the essential excellence—all that constitutes the real
refinement of his
truth.
and exceeding value of his works—is beyond and above
expression; it is a truth inherent in every line, and
breathing in every hue, too delicate and exquisite to admit of any kind of
proof, nor to be ascertained except by the highest of tests—the keen feeling
attained by extended knowledge and long study. Two lines are laid on
canvas; one is right and another wrong. There is no difference between
them appreciable by the compasses—none appreciable by the ordinary eye
—none which can be pointed out, if it is not seen. One person feels it,—
another does not; but the feeling or sight of the one can by no words be
communicated to the other: it would be unjust if it could, for that feeling
and sight have been the reward of years of labor. And there
§ 5. There is
is, indeed, nothing in Turner—not one dot nor line—
nothing in his
works which can
whose meaning can be understood without knowledge;
because he never aims at sensual impressions, but at the
be enjoyed without
knowledge.
deep final truth, which only meditation can discover, and
only experience recognize. There is nothing done or
omitted by him, which does not imply such a comparison of ends, such
rejection of the least worthy, (as far as they are incompatible with the rest,)
such careful selection and arrangement of all that can be united, as can only
be enjoyed by minds capable of going through the same process, and
discovering the reasons for the choice. And, as there is
§ 6. And nothing
which knowledge
nothing in his works which can be enjoyed without
knowledge, so there is nothing in them which knowledge
will not enable us
will not enable us to enjoy. There is no test of our
to enjoy.
acquaintance with nature so absolute and unfailing as the
degree of admiration we feel for Turner's painting. Precisely as we are
shallow in our knowledge, vulgar in our feeling, and contracted in our
views of principles, will the works of this artist be stumbling-blocks or
foolishness to us:—precisely in the degree in which we are familiar with
nature, constant in our observation of her, and enlarged in our
understanding of her, will they expand before our eyes into glory and
Page 497
beauty. In every new insight which we obtain into the works of God, in
every new idea which we receive from His creation, we shall find ourselves
possessed of an interpretation and a guide to something in Turner's works
which we had not before understood. We may range over Europe, from
shore to shore; and from every rock that we tread upon, every sky that
passes over our heads, every local form of vegetation or of soil, we shall
receive fresh illustration of his principles—fresh confirmation of his facts.
We shall feel, wherever we go, that he has been there before us—whatever
we see, that he has seen and seized before us: and we shall at last cease the
investigation, with a well-grounded trust, that whatever we have been
unable to account for, and what we still dislike in his works, has reason for
it, and foundation like the rest; and that even where he has failed or erred,
there is a beauty in the failure which none are able to equal, and a dignity in
the error which none are worthy to reprove.
There has been marked and constant progress in his mind; he has not,
like some few artists, been without childhood; his course of study has been
§ 7. His former
as evidently as it has been swiftly progressive, and in
different stages of the struggle, sometimes one order of
rank and progress.
truth, sometimes another, has been aimed at or omitted.
But from the beginning to the present height of his career, he has never
sacrificed a greater truth to a less. As he advanced, the previous knowledge
or attainment was absorbed in what succeeded, or
§ 8. Standing of his
abandoned only if incompatible, and never abandoned
present works.
Their mystery is
without a gain; and his present works present the sum and
perfection of his accumulated knowledge, delivered with
the consequence of
their fullness.
the impatience and passion of one who feels too much, and
knows too much, and has too little time to say it in, to
pause for expression, or ponder over his syllables. There is in them the
obscurity, but the truth, of prophecy; the instinctive and burning language,
which would express less if it uttered more, which is indistinct only by its
fulness, and dark with its abundant meaning. He feels now, with long-
trained vividness and keenness of sense, too bitterly the impotence of the
hand, and the vainness of the color to catch one shadow or one image of the
glory which God has revealed to him. He has dwelt and communed with
nature all the days of his life; he knows her now too well, he cannot palter
every new idea which we receive from His creation, we shall find ourselves
possessed of an interpretation and a guide to something in Turner's works
which we had not before understood. We may range over Europe, from
shore to shore; and from every rock that we tread upon, every sky that
passes over our heads, every local form of vegetation or of soil, we shall
receive fresh illustration of his principles—fresh confirmation of his facts.
We shall feel, wherever we go, that he has been there before us—whatever
we see, that he has seen and seized before us: and we shall at last cease the
investigation, with a well-grounded trust, that whatever we have been
unable to account for, and what we still dislike in his works, has reason for
it, and foundation like the rest; and that even where he has failed or erred,
there is a beauty in the failure which none are able to equal, and a dignity in
the error which none are worthy to reprove.
There has been marked and constant progress in his mind; he has not,
like some few artists, been without childhood; his course of study has been
§ 7. His former
as evidently as it has been swiftly progressive, and in
different stages of the struggle, sometimes one order of
rank and progress.
truth, sometimes another, has been aimed at or omitted.
But from the beginning to the present height of his career, he has never
sacrificed a greater truth to a less. As he advanced, the previous knowledge
or attainment was absorbed in what succeeded, or
§ 8. Standing of his
abandoned only if incompatible, and never abandoned
present works.
Their mystery is
without a gain; and his present works present the sum and
perfection of his accumulated knowledge, delivered with
the consequence of
their fullness.
the impatience and passion of one who feels too much, and
knows too much, and has too little time to say it in, to
pause for expression, or ponder over his syllables. There is in them the
obscurity, but the truth, of prophecy; the instinctive and burning language,
which would express less if it uttered more, which is indistinct only by its
fulness, and dark with its abundant meaning. He feels now, with long-
trained vividness and keenness of sense, too bitterly the impotence of the
hand, and the vainness of the color to catch one shadow or one image of the
glory which God has revealed to him. He has dwelt and communed with
nature all the days of his life; he knows her now too well, he cannot palter
Page 498
over the material littleness of her outward form; he must give her soul, or he
has done nothing, and he cannot do this with the flax, and the earth, and the
oil. "I cannot gather the sunbeams out of the east, or I would make them tell
you what I have seen; but read this, and interpret this, and let us remember
together. I cannot gather the gloom out of the night-sky, or I would make
that teach you what I have seen; but read this, and interpret this, and let us
feel together. And if you have not that within you which I can summon to
my aid, if you have not the sun in your spirit, and the passion in your heart,
which my words may awaken, though they be indistinct and swift, leave
me; for I will give you no patient mockery, no laborious insult of that
glorious nature, whose I am and whom I serve. Let other servants imitate
the voice and the gesture of their master, while they forget his message.
Hear that message from me; but remember, that the teaching of Divine truth
must still be a mystery."
CHAPTER III.
CONCLUSION.—MODERN ART AND MODERN CRITICISM.
We have only, in conclusion, to offer a few general remarks respecting
modern art and modern criticism.
We wish, in the first place, to remove the appearance of invidiousness
§ 1. The entire
and partiality which the constant prominence given in the
present portion of the work to the productions of one artist,
prominence
hitherto given to
can scarcely fail of bearing in the minds of most readers.
When we pass to the examination of what is beautiful and
the works of one
expressive in art, we shall frequently find distinctive
artist caused only
by our not being
qualities in the minds even of inferior artists, which have
led them to the pursuit and embodying of particular trains
able to take
cognizance of
of thought, altogether different from those which direct the
compositions of other men, and incapable of comparison
character.
with them. Now, when this is the case, we should consider
it in the highest degree both invidious and illogical, to say of such different
has done nothing, and he cannot do this with the flax, and the earth, and the
oil. "I cannot gather the sunbeams out of the east, or I would make them tell
you what I have seen; but read this, and interpret this, and let us remember
together. I cannot gather the gloom out of the night-sky, or I would make
that teach you what I have seen; but read this, and interpret this, and let us
feel together. And if you have not that within you which I can summon to
my aid, if you have not the sun in your spirit, and the passion in your heart,
which my words may awaken, though they be indistinct and swift, leave
me; for I will give you no patient mockery, no laborious insult of that
glorious nature, whose I am and whom I serve. Let other servants imitate
the voice and the gesture of their master, while they forget his message.
Hear that message from me; but remember, that the teaching of Divine truth
must still be a mystery."
CHAPTER III.
CONCLUSION.—MODERN ART AND MODERN CRITICISM.
We have only, in conclusion, to offer a few general remarks respecting
modern art and modern criticism.
We wish, in the first place, to remove the appearance of invidiousness
§ 1. The entire
and partiality which the constant prominence given in the
present portion of the work to the productions of one artist,
prominence
hitherto given to
can scarcely fail of bearing in the minds of most readers.
When we pass to the examination of what is beautiful and
the works of one
expressive in art, we shall frequently find distinctive
artist caused only
by our not being
qualities in the minds even of inferior artists, which have
led them to the pursuit and embodying of particular trains
able to take
cognizance of
of thought, altogether different from those which direct the
compositions of other men, and incapable of comparison
character.
with them. Now, when this is the case, we should consider
it in the highest degree both invidious and illogical, to say of such different
Page 499
modes of exertion of the intellect, that one is in all points greater or nobler
than another. We shall probably find something in the working of all minds
which has an end and a power peculiar to itself, and which is deserving of
free and full admiration, without any reference whatsoever to what has, in
other fields, been accomplished by other modes of thought, and directions
of aim. We shall, indeed, find a wider range and grasp in one man than in
another; but yet it will be our own fault if we do not discover something in
the most limited range of mind which is different from, and in its way better
than, anything presented to us by the more grasping intellect. We all know
that the nightingale sings more nobly than the lark; but who, therefore,
would wish the lark not to sing, or would deny that it had a character of its
own, which bore a part among the melodies of creation no less essential
than that of the more richly-gifted bird? And thus we shall find and feel that
whatever difference may exist between the intellectual
§ 2. The feelings of
different artists
powers of one artist and another, yet wherever there is any
true genius, there will be some peculiar lesson which even
are incapable of
full comparison.
the humblest will teach us more sweetly and perfectly than
those far above them in prouder attributes of mind; and we
should be as mistaken as we should be unjust and invidious, if we refused to
receive this their peculiar message with gratitude and
§ 3. But the fidelity
veneration, merely because it was a sentence and not a
and truth of each
are capable of real
volume. But the case is different when we examine their
relative fidelity to given facts. That fidelity depends on no
comparison.
peculiar modes of thought or habits of character; it is the
result of keen sensibility, combined with high powers of memory and
association. These qualities, as such, are the same in all men; character or
feeling may direct their choice to this or that object, but the fidelity with
which they treat either the one or the other, is dependent on those simple
powers of sense and intellect which are like and comparable in all, and of
which we can always say that they are greater in this man, or less in that
without reference to the character of the individual. Those feelings which
direct Cox to the painting of wild, weedy banks, and cool, melting skies,
and those which directed Barret to the painting of glowing foliage and
melancholy twilight, are both just and beautiful in their way, and are both
worthy of high praise and gratitude, without necessity, nay, without proper
possibility of comparing one with the other. But the degree of fidelity with
than another. We shall probably find something in the working of all minds
which has an end and a power peculiar to itself, and which is deserving of
free and full admiration, without any reference whatsoever to what has, in
other fields, been accomplished by other modes of thought, and directions
of aim. We shall, indeed, find a wider range and grasp in one man than in
another; but yet it will be our own fault if we do not discover something in
the most limited range of mind which is different from, and in its way better
than, anything presented to us by the more grasping intellect. We all know
that the nightingale sings more nobly than the lark; but who, therefore,
would wish the lark not to sing, or would deny that it had a character of its
own, which bore a part among the melodies of creation no less essential
than that of the more richly-gifted bird? And thus we shall find and feel that
whatever difference may exist between the intellectual
§ 2. The feelings of
different artists
powers of one artist and another, yet wherever there is any
true genius, there will be some peculiar lesson which even
are incapable of
full comparison.
the humblest will teach us more sweetly and perfectly than
those far above them in prouder attributes of mind; and we
should be as mistaken as we should be unjust and invidious, if we refused to
receive this their peculiar message with gratitude and
§ 3. But the fidelity
veneration, merely because it was a sentence and not a
and truth of each
are capable of real
volume. But the case is different when we examine their
relative fidelity to given facts. That fidelity depends on no
comparison.
peculiar modes of thought or habits of character; it is the
result of keen sensibility, combined with high powers of memory and
association. These qualities, as such, are the same in all men; character or
feeling may direct their choice to this or that object, but the fidelity with
which they treat either the one or the other, is dependent on those simple
powers of sense and intellect which are like and comparable in all, and of
which we can always say that they are greater in this man, or less in that
without reference to the character of the individual. Those feelings which
direct Cox to the painting of wild, weedy banks, and cool, melting skies,
and those which directed Barret to the painting of glowing foliage and
melancholy twilight, are both just and beautiful in their way, and are both
worthy of high praise and gratitude, without necessity, nay, without proper
possibility of comparing one with the other. But the degree of fidelity with
Page 500
which the leaves of the one and the light of the other are rendered, depends
upon faculties of sight, sense, and memory common to both, and perfectly
comparable; and we may say fearlessly, and without injustice, that one or
the other, as the case may be, is more faithful in that which they have
chosen to represent. It is also to be remembered that these
§ 4. Especially
faculties of sense and memory are not partial in their
because they are
equally manifested
effect; they will not induce fidelity in the rendering of one
class of object, and fail of doing so in another. They act
in the treatment of
all subjects.
equally, and with equal results, whatever may be the
matter subjected to them; the same delicate sense which
perceives the utmost grace of the fibres of a tree, will be equally unerring in
tracing the character of cloud; and the quick memory which seizes and
retains the circumstances of a flying effect of shadow or color, will be
equally effectual in fixing the impression of the instantaneous form of a
moving figure or a breaking wave. There are indeed one or two broad
distinctions in the nature of the senses,—a sensibility to color, for instance,
being very different from a sensibility to form; so that a man may possess
one without the other, and an artist may succeed in mere imitation of what
is before him, of air, sunlight, etc., without possessing sensibility at all. But
wherever we have, in the drawing of any one object, sufficient evidence of
real intellectual power, of the sense which perceives the essential qualities
of a thing, and the judgment which arranges them so as to illustrate each
other, we may be quite certain that the same sense and judgment will
operate equally on whatever is subjected to them, and that the artist will be
§ 5. No man draws
equally great and masterly in his drawing of all that he
attempts. Hence we may be quite sure that wherever an
one thing well, if
artist appears to be truthful in one branch of art, and not in
he can draw
nothing else.
another, the apparent truth is either owing to some trickery
of imitation, or is not so great as we suppose it to be. In
nine cases out of ten, people who are celebrated for drawing only one thing,
and can only draw one thing, draw that one thing worse than anybody else.
An artist may indeed confine himself to a limited range of subject, but if he
be really true in his rendering of this, his power of doing more will be
perpetually showing itself in accessories and minor points. There are few
men, for instance, more limited in subject than Hunt, and yet I do not think
there is another man in the old Water-Color Society, with so keen an eye for
upon faculties of sight, sense, and memory common to both, and perfectly
comparable; and we may say fearlessly, and without injustice, that one or
the other, as the case may be, is more faithful in that which they have
chosen to represent. It is also to be remembered that these
§ 4. Especially
faculties of sense and memory are not partial in their
because they are
equally manifested
effect; they will not induce fidelity in the rendering of one
class of object, and fail of doing so in another. They act
in the treatment of
all subjects.
equally, and with equal results, whatever may be the
matter subjected to them; the same delicate sense which
perceives the utmost grace of the fibres of a tree, will be equally unerring in
tracing the character of cloud; and the quick memory which seizes and
retains the circumstances of a flying effect of shadow or color, will be
equally effectual in fixing the impression of the instantaneous form of a
moving figure or a breaking wave. There are indeed one or two broad
distinctions in the nature of the senses,—a sensibility to color, for instance,
being very different from a sensibility to form; so that a man may possess
one without the other, and an artist may succeed in mere imitation of what
is before him, of air, sunlight, etc., without possessing sensibility at all. But
wherever we have, in the drawing of any one object, sufficient evidence of
real intellectual power, of the sense which perceives the essential qualities
of a thing, and the judgment which arranges them so as to illustrate each
other, we may be quite certain that the same sense and judgment will
operate equally on whatever is subjected to them, and that the artist will be
§ 5. No man draws
equally great and masterly in his drawing of all that he
attempts. Hence we may be quite sure that wherever an
one thing well, if
artist appears to be truthful in one branch of art, and not in
he can draw
nothing else.
another, the apparent truth is either owing to some trickery
of imitation, or is not so great as we suppose it to be. In
nine cases out of ten, people who are celebrated for drawing only one thing,
and can only draw one thing, draw that one thing worse than anybody else.
An artist may indeed confine himself to a limited range of subject, but if he
be really true in his rendering of this, his power of doing more will be
perpetually showing itself in accessories and minor points. There are few
men, for instance, more limited in subject than Hunt, and yet I do not think
there is another man in the old Water-Color Society, with so keen an eye for
Page 501
truth, or with power so universal. And this is the reason for the exceeding
prominence which in the foregoing investigation one or two artists have
always assumed over the rest, for the habits of accurate observation and
delicate powers of hand which they possess, have equal effect, and maintain
the same superiority in their works, to whatever class of subject they may
be directed. And thus we have been compelled, however unwillingly, to
pass hastily by the works of many gifted men, because, however pure their
feeling, or original their conceptions, they were wanting in those faculties
of the hand and mind which insure perfect fidelity to nature: it will be only
hereafter, when we are at liberty to take full cognizance of the thought,
however feebly it may be clothed in language, that we shall be able to do
real justice to the disciples either of modern or of ancient art.
But as far as we have gone at present, and with respect only to the
material truth, which is all that we have been able to
§ 6. General
conclusions to be
investigate, the conclusion to which we must be led is as
clear as it is inevitable; that modern artists, as a body, are
derived from our
past investigation.
far more just and full in their views of material things than
any landscape painters whose works are extant—but that J.
M. W. Turner is the only man who has ever given an entire transcript of the
whole system of nature, and is, in this point of view, the only perfect
landscape painter whom the world has ever seen.
Nor are we disposed to recede from our assertion made in Sec. I. Ch. I. §
10, that this material truth is indeed a perfect test of the relative rank of
§ 7. Truth, a
painters, though it does not in itself constitute that rank.
We shall be able to prove that truth and beauty, knowledge
standard of all
and imagination, invariably are associated in art; and we
excellence.
shall be able to show that not only in truth to nature, but in
all other points, Turner is the greatest landscape painter who has ever lived.
But his superiority is, in matters of feeling, one of kind, not of degree.
Superiority of degree implies a superseding of others, superiority of kind
only sustaining a more important, but not more necessary part, than others.
If truth were all that we required from art, all other painters might cast aside
their brushes in despair, for all that they have done he has done more fully
and accurately; but when we pass to the higher requirements of art, beauty
prominence which in the foregoing investigation one or two artists have
always assumed over the rest, for the habits of accurate observation and
delicate powers of hand which they possess, have equal effect, and maintain
the same superiority in their works, to whatever class of subject they may
be directed. And thus we have been compelled, however unwillingly, to
pass hastily by the works of many gifted men, because, however pure their
feeling, or original their conceptions, they were wanting in those faculties
of the hand and mind which insure perfect fidelity to nature: it will be only
hereafter, when we are at liberty to take full cognizance of the thought,
however feebly it may be clothed in language, that we shall be able to do
real justice to the disciples either of modern or of ancient art.
But as far as we have gone at present, and with respect only to the
material truth, which is all that we have been able to
§ 6. General
conclusions to be
investigate, the conclusion to which we must be led is as
clear as it is inevitable; that modern artists, as a body, are
derived from our
past investigation.
far more just and full in their views of material things than
any landscape painters whose works are extant—but that J.
M. W. Turner is the only man who has ever given an entire transcript of the
whole system of nature, and is, in this point of view, the only perfect
landscape painter whom the world has ever seen.
Nor are we disposed to recede from our assertion made in Sec. I. Ch. I. §
10, that this material truth is indeed a perfect test of the relative rank of
§ 7. Truth, a
painters, though it does not in itself constitute that rank.
We shall be able to prove that truth and beauty, knowledge
standard of all
and imagination, invariably are associated in art; and we
excellence.
shall be able to show that not only in truth to nature, but in
all other points, Turner is the greatest landscape painter who has ever lived.
But his superiority is, in matters of feeling, one of kind, not of degree.
Superiority of degree implies a superseding of others, superiority of kind
only sustaining a more important, but not more necessary part, than others.
If truth were all that we required from art, all other painters might cast aside
their brushes in despair, for all that they have done he has done more fully
and accurately; but when we pass to the higher requirements of art, beauty
Page 502
and character, their contributions are all equally necessary and desirable,
because different, and however inferior in position or rank, are still perfect
of their kind; their inferiority is only that of the lark to the nightingale, or of
the violet to the rose.
Such then is the rank and standing of our modern artists. We have, living
with us, and painting for us, the greatest painter of all time; a man with
whose supremacy of power no intellect of past ages can be put in
comparison for a moment. Let us next inquire what is the
§ 8. Modern
criticism.
rank of our critics. Public taste, I believe, as far as it is the
encourager and supporter of art has been the same in all
Changefulness of
ages,—a fitful and vacillating current of vague impression,
public taste.
perpetually liable to change, subject to epidemic desires,
and agitated by infectious passion, the slave of fashion, and the fool of
fancy, but yet always distinguishing with singular clearsightedness, between
that which is best and that which is worst of the particular class of food
which its morbid appetite may call for; never failing to distinguish that
which is produced by intellect, from that which is not, though it may be
intellect degraded by ministering to its misguided will.
§ 9. Yet associated
Public taste may thus degrade a race of men capable of the
with a certain
highest efforts in art into the portrait painters of ephemeral
degree of
judgment.
fashions, but it will yet not fail of discovering who, among
these portrait painters, is the man of most mind. It will
separate the man who would have become Buonaroti from the man who
would have become Bandinelli, though it will employ both in painting
curls, and feathers, and bracelets. Hence, generally speaking, there is no
comparative injustice done, no false elevation of the fool above the man of
mind, provided only that the man of mind will condescend to supply the
particular article which the public chooses to want. Of course a thousand
modifying circumstances interfere with the action of the general rule; but,
taking one case with another, we shall very constantly find the price which
the picture commands in the market a pretty fair standard of the artist's rank
of intellect. The press, therefore, and all who pretend to
§ 10. Duty of the
lead the public taste, have not so much to direct the
press.
multitude whom to go to, as what to ask for. Their business
because different, and however inferior in position or rank, are still perfect
of their kind; their inferiority is only that of the lark to the nightingale, or of
the violet to the rose.
Such then is the rank and standing of our modern artists. We have, living
with us, and painting for us, the greatest painter of all time; a man with
whose supremacy of power no intellect of past ages can be put in
comparison for a moment. Let us next inquire what is the
§ 8. Modern
criticism.
rank of our critics. Public taste, I believe, as far as it is the
encourager and supporter of art has been the same in all
Changefulness of
ages,—a fitful and vacillating current of vague impression,
public taste.
perpetually liable to change, subject to epidemic desires,
and agitated by infectious passion, the slave of fashion, and the fool of
fancy, but yet always distinguishing with singular clearsightedness, between
that which is best and that which is worst of the particular class of food
which its morbid appetite may call for; never failing to distinguish that
which is produced by intellect, from that which is not, though it may be
intellect degraded by ministering to its misguided will.
§ 9. Yet associated
Public taste may thus degrade a race of men capable of the
with a certain
highest efforts in art into the portrait painters of ephemeral
degree of
judgment.
fashions, but it will yet not fail of discovering who, among
these portrait painters, is the man of most mind. It will
separate the man who would have become Buonaroti from the man who
would have become Bandinelli, though it will employ both in painting
curls, and feathers, and bracelets. Hence, generally speaking, there is no
comparative injustice done, no false elevation of the fool above the man of
mind, provided only that the man of mind will condescend to supply the
particular article which the public chooses to want. Of course a thousand
modifying circumstances interfere with the action of the general rule; but,
taking one case with another, we shall very constantly find the price which
the picture commands in the market a pretty fair standard of the artist's rank
of intellect. The press, therefore, and all who pretend to
§ 10. Duty of the
lead the public taste, have not so much to direct the
press.
multitude whom to go to, as what to ask for. Their business
Page 503
is not to tell us which is our best painter, but to tell us whether we are
making our best painter do his best.
Now none are capable of doing this, but those whose principles of
judgment are based both on thorough practical knowledge of art, and on
broad general views of what is true and right, without
§ 11.
Qualifications
reference to what has been done at one time or another, or
in one school or another. Nothing can be more perilous to
necessary for
discharging it.
the cause of art, than the constant ringing in our painters'
ears of the names of great predecessors, as their examples
or masters. I had rather hear a great poet, entirely original in his feeling and
aim, rebuked or maligned for not being like Wordsworth or Coleridge, than
a great painter criticised for not putting us in mind of Claude or Poussin.
But such references to former excellence are the only refuge and resource
of persons endeavoring to be critics without being artists. They cannot tell
you whether a thing is right or not; but they can tell you whether it is like
something else or not. And the whole tone of modern
§ 12. General
criticism—as far as it is worthy of being called criticism—
incapability of
sufficiently shows it to proceed entirely from persons
modern critics.
altogether unversed in practice, and ignorant of truth, but
possessing just enough of feeling to enjoy the solemnity of ancient art, who,
not distinguishing that which is really exalted and valuable in the modern
school, nor having any just idea of the real ends or capabilities of landscape
art, consider nothing right which is not based on the conventional principles
of the ancients, and nothing true which has more of nature
§ 13. And
in it than of Claude. But it is strange that while the noble
inconsistency with
and unequalled works of modern landscape painters are
themselves.
thus maligned and misunderstood, our historical painters
—such as we have—are permitted to pander more fatally every year to the
vicious English taste, which can enjoy nothing but what is theatrical,
entirely unchastised, nay, encouraged and lauded by the very men who
endeavor to hamper our great landscape painters with rules derived from
consecrated blunders. The very critic who has just passed one of the noblest
works of Turner—that is to say, a masterpiece of art, to which Time can
show no parallel—with a ribald jest, will yet stand gaping in admiration
before the next piece of dramatic glitter and grimace, suggested by the
making our best painter do his best.
Now none are capable of doing this, but those whose principles of
judgment are based both on thorough practical knowledge of art, and on
broad general views of what is true and right, without
§ 11.
Qualifications
reference to what has been done at one time or another, or
in one school or another. Nothing can be more perilous to
necessary for
discharging it.
the cause of art, than the constant ringing in our painters'
ears of the names of great predecessors, as their examples
or masters. I had rather hear a great poet, entirely original in his feeling and
aim, rebuked or maligned for not being like Wordsworth or Coleridge, than
a great painter criticised for not putting us in mind of Claude or Poussin.
But such references to former excellence are the only refuge and resource
of persons endeavoring to be critics without being artists. They cannot tell
you whether a thing is right or not; but they can tell you whether it is like
something else or not. And the whole tone of modern
§ 12. General
criticism—as far as it is worthy of being called criticism—
incapability of
sufficiently shows it to proceed entirely from persons
modern critics.
altogether unversed in practice, and ignorant of truth, but
possessing just enough of feeling to enjoy the solemnity of ancient art, who,
not distinguishing that which is really exalted and valuable in the modern
school, nor having any just idea of the real ends or capabilities of landscape
art, consider nothing right which is not based on the conventional principles
of the ancients, and nothing true which has more of nature
§ 13. And
in it than of Claude. But it is strange that while the noble
inconsistency with
and unequalled works of modern landscape painters are
themselves.
thus maligned and misunderstood, our historical painters
—such as we have—are permitted to pander more fatally every year to the
vicious English taste, which can enjoy nothing but what is theatrical,
entirely unchastised, nay, encouraged and lauded by the very men who
endeavor to hamper our great landscape painters with rules derived from
consecrated blunders. The very critic who has just passed one of the noblest
works of Turner—that is to say, a masterpiece of art, to which Time can
show no parallel—with a ribald jest, will yet stand gaping in admiration
before the next piece of dramatic glitter and grimace, suggested by the
Page 504
society, and adorned with the appurtenances of the greenroom, which he
finds hung low upon the wall as a brilliant example of the ideal of English
art. It is natural enough indeed, that the persons who are disgusted by what
is pure and noble, should be delighted with what is vicious and degraded;
but it is singular that those who are constantly talking of Claude and
Poussin, should never even pretend to a thought of Raffaelle. We could
excuse them for not comprehending Turner, if they only would apply the
same cut-and-dried criticisms where they might be applied with truth, and
productive of benefit; but we endure not the paltry compound of ignorance,
false taste, and pretension, which assumes the dignity of classical feeling,
that it may be able to abuse whatever is above the level of its understanding,
but bursts into genuine rapture with all that is meretricious, if sufficiently
adapted to the calibre of its comprehension.
To notice such criticisms, however, is giving them far more importance
than they deserve. They can lead none astray but those
§ 14. How the
whose opinions are absolutely valueless, and we did not
press may really
begin this chapter with any intent of wasting our time on
advance the cause
these small critics, but in the hope of pointing out to the
of art.
periodical press what kind of criticism is now most
required by our school of landscape art, and how it may be in their power, if
they will, to regulate its impulses, without checking its energies, and really
to advance both the cause of the artist, and the taste of the public.
One of the most morbid symptoms of the general taste of the present day,
is a too great fondness for unfinished works. Brilliancy and rapidity of
execution are everywhere sought as the highest good, and
§ 15. Morbid
fondness at the
so that a picture be cleverly handled as far as it is carried,
little regard is paid to its imperfection as a whole. Hence
present day for
unfinished works.
some artists are permitted, and others compelled, to
confine themselves to a manner of working altogether
destructive of their powers, and to tax their energies, not to concentrate the
greatest quantity of thought on the least possible space of canvas, but to
produce the greatest quantity of glitter and claptrap in the shortest possible
time. To the idler and the trickster in art, no system can be more
advantageous; but to the man who is really desirous of doing something
finds hung low upon the wall as a brilliant example of the ideal of English
art. It is natural enough indeed, that the persons who are disgusted by what
is pure and noble, should be delighted with what is vicious and degraded;
but it is singular that those who are constantly talking of Claude and
Poussin, should never even pretend to a thought of Raffaelle. We could
excuse them for not comprehending Turner, if they only would apply the
same cut-and-dried criticisms where they might be applied with truth, and
productive of benefit; but we endure not the paltry compound of ignorance,
false taste, and pretension, which assumes the dignity of classical feeling,
that it may be able to abuse whatever is above the level of its understanding,
but bursts into genuine rapture with all that is meretricious, if sufficiently
adapted to the calibre of its comprehension.
To notice such criticisms, however, is giving them far more importance
than they deserve. They can lead none astray but those
§ 14. How the
whose opinions are absolutely valueless, and we did not
press may really
begin this chapter with any intent of wasting our time on
advance the cause
these small critics, but in the hope of pointing out to the
of art.
periodical press what kind of criticism is now most
required by our school of landscape art, and how it may be in their power, if
they will, to regulate its impulses, without checking its energies, and really
to advance both the cause of the artist, and the taste of the public.
One of the most morbid symptoms of the general taste of the present day,
is a too great fondness for unfinished works. Brilliancy and rapidity of
execution are everywhere sought as the highest good, and
§ 15. Morbid
fondness at the
so that a picture be cleverly handled as far as it is carried,
little regard is paid to its imperfection as a whole. Hence
present day for
unfinished works.
some artists are permitted, and others compelled, to
confine themselves to a manner of working altogether
destructive of their powers, and to tax their energies, not to concentrate the
greatest quantity of thought on the least possible space of canvas, but to
produce the greatest quantity of glitter and claptrap in the shortest possible
time. To the idler and the trickster in art, no system can be more
advantageous; but to the man who is really desirous of doing something
Page 505
worth having lived for—to a man of industry, energy, or feeling, we believe
it to be the cause of the most bitter discouragement. If ever, working upon a
favorite subject or a beloved idea, he is induced to tax his powers to the
utmost, and to spend as much time upon his picture as he feels necessary for
its perfection, he will not be able to get so high a price for the result,
perhaps, of a twelvemonth's thought, as he might have obtained for half-a-
dozen sketches with a forenoon's work in each, and he is compelled either
to fall back upon mechanism, or to starve. Now the press should especially
endeavor to convince the public, that by this purchase of
§ 16. By which the
imperfect pictures they not only prevent all progress and
public defraud
themselves.
development of high talent, and set tricksters and
mechanics on a level with men of mind, but defraud and
injure themselves. For there is no doubt whatever, that, estimated merely by
the quantity of pleasure it is capable of conveying, a well-finished picture is
worth to its possessor half-a-dozen incomplete ones; and that a perfect
drawing is, simply as a source of delight, better worth a hundred guineas
than a drawing half as finished is worth thirty. On the other
§ 17. And in
pandering to
hand, the body of our artists should be kept in mind, that
by indulging the public with rapid and unconsidered work,
which, artists ruin
themselves.
they are not only depriving themselves of the benefit
which each picture ought to render to them, as a piece of
practice and study, but they are destroying the refinement of general taste,
and rendering it impossible for themselves ever to find a market for more
careful works, supposing that they were inclined to execute them. Nor need
any single artist be afraid of setting the example, and producing labored
works, at advanced prices, among the cheap, quick drawings of the day. The
public will soon find the value of the complete work, and will be more
ready to give a large sum for that which is inexhaustible, than a quota of it
for that which they are wearied of in a month. The artist who never lets the
price command the picture, will soon find the picture command the price.
And it ought to be a rule with every painter never to let a
§ 18. Necessity of
finishing works of
picture leave his easel while it is yet capable of
improvement, or of having more thought put into it. The
art perfectly.
general effect is often perfect and pleasing, and not to be
improved upon, when the details and facts are altogether imperfect and
unsatisfactory. It may be difficult—perhaps the most difficult task of art—to
it to be the cause of the most bitter discouragement. If ever, working upon a
favorite subject or a beloved idea, he is induced to tax his powers to the
utmost, and to spend as much time upon his picture as he feels necessary for
its perfection, he will not be able to get so high a price for the result,
perhaps, of a twelvemonth's thought, as he might have obtained for half-a-
dozen sketches with a forenoon's work in each, and he is compelled either
to fall back upon mechanism, or to starve. Now the press should especially
endeavor to convince the public, that by this purchase of
§ 16. By which the
imperfect pictures they not only prevent all progress and
public defraud
themselves.
development of high talent, and set tricksters and
mechanics on a level with men of mind, but defraud and
injure themselves. For there is no doubt whatever, that, estimated merely by
the quantity of pleasure it is capable of conveying, a well-finished picture is
worth to its possessor half-a-dozen incomplete ones; and that a perfect
drawing is, simply as a source of delight, better worth a hundred guineas
than a drawing half as finished is worth thirty. On the other
§ 17. And in
pandering to
hand, the body of our artists should be kept in mind, that
by indulging the public with rapid and unconsidered work,
which, artists ruin
themselves.
they are not only depriving themselves of the benefit
which each picture ought to render to them, as a piece of
practice and study, but they are destroying the refinement of general taste,
and rendering it impossible for themselves ever to find a market for more
careful works, supposing that they were inclined to execute them. Nor need
any single artist be afraid of setting the example, and producing labored
works, at advanced prices, among the cheap, quick drawings of the day. The
public will soon find the value of the complete work, and will be more
ready to give a large sum for that which is inexhaustible, than a quota of it
for that which they are wearied of in a month. The artist who never lets the
price command the picture, will soon find the picture command the price.
And it ought to be a rule with every painter never to let a
§ 18. Necessity of
finishing works of
picture leave his easel while it is yet capable of
improvement, or of having more thought put into it. The
art perfectly.
general effect is often perfect and pleasing, and not to be
improved upon, when the details and facts are altogether imperfect and
unsatisfactory. It may be difficult—perhaps the most difficult task of art—to
Page 506
complete these details, and not to hurt the general effect; but until the artist
can do this, his art is imperfect and his picture unfinished. That only is a
complete picture which has both the general wholeness and effect of nature,
and the inexhaustible perfection of nature's details. And it is only in the
effort to unite these that a painter really improves. By aiming only at
details, he becomes a mechanic; by aiming only at generals, he becomes a
trickster: his fall in both cases is sure. Two questions the artist has,
therefore, always to ask himself,—first, "Is my whole right?" Secondly,
"Can my details be added to? Is there a single space in the picture where I
can crowd in another thought? Is there a curve in it which I can modulate—
a line which I can graduate—a vacancy I can fill? Is there a single spot
which the eye, by any peering or prying, can fathom or exhaust? If so, my
picture is imperfect; and if, in modulating the line or filling the vacancy, I
hurt the general effect, my art is imperfect."
But, on the other hand, though incomplete pictures ought neither to be
produced nor purchased, careful and real sketches ought to
§ 19. Sketches not
sufficiently
be valued much more highly than they are. Studies in
chalk, of landscape, should form a part of every
encouraged.
Exhibition, and a room should be allotted to drawings and
designs of figures in the Academy. We should be heartily glad to see the
room which is now devoted to bad drawings of incorporeal and imaginary
architecture—of things which never were, and which, thank Heaven! never
will be—occupied instead, by careful studies for historical pictures; not
blots of chiaroscuro, but delicate outlines with the pen or crayon.
From young artists, in landscape, nothing ought to be tolerated but simple
bona fide imitation of nature. They have no business to ape the execution of
masters,—to utter weak and disjointed repetitions of other
§ 20. Brilliancy of
execution or
men's words, and mimic the gestures of the preacher,
without understanding his meaning or sharing in his
efforts at invention
emotions. We do not want their crude ideas of
not to be tolerated
in young artists.
composition, their unformed conceptions of the Beautiful,
their unsystematized experiments upon the Sublime. We
scorn their velocity; for it is without direction: we reject their decision; for
it is without grounds: we contemn their composition; for it is without
can do this, his art is imperfect and his picture unfinished. That only is a
complete picture which has both the general wholeness and effect of nature,
and the inexhaustible perfection of nature's details. And it is only in the
effort to unite these that a painter really improves. By aiming only at
details, he becomes a mechanic; by aiming only at generals, he becomes a
trickster: his fall in both cases is sure. Two questions the artist has,
therefore, always to ask himself,—first, "Is my whole right?" Secondly,
"Can my details be added to? Is there a single space in the picture where I
can crowd in another thought? Is there a curve in it which I can modulate—
a line which I can graduate—a vacancy I can fill? Is there a single spot
which the eye, by any peering or prying, can fathom or exhaust? If so, my
picture is imperfect; and if, in modulating the line or filling the vacancy, I
hurt the general effect, my art is imperfect."
But, on the other hand, though incomplete pictures ought neither to be
produced nor purchased, careful and real sketches ought to
§ 19. Sketches not
sufficiently
be valued much more highly than they are. Studies in
chalk, of landscape, should form a part of every
encouraged.
Exhibition, and a room should be allotted to drawings and
designs of figures in the Academy. We should be heartily glad to see the
room which is now devoted to bad drawings of incorporeal and imaginary
architecture—of things which never were, and which, thank Heaven! never
will be—occupied instead, by careful studies for historical pictures; not
blots of chiaroscuro, but delicate outlines with the pen or crayon.
From young artists, in landscape, nothing ought to be tolerated but simple
bona fide imitation of nature. They have no business to ape the execution of
masters,—to utter weak and disjointed repetitions of other
§ 20. Brilliancy of
execution or
men's words, and mimic the gestures of the preacher,
without understanding his meaning or sharing in his
efforts at invention
emotions. We do not want their crude ideas of
not to be tolerated
in young artists.
composition, their unformed conceptions of the Beautiful,
their unsystematized experiments upon the Sublime. We
scorn their velocity; for it is without direction: we reject their decision; for
it is without grounds: we contemn their composition; for it is without
Page 507
materials: we reprobate their choice; for it is without comparison. Their
duty is neither to choose, nor compose, nor imagine, nor experimentalize;
but to be humble and earnest in following the steps of nature, and tracing
the finger of God. Nothing is so bad a symptom, in the work of young
artists, as too much dexterity of handling; for it is a sign that they are
satisfied with their work, and have tried to do nothing
§ 21. The duty and
more than they were able to do. Their work should be full
after privileges of
of failures; for these are the signs of efforts. They should
all students.
keep to quiet colors—grays and browns; and, making the
early works of Turner their example, as his latest are to be their object of
emulation, should go to nature in all singleness of heart, and walk with her
laboriously and trustingly, having no other thoughts but how best to
penetrate her meaning, and remember her instruction, rejecting nothing,
selecting nothing, and scorning nothing; believing all things to be right and
good, and rejoicing always in the truth. Then, when their memories are
stored, and their imaginations fed, and their hands firm, let them take up the
scarlet and the gold, give the reins to their fancy, and show us what their
heads are made of. We will follow them wherever they choose to lead; we
will check at nothing; they are then our masters, and are fit to be so. They
have placed themselves above our criticism, and we will listen to their
words in all faith and humility; but not unless they themselves have before
bowed, in the same submission, to a higher Authority and Master.
Among our greater artists, the chief want, at the present day, is that of
solemnity and definite purpose. We have too much picture-manufacturing,
§ 22. Necessity
too much making up of lay figures with a certain quantity
of foliage, and a certain quantity of sky, and a certain
among our greater
artists of more
quantity of water,—a little bit of all that is pretty, a little
sun, and a little shade,—a touch of pink, and a touch of
singleness of aim.
blue,—a little sentiment, and a little sublimity, and a little
humor, and a little antiquarianism,—all very neatly associated in a very
charming picture, but not working together for a definite end. Or if the aim
be higher, as was the case with Barrett and Varley, we are generally put off
with stale repetitions of eternal composition; a great tree, and some goats,
and a bridge and a lake, and the Temple at Tivoli, etc. Now we should like
to see our artists working out, with all exertion of their concentrated
duty is neither to choose, nor compose, nor imagine, nor experimentalize;
but to be humble and earnest in following the steps of nature, and tracing
the finger of God. Nothing is so bad a symptom, in the work of young
artists, as too much dexterity of handling; for it is a sign that they are
satisfied with their work, and have tried to do nothing
§ 21. The duty and
more than they were able to do. Their work should be full
after privileges of
of failures; for these are the signs of efforts. They should
all students.
keep to quiet colors—grays and browns; and, making the
early works of Turner their example, as his latest are to be their object of
emulation, should go to nature in all singleness of heart, and walk with her
laboriously and trustingly, having no other thoughts but how best to
penetrate her meaning, and remember her instruction, rejecting nothing,
selecting nothing, and scorning nothing; believing all things to be right and
good, and rejoicing always in the truth. Then, when their memories are
stored, and their imaginations fed, and their hands firm, let them take up the
scarlet and the gold, give the reins to their fancy, and show us what their
heads are made of. We will follow them wherever they choose to lead; we
will check at nothing; they are then our masters, and are fit to be so. They
have placed themselves above our criticism, and we will listen to their
words in all faith and humility; but not unless they themselves have before
bowed, in the same submission, to a higher Authority and Master.
Among our greater artists, the chief want, at the present day, is that of
solemnity and definite purpose. We have too much picture-manufacturing,
§ 22. Necessity
too much making up of lay figures with a certain quantity
of foliage, and a certain quantity of sky, and a certain
among our greater
artists of more
quantity of water,—a little bit of all that is pretty, a little
sun, and a little shade,—a touch of pink, and a touch of
singleness of aim.
blue,—a little sentiment, and a little sublimity, and a little
humor, and a little antiquarianism,—all very neatly associated in a very
charming picture, but not working together for a definite end. Or if the aim
be higher, as was the case with Barrett and Varley, we are generally put off
with stale repetitions of eternal composition; a great tree, and some goats,
and a bridge and a lake, and the Temple at Tivoli, etc. Now we should like
to see our artists working out, with all exertion of their concentrated
Page 508
powers, such marked pieces of landscape character as might bear upon
them the impression of solemn, earnest, and pervading thought, definitely
directed, and aided by every accessory of detail, color, and idealized form,
which the disciplined feeling, accumulated knowledge, and unspared labor
of the painter could supply. I have alluded, in the second preface, to the
deficiency of our modern artists in these great points of earnestness and
completeness; and I revert to it, in conclusion, as their paramount failing,
and one fatal in many ways to the interests of art. Our landscapes are all
descriptive, not reflective, agreeable and conversational, but not impressive
nor didactic. They have no other foundation than
"That vivacious versatility,
Which many people take for want of heart.
They err; 'tis merely what is called "mobility;"
A thing of temperament, and not of art,
Though seeming so from its supposed facility.
. . . . . . .
This makes your actors, artists, and romancers;
Little that's great—but much of what is clever."
Only it is to be observed that—in painters—this vivacity is not always
versatile. It is to be wished that it were, but it is no such easy matter to be
versatile in painting. Shallowness of thought insures not its variety, nor
rapidity of production its originality. Whatever may be the case in literature,
facility is in art inconsistent with invention. The artist who covers most
canvas always shows, even in the sum of his works, the least expenditure of
thought.[79] I have never seen more than four works of John Lewis on the
walls of the Water-Color Exhibition; I have counted forty from other hands;
but have found in the end that the forty were a multiplication of one, and
the four a concentration of forty. And therefore I would earnestly plead with
all our artists, that they should make it a law never to repeat themselves; for
he who never repeats himself will not produce an inordinate number of
pictures, and he who limits himself in number gives himself at least the
opportunity of completion. Besides, all repetition is degradation of the art; it
reduces it from headwork to handwork; and indicates something like a
persuasion on the part of the artist that nature is exhaustible or art
them the impression of solemn, earnest, and pervading thought, definitely
directed, and aided by every accessory of detail, color, and idealized form,
which the disciplined feeling, accumulated knowledge, and unspared labor
of the painter could supply. I have alluded, in the second preface, to the
deficiency of our modern artists in these great points of earnestness and
completeness; and I revert to it, in conclusion, as their paramount failing,
and one fatal in many ways to the interests of art. Our landscapes are all
descriptive, not reflective, agreeable and conversational, but not impressive
nor didactic. They have no other foundation than
"That vivacious versatility,
Which many people take for want of heart.
They err; 'tis merely what is called "mobility;"
A thing of temperament, and not of art,
Though seeming so from its supposed facility.
. . . . . . .
This makes your actors, artists, and romancers;
Little that's great—but much of what is clever."
Only it is to be observed that—in painters—this vivacity is not always
versatile. It is to be wished that it were, but it is no such easy matter to be
versatile in painting. Shallowness of thought insures not its variety, nor
rapidity of production its originality. Whatever may be the case in literature,
facility is in art inconsistent with invention. The artist who covers most
canvas always shows, even in the sum of his works, the least expenditure of
thought.[79] I have never seen more than four works of John Lewis on the
walls of the Water-Color Exhibition; I have counted forty from other hands;
but have found in the end that the forty were a multiplication of one, and
the four a concentration of forty. And therefore I would earnestly plead with
all our artists, that they should make it a law never to repeat themselves; for
he who never repeats himself will not produce an inordinate number of
pictures, and he who limits himself in number gives himself at least the
opportunity of completion. Besides, all repetition is degradation of the art; it
reduces it from headwork to handwork; and indicates something like a
persuasion on the part of the artist that nature is exhaustible or art
Page 509
perfectible; perhaps, even, by him exhausted and perfected. All copyists are
contemptible, but the copyist of himself the most so, for he has the worst
original.
Let then every picture be painted with earnest intention of impressing on
the spectator some elevated emotion, and exhibiting to him some one
particular, but exalted, beauty. Let a real subject be
§ 23. What should
be their general
carefully selected, in itself suggestive of, and replete with,
this feeling and beauty; let an effect of light and color be
aim.
taken which may harmonize with both; and a sky, not
invented, but recollected, (in fact, all so-called invention is in landscape
nothing more than appropriate recollection—good in proportion as it is
distinct.) Then let the details of the foreground be separately studied,
especially those plants which appear peculiar to the place: if any one,
however unimportant, occurs there, which occurs not elsewhere, it should
occupy a prominent position; for the other details, the highest examples of
the ideal forms[80] or characters which he requires are to be selected by the
artist from his former studies, or fresh studies made expressly for the
purpose, leaving as little as possible—nothing, in fact, beyond their
connection and arrangement—to mere imagination. Finally, when his
picture is thus perfectly realized in all its parts, let him dash as much of it
out as he likes; throw, if he will, mist around it—darkness—or dazzling and
confused light—whatever, in fact, impetuous feeling or vigorous
imagination may dictate or desire; the forms, once so laboriously realized,
will come out whenever they do occur with a startling and impressive truth,
which the uncertainty in which they are veiled will enhance rather than
diminish; and the imagination, strengthened by discipline and fed with
truth, will achieve the utmost of creation that is possible to finite mind.
The artist who thus works will soon find that he cannot repeat himself if
he would; that new fields of exertion, new subjects of contemplation open
to him in nature day by day, and that, while others lament the weakness of
their invention, he has nothing to lament but the shortness of life.
And now but one word more, respecting the great artist whose works
have formed the chief subject of this treatise. All the greatest qualities of
those works—all that is mental in them, has not yet been so much as
contemptible, but the copyist of himself the most so, for he has the worst
original.
Let then every picture be painted with earnest intention of impressing on
the spectator some elevated emotion, and exhibiting to him some one
particular, but exalted, beauty. Let a real subject be
§ 23. What should
be their general
carefully selected, in itself suggestive of, and replete with,
this feeling and beauty; let an effect of light and color be
aim.
taken which may harmonize with both; and a sky, not
invented, but recollected, (in fact, all so-called invention is in landscape
nothing more than appropriate recollection—good in proportion as it is
distinct.) Then let the details of the foreground be separately studied,
especially those plants which appear peculiar to the place: if any one,
however unimportant, occurs there, which occurs not elsewhere, it should
occupy a prominent position; for the other details, the highest examples of
the ideal forms[80] or characters which he requires are to be selected by the
artist from his former studies, or fresh studies made expressly for the
purpose, leaving as little as possible—nothing, in fact, beyond their
connection and arrangement—to mere imagination. Finally, when his
picture is thus perfectly realized in all its parts, let him dash as much of it
out as he likes; throw, if he will, mist around it—darkness—or dazzling and
confused light—whatever, in fact, impetuous feeling or vigorous
imagination may dictate or desire; the forms, once so laboriously realized,
will come out whenever they do occur with a startling and impressive truth,
which the uncertainty in which they are veiled will enhance rather than
diminish; and the imagination, strengthened by discipline and fed with
truth, will achieve the utmost of creation that is possible to finite mind.
The artist who thus works will soon find that he cannot repeat himself if
he would; that new fields of exertion, new subjects of contemplation open
to him in nature day by day, and that, while others lament the weakness of
their invention, he has nothing to lament but the shortness of life.
And now but one word more, respecting the great artist whose works
have formed the chief subject of this treatise. All the greatest qualities of
those works—all that is mental in them, has not yet been so much as
Page 510
§ 24. Duty of the
touched upon. None but their lightest and least essential
excellences have been proved, and, therefore, the
press with respect
to the works of
enthusiasm with which I speak of them must necessarily
appear overcharged and absurd. It, might, perhaps, have
Turner.
been more prudent to have withheld the full expression of
it till I had shown the full grounds for it; but once written, such expression
must remain till I have justified it. And, indeed, I think there is enough,
even in the foregoing pages, to show that these works are, as far as concerns
the ordinary critics of the press, above all animadversion, and above all
praise; and that, by the public, they are not to be received as in any way
subjects or matters of opinion, but of Faith. We are not to approach them to
be pleased, but to be taught; not to form a judgment, but to receive a lesson.
Our periodical writers, therefore, may save themselves the trouble either of
blaming or praising: their duty is not to pronounce opinions upon the work
of a man who has walked with nature threescore years; but to impress upon
the public the respect with which they are to be received, and to make
request to him, on the part of the people of England, that he would now
touch no unimportant work—that he would not spend time on slight or
small pictures, but give to the nation a series of grand, consistent,
systematic, and completed poems. We desire that he should follow out his
own thoughts and intents of heart, without reference to any human
authority. But we request, in all humility, that those thoughts may be
seriously and loftily given; and that the whole power of his unequalled
intellect may be exerted in the production of such works as may remain
forever for the teaching of the nations. In all that he says, we believe; in all
that he does we trust.[81] It is therefore that we pray him to utter nothing
lightly—to do nothing regardlessly. He stands upon an eminence, from
which he looks back over the universe of God, and forward over the
generations of men. Let every work of his hand be a history of the one, and
a lesson to the other. Let each exertion of his mighty mind be both hymn
and prophecy,—adoration, to the Deity,—revelation to mankind.
[79] Of course this assertion does not refer to the differences in mode of execution,
which enable one painter to work faster or slower than another, but only to the exertion of
touched upon. None but their lightest and least essential
excellences have been proved, and, therefore, the
press with respect
to the works of
enthusiasm with which I speak of them must necessarily
appear overcharged and absurd. It, might, perhaps, have
Turner.
been more prudent to have withheld the full expression of
it till I had shown the full grounds for it; but once written, such expression
must remain till I have justified it. And, indeed, I think there is enough,
even in the foregoing pages, to show that these works are, as far as concerns
the ordinary critics of the press, above all animadversion, and above all
praise; and that, by the public, they are not to be received as in any way
subjects or matters of opinion, but of Faith. We are not to approach them to
be pleased, but to be taught; not to form a judgment, but to receive a lesson.
Our periodical writers, therefore, may save themselves the trouble either of
blaming or praising: their duty is not to pronounce opinions upon the work
of a man who has walked with nature threescore years; but to impress upon
the public the respect with which they are to be received, and to make
request to him, on the part of the people of England, that he would now
touch no unimportant work—that he would not spend time on slight or
small pictures, but give to the nation a series of grand, consistent,
systematic, and completed poems. We desire that he should follow out his
own thoughts and intents of heart, without reference to any human
authority. But we request, in all humility, that those thoughts may be
seriously and loftily given; and that the whole power of his unequalled
intellect may be exerted in the production of such works as may remain
forever for the teaching of the nations. In all that he says, we believe; in all
that he does we trust.[81] It is therefore that we pray him to utter nothing
lightly—to do nothing regardlessly. He stands upon an eminence, from
which he looks back over the universe of God, and forward over the
generations of men. Let every work of his hand be a history of the one, and
a lesson to the other. Let each exertion of his mighty mind be both hymn
and prophecy,—adoration, to the Deity,—revelation to mankind.
[79] Of course this assertion does not refer to the differences in mode of execution,
which enable one painter to work faster or slower than another, but only to the exertion of
Page 511
mind, commonly manifested by the artist, according as he is sparing or prodigal of
production.
[80] "Talk of improving nature when it is nature—Nonsense."—E. V. Rippingille. I have
not yet spoken of the difference—even in what we commonly call Nature—between
imperfect and ideal form: the study of this difficult question must, of course, be deferred
until we have examined the nature of our impressions of beauty; but it may not be out of
place here to hint at the want of care in many of our artists to distinguish between the real
work of nature and the diseased results of man's interference with her. Many of the works
of our greatest artists have for their subjects nothing but hacked and hewn remnants of
farm-yard vegetation, branded root and branch, from their birth, by the prong and the
pruning-hook; and the feelings once accustomed to take pleasure in such abortions, can
scarcely become perceptive of forms truly ideal. I have just said (423) that young painters
should go to nature trustingly,—rejecting nothing, and selecting nothing: so they should;
but they must be careful that it is nature to whom they go—nature in her liberty—not as
servant-of-all-work in the hands of the agriculturist, nor stiffened into court-dress by the
landscape gardener. It must be the pure, wild volition and energy of the creation which they
follow—not subdued to the furrow, and cicatrized to the pollard—not persuaded into
proprieties, nor pampered into diseases. Let them work by the torrent-side, and in the forest
shadows; not by purling brooks and under "tonsile shades." It is impossible to enter here
into discussion of what man can or cannot do, by assisting natural operations: it is an
intricate question: nor can I, without anticipating what I shall have hereafter to advance,
show how or why it happens that the racehorse is not the artist's ideal of a horse, nor a prize
tulip his ideal of a flower; but so it is. As far as the painter is concerned, man never touches
nature but to spoil;—he operates on her as a barber would on the Apollo; and if he
sometimes increases some particular power or excellence,—strength or agility in the
animal—tallness, or fruitfulness, or solidity in the tree,—he invariably loses that balance of
good qualities which is the chief sign of perfect specific form; above all, he destroys the
appearance of free volition and felicity, which, as I shall show hereafter, is one of the
essential characters of organic beauty. Until, however, I can enter into the discussion of the
nature of beauty, the only advice I can safely give the young painter, is to keep clear of
clover-fields and parks, and to hold to the unpenetrated forest and the unfurrowed hill.
There he will find that every influence is noble, even when destructive—that decay itself is
beautiful,—and that, in the elaborate and lovely composition of all things, if at first sight it
seems less studied than the works of men, the appearance of Art is only prevented by the
presence of Power.
production.
[80] "Talk of improving nature when it is nature—Nonsense."—E. V. Rippingille. I have
not yet spoken of the difference—even in what we commonly call Nature—between
imperfect and ideal form: the study of this difficult question must, of course, be deferred
until we have examined the nature of our impressions of beauty; but it may not be out of
place here to hint at the want of care in many of our artists to distinguish between the real
work of nature and the diseased results of man's interference with her. Many of the works
of our greatest artists have for their subjects nothing but hacked and hewn remnants of
farm-yard vegetation, branded root and branch, from their birth, by the prong and the
pruning-hook; and the feelings once accustomed to take pleasure in such abortions, can
scarcely become perceptive of forms truly ideal. I have just said (423) that young painters
should go to nature trustingly,—rejecting nothing, and selecting nothing: so they should;
but they must be careful that it is nature to whom they go—nature in her liberty—not as
servant-of-all-work in the hands of the agriculturist, nor stiffened into court-dress by the
landscape gardener. It must be the pure, wild volition and energy of the creation which they
follow—not subdued to the furrow, and cicatrized to the pollard—not persuaded into
proprieties, nor pampered into diseases. Let them work by the torrent-side, and in the forest
shadows; not by purling brooks and under "tonsile shades." It is impossible to enter here
into discussion of what man can or cannot do, by assisting natural operations: it is an
intricate question: nor can I, without anticipating what I shall have hereafter to advance,
show how or why it happens that the racehorse is not the artist's ideal of a horse, nor a prize
tulip his ideal of a flower; but so it is. As far as the painter is concerned, man never touches
nature but to spoil;—he operates on her as a barber would on the Apollo; and if he
sometimes increases some particular power or excellence,—strength or agility in the
animal—tallness, or fruitfulness, or solidity in the tree,—he invariably loses that balance of
good qualities which is the chief sign of perfect specific form; above all, he destroys the
appearance of free volition and felicity, which, as I shall show hereafter, is one of the
essential characters of organic beauty. Until, however, I can enter into the discussion of the
nature of beauty, the only advice I can safely give the young painter, is to keep clear of
clover-fields and parks, and to hold to the unpenetrated forest and the unfurrowed hill.
There he will find that every influence is noble, even when destructive—that decay itself is
beautiful,—and that, in the elaborate and lovely composition of all things, if at first sight it
seems less studied than the works of men, the appearance of Art is only prevented by the
presence of Power.
Page 512
"Nature never did betray
The heart that loved her: 'tis her privilege,
Through all the years of this our life, to lead
From joy to joy; for she can so inform
The mind that is within us, so impress
With quietness and beauty, and so feed
With lofty thoughts, that neither evil tongues,
Rash judgments, nor the sneers of selfish men
Shall e'er prevail against us, or disturb
Our cheerful faith, that all which we behold
Is full of blessings."
Wordsworth.
[81] It has been hinted, in some of the reviews of the Second Volume of this work, that
the writer's respect for Turner has diminished since the above passage was written. He
would, indeed, have been deserving of little attention if, with the boldness manifested on
the preceding pages, he had advanced opinions based on so shallow foundation as that the
course of three years could effect modification of them. He was justified by the sudden
accession of power which the great artist exhibited at the period when this volume was first
published, as well as by the low standard of the criticism to which he was subjected, in
claiming, with respect to his then works, a submission of judgment, greater indeed than
may generally be accorded to even the highest human intellect, yet not greater than such a
master might legitimately claim from such critics; and the cause of the peculiar form of
advocacy into which the preceding chapters necessarily fell, has been already stated more
than once. In the following sections it became necessary, as they treated a subject of
intricate relations, and peculiar difficulty, to obtain a more general view of the scope and
operation of art, and to avoid all conclusions in any wise referable to the study of particular
painters. The reader will therefore find, not that lower rank is attributed to Turner, but that
he is now compared with the greatest men, and occupies his true position among the most
noble of all time.
POSTSCRIPT.
The heart that loved her: 'tis her privilege,
Through all the years of this our life, to lead
From joy to joy; for she can so inform
The mind that is within us, so impress
With quietness and beauty, and so feed
With lofty thoughts, that neither evil tongues,
Rash judgments, nor the sneers of selfish men
Shall e'er prevail against us, or disturb
Our cheerful faith, that all which we behold
Is full of blessings."
Wordsworth.
[81] It has been hinted, in some of the reviews of the Second Volume of this work, that
the writer's respect for Turner has diminished since the above passage was written. He
would, indeed, have been deserving of little attention if, with the boldness manifested on
the preceding pages, he had advanced opinions based on so shallow foundation as that the
course of three years could effect modification of them. He was justified by the sudden
accession of power which the great artist exhibited at the period when this volume was first
published, as well as by the low standard of the criticism to which he was subjected, in
claiming, with respect to his then works, a submission of judgment, greater indeed than
may generally be accorded to even the highest human intellect, yet not greater than such a
master might legitimately claim from such critics; and the cause of the peculiar form of
advocacy into which the preceding chapters necessarily fell, has been already stated more
than once. In the following sections it became necessary, as they treated a subject of
intricate relations, and peculiar difficulty, to obtain a more general view of the scope and
operation of art, and to avoid all conclusions in any wise referable to the study of particular
painters. The reader will therefore find, not that lower rank is attributed to Turner, but that
he is now compared with the greatest men, and occupies his true position among the most
noble of all time.
POSTSCRIPT.
Page 513
The above passage was written in the year 1843; too late. It is true that
soon after the publication of this work, the abuse of the press, which had
been directed against Turner with unceasing virulence during the production
of his noblest works, sank into timid animadversion, or changed into
unintelligent praise; but not before illness, and, in some degree,
mortification, had enfeebled the hand and chilled the heart of the painter.
This year (1851) he has no picture on the walls of the Academy; and the
Times of May 3d says, "We miss those works of INSPIRATION!"
We miss! Who misses?—The populace of England rolls by to weary
itself in the great bazaar of Kensington, little thinking that a day will come
when those veiled vestals and prancing amazons, and goodly merchandise
of precious stones and gold, will all be forgotten as though they had not
been, but that the light which has faded from the walls of the Academy is
one which a million of Koh-i-Noors could not rekindle, and that the year
1851 will in the far future be remembered less for what it has displayed
than for what it has withdrawn.
Denmark Hill, June, 1851.
END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.
soon after the publication of this work, the abuse of the press, which had
been directed against Turner with unceasing virulence during the production
of his noblest works, sank into timid animadversion, or changed into
unintelligent praise; but not before illness, and, in some degree,
mortification, had enfeebled the hand and chilled the heart of the painter.
This year (1851) he has no picture on the walls of the Academy; and the
Times of May 3d says, "We miss those works of INSPIRATION!"
We miss! Who misses?—The populace of England rolls by to weary
itself in the great bazaar of Kensington, little thinking that a day will come
when those veiled vestals and prancing amazons, and goodly merchandise
of precious stones and gold, will all be forgotten as though they had not
been, but that the light which has faded from the walls of the Academy is
one which a million of Koh-i-Noors could not rekindle, and that the year
1851 will in the far future be remembered less for what it has displayed
than for what it has withdrawn.
Denmark Hill, June, 1851.
END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.
Page 514
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MODERN
PAINTERS, VOLUME 1 (OF 5) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
PAINTERS, VOLUME 1 (OF 5) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 515
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
Page 516
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™
License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™
License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United
Page 517
States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
Page 518
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
Page 519
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Page 520
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
Page 521
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
Page 522
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Page 523
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.